4. Ayodhyā Kāṇḍa — The Book of Ayodhyā (sargas 62–119)
Sarga 62
2.62.1
एवम् तु क्रुद्धया राजा राम मात्रा सशोकया |
श्रावितः परुषम् वाक्यम् चिन्तयाम् आस दुह्खितः ॥
When harsh words with anger in this manner by the grief-stricken Kausalya, Rama's mother were heard, king Dasaratha felt depressed and reflected upon them.
paruSam = (when) harsh; vaakyam = words; kruddhayaa = with anger; evam = in this manner; sashokayaa = (by) the grief-stricken; raama maatraa = Kausalya; Rama's mother; shravitaH = were heard; raajaa = king Dasaratha; duhkhitaH = felt depressed; chintayaamaasa = and thought upon them.
2.62.2
चिन्तयित्वा स च नृपो मुमोह व्याकुलेन्द्रियः |
अथ दीर्घेण कालेन सम्ज्ञामाप परतपः ॥
The king fell brooding thus perplexed as he was in his mind and lost his consciousness. Thereafter, that king who torments the enemies regained his consciousness after a long time.
saH = that; nR^ipaH = king; cintyitvaa = (thus) thought over; vyaakulendriyaH = perplexed in mind; mumoha = and lost his consciousness; atha = thereafter; paramtapaH = that king who scorches the enemies; aapa = regained; samj~aam = his; consciousness; diirgheNa = after a long; kaalena = time.
2.62.3
स सम्ज्ञाअमुपलब्यैव दीर्घमुष्णम् च निःससन् |
कौसल्याम् पार्श्वतो दृष्ट्वा ततश्चिन्तामुपागमत् ॥
After restoring his consciousness he, breathing a long and hot sigh and seeing Kausalya by his side, began to worry again.
upalabhyaiva = after obtaining; samJNaam = consciousness; saH = he; nihshvasan = breathing his sigh; diirgham = long; uSNam ca = and hot; dR^iSTvaa = and seeing; kausalyaam = Kausalya; paarshvataH = by his side; upaagamat = got; chintaam = to worry; tataH = consequently.
2.62.4
तस्य चिन्तयमानस्य प्रत्यभात् कर्म दुष्कृतम् |
यद् अनेन कृतम् पूर्वम् अज्ञानात् शब्द वेधिना ॥
As he thus brooded over, he recalled in his mind, a sinful deed that was done by him out of ignorance long ago, by shooting with an arrow an unseen object, the sound of which was only heard.
cintayamaanasya = as he brooded over; duSkR^itam = the sinful; karma = deed; yat = that; kR^itam = was done; anena = by him; aJNaanaat = out of ignorance; puurvam = long ago; shabda vidhinaa = by shooting with an arrow an unseen object; the sound of which is only heard; pratyabhaat = was recalled in his mind.
2.62.5
अमनाः तेन शोकेन राम शोकेन च प्रभुः |
द्वाभ्यामपि महाराजः शोकाब्यामभितप्यतो ॥
The mighty emperor felt distressed through agony caused by that sinful dead and as also through agony caused by separation from Rama and was tormented by the dual grief.
prabhuH = the mighty; mahaaraajaH = emperor; tena shokena = by that agony; amanaaH = and low spirited; raama shokena = by the agony for Rama; anvatapyata = felt tormented; advabhyaam = by duel; shokaabhyaam api = grief.
2.62.6
दह्यमानः तु शोकाभ्याम् कौसल्याम् आह भू पतिः |
वेपमानोऽञ्जलिम् कृत्वा प्रसादर्तमवाङ्मुखः ॥
That king, tormented by the afflictions, was trembling, bent his head down, joined his palms in salutation, desirous of getting her grace and spoke to Kausalya as follows:
saH bhuupatiH = that king; dahyamaanaH = afflicted; shokaabhyaam = by the miseries; vepamaanaH = bent his head down; avaan^mukhaH = joined; baddhvaa = joined; aNjalim = his palms together in salutation; prasaadaartham = desirous of getting her grace; aaha = spoke; kausalyaam = to Kausalya.
2.62.7
प्रसादये त्वाम् कौसल्ये रचितः अयम् मया अन्जलिः |
वत्सला च आनृशंसा च त्वम् हि नित्यम् परेष्व् अपि ॥
"O, Kausalya! I seek your grace. This joining of palms is set out by me. You are always affectionate even towards others and even indeed kind."
Kausalyaa = O Kausalya; tvaam prasaadaye = I seek your grace; ayam = this; anjaliH = joining of palms; rachiteH = is set out; mayaa = by me; tvam = you; nityam = are always; vatshalaa = affectionate; pareSvapi = and even towards others; anR^ishamsaaca hi = and even indeed king.
2.62.8
भर्ता तु खलु नारीणाम् गुणवान् निर्गुणो अपि वा |
धर्मम् विमृशमानानाम् प्रत्यक्षम् देवि दैवतम् ॥
"O, queen! For women reflecting on righteousness, a husband whether he is virtuous or worthless, is a visible god indeed."
devi = O; queen; naariNaam = for women; vimR^ishamaanaanaam = reflecting; dharmam = on righteousness; bhartaa = the husband; guNavaan = either virtuous; nirguNo.apivaa = or worthless; pratyakSam = is visible; daivatam khalu = god indeed.
2.62.9
सा त्वम् धर्म परा नित्यम् दृष्ट लोक पर अवर |
न अर्हसे विप्रियम् वक्तुम् दुह्खिता अपि सुदुह्खितम् ॥
"You as such, who is ever intent on virtue, who has understood good and evil fortunes in the world, even if grief-stricken, ought not to have spoken unpleasant words to me, who is too much in distress."
saa tvam = you as such; nityam dharmaparaa = who is ever intent on virtue; dR^iSTa loka paraavaraa = who has understood good and evil fortunes in the world; duHkhita.api = even if grief-stricken; naarhasi = ought not; vaktum = to speak; vipriyam = unpleasant words; suduHkhitam = to me; who is too much in distress.
2.62.10
तत् वाक्यम् करुणम् राज्ञः श्रुत्वा दीनस्य भाषितम् |
कौसल्या व्यसृजद् बाष्पम् प्रणाली इव नव उदकम् ॥
Hearing those miserable words spoken by the distressed king, Kausalya shed tears, akin to new rain water flowing from channel.
shrutvaa = hearing; tatvaakyam = those words; karuNam = which were miserable; bhaaSitam = spoken; diinasya = by the depressed; rajaJNaH = king; kausalyaa = Kausalya; vyasR^ijat = shed; baaSpam = tears; navodakam iva = like new rain water; praNaalii = from a channel.
2.62.11
स मूद्र्ह्नि बद्ध्वा रुदती राज्ञः पद्मम् इव अन्जलिम् |
सम्भ्रमात् अब्रवीत् त्रस्ता त्वरमाण अक्षरम् वचः ॥
Capturing on her own head, the king's palms joined in the form of a lotus, Kausalya was scared and spoke weeping in hurriedly lettered words in eagerness.
baddhvaa = capturing; muurdhni = on her own head; raajaJNaH = the king's; aNjalim = palms joined; padmamiva = in the form of a lotus; saa = Kausalya; trastaa = was scared; abraviit = and spoke; rudatii = weeping; tvaramaaNaakSaram = in hurriedly; lettered vachaH = words; sambhramaat = in eagerness.
2.62.12
प्रसीद शिरसा याचे भूमौ निततिता अस्मि ते |
याचिता अस्मि हता देव हन्तव्या अहम् न हि त्वया ॥
"O, king! I appeal to you with my bowed head. I lie prostrate on the floor. I am ruined. I am not to be forgiven indeed by you."
deva = O; king; yaa ca = I appeal; te = to you; shirasaa = with bowed head; nivataa asmi = I lie prostrate; bhuumau = on the floor; hataa asmi = I am ruined; aham = I; kSantavyaahi = an not indeed to be forgiven; tvayaa = by you.
2.62.13
न एषा हि सा स्त्री भवति श्लाघनीयेन धीमता |
उभयोः लोकयोः वीर पत्या या सम्प्रसाद्यते ॥
"O, Valiant man! In both the worlds, it is ill-becoming of a woman, being propitiated by her husband, who is praise worthy and possessing good disposition."
viira = O valiant man; yaa = which woman; samprasaadyate = being propitiated; patyaa = by her husband; shlaaghaniiyena = who is worthy of praise; dhiimataa = and possing good disposition; saa eSaa = such of this; strii = woman; na bhavati hi = is ill- becoming; ubhayoH = in both; lokayoH = the worlds.
2.62.14
जानामि धर्मम् धर्मज्ञ त्वाम् जाने सत्यवादिनम् |
पुत्र शोक आर्तया तत् तु मया किम् अपि भाषितम् ॥
"O, valiant man! In both the worlds, it of a woman, being propitiated by her husband, who is praise worthy and possessing good disposition."
dharmaJNa = O; king who knows righteousness; jaanaami = I understand; dharmam = righteousness; jaane = I know; tvaam = you; satya vaadinam = to be speaking truly; tu = but; tat = that; kim api = something; unseemly; bhaaSitam = was spoken; mayaa = by me; putrashokaartayaa = while afflicted of grief for my son.
2.62.15
शोको नाशयते धैर्यम् शोको नाशयते श्रुतम् |
शोको नाशयते सर्वम् न अस्ति शोक समः रिपुः ॥
"Grief ruins courage. Grief ruins sacred learning, grief ruins all. There is no enemy like grief."
shokaH = grief; naashayate = ruins; dairyam = courage; shokaH = grief; naashayate = ruins; shrutam = sacred learning; shokaH = all; naasti = there is not; ripuH = enemy; shokasamaH = like grief.
2.62.16
शक्यम् आपतितः सोढुम् प्रहरः रिपु हस्ततः |
सोढुम् आपतितः शोकः सुसूक्ष्मः अपि न शक्यते ॥
"A hitting that descended from the hands of an enemy is possible to be tolerated. But, the grief suddenly descended, even if so small, is not possible to be tolerated."
prahaaraH = A hitting; aapatitaH = that; descended; ripuhastataH = from the hands of an enemy; shakyaH = is possible to be; soDhum = tolerated; shokaH = the grief; su suukSmo.api = even if so small; aapatitaH = suddenly; na shakyate = is not possible to; soDhum = tolerated.
2.62.17
दर्मज्ञाः श्रुतिमन्तोऽपि चिन्नधर्मार्थसंशयाः |
यतयो वीर मुह्यन्ति शोकसम्मूढचेतसः ॥
"O, valiant man! Even ascetics, who know righteousness, who have learnt sacred texts and who have rent asunder doubts relating to religious merit and wealth, go astray having their minds infatuated with grief."
viira = O; valiant man; yatayaH.api = even ascetis; dharmaJNaaH = who know righteousness; shrutimantaH = who have learnt sacred texts; chinna dharmaartha samshayaaH = who have retn asunder doubts relating to religious merit and wealth; muhyanti = go astray; shoka sammuuDha cetasaH = having their minds infatuated with grief.
2.62.18
वन वासाय रामस्य पन्च रात्रः अद्य गण्यते |
यः शोक हत हर्षायाः पन्च वर्ष उपमः मम ॥
"Today it is counted as five days since Rama has gone to exile. It is equal to five years for me, since grief has ruined my happiness."
gaNyate = it is counted; adya = today; paNcaraatraH = as five days; raamasya = since Rama; vanavaasaaya = has gone to exile; yaH = which; mama = for me; shoka hata harSayaaH = whose happiness is mined by grief; paNcavarSopamaH = equal to five years.
2.62.19
तम् हि चिन्तयमानायाः शोको अयम् हृदि वर्धते |
अदीनाम् इव वेगेन समुद्र सलिलम् महत् ॥
"While I think of Rama, this grief in my heart is increasing, like water in a great ocean increases with the fast streaming of rivers.
cintayamaanaayaaH = while I think; tam = of Rama; ayam = this; shokaH = grief; hR^idi = in my heart; vardhate = is growing; mahat samudra salilamiva = like water in the great ocean; (increasing); vegena = with the streaming fast; nadiinaam = of rivers.
2.62.20
एवम् हि कथयन्त्याः तु कौसल्यायाः शुभम् वचः |
मन्द रश्मिर् अभूत् सुर्यो रजनी च अभ्यवर्तत ॥
While Kausalya was telling auspicious words indeed as aforesaid the sun became feeble and turned towards night too.
kausalyaaH = Kausalya; kathayantyaaH = while telling; shubhamhi = indeed auspicious; vacaH = words; evam = in this way; suuryaH = the sun; abhuut = became; manda rashmiH = feeble = rayed; abhyavartata = turned towards; rajaniica = night too.
2.62.21
तथ प्रह्लादितः वाक्यैः देव्या कौसल्यया नृपः |
शोकेन च समाक्रान्तः निद्राया वशम् एयिवान् ॥
The king, thus cheered up by the queen Kausalya, got subjected to slumber, after having been overcome by grief.
nR^ipaH = the king; tathaa = thus; prasaaditaH = cheered up; devyaa = by the queen; kausalyayaa = Kausalya; eyivaan = got; vasham = subjected; nidraayaaH = to sleep; samaakraantaH ca = after having been overcome; shokena = be grief.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे द्विषष्टितमः सर्गः
Sarga 63
2.63.1
प्रतिबुद्धो मुहुर् तेन शोक उपहत चेतनः |
अथ राजा दशरथः स चिन्ताम् अभ्यपद्यत ॥
The king, awakened after some time, with his mind afflicted with grief, got into an anxious thinking.
atha = then; saH raajaa = that king; pratibuddhaH = awakened; muhuurtena = after some time; shokopahata chetanaH = with mind affiliated with grief; abhyapadyata = got into; chintaam = anxious thought.
2.63.2
राम लक्ष्मणयोः चैव विवासात् वासव उपमम् |
आविवेश उपसर्गः तम् तमः सूर्यम् इव आसुरम् ॥
Due to banishing of Rama and Lakshmana, a great calamity befell on Dasaratha who was equal in strength to Indra like sun seized by obscurity, which is attributed to the demon Rahu.
vivaasaat = due to the exile; raama lakSmaNayoH = of Rama and Lakshmana; upasargaH = a great calamity; aavivesha = befell; tam = on that Dasaratha; vaasavopamam = who is equal to Indra; suuryamiva = like sun (seized); tamaH = by obscurity; asuram = which is attributed to the demon Rahu.
2.63.3
सभार्ये निर्गते रामे कौसल्याम् कोसलेश्वरः |
विवक्षुरसितापाङ्गाम् स्मृवा दुष्कृतमात्मनः ॥
After Rama along with his wife departed to the forest, Dasaratha the king of Kosala recalling his earlier sin, wanted to tell Kausalya, whose eye-corners were dark in colour all about it.
raame = after Rama; nirgate sati = having departed (to the forest); sabhaarye = along with his wife; kosaleshvaraH = Dasaratha the king of Kosala; smR^itvaa = recalling aatmanaH = his; duSkR^itam = sin; vivakSuH = wanted to speak; kausalyaam = to Kausalya; astaapaaNgaam = whose eye-corners were dark in colour.
2.63.4
स राजा रजनीम् षष्ठीम् रामे प्रव्रजिते वनम् |
अर्ध रात्रे दशरथः संस्मरन् दुष्कृतम् कृतम् ॥
After Rama was sent into exile to the forest, King Dasaratha, on the sixth night at mid-night, was recalling his sin done (long ago).
raame = after Rama; pravraajite = was sent into exile; vanam = to the forest; raajaa = king; dasharathaH = Dasaratha; SaSThiim = on the sixth; rajaniim = night; arthavaatra = at mid-night; samsmavan = was recalling; duSkR^itam = his sin; kR^itam = done (long ago).
2.63.5
स राजा पुत्रशोकार्तः स्मरन् दुष्कृतमात्मनः |
कौसल्याम् पुत्र शोक आर्ताम् इदम् वचनम् अब्रवीत् ॥
King Dasaratha, afflicted by grief for his son, recalling his sin, spoke the following words to Kausalya who was suffering from sorrow for her son.
saH raajaa = that king; putrashokaartaH = afflicted by grief for his son; smaram = recalling; aatmanaH = his; duSkR^itam = sin; abraviit = spoke; idam = these; vachanam = words; kausalyaam = to Kausalya; putrashokaartaam = who was suffering from sorrow for her son.
2.63.6
यद् आचरति कल्याणि शुभम् वा यदि वा अशुभम् |
तत् एव लभते भद्रे कर्ता कर्मजम् आत्मनः ॥
"O, blessed lady! O gracious one! A doer reaps surely the fruit of his own deeds corresponding to the nature of work either good or bad, of that which he does!"
kalyaaNi = O; blessed lady!; bhadre = O; gracious one!; yat = whatever; kartaa = a doer of an act; shubham vaa = either good; yadi vaa = or; ashubham = bad; kurute = does; labhate = (he) obtains; tadeva = it surely; aatmanaH = his own; karmajam = result.
2.63.7
गुरु लाघवम् अर्थानाम् आरम्भे कर्मणाम् फलम् |
दोषम् वा यो न जानाति स बालैति ह उच्यते ॥
"He who does not consider, while undertaking actions, the relative value of their fruits as well as the utilities or defects accruing from them, is surely called a fool."
yaH = who; aarambhe = while undertaking; karmaNaam = actions; najaanaati = does not know; gurulaaghavam = the relative value; arthaanaam = of their utilities phalam = (or) their fruit; doSam vaa = (or) their defect; saH = he; uchoyate ha = is surely called; baalaH iti = as a boy (fool).
2.63.8
कश्चित् आम्र वणम् चित्त्वा पलाशामः च निषिन्चति |
पुष्पम् दृष्ट्वा फले गृध्नुः स शोचति फल आगमे ॥
"Anyone, who after seeing their (charming and big) flowers, greedily desires their (large and luscious) fruits and nourishes Palasa trees, by cutting off a mongo grove, he will come to grief after bearing of their fruit."
kashchit = anyone; dR^iSTvaa = seeing; puSpam = their flowers; gR^idhnuH = and greedily desirous of; phale = their; fruits; niSiNchati = nourishes; palaashran = Palasa trees; chhittvaa = by cutting off; aamravanam = mango groves; saH = he; shochati = will come to grief; phalaagame = after arrival of fruit."
2.63.9
अविज्ञाय फलम् यो हि कर्म त्वेवानुधावति |
स शोचेत्फलवेळायाम् यथा किंशुकसेचकः ॥
"He who without knowing the result goes running towards action, will come to grief as a nourisher of Kimsuka trees coming to grief at the time of their fruit-bearing."
yaH = who; avijJNaaya = without knowing; phalam = the fuit; anudhaavati = follows running; karmatu eva = towards action; saH = he kimshukaschakaH iva = as a nourisher of Kimsuka trees; phalavelaayaam = at the time of fruit-bearing; shochet = will come to grief.
2.63.10
सो अहम् आम्र वणम् चित्त्वा पलाशामः च न्यषेचयम् |
रामम् फल आगमे त्यक्त्वा पश्चात् शोचामि दुर्मतिः ॥
"I nourished Palasa trees, by cutting off mango grove. Being wicked-minded in abandoning Rama at the time of arrival of fruit, I am lamenting thereafter."
saH aham = I as such; nyaSachayam = nourished; palashaan cha = Palasa trees; chhitvaa = by cutting off; aamravaNam = mango grove. durmatiH = being wicked-minded; tyaktvaa = leaving; raamam = Rama; phalaagame = at the time of arrival of fruit; shochaami = I am lamenting; pashchaat = afterwards.
2.63.11
लब्ध शब्देन कौसल्ये कुमारेण धनुष्मता |
कुमारः शब्द वेधी इति मया पापम् इदम् कृतम् ॥
"This sin was done by me while I was young and wielding a bow. At that time, I was famous as a young man, who can shoot heard (but unseen) object by an arrow, O Kausalya!"
kausalye = O Kausalya!; mayaa = by me; labdhashabdena = who has obtained a name; kumaaraH iti = as a youth; shabdavedhii = shooting a heard; but unseen object; dhanuSmataa = (and) wielding a bow; idam = this; paapam = sin; kR^itam = was done; kumaareNa = while I was young."
2.63.12
तत् इदम् मे अनुसम्प्राप्तम् देवि दुह्खम् स्वयम् कृतम् |
सम्मोहात् इह बालेन यथा स्यात् भक्षितम् विषम् ॥
"This grief, obtained by my own accord, has befallen me, as by a boy in ignorance eating poison in the world; O, Kausalya!"
tatidam = such of this; duHkham = grief; svayam kR^itam = obtained by my own accord; samanupraaptam = has befallen; me = to me; yathaa syaat = perhaps as; viSam = a poison; bhakSitam = eaten; baalena = by a boy; sammohaat = in ignorance; iha = in this world; devi = O; Kausalya!"
2.63.13
यथान्यः पुरुषः कश्चित्पलाशैर्मोओहितो भवेत् |
एवम् मम अपि अविज्ञातम् शब्द वेध्यमयम् फलम् ॥
"How the other man became disillusioned by Palasa trees, I also became disillusioned in the same manner, without knowing accurately the correct result of hitting a target by means of sound only."
yathaa = How; kashchit = some; anyaH = other; puruSaH = man; bhavet = became; mohitaH = disillusioned; phalaashaiH = by Palasa trees; evam = in the same manner; phalam = the (correct) result; shabdavedhyamayam = of hitting a target by sound only; apravijJnatam = was not known accurately; mayaapi = by me also."
2.63.14
देव्य् अनूढा त्वम् अभवो युव राजो भवाम्य् अहम् |
ततः प्रावृड् अनुप्राप्ता मद काम विवर्धिनी ॥
"O, Kausalya! You were unmarried till then and I was the Prince Regent. Then came the rainy season which enhanced excitement and desire (for hunting)."
devi = O; Kausalya!; tvam = you; abhavaH = were; anuuDhaa = unmarried (till then); aham = I; bhavaami = was; yuvaraajaH = a prince Regent; tataH = then; anupraaptaa = came; praavR^iT = the rainy season; madakaama vivardhinii = which enhanced excitement and desire (for hunting).
2.63.15
उपास्यहि रसान् भौमांस् तप्त्वा च जगद् अंशुभिः |
परेत आचरिताम् भीमाम् रविर् आविशते दिशम् ॥
"The sun, partaking fluids from earth and warming the world with its rays, entered the terrible southern quarter haunted by spirits."
raviH = the Sun; upaasya = partaking; rasaan = the fluid; bhaumaan = relating to earth; taptvaacha = and warming; jagat = the world; amshubhiH = with its rays; aavishat = entered; bhiimaam = the terrible; disham = (southern) quarter; paretaacharitaam = haunted by spirits.
2.63.16
उष्णम् अन्तर् दधे सद्यः स्निग्धा ददृशिरे घनाः |
ततः जहृषिरे सर्वे भेक सारन्ग बर्हिणः ॥
"Heat disappeared suddenly. Resplendent clouds appeared in the sky. All frogs, cuckoos and peacocks were full of joy."
uSNam = heat; antardadhe = disappeared; sadyaH = suddenly; snigdhaaH = resplendent; ghanaaH = clouds; daadR^ishire = were seen; tataH = thereafter; sarve = all; bhekasaaraNga barihiNaH = frogs; cuckoos and peacocks; kajR^iSire = were full of joy."
2.63.17
क्लिन्नपक्षोत्तराः स्नाताः कृच्च्रादिव वतत्रिणः |
वृष्टिवातावधूताग्रान् पादपानभिपेदिरे ॥
"Birds with moistened top of their wings as if they bathed, reached with great difficulty the trees, the tops of which were shaken off by rain and wind."
patatriNaH = birds; klinnapakSottaraaH = with moistened top of their wings; snaataaH = af if bathed; kR^ichchraat iva = with great difficulty; abhipadire = reached; paadapaan = the trees; vR^iSTivaataavadhuutaagraan = the tops of which were being shaken off by rain and wind."
2.63.18
पतितेन अम्भसा चन्नः पतमानेन च असकृत् |
आबभौ मत्त सारन्गः तोय राशिर् इव अचलः ॥
"Enveloped by water falling again and again on the water already fallen, the mountain with its antelopes in rut, glowed like an ocean."
chhannaH = enveloped; ambhasaa = by water; patamaanena = falling; asakR^it = again and again; patitena = (on the water already) fallen; achalaH = the mountain; mattasaarNgaH = with antelopes in rut; ababhau = glowed; toyaraashiriva = like an ocean.
2.63.19
पाण्डुरारुणवर्णानि स्रोओतांसि विमलान्यपि |
सुस्रुवुर्गिरिधातुभ्यः सभस्मानि भुजङ्गवत् ॥
"Although the water-streams were crystal clear, they flowed in serpentine courses, with white and red colours because of their admixture with ashes and mountain-minerals on the way."
srotaamsi = the water-streams; vimalaanyapi = thought crystal clear; susrusuH = flowed; bhujaN^gavat = like serpents; paaNDuraaruNa varNaani = with white and red colours; sabhasmaani = along with ashes; giridhaatubhyaH = or mountain-minerals
2.63.20
आकुलारुणतोयानि स्रोओतांसि विमलान्यपि |
उन्मार्गजलवाहीनि बभूवुर्जलदागमे ॥
"The water-streams, which were crystal-clear till then, became churned with reddish waters, carrying water by a wrong way, after the onset of rain."
srotaamsi = the water-streams; vimalaanyapi = even though crystal-clear; babhuuvuH = became; jalagaamini aadulaaruNa toyaami = churned with reddish water; unmaargajalogaamini = carrying water by a wrong way; jaladaagame = after the onset of rain.
2.63.21
तस्मिन्न् अतिसुखे काले धनुष्मान् इषुमान् रथी |
व्यायाम कृत सम्कल्पः सरयूम् अन्वगाम् नदीम् ॥
"With a wish to do hunting as an exercise in that most comfortable season, I went along Sarayu River, in a chariot, wearing bow and arrows."
vyaayaama kR^ita samkalpaH = with a wish to do (Hunting as) an exercise; tasmin kaale = in that season; atisukhe = which was most comfortable; anvagaam = I went along; sarayuunadiim = Sarayu River; rathii = going in a chariot; dhanuSmaan; wearing a bow; ishhumaan = and arrows.
2.63.22
निपाने महिषम् रात्रौ गजम् वा अभ्यागतम् नदीम् |
अन्यम् वा श्वा पदम् कंचिज् जिघांसुर् अजित इन्द्रियः ॥तस्मिंस्तत्राहमेकान्ते रात्रौ विवृतकार्मुकः |
"Without my senses under control and with an intent to kill there a (wild) buffalo or an elephant or any other wild animal coming in the night at that place for the purpose of drinking water, I was ready with my bow at a solitary place."
tatra = there; aham = I; ajitendriyaH = without my senses subdued; jihaamsuH = with an intent to kill; mahiSam = a (wild) buffalo; gajamvaa = or an elephant; anyam shvaapadam vaa = or any other wild animal; abhyaagatam = coming; nadiim = the river; raatrau = in the night; tasmin = at that place; nipaame = for drinking water; vivR^ita kaarmukaH = I was ready with my bow; ekaante = at a solitary place.
2.63.23
तत्राहम् सम्वृतम् वन्यम् हतवांस्तीरमागतम् ॥अन्यम् चापि मृगम् हिंस्रम् शब्दम् श्रुत्वाभु पागतम् |
"Hearing the sound, I killed turning towards it, a wild animal, which came to the bank of Sarayu River and another violent beast too which came there."
shrutvaa = hearing; shabdam = the sound; aham = I; hatavaan = killed; samvR^itam = turning towards (it); vanyam = a wild animal; to; tiiram aagata = which came to bank (of Sarayu River); anyam = (and) another; hrimsram = violent; mR^igam cha = animal too; abhyupaagatam = which arrived; tatra = there.
2.63.24
अथ अन्ध कारे तु अश्रौषम् जले कुम्भस्य पर्यतः ॥अचक्षुर् विषये घोषम् वारणस्य इव नर्दतः |
"Meanwhile, in that darkness and not within the react of the eye, I heard the sound of a pitcher being filled up, the sound of which appeared like that of an elephant."
atha = thereafter; andha kaare = in darkness; achakSur viSaye = and not within the reach of the eyes; ashrauSam = I heard; ghoSham = the sound; kumbhasya = of a pitcher; puuryataH = being filled up; jale = in water; nardataH vaaraNasyeva = like that of an elephant."
2.63.25
ततः अहम् शरम् उद्धृत्य दीप्तम् आशी विष उपमम् ॥शब्दम् प्रति गजप्रेप्सुरभिलक्ष्य त्वपातयम् |
"With an intent to hit that elephant, I drew out a shining arrow resembling a serpent, targeted towards the direction sound and discharged it."
tataH = then; gajaprepsuH = with an intent to obtain the elephant; aham = I; uddhR^itya = drew out; abhilakSya = targeted; shabdam prati = towards that sound; apaatayam = and released; sharam = an arrow; diiptam = shining; ashiiviSopamam = and equal to a serpent.
2.63.26
अमुन्चम् निशितम् बाणम् अहम् आशी विष उपमम् ॥तत्र वाग् उषसि व्यक्ता प्रादुर् आसीद् वन ओकसः |
हा हा इति पततः तोये बाणाभिहतमर्मणः ॥
"I released a sharp arrow, resembling a serpent. There, at dawn, arose a distinct voice uttering 'Ah! Ah!' of a forest-inhabitant, dropping down in water after his vital part was hit by an arrow."
26; 27. aham = I; anuNeham = discharged nishitam = a sharp; baaNam = arrow; ashiiviSopamam = resembling a serpent; tatra = there; uSasi = at dawn; praaduraasiit = arose; vyaktaa = a distinct; vaak = voice; haa haa iti = uttering 'Ah! Ah!' vanaukasaH = of an inhabitant of forest; patataH = dropping down; toye = in water; baaNaabhiihatamarmaNaH = his vital part hit by the arrow.
2.63.28
तस्मिन्निपतिते बाणे वागभूत्तत्र मानुषी |
कथम् अस्मद् विधे शस्त्रम् निपतेत् तु तपस्विनि ॥
"While that arrow was attacking a human voice there was heard, saying, 'Oh, how a weapon did rush upon an ascetic like me?' "
tasmin = (while) that; baaNe = arrow; nipatite = was attacking; maanushhu = a human; vaak = voice; abhuut = was manifest; tatra = there; katham = how; shastram = a weapon; nipatettu = did rush upon; tapasvini = an ascetic; asmadvidhe = like me?
2.63.29
प्रविविक्ताम् नदीम् रात्राव् उदाहारः अहम् आगतः |
इषुणा अभिहतः केन कस्य वा किम् कृतम् मया ॥
'I came to the river, which is away from habitation, in the night to fetch water. By whom I was hit by an arrow? On the other hand what wrong have I done to anyone?"
aham = I; aagataH = came; nadiim = to the river; pravivektaam = which is away from habitation; udaakaaraH = to carry water; raatrau = in the night; kena = by whom; abhihataH = I was hit; iShuNaa = by an arrow? vaa = on the other hand; kim = what; iR^itam = was done; mayaa = by me; karya = to any one?
2.63.30
ऋषेर् हि न्यस्त दण्डस्य वने वन्येन जीवतः |
कथम् नु शस्त्रेण वधो मद् विधस्य विधीयते ॥
"To a seer like me, of having laid down violence and living a fruits and roots of wild plants in the forest, how a killing by an arrow is enjoined?"
R^ishhe = to a sage; madvidhasya = like me; nyastadaNdasya = of having laid down the road; jiivataH = and living; vanyena = on fruits and roots of wild plants; vane = in the forest; katham na = how; vadhaH = a killing; shastreNa = by an arrow;vidhiiyate = is enjoined?
2.63.31
जटा भार धरस्य एव वल्कल अजिन वाससः |
को वधेन मम अर्थी स्यात् किम् वा अस्य अपकृतम् मया ॥
"Who is desirous of killing me, wearing a mass of locks of hair and clad with bark of trees and deer-skin? What harm was done to him by me?"
kaH = who; syaat = is desirous of; vadhena = in killing; mama = of me; jaTaabhaarudharasyaam = wearing a mass of locks of hair; valka laajina vaasasaH = with bark of trees and deer-skin as my clothing? kim vaa = what; apakR^itam = harm; was done; asya = to him; mayaa = by me?"
2.63.32
एवम् निष्फलम् आरब्धम् केवल अनर्थ सम्हितम् |
न कश्चित् साधु मन्येत यथैव गुरु तल्पगम् ॥
"A vain act concerning only with a useless objective is undertaken in this manner. No one will admire him, as for instance like any man seeking the bed of his preceptor's wife, as good."
kevaalaanarthasamhitam = concerning only with a useless objective; niSphalam = a vain act; aarabdham = is undertaken; evam = in this way; na kashchit = no one; manyate = will admire him; as for instance who violates his teacher's bed; saadhu = as good.
2.63.33
नहम् तथा अनुशोचामि जीवित क्षयम् आत्मनः |
मातरम् पितरम् च उभाव् अनुशोचामि मद् विधे ॥
"I do not worry that much of my death. I worry both for my mother and father, in the case of my death."
aham = I; naanushochaami = do not worry; tathaa = that much; aatmanaH = of my; jiivitakSayam = destroyed of life; madvadhe = In the case of my death;; anushochaami = I worry; ubhau = both; maataram = for my mother; pitaaramcha = and father.
2.63.34
तत् एतान् मिथुनम् वृद्धम् चिर कालभृतम् मया |
मयि पन्चत्वम् आपन्ने काम् वृत्तिम् वर्तयिष्यति ॥
'By what means of livelihood this elderly couple, maintained since a long time by me, support themselves when I obtain my death?'
mayi apanne = while I obtain my death; kaami = which; vR^ittim = livelihood; etat = this; vR^iddham = elderly; mithunam = couple; chirakaalabhR^itam = maintained since a long time; mayaa = by me; vartayiSyati = will follow?"
2.63.35
वृद्धौ च माता पितराव् अहम् च एक इषुणा हतः |
केन स्म निहताः सर्वे सुबालेन अकृत आत्मना ॥
"I and my aged parents are killed by a single arrow. By a man without self control and being very much a fool, all of as are virtually killed."
vR^ddhau = the aged; maataapitaa = mother and father; ahamca = me too; hataH = are killed; ekeSaNaa = by a single arrow; kena = By whom; akR^itaatmanaa = a man without self-control; subaalena = and very much a fool; sarve = all of us; nihataaH sma = are killed?
2.63.36
तम् गिरम् करुणाम् श्रुत्वा मम धर्म अनुकान्क्षिणः |
कराभ्याम् सशरम् चापम् व्यथितस्य अपतत् भुवि ॥
"Hearing those pitiable words and since I was always intent on righteousness, I felt distressed. The bow and arrow fell down from my hands to the ground."
shrutvaa = Hearing; taamgiram = those words; karaNaam = which were pitiable; karaabhyaam = from the hands; mama = of me; dharmaanukaaNkSiNaH = who is intent on righteousness; vyathitasya = and having anguish; anpatat = fell; chaapam = the bow; sasharam = with arrows."
2.63.37
तस्याहम् करुणम् श्रुत्वा निशि लालपतो बहु |
सम्भ्रानतः शोकवेगेन भृशमास विचेतनः ॥
"Hearing his pathetic cry, weeping profusely during the night, I became unconscious frequently, utterly bewildered as I was, due to flare-up of my grief."
shrutvaa = hearing; tasya = his; karuNam = pathetic cry; laalavataH = weeping; bahu = very much; nishi = during the night; asa = I became; vichetasaH = unconscious; bhR^isham = frequently; sambhraantaH = utterly bewildered ( as I was); shokavegena = due to flare-up of grief."
2.63.38
तम् देशम् अहम् आगम्य दीन सत्त्वः सुदुर्मनाः |
अपश्यम् इषुणा तीरे सरय्वाः तापसम् हतम् ॥अवकीर्णजटाभारम् प्रविद्धकलशोदकम् |
पासुशोणितदिग्धाङ्गम् शयानम् शल्यपीडितम् ॥
"Distressed in mind and with much sorrowful feeling, I reached that place and saw the ascetic, hit by the arrow at the bank of Sarayu River, with his tresses of hair scattered, his pitcher of water thrown asunder, having his limbs anointed with sand and blood lying down as he was, hurt by the arrow."
38; 39. diinasattvaH = Distressed in mind; sudurshaanaaH = and with much sorrowful feeling; aham = I; aagamya = reached; tam desham = that place; apashya = and saw; taapasam = the ascetic; hatam = hit; iSuNaa = by arrow; tiire = at the bank; sarayvaaH = of Sarayu River; avukiirNajaTaabhaaram = with his tresses of hair scattered; praviddhakalashodakam = his pitcher of water thrown asunder; paamskushoNitadigdhaaN^gam = having his limbs anointed with sand and blood; shayaanam = lying down; shalyapiiDitam = hurt by the arrow.
2.63.40
स माम् उद्वीक्ष्य नेत्राभ्याम् त्रस्तम् अस्वस्थ चेतसम् |
इति उवाच वचः क्रूरम् दिधक्षन्न् इव तेजसा || ॥
Looking up with his eyes, as if going to scorch with his glory, at me who stood terrified and sick in mind, he spoke those harsh words then:
udviikSya = looking up; netraabhyaam = with his eyes; didhakSinnivatejasaa = as if going to scorch with his glory; maam = at me; trastam = who stood terrified; asvathachetasam = and sick in mind; saH = he; uvaacha = spoke; iti = thse; kruuram = harsh(words); tataH = then.
2.63.41
किम् तव अपकृतम् राजन् वने निवसता मया |
जिहीर्षिउर् अम्भो गुर्व् अर्थम् यद् अहम् ताडितः त्वया ॥
"O, king! I, who was carrying water for my parents, was hit by you. What was the harm done to you by me who is residing in a forest?"
jihiirSuH = who was carrying; ambhaH = water; raajan = O; king!; aham = I; gurvartham = for my parents; taaDitaH = was hit; tvayaa = by you; kim = what; apakR^itam = harm was done; tava = to you; mayaa = by me; nivasataa = who is residing; vane = in a forest?"
2.63.42
एकेन खलु बाणेन मर्मणि अभिहते मयि |
द्वाव् अन्धौ निहतौ वृद्धौ माता जनयिता च मे ॥
'Being hit on my secret part by a single arrow, you virtually killed both my mother and father, who are blind and aged.'
abhihate = being hit; marmaNi = on my secret part; ekena baaNena = by a single arrow; nihataa khalu = you; virtually killed; dvau = both; me = my; maataa = mother; janayitaacha = and father; andhau = who are blind; vR^iddhau = and aged.
2.63.43
तौ नूनम् दुर्बलाव् अन्धौ मत् प्रतीक्षौ पिपासितौ |
चिरम् आशा कृताम् तृष्णाम् कष्टाम् संधारयिष्यतः ॥
"Both of them, weak blind and thirsty, might have refrained their thirst with difficulty and waited with expectation of my arrival since long. I am sure."
tau = both of them; durbalau = weak; andhau = blind; pipaasitau = and thirsty; smadhaavayiSyataH = might have regrained; tR^iSNaam = theri thirst; kaSTaam = with difficulty; aashaakR^itaam = and attended with expectation; chiram = since long; nuunam = I am sure.
2.63.44
न नूनम् तपसो वा अस्ति फल योगः श्रुतस्य वा |
पिता यन् माम् न जानाति शयानम् पतितम् भुवि ॥
'Surely, our (mine or father's) religious austerity or sacred knowledge have not borne fruit because my father does not have information about me, having fallen down and lying on the ground.'
nuunam = surely; tapasovaa = religious austerity; shrutasya vaa = or sacred knowledge; naasti phalayogaH = have not borne fruit; yat = because; pitaa = my father; na jaanaati does not know; maam = about me; patitam = having fallen down; shayaanam = and lying ; bhuumi = on the ground.
2.63.45
जानन्न् अपि च किम् कुर्यात् अशक्तिर् अपरिक्रमः |
चिद्यमानम् इव अशक्तः त्रातुम् अन्यो नगो नगम् ॥
"What my disabled father, unable to walk around can do, even if he knows like a tree unable to protect another tree which is being cut off?"
jaanannapi = even if he knows; kim = what; ashaktiH = my disabled (father); aparikramaH = who is unable to walk around; kuryaat = can do? anyaH naga iva = like one tree; ashaktaH = is unable; traatum = to protect; nagam = a tree; chhidyamaanam = being cut off.
2.63.46
पितुस् त्वम् एव मे गत्वा शीघ्रम् आचक्ष्व राघव |
न त्वाम् अनुदहेत् क्रुद्धो वनम् वह्निर् इव एधितः ॥
'O, Dasaratha! Going there soon, you alone tell my father; so that he will not scorch you by his anger, as a forest is scorched by a flared-up fire.'
raaghava = O; Dasaratha!; gattvaa = going; shiighram = soon; tvameva = you alone; aachakSva = tell me pituH = my father; naanudahet = He will not scroch; tvaam = you; kruddhaH = by anger; vanamiva = as a forest (in scorched); edhitaH = by flared-up; vahniH = fire
2.63.47
इयम् एक पदी राजन् यतः मे पितुर् आश्रमः |
तम् प्रसादय गत्वा त्वम् न त्वाम् स कुपितः शपेत् ॥
'O, king! This foot-path will lead you to my father's hermitage. After going there, seek his graciousness, lest he should get angry and execrate you."
raajan = O; king!; yataH = on which side; aashramaH = the hermitage; me pituH = of my father (on that side); iyam = this; ekapadii = foot-path (will go); gattvaa = after going ( there); tvam = you; prasaadaya = obtain graciousness; tam = from him; kupitaH = being angry; saH na shapet = let him not execrate; tvaam = you."
2.63.48
विशल्यम् कुरु माम् राजन् मर्म मे निशितः शरः |
रुणद्धि मृदु स उत्सेधम् तीरम् अम्बु रयो यथा ॥
'O, king! Extract this arrow-head from my body. This sharp arrow torments my delicate vital part in the same way as a river-current corrodes the sandy bank, which is at a height.'
raajan = O; king!; kuru = make; maam = me; vishalyam = free from the arrow-head; nishitaH = the sharp; sharaH = arrow; ruNadhhi = torments; me marma = my vital part; mR^idu = which is delicate; amburayaH yathaa = in the same way as a river current (corrodes); tiiram = the sandy bank sotsedham = which is at height.
2.63.49
सशल्यः क्लिश्यते प्राणैर्विशल्यो विनशिष्यति |
इति मामविशच्चिन्ता तस्य शल्यापकर्षणे ॥
"While extracting the arrow-head from him, this thought entered my mind. With arrow-head in his body he will suffer, even though surviving. But after extracting the arrow-head, he will die."
asya shalyaapakarSaNe = while I was extracting the arrow-head from him; iti = this; chintaa = thought; avishat = entered; maam = me; sashalyaH = with arrow-head in his body; klishyat = he will suffer; praaNaiH = with his lives; vishalyaH = without the arrow-head; vinashiSyat = he will die.
2.63.50
दुःखितस्य च दीनस्य मम शोकातुरस्य च |
लक्ष्यामास हृदये चिन्ताम् मुनिसुत स्तदा ॥
"Then, the son of the sage perceived worry in the heart of myself, who was lamenting pitiably, suffering from anguish."
tadaa = then; munisutaH = the son of the sage; lakSayaamaasa = perceived; chintaam = the worry; hR^idaye = in the heart; mama = of myself; duHkhitasya = who was lamenting; diinasya = pitiable; shokaaturasya = suffering from anguish.
2.63.51
ताम्यमानः स माम् दुःखादुवाच परमार्तवत् |
सीदमानो विवृत्ताङ्गो वेष्टमानो गतः क्षयम् ॥
Sinking into despondency with distress, distorting his limbs in agony, coiling round himself on the floor with extreme pain and having approached the end of his life, he spoke to me (as follows) with great difficulty.
siidamaanaH = sinking into despondency; taamyamaanaH = and being in distress; vivR^ittaangaH = distorting the limbs in agony; veSTamaanaH = coiling round himself; kSayam = the end (of life); paramaartavat = extremely pained; saH = he; uvaacha = spoke; maam = to me; kR^ichchhrant = with great difficulty.
2.63.52
संस्तभ्य धैर्येण स्थिरचित्तो भवाम्यहम् |
ब्रह्महत्याकृतम् पापम् हृदयादपनीयताम् ॥
'Suppressing my grief with firmness, I am becoming stable-minded. Let the torment in your heart, caused by the thought of your having killed Brahmana be removed.'
samstabhya = suppressing; shokam = my grief; dhairyeNa = with firmness; aham = I; bhavaami = am becoming; sthirachittaH = steady; taapam = (let the) torment; hR^idayaat = in your heart; brahmahatyaakR^itam = caused by the thought of your having killed a Brahmana; apaniiyataam = be removed.
2.63.53
न द्विजातिर् अहम् राजन् मा भूत् ते मनसो व्यथा |
शूद्रायाम् अस्मि वैश्येन जातः जन पद अधिप ॥
'O, king the ruler of the country! I am not a Brahmana. Let there be no agony in your mind. I am born through a Sudra woman by a Vysya.
raajan = O; king; janapadaadhipaa = the ruler of the country! aham = I; na = am not; dvijaatiH = a Brahmana; maabhuut vyathaa = let there be no agony; manasaH = in your mind; asmi = I am; jaataH = born; shuudraayaam = = through a Sudra woman; vaishyena = by Vysya.
2.63.54
इति इव वदतः कृच्च्रात् बाण अभिहत मर्मणः |
विघूर्णतो विचेष्टस्य वेपमाचस्य भूतले ॥तस्य तु आनम्यमानस्य तम् बाणम् अहम् उद्धरम् |
तस्य त्वानम्यमानस्य तम् बाणामहमुद्धरम् ॥
"While he was speaking in that manner with great difficulty, his vital part having been hit by an arrow and was rolling on the ground, now exerting himself, now trembling and sinking, I drew out that arrow from him. That sage looked up towards me in fear and relinquished his life."
54; 55. itiiva = In this manner; vadataH = speaking; kR^ichchhaat = with great difficulty; baaNaabhihata marmaNaH = who was hit in his vital part by an arrow; vicheSTasya = exerting himself; vepamaanasya = trembling; aanamyamaanasya = sinking; aham = I; uddharam = drew out; tam baaNam = that arrow; tasya = from him; saH tapaodhanaH = that sage; udviikSya = looked up; maam = towards me; samtrastaH = in fear; jahau = and relinquished; praaNaan = his lives.
2.63.56
जल आर्द्र गात्रम् तु विलप्य कृच्चान् |
मर्म व्रणम् सम्ततम् उच्चसन्तम् |
ततः सरय्वाम् तम् अहम् शयानम् |
समीक्ष्य भद्रे सुभृशम् विषण्णः ॥
"O, my dear Kausalya! Seeing him, with his body drenched in water, weeping with anguish, unceasingly sighing his breath, with injury in his vital part and lying down in River Sarayu as he was, I became very much grief-stricken."
bhadre = O; my dear Kausalya! samiikSaya = seeing; tam = him; jalaardragaatram = with his body drenched in water; vilapya = who wept; kR^ichchhaat = with anguish; uchchhvasantam = sighing his breath; samtatam = unceasingly; marmavraNam = with injury in his vital part; shayaanam = lying down; sarayvaam = in the River Sarayu; asmi = I became; bhR^isham = very much; viSaNNaH = grief-stricken.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे त्रिषष्टितमः सर्गः
Sarga 64 (part 1 of 2)
2.64.1
वधमप्रतिरूपम् तु महर्षेस्तस्य राघवः |
विलपन्ने व धर्मात्मा कौसल्याम् पुन रब्रवीत् ॥
The high souled Dasaratha, while lamenting about the unworthy killing of that sage, spoke further to Kausalya as follows:
dharmaatmaa = The high-souled; raaghavaH = Dasaratha; vilapanneva = while lamenting; apratiruupam = about the unworthy; vadham = killing; tasya maharshheH = of that sage; punaH = again; abraviit = spoke; kausalyaam = to Kausalya (as follows):
2.64.2
तत् अज्ञानान् महत् पापम् कृत्वा सम्कुलित इन्द्रियः |
एकः तु अचिन्तयम् बुद्ध्या कथम् नु सुकृतम् भवेत् ॥
Having done that great sin inadvertently, having my senses confounded and I being alone, I thought of using my reason of what best can be done."
kR^itvaa = having done; aG^yaanaat = invadvertantly; tat = that; mahat = great; paapam = sin; aham = I; samkulendriyaH = having my senses confounded; achintyam = thought; ekastu = alone; buddhyaa = with my intellect; kathamnu = how; sukrutam bhavet = best can be done."
2.64.3
ततः तम् घटम् आदय पूर्णम् परम वारिणा |
आश्रमम् तम् अहम् प्राप्य यथा आख्यात पथम् गतः ॥
"Taking the best water fully in that pitcher, I went to that hermitage by the path as directed by the young sage.
tataH = Thereafter; aadaaya = taking; paramavaariNaa = best water; puurNam = fully; tam = in that; ghaTam = pitcher; praapya = obtaining; yathaakhyaata patham = the path as made known; aham = I; gatah = went; tam aashramam = to that hermitage."
2.64.4
तत्र अहम् दुर्बलाव् अन्धौ वृद्धाव् अपरिणायकौ |
अपश्यम् तस्य पितरौ लून पक्षाव् इव द्विजौ ॥तन् निमित्ताभिर् आसीनौ कथाभिर् अपरिक्रमौ |
ताम् आशाम् मत् कृते हीनाव् उदासीनाव् अनाथवत् ॥
"There I saw the frail, blind and aged parents of the young sage. They were without a guide to support them, as birds whose wings were cut-off. Without any other occupation, they were narrating words only about their son. Having no protector and being immobile they lost the hope of their son, because of me."
4; 5.tatra = There; aham = I; apashyam = saw; tasya = his; tarou = parents; durbhaou = who were frail; andhou = blind;vR^iddhou = aged; apariNaayakou = without a guide; dvijou iva = like birds; luuna pakshhou = whose wings were cut off; kathaabhiH = narrating (words) tannimiHaabhiH = targeting about him; aasinou = sitting; aparishramou = without any occupation; anaathavat = Having no protector; udaasiinou = and being immobile; hiinou = losing; taam aashaam = hope of their son; matkR^ite = because of me."
2.64.6
शोकोपहतचित्तश्च भयसम्त्रस्तचेतनः |
तच्चाश्रमपदम् गत्वा भूयः शोकमहम् गतः ॥
"With my mind afflicted by grief and worried about the impending peril, I fell a prey to further grief after reaching the hermitage.
shokopahata chittaH = with my mind afflicted with grief; bhaya santraptachetanaH = worried in mind about the impending peril; aham gataH = I got; bhuuyaH = further; shokam = grief; gatvaa = after reaching; tat = that; aashramapadam = hermitage."
2.64.7
पद शब्दम् तु मे श्रुत्वा मुनिर् वाक्यम् अभाषत |
किम् चिरायसि मे पुत्र पानीयम् क्षिप्रम् आनय ॥
"Hearing the sound of my foot-steps, that sage spoke as follows: "O, son! Why are you late? Give me the water soon."
"shrutvaa = hearing; me padashabdam = the sound of my foot steps; muni = the sage; abhaashhat = spoke; vaakyam = (the following) words:"Oh;son! Kim = why; chiraayasi = are you late? aanaya = bring; me = me; paaniiyam = the water; kshhipram = quickly."
2.64.8
यन् निमित्तम् इदम् तात सलिले क्रीडितम् त्वया |
उत्कण्ठिता ते माता इयम् प्रविश क्षिप्रम् आश्रमम् ॥
"My dear son! Your mother is regretting why you are playing in water in this manner. Enter the hermitage quickly."
taata = my dear son! Yannimittam = for what reason; kriiDitam = played; idam = in this manner; salile = in water; tvayaa = by you; iyam = this; te maataa = your mother; utkanThitaa = is regretted; pravisha = enter; aashramam = the hermitage; kshhipram = soon."
2.64.9
यद् व्यलीकम् कृतम् पुत्र मात्रा ते यदि वा मया |
न तन् मनसि कर्तव्यम् त्वया तात तपस्विना ॥
"O, son! My dear! If any disagreeable thing has been done by your mother, or me, you, as a sage ought not have kept it in your mind."
putra = O; son! taata = O dear! yat = If any; vyaLiikam = disagreeable thing; kR^itam = has been done; te = by your; maatraa = mother; yadivaa = or; mayaa = by me; tat = it; na kartavyam = ought not have been kept; manasi = in mind; tvayaa = by you."
2.64.10
त्वम् गतिस् तु अगतीनाम् च चक्षुस् त्वम् हीन चक्षुषाम् |
समासक्ताः त्वयि प्राणाः किंचिन् नौ न अभिभाषसे ॥
"We being helpless, you are our refuge. We being blind, you are our eyes. Our lives are encircled around you. Why are you not talking with us?"
agatiinaam = we being helpless; tvam = you; gatih = are our refuge; achakshhushhaam = we having without sight; tvam = you; chakshhuHhi = are indeed our eyes; praaNaaH = our lives; samaasaktaaH = are encircled; tvayi = in you; kim = why; tvam naabhibhaashhate = not talking; naH = with us?"
2.64.11
मुनिम् अव्यक्तया वाचा तम् अहम् सज्जमानया |
हीन व्यन्जनया प्रेक्ष्य भीतः भीतैव अब्रुवम् ॥
"As though fearful in mind to behold the ascetic, I spoke to him in a tone which was indistinct inarticulate and without some consonants?"
prekshhya = seeing; tam munim = that ascetic; bhiitachitta iva = with a fearful mind; abruvam vaachaa = I spoke in a tone; avyaktayaa = indistinct; sajjamaanayaa = leaving some consonants".
2.64.12
मनसः कर्म चेष्टाभिर् अभिसंस्तभ्य वाग् बलम् |
आचचक्षे तु अहम् तस्मै पुत्र व्यसनजम् भयम् ॥
"Having strengthened the firmness in my speech and having abandoned fear in my mind by deliberate efforts, I told him of the alarm that awaited him of his son's death."
abhisamstabhya = having strengthened; vaagbalam = firmness in my speech; karmaH = and act by deliberate efforts; aachachakshhe = I told; tasmai = him; bhayam = of the fear(that awaited him); putravyasanajam = of his son's death."
2.64.13
क्षत्रियो अहम् दशरथो न अहम् पुत्रः महात्मनः |
सज्जन अवमतम् दुह्खम् इदम् प्राप्तम् स्व कर्मजम् ॥
"I am Dasaratha, belonging to warrior- class. I am not your high-souled son. This calamity created by my own act, despised by noble men, befell upon me."
aham = I; kshhatriyaH = am a warrior; dasharathaH = named Dasaratha; aham = I; na mahatmanaH = am not your high souled; putraH = son; idam = this; duHkham = calamity; svakarmajam = created by my own act; sajjanaavamatam = despised by noble men; praaptam = befell (upon me)".
2.64.14
भगवमः च अपहस्तः अहम् सरयू तीरम् आगतः |
जिघांसुः श्वा पदम् किंचिन् निपाने वा आगतम् गजम् ॥
"O, venerable sage! Wearing a bow in hand, I came to the bank of Sarayu River with an intent to kill an elephant arrived to a ford (for drinking water) or any other wild animal."
bhagavan = O; venerable sage! ChaapahastaH = wearing a bow in hand; aham = I; aagataH = came; sarayuu tiiram = to the bank of Sarayu River; jighaamsuH = with an intent to kill ; gajamcha = an elephant; aagatam = arrived to; nipaane = a ford(for drinking water); kamchit = or any; shvaapadam = wild animal".
2.64.15
ततः श्रुतः मया शब्दो जले कुम्भस्य पूर्यतः |
द्विपो अयम् इति मत्वा हि बाणेन अभिहतः मया ॥
"Then by me was heard the sound of a pitcher being filled with water. Guessing it as an elephant, I killed it with an arrow."
tataH = then; mayaa = by me; shrutaH = was heard; shabdaH = the sound; kumbhasya = of a pitcher; puuryataH = being filled; jale = with water; matvaa = thinking; ayam = it; dvipaH iti = as an elephant; ayam = it; abhihataH = was killed; mayaa = by me; baaNena = with an arrow."
2.64.16
गत्वा नद्याः ततः तीरम् अपश्यम् इषुणा हृदि |
विनिर्भिन्नम् गत प्राणम् शयानम् भुवि तापसम् ॥
"Thereafter, reaching the bank of the river there, I saw an ascetic lying dead on the ground, with the arrow pierced into his heart."
tataH = Thereafter; gatvaa = I reached; tiiram = the bank; nadyaaH = of the river; apashyam = and saw; taapasam = an ascetic; shayaanam = lying; gatapraaNam = dead; bhuvi = on the ground; vinirbhinnam = pierced; ishhuNaa = by an arrow; hR^idi = into his heart."
2.64.17
भगवन् शब्दम् आलक्ष्य मया गज जिघांसुना |
विसृष्टः अम्भसि नाराचः तेन ते निहतः सुतः ॥
"O, honorable sage! With a desire to kill an elephant by targeting the sound, I released an iron arrow, and thus your son was killed (hit)"
bhagavan = O;honorable sage!gaja jigaamsunaa = with a desire to kill an elephant; aalakshhya = by targeting; shabdam; = the sound; naaraachaH = an iron arrow; visR^ishhTaH = was released; ambasi = into water; mayaa = by me; tataH = therafter; te = your; sutaH = son; nihataH = was killed"
2.64.18
ततस्तस्यैव वचनादुपेत्य परितप्यतः |
स मया सहसा बण उद्धृतो मर्मतस्तदा ॥
"Approaching as per his request, closer to him who was suffering from pain, I took out the arrow soon from his vital part."
tataH = thereafter; upetya = approached; mayaa = by me; tadaa = then; vachanaat = according to the word; tasyaiva = by him; paritapyataH = who was suffering from pain; saH baaNaH = that arrow; uddhR^itaH = was taken out; sahasaa = soon; marmataH = from his vital part."
2.64.19
स च उद्धृतेन बाणेन तत्र एव स्वर्गम् आस्थितः |
भगवन्ताव् उभौ शोचन्न् अन्धाव् इति विलप्य च ॥
"Soon after taking out the arrow, he worried about both of you the parents, lamenting that you were blind and there itself he attained Heaven"
saH cha = he also; shochan = mourning; bhavantou = about both of you; pitarou = the parents; vilapyacha = lamenting; andhou iti = that both of you were blind; tatraiva = there itself; asthitaH = he attained; svargam = heaven; tena baaNena = by that arrow; uddhR^itena = taken out."
2.64.20
अज्ञानात् भवतः पुत्रः सहसा अभिहतः मया |
शेषम् एवम् गते यत् स्यात् तत् प्रसीदतु मे मुनिः ॥
"Unknowingly and unexpectedly your son was killed by me. It has happened like that. Let the honorable sage command me what to do in this matter."
ajJNaanaat = unknowingly; sahasaa = and unexpectedly; bhavataH putraH = your son; nihataH = was killed; mayaa = by me; evamgata = while it happened like this; muniH = let the sage; prasiidatu = ask me (to do) tat = that; yat = which; sheshhamsyaat = that is left."
2.64.21
स तत् श्रुत्वा वचः क्रूरम् निह्श्वसन् शोक कर्शितः |
नाशकत्तीव्रमायासमकर्तुम् भगवानृषिः ॥
Hearing that cruel news pronounced by me, confessing my sin, that venerable sage could not resist his severe anger."
shrutvaa = hearing; tat = that; kruuram = cruel; vachaH = news; uktam = uttered; mayaa = by me; aghashamsinaa = confessing my sin;bhagavaan = the venerable; saH R^ishhiH = that sage; naashakat = could not; akartum = resist; tiivram = severe; aayaasam = anger."
2.64.22
सबाष्पपूर्णवदनो निःश्वसन् शोककर्शितः |
माम् उवाच महा तेजाः कृत अन्जलिम् उपस्थितम् ॥
"That sage with great splendor, whose face was filled with tears and troubled by sorrow, spoke with a sigh to me who came near him with joined palms"
saH = he; mahaatejaaH; with your splendor; baashhpa puurna vadanaH = with face filled with tears; nishshvasan = sighing; shokakarshitaH = hurt with sorrow; uvaacha = spoke; maam = to me; upasthitam = who came near; kR^itaaNjalim = with joined palms."
2.64.23
यद्य् एतत् अशुभम् कर्म न स्म मे कथयेः स्वयम् |
फलेन् मूर्धा स्म ते राजन् सद्यः शत सहस्रधा ॥
"If you have not told me about this shameful deed yourself, O. king, your head would have burst instantly into a hundred thousand pieces."
raajan = O ;king!; tvam no kathayeH yadi = If you have not told; me = me; etat = about this; ashubham = shameful; karma = deed; svayam = yourself; te = your; muurdhaa = head; phaletsma = would have burst; shatasahasradhaa = into a hundred thousand pieces; sadyaH = immediately."
2.64.24
क्षत्रियेण वधो राजन् वानप्रस्थे विशेषतः |
ज्ञान पूर्वम् कृतः स्थानाच् च्यावयेद् अपि वज्रिणम् ॥
"A killing brought about by a warrior premeditatedly and in particular to a hermit, would expel even Indra from his post."
vadhaaH = a killing; kR^itah = done; kshhatiriye Na = by a warrior; JNaana puurvam = premeditatedly; visheshhataH = in particular; vaanaprasthe = (killing done) to a hermit; chyaavayet = would expel; vajriNam api = even Indra; sthaanaat = from his post."
2.64.25
सप्तधा तु फलेन्मूर्धा मुनौ तपसि तिष्ठति |
ज्ञानाद्विसृजतः शस्त्रम् तादृशे ब्रह्मचारिणि ॥
"The head of a dispatcher of a weapon with a knowledge of the matter on a sage established in austerity or such an unmarried student practicing sacred study, gets burst into seven pieces."
muurdhaa = the head; visR^ijataH = of a dispatcher;shatram = of a weapon; G^yaanaat = with a knowledge of the matter. Munou = on a sage; tishhThati = eshtablished; tapsi = in austerity; taadR^ishe = or in such; brahmachaariNi = an unmarried student practicing sacred study; phalet = gets bursts; saptadhaa = into seven pieces."
2.64.26
अज्ञानाद्द् हि कृतम् यस्मात् इदम् तेन एव जीवसि |
अपि हि अद्य कुलम् नस्यात् राघवाणाम् कुतः भवान् ॥
"You are still surviving because you have done it unknowingly. Not even you, but today the whole of Ikshvaaku dynasty would have been no more, if it is not the case."
yasmaat = for what reason; idam = this act; kR^itam hi = has been done; aG^yaanaat = un knowingly; tenaiva = for that reason; jiivasi = you are alive; kutaH = where; bhavaan = are you? Adya = today; kulamapi = even the race; ikshhvaakuuNaam = of Ikshvakus; na syaat hi = would have been no more indeed".
2.64.27
नय नौ नृप तम् देशम् इति माम् च अभ्यभाषत |
अद्य तम् द्रष्टुम् इच्चावः पुत्रम् पश्चिम दर्शनम् ॥रुधिरेण अवसित अन्गम् प्रकीर्ण अजिन वाससम् |
शयानम् भुवि निह्सम्ज्ञम् धर्म राज वशम् गतम् ॥
"He spoke to me thus: "O, king! Now we want to see, as our last look, our son whose body is drenched in blood, with his garment of deer-skin scattered from him, lying unconscious on the ground and who is subjected to the dominion of Yama(god of death) . Take both of us to that place."
27; 28. abhyabhaashhatacha = "He spoke; maam = to me; iti = thus; nR^ipa = "O;king! Adya = Now; ichchhaavaH = we want; drashhTum = to see; paschima darshanam = as our last look; putram = our son; avasiktaaNgam = whose body is wet; rudhireNa = with blood; prakiirNaajinavaasasam = with his garments of deer skin scattered from him; shayaanam = lying down; bhuvi = on the ground; nissamG^yam = unconscious; gatam = who was subjected; dharmaraajavasham = to the dominion of Yama (god of death); naya = to that place."
2.64.29
अथ अहम् एकः तम् देशम् नीत्वा तौ भृश दुह्खितौ |
अस्पर्शयम् अहम् पुत्रम् तम् मुनिम् सह भार्यया ॥
"Thereafter, taking both of them, who were weeping profusely, to that place, I for one made that sage and his wife to touch their son."
atha = thereafter; niitvaa = taking; tou = both of them; bhR^ishaduHkhitou = who were weeping profusely; tam desham = to that place; ekaH = solitarily; tam munim = that sage; bhaaryayaascha = along with his wife; asparshayam = to touch; tam putram = that son."
2.64.30
तौ पुत्रम् आत्मनः स्पृष्ट्वा तम् आसाद्य तपस्विनौ |
निपेततुः शरीरे अस्य पिता च अस्य इदम् अब्रवीत् ॥
"Approaching their son, that miserable couple touched their son's body and fell on it . Then, his father spoke as follows."
aasaadya = approaching; aatmanaH = their; putram = son; tam = that; tapasvinou = miserable; tou = couple; spR^ishhTvaa = touched; nipetataH = and fell; asya = on his; shariire = body; asya = his; pitaacha = father; abraviit = spoke; idam = these words."
2.64.31
न न्व् अहम् ते प्रियः पुत्र मातरम् पश्य धार्मिक |
किम् नु न आलिन्गसे पुत्र सुकुमार वचो वद ॥
"My dear boy! You are not offering salutation to me, nor do you talk to me. Why are you sleeping on the floor? Are you angry?"
vatsa = my dear boy! Adya = Now; naabhivaadayase = you are not offering salutation; maa = to me; na cha abhibhaashhase = nor do you talk; maam = to me; tvam kimnu sheshhe = why are you sleeping; bhuumou = on the floor? kimasi = are you; kupitaH = angry?".
2.64.32
न त्वहम् ते प्रियः पुत्र मातरम् पस्य धार्मिक |
किम् नु नालिङ्गसे पुत्र सुकुमार वचो वद ॥
"O, righteous son! I am beloved to you. Otherwise, see your mother. Why are you not embracing, my son? Utter some words, O delicate youth!"
dhaarmika = O; righteous; putra = son!aham = I; priyaH = am beloved; te = to you; natu = otherwise;pasya = see; maataram = your mother; kimnu = why are you; naaliNgase = not embracing; putra = my son? vada = utter;vachaH = some words; sukumaara = O; delicate youth!"
2.64.33
कस्य वा अपर रात्रे अहम् श्रोष्यामि हृदयम् गमम् |
अधीयानस्य मधुरम् शास्त्रम् वा अन्यद् विशेषतः ॥
"Whose sweet and heart touching voice, reciting one sacred text or the other in particular at the end of the night, shall I hear from now?"
kasyaavaa = whose; hR^idayangamam = heart touching; madhuram = and sweet voice; adhiiyaanasya = reciting;shaastram = a sacred scripture; anyadvaa = or any other text; visheshhtaH = in particular; apararaatre = at the end of night; aham = I; shroshhyaami = shall hear?."
2.64.34
को माम् संध्याम् उपास्य एव स्नात्वा हुत हुत अशनः |
श्लाघयिष्यति उपासीनः पुत्र शोक भय अर्दितम् ॥
"O, son! Who after taking bath, worshipping the goddess of dawn, and offering oblations in fire, will be sitting beside me and talking confidently looking at me, as I was afflicted with grief and fear?"
putra = O son!; kaH = who; snaatva = after taking bath; upaasyaiva = after worshipping;sandhyaam = the goddess of dawn; hutahutaa shanaH = and offering oblations in fire; upasiinaH = sitting beside me; shlaaghayishhyati = and talking confidently; maam = looking at me; shoka bhayaarthidam = as I was afflicted with grief and fear?"
2.64.35
कन्द मूल फलम् हृत्वा को माम् प्रियम् इव अतिथिम् |
भोजयिष्यति अकर्मण्यम् अप्रग्रहम् अनायकम् ॥
"Who will feed me, like a beloved guest is fed, with roots and fruits while I am sitting without any work, without fetching anything and without having any guide making me to walk?"
kaH = who; bhojayishhyati = will feed; maam = me; atithimiva = like a guest; priyam = who is beloved; kandamuulaphalam = roots and fruits; akarmaNyam = while I am without any work; apragraham = without fetching anything; anaayakam = without having any guide making me to walk".
2.64.36
इमाम् अन्धाम् च वृद्धाम् च मातरम् ते तपस्विनीम् |
कथम् पुत्र भरिष्यामि कृपणाम् पुत्र गर्धिनीम् ॥
O, delicate youth! How can I support your mother, who is blind, aged and a poor woman in a pitiable condition, longing for her son?"
vatsa = O; delicate youth!; katham = how; bharishhyaami = can I support; imaam = this; te maataram = your mother; andhaam = who is blind; vR^iddhaam = aged; tapasviniim = in a pitiable condition; kR^ipaaNaam = a poor woman; putragardhiniim = longing for her son?"
2.64.37
तिष्ठ मा मा गमः पुत्र यमस्य सदनम् प्रति |
श्वो मया सह गन्ता असि जनन्या च समेधितः ॥
"O, son! Come to a halt. Do not go to Yama's abode. You can proceed tomorrow with me and with your mother."
putraa = O; son! TishhTha = come to a halt! maa maa gamaH = do not go; sadanamprati = towards the house; yamasya = of Yama; gantaasi = you can go; shvaH = tomorrow; samedhitaH = along with; mayaa = me; jananyaa sahacha = and with your mother."
2.64.38
उभाव् अपि च शोक आर्ताव् अनाथौ कृपणौ वने |
क्षिप्रम् एव गमिष्यावः त्वया हीनौ यम क्षयम् ॥
"Bereft of you, afflicted with grief, without any protection in the forest and poor, both of us also will come soon along with you to Yama's abode."
ubhaavapicha = both of us; hiinou = bereft; tvayaa = of you; bhokaartou = and afflicted with grief; anaathou = without any protector; vane = in the forest; kR^ipaNou = and poor; gamishhyaavaH = will go; yamakshhayam = to the abode of Yama."
2.64.39
ततः वैवस्वतम् दृष्ट्वा तम् प्रवक्ष्यामि भारतीम् |
क्षमताम् धर्म राजो मे बिभृयात् पितराव् अयम् ॥
"Thereafter, seeing Yama, I shall tell these words to him. �O, Yama! Excuse me. Let this boy nourish his parents.' "
tataH = Thereafter; dR^ishhTvaa = seeing; vaivasvatam = Yama; pravakshhyaami = I shall tell; bhaaratiim = these words; tam = to him; dharmaraaja = O; Yama! Kshhamataam = excuse; me = me; ayam = let him; bibhR^iyaat = nourish; pitaram = his parents."
2.64.40
दातुमर्हति धर्मात्मा लोकपालो महायशाः |
ईदृषस्य ममाक्षय्या मेकामभयदक्षिणाम् ॥
"The most glorious and high souled Yama, the guardian of the world will be obliged to give this solitary imperishable boon in the form of fearlessness to me, who is in such a condition."
lokapaalaH = Yama; the guardian of the world; mahaayashaaH = the most glorious; dharmaatmaa = high-souled; arhati = is worthy; datum = to give; mama = me; indR^ishasya = in this condition; ekaam = this solitary; akshhayaam = imperishable; abhaya dakshhiNaam = reward in the form of fearless-ness."
2.64.41
अपापो असि यथा पुत्र निहतः पाप कर्मणा |
तेन सत्येन गच्च आशु ये लोकाः शस्त्र योधिनाम् ॥
"O, son! This criminal killed you. As it is true that you were sinless, you will soon obtain the realms as reached by those who die fighting with weapons."
putra = O; son!; nihataH = you were killed; paapakarmaNaa = by this criminal; yathaa = how; asi = you were; apaapaH = without a sin; tena satyena = by that truth; gachchha = obtain; ashu = soon; ye = which; lokaaH = realms; astra yodhinaam = obtained by those who die fighting with weapons."
2.64.42
यान्ति शूरा गतिम् याम् च सम्ग्रामेष्व् अनिवर्तिनः |
हताः तु अभिमुखाः पुत्र गतिम् ताम् परमाम् व्रज ॥
"O, son! Move on to that which is the highest state, which is obtained by the warriors, who do not return even while being killed, from the direction facing their enemies in battles."
putra = O; son! vraja = Move on.; taam = to such; paramaam = a highest; gatim = state; yaam = which; gatim = state; yaanti = is obtained; shuraaH = by the warriors; samgraameshhu = in battles; anivartinaH = who do not return; hataastu = which being killed; abhimukhaaH = from the direction facing their enemies."
2.64.43
याम् गतिम् सगरः शैब्यो दिलीपो जनमेजयः |
नहुषो धुन्धुमारः च प्राप्ताः ताम् गच्च पुत्रक ॥
"Obtain the destiny which was obtained by Sagara, Saibya, Dilipa, Janamejeya, Nahusha and Dundumara."
gachchha = Obtain; taam = that; gatim = destiny; yaam = which; praaptaaH = was obtained by; sagaraH = Sagara; shaibyaH = Saibya; diliipaH = Dilipa; janamejayaH = Jenamejeya; nahushhaH = Nahusha; dundumaarashcha = and Dundumara."
2.64.44
या गतिः सर्व साधूनाम् स्वाध्यायात् पतसः च या |
भूमिदस्य आहित अग्नेः चएक पत्नी व्रतस्य च ॥गो सहस्र प्रदातृऋणाम् या या गुरुभृताम् अपि |
देह न्यास कृताम् या च ताम् गतिम् गच्च पुत्रक ॥
"O, son! Obtain that destiny, which is obtained by all the sages, by those who studied scriptures, by an act of austerity, by a gift of the land, by him who has maintained sacred fire, who has taken a vow of marrying a single wife, who gifts a thousand cows, who are owed to the service of the preceptor and that which is obtained by those who have abandoned their body (by journeying to Himalayan Mountains, or drowning themselves in water or leaping into the flames)"
44; 45. putraka = O;son! gachchha = get to; taam gatim = that destiny; yaa = which; gatiH = state is obtained; sarvasaadhuunaam = by all the sages; yaa = which; gatiH = state is obtained; svaadhyaayaat = by the study of scriptures; yaa = which is obtained; tapasaacha = by austerity; bhuumidasya = by those who gift land; ahitaagneH = by him who has maintained sacred fire; ekapatniivratasyaacha = who has taken a vow of marrying a single wife; yaa = which is obtained; gosahasrapradaa tri^iNaam = who gifts a thousand cows; yaa = which is obtained; gurubhR^itaamapi = by those who are owed to the service of their preceptor; yaa = :which is obtained; dehanyaasakR^itaam = by those who have abandoned their body(by journeying to Himalayas or drowning themselves in water or leaping into the flames)
2.64.46
न हि तु अस्मिन् कुले जातः गच्चति अकुशलाम् गतिम् |
स तु यास्यति येन त्वम् निहतो मम बान्धवः ॥
"The one born in the race of sages will not obtain an unsafe destiny. The person, who killed you, my son, will obtain that bad destiny."
jaataH = the one born; asmin = in this; kule = race; na gachchhati hi = will not obtain; akushalaam = an unsafe; gatim = destiny; tu = but; yena = by whom; tvam = you; mama = my; baandhavaH = kinsman; nihataH = was killed; saH = he; yaasyati = will obtain; (that unsafe destiny.)"
2.64.47
एवम् स कृपणम् तत्र पर्यदेवयत असकृत् |
ततः अस्मै कर्तुम् उदकम् प्रवृत्तः सह भार्यया ॥
"Thus, that sage repeatedly wept there pitiably. Then he, along with his wife, started doing the ceremony of offering water to his demised son."
evam = thus; saH = that sage; paryadevayata = wept; asakR^it = repeatedly; tatra = there; kR^ipaNam = pitiably; tataH = then; asya = of him; bhaaryayaa saha = along with his wife; pravR^ittaH = started; udakam kartum = doing ceremony of offering water to his demised son."
2.64.48
स तु दिव्येन रूपेण मुनि पुत्रः स्व कर्मभिः |
स्वर्गमाध्यारुहत् ख्षिप्रम् शक्रेण सह खर्मवित् ॥
"The pious son of the sage on his part, soon ascended the Heaven, wearing a wonderful form along with Indra (the king of celestials) as a result of his own pious acts."
saH dharmavit = that pious; muniputrastu = son of the sage on his part; adhyaaruuhat = ascended; kshhipram = soon; svargam = the Heaven; divyena = with wonderful; ruupeNa = form; shakreNa saha = along with Indra(the king of celestials); svakarmabhiH = by his own pious acts."
2.64.49
आबभाषे च वृद्धौ तौ सह शक्रेण तापसः |
आश्वास्य च मुहूर्तम् तु पितरौ वाक्यम् अब्रवीत् ॥
"That son of the sage who was together with Indra, talked to his parents. Consoling his parents for a while, he spoke the following words."
saH taapasaH = that sage; saha shakreNa = who was together with Indra; aabhabhaashheecha = talked; tou = with those; vR^iddhou = aged parents; aashvaasya = consoling; pitarou = the parents; muhuurtam = for a while; abraviit = (he) spoke; vaakyam = these words:-
2.64.50
स्थानम् अस्मि महत् प्राप्तः भवतोह् परिचारणात् |
भवन्ताव् अपि च क्षिप्रम् मम मूलम् उपैष्यतः ॥
"I obtained the supreme state because of my service to both of you. You will also obtain soon my vicinity."
praaptaH asmi = I obtained; mahat = the supreme; sthaanam = position; parichaaraNaat = because of my service; bhavatoH = to both of you; bhavatou apicha = you will also; upaishhyataH = obtain; kshhipram = soon; mama = my; muulam = vicinity."
2.64.51
एवम् उक्त्वा तु दिव्येन विमानेन वपुष्मता |
आरुरोह दिवम् क्षिप्रम् मुनि पुत्रः जित इन्द्रियः ॥
"The son of the sage, whose senses were subdued, thus spoke and by a wonderful aero plane with beautiful form, quickly reached Heaven."
muniputraH = the son of the sage; jitendriyaH = whose senses were subdued; uktvaa = spoke; evam = thus; vimaanena = by an aero plane;divyena = which was wonderful; vapushhmataa = having a beautiful form; kshhipram = quickly; aaruruha = ascended; divam = heaven."
2.64.52
स कृत्वा तु उदकम् तूर्णम् तापसः सह भार्यया |
माम् उवाच महा तेजाः कृत अन्जलिम् उपस्थितम् ॥
"That ascetic with great splendor along with his wife soon performed the ceremony offering water to his dead son and spoke to me, who was standing near him with folded hands."
saH taapasaH = that ascetic; mahaatejaaH = with great splendor; bhaaryayaa saha = along with his wife; tuurNam = soon; udakam kR^itvaa = performred the ceremony offering water to his dead son; uvaacha = and spoke; maam = to me; upasthitam = who was standing near him; kR^itaaNjalim = with folded hands."
2.64.53
अद्य एव जहि माम् राजन् मरणे न अस्ति मे व्यथा |
यत् शरेण एक पुत्रम् माम् त्वम् अकार्षीर् अपुत्रकम् ॥
"O, king! You have made me, without a son, by killing my one and the only one son, by an arrow. You kill me also now. I am not frightened about death."
raajan = O;king! Tvam = you; yat = for which reason; akaarshhii = have made; maam = me; ekaputram = who had only one son; aputram = without a son; shareNa = by an arrow; jahi = kill; maam = me; adyaiva = now itself; naasti = there is no; vyathaa = fear; maraNe = about death; me = to me."
2.64.54
त्वया तु यद् अविज्ञानान् निहतः मे सुतः शुचिः |
तेन त्वाम् अभिशप्स्यामि सुदुह्खम् अतिदारुणम् ॥
"Since you have killed my holy son through ignorance, I shall pronounce a most painful and very cruel curse on you."
yat = for which reason; me = my; shuchiH = was killed; tvayaa = by you; aviG^yaanaat = through ignorance; tena = for that reason; abhishapsyaami = I shall curse; suduHkham = most painful; atidaaruNam = and very cruel; tvam = (on) you."
2.64.55
पुत्र व्यसनजम् दुह्खम् यद् एतन् मम साम्प्रतम् |
एवम् त्वम् पुत्र शोकेन राजन् कालम् करिष्यसि ॥
"O, king! Even as I am suffering from agony now because of the loss of my son, in the same manner; you will also die due to agony caused by the loss of your son."
yat: = which;etat = this;duHkham = agony; putravyasanam = caused by the loss of my son;saampratam = at present; raajan = O; king; tvam = you; kaalam karishhyati = will die; putrashokena = by the loss of your son"
2.64.56
अज्ञानात्तु हतो यस्मात् क्षत्रियेण त्वया मुनिः |
तस्मात्त्वाम् नाविशत्याशु ब्रह्महत्या नराधिप ॥
"O, king! Since the sage was killed by you, belonging to the warrior class, through ignorance, the son of killing a Brahmin will not take possession of you."
naraadhipa = O; king! Yasmaat = from; which cause; muniH = the sage; hataH = was killed; tvayaa = by you; kshhatriyeNa = the warrior; aG^yaanaat = by ignorance; tasmaat = from that; brahmahatyaa = the sin of killing a Brahmin; na avishati = will not take possession; aashu = quickly; tvaam = of you."
2.64.57
त्वामप्येतादृशो भावः क्षिप्रमेव गमिष्यति |
जीवितान्तकरो घोरो दातारमिव दक्षिणा ॥
"A feeling similar to this, which makes the life awful and extinct, will indeed quickly come to you, even as a merit accrues to the donor of a donation to the priest."
bhaavaH = a feeing; etatR^ishaH = similar to this; jiivitaantakaraH = which makes life extinct; ghoraH = and awful; kshhiprameva = will indeed quickly; gamishhyati = come; tvampi = to you too; daataaram iva = as a merit accrues to a donor; dakshhiNaa = of a donation to the priest."
2.64.58
एवम् शापम् मयि न्यस्य विलप्य करुणम् बहु |
चितामारोप्य देहम् तन्मिथुनम् स्वर्गमभ्ययात् ॥
"Pronouncing the curse thus on me, that couple wept many times pitiably, placed their body on the funeral pile and proceeded to heaven."
nyasya = pronouncing; shhaapam = the curse; evam = thus; tat = that; mithunam = couple; bahuvilapya = wept many times; karuNam = pitiably; aaropya = placed; deham = their body; chitaam = on the funeral pile; abhyaat = and proceeded; svargam = to heaven."
2.64.59
तदेतच्चिन्तयानेन स्मऋतम् पापम् मया स्वयम् |
तदा बाल्यात्कृतम् देवि शब्दवेध्यनुकर्षिणा ॥
"O, Kausalya! The sin I myself committed through ignorance on that day, by invoking an arrow and hitting an invisible object the sound of which was heard, I remember it now on reflection over it."
devi = O; Kausalya! Tat = such; etat = of this; paapam = sin; kR^itam = committed; baalyaat = through ignorance; svayam = myself; tadaa = then; shabdavedhyanukashhaNaa = by invoking an arrow and hitting an invisible object the sound of which was only heard; smR^itam = is remembered by me; chintayaanena = on reflection."
2.64.60
तस्यायम् कर्मणो देवि विपाकः समुपस्थितः |
अपथ्यैः सह सम्भुक्ते व्याधिरन्नरसे यथा ॥
"O, Kausalya! As a disease comes sometime after eating a nutriment mixed with forbidden things, this present occurrence came as a result of the sinful act by me long ago."
devi = O; Queen! VyaathiH yathaa = as a disease (comes); sambhukte sati = after eating; annarase = a nutriment; apathyaiH saha = mixed with forbidden things; ayam vipaakaH = this result; samupasthitaH = came; tasya karmaNaH = of that (sinful) act."
2.64.61
तस्मान् माम् आगतम् भद्रे तस्य उदारस्य तत् वचः |
यद् अहम् पुत्र शोकेन सम्त्यक्ष्याम्य् अद्य जीवितम् ॥
"O, my dear lady! Those words of that noble sage, saying that I shall give up my life due to grief for the loss of my son, have come true to me now."
bhadre = my dear lady! Tat vachaH = that word; tasya = of that sage; udaarasya = who was noble; aham yat samtyakshhyaami = that I shall give up; jiivitam = my life; putrashokena = due to grief for the loss of my son; aagatam = has come ( true); mama = to me; adya = now."
2.64.62
चक्षुर्भ्याम् त्वाम् न पश्यामि कौसल्ये साधु मांस्फृश |
इत्युक्त्वा स रुदंस्त्रस्तो भार्यामाह च भूमिपः ॥
"O, Kausalya! I am not able to see you with my eyes. Touch me well" Thus speaking, King Dasaratha, terribly weeping said to his wife as follows:
kausalye = O; Kausalya! na pashyaami = I am not able to see; tvaam = you; chakshhubhyaam = with my eyes.spR^isha = touch; maam = me; saadhu = well; iti = thus; uktvaa = spoke; bhuumipaH = king Dasaratha; trasto = terribly; rudan = weeping; ahacha = and again said; bhaaryaam = to his wife:
2.64.63
एतन्मे सदृशम् देवि यन्मया राघवे कृतम् |
सदृशम् तत्तु तस्यैव यदनेन कृतम् मयि ॥
"O, queen! The wrong that was done by me in respect of Rama was not befitting of me. But the good that was done by Rama in my case was worthy only of him."
devi = O; queen!; yat = that which; kR^itam = was done; mayaa = by me; raaghave = in respect of Rama; na sadR^isham = was not befitting of me; yat = That which; kR^itam = was done; anena = by Rama; mayi = in my case; tattu = that then; sadR^isham = was befitting; tasyaiva = to him only."
2.64.64
दुर्वृत्तमपि कः पुत्रम् त्यजेद्भुवि विचक्षणः |
कश्च प्रव्राज्यमानो वा नासूयेत्पितरम् सुतः ॥
"Which wise man on this earth can abandon his son, even if he is of a bad conduct? Which son, even if he is sent to an exile, cannot become angry with his father?"
kaH = which; vichakshhaNaH = wise man; bhuvi = in this world; tyajet = can abandon; putram = his son; durvR^ittamapi = even if; of a bad conduct? KaH = which; sutaH = son; pravraajyamano api = even if he is sent to exile; naasuuyet = cannot become angry; pitaram = with his father? "
2.64.65
यदि माम् संस्पृशेद् रामः सकृदद्य लभेत वा |
यमक्षयमनुप्राप्ता द्रक्ष्यन्ति न हि मानवाः ॥
"Can Rama now touch me or approach me forth with? Men who attained the world of Yama (god of death) cannot even see their kith and kin."
raamaH = can Rama; adya = now; samspR^ishet = touch; maam = me; sakR^it = forthwith? labhetavaa = or can approach me ? maanavaaH = Men; anupraaptaaH = who attained; yamakshhayam = the world of Yama; na drakshhyanti hi = cannot indeed see their kith and kin."
2.64.66
चक्षुषा त्वाम् न पश्यामि स्मृतिर् मम विलुप्यते |
दूता वैवस्वतस्य एते कौसल्ये त्वरयन्ति माम् ॥
"O, Kausalya! I am not able to see you with my eyes. My memory- power is fading away. Messengers of Yama (god of death) are hastening me to come."
kausalye = O; Kausalya! na pashyaami = I am not able to see; tvaam = you; chakshhushhaa = with my eyes; mama = My; smR^itiH = memory; vilupyate = is fading away; ete duutaaH = these messengers; vai vasvatasya = of Yama; tvarayanti = are hastening; maam = me.
2.64.67
अतः तु किम् दुह्खतरम् यद् अहम् जीवित क्षये |
न हि पश्यामि धर्मज्ञम् रामम् सत्य पराक्यमम् ॥
"What can be more sorrowful than the fact I am not able to see Rama, who knows righteousness and who is a truly brave man, at the time of my death?"
kimnu = what are be; duHkhataram = more sorrowful; ataH = than = aham na pashyaami hi itiyat = that thus I am not able to see; raamam = Rama; dharmajJNam = who knows righteousness; satyaparaakramam = who is a truly brave man; jiivitakehhaya = at the time of my death?"
Sarga 64 (part 2 of 2)
2.64.68
तस्यादर्शनजः शोकः सुतस्याप्रतिकर्मणः |
उच्चोषयति मे प्राणान्वारि स्तोकमिवातवः ॥
"The grief arising out of non-appearance of that son, who performs unparalleled actions, is parching up my life, as sun- shine dries up a water drop"
shokaH = the grief; adarshanajaH = arising out of non-appearance;tasya sutasya = of that son; apratikramaNaH = who performs unparalleled actions.; uchchhshhoyati = is drying up; prapaaNan = my lives; aatapaH iva = as sun shine(dries up)stokam vaari = a water drop."
2.64.69
न ते मनुष्या देवाः ते ये चारु शुभ कुण्डलम् |
मुखम् द्रक्ष्यन्ति रामस्य वर्षे पन्च दशे पुनः ॥
"They are not humans but celestials, who will be able to see again in the fifteenth year, the beautiful face of Rama, wearing his handsome ear-rings."
ye = who; punaH = will again; drakshhyanti = see; paNchadashevarshhe = in the fifteenth year; chaaru = the lovely; mukham = face; raamasya = of Rama; subhakuNdalam = with hand some ear-rings; te = they; na manushhyaa = are not humans; devaaH = but celestials."
2.64.70
पद्म पत्र ईक्षणम् सुभ्रु सुदम्ष्ट्रम् चारु नासिकम् |
धन्या द्रक्ष्यन्ति रामस्य तारा अधिप निभम् मुखम् ॥
"The fortunate can see the face of Rama, looking like a moon, with its eyes resembling lotus leaves, with beautiful eye brows, with a comely row of teeth and a charming nose."
dhanyaaH = the fortunate; drakshhyanti = can see; mukham = the face; raamasya = of Rama; padmapatrekshhaNam = with its eyes resembling lotus leaves; subhruH = with its beautiful eye brows; sudamshhTram = with its comely row of teeth; chaarunaasikam = charming nose; taaraadhipanibham = looking like a moon."
2.64.71
सदृशम् शारदस्य इन्दोह् फुल्लस्य कमलस्य च |
सुगन्धि मम नाथस्य धन्या द्रक्ष्यन्ति तन् मुखम् ॥
"Fortunate are they, who can see the sweat smelling face of Rama, resembling the autumnal moon and also a full- blown lotus."
dhanyaaH = fortunate (are they); yaH = who; drakshhyanti = can see; mukham = the face; raamasya = of Rama; sadR^isham = resembling; shaaradasya = the autumnal; indoH = moon; sugandhi = sweat-smelling; phullasya kamalasya cha = and also resembling a full- blown lotus."
2.64.72
निवृत्त वन वासम् तम् अयोध्याम् पुनर् आगतम् |
द्रक्ष्यन्ति सुखिनो रामम् शुक्रम् मार्ग गतम् यथा ॥
"Happy ones can see Rama, who having finished his exile, will come to Ayodhya like the planet Venus coming from a journey."
sukhinaH = happy ones; drakshhyanti = can see; raamam = Rama; nivR^itta vanavaasam = having finished his exile; aagatam = and come; punaH = back; ayodhyaam = to Ayodhya; shukram yathaa = like the planet Venus; maarga gatam = coming from a journey."
2.64.73
कौसल्ये चित्त मोहेन हृदयम् सीदतीव मे |
वेदये न च समुक्तान् शब्दस्पर्शरसानहम् ॥
"O, Kausalya! My heart is sinking down by delusion of mind. I am not able to grasp the related sound, touch and the smell."
kausalye = O; Kausalya! me hR^idayam = my heart; siidatiiva = is sinking down; chittamohena = by delution of mind; aham = I; na chavadaye = am not able to grasp; samyuktaam = related; shabdasparsha rasaam = the sound touch and the smell."
2.64.74
चित्तनाशाद्विपद्यन्ते सर्वाण्येवेन्द्रियाणि मे |
क्षिणस्नेहस्य दीपस्य संसक्ता रश्मयो यथा ॥
"All of my senses are getting scared away due to mental break down, as rays of light of a lamp whose oil is exhausted, starts splattering."
sarvaaNyeva = all of; me = my; indriyaaNi = senses; vipadyante = are scared away; chitta naashaat = due to mental break down; rashmayaH yathaa = like rays of light; diipasya = of a lamp; kshhiiNa snehasya = whose oil is exhausted; samsaktaaH = starts stammering."
2.64.75
अयम् आत्म भवः शोको माम् अनाथम् अचेतनम् |
संसादयति वेगेन यथा कूलम् नदी रयः ॥
"This grief caused by my own self is collapsing me, who am helpless and insensible, like a river bank being collapsed by the floods of a river stream."
ayam = this; shokaH = grief; aatmabhaveH = which is caused by my own self;samsaadayati = is collapsing; maam = me; anaatham = who am helpless; achetanam = and invisible; kuulam yathaa = like a river bank(being collapsed ); vegena = by the floods; nadiirayaH = of a river stream."
2.64.76
हा राघव महा बाहो हा मम आयास नाशन |
हा पितृप्रिय मे नाथ हाद्य क्वासि गतः सुत ॥
"O, mighty armed! O, Rama! O, annihilator of my grief! Alas! O, darling of your father! O, my protector! O, my son! Where have you gone?"
kva = where; gataH asi = have you gone? Mahaabaaho = O;mighty armed! Haa raaghava = O; Rama! Mama aayasenaashana = O; annihilator of my grief! Haa = Alas!; haa pitR^ipriya = O; darling of your father! Me naatha = O;my protector!; haa suta = O; my son!"
2.64.77
हा कौसल्ये नशिष्यामि हा सुमित्रे तपस्विनि |
हा नृशंसे ममामित्रे कैकेयि कुलपांसनि ॥
"O, Kausalya! O, Sumitra, the miserable! Alas! O, Kaikeyi, the cruel one! My enemy! The disgrace of my family! I am going to die."
haa kauslye = O; Kausalya! haa sumitre = O;Sumitra! Tapasvini = the miserable! Haa = alas; Kaikeyi = Kaikeyi! O; Kaikeyi! NR^ishamse = cruel one! Amitro = my enemy! Kulapaamsani = the disgrace of my family! Nashishhyaami = I am dying!"
2.64.78
इति रामस्य मातुश्च सुमित्रायाश्च सन्निधौ |
राजा दशरथः शोचन् जीवित अन्तम् उपागमत् ॥
In this manner, King Dasaratha weeping as aforesaid, reached the end of his life in the presence of Kausalya and Sumitra.
iti = in this manner; raajaa = the king; dasharathaH = Dasaratha;iti = thus; sochan = weeping; upaagamat = reached jiivitaantam = the end of his life; sannidhou = in the presence; raamasya maatasya = of Rama`s mother; sumitraayaaHcha = and Sumitra.
2.64.79
यथा तु दीनम् कथयन् नर अधिपः |
प्रियस्य पुत्रस्य विवासन आतुरः |
गते अर्ध रात्रे भृश दुह्ख पीडितः |
तदा जहौ प्राणम् उदार दर्शनः ॥
King Dasaratha of noble appearance, thus speaking, who was already miserable and distressed for sending his son to exile, felt afflicted with extreme grief by the time the mid- night passed and forthwith abandoned his life.
naraadhipaH = king Dasaratha; udaara darshanaH = of noble appearance; kathayan = thus speaking; diinam = miserable and distressed ; putrasya vivaasanaaturaH = for sending his son to exile; gate artharaatre = by the time the mid-night passed; yadaa = when; bhR^ishaduHkha piiDitaH = stricken with extreme grief; jahou = abandoned; praaNam = his life; tadaa = then.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे चतुःषष्टितमः सर्गः
Sarga 65
2.65.1
अथ रात्र्याम् व्यतीतायाम् प्रातर् एव अपरे अहनि |
वन्दिनः पर्युपातिष्ठंस् तत् पार्थिव निवेशनम् ॥सूताः परमसंस्काराः मङ्गळाश्चोओत्तमश्रुताः |
गायकाः स्तुतिशीलाश्च निगदन्तः पृथक् पृथक्॥
While the night passed away, there arrived at the residence of the emperor, at the dawn of the next day, highly cultured and excellently learned bards who were pronouncers of benedictions and whose custom was to eulogize the king, as well as singers and panegyrists uttering recitations in different styles.
1; 2. atha = thereafter; raatryaam vyatiitaayaam = while the night passed away; praataH eva = at the dawn itself; apare = of the following; ahari = day; paryupaatishhThan = there approached; tat = that; paarthiva niveshanam = residence of the emperor; paramasamskaaraaH = highly cultured; uttamashrutaaH = excellently learned; suutaaH = bards; maNgaLaashcha = who were pronouncers of benedictions; stutishiilaaH = and whose custom was to eulogize the king; gaayakaaH = as well as singers; vandinaH = and panegyrists; nigadantaH = pronouncing ; pR^ithak pR^ithak = in different styles.
2.65.3
राजानम् स्तुताम् तेषामुदात्ताभिहिताशिषाम् |
प्रासादाभोगविस्तीर्णः स्तुतिशब्दो ह्यवर्तत ॥
Their sounds of praises, uttering benedictions in a loud voice and pronouncing accolades of the king, pervaded in full the interior area of the palace.
teshhaam = their; stutishabdaH = sounds of praises; udattaabhitaashishhaa = uttering benedictions in a loud voice; stuvataam = and pronouncing accolades; raajaanan = of the king; aavartatahi = pervaded; praasaadaabhogavistiirNaH = in full; the interior area of the palaces.
2.65.4
ततस्तु स्तुवताम् तेषाम् सूतानाम् पाणिवादकाः |
अवदानान्युदाहृत्य पाणिवादा नवादयन् ॥
While those bards are uttering praises, others who make a bang of claps, patted the claps, eulogizing the previous glorious acts of Dasaratha.
tataH = then; teshhaam suutaanaam = while those bards; stuvataam = were uttering praises; paaNivaadakaaH = some others who make noises of claps; avaadayaan = pronounced claps; udaahR^itya = illustrating; avadaanaami = the glorious acts (of Dasaratha).
2.65.5
तेन शब्देन विहगाः प्रतिबुद्धा विसस्वनुः |
शाखास्थाः पञ्जरस्थाश्च ये राजकुलगोचराः ॥
The birds dwelling in royal palaces perched on the branches of trees and others in cages were awakened by that sound and began to twitter.
ye = which; vihagaaH = birds; raajakula gocharaaH = dwelling in the royal palaces; shaakhaasthaaH = on the branches of trees; panjarasthaaHcha = and in cages; pratibuddhaaH = were awakened; tena shabdena = by that sound; visasvanuH = began to twitter.
2.65.6
व्याहृताः पुण्य्शब्दाश्च वीणानाम् चापि निस्स्वनाः |
आशीर्गेयम् च गाथानाम् पूरयामास वेश्म तत ॥
The auspicious words uttered by bards parrots etc and the notes of Vina as well as blissful songs of the metric verses filled that palace.
puNya shabdaashcha = the auspicious words; vyaahR^taaH = uttered; nissvanaaHcha = and the notes; viiNaanaam = of Vina; aashiirgeyamcha = as well as blissful songs; gaathaanaam = of the metric verses; puurayaamaasa = filled; tat = that; veshma = palace.
2.65.7
ततः शुचि समाचाराः पर्युपस्थान कोविदः |
स्त्री वर्ष वर भूयिष्ठाउपतस्थुर् यथा पुरम् ॥
Then, as before, persons who maintain pure practices and those who were skilled in the services to the king, most of whom were women and eunuchs, arrived there to serve the king.
tataH = then; yathaa puram = as before; shuchi samaachaaraaH = those who maintain pure practices; paryupasthaana kovidaaH = and those who were skilled in the services to the king; striivarshhavarabhuuyishhThaaH = most of whom were women and eunuchs ; upatasthuH = arrived to serve(the king).
2.65.8
हरि चन्दन सम्पृक्तम् उदकम् कान्चनैः घटैः |
आनिन्युः स्नान शिक्षा आज्ञा यथा कालम् यथा विधि ॥
Those who took care of royal ablutions brought water sprinkled with yellow sandal in golden pitchers in accordance with appropriate time and the set procedures.
snaana shikshhaajJNaaH = those who took care of royal ablutions; aaninyuH = brought; udakam = water; harichandana samvR^iktam = spinkled with yellow sandal; kaaNchanaiH = in golden; ghaTaiH = pitchers; yathaakaalam = in accordance with the appropriate time; yathaavidhi = and according to the set procedures.
2.65.9
मन्गल आलम्भनीयानि प्राशनीयान् उपस्करान् |
उपनिन्युस् तथा अपि अन्याः कुमारी बहुलाः स्त्रियः ॥
In that manner, women too most of whom were virgins brought all that were pleasing to the touch, eatables, decorative clothing and ornaments.
tathaa = in that manner; striyaHapi = women too; kumariibahuLaaH = most of whom were virgins; upaninyuH = brought; maNgaLaalamba niiyaani = all that were pleasing to touch praashaniiyaan = eatables; upaskaraan = decorations and ornaments.
2.65.10
सर्वलक्षणसम्पन्नम् सर्वम् विधिवदर्चितम् |
सर्वम् सुगुणलक्स्मीवत्तद्भभूवाभिहारिकम् ॥
All that was brought near him was endowed with all auspicious characteristics offered with reverence as per prescribed scriptures. All that was extremely graceful.
sarvam = all; tat = that; abhihaarikam = which was brought near him; abhuut = was; sarva lakshhaNasampannam = rich with all auspicious characteristics; architam = was offered with reverence; vidhivat = as per prescribing scriptures; sarvam = all that; suguNa lakshhmiivat = was extremely graceful.
2.65.11
ततः सूर्योदयम् यावत्सर्वम् परिसमुत्सुकम् |
तस्थावनुपसम्प्राप्तम् किम् स्विदित्युपश् ॥
All that retinue, greatly excited as they were, without coming near to the king and with a suspicion as to what was it, stayed thus till sunrise.
tataH = thereafter; sarvam = all that retinue; parisamutsukam = greatly excited; anupasampraaptam = without coming near to the king; upashaNkitam = with a suspicion; kim svit iti = as to what was it; tasthou = stayed thus; suuryodayam yaavat = till sun rise.
2.65.12
अथ याः कोसल इन्द्रस्य शयनम् प्रत्यनन्तराः |
ताः स्त्रियः तु समागम्य भर्तारम् प्रत्यबोधयन् ॥
The women who were empowered to go near the bed of Dasaratha went in proximity to him and woke him up.
atha = then; yaaH striyaH = which women; anantaraaH = have no hindrance; shayanam prati = towards the bed; kosalendraaya = of Dasaratha; taaH tu = those women only; samaagamya = approached; bhartaaram = their lord; pratyabodhayan = and woke him up.
2.65.13
तथाप्युचितवृत्तास्ता विनयेन नयेन च |
न ह्यस्य शयनम् स्पृष्ट्वा किम् चिदप्युपलेभिरे ॥
Even so, those modest and prudent women with proper conduct, touched Dasaratha's bed and could not detect any sign of life whatsoever in him.
tathaapi = even so; taaH = those women; uchitavR^ttaaH = having proper conduct; vinayena = by their modesty; nayena = (and) by their prudence; spR^ishhTvaa = touched; shayanam = the bed; asya = of Dasaratha; na upalebhire = and could not detect; kimchit api = anything either.
2.65.14
ताः स्त्रीयः स्वप्नशीलज्ञास्चेष्टासंचलनादिषु |
ता वेपथु परीताः च राज्ञः प्राणेषु शन्किताः ॥प्रतिस्रोतः तृण अग्राणाम् सदृशम् संचकम्पिरे |
Those women knew the condition of a body in sleep, by its gestures, movements and others. As such, they were possessed of tremor apprehensive as they were about the king's life and they resembled like tips of reeds standing against a stream.
taaH striiyaH = those women; svapnashiilajJNaaH = knew the condition of a body in sleep; cheshhTaa samchalanaadishhu = by its gestures; movements and others; taaH = those women as such; shaNkitaH = were apprehensive; raajJNaH = of the king`s; praaNeshhu = life; vepathupariitaaHcha = possessed of tremor; samchakaashire = and were revealing; pratisrotastR^iNaagraaNaam = like tips of reeds standing against a stream.
2.65.15
अथ सम्वेपमनानाम् स्त्रीणाम् दृष्ट्वा च पार्थिवम् ॥यत् तत् आशन्कितम् पापम् तस्य जज्ञे विनिश्चयः |
Now, seeing the king, certainty arose in the minds of those doubting women about the calamity (of death) that was apprehended.
atha = now; dR^ishhTvaacha = on seeing; paarthivam = the king; tasya = its; vinishchayaH = certainty; jaG^ye = arose; sandehamaanaanaam = in the minds of doubting; striiNaam = women; yat = of which; paapam = calamity; aashaNkitam = that was apprehended.
2.65.16
कौसल्या च सुमित्रा च पुत्रशोकपराजिते ॥प्रसुप्ते न प्रबुध्येते यथा कालसमन्विते |
Overpowered by grief for their sons, the slumbering Kausalya and Sumitra did not wake up, as though they were completely overtaken by death.
putra shoka paraajite = overpowered by grief for their sons; prasupte = the slumbering; kausalyaacha = Kausalya; sumitraacha = and Sumitra; na prabudhyate = did not wake up; kaalasamanvite yathaa = as if they were completely possessed of death.
2.65.17
निष्प्रभा च विवर्णा च सन्ना शोकेन सन्नता ॥न व्यराजत कौसल्या तारेव तिमिरावृता |
Kausalya bereft of luster, pale faced, emaciated with grief and dispirited, did not shine brightly (as before) like a star hidden away in darkness.
kausalya = Kausalya; nishhprabhaacha = bereft of luster; vivarNaa = pale faced; sannaa = emaciated; shokena = by grief; sannataa = and dispirited; na vyaraajata = did not shine brightly; taareva = like a star; timiraavR^itaa = hidden away in darkness.
2.65.18
कौसल्यानन्तरम् राज्ञः सुमित्रा तदन्तनरम् ॥न स्म विभ्राजते देवी शोकाश्रुलुलितानना |
The queen Kausalya, immediately close to the king and with Sumitra on her side, was not shining as before with her face ruffled by tears of grief.
devii = the queen; kausalyaa = Kausalya; anantaram = immediately close; raajJNaH = to the king; sumitraa = and sumitra; tadanantaram = on her side; na sma vibhraajate = was not shining (as before); shokaashru lulitaananaa = with her face ruffled by tears of grief.
2.65.19
ते च दृष्ट्वा तथा सुप्ते शुभे देव्यौ च तम् नृपम् ॥सुप्तमे वोद्गतप्राणमन्तः पुरमन्यत |
The persons in the gynaecium, having seen those distinguished queens in slumber and also the king in that manner, thought that the king had lost his life while just sleeping.
antaHpuram = the gynaecium; dR^ishhTvaa = having seen; te devyon shubhe = those distinguished queens; supte = sleeping; tam = and that; nR^ipam = king; tathaa = in that manner; aamanyata = thought; udgatapraaNam = that the king had lost his life; suptameva = while merely sleeping.
2.65.20
ततः प्रचुक्रुशुर् दीनाः सस्वरम् ता वर अन्गनाः ॥करेणवैव अरण्ये स्थान प्रच्युत यूथपाः |
Then, those beautiful women miserably cried loudly with their voice, like female elephants crying when their group leader an elephant was removed from their place in the forest.
tataH = then; taaH varaaNganaaH = those beautiful women; diinaH = miserably; prachukrushuH = cried loudly; sasvaram = with their voice; kareNavaH iva = like female elephants crying; sthaana prachyuta yuuthapaaH = removed from their place; araNye = in the forest.
2.65.21
तासाम् आक्रन्द शब्देन सहसा उद्गत चेतने ॥कौसल्या च सुमित्राच त्यक्त निद्रे बभूवतुः |
Kausalya and Sumitra suddenly obtained consciousness by the sound of their cries and woke up from sleep.
kausalyaacha = Kausalya and; sumitraacha = Sumitra; sahasaa = suddenly; udgatachetane = obtained consciousness; taasaam aakranda shabdena = by their sound of cries; babhuuvatuH = and became; tyakta nidre = relieved of sleep.
2.65.22
कौसल्या च सुमित्रा च दृष्ट्वा स्पृष्ट्वा च पार्थिवम् ॥हा नाथ इति परिक्रुश्य पेततुर् धरणी तले |
Kausalya and Sumitra, on seeing and touching king Dasaratha, cried �O, Lord!' and fell on the ground.
kausalyaacha = Kausalya; sumitraacha = and Sumitra; dR^ishhTvaa = on seeing; spR^ishhTvaacha = and touching; paarthivam = the king; parikrushya = cried; haanaathaa iti = as �O; lord!' patatuH = and fell; dharaNiitala = on the ground.
2.65.23
सा कोसल इन्द्र दुहिता वेष्टमाना मही तले ॥न बभ्राज रजो ध्वस्ता तारा इव गगन च्युता |
Rolling on the floor and covered by dust, Kausalya the daughter of Kosala king was not shining as before and resembled a star falling down from the sky.
veshhTamaanaa = rolling; mahiitale = on the floor; rajodhvastaa = and covered by dust; saa = that; kausalyendra duhitaa = daughter of Kosala king; Kausalya; na babhraaja = was not shining; taareva = like a star; chyutaa = slipped down; gaganaat = from the sky.
2.65.24
नृपे शान्तगुणे जाते कौसल्याम् पतिताम् भुवि ॥आपश्यंस्ताः स्त्रियः सर्वा हताम् नागवधूमिव |
While the king was deceased, all the women saw Kausalya who fell on the floor appearing as a female elephant, which was killed and felled on the ground.
nR^ipe = the king; jaate = became; shaantaguNe = one whose virtues were destroyed; ie. Deceased; taaHstriyaH = all the women; apashyan = saw; kausalya = Kausalya; patitaam = who fell; bhuvi = on the ground; naagavadhuu miva = like a female elephant; hataam = which was killed (and felled on ground).
2.65.25
ततः सर्वा नरेन्द्रस्य कैकेयीप्रमुखाः स्त्रियः ॥रुदन्त्यः शोकसन्तप्ता निपेतुर्गतचेतनाः |
Kaikeyi and all other wives of king Dasaratha were weeping afflicted by grief and fell unconscious.
tataH = thereafter; kaikeyiipramukhaaH = Kaikeyi and others; sarve = all; narendrasya = the king`s; striyaH = women; rudantyaH = were weeping; shokasantaptaaH = being afflicted by grief; nipetuH = fell; gatachetanaaH = unconscious.
2.65.26
ताभिः स बलवान्नादः क्रोशन्तीभिरनुद्रुतः ॥येन स्फीतीकृतो भूयस्तद्गृहम् समनादयत् |
That great noise was supplemented by those wailing women, bloated by which, it rendered the house all the more noisy.
balavaan = great; saHnaadaH = that noise; anudrutaH = = supplemented; taabhiH = by those women; kroshantiibhiH = wailing; sphiitiikR^itaH = was made greater; bhuuyaH = more; yena = by which; tat = that; gR^iham = house;
2.65.27
तत् समुत्त्रस्त सम्भ्रान्तम् पर्युत्सुक जन आकुलम् ॥सर्वतः तुमुल आक्रन्दम् परिताप आर्त बान्धवम् |
सद्यो निपतित आनन्दम् दीन विक्लव दर्शनम् ॥बभूव नर देवस्य सद्म दिष्ट अन्तम् ईयुषः |
That gynaecium of the king who met his appointed end was filled with people who felt bewildered with fear and restlessness, with tumultuous wail all around, and crowded with relatives disturbed by sorrow, with happiness withered away in it suddenly and became a sight of misery and despondency.
27; 28. tatsadma = that gynoecium; naradevasya = of the king; iiyushhaH = who met; dishhTaantam = the appointed end (death); santrapta sambhraanta paryutsaka janaakulam = was filled with people bewildered with fear and restlessness; tumulaakrandam = with tumultuous wailing; sarvataaH = all around; paritaapaartabaandhavan = having relatives disturbed by sorrow; nipatitaanandam = with its happiness withered away; sadyaH = suddenly; babhuuva = and became; diinaviklaba darshanam = a sight of misery and despondency.
2.65.29
अतीतम् आज्ञाय तु पार्थिव ऋषभम् |
यशस्विनम् सम्परिवार्य पत्नयः |
भृशम् रुदन्त्यः करुणम् सुदुह्खिताः |
प्रगृह्य बाहू व्यलपन्न् अनाथवत् ॥.
Knowing that the glorious king of excellence had passed away, the king's wives surrounded him with great sorrow; pitiably wailing profusely and lamented, grasping their hands one another, like orphans.
aajJNaaya = knowing; yashasvinam = the glorious; paarthivarshhabham = king of excellence; atiitam = had passed away; (his wives); samparivaarya = surrounded him; suduHkhitaaH = with great sorrow; karuNam = pitiably; rudantyaH = wailing; bhrusham = profusely; vylapan = and lamented; pragR^ihya = grasping; baahum = their hands; (one another); anaathavaat = like orphans.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे पञ्चषष्टितमः सर्गः
Sarga 66
2.66.1
तम् अग्निम् इव संशान्तम् अम्बु हीनम् इव अर्णवम् |
हतप्रभम् इव आदित्यम् स्वर्गथम् प्रेक्ष्य भूमिपम् ॥कौसल्या बाष्प पूर्ण अक्षी विविधम् शोक कर्शिता |
उपगृह्य शिरः राज्ञः कैकेयीम् प्रत्यभाषत ॥
Seeing the aforesaid deceased king, who looked like a fully extinguished fire, a waterless ocean and a lusterless sun, Kausalya holding the king's head on her lap with her eyes full of tears and who was stricken with grief of various sorts, spoke to Kausalya as follows:
1;2. prekshhya = Seeing; tam paarthivam = that king; svargastham = who was dead; agnimiva = like fire; samshaantam = which is fully extinguished; aarNavamiva = like an ocean; ambuhiinam = bereft of water; aadityamiva = like the sun; hataprabham = dimmed in luster; kausalya = Kausalya; upagR^ihya = holding; raaG^YaH = the king's; shiraH = head; baashhpapuurNaakshhii = having her eyes filled with tears; shokakarshhitaa = who was stricken with grief; vividham = of various sorts; abhaashhata = spoke; kaikeyiim prati = to Kausalya (as follows:
2.66.3
सकामा भव कैकेयि भुन्क्ष्व राज्यम् अकण्टकम् |
त्यक्त्वा राजानम् एक अग्रा नृशंसे दुष्ट चारिणि ॥
"O Kaikeyi the cruel one and the doer of evils! You be there, having fulfilled your desires. Deserting the king, you can enjoy the kingdom undisturbed and without any hindrance.
Kaikeyi = " O Kaikeyi; nR^ishanse = the cruel one; dushhTachaariNi = and the evil doer! Bhava = you be there; sakaama = having fulfilled your desires; tyaktvaa = deserting; raajaanam = the king; bhuN^jvaa = you can enjoy;raajyam = the kingdom;ekaagraa = undisturbed; akaNtakam = and with out any hindrance."
2.66.4
विहाय माम् गतः रामः भर्ता च स्वर् गतः मम |
विपथे सार्थ हीना इव न अहम् जीवितुम् उत्सहे ॥
"Rama has left me and gone to the forest. My husband too has left for heaven. I do not wish to live, as one left behind by a caravan in a wrong road."
raamaH = Rama; vihaaya = has left; maam = me; gataH = and gone (to the forest); mama = My; bharataacha = husband also; svargataH = has gone to heaven; aham = I; na utsahe = do not wish; jiivitum = to live; saartha hiinena = as left behind by a caravan; vipathe = in a wrong road"
2.66.5
भर्तारम् तम् परित्यज्य का स्त्री दैवतम् आत्मनः |
इच्चेज् जीवितुम् अन्यत्र कैकेय्याः त्यक्त धर्मणः ॥
"Which woman would wish to survive, leaving her husband who was divine, except Kaikeyi who kicked off righteousness?"
kaastrii = which woman; ichchhet = would wish; jiivitum = to survive; parityajya = leaving; aatmanaH tam bhartaaram = her that husband; daivatam = who was divine?; kaikeyyaaH anyatra = except Kaikeyi; tyakda dharmaNaH = who was kicked off righteousness."
2.66.6
न लुब्धो बुध्यते दोषान् किम् पाकम् इव भक्षयन् |
कुब्जा निमित्तम् कैकेय्या राघवाणान् कुलम् हतम् ॥
"A greedy person cannot understand one's faults, like one who eats a forbidden dish. Due to that hump- backed woman, Kaikeyi has ruined the race of Raghu dynasty."
lubdaH = a greedy person; na buddhyate = cannot understand; doshhaan = one's faults. Bhakshhayanniva = like one who eats; kimpaakam = a forbidden dish; kubjaanimiHan = Due to that hump-backed woman; kulam = the race; raaghavaaNaam = of Raghu dynasty; hitam = has been destroyed; kaikeyyaa = by Kaikeyi."
2.66.7
अनियोगे नियुक्तेन राज्ञा रामम् विवासितम् |
सभार्यम् जनकः श्रुत्वा पतितप्स्यति अहम् यथा ॥
"Hearing Rama along with his wife have been sent to exile by the king as he was coerced as he was (Kaikeyi) to do an unworthy act, Janaka will profusely lament as I do."
shrutvaa = hearing; raamam = that Rama; sabhaaryam = along with his wife; vivaasitam = have been sent to exile; raaG^yaa = by the king; myuktena = coerced; aniyoge = to do an unworthy act; janakaH = Janaka; paritapsyati = will profusely lament; aham yathaa = as I do."
2.66.8
स मामनाथाम् विधवाम् नाद्य जानाति धार्मिकः |
रामः कमल पत्र अक्षो जीव नाशम् इतः गतः ॥
"Rama the pious man who is possessed of like lotus leaves, and who has disappeared from here even though living, now does not know me to have because a support -less widow.
saH raamaH = that Rama; dharmikaH = the pious man; kamala patraakshhaH = having eyes like lotus leaves; gataH = having got; naasham = disappeared; itaH = from here; jiivam = even though; surviving; adya = now; na jaanaati = does not know; maam = me; anaadham = to have become support-less; vidhavaam = widow."
2.66.9
विदेह राजस्य सुता तहा सीता तपस्विनी |
दुह्खस्य अनुचिता दुह्खम् वने पर्युद्विजिष्यति ॥
"Even so, Sita, the daughter of king of Videha, the pitiable lady and who is unworthy of lamentation, will get frightened with grief in the forest.
tathaa = even so; siitaa = Sita; sutaa = the daughter; videha raajasya = of king of Videha; tapasvinii = the pitiable lady; anuchitaa = and who is unworthy; duHkhasya = of lamentation; parudvijishhyati = will get frightened; duHkham = with grief; vane = in the forest."
2.66.10
नदताम् भीम घोषाणाम् निशासु मृग पक्षिणाम् |
निशम्य नूनम् संस्त्रस्ता राघवम् संश्रयिष्यति ॥
"Greatly alarmed to hear the fearful cries of wild animals and birds making their noises in nights, surely she will cling herself to Rama.
santraptaa = greatly alarmed; nishamya = to hear; bhimaghoshhaNaam = fearfully crying; mR^igapakshhiNaam = wild animals and birds; nadataam = making their noises; nishaasu = in nights; samshrayishhyaH = she will take refuge; nuunam = surely; raaghavam = with Rama."
2.66.11
वृद्धः चैव अल्प पुत्रः च वैदेहीम् अनिचिन्तयन् |
सो अपि शोक समाविष्टः ननु त्यक्ष्यति जीवितम् ॥
"Janaka too who is aged, and who is not having sons, will be thinking of Sita, over whelmed with grief and will surely abandon his life.
saHapi = Janaka too; vR^iddhashchaiva = who is aged; alpa putrashcha = and who was not having sons; anuchintayan = will be thinking; vaidehiim = of Sita; shokamaavishhTaH = over whelmed with grief; tyakshhyatinanu = and will surely abandon; jiivitum = his life."
2.66.12
साहमद्यैव दिष्टान्तम् गमिष्यामि पतिव्रता |
इदम् शरीरमालिङ्ग्य प्रवेक्ष्यामि हुताशनम् ॥
"Today itself, I too in devotion to my husband, will meet my appointed end. I shall enter the fire, duly embracing this body of my husband.
adyaiva = today itself; saa aham = I too; pativrataa = in devotion to my husband; gamishhyaami = will get; dishhTaantam = my appointed end; pravakshhyaami = I shall enter; hutaasham = the fire; aaliN^gya = duly embracing; idam = this; shariiram = body of my husband"
2.66.13
ताम् ततः सम्परिष्वज्य विलपन्तीम् तपस्विनीम् |
व्यपनिन्युः सुदुह्ख आर्ताम् कौसल्याम् व्यावहारिकाः ॥
The chamberlains reverently removed from that place that unfortunate Kausalya, who was in excess of her grief and was closely embracing her dead husband.
vyaavakaari kaaH = chamberlains; vyapanyuH = reverently removed; tataH = from that place; taam kausalyaa = that Kausalya; tapasviniim = who was unfortunate; suduHkhaartaam = who was in the excessof her grief; samparishhvajya = and closely embracing her dead husband.
2.66.14
तैल द्रोण्याम् अथ अमात्याः सम्वेश्य जगती पतिम् |
राज्ञः सर्वाणि अथ आदिष्टाः चक्रुः कर्माणि अनन्तरम् ॥
The ministers assigned for the job kept the king in an oil trough and did all the acts that were to be done therafter.
atha = thereafter; amaatyaaH = the ministers; aadishhTaaH = assigned; samveshya = kept; jagatiipatim = the king; tailadroNyaam = in an oil through; chakruH = and did; sarvaaNi = all karmaaNi = the acts; anantaram = that were to be done thereafter; raaN^gaH = for the king.
2.66.15
न तु सम्कलनम् राज्ञो विना पुत्रेण मन्त्रिणः |
सर्वज्ञाः कर्तुम् ईषुस् ते ततः रक्षन्ति भूमिपम् ॥
The ministers who were knowing all such matters were not willing to do cremation for the king in the absence of his sons and that is why preserved the king's body .(in an oil through).
mantriNaH = the ministers; sarvaG^yaaH = who were knowing all such matters; na iishhuH = were not willing; kartum = to do; samkalanam = cremation; raaG^yaH = for the king; vinaa putreNa = in the absence of his sons; tataH = and that is why; rakshhantu = preserved; bhuumipam = the king.
2.66.16
तैल द्रोण्याम् तु सचिवैः शायितम् तम् नर अधिपम् |
हा मृतः अयम् इति ज्ञात्वा स्त्रियः ताः पर्यदेवयन् ॥
Seeing that the king was laid down in an oil through by the ministers those women in the gynaacium cried "Alas! He is dead!"
jJNaatraa = knowing; tam naraadhipam = that the king; shaayitam = also laid down; taila droNyaam = in an oil through; taaH = those ; striyaH = women; puryadevayan = cried; iti = thus: "haa = Alas! Ayam = He; mR^itaH = is dead!"
2.66.17
बाहून् उद्यम्य कृपणा नेत्र प्रस्रवणैः मुखैः |
रुदन्त्यः शोक सम्तप्ताः कृपणम् पर्यदेवयन् ॥
Crying their faces with eyes flowing with tears, the miserable women through up their arms, stricken with grief as they were and pitiably lamented as follows:
mukhaiH = with their faces; netra prasravaNaiH = with eyes flowing with tears; kR^ipaNaaH = the miserable women; udyamya = lifted up; baahuun = their arms; rudantyaH = and while weeping; shokasantaptaaH = stricken with grief; kR^ipaNaa = pitiably; paryadevayaa = lamented as follows:-
2.66.18
हा महाराज रामेण सततम् प्रियवादिना |
विहीनाः सत्यसन्धेन किमर्थम् विजहासि नः ॥
"Alas! Great king! When we are already deprived of Rama who speaks lovingly and who always keeps up his promise, why have you left us?"
"haa mahaaraaja = Alas! Great king! ViviinaaH = when we are deprived; raameNa = of Rama; priya vaadinaa = who speaks lovingly; satatam = always; satya sandhena = and keeps up his promise; kimartham = why; vijahaasi = have you left; naH = us?"
2.66.19
कैकेय्या दुष्टभावाया राघवेण वियोजिताः |
कथम् पतिघ्न्या वत्स्यामः समीपे विधवा वयम् ॥
"Far in distance from Rama, how shall we without our husband, live in proximity to Kaikeyi of wretched nature, who killed her husband?
viyojitaa = far in distance; raaghaveNa = Rama; katham = how; vayam = shall we; vidhaavaH = without our husband; vatyaayaH = = live; samiipe = in proximity; kaikeyyaaH = to Kaikeyi; dushhTabhaavayaaH = of perverse nature; patighnaaH = and who killed her husband?"
2.66.20
स हि नाथः सदास्माकम् तव च प्रभुरात्मवान् |
वनम् रामो गतः श्रीमान् विहाय नृपतिश्रियम् ॥
"Rama, a protector to you and all of us as well as a capable, prudent and an eminent man, has indeed gone on exile to the forest, leaving this lovely kingdom.
saH = that; raamaH = Rama; naathaH = who was a protector; sadaa = always; asmaakam = to us; tava cha = and to you; prabhuH = a capable person; aatmavaan = a prudent man; shriimaan = an eminent man; gataH hi = has indeed gone; vanam = to the forest; vihaaya = living; nR^ipatishriyam = the loving kingdom."
2.66.21
त्वया तेन च वीरेण विना व्यसनमोहिताः |
कथम् वयम् निवत्स्यामः कैकेय्या च विदूषिताः ॥
"How can we, being disgraced by Kaikeyi, and stupefied by evil passion, live without you and the heroic Rama."
katham = how; vayam = can we; viduushhitaaH = by Kaikeyi; vyasana mohihataa = who is stupefied; by evil passion; nivatsyaamaH = live; tvayaa vinaa = and without that heroic Rama."
2.66.22
यया तु राजा रामश्च लक्ष्मणश्च महाबलः |
सीतया सह सम्त्य्क्ताः सा कमन्यम् न हास्यति ॥
"Whom else will Kaikeyi by whom have been abandoned the king as well as Rama along with Lakshmana great strength and Sita- not abandon?
yayaa = by which Kaikeyi; raajaa = the king; raamashcha = Rama; lakshmaNashcha = Lakshmana; mahaabalah = of great strength; along with Sita; samtyaktaaH = were abandoned; saa = by her; kam = whom; anyam = else; na haasyati = cannot be abandoned?"
2.66.23
ता बाष्पेण च सम्वीताः शोकेन विपुलेन च |
व्यवेष्टन्त निरानन्दा राघवस्य वरस्त्रीयः ॥
"With tears and excessive agony, those excellent Dasaratha's wives together in a row, rolled on the ground, sorrowful as they were."
baashhpeNa = with tears; vipulena = with excessive; shokenacha = agony; raaghavasya = Dasaratha's; taaH varastriyaH = those excellent wives; sam vii taah = together in arrow; vyaveshhTanta = rolled on the ground; niraanandaaH = sorrowful as they were."
2.66.24
निशा नक्षत्र हीना इव स्त्री इव भर्तृ विवर्जिता |
पुरी न अराजत अयोध्या हीना राज्ञा महात्मना ॥
The city of Ayodhya, bereft of the high-soled king Dasaratha, was splendour-less, as a night without moon and as awoman without husband.
ayodhayaa purii = the city of Ayodhya; hiinaa = bereft; raaG^yaa = of the king Dasaratha; mahaatmanaa = the high soled; naaraaJata = was splendour less; nisheva = as a night; chandra vihiinaa = without moon; striiva = and as a woman; bhartR^ivihiinaa = without husband."
2.66.25
बाष्प पर्याकुल जना हाहा भूत कुल अन्गना |
शून्य चत्वर वेश्म अन्ता न बभ्राज यथा पुरम् ॥
With people disturbed with tears, with virtuous women raising cries of distress and with its cross -roads and entrances of houses looking desolate, the city of Ayodhya did not shine as before.
baashhpa paryaakula janaa = people disturbed with tears; haahaabhuuta kulaaN^ganaa = with virtuous women raising cries of distress; shuunyachatvara veshmantaa = its cross roads and entrances of horses looking desolate ; (the city of Ayodhya); na babhraaja = did not shine; yathaapuram = as before.
2.66.26
गत प्रभा द्यौर् इव भास्करम् विना |
व्यपेत नक्षत्र गणा इव शर्वरी |
निवृत्तचारः सहसा गतो रविः |
प्रवृत्तचारा राजनी ह्युपस्थिता ॥
While the king has gone to heaven due to grief and while the king's wives were lying on the ground , the sun suddenly went away retreating its movement. The night approached, with its darkness having proceeded to spread throughout.
naraadhipe = (while)the king; gate tu = has gone; tridivam = to heaven; shokaat = due to misery; nR^ipaaNga naasu = the king's wives; mahiitalasthaasucha = were lying on the ground; raviH = the sun; sahasaa = quickly; gataH = went away; nivR^iHachaayaaH = retreating its movement. rajanii = The night; upaasthitaa hii- = approaches; pravR^iHachaaraa = darkness having proceeded to spread.
2.66.27
ऋते तु पुत्राद्दहनम् महीपते |
र्नरोचयन्ते सुहृदः समागताः |
इतीव तस्मिन् शयने न्यवेशय |
न्विचिन्त्य राजानमचिन्त्य दर्शनम् ॥
The friends and relatives who came there, did not like the king's cremation in the absence of his sons. Thus thinking, they kept the king of inconceivable sight in that resting place(oil- trough)
suR^idaH = the friends and relatives; samaagataaH = who came there; na rochayante = did not like; mahiipateH = the king's; dahanam = cremation; putraatR^ite = in the absence of his sons; itivaa = Thus; vichintya = thinking; nyaveshayan = kept; raajaanam = the king; achintya darshanam = of inconceivable sight; tasmin shayane = in that resting place.
2.66.28
गतप्रभा द्यौरिव भास्करम् विना |
व्यपेतनक्षत्रगणेव शर्वरी |
पुरी बभासे रहिता मह आत्मना |
न च अस्र कण्ठ आकुल मार्ग चत्वरा ॥
Deserted by the high-soled Dasaratha, with its roads and cross roads filled with people choked with tears in their throats, the city of Ayodhya, looking like sky without sun and night with its multitude of stars disappeared, did not shine with its light having gone away.
rahitaa = deserted by; mahaatmanaa = the high-soled Dasaratha; asrakaNThaakula maargachatvaara = with its roads and cross-roads filled with people choked with tears in their throats; purii = the city of Ayodhya; dyouriva = looking like sky; bhaaskaram vinaa = without sun; sharvariiva = and like night; vyapeta nakshhaatragaNaa = with its multitude of stars disappeared ; nababhaase = did not shine; gata prabhaa = with its light having gone away.
2.66.29
नराः च नार्यः च समेत्य सम्घशो |
विगर्हमाणा भरतस्य मातरम् |
तदा नगर्याम् नर देव सम्क्षये |
बभूवुर् आर्ता न च शर्म लेभिरे ॥
After the king's death, men and women in the city converged in groups, abusing Bharata's mother, became disturbed and did not obtain happiness.
tadaa = then; naradeva samkshhaye = while the king was dead; naraashcha = men; naaryashcha = and women; nagaryaam = in the city; samatya = converged; samghashah = in groups; vigarhamaaNaaH = abusing; bharatasya = Bharata's;maataram = mother; babhuuvaH = become; aartaaH = disturbed; nachalebhiva = and did not obtain; sharma = happiness.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे ष्ट्ष्ष्टितम सर्गः
Sarga 67
2.67.1
आक्रन्दितनिरानन्दा सास्रकम्ठजनाविला |
आयोध्यायामतितता सा व्यतीयाय शर्वरी ॥
That night in Ayodhya, which was joyless in a weeping tone and thronged with people with tears in their throats, slowly passed over.
saa sarvarii = that night; ayodhyaayaam = in Ayodhya; aakrandita niraanandaa = which was joyless with a weeping tone; saasrakaNThajanaavilaa = thronged with people with tears in their throats; vyatiitaaya = passed away; atitaayaa = very much dragging.
2.67.2
व्यतीतायाम् तु शर्वर्याम् आदित्यस्य उदये ततः |
समेत्य राज कर्तारः सभाम् ईयुर् द्विजातयः ॥
At sunrise, when the night had passed over, the Brahmins who place a king on the throne, together gathered at the assembly.
tataH = afterwards; sharvaryaam = when the night. Vyatiitaayaam = was passing away; udaye = and with rising; aadityasa = of the sun; dvijaatayaH = the brahmanas; raajakartaaraH = who place a king on the throne; sametya = together; iiyuH = went; sabhaam = to the assembly.
2.67.3
मार्कण्डेयो अथ मौद्गल्यो वामदेवः च काश्यपः |
कात्ययनो गौतमः च जाबालिः च महा यशाः ॥एते द्विजाः सह अमात्यैः पृथग् वाचम् उदीरयन् |
वसिष्ठम् एव अभिमुखाः श्रेष्ठः राज पुरोहितम् ॥
Markandeya, Moudgalya, Vamadeva, Kasyapa,Katyayana, Goutama and the greatly famous Jabali-all these Brahmans together with the ministers turned towards the excellent royal priest Vasishta and one by one spoke as follows:
3;4. maarkaNdeyaH = Markandeya; atha = and; moudgalyaH = Moudgalya; vaamadevaH = Vamadeva; kaasyapaH = Kasyapa; kaatyaayanaH = Katyayana; goutamaashcha = Goutama; mahaayashaaH = the greatly famous; jaabaalishcha = Jabali; etc;;these; dvijaaH = Brahmans; amaatyaiHscha = along with ministers; abhimukhaaH = turned their face; vashishhThameva = towards Vasista; shreshhTaham = the excellent; raajapurohitam = royal priest; pR^ithak = and one by one; udiirayan = spoke; vaacham = words:
2.67.5
अतीता शर्वरी दुह्खम् या नो वर्ष शत उपमा |
अस्मिन् पन्चत्वम् आपन्ने पुत्र शोकेन पार्थिवे ॥
"King Dasaratha having obtained death due to grief born of separation from his sons (Rama and Lakshmana), the night which burdened like a hundred years, has passed over with great difficulty."
asmin = "This; paarthiva = king; aapanne = having obtained; paNchatvam = death; putrashokena = due to grief for his sons; yaa = which night; varshhashatopamaa = which was equal to a hundred years; naH = to us; sharvarii = that night; atiitaa = has passed away; duHkham = with great difficulty."
2.67.6
स्वर् गतः च महा राजो रामः च अरण्यम् आश्रितः |
लक्ष्मणः च अपि तेजस्वी रामेण एव गतः सह ॥
"The monarch has gone to heaven. Rama took retreat in a forest. The brilliant Lakshmana followed suit and went along with Rama."
mahaaraajaH = the monarch; svargatashcha = has gone to heaven; raamashcha = Rama; aashritaH = took retreat; araNyam = in a forest. tejasvii = The brilliant; lakshhmaNashcha = Lakshmana; gataH = went; raameNaiva saha = along with Rama in the same manner."
2.67.7
उभौ भरत शत्रुघ्नौ क्केकयेषु परम् तपौ |
पुरे राज गृहे रम्ये मातामह निवेशने ॥
"Both Bharata and Satrughna, the annihilator of enemies, are encamped in the beautiful house of their maternal uncle in the city of Rajagriha in the kingdom of Kekaya."
ubhou = both; bharata shatrughnou = Bharata and Satrughna; paramtapou = the annihilators of enemies; ramye maataamaha ni veshane = are encamped in the beautiful house of their maternal uncle; pure = in the city; raajagR^iihe = of Rajagriha; kaikeyeshhu = in the kingdom of Kekaya."
2.67.8
इक्ष्वाकूणाम् इह अद्य एव कश्चित् राजा विधीयताम् |
अराजकम् हि नो राष्ट्रम् न विनाशम् अवाप्नुयात् ॥
"Hence, let anyone here in Ikshvaku dynasty be made a king today itself lest our nation without a king should result in a collapse indeed."
kashchit = anyone; ikshhvaakuunaam = in Ikshvaku dynasty; iha = here; vidhiiyataam = should be made; raajaa = a king; adyaiva = today itself; naH = our; raashhTram = nation; araajakam = without a king; samavaapnuyaat = will obtain; hi = indeed; vinaasham = a collapse."
2.67.9
न अराजले जन पदे विद्युन् माली महा स्वनः |
अभिवर्षति पर्जन्यो महीम् दिव्येन वारिणा ॥
"Lightning clouds in the sky with a great noise of thunder, will not yield rain on the land in a country without a king."
parjanyaH = clouds; vidyunmaalii = with a garland of lightnings; mahaasvanaH = and with a great noise; naabhivarshhati = will not be showering; vaariNaa = with water; divyena = from sky; mahiim = on earth; janapade = in a country; araajake = without a king."
2.67.10
न अराजके जन पदे बीज मुष्टिः प्रकीर्यते |
न अराकके पितुः पुत्रः भार्या वा वर्तते वशे ॥
"Even a fist of seeds are not disbursed in a ruler- less land. In anarchy, even a son is not amenable to the control of a father nor a wife in the authority of her husband."
janapade = in a country; araajake = without a king; biijamushhTih = even a fist of seeds; naprakiinyate = are not dispersed; putraH = a son; bhaaryaavaa = or a wife; navartate = does not abide; vashe = in the authority; pituH = of a father; araajake = in an anarchy."
2.67.11
अराजके धनम् न अस्ति न अस्ति भार्या अपि अराजके |
इदम् अत्याहितम् च अन्यत् कुतः सत्यम् अराजके ॥
"In a rulerless land, there is no wealth. Where there is no king, there is no (faithful) wife. Another very dangerous thing is there. In a ruler less territory, how can there be truth? "
araajake = in a rulerless land; naasti = there is no; dhanam = wealth; araajake = where there is no king; naasti = there is no; bhaaryaapi = (faithful) wife. anyat = Another; atyaahitam = very dangerous thing; idam cha = is there; araajake = In a rulerless land; kutaH = how can there be; satyam = truth?"
2.67.12
न अराजके जन पदे कारयन्ति सभाम् नराः |
उद्यानानि च रम्याणि हृष्टाः पुण्य गृहाणि च ॥
"In a ruler- less country, people do not cause to make a delightful assembly nor erect beautiful parks or temples."
araajake = In a ruler less; janapade = country; naraaH = people; nakaarayante = do not arrange; sabhaam = assembly; hR^ishhTaaH = with delight; ramyaaNi = beautiful; udyaanaani = parks; puNyagR^ihaaNi = or temples."
2.67.13
न अराजके जन पदे यज्ञ शीला द्विजातयः |
सत्राणि अन्वासते दान्ता ब्राह्मणाः संशित व्रताः ॥
"In a ruler- less territory, those who frequently perform sacrificial rites, those who have self-restraint, those who firmly adhere to a vow as well as Brahmins do not carry out Soma sacrifices."
araajake = In a rulerless; janapade = territory; yaN^gashiilaH = Those who frequently perform sacrificial rites; daantaaH = those who are self restraint; brahmaNaaH = those who have divine knowledge; samshitavrataaH = those who firmly adhere to a vow; dvijaatayaH = and brahmanas; na anvaasate = do not carry out; sattraaNi = Soma sacrifices."
2.67.14
न अराजके जनपदे महायज्ञेषु यज्वनः |
ब्राह्मणा वसुसम्पन्ना विसृजन्त्याप्तदक्षिणाः ॥
"In a rulerless land, Brahmans who obtained wealth and sacrificers in great sacrificial rites do not bestow proper gifts"
araajake = in a ruler less; janapade = land; vasusampannaaH = who accomplished wealth; yajvanaH = and sacrificers; mahaa yaN^geshhu = in great sacrificial rites; na visR^ijanti = do not bestow; aapta dakshhi NaaH = proper gifts."
2.67.15
न अराजके जन पदे प्रभूत नट नर्तकाः |
उत्सवाः च समाजाः च वर्धन्ते राष्ट्र वर्धनाः ॥
"In a ruler- less territory, festivals and gatherings exalting the kingdom in which actors, and dancers exhibit their talents are not frequently arranged"
araajake = In a ruler less; janapade = territory; utsavaashcha = festivals; samaajaashcha = and gatherings; raashhTra vardhanaaH = exalting the kingdom; prabhuuta naTa nartakaaH = having actors and dancers; na vardhante = are not intensified."
2.67.16
न अरजके जन पदे सिद्ध अर्था व्यवहारिणः |
कथाभिर् अनुरज्यन्ते कथा शीलाः कथा प्रियैः ॥
"In a ruler less land, litigants do not get their disputes settled and persons who have a knack for narrating stories do not gratify story- lovers with their tales."
araajake = in a ruler less; janapade = land; vyavahaariNaH = litigants; na = do not; siddhaarthaaH = do not get their disputes settled; kathaashiilaaH = and those who frequently narrate stories; na anurajyante = do not gratify; kathaapriyaiH = story-lovers; kathaabhiH = with their stories."
2.67.17
न अराजके जनपदे उद्यानानि समागताः |
सायाह्ने क्रीडितुम् यान्ति कुमार्यो हेमभूषिताः ॥
"In a ruler less territory, girls adorned in gold do not go together to parks to play there in the evening."
araajake = in a rulerless; janapade = territory; kumaaryaaH = girls; samaagataaH = together; hemabhuushhitaaH = adorned in gold; na yaanti = do not go; udyaanaani = to parks; kriiDitum = to play; saayaahne = in the evening."
2.67.18
न अराजके जन पदे वाहनैः शीघ्र गामिभिः |
नरा निर्यान्ति अरण्यानि नारीभिः सह कामिनः ॥
"In a lord less land, lustful men do not go out to woods with ladies in speedily moving vehicles"
araajake = in a lord less; janapade = land; kaaminaH = lustful; naraaH = men; na niryaanti = do not go out; naaribhiH = with ladies; araNyaani = to forests; shiighragaamibhiH = in speedily moving. vaahanaiH = vehicles."
2.67.19
न अराकजे जन पदे धनवन्तः सुरक्षिताः |
शेरते विवृत द्वाराः कृषि गो रक्ष जीविनः ॥
"In a lord less land, rich people living on agriculture and cattle rearing do not sleep in their abodes well protected, with their doors open"
araajake = in a lord less; janapade = land; dhanavantaH = living on agriculture and cattle rearing; na sherate = do not sleep; surakshhitaaH = well protected; vivR^itadvaaraaH = with their doors open."
2.67.20
न अराजके जनपदे बद्दघण्टा विषाणीनः |
आटन्ति राजमार्गेषु कुञ्जराः षष्टिहायनाः ॥
"In a land without emperor, sixty year old elephants with bells tied around their tusks, do not roam around on royal high ways
janapade = in a land; araajake = without an emperor; kuNjaraaH = elephants; shhashTi haayanaaH = with sixty years of age; na aaTanti = do not roam; baddhaghaNTaa vishhaaNinaH = with bells tied around their tusks ; raajamaargeshhu = on royal highways."
2.67.21
न अराजके जनपदे शरान् सम्ततमस्यताम् |
श्रूयते तलनिर्घोष इष्वस्त्राणामुपासने ॥
"In a ruler less land, the noise of plucking the bow string with the palm, produced by archers continuously discharging arrows while practicing the use of their bows, is not heard."
janapade = in a land; araajake = without a king; upaasane = while practicing; ishhvastraaNaam = the use of bows; talanirghoshhaH = the noise of plucking the bow string with the palm; asyataam = of archers who discharge; sharaan = arrows; santatam = continuously; na shruuyati = is not heard."
2.67.22
न अराजके जन पदे वणिजो दूर गामिनः |
गच्चन्ति क्षेमम् अध्वानम् बहु पुण्य समाचिताः ॥
"In a rulerless land, traders who go to distant places, carrying with them several merchandises, cannot travel safely in their voyages."
araajake = in a ruler less; janapade = land; vaNijaH = traders; duura gaaminaH = who go to distant places; bahuvaNya samaachitaa = along with several merchandises; na gachchhanti = can not travel; kshhemam = safely; adhvaanam = on the path."
2.67.23
न अराजके जन पदे चरति एक चरः वशी |
भावयन्न् आत्मना आत्मानम् यत्र सायम् गृहो मुनिः ॥
"In a rulerless land, a monk who wanders alone, who has subdued his senses, who mediates himself on the soul and who takes up an abode wherever evening overtakes him, cannot roam around the city."
araajake = in rulerless; janapade = land; muniH = a monk; ekacharaH = who wanders alone; vashii = who has subdued his senses; bhaavayan = who meditates; aatmaanaa = himself; aatmaanam = on the soul; yatrasaayamgR^ihaH = and who takes up an abode wherever evening overtakes him; nacharati = cannot roam around."
2.67.24
न अराजके जन पदे योग क्षेमम् प्रवर्तते |
न च अपि अराजके सेना शत्रून् विषहते युधि ॥
"In a rulerless land; gain and security are not duly established. In anarchy, army cannot conquer enemies in battle."
araajake = in a rulerless; janapade = land; yogakshhemam = gain and security; na pravartate = are not established; araajake = In anarchy ;senaa = army; na vishhahate = can not conquer; shatruun = enemies; yudhi = in battle."
2.67.25
न अराजके जनपदे हृष्टैः परमवाजिभिः |
नराः सम्यान्ति सहसा रथैश्च परिमण्डिताः ॥
"In a rulerless land, people beautifully adorned, cannot go fast cheerfully in excellent horses and chariots."
araajake = in a rulerless; janapade = land; naraaH = people; parimanDitaaH = beautifully adorned; na samyaanti = cannot go; sahasaa = fast; paramavaajibhiH = in excellent horses; rathaishcha = and chariots; hR^ishhTaiH = cheerfully."
2.67.26
न अराजके जनपदे नराः शास्त्रविशारदाः |
सम्पदन्तोऽवतिष्ठन्ते वनेषूपवनेषु च ॥
"In a rulerless land, persons skilled in sacred treatises cannot sit speaking together in forests and groves."
araajake = in a rulerless; janapade = land; naraaH = persons; shaastra vishaaradaaH = skilled in sacred scripts; na avatishhThante = can not sit; vaneshhu = in forests; upavaneshhu = and groves; samvadantaH = speaking together."
2.67.27
न अराजके जनपदे माल्यमोदकदक्षिणाः |
देवताभ्यर्चनार्थय कल्प्यन्ते नियतैर्जनैः ॥
"In a rulerless land, floral garlands, sweet-meats and gifts for the sake of offering to the deities, are not arranged by the appointed persons."
araajake = in a rulerless; janapade = territory; maalyamodakadakshhiNaaH = garlands; sweetmeats and gifts; devataabhyarchanaarthaaya = for the purpose of worshipping deities; nakalpayante = are not arranged; niyataiH = by the appointed; janaiH = persons."
2.67.28
न अराजके जनपदे चन्दनागुरुरूषिताः |
राजपुत्रा विराजन्ते वसन्त इव शाखिनः ॥
"In a rulerless land, royal princes smeared with paste of sandal and aloe-wood do not figure brilliantly like trees in a spring time."
araajake = in a rulerless; janapade = land; raajaputraaH = royalprinces; chanda naaguru ruushhitaah = smeared with paste of sandal and aloe wood; na raajante = do not look brilliantly; shakhiraH iva = like trees; vasante = in springtime."
2.67.29
यथा हि अनुदका नद्यो यथा वा अपि अतृणम् वनम् |
अगोपाला यथा गावः तथा राष्ट्रम् अराजकम् ॥
"A rulerless country is like the water less rivers, like the lawn less garden and like the cowherd less cows."
anuudaaH = waterless; yathaa = like; nadyaH = the rivers; yathaa = like; atR^iNam = a lawnless; vanam = garden; yathaa vaa = and like ; agopaalaaH = cowherd less; yaavah = cows; yathaatathaa = in the same manner; araajakam = is a rulerless; raashhTram = country."
2.67.30
ध्वजो रथस्य प्रज्ञानम् धूमो ज्ञानम् विभावसोः |
तेषाम् यो नो ध्वजो राज स देवत्वमितो गतः ॥
"A flag is an identity for a chariot. A smoke is an identity for a fire. King Dasaratha, like a flag, was an identity for us and he has left the world for a heavenly abode."
dhvajaH = A flag; praG^yaanam = is an identity; rathasya = for a chariot; dhuumaH = smoke; jJNaanam = is an identity; vibhaavasoH = for fire; teshhaam = for such; naH = of us; yaH = who; dhvajaH = like a flag; saH raajaa = that king; gatah = obtained; devatvam = godhead; itaH = from here."
2.67.31
न अराजके जन पदे स्वकम् भवति कस्यचित् |
मत्स्याइव नरा नित्यम् भक्षयन्ति परस्परम् ॥
"In a rulerless land, there is no one's own property for any one. Like fishes, persons always eat away each other."
araajake = in a rulerless; janapade = land; na bhavati = there is no; svakam = one's own property; kasyachit = for any one; naraaH = persons ; nityam = always; bhakshhyanti = eat away; parasparam = each other; matsyaah iva = like eating fishes .
2.67.32
येहि सम्भिन्न मर्यादा नास्तिकाः चिन्न संशयाः |
ते अपि भावाय कल्पन्ते राज दण्ड निपीडिताः ॥
"The atheists, who were separated from their right path and who had been tormented; with punishment earlier by the king, are now without fear and are able to exercise their old temperament (due to anarchy)"
yehi = which; naastikaaH = atheists; sambhinnamaryaadaah = who were separated from the right path; te api = they also; raajadaNDitapiiDitaaH = have been tormented; with punishment by the king; chhinna samshayaH = and now their fear being dispelled; kalpante = are able to excersise; bhaavaaya = their temperament."
2.67.33
यथा दृष्टिः शरीरस्य नित्यमेवप्रवर्तते |
तथा नरेन्द्रो राष्ट्रस्य प्रभवः सत्यधर्मयोः ॥
"As the eye sight is helpful regularly for a proper setting -in-motion of the body, so also a king is the cause of existence for truth and righteousness of a country."
yathaa = how; dR^IshhTiH = the eye-sight; (is helpful); nityameva = regularly; pravartate = for the proper setting in motion; shariirasya = of the body; tathaa = in the same manner; narendraH = a king; prabhavaH = is the cause of existence; satya dharmayoH = for truth and righteousness; raashhTrasya = of the country."
2.67.34
राजा सत्यम् च धर्मश्च राजा कुलवताम् कुलम् |
राजा माता पिता चैव राजा हितकरो नृणाम् ॥
"The king is truthfulness and righteousness personified in him. In a race, he belongs to a noble family. The king is a mother and a father. The king is a benefactor to people."
raajaa = the king; satyamcha = is truthfulness; dharmashcha = and righteousness; kulavataam = belonging to a noble family; kulam = in a race; raajaa = the king; maata = is a mother; pitaachaiva = and even a father; raja = the king; hitakaraH = is a benefactor; nR^iNaam = to people."
2.67.35
यमो वैश्रवणः शक्रो वरुणश्च महाबलः |
विशेष्यन्ते नरेन्द्रेण वृत्तेन महाता ततः ॥
"Hence, Yama (the god of Death); Kubera (the god of riches), Indra (the ruler of celestials) and the very mighty Varuna (the Lord of Waters) are outstretched by the a high and eminent conduct."
tataH = hence; (the god of death); Yama = (the god of riches);shakraH = Indra(the ruler of celestials); varuNashcha = Varuna(the ruler of waters); mahaabalaH = of great strength; viseshhyante = are out stretched; narendreNa = by the king; mahataa = of the high; vR^ittena = conduct."
2.67.36
अहो तमैव इदम् स्यान् न प्रज्ञायेत किंचन |
राजा चेन् न भवेन् लोके विभजन् साध्व् असाधुनी ॥
"Alas! If a king is not there in the world, with his power of discrimination between good and evil, this world will be dark and nothing will be clearly perceived."
"aho = Alas! raajaana bhavedyati = If a king is not there; loke = in the world; vibhajan = discriminating; saadhvasaadhunii = between good and evil; idam = this world; syaat = will be; tamaH = dark; iva = as it were; na kimchana = Nothing; na prajaayata = will be clearly perceived."
2.67.37
जीवति अपि महा राजे तव एव वचनम् वयम् |
न अतिक्रमामहे सर्वे वेलाम् प्राप्य इव सागरः ॥
"Even when the emperor was alive, we all of us did not transgress your words, only any more than an ocean transgresses its coast."
mahaaraajye jiivatyapi = even when the emperor was alive; vayam = we; sarve = all of us; naatikramaamahe = did not transgress;; tava = your; vachanameva = words; praapyeva = as with obtaining; velaam = the coast; saagaraH = by an ocean."
2.67.38
स नः समीक्ष्य द्विज वर्य वृत्तम् |
नृपम् विना राज्यम् अरण्य भूतम् |
कुमारम् इक्ष्वाकु सुतम् वदान्यम् |
त्वम् एव राजानम् इह अभिषिन्चय ॥
"O, the excellent Brahmana! After renewing the circumstances here and seeing that the kingdom is becoming a jungle without a king, you yourself anoint a youth born in Ikshvaku race or anyone here as a king."
dvijararya = O; the excellent Brahmana! SaH = such of you; samikshhya = after reviewing; vR^Ittam = the circumstance; raajyam = the kingdom; nR^ipam vinaa = without a king; araNyabhuutam = becoming a jungle; tvamena = you yourself; abhishhiNcha = anoint; kumaaram = a youth; ikshhvaakusutam = born in Ikshvaku dynasty; tathaanyam = or any one else; iha = here; raajaanam = as king."
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे सप्तषष्टितमः सर्गः
Sarga 68
2.68.1
तेषाम् तत् वचनम् श्रुत्वा वसिष्ठः प्रत्युवाच ह |
मित्र अमात्य गणान् सर्वान् ब्राह्मणांस् तान् इदम् वचः ॥
Hearing their words, Vasistha replied thus to that group of friends as well as ministers and to all the Brahmans (assembled there):
shrutvaa = hearing; teshaam = their; vachanam = words; vasishhTaH = Vasishta; pratyuvaachaha = replied; idam vachaH = by the words; taan = to that; mitra amaatyagaNaam = group of friends and ministers; sarvaan brahmaNaan = and to all the Brahmans.
2.68.2
यद् असौ मातुल कुले पुरे राज गृहे सुखी |
भरतः वसति भ्रात्रा शत्रुघ्नेन समन्वितः ॥तत् शीघ्रम् जवना दूता गच्चन्तु त्वरितैः हयैः |
आनेतुम् भ्रातरौ वीरौ किम् समीक्षामहे वयम् ॥
"Bharata, who was given kingdom (by Dasaratha) is staying very happily in his maternal uncle's home, along with Satrughna. Hence messengers in fast running horses are to be sent quickly to bring back those heroic brothers. What are we to think of further in this matter?"
2; 3. asou bharataH = that Bharata; datta raajya = who was given kingdom (by Dasaratha); samanvitaH = together; shatrughnena = with Satrughna; yat = for which reason; vasati = staying; param = as a very; sukhii = happy man; maatulakule = in his maternal uncle's house; tat = for that reason; anetum = to bring back; viirou = the heroic; bhraatarou = brothers; duutaH = messengers; tvaritaiH = by fast running; hayaiH = horses; gachchhantu = be gone; shiighram = quickly; kim = what; vayam = are we; samiikshhaamahe = to think of(in this matter)?"
2.68.4
गच्चन्तु इति ततः सर्वे वसिष्ठम् वाक्यम् अब्रुवन् |
तेषाम् तत् वचनम् श्रुत्वा वसिष्ठो वाक्यम् अब्रवीत् ॥
Then all of them uttered words agreeing to send the messengers quickly. Hearing their words, Vasistha spoke as follows:
tataH = then; sarve = all of them; abruvan = uttered; vaakyam = the words; vasishhTham = to Vasista; iti = saying; gachchantu = "Let them be sent"; shrutvaa = Hearing; tat = those; vachanam = words; teshhaam = of theirs; vasishhThaH = Vasishta; abraviit = spoke; vaakyam = these words:
2.68.5
एहि सिद्ध अर्थ विजय जयन्त अशोक नन्दन |
श्रूयताम् इतिकर्तव्यम् सर्वान् एव ब्रवीमि वः ॥
"O, Siddhartha! O, Jay anta! O, Vijaya! O, Ashoka! O, Nandana! Please come. I am telling you all. Hear that which is to be done"
siddhaartha = O; Siddhartha! Vijaya = O;Vijaya! Jayanta = O; Jayanta! Asoka = O; Asoka! Nandana = O; Nandana! Ehi = please come; aham = I; braviimi = am telling; vaH = you; sarvaanena = all; shruuyataam = Hear; itikartavyam = that which is to be done."
2.68.6
पुरम् राज गृहम् गत्वा शीघ्रम् शीघ्र जवैः हयैः |
त्यक्त शोकैः इदम् वाच्यः शासनात् भरतः मम ॥
"After starting quickly from here by traveling in rapidly running horses, you reach the city of Rajagriha. After relieving yourself of the grief, you have to tell Bharata these words as my orders:"
gatvaa = after hearing; shiighram = quickly; itaH = from here; shiigra javaiH = by rapidly running; hayaiH = horses; puram = the city; raajagR^iham = of Rajagriha; tvakta shokaiH = by you; whose grief is relieved; vaachyaH = are to be told; bharataH = to Bharata; idam = those words; mama = as my; shaashanaat = orders."
2.68.7
पुरोहितः त्वाम् कुशलम् प्राह सर्वे च मन्त्रिणः |
त्वरमाणः च निर्याहि कृत्यम् आत्ययिकम् त्वया ॥
"The royal priest and other ministers are asking about your welfare. Come forth, by starting quickly. There is a very urgent work with you."
purohitaH = the royal priests; sarve = and all; mantrinashcha = the ministers; praaha = are asking; kushalam = about your welfare; niryaahi = come forth by starting; tvaramaaNaHcha = quickly; atyaayikam = there is a very urgent; kR^ityam = work; tvayaa = with you."
2.68.8
मा च अस्मै प्रोषितम् रामम् मा च अस्मै पितरम् मृतम् |
भवन्तः शंसिषुर् गत्वा राघवाणाम् इमम् क्षयम् ॥
"After going there, do not tell him that Rama has gone to exile or that his father is dead or about this calamity occurred to the descendents of Raghu dynasty."
gatvaa = after going; bhavantaH = you; maa shamsishhuH = do not tell; asmai = him; raamam = that Rama; proshhitam = has gone to exile; pitaram = that his father; mR^itam = is dead; imam = and this; kshhayam = calamity; raaghavaaNaam = to the descendents Raghu dynasty."
2.68.9
कौशेयानि च वस्त्राणि भूषणानि वराणि च |
क्षिप्रम् आदाय राज्ञः च भरतस्य च गच्चत ॥
"Go quickly, taking silk clothes and excellent ornaments to the king and to Bharata "
gachchhata = go; kshhipram = quickly; aadaaya = taking; kausheyaani vastraaNi = silk clothes; varaaNi = and excellent; bhuushhaNaani = ornaments; raaj^Nashcha = to the king; bharatasya = and to Bharata."
2.68.10
दत्तपथ्यशना दूताजग्मुः स्वम् स्वम् निवेशनम् |
केकयांस्ते गमिष्यन्तो हयानारुह्य सम्मतान् ॥
The messengers, who are going to leave for the land of Kekayas, took sufficient eatables required on their way and went to their respective houses, by riding on their admirable horses.
te duutaH = those messengers; gamishhyantaH = who are going to leave for; kekayaan = the land of Kekayas; datta pathyashanaaH = being given eatables required on their way; aaruuhya = mounting; sammataan = admirable; hayaan = horses; jagmhuH = went; svam svam = to their respective; niveshanam = house.
2.68.11
ततः प्रास्थानिकम् कृत्वा कार्यशेषमनन्तरम् |
वसिष्ठेनाभ्यनुज्ञाता दूताः सम्त्वरिता ययुः ॥
Having completed all the remaining preparations for the journey and having been permitted by Vasistha, the messengers quickly proceeded (to the destination).
tataH = then; duutaaH = the messengers; kR^itvaa = having executed; kaarya seshham = remaining deeds; anantaram = to be done thereafter; prastaanikam = for the journey; abhyaanuG^yaataaH = and having been given permission; vasishhThena = by Vasista; yayuH = proceeded; samtvaritaa = quickly.
2.68.12
न्यन्तेनापरतालस्य प्रलम्बस्योत्तरम् प्रति |
निषेवमाणास्ते जग्मुर्नदीम् मध्येन मालिनीम् ॥
Those messengers went on touching Malini River, flowing between the passing Aparatala Mountain and the northern end of Pralamba Mountain.
te = those messengers; jugmuH = went on; nishhevamaaNaaH = touching; maaliniim nadiim = Malini River; madhyena = (flowing)between; nyantena = the passing; aparataalasya = Aparatala Mountain; uttaram prati = and the northern end; pralambasya = of Pralamba Mountain.
2.68.13
ते हस्तिनापुरे गङ्गाम् तीर्त्वा प्रत्यङ्मुखा ययुः |
पाञलदेशमासाद्य मध्येन कुरुजाङ्गलम् ॥सरांसि च सुपूर्णानि नदीश्च विमलोदकाः |
निरीक्षमाणास्ते जग्मुर्दूताः कार्यवशाद्द्रुतम् ॥
Having crossed Ganga River at Hastinapura, they proceeded towards west and, reaching Panchala kingdom through Kuru Jangala and observing well filled lakes and rivers with clear water, the aforesaid messengers went briskly, due to the pressing nature of their mission.
13; 14. te duutaaH = these messengers; tiirtvaa = having crossed; gaNgaam = Ganga River; hastinaapura = at Hastinapura; yayuH = proceeded; pratyaNmukhaaH = towards west; aasaadya = reaching; paanchaala desham = Panchala kingdom; madhyenakurujaaNgalam = passing through the middle of Kurujangala region; niriikshhamaaNaaH = and observing; supuurNaani = well filled; saraamsicha = lakes; nadiishcha = and rivers; vinalodakaaH = with clear water; jagmuH = went; drutam = briskly; kaaryavashaat = due to pressing nature of their mission.
2.68.15
ते प्रसन्नोदकाम् दिव्याम् नानाविहगसेविताम् |
उपातिजग्मुर्वेगेन शरदण्डाम् जनाकुलाम् ॥
They speedily moved on, crossing the beautiful Saradanda River, containing clear water frequented by various kinds of birds.
te = they; vegena = speedily; upaatijagmuH = went crossing; divyaam sharadaNDaam = the beautiful Saradanada river; prasannodakaam = containing clear water; jalaakulam = but also full with water; naanaavihagasevitam = frequented by various kinds of birds.
2.68.16
निकूलवृक्षमासाद्य दिव्यम् सत्योपयाचनम् |
अभिगम्याभिवाद्यम् तम् कुलिङ्गाम् प्राविशन् पुरीम् ॥
Reaching a holy coastal tree called Satyopayaachana (so called because prayers made to it become fulfilled); which was worthy of salutation and going round it clockwise (as a mark of respect) the messengers entered the city of Kulinga
aasaadya = reaching; divyam = a holy; nikuula vR^ikshham = coastal tree; satyopayaachanam = called Satyopayaachanam (so called because prayers made to it become fulfilled);abhigamya = and going round clockwise; tam = it; te = the messengers; pravishan = entered; kuliNgaampuriim = the city of Kulinga.
2.68.17
अभिकालम् ततः प्राप्यते बोधिभवनाच्च्युताम् |
पितृपैतामहीम् पुण्याम् तेरुरिक्षुमतीम् नदीम् ॥
From there having reached a village named Abhikala, they crossed the holy Ikshumati River, which was flowing down from Bodhibhavana Mountain. This region was associated with the father and grandfather of Dasaratha.
tataH = from there; praapya = having reached; abhikaalam = a village called Abhikala; te = they; teruH = crossed; puNyaam = the holy; ikshhumatiim = Ikshumati river; chyutaam = which was falling down; bodhibhavanaat = from Bodhibhavana mountain; (which region was) pitR^ipaitaamahiim = associated with the father and grandfather of Dasaratha.
2.68.18
अवेक्स्याञ्जलिपानांश्च ब्राह्मणान् वेदपारगान् |
ययुर्मध्येन बाह्लीकान् सुदामानम् च पर्वतम् ॥
Seeing Brahmans skilled in Vedas who survived by only drinking water through hollows of their palms, they proceeded through Bahlika kingdom towards a mountain called Sudama.
avekshhya = seeing; braahmaNaan = Brahmans; vedapaaragaam = skilled in Vedas ; aNjalipaanaan = who survived by only drinking water through hollows of their palms; yayuH = (they) proceeded; baahlikaanmadhyena = through Bahlika kingdom; parvatamaha = towards a mountain; sudaamaanam = called Sudaman.
2.68.19
विष्णोः पदम् प्रेक्षमाणा विपाशाम् चापि शाल्मालीम् |
नदीर्वापीस्तटाकानि पल्वलानि सरांसि च ॥पस्यन्तो विविधांश्चापि सिमहव्याग्रमृगद्विपान् |
ययुः पथातिमहता शासनम् भर्तुरीप्सवः ॥
Perceiving a locality called Vishnu padam, Vipasa river, Salmali trees, rivers, ponds, tanks, pools and lakes, as well as seeing many kinds of lions, tigers, antelopes and elephants, they proceeded by that broad lofty high way desirous as they were to execute the command of their master.
19; 20. prekshhamaaNaam = perceiving; vishnoHpadam = a locality called Vishnupadam; vipaashaachaapi = Vipasa river; shaalmaliimchaapi = Salmali trees; nadiiH = rivers; vaapiiH = ponds; taTaakaani = lakes; palvalaani = pools; saraamsicha = and lakes; pashyantaH = and seeing;vividhaan = many kinds; simha vyaaghra mR^igadvipaan = of lions; tigers; antelopes; and elephants; yayuH = went; atimahataa pathaa = by that lofty high way; iipsanam = to execute that command; bhartuH = of their master.
2.68.21
ते श्रान्त वाहना दूता विकृष्टेन सता पथा |
गिरि व्रजम् पुर वरम् शीघ्रम् आसेदुर् अन्जसा ॥
Those messengers, though riding on tired horses on a long route, reached quickly and safely to the excellent city of Girivraja.
te duutah = those messengers; shraanta vaahanaaH = having tired horses; vikR^ishhTena = because of long; pathaa = path; tataH = then; aaseduH = reached; shiighram = quickly; aNjusaa = and safely; puraveram = to the excellent city; girivrajam = of Girivraja.
2.68.22
भर्तुः प्रिय अर्थम् कुल रक्षण अर्थम् |
भर्तुः च वंशस्य परिग्रह अर्थम् |
अहेडमानाः त्वरया स्म दूता |
रात्र्याम् तु ते तत् पुरम् एव याताः ॥
For the sake of fulfilling the beloved object of their master (Vasistha), for the sake of preserving the royal family and for keeping up the prestige of the sovereign race, those messengers quickly and respectfully reached that city in the night.
priyaartham = for the sake of fulfilling beloved object; bhartuH = of their master (Vasishta); kula rakshhaNaartham = for the sake of preserving the royal family; parigrahaartham = for the sake of keeping up prestige; vamshasya = of the race; bhartuH = of the sovereign; te duutaaH = those messengers; yaataaH = quickly reached; tat = that; purameva = city; raatrayaam = in the night; aheDamanaaH = respectfully.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे अष्टषष्टितमः सर्गः
Sarga 69
2.69.1
याम् एव रात्रिम् ते दूताः प्रविशन्ति स्म ताम् पुरीम् |
भरतेन अपि ताम् रात्रिम् स्वप्नो दृष्टः अयम् अप्रियः ॥
On that very night those messengers entered the city; Bharata also had experienced an unpleasant dream.
yaameva raatrim = on which very night; te duutaaH = those messengers; pravishantisma = entered; taam puriim = that city; taam raatrim = on that night; ayam = this; apriyah = unpleasant; svapneH = dream; dR^ishhTaH = was viewed; bharatena api = by Bharata also.
2.69.2
व्युष्टाम् एव तु ताम् रात्रिम् दृष्ट्वा तम् स्वप्नम् अप्रियम् |
पुत्रः राज अधिराजस्य सुभृशम् पर्यतप्यत ॥
Bharata, the son of Dasaratha the paramount sovereign, after seeing that unpleasant dream just at the dawn of that night, felt very much anguished.
putraH = the son; raajaadhiraajasya = of Dasaratha; the paramount sovereign; dR^ishhTvaa = after seeing; tam = that; apriyam = unpleasant; svapnam = dream; vyushhTaam eva = just at the dawn; taam raatrim = of that night; paryatapyata = felt anguished; subhR^isham = very much.
2.69.3
तप्यमानम् समाज्ञाय वयस्याः प्रिय वादिनः |
आयासम् हि विनेष्यन्तः सभायाम् चक्रिरे कथाः ॥
Knowing Bharata to have been in anguish, his graceful speaking friends arranged recitation of stories in the palace; so as to erase his anguish.
samaajJNaaya = knowing; tapyaamaanam = to be in anguish; vayasyaaH = his friends; priya vaadinaH = who speak kind words; chakrire = arranged; kathaaH = (recitation of ) stories; sabhaayaam = in the palace; vineshhyantaH hi = to indeed erase; aayaasam = his worry.
2.69.4
वादयन्ति तथा शान्तिम् लासयन्ति अपि च अपरे |
नाटकानि अपरे प्राहुर् हास्यानि विविधानि च ॥
Some played musical instruments for bringing about peacefulness. Likewise some others arranged for exhibition of dramas and some others told various types of jokes.
vaadayanti = (some) played musical instruments; shaantim = for his peacefulness. tathaa = In the same manner; apare = some others; laasayantyapi = arranged for playing; naaTakaani = of dramas; apare = and some others; praahuH = told; vividhaani = various types; haasyaani = of jokes.
2.69.5
स तैः महात्मा भरतः सखिभिः प्रिय वादिभिः |
गोष्ठी हास्यानि कुर्वद्भिर् न प्राहृष्यत राघवः ॥
That high-soled Bharata born in Raghu Dynasty could not be made cheerful by his gently speaking friends by stage-plays or jokes.
saH = that; mahaatmaa = high-soled; bharataH = Bharata; raaghavaH = born in Raghu dynasty; na praahR^ishhyata = could not be made cheerful; sakhibhiH = by his friends; priya vaadibhiH = who speak gentle words; goshhThiihaasyaani = by stage plays or jokes.
2.69.6
तम् अब्रवीत् प्रिय सखो भरतम् सखिभिर् वृतम् |
सुहृद्भिः पर्युपासीनः किम् सखे न अनुमोदसे ॥
A close friend spoke to Bharata, who was surrounded by his companions, as follows, "O, friend! Why are you not rejoicing, even when entertained by your friends?"
priyasakhaH = A close friend; abraviit = spoke; tam bharatam = to that Bharata; vR^tam = surrounded; sakhibhiH = by his companions (as follows); "sakhe = O;friend! Kim = why; na anumodase = are you not rejoicing; paryupaasiinaH = even when entertained; suhR^idbhiH = by your friends?"
2.69.7
एवम् ब्रुवाणम् सुहृदम् भरतः प्रत्युवाच ह |
शृणु त्वम् यन् निमित्तम्मे दैन्यम् एतत् उपागतम् ॥
Bharata replied to the friend who spoke thus, as follows "You listen to me the reason for which this depression came to me"
bharataH = Bharata; pratyuvaachaH = replied; suhR^idam = to the friend; bruuvaNam = who spoke; evam = thus; "tvam = you; shruNu = hear; yannimittam = for which reason; etat = this; dainyam = depression; upaagatam = came; me = to me."
2.69.8
स्वप्ने पितरम् अद्राक्षम् मलिनम् मुक्त मूर्धजम् |
पतन्तम् अद्रि शिखरात् कलुषे गोमये ह्रदे ॥
"I have seen a dream in which my father with his soiled body and with his hair disheveled, was falling from the top of a mountain into a polluted pond defiled with cow dung.
adraakshham = I have seen; svapne = a dream; pitaram = (in which) my father; maliname = with soiled body; mukta muurdhajam = with his hair disheveled; patantam = was falling; adri shikharaat = from the top of a mountain; kalushhe = into a polluted; gomayahrade = pond defiled with cow dung."
2.69.9
प्लवमानः च मे दृष्टः स तस्मिन् गोमय ह्रदे |
पिबन्न् अन्जलिना तैलम् हसन्न् इव मुहुर् मुहुः ॥
"He was seen by me, as he was floating in that pond defiled with cow dung, drinking an oil through his hollowed palms and laughing again and again"
saH = he; dR^ishhTaH = was seen; me = by me; (as he was) plavamaanaH = floating; tasmin = in that; gomayahrude = pond defiled with cow dung; piban = drinking; tailam = an oil; aNjalinaa = through his hollowed palms; hasan = and laughing; muhurmuhuH = again and again."
2.69.10
ततः तिलोदनम् भुक्त्वा पुनः पुनर् अधः शिराः |
तैलेन अभ्यक्त सर्व अन्गः तैलम् एव अवगाहत ॥
"Thereafter, having eaten cooked rice mixed with gingelly seeds repeatedly, with his head bent down and with his whole body smeared with oil, he plunged into the oil itself
tataH = thereafter; bhuktvaa = having eaten; tilodanam = cooked rice mixed with gingelly seeds; punah punah = repeatedly; adhaH shiraah = with his head bent down; abhyakta sarraaNg^aH = with his whole body smeared; tailam = with oil; anvagaahata = (he) plunged into; tailameva = the oil itself."
2.69.11
स्वप्ने अपि सागरम् शुष्कम् चन्द्रम् च पतितम् भुवि |
सहसा च अपि संशन्तम् ज्वलितम् जात वेदसम् ॥औपवाह्यस्य नागस्य विषाणम् शकलीकृतम् |
सहसा चापि संशान्तम् ज्वलितम् जातवेदसम् ॥अवदीर्णाम् च पृथिवीम् शुष्कामः च विविधान् द्रुमान् |
अहम् पश्यामि विध्वस्तान् सधूमामः चैव पार्वतान् ॥
"I saw in the dream, the ocean dry up, the moon fall on the ground, the earth molested as if covered by darkness, a tusk of an elephant (on which the monarch rode) broken to pieces, a blazing fire suddenly extinguished, the earth riven, the various trees dry up, and the mountains whirl up into a mist."
11; 12; 13. aham = I; pashyaami = saw; svapne = in the dream; saagaram = the ocean; shushhkam = dry up; chandram = the moon; patitam = fall; bhuvim = on the ground; jagatiim = the earth; uparuddhaam = molested; samaavR^itaam iva = as if covered; tamasaa = by darkness; vishhaaNam = a tusk; naagasya = of an elephant; oupavaahyasya = on which the monarch rode; shakaliikR^itam = broken to pieces; jvalitam = a blazing; jaatavedanam = fire; sahasaa = suddenly; samshaantam = extinguished; pR^ithiviim = the earth; avadiirNaamcha = riven;vividhaan = the various; drumaan = trees; shushhkaamcha = dry up; parvataan = the mountains; vidhvastaan = whirl up; sadhuumaan = into a mist."
2.69.14
पीठे कार्ष्णायसे च एनम् निषण्णम् कृष्ण वाससम् |
प्रहसन्ति स्म राजानम् प्रमदाः कृष्ण पिन्गलाः ॥
"I saw my father in the dream, wearing black clothes, sitting on a stool made of iron and women with black and reddish brown complexion deriding the king."
enam raajaanam = this king; kR^ishhNa vaasanam = wearing black clothes; nishhaNNam = sitting; piiThe = on a stool; kaarshhNaaayase = made of iron; pramaadaaH = and women ; kR^IshhNa piNgalaaH = in black and reddish brown; prahasanti = were laughing with mockery."
2.69.15
त्वरमाणः च धर्म आत्मा रक्त माल्य अनुलेपनः |
रथेन खर युक्तेन प्रयातः दक्षिणा मुखः ॥
"My father, the virtuous man, adorned with red garlands and his body besmeared with sandal paste and seated in a chariot drawn by asses, proceeded hurriedly towards the south."
dharmaatmaa = my father; the virtuous man; raktamaalyaanulepanaH = adorned with red garlands and his body besmeared with sandal paste; rathena = seated in a chariot; kharayuktena = drawn by asses; prayaataH = proceeded; tvaramaaNashcha = towards south."
2.69.16
प्रहसन्तीव राजानम् प्रमदा रक्तवासिनी |
प्रकर्षन्ती मया दृष्टा राक्षसी विकृतासना ॥
"I saw an ugly faced female demon, wearing red colored clothes, laughingly dragging away the king.
raakshhasii premadaa = a female demon; raktavaasinii = wearing red clothes; vikR^itaananaa = with an ugly face; dR^ishhTaa = was seen; mayaa = by me; prakarshhanti = dragging away; raajaanam = the king; prahasantiiva = while laughing."
2.69.17
एवम् एतन् मया दृष्टम् इमाम् रात्रिम् भय आवहाम् |
अहम् रामः अथ वा राजा लक्ष्मणो वा मरिष्यति ॥
"This fearful dream was seen thus by me during that night. I myself or the king or Lakshmana may die."
etat = this; bhayaavaham = fearful (dream); dR^ishhTam = was seen; evam = thus; imaam raatrim = in that night; aham = I; athavaa = or; raajaa = the king; lakshhmaNoovaa = or Lakshmana; marishhyati = may die."
2.69.18
नरः यानेन यः स्वप्ने खर युक्तेन याति हि |
अचिरात् तस्य धूम अग्रम् चितायाम् सम्प्रदृश्यते ॥
"If in a dream, a person sees a man going in a chariot, yoked with donkeys, the smoke of a funeral pyre will soon be seen ascending him."
yaH = which; naraH = person; svapne = in a dream; (sees); yaati = going; yaanena = in a vehicle; kharayuktena = yoked with donkeys; dhuuma = the smoke; chitaayaam = on the funeral pyre; samprdR^ishyate = will be seen; agra = ascending; tasya = of him; achiraat = within a short time."
2.69.19
एतन् निमित्तम् दीनो अहम् तन् न वः प्रतिपूजये |
शुष्यति इव च मे कण्ठो न स्वस्थम् इव मे मनः ॥
"For this reason, I have become broken hearted. Hence, I am not able to treat you properly. My throat seems to be drying up. My mind is not at ease."
etannimittam = for this reason; aham = I; diinaH = am broken hearted. tat = Hence; na pratipuujaye = I am not able to honor. vaH = you; me = My; kaNThaH = throat; shushhyatiivacha = drying up. me = My; manaH = mind; na svastham = is not at ease."
2.69.20
न पश्यामि भयस्थानम् भयम् चैवोपधारये |
भ्रष्टश्च स्वरयोगो मे चाया चोपहता मम ॥जुगुप्सन्न् इव च आत्मानम् न च पश्यामि कारणम् |
"I do not see the root cause of this fear. But I am experiencing a fear indeed. My voice is choked. My luster is affected. I abhor me myself and I do not see a reason for it."
na pashyaami = I do not see; bhayasthaanam = the root cause of fear; upadhaaraye = (But) I am experiencing; bhayam chaiva = a fear indeed; me = My; svarayogaH = voice; bhrashhTaH = is choked; mama = My; chhaayaacha = luster; upahataa = is effected; jugupsanniva = I abhor; aatmaanam me = myself; na pashyaami = and do not see; kaaraNamcha = a reason."
2.69.21
इमाम् हि दुह्स्वप्न गतिम् निशाम्य ताम् |
अनेक रूपाम् अवितर्किताम् पुरा |
भयम् महत् तद्द् हृदयान् न याति मे |
विचिन्त्य राजानम् अचिन्त्य दर्शनम् ॥
"That great fear is not going away from my heart, having seen such a course of this bad dream in varied forms and which dream was not imagined by me earlier and also reflecting on that inconceivable sight of the king."
tat = that; mahat = great; bhayam = fear; na yaati = is not going; me hR^idayaat = from my heart; nishhaamya = by seeing; imaam = this; taam = such; duHsvapnegatim = a course of a bad dream; aneka ruupaam = in many forms; atarkitaam = not imagined; puraa = earlier; vichintya = and thinking; raajaanaam = of the king; achintyadarshanam = in an inconceivable sight."
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे एकोनसप्ततितमः सर्गः
Sarga 70
2.70.1
भरते ब्रुवति स्वप्नम् दूताः ते क्लान्त वाहनाः |
प्रविश्य असह्य परिखम् रम्यम् राज गृहम् पुरम् ॥समागम्य तु राज्ञा च राज पुत्रेण च अर्चिताः |
राज्ञः पादौ गृहीत्वा तु तम् ऊचुर् भरतम् वचः ॥
While Bharata was narrating his dream, the messengers whose horses were tired, entered the beautiful city called Rajagriha, which has too big a palace-gate and met the king Kekeya and the prince Yudhajit, who received them hospitably. They saluted the feet of the king Kekeya and spoke the following words to Bharata:
1; 2. bharate = (while)Bharata; bruvati = was telling; svapnam = about the dream; te duutaH = those messengers; klaantavaahanaaH = whose horses were tired; pravishya = entered; ramyam = beautiful; puram = city; raajagR^iham = called Rajagriha; asahyaparigham = which has too big a palace-gate; samaagamya = met; raajJNaacha = the king Kekeya; raajaputreNa = and the prince Yudhajit; architaaH = were received by them hospitably; gR^ihiitvaa = grasped(in salutation); paadou = the feet; raaN^gaH = of the king Kekeya; uuchuH = and spoke; tam bharatam = to that Bharata; vachaH = (the following) words:-
2.70.3
पुरोहितः त्वा कुशलम् प्राह सर्वे च मन्त्रिणः |
त्वरमाणः च निर्याहि कृत्यम् आत्ययिकम् त्वया ॥
"Vasistha, the family-priest and all the ministers were asking about your welfare. Come forth indeed quickly. There is an urgent work with you."
purohitaH = the family priest; praaha = was asking; tvaam = your; kushalam = welfare; sarve = All; mantriNashcha = the ministers also; (were asking about your welfare); niryaahi = come forth indeed; tvaramaaNaHcha = quickly. atyayikam = There is an urgent; kR^ityam = work; tvayaa = with you."
2.70.4
इमानि च महार्हाणि वस्त्राण्य़ाभरणानि च |
प्रतिगृह्य विशालाक्ष मातुलस्य च दापय ॥
"O, Bharata the wide-eyed man! Take these very valuable clothes and jewels and give them to your maternal uncle"
vishaalaakshha! O; Bharata the wide-eyed man! PratigR^ihya = Take; imaani = these; mahaarhaaNi = very valuable; vastraaNi = clothes; aabharaNaanicha = and jewels; daapaya = and arrange to give; maatulasya = to your maternal uncle."
2.70.5
अत्र विंशति कोट्यः तु नृपतेर् मातुलस्य ते |
दश कोट्यः तु सम्पूर्णाः तथैव च नृप आत्मज ॥
"O, prince! In these jewels and clothes, a worth of hundred crores is to be given to the king Kekeya and likewise a worth of ten crores in full to your maternal uncle."
nR^ipaatmaja = O; prince! Atra = in these; vimshatikoTyaH = a hundred crores; nR^ipataH = are to be given to the king Kekeya; tathaivacha = and like wise; sampuurNaaH = a full; dashakoTyastu = ten crores ; te = your; maatulasya = maternal uncle."
2.70.6
प्रतिगृह्य च तत् सर्वम् स्वनुरक्तः सुहृज् जने |
दूतान् उवाच भरतः कामैः सम्प्रतिपूज्य तान् ॥
Bharata, who had a great affection towards his kind hearted relatives, took all that, honored these messengers profusely with gifts of their liking and spoke(as follows) :
bharataH = Bharata; svanuraktaH = who had a great affection; suhR^ijjane = towards his kind hearted relatives; pratigR^ihya = took; tat sarvam = all that; taan duutaan samprati puujya = honored those messengers greatly; kaamaiH = with gifts of their liking; uvaacha = and spoke (as follows):
2.70.7
कच्चित् सुकुशली राजा पिता दशरथो मम |
कच्चिच् च अरागता रामे लक्ष्मणे वा महात्मनि ॥
"I hope that king Dasaratha, my father is quite safe. I also hope that Rama and the high-soled Lakshmana are well."
kachchit = "I hope that; mama pitaa = my father; raajaa dasharathaH = king Dasaratha; sukushalii = is quite safe; aarogyotaa = there is health; raame = in Rama; mahaatmani = and in the high soled; lakshhmaNecha = Lakshmana."
2.70.8
आर्या च धर्म निरता धर्मज्ञा धर्म दर्शिनी |
अरोगा च अपि कौसल्या माता रामस्य धीमतः ॥
"Is Kausalya, the venerable lady, who is intent on virtue, who knows righteousness, who visualizes goodness and who is the mother of the wise Rama, also well? "
kausalya = (Is) Kausalya; aaryaacha = the venerable lady; dharmanirataa = who is intent on piety; dharmaN^ga = who knows righteousness; dharmadarshinii = who visualizes righteousness; maataa = and mother; raamasya = of Rama; dhiimataH = the wise; api arogaa = also healthy?"
2.70.9
कच्चित् सुमित्रा धर्मज्ञा जननी लक्ष्मणस्य या |
शत्रुघ्नस्य च वीरस्य सारोगा च अपि मध्यमा ॥
"I hope that Sumitra, who knows righteousness, who is the mother of Lakshmana as well as the heroic Satrughna and our middle mother, is well."
kachchit = I hope that; saa sumitraapi = that Sumitra; yaa = who; dharmaG^yaa = knows righteousness; jananii = who is the mother; lakshhmaNasya = of Lakshmana; shatrughnasyacha = and of Satrughna; viirasya = the valiant; madhyamaa = and our middle mother; arogaa = is healthy."
2.70.10
आत्म कामा सदा चण्डी क्रोधना प्राज्ञ मानिनी |
अरोगा च अपि कैकेयी माता मे किम् उवाच ह ॥
"As Kaikeyi, who loves herself, a forever fiery lady of wrathful nature, who prides herself to be highly intelligent and my mother, also well? What did she say?"
kaikeyi = (Is) Kaikeyi; aatmakaamaa = who loves herself; sadaa = forever; chaNDii = fiery lady; krodhanaa = of wrathful nature; praaG^yamaaninii = priding herself to be highly intelligent; me maataa = and my mother; api arogaa = also healthy? kim = What; uvaachaha = did she say?"
2.70.11
एवम् उक्ताः तु ते दूता भरतेन महात्मना |
ऊचुः सम्प्रश्रितम् वाक्यम् इदम् तम् भरतम् तदा ॥
On hearing the words of the high soled Bharata, those messengers then respectfully spoke to Bharata as follows:
uktvaaH = having been spoken; evam = thus; bharatena = by Bharata; mahaatmanaa = the high soled; te duutaaH = those messengers; tadaa = then; uuchuH = spoke; idam vachaH = these words; saprashrayam = respectfully; tam bharatam = to that Bharata:
2.70.12
कुशलाः ते नर व्याघ्र येषाम् कुशलम् इच्चसि |
श्रीश्च त्वाम् वृणुते पद्मा युज्यताम् चापि ते रकः ॥
"O, tiger among men! Those, of whom you do enquire, are all well. The goddess of prosperity, holding a lotus in her hand, awaits you. Let your chariot be made ready."
"naravyaaghra = O; tiger among men! Yeshhaam = whose; kushalam = welfare; ichchhasi = do you desire; te = they; kushalaah = are safe; shriiH = the goddess of prosperity; padmaa = holding a lotus in her hand; vR^iNute = awaits; tvaam = you; te = Let your; rathaH = chariot; yujyataamchaapi = be made ready."
2.70.13
भरतः च अपि तान् दूतान् एवम् उक्तः अभ्यभाषत |
आपृच्चे अहम् महा राजम् दूताः सम्त्वरयन्ति माम् ॥
Hearing the words Bharata spoke to the messengers as follows: "I will get permission from the monarch(to leave for Ayodhya) saying that the messengers are hastening me up."
evam = thus; uktaH = spoken; (by the messengers); bharatashchaapi = Bharata also; abhyabhaashhata = spoke; taan duutaan = to those messengers(as follows); "aham = I; apR^ichchhe = will get permission; mahaaraajam = from the monarch; (saying); "duutaah = the messengers; samtvarayanti = are hastening; maam = me."
2.70.14
एवम् उक्त्वा तु तान् दूतान् भरतः पार्थिव आत्मजः |
दूतैः संचोदितः वाक्यम् मातामहम् उवाच ह ॥
Bharata the prince having been asked to move quickly (to Ayodhya) by the messengers, spoke as aforesaid to those messengers and uttered the following words to his maternal uncle:
bharataH = Bharata; paarthivaatmajaH = the prince; samchoditah = being asked to move quickly; duutaiH = by the messengers; evam = thus; uktvaa = spoke; taan duutaan = to the messengers; uvaachaha = and uttered; vaakyam = these words; maataamaham = to his maternal uncle:
2.70.15
राजन् पितुर् गमिष्यामि सकाशम् दूत चोदितः |
पुनर् अपि अहम् एष्यामि यदा मे त्वम् स्मरिष्यसि ॥
"O, king! Requested by the messengers to come to Ayodhya urgently, I am going to my father's presence. I shall again come, whenever you recall me."
raajan = O; king! duutachoditaah = asked by the messengers to move quickly; gamishhyaami = I am going; pituH = to my father's; sakaasham = presence. eshhyaami = I shall come; punarapi = again; yadaa = whenever; tvam = you; smarishhyasi = recall; me = me."
2.70.16
भरतेन एवम् उक्तः तु नृपो मातामहः तदा |
तम् उवाच शुभम् वाक्यम् शिरस्य् आघ्राय राघवम् ॥
Hearing the words of Bharata, the king Kekeya, his maternal uncle smelled (as a token of affection) the head of Bharata and spoke the following auspicious words:
tadaa = then; nR^ipaH = the king Kekeya; maataa mahaH = the maternal uncle; uktaH = having been spoken; bharatena = by Bharata; evam = as aforesaid; aaghraaya = smelling; shirasi = the head; taam raaghavam = of that Bharata; uvaacha = spoke; shubham = these auspicious ; vaakyaam = words:
2.70.17
गच्च तात अनुजाने त्वाम् कैकेयी सुप्रजाः त्वया |
मातरम् कुशलम् ब्रूयाः पितरम् च परम् तप ॥
"Go, my dear child! I am permitting you. Kaikeyi is fortunate to have a good son like you. Bear my greetings to your mother and father."
gachchha = go; taata = my dear child! anujaane = I am permitting; tvaam = you; tvayaa = by you; kaikeyii = Kaikeyi; suprajaaH = has a good son; paramtapa = O; the scourge of foes! BruuyaaH = Ask; kushalam = the welfare; maataram = of your mother; pitaracha = and father."
2.70.18
पुरोहितम् च कुशलम् ये च अन्ये द्विज सत्तमाः |
तौ च तात महा इष्वासौ भ्रातरु राम लक्ष्मणौ ॥
" My dear child! Pay obeisance to your family priest, the other illustrious Brahmins and your brothers Rama and Lakshmana the wielders of bows."
taata = my dear child! Bruuhi = Ask for; kushalam = welfare; purohitam = of the family priest; ye = which; anye = other; dvijasattamaaH = foremost of Brahmins; maheshhvaasou = wielders of great bows; tou = those; bhraatarou = brothers; raama lakshmaNou = Rama and Lakshmana."
2.70.19
तस्मै हस्ति उत्तमामः चित्रान् कम्बलान् अजिनानि च |
अभिसत्कृत्य कैकेयो भरताय धनम् ददौ ॥
The king Kekaya, treating him hospitably gave that Bharata the best of elephants, woolen clothes of varied colors, antelope skins and riches (gold and silver vessels etc).
kaikeyaH = the king Kekeya; abhisatkR^itya = treating him hospitably; dadou = gave; tasmai = that; bharataaya = Bharata; hastyuttamaan = the best of elephants; chitraan = variously colored; kambaLaan = woolen clothes; ajinaani = antelope skins; dhanam = and riches(gold;silver vessels etc)
2.70.20
रुक्म निष्क सहस्रे द्वे षोडश अश्व शतानि च |
सत्कृत्य कैकेयी पुत्रम् केकयो धनम् आदिशत् ॥
The king Kekeya generously gave as gifts to Bharata, two thousands coins of gold and sixteen hundred horses.
kekeyaH = the king Kekeya; satkR^itya = in honor of him; aadishat = gave; dhanam = as gifts; dve = two; rukma nishhkasahasre = thousand coins of gold; shhoDasha = sixteen; ashvashataanicha = hundred horses.
2.70.21
तथा अमात्यान् अभिप्रेतान् विश्वास्यामः च गुण अन्वितान् |
ददाव् अश्व पतिः शीघ्रम् भरताय अनुयायिनः ॥
Likewise, Aswapati sent some attendants, who were dear, reliable, endowed with virtues and inmates of his palace with Bharata (to accompany him on the return journey)
tathaa = likewise; ashvapatiH = aswapati; dadou = gave; anuyaayinaH = some attendants; abhipretaan = who were dear; vishvaasyaan = reliable; guNaanvitaan = endowed with virtues; amaatyaan = and inmates of his palace; bharataaya = to Bharata.
2.70.22
ऐरावतान् ऐन्द्र शिरान् नागान् वै प्रिय दर्शनान् |
खरान् शीघ्रान् सुसम्युक्तान् मातुलो अस्मै धनम् ददौ ॥
Yuddhajit, his maternal uncle gave him as gifts, elephants of Airavata race born in Indrasira mountain-range and which were charming to behold as well as mules which could walk quickly and were well trained
maatulaH = his maternal uncle; dadou = gave; dhanam = as presents; naagaan = elephants; airaavataan = of Airavata race; aindrashiraan = born in Indrasira mountain range; priya darshanaan = and which were charming to behold; kharaan = and mules; shiighraan = which could walk quickly; susamyuktaan = and were well trained.
2.70.23
अन्तः पुरे अतिसम्वृद्धान् व्याघ्र वीर्य बल अन्वितान् |
दम्ष्ट्र आयुधान् महा कायान् शुनः च उपायनम् ददौ ॥
He gave as a gift, large bodied dogs, which were well nourished in the gynoecium, possessing strength and vitality of a tiger and which were using their tusks as weapons.
dadou = (he) gave; upaayanam = as a gift; shunashcha = dogs also; ati samvR^iddhaan = which were well nourished; antaHpura = in the gynaecium; vyaaghre viirya balaanvitaan = which had vitality and strength equal to tigers; mahaakaayaan = which were large bodied; damshhTraa yudhaan = and which used tusks as weapons.
2.70.24
स मातामहम् आपृच्च्य मातुलम् च युधा जितम् |
रथम् आरुह्य भरतः शत्रुघ्न सहितः ययौ ॥
The wealth of gifts bestowed by the king Kekeya did not rejoice Bharata, Kaikeyi's son, who was then in a hurry to go.
dhanam = the wealth of gifts; dattam = bestowed by; kekayendra = the king Kekeya; naabhyanandata = did not rejoice; saH = that; bharataH = Kaikeyi's son; gamanatvarayaa = who was in a hurry to go; tadaa = then.
2.70.25
बभूव ह्यस्य हृदते चिन्ता सुमहती तदा |
त्वरया चापि दूतानाम् स्वप्नस्यापि च दर्शनात् ॥
Due to goading of messengers and visualization of the dream, a very big worry was formed at that time in his heart.
tvarayaachaapi = due to goading; duutaanaam = of messengers; darshanaachchaapi = and visualization; svapnasya = of the dream; sumahatii = a very big; chintaa = worry; babhuuva hi = was formed; asya hR^idaye = in his heart; tadaa = then.
2.70.26
स स्ववेश्माभ्यतिक्रम्य नरनागश्वसम्वृतम् |
प्रपेदे सुमहच्छ्रीमान् राजमार्गमनुत्तमम् ॥
The glorious Bharata crossed his very big palace, augmented with men elephants and horses and entered the excellent royal high way.
shriimaan = the glorious; saH = Bharata; abhyatikramya = crossed; svaveshma = his palace; sumahat = which was very big; nara naagaashva savR^itam = augmented with men; elephants and horses; prapede = and entered; anuttamam = the excellent; raajamaargam = royal high way.
2.70.27
अभ्यतीत्य ततोऽपश्यदन्तः पुरमुदारधीः |
ततस्तद्भरतः श्रीमानाविवेशानिवारितः ॥
The sagacious Bharata crossed the royal high way and perceived the gynoecia. Then, the glorious Bharata entered those gynoecia.
udaaradhiih = the sagacious Bharata; abhyatiitya = crossed the royal highway; apashyat = as saw; antaHpuram = the gynaecia; tatah = thereafter; anivaritaH = unhindered; shriimaan = the glorious; bharataH = Bharata; aavivesha = entered; tat = that gynoecia.
2.70.28
स माता महमापृच्च्य मातुलम् च युधाजितम् |
रथमारुह्य भरतः शत्रुघ्नसहितो ययौ ॥
Bharata took leave of his maternal grandfather and also Yudhajit, his maternal uncle and set out on a chariot (for Ayodhya) along with Satrughna.
saH bharataH = that Bharata; aapR^ichchhya = took leave of; maataamaham = his maternal grand father; maatulam = and his maternal uncle; yudhaajit = Yuddhajit; yayon = and set out; aaruhya = mounted; ratham = on chariot; Satrughna sahitah = along with Satrughna.
2.70.29
रथान् मण्डल चक्रामः च योजयित्वा परः शतम् |
उष्ट्र गो अश्व खरैः भृत्या भरतम् यान्तम् अन्वयुः ॥
With more than hundred chariots variegated with jewels yoked to camels, bullocks, horses and mules as also servants followed Bharata as he departed.
paraH shataan = with more than hundred; rathaan** = chariots; ratna vichitraamshcha = variegated with jewels; yojayitvaa = yoked to; ushhTra goshva balaih = camels; bullocks; horses; and mules; bhR^ityaaH = servants; anvayuH = followed; bharatam = Bharata; yaantam = as he departed.
Instead of "rathaan maNdalachakraamshcha", "rathaan ratnavichitraamshcha" in the old version is taken -as the clause "chariots with round wheels " appears to be meaningless.
2.70.30
बलेन गुप्तः भरतः महात्मा |
सह आर्यकस्य आत्म समैः अमात्यैः |
आदाय शत्रुघ्नम् अपेत शत्रुर् |
गृहात् ययौ सिद्धैव इन्द्र लोकात् ॥
Being protected by the army, the high soled Bharata, who was free from enemies, taking Shatrughna along with other companions good enough to him, started from the palace of his venerable maternal uncle, as a Siddha(a semi- divine being of great purity and perfection and said to possess supernatural faculties) would start from Indraloka( the world of celestials).
guptaH = being protected; balena = by the army; mahaatmaa = the high soled; bharatah = Bharata; apeta shatruH = who was free from enemies; aadaaya = and taking; shatrughnam = shatrughna; amaatyaiH saha = along with companies; aatmasamaih = good enough to him; yayon = started; gR^ihaat = from the palace; aaryakasya = of his venerable maternal uncle; indralokaadiva = as from the world of celestials; siddhah = a Siddha(a semi divine being of great purity and perfection and said to possess supernatural faculties).
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे सप्ततितमः सर्गः
Sarga 71
2.71.1
स प्रान् मुखो राज गृहात् अभिनिर्याय वीर्यवान् |
ततः सुदामाम् द्युतिमान् सम्तीर्वावेक्ष्य ताम् नदीम् ॥ह्लादिनीम् दूर पाराम् च प्रत्यक् स्रोतः तरन्गिणीम् |
शतद्रूम् अतरत् श्रीमान् नदीम् इक्ष्वाकु नन्दनः ॥
That brilliant and glorious Bharata, who was a rejoice to Ikshvaku dynasty marching in easterly direction from the city of Rajagriha, thereafter observing and crossing Sudama* river as well as the wide Hladini river, whose stream flowed towards eastern direction.
1;2. saH raaghavaH = that Bharata; dyutimaan = who was brilliant; shriinaan = glorious; ikshhvaaku kulanandanaH = and a rejoice to Ikshvaku dynasty; abhiniryaaya = marching in;praaNmukhaH = easterly direction; raajagR^ihaat = from the city of Rajagriha; tatah = thereafter; avekshhya = observing; samtiirya = and crossing; taam = that; sudaamaam nadiim = Sudama river; hlaadiniim = and Hladini river; duuraapaaram = the wide one; atarat = and also crossed; shatadruum nadiim = shatadru river; pratyaksrotantaraNgiNiim = whose stream flowed towards the eastern direction.
The route Bharata drove was a different one from the route the messengers had taken from Ayodhya to Rajagriha. This is a longer route and it took a complete week for Bharata to reach Ayodhya
2.71.3
एल धाने नदीम् तीर्त्वा प्राप्य च अपर पर्पटान् |
शिलाम् आकुर्वतीम् तीर्त्वाआग्नेयम् शल्य कर्तनम् ॥सत्य संधः शुचिः श्रीमान् प्रेक्षमाणः शिला वहाम् |
अत्ययात् स महा शैलान् वनम् चैत्र रथम् प्रति ॥
The pure and illustrious Bharata, who kept up his promise, crossing shatradru river at Eladhana village, reaching the region of Apara parpata, crossing a rocky hill called akurvati, seeing the villages of Agneyam and salyakartana as well as Silavaha river, crossed huge mountains and traveled towards the woods of Chitraratha.
saH = that Bharata; satyasandhaH = who kept up his promise; shuchiH = the pure man in heart; shriimaan = the illustrious man; tiirtvaa = crossing; nadiim = shatadru river; elaadhaane = at Eladhana village; praapyaacha = reaching; aparaparpataan = the region of aparaparpata; tiirtvaa = crossing; aakurvatiim = Akurvati; shilaam = a rocky hill; prekshhyamaaNah = seeing; aaG^yeyam = the village of Agneyam; shalyakartanam = Salyakartana village; shilaavahaam = and silavaha river; atyayaat = and crossed; mahaashailaan = huge mountains; and traveled; chaitrathavanam prati = towards the woods of chaitraratha.
2.71.5
सरस्वतीम् च गङ्गाम् च उग्मेन प्रतिपद्य च |
उत्तरम् वीरमत्स्यानाम् भारुण्डम् प्राविशद्वनम् ॥
Arriving at the confluence of Saraswati and Ganga rivers, Bharata entered the woods of Bharmuda, the north of Viramatsaya region.
w.wM - pratipadya = arriving at; yugmena = the confluence of; sarasvatiimcha = saraswati river; gaNgaacha = and Ganga river; (Bharata); pravishat = entered; bhaaruN^Damvanam = the woods of Bharunda; uttaram = the north; viiramatsyaanaam = of Viramatsya region.
2.71.6
वेगिनीम् च कुलिन्ग आख्याम् ह्रादिनीम् पर्वत आवृताम् |
यमुनाम् प्राप्य सम्तीर्णो बलम् आश्वासयत् तदा ॥
Reaching and crossing a refreshing river named Kulinga, which is swift and surrounded by mountains as well as Yamuna river, the army was then made to rest there.
praapya = reaching; samtiirNa = and crossing; kuliNgaakhyaam = a river named Kulinga; veginiim = which is swift; parvataavR^itaam = surrounded by mountains; hlaadini = and requesting; yamuunaam = as well as Yamuna river; tadaa- and there; badam = the army; aashvaasayat = was made to rest.
2.71.7
शीतीकृत्य तु गात्राणि क्लान्तान् आश्वास्य वाजिनः |
तत्र स्नात्वा च पीत्वा च प्रायात् आदाय च उदकम् ॥
Making cool the limbs of the tired horses by bathing there and cheering up them, nay, taking a bath himself, drinking some water and carrying it for future use, Bharata proceeded further.
shiitiikR^iya = making cool; gaatraaNi = the limbs; klaantaan = of the tired; vaajinaH = horses; by bathing them; aashvaasya = and cheering them up; tatra = there; snaatvaa = taking bath(himself);piitvaacha = drinking; udakam = water; aadaaya = and carrying it (future use) praayaata = (Bharata) proceeded further.
2.71.8
राज पुत्रः महा अरण्यम् अनभीक्ष्ण उपसेवितम् |
भद्रः भद्रेण यानेन मारुतः खम् इव अत्ययात् ॥
The blessed prince Bharata traversed that rarely frequented huge forest by his excellent chariot as the wind glides through an atmosphere.
bhadraH = the blessed; raajaputraH = bharata; the prince;atyayaat = traversed;mahaaraNyam = the huge forest; anabhiikshhNopasevitam = which was rarely frequented; bhadreNa = by his excellent; yaanena = chariot; khamiva = as through the atmosphere; maarutaH = the wind.
2.71.9
भागीरथीम् दुष्प्रतरामंशुधाने महानदीम् |
उपायाद्राघवस्तूर्णम् प्राग्वटे विश्रुते पुरे ॥
Bharata soon reached the great river, Bharathi, which is difficult to be crossed, at the city of pragvata in the region of Amsudhana.
raaghavaH = Bharata; tuurNam = quickly; upaayat = reached; mahaanadiim = the great river; bhagiirathiim = Bhagirathi; dushhprataraam = which is difficult to be crossed; pure = at the city; praagvaTe = of pragvata; amshudhaane = in the region of Amsudhana.
2.71.10
स गङ्गाम् प्राग्वटे तीर्त्वे समायात्कुटिकोष्ठिकाम् |
सबलस्ताम् स तीर्त्वाथ समायाद्धर्मवर्धनम् ॥
Crossing the River Ganga at the city of Pragvata, he reached the river Kulikoshthika, traversed it along with his army and then arrived at the region of Dharmavardhana.
tiirvaa = crossing; gaNgaam = the river Ganga; praagvaTe = at the city of Pragvata; sah = he; samaayaayaat = reached; kuTikoshhThikaam = the river Kutikoshthka; tiirvaa = traversed; taam = it; sabalaH = along with his army; atha = and then; samaayaat = and arrived at; dharmavardhanam = the river of Dharmavardhana.
2.71.11
तोरणम् दक्षिण अर्धेन जम्बू प्रस्थम् उपागमत् |
वरूथम् च ययौ रम्यम् ग्रामम् दशरथ आत्मजः ॥
Bharata reached Jambuprasta village, which is located at the southern part of Torana region and from there he arrived at a beautiful village too, named Varutha.
dasharathaatmajaH = Bharata; upaagamaat = reached; jambuuprastham = Jambuprastha village; dakshhiNaardhena = which is the southern part; toraNam = of torana region; (and from there)yayou = got; ramyam = a beautiful; gramamcha = village too; varuutham = called Varutha.
2.71.12
तत्र रम्ये वने वासम् कृत्वा असौ प्रान् मुखो ययौ |
उद्यानम् उज्जिहानायाः प्रियका यत्र पादपाः ॥
Making a camp in thatbeautiful forest there, Bharata traveled towards the east and reached a garden in the city of Ujjihana, in which there are a number of Kadamba trees.
kRR^itvaa = making; vaasam = a camp; ramie = in that beautiful; vane = forest; tatra = there; asou = Bharata; praaNmukhah = turned towards the east; yayou = and reached; udyaanam = a garden; ujjihaanaayaaH = in the city of Ujjihana;yatra = in which; there are) priyakaaH paadapaaH = a number of Kadamba trees.
2.71.13
सालांस् तु प्रियकान् प्राप्य शीघ्रान् आस्थाय वाजिनः |
अनुज्ञाप्य अथ भरतः वाहिनीम् त्वरितः ययौ ॥
Having reached Sala and Kadamba trees, Bharata yoked swifter horses to his chariot, allowed his army to come after him and quickly went ahead.
praapya = having reached; saalaan = sala trees; priyaakaan = kadamba trees; bharatah = Bharata; aasthayaa = yoked; shiighram = swifter; vaajenah = horses; (his chariot); anuG^yaapye = allowed; vaahiniim = his army; atha = to come after him; yayon = and went ahead; tvaritaH = quickly.
2.71.14
वासम् कृत्वा सर्व तीर्थे तीर्त्वा च उत्तानकाम् नदीम् |
अन्या नदीः च विविधाः पार्वतीयैअः तुरम् गमैः ॥हस्ति पृष्ठकम् आसाद्य कुटिकाम् अत्यवर्तत |
ततार च नर व्याघ्रः लौहित्ये स कपीवतीम् ॥
Having halted min Sarvatirtha village and having crossed Uttamika river and various other rivers by mountain -ponies and reaching Hast prasthaka village, Bharata crossed Kutika river and traversed kapivati river at Lohitya village.
14; 15. vaasam kR^itvaa = having halted; sarvatiirthe = in sarvatirtha; tiirtvaa = and having crossed; uttaanikaam nadiim = uttamika river; vividhaaH = and various; anyaaH = other; nadiishcha = rivers; paarvatiiyaiH turaNgaiH = by mountain-ponies; aasaadya = and reaching;hastipR^ishhTaakam = the village of Hastiprataka; (Bharata); atyavartata = crossed; kTikaam = river kutika; taraara = andtraversed; kapiivartiim = the river kapivati; lohityu = at Lohitya village.
2.71.16
एक साले स्थाणुमतीम् विनते गोमतीम् नदीम् |
कलिन्ग नगरे च अपि प्राप्य साल वनम् तदा ॥भरतः क्षिप्रम् आगच्चत् सुपरिश्रान्त वाहनः |
Bharata, after crossing Sthanumati river at Ekasala village and Gomati river at Vinata village, took rest at a grove of Sala trees at Kalinga city as the horses were very much tired and then proceeded quickly.
bharataH = Bharata;(after crossing) sthaaNumatiim = Sthanumati river; ekasaala = at Ekasala village;gomatiim nadiim = and Gomati river; vinate = at Vinata village; suprarishraanta vaahanah = as the horses were verymuch tired; praapya = reached; tadaa = then; saalavanam = a grove of Sala trees; kaliNganagarachhaapi = at even kalinga city also; aagachchhat = and proceeded; kshhipram = quickly.
2.71.17
वनम् च समतीत्य आशु शर्वर्याम् अरुण उदये ॥अयोध्याम् मनुना राज्ञा निर्मिताम् स ददर्श ह |
Driving through grove quickly in the night, Bharata at the dawn saw the city of Ayodhya, which was earlier built by King Manu.
samaatiitya = driving through; vanamcha = the grove; aastu = quickly; sharavaryaam = in the night; aruNodaya = at dawn; sandarshaha = saw; ayodhyaam = the city of Ayodhya; nirniitaam = which was built; manunaaraG^yaa = by the king Manu.
2.71.18
ताम् पुरीम् पुरुष व्याघ्रः सप्त रात्र उषिटः पथि ॥अयोध्याम् अग्रतः दृष्ट्वा रथे सारथिम् अब्रवीत् |
Seeing the city of Ayodhya in front, after spending seven nights on his way, Bharata the tiger among men, spoke the following words to his charioteer:
dR^IshhTvaa = seeing ; taam = that; ayodhyaam puriim = city of Ayodhya; agrataH = in front; saptaraatroshhitaH = after spending seven nights; pathi = on his way; purushhvyaaghraH = that tiger among men; abraviit = spoke; vaakyam = these words; saarathim = to the charioteer.
2.71.19
एषा न अतिप्रतीता मे पुण्य उद्याना यशस्विनी ॥अयोध्या दृश्यते दूरात् सारथे पाण्डु मृत्तिका |
यज्वभिर् गुण सम्पन्नैः ब्राह्मणैः वेद पारगैः ॥भूयिष्ठम् ऋषैः आकीर्णा राज ऋषि वर पालिता |
"O, Charioteer! The famous city of Ayodhya comes into view vaguely to me from a distance, as a heap of white clay. It has beautiful gardens. It is filled with performers of sacrifices and with people endowed with good qualities as well as well versed in the Vedas and with Brahmins inmost abundant reaches , It is being ruled by a royal sage."
19;20. saarathe = O; charioteer! Eshhaa = this; yashasvinii = famous; ayodhyaa = city of Ayodhya; dR^ishyate- = appears; me = to me; naatipratiitaa = not clearly distinguishable.duuraat = from this distance. PaaNDum rittikaa = as a heap of white clay.puNyodyaanaa = beautiful gardens; aakiirNaa = a place filled with yajvabhiH = performers of sacrifies; guNasampanne = endowed with good qualities. Veda paaragaiH = Brahmins; bhuuyishhTham = most abundant; R^iddhaiH = in riches; raajarshhiparipaalitaa = and ruled by a royal sage.
2.71.21
अयोध्यायाम् पुरा शब्दः श्रूयते तुमुलो महान् ॥समन्तान् नर नारीणाम् तम् अद्य न शृणोम्य् अहम् |
Earlier , a big clattering voice of men and women used to be heard all round in Ayodhya. Now, I am not hearing that voice."
puraa = Earlier; mahaan = abig; tumulaH = clattering; shabdaH = noise; nara naariinaam = of men and women; shruuyate = used to be heard; samantaat = all round; ayodhyyaam = in Ayodhya; adya = Now; aham = I; na shR^iNomyaham = am not hearing; tam = that noice.
2.71.22
उद्यानानि हि साय अह्ने क्रीडित्वा उपरतैः नरैः ॥समन्तात् विप्रधावद्भिः प्रकाशन्ते मम अन्यदा |
"The parks which used to beam with men streaming forth on all sides, having given up sporting in the morning after entering them in thee evening having spent the whole night in sport, now appear to me otherwise"
udyaanaani = the parks; prakaashantehi = which used to beam; naraiH = forth; samantaat = on all sides; saayaahne = in the evening; mama = to me; anyathaa = otherwise.
2.71.23
तानि अद्य अनुरुदन्ति इव परित्यक्तानि कामिभिः ॥अरण्य भूता इव पुरी सारथे प्रतिभाति मे |
"These parks deserted by the lovers now turn out to be dejected . O, charioteer! To me, the city appears to have changed into a forest."
taami = these parks; parityaktaani = deserted; kaamibhiH = by the lovers; adya = now; anuruddantiiva = turn out to be miserable; saarathe = o; charioteer!me = to me; purii = the city; pratibhaati = appears; araNyabhuuteva = to have changed into a forest.
2.71.24
न हि अत्र यानैः दृश्यन्ते न गजैः न च वाजिभिः ॥निर्यान्तः वा अभियान्तः वा नर मुख्या यथा पुरम् |
"Here, as before, important persons indeed are not seen going into the city or coming out it in carriages or on horses or on elephants."
atra = here; yathaapuurvam = as before; naramukhyaaH = important persons; nadR^ishyante hi = indeed are not seen; niryaantovaa = going into the city; abhiyaantovaa = on coming out of it; yaanaiH = in carriages; na = nay; raajithiH = on horses too.
2.71.25
उद्यानानि पुरा भान्ति मत्तप्रमुदितानि च ॥जनानाम् रतिसम्योगेष्वत्यन्तगुणवन्ति च |
"Earlier parks used to be conspicuously excited with joy and gaiety and were most congenial for love contacts of men."
puraa = earlier; ndyaanaani = parks; shaanti = used to be conspicuously; matta pranuditaanicha = ezaited;with joy and gaiety; atyantaguNavanticha = and were most excellent ; ratisamyogeshhu = for love contacts; janaanaam = of men.
2.71.26
तान्येतान्यद्य वश्यामि निरानन्दानि सर्वशः ॥स्रस्तपर्णैरनुपथम् विक्रोशद्भिरिव द्रुमैः |
"I am seeing the same parks., today with lack of enjoyments on all sides and with trees having their leaves fallen along the road, looking like picture of dismay."
pashyaami = Iam seeing; taanyena = those same parks; adya = today; niraanandaami = with lack of enjoyment; sarvashaH = on all sides; drumaiH = with trees; srastaparNaih = having their leaves fallen; anupatham = along the road; vikroshadbhiriva = looking a picture of dismay.
2.71.27
नाद्यापि श्रूयते शब्दो मत्तानाम् मृगपक्षिणाम् ॥सम्रक्ताम् मधुराम् वाणीम् कलम् व्याहरताम् बहु |
"Even now at dawn, charming sounds with sweet and much melodious tone of animals and birds intoxicated with happiness are not being heard."
adyaapi = even not; at dawn; shabdaH = sounds; mattaanaam = mR^igapakshhinaam = of animals and birds in rut;samraktaam = which an charming madhuraam = with sweet; vaaniim = tone; vyaahratam = uttering; bahu = with much; kalam = melody; nashruuyate = are not being heard.
2.71.28
चन्दनागुरुसम्पृक्तो धूपसम्मूर्चितोऽतुलः ॥प्रवाति पवनः श्रीमान् किम् नु नाद्य यथापुरम् |
"Why does, as before, pure and auspicious breeze laden with aloes and sandal wood intensified with the fume of burnt incense,not blow today.?"
kimnu = why does; yathaapuram = as before; bhriimaan = pure and auspicious; chandanaagarusamyuktaH = laden with aloes and sandal wood; pavanaH = breeze; dhumpasammuurchitaH = intensified with the pure of burnt incense; na pravaachi = not blow; adya = today?
2.71.29
भेरीमृदङ्गवीणानाम् कोणसम्घट्टितः पुनः ॥किमद्य शब्दो विरतः सदाऽदीनगतिः पुरा |
"Why today have the sounds of kettledrums, clay tomtoms and Vinas played upon with drum-sticks or palms or fingers stopped which formerly never ceased at any time."
kim = why; adya = today; shabdaH = have the sounds; bheriimR^idaNga viiNaanaam = of kettle drums clay tomtoms and vinas; koNasamghaTTitaH = played upon with drum sticks or plums or fingers; virath = stopped; puraa = which formerly; sadaa adiinagatiH = never ceased; punaH = at any time.
2.71.30
अनिष्टानि च पापानि पश्यामि विविधानि च ॥निमित्तानि अमनोज्ञानि तेन सीदति ते मनः |
"I perceive various kinds of evil sinful and silly omens and by this, my mind is dejected."
pashyaami = I perceive; vividhaani = various kinds; nimittaani = of omens; anishhTaani = which are undesirable; paapaani = sinful; amanujJNaani = and silly; tena = by this; me = my; manaH = mind; siidati = is dejected.
2.71.31
सर्वथा कुशलम् सूत दुर्लभम् मम बन्धुषु ॥तथा ह्यसति सम्मोहे हृदयम् सीदतीव मे |
"O, charioteer! It is not possible that all sounds be well with my kinsfolk, as indeed, even without anycause for a grievance, my spirit is cast down"
suuta = O; charioteer! Durlabham = it is not possible; sarvattaa = that all; kushalam = should be well; mama bandhushhu = with my kinsfolk; tathaahi = as indeed; asati = even without; sammohe = any cause for a grievance; me = my; hR^Idayam = spirit; siidatiiva = is cast down.
2.71.32
विषण्णः शान्तहृदयस्त्रस्तः सुलुलितेन्द्रियः ॥भरतः प्रविवेशाशु पुरीमिक्ष्वाकुपालिताम् |
Despondent, distressed in mind, frightened and extremely entered the city, which was ruled by the descendents of Ikshvaku.
vishhaNNaH = despondent; shraanta = hR^idayaH = distressed in mind; trastaH = frightened; sululitendriyaH = and extremely; bharataaH = Bharata; ashu = quickly; pravivesha = entered; puriim = the city; ikshhvaakupaalitam = ruled by the descendents of Ikshvaku.
2.71.33
द्वारेण वैजयन्तेन प्राविशत् श्रान्त वाहनः ॥द्वाह्स्थैः उत्थाय विजयम् पृष्टः तैः सहितः ययौ |
Bharata, with his tiered horses entered the city through Vaijayanta gate. Greeted with slogans of victory by the standing gatekeepers, he went inside, along with others.
shaanta vaahanaH = Bharata; with tired horses; praavishat = entered; dvaareNa = through the gate; vaijayentena = called Vaijayanta; uktaH = greeted; vijayam = with slogans of victory; utthaaya = by the standing; dvaaHsthaiH = gate keepers; yayon = he went; sahitaH = along with; taiH = them.
2.71.34
स तु अनेक अग्र हृदयो द्वाह्स्थम् प्रत्यर्च्य तम् जनम् ॥सूतम् अश्व पतेः क्लान्तम् अब्रवीत् तत्र राघवः |
Bharata, with a distracted mind, responded to the salutations of those porters at the gate and those porters at the gate and spoke to the charioteer who was beloved to Asvapati as follows:
saH = that; raaghavathtu = Bharata; on his part; anekaagra = hR^idayaH = with distracted mind; pratyarchya = responded to the salutations; tam = of those; janam = men; dvaastham = at the gate; tatra = there; abraviit; and spoke; suutam = who wasbeloved; ashvapatih = to Asvapati (as follows)
2.71.35
किमहम् त्वरयानीतः कारणेन विनानघ ॥अशुभाशङ्कि हृदयम् शीलम् च पततीव मे |
"O, the faultless charioteer! Why was I brought so quickly without any reason? My mind is apprehending some evil. I lost my all energy."
anagha = O;faultless charioteer! Kim = why was; aham = I; aniitaH = brought; tvarayaa = so quickly; kaaraNena vinaa = without any reason? HR^idayam = my mind; ashubhaashaNki = is apprehending some evil; me = My; shiilamcha = energy is also; patatiiva = lost.
2.71.36
श्रुता नो यादृशाः पूर्वम् नृपतीनाम् विनाशने ॥आकाराः तान् अहम् सर्वान् इह पश्यामि सारथे |
"Whatever things were heard by us formerly in the same case of ruin of kings, I am seeing here all those signs."
saarathe = O; charioteer! YaadR^ishaaH = were heard; naH = by us; puurvam = formerly; vinaashana = regarding ruin; nR^ipatiinaam = of kings; aham = I; pashyaami = am seeing; iha = here; sarvaam = all; taam = those; aakaaraaan = signs.
2.71.37
सम्मार्जनविहीनानि परुषाण्युपलक्षये ॥असम्यतकवाटानि श्रीविहीनानि सर्वशः |
बलिकर्मविहीनानि धूपसम्मेदनेन च ॥अनाशितकुटुम्बानि प्रभाहीनजनानि च |
अलक्स्मीकानि पश्यामि कुटुम्बिभवनान्यहम् ॥
"I am seeing the family horses in which dirt is not swept away, with their doors wide open, bereft of splendor on all sides without any offerings being made, and with no incense burned . Families are starving and people look miserably without any charming appearance."
37; 38; 39. aham = I; upalakshhaye = am seeing; kuTumibhavanaani = the family horses; parushhaaNi = for which the dirt; sammaarjana vihiinaani = was upswept; asamyata kavaaTaani = with doors wide open; shriihinaani = bereft of splendor; sarvashaH = on all sides; balikarmavihiinaani = no offerings are being made;dhuupasammodanevacha = no incense was burned; anaashitakuTumbaani = families are starving; prabhaahiina janaanicha = and people with lack of beautiful appearance; alakshhmiikaani = looking distressfully.
2.71.40
अपेतमाल्यशोभानि असम्मृष्टाजिराणि च |
देवागाराणि शून्यानि न चाभान्ति यथापुरम् ॥
"The temples of gods are deserted and have lost their radiance, with their splendor of floral decorations lost, nor are there any assembling to perform sacrifices as before."
devaagaaraaNi = the temples of gods; shuunyaani = are deserted; naabhaanticga = and have lost their radiance; apetamaalya shobhaani = with their splendor of floral decoration lost; asammR^ishhTaajiraaNicha = nor are any assembling to perform sacrifices; yathaapuram = as before.
2.71.41
देवतार्चाः प्रविद्धाश्च यज्ञ्गोष्ठ्यस्तथाविधाः |
माल्यापणेषु राजन्ते नाद्य पण्यानि वा तथा ॥
"Worships of the deities were placed aside. Assemblies of prayers are also not adorned with saleable flowers and garlands today."
devataarchaah = worships of the deities; praviddhaaHcha = were placed aside; yajN^a goshhTyaH = Assemblies of prayers; tathaavidhaah = are also in the same condition; tathaa = and; paNyaani = saleable garlands; raraajante = are not adorning; maalyaapaNeshhu = the garland stands; adya = today.
2.71.42
दृश्यन्ते वणिजोऽप्यद्य न यथापूर्वमत्रवै |
ध्यानसम्विग्नहृदयाः नष्टव्यापारयन्त्रिताः ॥
"Even traders lost interest in trading tie-ups and their minds are tied up in thoughts. They are not being seen here today, as before."
vaNijo api = even traders; nashhTavyaapaara yantritaa = who lost interest in trading tie ups; dhyaana samvigrahR^idayaaH = and with their minds agitated with thoughts ; na dR^ishyante = are not being seen; atra = here; yathaa puurvam = as before; adya = today.
2.71.43
देवायतनचैत्येषुदीनाः पक्षिगणास्तथा ॥मलिनम् च अश्रु पूर्ण अक्षम् दीनम् ध्यान परम् कृशम् |
सस्त्री पुंसम् च पश्यामि जनम् उत्कण्ठितम् पुरे ॥
"Clusters of birds in temples and large trees in the city are looking desolate. The population of men and women in the city look thoughtful anguished weak messy and despondent with their eyes held in tears."
43;44. tathaa = and; pakshhigaNaaH = cluster of birds; diinaaH = look miserable; devaayataanachaityeshhu = in temples and large trees; pashyaami = I see; janam = the population; sastriipumsam = of men and women; pure = in the city; utkaNThitam = look anguished; malinam = messy; diinam = miserable;ashrupuurNaakshham = with their eyes held in tears; dhyaanaparam = thoughtful; kR^isham = and weak.
2.71.45
इति एवम् उक्त्वा भरतः सूतम् तम् दीन मानसः |
तानि अनिष्टानि अयोध्यायाम् प्रेक्ष्य राज गृहम् ययौ ॥
After seeing those bad omens in Ayodhya, the broken hearted Bharata spoke to the charioteer as aforesaid and went to the royal palace.
prekshhya = after seeing; taani = those; anishhTaani = evil omens; ayodhyaayaam = in Ayodhya; bharataH = Bharata; diina maanasaH = being broken hearted; uktvaa = and having spoken; ityevam = as afersaid; tam suutam = to that charioteer; yayou = and went; raajagR^iham = to the rayol palace.
2.71.46
ताम् शून्य शृन्ग अटक वेश्म रथ्याम् |
रजो अरुण द्वार कपाट यन्त्राम् |
दृष्ट्वा पुरीम् इन्द्र पुरी प्रकाशाम् |
दुह्खेन सम्पूर्णतरः बभूव ॥
Beholding the city of Ayodhya,that formerly possessed the splendor of the capital city of Indra, now with its squares houges and high ways deserted, the doors and hinges covered with rust , Bharata was overcome with grief.
dR^ishhTvaa = beholding; taam puriim = that city of Ayodhya; indra pura prakaasam = that formerly possessed; the splendor of of the capital city of Indra; shuunya shR^iNgaaTakaveshmarathyaam = highways deserted; rajo aruNadvaara kavaaTayantraam = the doors and hinges covered with rust; bharataH bhabhuua = because; sampuurNataraH = overcome; duHkhena = with grief.
2.71.47
बहूनि पश्यन् मनसो अप्रियाणि |
यानि अन्न्यदा न अस्य पुरे बभूवुः |
अवाक् शिरा दीन मना नहृष्टः |
पितुर् महात्मा प्रविवेश वेश्म ॥
Seeing many things disenchanted to mind which did not occur at any time before in the city, the high soled Bharata with his head bent down and with his mind miserable gloomily entered his father's house.
pashyan = seeing apriyaaNi = things disliked; manasaH = by the mind; yaani = which; nababhuuvaH = did not occur; pure = in the city; anyadaa = at the other times; mahaatmaa = the high soled Bharata; avaakchchiraaH = with his head bent down; diinamanaaH = and with his mind miserable; pravivesha = entered; putuH = his father's; veshma = house; nahR^ishhTaH = unhappily.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे एकसप्ततितमः सर्गः
Sarga 72
2.72.1
अपश्यंस् तु ततः तत्र पितरम् पितुर् आलये |
जगाम भरतः द्रष्टुम् मातरम् मातुर् आलये ॥
Not finding his father there in his father's palace, Bharata went to his mother's apartment to see his mother.
tataH = thereafter; bharataH = Bharata; apashyan = not seeing; pitaram = his father; tatra = there; pituH = in his father's; aalaye = palace; jagaama = went; maatuH = to his mother's; aalaye = house; drashhTum = to see; maataram = his mother.
2.72.2
अनुप्राप्तम् तु तम् दृष्ट्वा कैकेयी प्रोषितम् सुतम् |
उत्पपात तदा हृष्टा त्यक्त्वा सौवर्ण मानसम् ॥
Beholding his son who was absent from home for long and returned, Kaikeyi was delighted and then sprang up, leaving her golden seat to receive him.
dR^ishhTvaa = beholding; tam sutam = her son; proshhitam = who was absent from home; anupraaptam = and returned; kaikeyii = Kaikeyi; hR^IshhTaaa = was delighted; tadaa = and then; utpapaata = sprang up; tyaktvaa = leaving; souvarnam = her golden; aasanam = seat.
2.72.3
स प्रविश्य एव धर्म आत्मा स्व गृहम् श्री विवर्जितम् |
भरतः प्रेक्ष्य जग्राह जनन्याः चरणौ शुभौ ॥
Soon after entering his house, which was devoid of any splendor, Bharata the righteous man, grasped the auspicious feet of his mother in obeisance.
saH bharataH = that Bharata; dharmaatmaa = the righteous man; pravishyaiva = soon after entering; svagR^iham = his house; shriivivarjitam = which was devoid of splendor; pratijagraaha = grasped; jananyaaH = his mother's; shubhou = auspicious; charaNou = feet.
2.72.4
सा तम् मूर्ध्नि समुपाघ्राय परिष्वज्य यशस्विनम् |
अङ्के भरतम् आरोप्य प्रष्टुम् समुपचक्रमे ॥
Kaikeyi smelled (as mark of affection) the head of the illustrious Bharata, embraced him, made him to ascend on her lap and started questions.
saa = She; upagraaya = smelled; muurdhaani = on the head; tam bharatam = of that Bharata; yashasvinam = the illustrious man; parishhvajya = embraced him; aaropya = made him to ascend; aNke = on her lap; upachakram = to ask questions.
2.72.5
अद्य ते कतिचित् रात्र्यः च्युतस्य आर्यक वेश्मनः |
अपि न अध्व श्रमः शीघ्रम् रथेन आपततः तव ॥
"How many days passed since you have left your maternal grand father's house? Is there no travel fatigue to you, who have come speedily in a chariot?"
katichit = how many; raatryaH = nights ( have passed); adya = till today; te = to you; chutasya = since you have left; aaryakaveshmanaH = your maternal grand father's house? Apina = Is there no; adhvashramaH = travel fatigue; tava = to you; aapatataH = who came; rathena = in a chariot; shiigrhram = speedily?
2.72.6
आर्यकः ते सुकुशलो युधा जिन् मातुलः तव |
प्रवासाच् च सुखम् पुत्र सर्वम् मे वक्तुम् अर्हसि ॥
"O,son! Is your grand father doing well? Is Yudhajit, your maternal uncle doing well? Were you happy in being absent from home ? Be good enough to tell me all?"
putra = O;son! te = your; aaryakah = grand father; sukushalii = doing well? Tava = your; maatulaH = maternal uncle; yudhaajit = Yudhhajit; (doing well)?; sukham = were you happy; pravaasaat = in being absent from home? Arhasii = be good enough; vaktum = to tell; me = me; sarvam = all.
2.72.7
एवम् पृष्ठः तु कैकेय्या प्रियम् पार्थिव नन्दनः |
आचष्ट भरतः सर्वम् मात्रे राजीव लोचनः ॥
Affectionately enquired thus by Kaikeyi, the lotus eyed bharata, the prince, narrated all to his mother.
priyam = affectionately; pR^IshhTaH = asked; evam = thus; kaikeyya = by Kaikeyi; raajivaalochanaH = the lotus eyed; paarthivaa nandanaH = prince; bharataH = Bharata; aachashhTa = told; sarvam = all; maatre = to his mother.
2.72.8
अद्य मे सप्तमी रात्रिः च्युतस्य आर्यक वेश्मनः |
अम्बायाः कुशली तातः युधाजिन् मातुलः च मे ॥
"It is seventh day to me today since I left the grand father's house. Yudhajit, your father as well as my maternal uncle are doing well"
saptamii = seventh; raatriH = night; me = to me; adya = today; chyutasya = since I left; aryakaveshamanaH = the grand father's house; ambaayaaH = The mother's; taataH = father; me = and my; Yudhajit = Yudhajit; kushalii = are well.
2.72.9
यन् मे धनम् च रत्नम् च ददौ राजा परम् तपः |
परिश्रान्तम् पथि अभवत् ततः अहम् पूर्वम् आगतः ॥
"Carrying the gifts and jewels, given to me by the king who annihilates enemies my followers became tired on the way and I arrived ahead of them"
yat = which; dhanamcha = gifts; ratnamcha = and jewels; dadou = were given; me = to me; rajaa = by the king; paramtapaH = who annihilates enemies; abhavat = became; parishraantam = tired; pathi = on the way; puurvam = before; tataH = then; aham = I; aagataH = came.
2.72.10
राज वाल्य हरैः दूतैअः त्वर्यमाणो अहम् आगतः |
यद् अहम् प्रष्टुम् इच्चामि तत् अम्बा वक्तुम् अर्हसि ॥
"I came soon because of the horridness communicated by royal messengers. Let my mother be good enough to tell that which I desire to ask her."
aham = I; aagataH = came; tvaryamaaNaH = hurriedly; duutaiH- because of messengers; raajavaakya haraiH = who carried messeges of the king; ambaa = let my mother; arhasi = be good enough; vaktum = to tell; tat = that; yat = which; aham = I; ichchhaami = am wishing; prashhTum = to ask.
2.72.11
शून्यो अयम् शयनीयः ते पर्यन्को हेम भूषितः |
न च अयम् इक्ष्वाकु जनः प्रहृष्टः प्रतिभाति मे ॥
"This couch of yours, which is fit for rest and decorated with gold, is empty. These men and women of Ikshvaku race do not appear to me to be cheerful."
ayam = this; paryaN^kaH = couch; te = of yours; shayaniiyaH = which is fit for rest; hemabhuushhitaH = and decorated with gold; shuunyaH = is empty; ayam = these; ikshhvaaku janaH = men and women of Ikshvaku race; napratibhaati = do not appear; maa = to me; prahR^ishhTaH = to be cheerful.
2.72.12
राजा भवति भूयिष्ठ्गम् इह अम्बाया निवेशने |
तम् अहम् न अद्य पश्यामि द्रष्टुम् इच्चन्न् इह आगतः ॥
"King Dasaratha mostly used to here in your house. Now, I am not seeing him. I came here, desirous of seeing him."
raajaa = king Dasaratha; bhuuyishhTham = mostly; iha = here; ambaayaaH = in the mother's; niveshane = house; adya = now; aham = I; napashyaami = am not seeing; tam = him; aagatah = I came; iha = here; ichchhan = wishing; drashhTum = to see (him)
2.72.13
पितुर् ग्रहीष्ये चरणौ तम् मम आख्याहि पृच्चतः |
आहोस्विद् अम्ब ज्येष्ठायाः कौसल्याया निवेशने ॥
"O, mother! I will grasp in obeisance my father's feet. Tell about him, as I ask you. Or is he in the house of Kausalya the senior most of my mothers?"
amba = o; mother!graahhisye = I will grasp; pitruH = my fathers; charaNou = feet; aakhyaahi = Tell; tam = about him; mama = to me; pR^IchchhataH = questioning; ahosvit = or; niveshane; (is he) in the house; kausalyaaH = of Kausalya; jyeshhThaayaaH = the senior most of my mothers?
2.72.14
तम् प्रत्युवाच कैकेयी प्रियवद् घोरम् अप्रियम् |
अजानन्तम् प्रजानन्ती राज्य लोभेन मोहिता ॥
Deluded by the greed for kingdom, Kaikeyi who knew everything closely, told the terribly unpleasant news to Bharata, who did not know anything, as though the news was delightful.
mohitaa = deluded; raajyalobhena = by the greed for kingdom; kaikeyii = Kaikeyi; prajaanantii = who knew everything closely; pratyuvaacha = told; tam = that Bharata; ajaanantam = who did not know anything; ghoram = that terribly; apriyam = unpleasant thing; priyavat = as though it was delightful.
2.72.15
या गतिः सर्व भूतानाम् ताम् गतिम् ते पिता गतः |
राजा महात्मा तेजस्वी यायजूकः सताम् गतिः ॥
"King Dasaratha, your father who was having a noble nature, who was respect and performing frequent sacrifices as well as a refuge to good men followed that path which all beings follow."
te pitaa = your father; raajaa = king Dasaratha; mahaatmaa = having a noble nature; tejasvii = who was inspiring respect; yaayajuukaH = who was performing frequent sacrifices; gatiH = and who was a refuge; sataam = to good men; gataH = followed; taam gatim = that path; yaa = which; sarvabhuutaanaam = all beings; gatiH = follow.
2.72.16
तत् श्रुत्वा भरतः वाक्यम् धर्म अभिजनवान् शुचिः |
पपात सहसा भूमौ पितृ शोक बल अर्दितः ॥
Bharata, a righteous man with a noble descent and an honest man, hearing that news , immediately fell down on the ground, being exceedingly tormented by the grief for his father.
bharataH = Bharata; dharmaabhijaanavaan = a righteous man with a noble descent; suchiH = and an honest man; shrutvaa = hearing; tat = those; vaakyam = words; sahasaa = immediately; papaata = fell; bhuumou = on the ground; pitR^ishokabalaarditaH = being exceedingly tormented by the grief for his father.
2.72.17
हा हातोऽस्मीति कृपणाम् दीनाम् वाचमुदीरयन् |
निपपात महाबाहुर्बाहु विक्षिप्य वीर्यवान् ॥
The mighty armed and heroic Bharata, raising his grievous and depressed voice, cried, "Alas, I am undone' and lifting up his arms, fell down.
mahaabaahuH = the mighty armed; viiryavaan = and the heroic Bharata; udiirayaan = raising; kR^ipaaNam = his grievous; diinam = and depressed; vaacham = voice; iti = thus saying; haa hataHasmi = "Alas; I am undone'; vikshhipya = and lifting up; baahum = his arms; nipapaata = fell down.
2.72.18
ततः शोकेन सम्वीतः पितुर् मरण दुह्खितः |
विललाप महा तेजा भ्रान्त आकुलित चेतनः ॥
Then, Bharata of great majesty, who was enveloped in grief and whose mind was troubled by reeling under the death of his father, lamented profusely.
tadaH = then; mahaatejaH = Bharata of great majesty; samviitaH = enveloped; shokena = in grief; bhraantaakulita chetanaH = whose mind was troubled by reeling; maraNa duHkhitaH = as aggrieved by the death; pituH = of his father; vilalaapa = lamented profusely.
2.72.19
एतत् सुरुचिरम् भाति पितुर् मे शयनम् पुरा |
शशिनेवामलम् रात्रौ गगनम् तोयदात्यये ॥
"These beautiful couch of my father earlier used to enhance its charm with his splendor, as the moon irradiates the stainless sky in the night at the end of a rainy season."
etat = this; ruchiram = beautiful; shayanam = couch; me pituH = of my father; puraa = formerly; bhaatisma = used to enhancewith his splendor; shashineva = as the moon; irradiates; amalam = the stainless; gaganam = sky; raatrou = in the night; toyadaatyaye = at the end of the rainy season.
2.72.20
तत् इदम् न विभाति अद्य विहीनम् तेन धीमता |
व्योमेव श्शिना हीनमप्भुष्क इव सागरः ॥
"Being unoccupied by my virtuous father, the same couch now is bereft of its glory, like the sky without the moon or like the sea with its water dried up."
vihiinam = being unoccupied; dhiimataa tena = by my virtuous father; tat idam = the same couch; adya = now; navibhaati = is bereft of glory; vyomeva = like the moon; saagaraaH iva = or like the sea; apchchhushhkaH = with water dried up.
2.72.21
बाष्पमुत्सृज्य कण्ठे स्वात्मना परिपीडितः |
आच्चाद्य वदनम् श्रीमद्वस्त्रेण जयताम् वरः ॥
Covering his lovely face with a raiment, Bharata the first of those who are victorious, with a proffond distress in his mind shed tears in lamentation.
aachchhaadya = covering; shriimat = his lovely; vadanam = face; vastreNa = with a raiment; NaraH = the first(Bharata); jayataam = of those who are victorious; utsR^ijya = shed; bashhpam = tears; kaNThena = by lamentation; pari piiDitaH = with profound distress; svaatmaanaa = in his mind.
2.72.22
तम् आर्तम् देव सम्काशम् समीक्ष्य पतितम् भुवि |
निकृत्तमिव सालस्य स्कन्धम् परशुना वने ॥मत्तमातङ्गसम्काशम् चन्द्रार्कसदृशम् भुवः |
उत्थापयित्वा शोक आर्तम् वचनम् च इदम् अब्रवीत् ॥
Kaikeyi lifted up from the floor, her son Bharata, who was pained with sorrow, looking like a god, who fell on the ground like a sala tree, cut off by an axe, appearing like an elephant in rut, looking like the moon and sun,afflicted with grief as he was and spoke the following words:
22;23. bhuuvah = from the floor(Kaikeyi); utthaapayitva = lifted up ; tam Bharata; aartam = who was pained; devasamkaasham = looking like a god; patitam = who fell; bhuvi = on the ground; saalasya skandamiva = like a sala tree; nikR^ittam = cut off; parashuunaa = by an axe; mattamaataN^ga samkaasham = appearing like an elephant in rut;chandraarkasadR^sham = looking like the moon and sun; shokaartam = and afflicted with grief; abravit = spoke; idam = these; vachanamcha = words.
2.72.24
उत्तिष्ठ उत्तिष्ठ किम् शेषे राज पुत्र महा यशः |
त्वद् विधा न हि शोचन्ति सन्तः सदसि सम्मताः ॥
"O, the highly illustrious prince! Arise,arise! Why are you lying down? Gentlemen, like you, respected in the assembly of men, do not grieve indeed."
mahaayashaH = o; the highly illustrious; raajaputra = prince! UttishhTha uttishhTha = arise; arise; kim = why; sheshhe = are you lying down? SantaH = gentlemen; tvadvidhaaH = like you; sammataa = honoured; sadasi = in the assembly of men; na shochantihi = do not indeed lament.
2.72.25
दानयज्ञाधिकारा हि शीलश्रुतिवचोनुगा |
बुद्धिस्ते बुद्धिसम्पन्न प्रभेवार्कस्य मन्दिरे ॥
"O, Bharata endowed with understanding! Your intellect, which follows good character as well as sacred scriptures, has an authority to donate and sacrifice, ever shining as such like a splendor in the abode of the sun.
buddhisam pannaH = O; Bharata endowed with understanding ! te = Your; buddhiH = intellect; shiilashruti vachonugaa = which follows good character and sacred scriptures; daanayaj^Naadhikaaraa = has an authority to donate and to sacrifice; (ever shining); prabheva = like a splendor; mandire = in the abode ; arkasya = of the sun.
2.72.26
स रुदत्या चिरम् कालम् भूमौ विपरिवृत्य च |
जननीम् प्रत्युवाच इदम् शोकैः बहुभिर् आवृतः ॥
Encircled by numerous afflictions, Bharata weeping for a long time , rolled over the floor and replied to his mother as follows:
aavR^itaH = encircled; bahibhiH = by numerous; shokaiH = afflictions; saH = Bharata; ruditvaa = weeping; chiramkaalam = for a long time; viparivR^ityecha = rolled; bhuumou = over the floor; pratyuvaacha = and replied; idam = these words; jananiim = to his mother.
2.72.27
अभिषेक्ष्यति रामम् तु राजा यज्ञम् नु यक्ष्यति |
इति अहम् कृत सम्कल्पो हृष्टः यात्राम् अयासिषम् ॥
"Making up my mind that the king was either going to anoint Rama as a prince regent or to perform a sacrifice, I cheerfully got into the journey."
kR^ita samkalpaH = forming a resolution; raajaa = that the king; abhishhekshhyati nu = was either anointing raamam = Rama; yakshhyatenu = or performing; yajN^am = a sacrifice; aayaasishham = I got into ; yaatraam = the journey; hR^ishhTaH = cheerfully.
2.72.28
तत् इदम् हि अन्यथा भूतम् व्यवदीर्णम् मनो मम |
पितरम् यो न पश्यामि नित्यम् प्रिय हिते रतम् ॥
"All this turned to be otherwise. By not beholding my father, who was forever interested in my wishes and welfare, my heart is broken to pieces"
tat idam = all this; bhuutam = turned to be; anyathaa = otherwise; na pashyaami = by me not seeing; pitaram = my father; nityam = forever; ratam = interested; priyahite = in my wishes and welfare; mama = my; manaH = heart; vyavadiirNam = is broken to pieces.
2.72.29
अम्ब केन अत्यगात् राजा व्याधिना मय्य् अनागते |
धन्या राम आदयः सर्वे यैः पिता संस्कृतः स्वयम् ॥
"O, mother! On what ailment did the king die, when I was not here? Rama and others who performed purificatory rites by themselves for our father indeed fortunate."
amba = o; mother! Mayi anaagate = while I did not come; kena vyaadhinaa = On what ailment ; raajaa = the king; atyagaat = died? RaamaadayaH = Rama and others; yaiH = who; svayam = by themselves; samskR^itaH = performed purificatory rites; pitaa = to our father; dhanyaaH = are fortunate.
2.72.30
न नूनम् माम् महा राजः प्राप्तम् जानाति कीर्तिमान् |
उपजिघ्रेद्द् हि माम् मूर्ध्नि तातः सम्नम्य सत्वरम् ॥
"It is sure that the illustrious monarch does not know the fact of my arrival. Otherwise, my father quickly would have indeed smelled my head, by bending me in affection."
nuunam = It is sure; kiirtimaan = that the illustrious; mataaraajaH = monarch; najanaati = does not know; maam = me;praaptam = having arrived; taataH = my father; satvaram = quickly; upajighrethi = would have indeed smelled; samnamya = by bending; muurdhni = my head (in affection).
2.72.31
क्व स पाणिः सुख स्पर्शः तातस्य अक्लिष्ट कर्मणः |
येन माम् रजसा ध्वस्तम् अभीक्ष्णम् परिमार्जति ॥
"Where is the caressing hand of my dear father of unwearied action wipe away the dust with which I am covered?"
kva = where; taatasya = is father's;suksparshaH = pleasantly caressing; saHpaaNiH = that hand; yena = which; parimaarjati = to wipe; maam = me; dhvastam = covered; rajasaa = with dust; abhiikshhNam = again and again; aklishhTa karmaNah = and which was unwearied in action?
2.72.32
यो मे भ्राता पिता बन्धुर् यस्य दासो अस्मि धीमतः |
तस्य माम् शीघ्रम् आख्याहि रामस्य अक्लिष्ट कर्मणः ॥
"Announce soon about my arrival to Rama of immortal exploits, he who is a wise brother to me, my father, my friend and to whom Iam a servant."
aakhyaahi = announce; shiighram = soon; maam = about me; raamasya = to Rama; aklishhTakarmaNaH = of immortal exploits; yaH = he who; bhraatraa = is the brother; me = to me; pitaa = my father; bandhuH = my friend; yasya = and to whom; dhiimataH = the wise; daasaH asmi = I am a servant.
2.72.33
पिता हि भवति ज्येष्ठो धर्मम् आर्यस्य जानतः |
तस्य पादौ ग्रहीष्यामि स हि इदानीम् गतिर् मम ॥
"An elder brother indeed becomes a father for a faithful man who knows righteousness. I will grasp his feet in obeisance. He is indeed the refuge for me now."
jyeshhThaH = an elder brother; bhavatihi = indeed becomes; pitaa = a father; aaryasya = for a faithful man; jaanataH = who is aware; dharmam = of righteousness; grahishhyaami = I will grasp; tasya = his; paadou = feet; saH = he; gatiH hi = is indeed the refuge; mama = to me; idaaniim = now.
2.72.34
धर्मविद्धर्मनित्यश्च सत्यसन्धो दृढव्रतः |
आर्ये किम् अब्रवीद् राजा पिता मे सत्य विक्रमः ॥
"What did my father the king, who know virtue , who was forever pious, who was true to his promise, who was strictly truthful, who was truly valiant and who was honorable, say?"
kim = what; me pitaa = my father; raajaa = the king; dharmavit = who knew virtue; dharma nityashcha = who was forever pious; satyasandhaH = who was true to his promise; dR^IdhavrataH = who was strictly truthful; satyavikramaH; who was truly valiant; aaryaH = and who was honorable; abraviit = did say?
2.72.35
पश्चिमम् साधु संदेशम् इच्चामि श्रोतुम् आत्मनः |
इति पृष्टा यथा तत्त्वम् कैकेयी वाक्यम् अब्रवीत् ॥
"I want to hear exactly the last message of my father to me." Thus requested by Bharata, Kaikeyi spoke the following words in accordance with truth.
ichchaami = I want; shrotum = to hear; saadhu = well; pashchimama = the last; sandesham = message; (of my father; aatmaanaH = to me; iti = Thus; pR^ishhTaa = asked; kaikeyii = Kaikeyi; abraviit = spoke; vaakyam = these words; yathaatattvam = in accordance with truth:
2.72.36
राम इति राजा विलपन् हा सीते लक्ष्मण इति च |
स महात्मा परम् लोकम् गतः गतिमताम् वरः ॥
That high soled king, who was excellent in understanding the Universal spirit, departed to the world, crying �O, Rama, O, Sita, O, Lakshmana!'
saH = that; mahaatmaa = highsoled; raajaa = king; varaH = who was excellent ; gatimataam = in understanding universal spirit; gataH = departed; param lokam = for the other world; vilapam = crying; raameti = �O; Rama; haa siite = O; sita; lakshhmaNeti = O; Lakshmana!
2.72.37
इमाम् तु पश्चिमाम् वाचम् व्याजहार पिता तव |
काल धर्म परिक्षिप्तः पाशैः इव महा गजः ॥
"Your father spoke the following last words also, when he was abandoned by the operation of time , like a huge elephant surrendered into a trap."
tava = your;pitaa = father; vyajahaara = spoke; imaam = these; pashchimaam = last; vaachanam = words; kaaladharmaparikshhiptaH = when abandoned by the operation; of time; paashairiva = like into a trap; mahaagajaH = a huge elephant.
2.72.38
सिद्ध अर्थाः तु नरा रामम् आगतम् सीतया सह |
लक्ष्मणम् च महा बाहुम् द्रक्ष्यन्ति पुनर् आगतम् ॥
"Those men who are able to see Rama returning Sita and the mighty armed Lakshmana are those who are fortunate enough"
te naraaH = those men; drakshhyanti = who are able to see; raamam = Rama; punaH aagatam = returning; siitaaya saha = with Sita; lakshhmaNamcha = and Lakshmana; mahaabaahum = the mighty armed; siddhaarthaaH = are those who have fulfilled the object(of their coming).
2.72.39
तत् श्रुत्वा विषसाद एव द्वितीया प्रिय शंसनात् |
विषण्ण वदनो भूत्वा भूयः पप्रच्च मातरम् ॥
Hearing the aforesaid pronouncement, which disclosed second unpleasant news, Bharata was dejected. Becoming gloomy faced, he once again asked his mother as follows:
shrutvaa = hearing; tat = that; dvitiiyaapriyashamsanaat = which disclosed a second unpleasant news; vishhaasaadaiva = was dejected; bhuutvaa = becoming; vishhaNNavadanaH = gloomy faced; paprachchha = asked; bhuuyaH = again; maataram = to his mother; as follows)
2.72.40
क्व च इदानीम् स धर्म आत्मा कौसल्य आनन्द वर्धनः |
लक्ष्मणेन सह भ्रात्रा सीतया च समम् गतः ॥
"Where did the virtuous Rama, who augments Kausalya' s delight go now along with my brother Lakshmana and with Sita?"
kva = where; saH = that; kausalya nandavardhanaH = Rama; who augments the joy of Kausalya; dharmaatmaa = and the virtuous man went;lakshhmaNena saha = along with Lakshmana; bhraatraa = the brother; siitayaacha samam = and with Sita; idaaniim = now?
2.72.41
तथा पृष्टा यथा तत्त्वम् आख्यातुम् उपचक्रमे |
माता अस्य युगपद् वाक्यम् विप्रियम् प्रिय शन्कया ॥
Asked by Bharata in this manner, his mother started telling so greatly unpleasant words, exactly as it had happened, as though they were very pleasant words.
tathaa = thus; pR^ishhTaa = asked as (aforesaid) asya maataa = Bharata's mother; upachakrame = started; aakyaatum = telling; sumahat = very great; vipriyam = unpleasant; vaakyam = words; yathaa tattvam = exactly; priyashaNkayaa = with an apprehension that they are pleasant.
2.72.42
स हि राज सुतः पुत्र चीर वासा महा वनम् |
दण्डकान् सह वैदेह्या लक्ष्मण अनुचरः गतः ॥
"O, son! He, that prince Rama, wearing long narrow pieces of bark, went indeed to the great forest of Dandaka, followed by Lakshmana and also sita."
putra = O; son! saH = he that; raajasutaH = prince Rama; chiiravaasaaH = wearing long narrow pieces of bark; gataH hi = indeed went; mahaavanam = to the great forest; daNDakaan = of Dandaka; lakshhmaNaanucharaH = followed by Lakshmana; vaidehyaasaha = and also Sita.
2.72.43
तत् श्रुत्वा भरतः त्रस्तः भ्रातुः चारित्र शन्कया |
स्वस्य वंशस्य माहात्म्यात् प्रष्टुम् समुपचक्रमे ॥
Hearing these words, Bharata being aware of the glory of his race, doubted and fearedwhether Rama was sent to exile because of his unrighteous conduct, if any and again asked his mother as follows:
shrutvaa = hearing; tat = those words; bharataH = Bharata; trastaH = was frightened; charitrashaNkyayaa = with a doubt about the behaviour; bhraatuH = of his brother; maahaatmyaat = and because of the glory; syasya vamshasya = of his race; sampachakrame = started; prashhTum = to ask (his mother as follows):
2.72.44
कच्चिन् न ब्राह्मण वधम् हृतम् रामेण कस्यचित् |
कच्चिन् न आढ्यो दरिद्रः वा तेन अपापो विहिंसितः ॥
"Has not Rama indeed stolen the wealth of some Brahmana? Has not he done any harm either to a rich or to a poor virtuous man?"
kashyachit = some; braahmaNa dhanam = brahmana's wealth; nahR^itam kachchit = indeed not stolen; raamaNa = by Rama; aaDhyaH = a rich; daridrovaa = or a poor; apaapaH = virtuous man; na vihimsitaH kachchit = indeed not harmed; tena = by him?
2.72.45
कच्चिन् न पर दारान् वा राज पुत्रः अभिमन्यते |
कस्मात् स दण्डक अरण्ये भ्रूणहा इव विवासितः ॥
"Has the prince indeed not longed for the wife of another? Why was my brother Rama expelled to the forest of Dandaka?"
raajaputraH = has the prince; naabhimaanyate vaa kachchit = indeed not desired any; paradaaraan = wife of another; kasmaat = why; saH = was he; bhraataaraamo = my brother Rama; vivaasitaH = expelled; daNDakaaraN^ye = to the forest of Dandaka?
2.72.46
अथ अस्य चपला माता तत् स्व कर्म यथा तथम् |
तेन एव स्त्री स्वभावेन व्याहर्तुम् उपचक्रमे ॥
Thereafter his mother, an unsteady woman, on account of her feminine nature began to narrate her act which was the exact state of the case.
atha = thereafter; asya maataa = his mother; chapalaa = an unsteady woman; tena = on account of; striisvabhaavenaiva = her feminine nature only; upachakrame = began;; vyaahartum = to tell; svakarma = her act; tat = that; yathaatatham = which was the exact state of the case.
2.72.47
एवमुक्ता तु कैकेयी भरतेन महात्मना |
उवाच वचनम् हृष्टा मूढा पण्डितमानिनी ॥
Kaikeyi, a fool thing herself to be learned, after hearing the queries of the virtuous Bharata, delightfully spoke the following words:
kaikeyii = Kaikeyi; muuDhaa = a fool; paNDita maanini = thinking herself to be learned; uktaa = after being spoken; evam = thus; bharatena = by Bharata; mahaatmanaa = the virtuous man; hR^IshhTaa = delightfully; uvaacha = spoke; vachanam = words:
2.72.48
न ब्राह्मण धनम् किंचिद्द् हृतम् रामेण कस्यचित् |
कश्चिन् न आढ्यो दरिद्रः वा तेन अपापो विहिंसितः ॥न रामः पर दारामः च चक्षुर्भ्याम् अपि पश्यति |
"Not even a little of belonging to a Brahman was stolen by Rama,No harm was done by him either to a rich or to a poor virtuous man. Rama does not even look with his eyes, the wives of others."
na kimchit = not even a little; brahmaNa dhanam = of wealth belonging to a Brahmana; kashyachit = whosoever; hR^itam = was stolen; raameNa = by Rama; navihimsitaH = no harm was done; tena = by him; aaDhyaH = either to arich; daridrovaa = or to a poor; apaapah = virtuous man; raamaH = Rama; na pashyhyatyapi = does not even look; chakshhuryaam = with his eyes ; paradaaraan = the wives of others.
2.72.49
मया तु पुत्र श्रुत्वा एव रामस्य एव अभिषेचनम् ॥याचितः ते पिता राज्यम् रामस्य च विवासनम् |
"O, son! Immediately on hearing decidedly about the coronation ceremony of Rama by me then, I asked your father to bestow kingdom to you and for banishment of Rama to the forest"
putra = O;son! shrutyaiva = immediately on hearing; abhishhechanam = about the coronation ceremony; raamasyaiva = of Rama decidedly; mayaa tu = by me then;pitaa = your father; yaanchitaH = was asked; raajyam = for kingdom ; te = to you; vivaasanamcha = and banishment ; raamasya = of Rama.
2.72.50
स स्व वृत्तिम् समास्थाय पिता ते तत् तथा अकरोत् ॥रामः च सह सौमित्रिः प्रेषितः सह सीतया |
"Submitting to his own decree, King Dasaratha, your father has done all that was requested by me. Rama along with Lakshmana and Sita too were sent into exile."
samaasthaaya = submitting to ; svavR^ittim = his own decree; saH = that king Dasaratha; te pitaa = your father; akarot = has done; tat = that; tathaa = as requested by me; raamashcha = Rama; sahasoumitriH = along with Sita too; preshhitaH = were sent into exile.
2.72.51
तम् अपश्यन् प्रियम् पुत्रम् मही पालो महा यशाः ॥पुत्र शोक परिद्यूनः पन्चत्वम् उपपेदिवान् |
"That beloved son having not been seen, the very celebrated monarch was made miserable by the grief for his son and obtained death"
tam = that; priyamputram = belonged son; apashyan = having not been seen; mahaayashaaH = the very celebrated; mahiipaalaH = monarch; upapedivaan = obtained; paNchatvam = death; putrashoka paridynunaH = being made miserable by grief for his son.
2.72.52
त्वया तु इदानीम् धर्मज्ञ राजत्वम् अवलम्ब्यताम् ॥त्वत् कृते हि मया सर्वम् इदम् एवम् विधम् कृतम् |
"O, Bharata knowing righteousness! The king- ship may be taken charge by you now. All this was indeed done for your sake in this manner by me."
dharmajN^a = O; Bharata knowing righteousness; raajatvam = the kingship; avalambyataam = may be taken charge; tvayaa = by you; idaaniim = now; idam sarvam = all this; kR^itam hi = was indeed done; tvatkR^ite = for you; mayaa = by me; evam vidham = in this manner.
2.72.53
मा शोकम् मा च सम्तापम् धैर्यमाश्रय पुत्रक ॥त्वदधीना हि नगरी राज्यम् चैतदनामयम् |
"O, son! Do not dwell in grief and anguish. Dwell in courage. This city along with the salubrious kingdom indeed is subservient to you."
putraka = o; son; maa aashraya = do not dwell; shokam = in grief; maa = do not dwell; samtaapamcha = in anguish too; aashraya = dwell; dhairyam = in courage; nagarii = this city; tvadadhiinaahi = is indeed subservient to you; tat = this raajyam cha = kingdom also; anaamayam = which is salubrious.
2.72.54
तत् पुत्र शीघ्रम् विधिना विधिज्ञैः |
वसिष्ठ मुख्यैः सहितः द्विज इन्द्रैः |
सम्काल्य राजानम् अदीन सत्त्वम् |
आत्मानम् उर्व्याम् अभिषेचयस्व ॥
"Hence, meet the chiefs of Brahmanas like Vasishta and others who know the rituals, perform soon the sacred rites to the king and become crowned as a king yourself to the earth, being not depressed in spirit.
tat = hence; sahitaH = meeting; dvijendraiH; the chiefs of brahmanas; vasishhTa mukhyaiH = like Vasista and others; vidhijN^aiH = who know rituals; samkalya = performing purification rites; shiigraam = soon; raajaanam = to the city; abhishhechayasvam = become; anointed as a king; urvyaam = to the earth; adiinasattvam = yourself.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे द्विसप्ततितमः सर्गः
Sarga 73
2.73.1
श्रुत्वा तु पितरम् वृत्तम् भ्रातरु च विवासितौ |
भरतः दुह्ख सम्तप्तैदम् वचनम् अब्रवीत् ॥
Hearing that his father was dead and both his brothers were exiled; Bharata was tormented with grief and spoke the following words:
shrutvaatu = hearing; pitaram = his father; vR^ittam = to be dead; bhraataram = and both his brothers; vivaasitou = having been exiled; bharataH = Bharata; duHkhasamtaptaH = was tormented; with grief; abraviit = and spoke; idam = these; vachanam = words.
2.73.2
किम् नुण्कार्यम् हतस्य इह मम राज्येन शोचतः |
विहीनस्य अथ पित्रा च भ्रात्रा पितृ समेन च ॥
Bereft of my father as well as my brother too, who is exactly like my father, what is the use of a kingdom now to me, lamenting as I am with despair?"
vihiinasya = bereft of; pitraacha = of my father; atha = and; bhraatraacha = my brother; pitR^isamena = who is exactly like my father; kimnukaaryam = what is the use; raajyena = with a kingdom; iha = now; mama = to me; shochataH = lamenting as I am; hatasya = with despair?
2.73.3
दुह्खे मे दुह्खम् अकरोर् व्रणे क्षारम् इव आदधाः |
राजानम् प्रेत भावस्थम् कृत्वा रामम् च तापसम् ॥
"Making Dasaratha to die and turning Rama to be an ascetic, you brought one calamity after another like sprinkling salt on a wound."
kR^itvaa = making; raajaanam preta bhaavastham = the king die; raamamcha = and Rama; taapasam = to be an ascetic; akaroH = you created; duHkham = a sorrow; duHkhe = in another sorrow; me = to me;adadhaaH iva = like placing; kshhaaram = salt; vraNe = on a wound.
2.73.4
कुलस्य त्वम् अभावाय काल रात्रिर् इव आगता |
अन्गारम् उपगूह्य स्म पिता मे न अवबुद्धवान् ॥
"You came for destruction of our race, like the night of destruction coming at the end of the world. My father could not be aware of his embracing a live char-coal to his bosom."
tvam = you; aagataa = came; abhaavaaya = for destruction; kulasya = of our race; kaalaraatriiva = like the night of destruction at the end of the world; me pitaa = my father; na avabuddharaan = could not be aware; upaguhya = of his embracing; aN^gaaram = a live charcoal.
2.73.5
मृत्युमापादितो राजा त्वया मे पापदर्शिनि |
सुखम् परिहृतम् मोहात्कुलेऽस्मिन् कुलपांसनि ॥
"O, the malevolent woman! You caused the death of my father. O, the one who made our race unchaste! In this race, happiness is deserted through your ignorance."
paapadarshini = O; malevolent woman! mR^ityum = the death; me pitaa = of my father; aapaaditaH = was caused; tvayaa = by you; kulapaamsani = O; the one who made our race unchaste! Asmin kule = In this race; sukham = happiness; parihR^itam = is deserted; mohaat = by your ignorance.
2.73.6
त्वाम् प्राप्य हि पिता मे.द्य सत्यसन्धो महायशाः |
तीव्रदुःखाभिसम्तप्तो वृत्तो दशरथो नृपः ॥
"My father, king Dasaratha, who was true to his promise and immensely famous, now died, tormented as he was with bitter grief, because of you."
nR^ipaH = king; dasarathaH = Dasaratha; me = my; pitaa = father; satyasandhaH = who was true to his promise; mahaayashaaH = and immensely famous; vR^ttaH = died; adya = now; tiivraduHkhaabhisamtaptaH = tormented as he was withbitter grief; praapya = after acquiring; tvaam = you.
2.73.7
विनाशितो महाराजः पिता मे धर्मवत्सलः |
कस्मात्प्रव्राजितो रामः कस्मादेव वनम् गतः ॥
"Why did you kill my father the monarch, who was intent on righteousness? Why did you send Rama on exile to the forest?"
kasmaat = why; me pitaa = my father; mahaaraajaH = the monarch; dharmavatsalaH = fond of righteousness; vinaashitaH = was killed? Kasmaat = why; raamaH = Rama; gataH = went; pravraajitaH = on exile; vanam = to the forest?
2.73.8
कौसल्या च सुमित्रा च पुत्र शोक अभिपीडिते |
दुष्करम् यदि जीवेताम् प्राप्य त्वाम् जननीम् मम ॥
"It is impossible that Kausalya and Sumitra, who are afflicted with grief for their sons, will live in fellowship with you, my mother."
dushhkaram = it is impossible; kausalyaacha = Kausalya; sumitraacha = and Sumitra; putrashokaabhipiiDite = who are afflicted with grief for their sons; jivetaam yadi = will live; praapya = getting at; tvaam = you; jananiim = my mother.
2.73.9
ननु तु आर्यो अपि धर्म आत्मा त्वयि वृत्तिम् अनुत्तमाम् |
वर्तते गुरु वृत्तिज्ञो यथा मातरि वर्तते ॥
"Even Rama my elder brother, a pious man who knows how to behave with elders, used to act with the best behavior in your case, exactly as how he was behaving with his own mother."
aaryo api = even my elder brother; dharmaatmaa = the pious man; guruvR^ittij^NaH = who knows how to behave with elders; vartate nanu = was indeed acting; anuttamaam = with the best; vR^ittim = behavior; tvayi = in your case; yathaa = as how; vartate = he was behaving; maatari = with his mother.
2.73.10
तथा ज्येष्ठा हि मे माता कौसल्या दीर्घ दर्शिनी |
त्वयि धर्मम् समास्थाय भगिन्याम् इव वर्तते ॥
"In the same manner, Kausalya, my elder mother having far sightedness and established in piety, indeed used to behave with you as your sister."
tathaa = in the same manner; me = my; jyeshhThaa = elder; maataa = mother; kausalyaa = Kausalya; diirghadarshinii = having far sightedness; samaasthaaya = being established; dharmam = in piety; vartate hi = was indeed behaving; tvayi = with you; bhaginyaamiva = as your sister.
2.73.11
तस्याः पुत्रम् कृत आत्मानम् चीर वल्कल वाससम् |
प्रस्थाप्य वन वासाय कथम् पापे न शोचसि ॥
"Why are you not lamenting, after sending Rama, the disciplined Kausalya 's son, clothed in a bark dress, to live in a forest? O, sinful one!"
katham = why; na shochasi = are you not lamenting; prasthaapya = after sending; kR^itaatmaanam = the disciplined; tasyaaH = Kausalya's; putram = son; chiiravalkala vaasanam = clothed in a bark dress; vanavaasaaya = to live in a forest? Paape = O; sinful one!
2.73.12
अपाप दर्शिनम् शूरम् कृत आत्मानम् यशस्विनम् |
प्रव्राज्य चीर वसनम् किम् नु पश्यसि कारणम् ॥
"You indeed sent into exile, clad in a bark dress, Rama having a virtuous disposition, a valiant man, a self controlled and illustrious man as he was. What reason do you gather for it?"
pravraajya = having sent into exile; apaapadarshanam = having a virtuous disposition; shuuram = a valiant man; kR^itaatmaanam = a self-controlled; yashasvinam = and illustrious man; chiiravasanam = clothed in bark dress; kimnu = what; kaaraNam = reason; pashyasi = do you perceive?
2.73.13
लुब्धाया विदितः मन्ये न ते अहम् राघवम् प्रति |
तथा हि अनर्थो राज्य अर्थम् त्वया नीतः महान् अयम् ॥
"I think it is not known to you, a greedy woman, about my devotion towards Rama. It is exactly so. You have brought in this great calamity for the sake of a kingdom."
manye = I think; na viditaH = it is not known; te = to you; lubdhaayaaH = the greedy woman; (what) aham = I; (believe) raaghavam prati = about Rama. Tathaahi = It is exactly so; ayam = this; mahaam = great; anarthaH = calamity; aamiitaH = has been brought in; tvaayaa = by you; raajyaartham = for the sake of kingdom.
2.73.14
अहम् हि पुरुष व्याघ्राव् अपश्यन् राम लक्ष्मणौ |
केन शक्ति प्रभावेन राज्यम् रक्षितुम् उत्सहे ॥
"By which source of strength can I be able to protect the kingdom, without those lions among men, Rama and Lakshmana in proximity to me?"
kena = by which; shaktiprabhaavena = source of strength; aham utsahe = can be able; rakshhitum = to protect; raajyam = the kingdom; apashyam = without seeing; raama lakshhmaNou = Rama and Lakshmana; purushhavyaaghraou = the lions among men?
2.73.15
तम् हि नित्यम् महा राजो बलवन्तम् महा बलः |
उअपाश्रितः अभूद् धर्म आत्मा मेरुर् मेरु वनम् यथा ॥
"Dasaratha the monarch, having great strength and a pious mind always indeed used to take refuge in that strong man Rama as the Meru mountain takes refuge in a forest surrounding the mountain."
mahaaraajaH = Dasaratha the monarch; mahaabalaH = having great strength; dharmaatmaa = and a pious mind; nityam = always; abhuutihi = indeed used to; upaashritaH = take refuge;tam = that Rama;balavantam = the strong man; meruvanam yathaa = as a forest surrounding the mountain of Meru( taken refuge); meruH = by Meru mountain."
2.73.16
सो अहम् कथम् इमम् भारम् महा धुर्य समुद्यतम् |
दम्यो धुरम् इव आसाद्य सहेयम् केन च ओजसा ॥
"By what stamina, shall I sustain this burden of kingship any more than a young bullock that is yet to be tamed, would stand the strain on getting a load, lifted up with ease by a giant bullock."
kena = by what; ojasaa = stamina; saH aham = I as such; vaheyam = can carry; aasaadya = after obtaining; imam bhaaram = this burden;( of kingship); damyaH iva = like a young bullock that is yet to be tamed; (to carry); dhuram = the burden; mahaadhurya samuddhR^itam = being lifted up by a giant bullock.
2.73.17
अथ वा मे भवेत् शक्तिर् योगैः बुद्धि बलेन वा |
सकामाम् न करिष्यामि त्वाम् अहम् पुत्र गर्धिनीम् ॥
"Or even if a strength can be brought into existence in me by following certain suitable methods or by strength of intelligence, I will not allow you, who are greedy in fetching of kingdom for your son, to fulfill your desire."
athavaa = or rather; shaktiH = a strength; bhavet = may come into existence; me = to me; yogaiH = by following proper methods; buddh ibalenavaa = or by strength of intelligence; aham = I; na karishhyaami = will not make; tvaam = you; putragardhiniim = who are greedy (for getting the kingdom) for your son; sakaamaam = fulfill your desire.
2.73.18
न मे विकाङ्खा जायेत त्यक्तुम् त्वाम् पापनिश्चयाम् |
यदि रामस्य नावेक्षा त्वयि स्यान्मातृवत्सदा ॥
"No aversion would be felt by me even to desert you, a woman of evil designs, if Rama did not treat you like a mother at all times."
na vikaaN^kshhaa = no aversion ; na jaayeta = would have occurred; me = to me; (even)tvaktum = to desert; tvaam = you; paapanishchayaam = a woman of evil designs; yadi raamasya = if Rama; nasyaat avekshhaa = did not see; tvayi = you; maatR^ivat = like a mother; sadaa = at all times.
2.73.19
उत्पन्ना तु कथम् बुद्धिस्तवेयम् पापदर्शिनि |
साधुचारित्रविभ्राष्टे पूर्वेषाम् नो विगर्हिता ॥
"O, malevolent woman with your good conduct disappeared! How this idea forbidden by our ancestors, has arisen in your mind at all?"
paapa darshini = O; malevolent woman! saadhucharitra vibhrashhTe = with your good conduct disappeared! katham = How; iyam buddhiH = this intension; vigarhitaa = forbidden by; naH = our; puurveshhaam = ancestors; utpannaa = has arisen; tava = to you?
2.73.20
अस्मिन् कुले हि सर्वेषाम् ज्येष्ठो राज्येऽभिषिच्यते |
अपरे भ्रातरस्तस्मिन् प्रवर्तन्ते समाहिताः ॥
"The eldest of all in this race should be indeed anointed as a king. The rest of his brothers are to behave reverently towards their elder brother."
jyeshThaH = the eldest; sarveshhaam = of all; asmin kule; in this race; abhishhichyate hi = should be indeed; inaugurated; raajye = in the kingdom; apare = the rest of; bhraataraH = the brothers; pravartante = behave; samaahitaaH = reverently; tasmin = towards the elder brother.
2.73.21
न हि मन्ये नृशसे त्वम् राजधर्ममवेक्षसे |
गतिम् वा न विजानासि राजवृत्तस्य शाश्वतीम् ॥
"O, cruel woman! I feel that you are not catching even a glimpse of the rules relating to kings or not even aware of a permanent procedure prevailing in the administration of kings."
nR^ishamse = O; cruel woman! manye = I think that; tvam = you; na apekshhse = are not seeing; raajadharmam = the rules relating to kings; vaa = or; na vijaanaasi = you are not aware; shaashvatiim = of permanent;gatim = procedure; raaja VR^ittasya = of administration in kings.
2.73.22
सततम् राजवृत्ते हि ज्येष्ठो राज्येऽभिषिच्यते |
राज्ञामेतत्समम् तत्स्यादिक्ष्वाकूणाम् विशेषतः ॥
"According to the administration of kings the eldest son always indeed gets inaugurated in kingdom. This procedure is similar to all kings; especially so in the case of Ikshvaku kings."
raajavR^itte = according to the administration of kings; jyeshhThaH = the eldest son; satatam = always; hi = indeed; abhishhichyate = gets inaugurated; raajye = in kingdom; etat = this procedure; samam = is similar; raaj^Naam = to all kings; tat = that; syaat = occurs; visheshhataH = especially; ikshhvaakuuNaam = in Ikshvaku kings.
2.73.23
तेषाम् धर्मैकरक्षाणाम् कुलचारित्रयोगिनाम् |
अत्र चारित्रशौण्डीर्यम् त्वाम् प्राप्य विनिवर्ततम् ॥
"The pride of reputation of those belonging to Ikshvaku race, who protect righteousness alone and who possessed good family conduct, is turned away by you today."
chaaritra shouN^Diiryam = the pride of reputation; teshhaam = of those belonging to Ikshvaku race; dharmaika rakshhaaNaam = who protect righteousness alone; kulachaaritra yoginaam = and possessed of good racial conduct; vinivartitam = is turned away; praapya = by obtaining; tvaam = you; atra = in this case.
2.73.24
तवापि सुमहाभागा जनेन्द्राः कुलपूर्वगाः |
बुद्धेर्मोहः कथमयम् सम्भूतस्त्वयि गर्हितः ॥
"Even kings belonging to your ancestral race were great people. How has this contemptible stupidity of mind born in you?"
janendraaH api = even the kings; tavakulapuurvagaaH = belonging to your ancestral race; sumahaa bhaagaaH = were very great people; katham = how; ayam = this; garhitaH = contemptible; mohaH = stupidity; buddheH = of minds; sambhuutaH = is born; tvayi = in you?
2.73.25
न तु कामम् करिष्यामि तवाऽह्म् पापनिश्चये |
त्वया व्यसनमारब्धम् जीवितान्तकरम् मम ॥
"O, woman with evil designs! I for one will not fulfill your desire. A criminal act, which will cause even an end to my life, has been undertaken by you."
paapanishchaye = O; woman with evil designs! aham tu = I; for one; nakarishhyaani = will not fulfill; tava = your; kaamam = desire; vyasanam = a criminal act; mama jiivitaantakaram = which will cause an end to my life; aarabdham = has been undertaken; tvayaa = by you.
2.73.26
एष त्विदानीमेवाहमप्रियार्थम् तवनघम् |
निवर्तयिष्यामि वनात् भ्रातरम् स्वजन प्रियम् ॥
"Now itself at the cause of your dislike, I for one will bring back from the forest, my brother, who is a faultless man and a beloved man of his people."
eshhaaH aham tu = this I ; for one; idaamiim eva = now itself; tava apriyaartham = at the cause of your dislike; nivartayishhyaami = will bring back; bhraataram = my brother; anagham = faultless man; svajanapriyam = a beloved man of his people; vanaat = from the forest.
2.73.27
निवर्तयित्वा रामम् च तस्याहम् दीप्ततेजनः |
दासभूतो भविष्यामि सुस्थिरेणान्तरात्मना ॥
"Bringing back Rama with a very firm mind, I will become a servant to him, who is radiant with glory."
nivartayitvaa = bringing back; raamam = Rama; susthireNa = with a very firm; antaraatmanaa = mind; bhavishhyaami = I will become; daasabhuutaH = a servant; tasya = to him; diipta tejasaH = who is radiant with glory.
2.73.28
इति एवम् उक्त्वा भरतः महात्मा |
प्रिय इतरैः वाक्य गणैअः तुदंस् ताम् |
शोक आतुरः च अपि ननाद भूयः |
सिम्हो यथा पर्वत गह्वरस्थः ॥
Speaking as aforesaid, the high soled Bharata, pricking her with a multitude of unpleasant words, roared again like a lion stationed in a mountain cave.
uktvaa = speaking; ityevam = as aforesaid; mahaatmaa = the high soled; bharataH = Bharata; tudan = pricking; taam = her; vaakya gaNaiH = with a multitude of words; priyetaraiH = which are unpleasant ; nanaada = roared; bhuuyashchaapi = again; simhoyathaa = like a lion; parvatagahvarasthaH = stationed in a mountain cave.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे त्रिसप्ततितमः सर्गः
Sarga 74
2.74.1
ताम् तथा गर्हयित्वा तु मातरम् भरतः तदा |
रोषेण महता आविष्टः पुनर् एव अब्रवीद् वचः ॥
Reproaching Kaikeyi in that manner, Bharata again spoke the following words, wrapped as he was in great anger.
tadaa = then; bharataH = Bharata; garhayitvaa = reproaching; taam = her; tathaa = in that manner; punareva = again; abraviit = spoke; vachaH = these words; aavishhTaH = wrapped as he was; mahataaroshheNa = in great anger.
2.74.2
राज्यात् भ्रंशस्व कैकेयि नृशंसे दुष्ट चारिणि |
परित्यक्ता च धर्मेण मा मृतम् रुदती भव ॥
"O, Kaikeyi! The cruel and evil-mannered woman! Get lost from this kingdom. You having abandoned righteousness, remain lamenting about me, who will be dead soon."
kaikeyi = O; Kaikeyi; nR^ishamse; the cruel; dushhTachaariNi = and evil mannered woman! bhramshasva = Get lost; raajyaat = from the kingdom; parityaktaa = you; having abandoned; dharmeNa = righteousness; bhava = remain; rudatii = lamenting; maa = about me; mR^itam = who will be dead.
2.74.3
किम् नु ते अदूषयद् राजा रामः वा भृश धार्मिकः |
ययोः मृत्युर् विवासः च त्वत् कृते तुल्यम् आगतौ ॥
"What harm king Dasaratha or the highly righteous Rama have done to you so harshly that Dasaratha's death and Rama's exile have occurred at one and the same time because of you?"
kimnu = what; aduushhayat = discredit; te = to you; raajaa = either the king; raamovaa = or Rama; bhR^ishadhaarmikaH = the highly righteous man (have done);yayoH = to whom; mR^ityuH = death; vivaasashcha = and exile; aagatou = have come; tulyam = at once; tvatkR^ite = because of you.
2.74.4
भ्रूणहत्याम् असि प्राप्ता कुलस्य अस्य विनाशनात् |
कैकेयि नरकम् गच्च मा च भर्तुः सलोकताम् ॥
"O, Kaikeyi! You got the sin of killing an embryo because of the destruction of this race. O, Kaikeyi! Go to hell .Do not get the residence in the same heaven as your husband."
kaikeyi = O;Kaikeyi! Praapta asi = You got; bhruuNa hatyaam = the sin of killing an embryo. Vinaashanaat = because of the destruction; asyakulasya = of this race; gachchha = go; narakam = to hell; Kaikeyi = O; Kaikeyi! Maa cha = Do not get; salokataam = residence in the same heaven; bhartuH = with your husband.
2.74.5
यत्त्वया हीदृशम् पापम् कृतम् घोरेण कर्मणा |
सर्वलोकप्रियम् हित्वा ममाप्यापादितम् भयम् ॥
"You have done this terrific act and committed such a great sin. By forsaking the persons beloved by all, an alarm has been created in me also."
ghoreNa karmaNaa = by which terrific act; yat = wherefore; iidR^isham = such; paapam = a sin; kR^itam = was committed; tvayaa = by you; hitvaa = by forsaking; sarvalokapriyam = the persons beloved by all; bhayam = an awe; aapaditan = is created; mamaapi = in me also.
2.74.6
त्वत् कृते मे पिता वृत्तः रामः च अरण्यम् आश्रितः |
अयशो जीव लोके च त्वया अहम् प्रतिपादितः ॥
"My father died and Rama is dwelling in a forest, because of you. You got me ill fame in this world of beings."
me pitaa = my father; vR^ittaH = died; tvatkR^ite = because of you; raamashcha = Rama; aashritaH = is dwelling; araNyam = in a forest; aham = I; pratipaaditaH = am caused to attain; ayashaHcha = ill fame; jiivaloke = in this world of beings; tvayaa = by you.
2.74.7
मातृ रूपे मम अमित्रे नृशंसे राज्य कामुके |
न ते अहम् अभिभाष्यो अस्मि दुर्वृत्ते पति घातिनि ॥
"Though in appearance you are my mother, you are inimical to me. You are a cruel woman, greedy of kingdom. With evil conduct, you killed your husband. I should never speak to you."
amitre = O; belligerent woman; mama meatR^iruupe = in the form of my mother! NR^ishamse = O; cruel woman; raajyakaamuke = O; woman greedy of kingdom; durvR^itte = of evil conduct; patimaatini = and who killed the husband! Aham = I; naasmi = am never; abhibhaashhyaH = to address; te = you.
2.74.8
कौसल्या च सुमित्रा च याः च अन्या मम मातरः |
दुह्खेन महता आविष्टाः त्वाम् प्राप्य कुल दूषिणीम् ॥
"Kausalya, Sumitra and my other mothers are engrossed in a great misfortune, by falling victim to you, who brought disgrace to our family."
kausalyaa = Kausalya; sumitraacha = Sumitra; mama = and my; anyaaH = other; maataraH = mothers; aavishhTaaH = are engrossed; mahataa = in a great; duHkhena = misfortune; yaaH = wherefore; praapya = by falling victim; tvaam = to you; kuladuushhiNiim = who brought disgrace to our family.
2.74.9
न त्वम् अश्व पतेः कन्या धर्म राजस्य धीमतः |
राक्षसी तत्र जाता असि कुल प्रध्वंसिनी पितुः ॥यत् त्वया धार्मिको रामः नित्यम् सत्य परायणः |
वनम् प्रस्थापितः दुह्खात् पिता च त्रिदिवम् गतः ॥
"The righteous Rama, who is forever devoted to truth, was sent to the forest. Due to grief for his son, my father went to heaven. You do not seem to be the daughter of Asvapati, the pious and sensible king. You were born there as a demo ness, to destroy the house of my father."
9; 10. yat = by what reason; raamah = Rama; dhaarmikaH = the righteous man; nityam satyaparaayaNaH = who is forever interested in truth; prasthaapitaH = was sent; vanam = to the forest; pitaacha = and my father; gataH = went; tridivam = to heaven; duHkhaat = because of grief; For that reason; tvaam = you; na = are not; kanyaa = the daughter; ashvapateH = of Asvapati; dharma raajasya = the pious king; dhiimataH = and a sensible man; asi = you were; jaataa = born; tatra = there; raakshhasii = as a demo ness; kulapradhvamsinii = to destroy the house; pituH = of my father
2.74.11
यत् प्रधाना असि तत् पापम् मयि पित्रा विना कृते |
भ्रातृभ्याम् च परित्यक्ते सर्व लोकस्य च अप्रिये ॥
"The aforesaid sin you have committed has made me father less. Besides, I have been abandoned by my brothers and all the people dislike me now."
yatpradhaanaasi = by which sin you are mainly having; tat = that; paapam = sin; kR^ita = has made me; pitraavinaa = father less; parityakte = abandoned; bhraatR^ibhyaam = by my brothers; mayi apriyecha = and I was disliked; sarvalokasya = by all the people.
2.74.12
कौसल्याम् धर्म सम्युक्ताम् वियुक्ताम् पाप निश्चये |
कृत्वा कम् प्राप्स्यसे तु अद्य लोकम् निरय गामिनी ॥
"O, woman having evil desires, moving towards hell! Which world will you attain now, after making Kausalya endowed with righteousness, deprived of her son?"
paapanishchaye = O; woman having evil desires! Nirayagaamini = moving towards hell! Kam lokam = which world; praapsyase = will you attain; adya = now; kR^ityaa = after making; kausalyaam = Kausalya; dharma samyuktaam = endowed with righteousness; viyuktaam = deprived of her son?
2.74.13
किम् न अवबुध्यसे क्रूरे नियतम् बन्धु संश्रयम् |
ज्येष्ठम् पितृ समम् रामम् कौसल्याय आत्म सम्भवम् ॥
"O, cruel woman! Don't you know that Rama the son of Kausalya is a subdued man, who is devoted to his relatives and as an eldest brother, equal to a father?"
kruure = O; cruel woman! kim na avabuddhyase = don't you know ; raamam = that Rama; aatmasambhavam = the son; kausalyaayaaH = of Kausalya; niyatam = as self subdued; bandhu samshrayam = who is devoted to his relatives; jyeshhTham = the eldest brother; pitrR^isamam = and equal to the father?
2.74.14
अन्ग प्रत्यन्गजः पुत्रः हृदयाच् च अपि जायते |
तस्मात् प्रियतरः मातुः प्रियत्वान् न तु बान्धवः ॥
"A son is the most beloved to his mother as he is born from the primary and secondary limbs of her body and also from her heart. The other relatives are only like friends."
putraH = a son; aN^ga pratyaN^gajaH = is born from primary limbs and secondary members of the body ; jaayate = and born; hR^idayaachchaapi = from the heart too; tamaat = for that reason; (he is) priyatamaH = the most beloved; maatuH = to a mother; baandhavaaH = the other relatives; priyaa evatu = are only like friends.
2.74.15
अन्यदा किल धर्मज्ञा सुरभिः सुर सम्मता |
वहमानौ ददर्श उर्व्याम् पुत्रौ विगत चेतसौ ॥
"Once upon a time, Kamadhenu the mythical cow of Vasista, who knew righteousness and was worshipped by celestials, is said to have seen her sons, drawing a heavy burden on earth and became unconscious."
anyadaa = once upon a time; surabhiH = Kamadhenu; the mythical cow of Vasista; dharmaj^Na = who knew righteousness; surasammataa = and worshipped by celestials; dadarshaka = is said to have seen; putrou = her sons; vahamaanou = dreaming having burden; urvayaam = on earth; vigatachetasou = and became unconscious.
2.74.16
ताव् अर्ध दिवसे श्रान्तौ दृष्ट्वा पुत्रौ मही तले |
रुरोद पुत्र शोकेन बाष्प पर्याकुल ईक्षणा ॥
"Seeing her sons (a pair of bullocks) fatigued, after toiling for half a part of their day on earth, Kamadhenu the mythical cow cried with her eyes full of tears in grief for the fate of her sons."
dR^ishhTvaa = seeing; putrou = the sons; shraantou = fatigued with labor; ardhadivasam = for a half part of their day; mahiitale = on earth; ruroda = cried; baashhpa paryaakulekshhaNaa = with eyes full of tears; putra shokena = in grief for the fate of her sons.
2.74.17
अधस्तात् व्रजतः तस्याः सुर राज्ञो महात्मनः |
बिन्दवः पतिता गात्रे सूक्ष्माः सुरभि गन्धिनः ॥
"Small and sweet smelling tear drops of that mythical cow fell on the limbs of the high soled Indra the lord of celestials, who was traveling below in a lower region."
tasyaaH = that mythical cow's; suukshhmaaH = small; bindavaH = tear drops; surabhi gandhinaH = bearing good smell; patitaH = fell; gaatre = on the limbs; mahaatmanaH = of the high soled; suraraajN^aH = Indra the god of celestials; vrajataH = who was traveling; adhastaat = in the lower region.
2.74.18
इन्द्रोऽप्यश्रुनिपातम् तम् स्वगात्रे पुण्यगन्धिनम् |
सुरभिम् मन्यते दृष्ट्वा भूयसीम् ताम् सुरेश्वरः ॥
"Seeing those sweet- scented tears falling on his limbs, Indra the Lord of celestials identified the tears to be those of the great Kamadhenu the mythical cow."
dR^ishhTvaa = seeing; tam = those; puN^yagandhinam = sweet scented; ashrupaatam = tears falling; svagaatre = on his limbs; indro api = Indra; sureshvaraaH = the lord of celestials; manyate = thought; taam = her; bhuumyasiim = to be the great; surabhim = Kamadhenu the mythical cow.
2.74.19
निरीक्समाणः शक्रस्ताम् ददर्श सुरभिम् स्थिताम् |
आकाशे विष्ठिताम् दीनाम् रुदतीम् भृशदुःखिताम् ॥
"Looking into the sky, Indra saw that Kamadhenu standing there with anguish and pitiably weeping with great grief."
niriikshhamaaNaH = looking; aakaashe = into the sky; shakraH = Indra; dadarsha = saw; taam surabhim = that Kamadhenu; sthitaam = standing there; vishhThitaam = with anguish; diinaam = and pitiably; rudatiim = crying; bhR^ishaduHkhitaam = with great sorrow.
2.74.20
ताम् दृष्ट्वा शोक सम्तप्ताम् वज्र पाणिर् यशस्विनीम् |
इन्द्रः प्रान्जलिर् उद्विग्नः सुर राजो अब्रवीद् वचः ॥
"Indra the lord of celestials with a thunder bolt in his hand, seeing that beautiful Kamadhenu the mythical cow, tormented with grief, spoke eagerly with joined palms to her, as follows:
suraraajaH = the lord of celestials; indraH = Indra; vajraH paaNiH = with a thunder bolt in his hand; dR^ishhTvaa = seeing; taam = that Kamadhenu the mythical cow; yashashviniim = a beautiful one who was tormented with grief; abraviit = spoke; praaN^jaliH = with joined palms; udvignaH = anxious as he was; vaakyam = the following words:
2.74.21
भयम् कच्चिन् न च अस्मासु कुतश्चित् विद्यते महत् |
कुतः निमित्तः शोकः ते ब्रूहि सर्व हित एषिणि ॥
"O, cow the well wisher of all! I hope there is no great panic from any quarter to us. For what occasion is your sorrow?"
sarvahitaishhiNi = O; cow the well wisher of all ; na vidyate kachchit = Is there not indeed; kutashchit = from any where; mahat = a great; bhayam = panic; asmaasu = to us? Kutonimittam = for what occasion te = is your; shokaH sorrow?
2.74.22
एवम् उक्ता तु सुरभिः सुर राजेन धीमता |
पत्युवाच ततः धीरा वाक्यम् वाक्य विशारदा ॥
"Hearing the words of the intelligent Indra the god of celestials, the prudent Kamadhenu who was skilled in expressing words, replied as follows:
evam = thus; uktaa = spoken; dhiimataa = by the intelligent; suraraajena = Indra the god of celestials; dhiiraa = the prudent; surabhiH = Kamadhenu; vaakya vishaaradam = who was skilled in expressing words; tataH = then; pratyuvaacha = replied; vaakyam = the following words:
2.74.23
शान्तम् पातम् न वः किंचित् कुतश्चित् अमर अधिप |
अहम् तु मग्नौ शोचामि स्व पुत्रौ विषमे स्थितौ ॥एतौ दृष्ट्वा कृषौ दीनौ सूर्य रश्मि प्रतापिनौ |
अर्ध्यमानौ बली वर्दौ कर्षकेण सुर अधिप ॥
"Heaven forefend that evil! O, Indra the lord of celestials! There is no danger whatsoever to you from any quarter. Seeing these pair of bullocks, my sons, who are in hardship, being scorched by sun's rays, becoming weak, being troubled by the man who ploughs the land and being immersed in grief, I am pitiably weeping O, Indra!"
paapam shaantam = Heaven forefend the evil! Amaraadhiapa = O; Indra the Lord of celestials! Na = there is no; kashchit = danger whatsoever; vaH = to you; kitashchit = from anywhere; dR^ishhTvaa = seeing; etou = these; balivardou = pair of bullocks; svaputram = my sons; sthitou = who are; vishhame = in hardship; suuryarashmi prataapitou = who are being scorched by sun's rays; kR^ishou = who became weak; ardyamaanou = being trobled; karshhakeNa = by the one who ploughs; magnou = and immersed in grief ; aham = I; diina = am pitiably; shochaami = weeping ; suraadhipa = O; Indra!
2.74.25
मम कायात् प्रसूतौ हि दुह्खितौ भार पीडितौ |
यौ दृष्ट्वा परितप्ये अहम् न अस्ति पुत्र समः प्रियः ॥
"By seeing them who are afflicted with the burden and aggrieved, I am greatly anguished. They are indeed born of my body. There is no dearest one equal to a son indeed!"
Dr^ishhTvaa = by seeing; you = whom; bhaarapiiDitou = that are afflicted with burden; duHkhitou = and aggrieved; aham = I; paritapye = am anguished; (they) prasuutaaH hi = are indeed born; mama = from my; kaayaat = body; naasti = there is no; priyaH = dearest; putraa samah = equal to a son.
2.74.26
यस्याः पुत्र सहस्त्रैस्तु कृत्स्नम् व्याप्तमिदम् जगत् |
ताम् दृष्ट्वा रुदतीम् शक्रो न सुतान्मन्यते परम् ॥
Seeing such a sacred cow weeping, whose hundreds of sons pervaded the entire world, Indra reckoned none whosoever as more than a son (to a mother) .
dR^ishhTvaa = seeing; taam = such a sacred cow; rudatiim = weeping; yasyaaH = whose; putrashataiH = hundreds of sons; vyaaptam = pervaded; idam jagat = throughout this world; shakraH = indra ; na manyate = reckoned none; param = as more than; sutaat = a son(to a mother).
2.74.27
सदाऽप्रतिमवृत्ताया लोकधारणकाम्यया |
श्रीमत्या गुणनित्यायाः स्वभावपरिचेष्टया ॥यस्याः पुत्रसहस्राणि सापि शोचै कामधुक् |
किम् पुनर् या विना रामम् कौसल्या वर्तयिष्यति ॥
"Such a Kamadhenu the sacred cow, which is desirous of maintaining the world always having unequalled behavior, the venerable one, by its very nature functioning forever with good qualities and to whom there are thousands of sons, is lamenting, how much more indeed Kausalya will drag her existence, without Rama?"
saa = such; kaamadhuk api = Kamadhenu even; loka dhaaraNa kaamyayaa = who is desirous of maintaining the world; sadaa = and always; apratimavR^ttaayaaH = having unequalled conduct; shriimatyaaH = the venerable one; svabhaavaparicheshhTayaa = by its nature functioning ; guNa nityaayaaH = forever with good qualities; yasyaaH = to whom; putrasahasraaNi = there are thousands of sons; shochati = is lamenting; kimpunaH = how much more; yaa = indeed; kausalyaa = Kausalya; vartayishhyati = will drag her existence; raamam vinaa = without Rama?
2.74.29
एक पुत्रा च साध्वी च विवत्सा इयम् त्वया कृता |
तस्मात् त्वम् सततम् दुह्खम् प्रेत्य च इह च लप्स्यसे ॥
"She, who has only one son and who is a holy woman, has been made without a child by you. Thereafter, you will obtain grief forever after your death or even here while living."
iyam = she; ekaputraacha = who has only one son; saadhviicha = and who is a holy woman; kR^itaa = has been made; vivitsaa = without a child; tvayaa = by you; tasmaat = therefore; tvam = you; lapsyase = will obtain; duHkham = grief; satatam = forever; pretyacha = after death; ihacha = and even on earth."
2.74.30
अहम् हि अपचितिम् भ्रातुः पितुः च सकलाम् इमाम् |
वर्धनम् यशसः च अपि करिष्यामि न संशयः ॥
"I for my part, shall toil for the complete reinstatement of my brother and complete the obsequial rites due to my father as well as for their prosperity and glory. There is no doubt."
aham = I on my part; karishhyaami = shall toil; imaam = for this; sampuurNaam = complete; apachitam = compensation ; bhraatuH = for my brother; pitushcha = and my father; yashasaH = and for their glory; vardhanam = and prosperity ; na samshayaH = there is no doubt.
2.74.31
आनाययित्वा तनयम् कौसल्याया महा द्युतिम् |
स्वयम् एव प्रवेक्ष्यामि वनम् मुनि निषेवितम् ॥
"Rama the son of Kausalya, of great prowess will be brought back to Ayodhya and I, myself will go to the forest inhabited by the sages."
kausalyaah tanayam = Rama the son of Kausalya ; mahaabalam = of great prowess; aanaayayitvaa = will be brought back; svayameva = and I myself; pravekshhyaami = will enter; vanam = the forest; muninishhevitam = frequented by the sages.
2.74.32
न ह्यहम् पापसम्कल्पे पापे पापम् त्वया कृतम् |
शक्तो धारयितुम् पौरैरश्रुकण्ठै र्निरीक्षितः ॥
"O, wretched and evil minded woman! By seeing the sorrow stricken citizens, I am indeed not able to bear the inequity done by you."
paape = O; wretched one! Paapasamkalpe = O; the evil minded one! PouraiH = the citizens; niriikshhitaH = being seen; ashrukaN^ThaiH = with their throats filled with tears; nashaktaH hi = I am not indeed able; dhaarayitum = to endure; paapam = the inequity; kR^itam = done; tvayaa = by you.
2.74.33
सा त्वमग्निम् प्रविश वा स्वयम् वा दण्डकान्विश |
रज्जुम् बधान वा कण्ठे न हि तेऽन्यत्परायणम् ॥
"As for you, enter the fire or you yourself go to forest of Dandaka.or fasten a rope around your neck. There is no other recourse for you."
saa tvam = as for you; pravisha = enter; agnimvaa = the fire or; visha = enter; svayam = yourself; daNdakaaranyaa = into the forest of Dandaka; vaa = or; badhaana = bind; rajjum = a rope; kaNThe = around your neck; nahi = There is indeed no; anyat = other; paraayaNam = way of recourse; te = to you.
2.74.34
अहमप्यवनिम् प्राप्ते रामे सत्यपराक्रमे |
कृतकृत्यो भविष्यामि विप्रवासितकल्मषः ॥
"After Rama the truly mighty man, obtains his native land, I will even become an accomplished man, with my sins duly washed away."
(After) raame = Rama; satyaparaakrame = the truly mighty man; praapte = obtains; avanim = his native land; ahamapi = I even; bhavishhyaami = will become; kR^itakR^ityaH = an accomplished man; vipravaasita kalmashhaH = with my sins duly washed away.
2.74.35
इति नागैव अरण्ये तोमर अन्कुश चोदितः |
पपात भुवि सम्क्रुद्धो निह्श्वसन्न् इव पन्नगः ॥
As an elephant in a forest pricked with a javelin and a goad and as a hissing serpent, Bharata was enraged and fell on the ground.
naagaH iva = as an elephant; araNye = in a forest; choditaH = pricked with a javelin and a goad; pannaH iva = and as a serpent; niHshvasan = hissing; (Bharata); samkR^iddhaH = was enraged; iti = after speaking in this manner; papaata = and fell; bhuvi = on the ground.
2.74.36
सम्रक्त नेत्रः शिथिल अम्बरः तदा |
विधूत सर्व आभरणः परम्तपः |
बभूव भूमौ पतितः नृप आत्मजः |
शची पतेः केतुर् इव उत्सव क्षये ॥
His eyes inflamed, his clothes in disarray, and his all ornaments discarded, Bharata the prince and the tormentor of foes, lay on the earth, like a banner of Indra raised at the end of a ceremony**
tadaa = then; samraktanetraH = his eyes inflamed; shithilaambaraH = his clothes in disarray; vidhuutasarvaabharaNaH = his all ornaments discarded; nR^ipaatmajaH = Bharata; the prince; paramtapaH = the tormentor of foes;patitaH = lay; bhuumou = on the earth; babhuuva = was ; keturiva = like a banner; shachiipateH = of Indra; utsavakshhaye = raised at the end of a ceremony.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे चतुःसप्ततितमः सर्गः
Sarga 75 (part 1 of 2)
2.75.1
दीर्घकालात्समुत्थाय सम्ज्ञाम् लब्ध्वा च वीर्यवान् |
नेत्राभ्यामश्रुपूर्णाभ्याम् दीनामुद्वीक्ष्य मातरम् ॥सोऽमात्यमध्येभरतो जननीमभ्यकुत्सयत् |
That valiant Bharata, having come to himself a long time on obtaining consciousness, saw his mother whose eyes were filled pitiably with tears, reproached her mother in the midst of the ministers and said as follows:-
saH bharataH = that bharata; viiryavaan = the valiant man; samutthaaya = rose up; diirghakaalaat = after a long time; labdhvaa = obtained; samjNaam = consiousness; udvikshhya = saw; maataram = his mother; netraabhyaam = with her eyes; diinaam ashrupuuNaabhyaam = filled with tear; abhyakutsayat = reproached; jananiim = his mother; amaatyamadhye = in the midst of the ministers.
2.75.2
राज्यम् न कामये जातु मन्त्रये नापि मातरम् ॥अभिषेकम् न जानामि यो.भूद्रज्ज़्ना समीक्षितः |
विप्रकृष्टे ह्यहम् देशे शत्रुघ्न सहितोऽवसम् ॥
"I never desired for the kingdom nor consulted about this matter with even my mother. I was not aware of the proposed coronation, which has of the been contemplated by king Dasaratha; since I was staying indeed in a distant land, along with Satrughna."
2;3. na jaatu kaamaye = I never desired; raajyam = for the kingdom; na mantraye = nor consulted (about this matter); maataraam api = with my mother even; najaanaami = I did not know; abhishhekam = about (my proposed) coronation; yaH = which; abhuut = has been; samiikshhitah = contemplated; raaj^Naa = by the king; aham = I; avasamhi = was indeed residing; viprakR^ishhTe = in a distant; dashe = land; shatrughnasahitaH = along with Shatrughna.
2.75.4
वनवासम् न जानामि रामस्यहम् महात्मनः |
विवासनम् वा सौमित्रेः सीतायाश्च यथाभवत् ॥
"I was neither aware of the banishment of Rama to the forest nor about how the exile of Lakshmana and Seetha have occurred."
aham = I; najaanaami = was not aware; vanavaasam = of the banishment to forest; raamasya = of Rama; mahaatmanaH = the high soled; (nor aware) yathaa = of how; vivaasanam = the banishment; soumitreH = of Lakshmana; siitaayaashcha = and of Seetha; abhavat = having occured.
2.75.5
तथैव क्रोशतः तस्य भरतस्य महात्मनः |
कौसल्या शब्दम् आज्ञाय सुमित्राम् इदम् अब्रवीत् ॥
Recognising the voice of Bharata the noble man, crying out in that manner, Kausalya spoke the following words to Sumitra:
aajNaaya = recognizing; shabdam = the voice; bharatasya = of Bharata; mahaatmanaH = the noble man; kroshataH crying out; tathaiva = in that manner; kausalya = Kausalya; abraviit = spoke; idam = thesewords; sumitraam = to Sumitra.
2.75.6
आगतः क्रूर कार्यायाः कैकेय्या भरतः सुतः |
तम् अहम् द्रष्टुम् इच्चामि भरतम् दीर्घ दर्शिनम् ॥
"Bharata, the son of Kaikeyi, the doer terrific deeds arrived. I went to see that far-sighted Bharata."
bharataH = bharata; sutah = the son; kaikeyyaaH = of Kaikeyi; kruurakaaryaaH = performer of terrible deeds; aagataH = arrived; aham = I; ichchhaami = want; drashhTum = to see; tam bharatam = that Bharata; diirghadarshanam = the far sighted.
2.75.7
एवम् उक्त्वा सुमित्राम् सा विवर्णा मलिन अम्बरा |
प्रतस्थे भरतः यत्र वेपमाना विचेतना ॥
That kausalya who became pale with her demeanor, dirty and emaciated, speaking to Sumitra as aforesaid, became agitated and absent minded and proceeded to Bharata's place.
saa = that Kausalya; vivarNaa = who became pale; malinaa = with her demeanour dirty; kR^ishaa = emaciated; evam = thus;uktvaa = speaking; sumitraam = to Sumitra; vepamaanaa = became agitated; vichetanaa = and absent minded; pratasthe = and proceeded; yatra = (to the place) where; bharataH = Bharata;(was there).
2.75.8
स तु राम अनुजः च अपि शत्रुघ्न सहितः तदा |
प्रतस्थे भरतः यत्र कौसल्याया निवेशनम् ॥
Bharata, the younger brother of Rama on his part, along with Shatrughna started out to Kausalya's place.
tadaa = then; saH bharataH = that Bharata; raamaanujaH tu = the younger brother of Rama on his part; shatrughna sahitaH = along with Shatrughna; pratasthe = proceeded; yatra = to where; kausalyaaH = Kausalya's; niveshanam = place was.
2.75.9
ततः शत्रुघ्न भरतौ कौसल्याम् प्रेक्ष्य दुह्खितौ |
पर्यष्वजेताम् दुह्ख आर्ताम् पतिताम् नष्ट चेतनाम् ॥रुदन्तौ रुदतीम् दुःखात्समेत्यार्याम् मनस्स्विनीम् |
Seeing Kausalya who was afflicted with grief, who fell unconscious (on the way) who was crying and who was an honorable woman with a noble mind. Shatrughna and Bharata wept in sorrow, approached her painfully and embraced her.
tataH = thereafter; prackshhya = seeing; kausalyaam = Kausalya; duHkhaartaam = who was afflicted with grief; nashhTachetanaam = fallen unconscious(on the way); rudatiim = crying; aaryaam = who was an honorable woman; manssviniim = having noble mind; shatrughnabharatou = Shatrughna and Bharata; rudantou = wept; duHkhitou = with grief; sametya = approached; duHhaat = painfully; paryashhvajetaam = and embraced her.
2.75.10
भरतम् प्रत्युवाच इदम् कौसल्या भृश दुह्खिता ॥इदम् ते राज्य कामस्य राज्यम् प्राप्तम् अकण्टकम् |
सम्प्राप्तम् बत कैकेय्या शीघ्रम् क्रूरेण कर्मणा ॥
Kausalya who was very much in sorrow , spoke the following words to Bharata: "you, who have a desire for kingdom, have got this invincible kingdom ."Alas! By the cruel deed of Kaikeyi, it was obtained by you soon!"
10; 11. kausalyaa = Kausalya; bhR^ishaduhkhitaa = who was very much in sorrow; uvaacha = spoke; idam = these words; bharatam prati = to bharata:_ te = "To you; raajya kaamasya = who have a desire for kingdom; idam = this; akNTakam = invincible; raajyam = kingdom; praaptam = has been obtained; krureNa karmaNaa = by this cruel deed; kaikeyyaH = of Kaikeyi; sampraaptam = it was obtained; shiighram = soon; bata = Alas!
2.75.12
प्रस्थाप्य चीर वसनम् पुत्रम् मे वन वासिनम् |
कैकेयी कम् गुणम् तत्र पश्यति क्रूर दर्शिनी ॥
"The ruthless Kaikeyi condemned my son to wear garments of bark and sent him to dwell in the forest: What merit has she gained from this?"
kaikeyii = Kaikeyi; kruuradarshhinii = the cruel minded; me = my; puttram = son; chiiravasanam = wear garments of bark; prasthaapya = and sent (him); vanavaasinam = to dwell in the forest; kim = what; guNam = merit; pashyati = she is perceiving; tatra = in ding so?
2.75.13
क्षिप्रम् माम् अपि कैकेयी प्रस्थापयितुम् अर्हति |
हिरण्य नाभो यत्र आस्ते सुतः मे सुमहा यशाः ॥
"Kaikeyi ought to send me too without delay to the place where my illustrious son with a golden novel (the distinguished mark of Vishnu the god of creation) is there."
kaikeyii = Kaikeyi; arhati = is opt; prasthaapayitum = to send; maamapi = me too; kshhipram = without delay(to the place); yatra = where; me = my; sumahaayashaaH = illustrious; sutaH = son; hiraNya naabhaH = with a golden navel(the distinguished mark of Vishnu the god of creation).
2.75.14
अथवा स्वयम् एव अहम् सुमित्र अनुचरा सुखम् |
अग्नि होत्रम् पुरः कृत्य प्रस्थास्ये यत्र राघवः ॥
"Otherwise, I for my own satisfaction accompanied by Sumitra, placing in front(carried by Brahmana) the sacred fire*** will happily set out to the place Raghava has gone."
athavaa = otherwise; aham = I; svayameva = for my own satisfaction; sumitraamcharaa = accompanied by Sumitra; puraskR^itya = placing in front (carried by Brahmana); agnihotram = the sacred fire**;sukham = will happily; prasthaasye = set out; (to the place); yatra = where; raaghavah = Rama(is there).
2.75.15
कामम् वा स्वयम् एव अद्य तत्र माम् नेतुम् अर्हसि |
यत्र असौ पुरुष व्याघ्रः तप्यते मे तपः सुतः ॥
"Otherwise, you yourself ought to conduct me now, if you so desire, to the place where my son, the tiger among men, is living as an ascetic."
vaa = otherwise; svayameva = you yourself; arhasi = are apt; returm = to conduct; maam = me; adya = now; kaamam = if you so desire (to the place); yatra = where; me putraH = my son; asou = this Rama; purushhavyaaghraH = the tiger among men; tapyati = is performing; tapaH = asceticism.
2.75.16
इदम् हि तव विस्तीर्णम् धन धान्य समाचितम् |
हस्ति अश्व रथ सम्पूर्णम् राज्यम् निर्यातितम् तया ॥
"This vast kingdom, endowed with elephants, horses and chariots and stock piled with grains and riches, has been made over to you by her."
idam raajyam = this kingdom; hastyashvaratha sampuurNam = filled with elephants horses and chariots; dhanadhaanya samaachitam = heaped together with grains and riches; vistiirNamhi = was indeed procured; tava = to you; tayaa = by her.
2.75.17
इत्यादिबहुभिर्वाक्यैः क्रूरैः सम्भर्स्तितोऽनघः |
विव्यथे भरतस्तीव्रम् व्रणे तुद्येव सूचिना ॥
Derided with these and other harsh words that he had not merited, Bharata was extremely perturbed, as if a needle was thrust into an open wound.
sambhartsitah = derided; ityaadi = with these and other; bahubhiH = innumerable; kruuraiH = harsh; vaakyaiH = words; anaghaH = that he had not merited; bharataH = Bharata; vivyathe tiivram = was extremely perturbed; tudyeva = as if thrust; suuchinaa = by a needle; vraNe = into an open wound.
2.75.18
पपात चरणौ तस्यास्तदा सम्भ्रान्तचेतनः |
विलप्य बहुधाऽसम्ज्ञो लब्धसम्ज्ञ्स्ततः स्थितः ॥
His mind being perplexed and having lost his consciousness, Bharata then coming his senses, wailed in many ways and fell at the feet of the queen.
sambhraantachetanaH = this mind being perplexed; asamjN^aH = having lost his consciousness; (Bharata) sthitaH = stood; labdhasamjN^aH = regaining his senses; vilapya = wailed; bahudhaa = in many ways; papaata = fell; chaaraNou = at the feet; tasyaaH = of the queen.
2.75.19
एवम् विलपमानाम् ताम् भरतः प्रान्जलिस् तदा |
कौसल्याम् प्रत्युवाच इदम् शोकैः बहुभिर् आवृताम् ॥
Then, Bharata with folded hands, replied as follows to Kausalya who was encircled by afflictions and weeping as aforesaid in many ways:
tadaa = then; bharataH = Bharata; praN^jaliH = with folded hands; pratyuvaacha = replied; idam = these words; taam kausalyaam = to that Kausalya; aavR^itaam = who was surrounded; shokaiH = by afflictions; vilapanaamaam = and weeping; evam = as aforesaid; bahubhiH = in many ways.
2.75.20
आर्ये कस्मात् अजानन्तम् गर्हसे माम् अकिल्बिषम् |
विपुलाम् च मम प्रीतिम् स्थिराम् जानासि राघवे ॥
"O, noble woman! Why do you reproach me, sinless as I am, for those things that I do not know anything? Nay, you know well of the greatest affection I have for Rama."
aarye = o; noblewoman! kasmaat = why; garhasi = do you reproach ; maam = me; ajaanantam = who did not knowing; anything; akilbishham = and who am sinless? Jaanaasi = you are aware; mama = of my; vipulaam = exalted; sthiraam = stable; priitam = love; raaghave = towards Rama.
2.75.21
कृता शास्त्र अनुगा बुद्धिर् मा भूत् तस्य कदाचन |
सत्य संधः सताम् श्रेष्ठो यस्य आर्यो अनुमते गतः ॥
"May the mind of the one who in any way whatsoever allowed for the departure of my elder brother the best of men who keeps up his promise, be closed to all the seriptures."
buddhiH = (may) the mind; tasya = of the one; yasya = who; kadaachana = in any way whatsoever; anumate = allowed; gatah = for the departure; aaryah = of my elder brother; sataam = shroshhTo = the best of men; who keeps us his promise; maa bhuut = be never; kR^itaa = decided; shaastraamga = according to the scriptures.
2.75.22
प्रैष्यम् पापीयसाम् यातु सूर्यम् च प्रति मेहतु |
हन्तु पादेन गाम् सुप्ताम् यस्य आर्यो अनुमते गतः ॥
"May he who counseled the banishment of my noble brother become the slave of the vilest scoundrels, may he answer the calls of nature in the face of the sun and may he kick with his foot, a sleeping cow."
(May he) anumate = who counseled; gataH = the banishment; aaryaH = of my noble brother; yaatu = become; preshhyam = the slave; paapiyasaam = of the vilest scoundrels; mehatu = may he) answer the calls of nature; suuryaamchaprati = in the face of the sun; hantu = and may he kick; paadena = with his foot; suptaam = a sleeping; gaam = cow.
2.75.23
कारयित्वा महत् कर्म भर्ता भृत्यम् अनर्थकम् |
अधर्मः यो अस्य सो अस्याः तु यस्य आर्यो अनुमते गतः ॥
"With whose counsel my elder brother went to exile, to him let that sin incur, as to a master who imposes the heaviest labour on his servant without remunerating him."
yasya = with whose; anumate = counsel; aaryaH = my elder brother; gataH = went to exile; asya = to him; saH astu = let that; asya = to him; saH astu = let that sin incur; yaH bharata = as to a master; kaarayitvaa = who imposes; mahat = the heaviest; karma = labour; bhR^ityam = on his servant; anarthakam = without remunerating him.
2.75.24
परिपालयमानस्य राज्ञो भूतानि पुत्रवत् |
ततः तु द्रुह्यताम् पापम् यस्य आर्यो अनुमते गतः ॥
"with whose counsel my elder brother has gone to exile, to him let that sin incur as to those who seek to harm a king who protects his people as if they are his own children."
yasya = with whose; anumate = counsel; aaryaH = my elder brother; gatah = has gone to exile; to him) tat = let that; paapam = sin incur; druhyataam = as to those who seek to harm; raajN^aH = a king; paripaalayamaanasya = who protects; bhuutaani = his people; putravat = his own children.
2.75.25
बलि षड् भागम् उद्धृत्य नृपस्य अरक्षतः प्रजाः |
अधर्मः यो अस्य सो अस्य अस्तु यस्य आर्यो अनुमते गतः ॥
"May the guilt of a king, who taking the sixth part of the revenue of his people fails to protect them, be fallen on them with whose counsel my elder brother went to exile."
adharmaH = guilt; nR^ipasyaof a kingyaH = which; uddhR^itya = who taking; balishhaDbhaagam = the sixth part of the revenue; prajaaH = of his people; arakshhataH = fails to protect(them); asya = theirs; saH = that; astu = be; asya = with whose; anumate = counsel; aaryaH = my elder brother; gataH = went to exile.
2.75.26
संश्रुत्य च तपस्विभ्यः सत्रे वै यज्ञ दक्षिणाम् |
ताम् विप्रलपताम् पापम् यस्य आर्यो अनुमते गतः ॥
"May the sin of those having given the promise for certain sacrificial fees to priests in a sacrifice, breaks that promise, to be his with whose counsel my elder brother went to exile."
paapam = may the sin of those; samshurutya = = who having given the promise; yajNa dakshhinaam = having given the promise; satre = in a sacrifice; tapasvibhyaH = to the priests; vipralapataam = breaks; taam = that promise; be his)yasya = with whose; anumate = counsel; aaryaH = my elder brother; gataH = went to exile.
2.75.27
हस्ति अश्व रथ सम्बाधे युद्धे शस्त्र समाकुले |
मा स्म कार्षीत् सताम् धर्मम् यस्य आर्यो अनुमते गतः ॥
"May the sin of him, who fails to observe the code of warfare followed by the virtuous in a battle abundantly provided with elephants horses chariots weapons and men, be his with whose counsel my elder brother went to exile."
(may the sin of him) maasmakaarshhit = who fails to observe; dharmam = the code of welfare; sataam = followed by the virtuous; yuddhe = in a battle; hastvashvarathasambaadhe = abundantly provided with elephants; horses; chariots and weapons; janasamaakule = and abounding in men;( be his) yasya = with whose; ammate = counsel; aaryaH = my elder brother; gataH = went to exile.
2.75.28
उपदिष्टम् सुसूक्ष्म अर्थम् शास्त्रम् यत्नेन धीमता |
स नाशयतु दुष्ट आत्मा यस्य आर्यो अनुमते गतः ॥
"May that perverse wretch, with whose counsel my elder brother has gone to exile, forget the subtle meanings of the scriptures taught with care by a wise teacher."
saH = may that; dushhTaatmaa = perverse wretch; yasya = with whose; anumate = counsel; aaryaH = my elder brother; gataH = has gone to exile; naashayatu = forget; susuukshhmaartham = the subtle meanings; shaastram = of the scriptures; upadishhTam = imparted; yatnena = with care; dhiimataa = by a wise teacher.
2.75.29
मा च तम् प्यूढबाह्वंसम् चन्द्रार्कसम्तेजनम् |
द्राक्षीद्राज्यस्थमासीनम् यस्यार्योऽनुमते गतः ॥
"May he with whose counsel my elder brother has gone to exile, never behold that Rama having large arms and broad shoulders radiant as the sun and the moon and seated as he will be on a throne."
(may he) yasya = with whose; anumate = counsel; aaryaH = my elder brother; gataH = has gone to exile; maacha draakshhiit = never behold; tam = that Rama; vyuuDha baahvamsam = having large arms and broad shoulders; chandraarkasamatejasam = radiant as the sun and the moon; aasiinam = seated; raajyastham = in a kingly office.
2.75.30
पायसम् कृसरम् चागम् वृथा सो अश्नातु निर्घृणः |
गुरूमः च अपि अवजानातु यस्य आर्यो अनुमते गतः ॥
"May that pitiless one with whose counsel my elder brother has gone to exile, incur the sin of partaking milk boiled with rice and sugar a cooked mixture of rice and peas with a few species and a goat flesh without offering them to the gods and be lacking in reverence towards teachers."
saH = may that; nirghR^iNaH = pitiless one; yasya = with whose; anumate = counsel; aaryaH = my elder brother; gataH = has gone to exile; (incure the sin) aashnaatu = of partaking; paayasam = milk boiled with rice and sugar; kR^isaram = a cooked mixture of rice and peas with a few spices; chhaagam = a goat; vR^ithaa = in vain; avajaanaatucha = and be lacking in reverence ; guruun = towards teachers.
2.75.31
गाश्च स्पृशतु पादेन गुरून् परिवदेत्स्वयम् |
मित्रे द्रुह्येत सोऽत्यन्तम् यस्यार्योऽनुमते गतः ॥
"May he with whose counsel my elder brother has gone to exile, incur the sins of kicking the cows, of personally abusing the elders and of deceiving a friend too much."
saH(may he) ; yasya = with whose; anumate = counsel; aaryaH = my elder brother; gataH = has gone to exile; spR^ishatu paadena = incur the sin of) kicking; gaaH = cows; parivadet = of abusing; guruun = the elders; svayam = personally; atyanta = ruhyeta = of very much deceiving; mitre = a friend.
2.75.32
विश्वासात्कथितम् किंचित्परिवादम् मिथः क्वचित् |
विवृणोतु स दुष्टात्मा यस्यार्योओऽनुमते गतः ॥
"May that perverse wretch with whose counsel my elder brother has gone to exile incur the sin of divulging a little abusing words about others spoken occasionally in secret and in confidence, to him."
saH dushhTaatmaa = may that perverse wretch; yasya = with whose; anumate = counsel; aaryaH = my elder brother; gataH = has gone to exile; vivR^iNotu = divulge = kimchit = the little; parivaadam = abusing words; kaThitam = narrated; kvachit = occasionally; mittaH = in secret; vishvaasaat = and in confidence.
2.75.33
अकर्ता ह्यकृतज्ञश्च त्यक्तात्मा निरपत्रपः |
लोके भवतु विद्वेष्यो यस्यार्योऽनुमते गतः ॥
"May he with whose counsel my elder brother has gone to exile, become a non doer, an ungrateful person; a desperate man, the one who has abandoned shame and the one who is worthy of hate."
(may he) yasya = with whose; anumate = counsel; aaryaH = my elder brother; gataH = has gone to exile; bhavatu = become; akartaa = a non doer; akR^itajNaH cha = an ungrateful person; tyaktaatmaa = a desperate man; nirapatrapaH = the one who has abandoned shame; vidveshhyaH = and the one who is worthy of hate.
2.75.34
पुत्रैः दारैः च भृत्यैः च स्व गृहे परिवारितः |
स एको मृष्टम् अश्नातु यस्य आर्यो अनुमते गतः ॥
"May he with whose counsel my elder brother has gone to exile, incur the sin of eating delicious food for himself alone when he is surrounded by his sons , wife and servants in his house."
saH = may he; yasyaH = with whose; anumate = counsel; aaryaH = my elder brother; gataH = has gone to exile; incur the sin) ashnaatu = of eating; nR^ishhTam = delicious food; ekaH = for himself alone; parivaaritaH = when he is surrounded; putradaaraishcha = by his sons wife; bhR^ityaishcha = and servants; svagraR^ihe = in his house.
2.75.35
अप्राप्य सदृशान् दाराननपत्यः प्रमीयताम् |
अनवाप्य क्रियाम् धर्म्याम् यश्यार्योऽनुमते गतः ॥
"May he with whose counsel my elder brother has departed; die issueless, failing to secure a wife suitable for him and thus not fulfilling his religious duties."
yasya-with whose; anumate = counsel; aaryaH = my elder brother; gataH = has departed; pramiiyataam = die; anapalyaH = issueless; apraapya = failing to secure; daaraan = a wife; sadR^ishaan = suitablefor him; anavaapya = and thus) not fulfilling; dharmyaam = his religious; kriyaam = duties.
2.75.36
मात्मनः सम्ततिम् द्राक्षीत्स्वेषु दारेषु दुःखितः |
आयुः समग्रमप्राप्य यस्यार्योऽनुमते गतः ॥
"May he with whose counsel my elder brother has departed, not see a child through his wife and in distress, may not get a full long life."
(may he) yasya = with whose; anumate = counsel; aaryaH = my elder brother; gataH = has departed; apraapya = not get; samagram = a full; aayauH = long life ; duHkhitam = distressed; aayuH = long life; maadraakshhit = in not seeing; aatmanaH = his; samtmatim = child; sveshhu = through his; daarshhu = wife.
2.75.37
राज स्त्री बाल वृद्धानाम् वधे यत् पापम् उच्यते |
भृत्य त्यागे च यत् पापम् तत् पापम् प्रतिपद्यताम् ॥
"That sin which was proclaimed in killing a king a woman, a child or an aged person or in abandoning one's dependents let him (with whose counsel my elder brother has gone to exile) obtain the same sin."
yat = which; paapam = sin; uchyate = was proclaimed; vadhe = in killing; raja striibaala vR^iddhaanaam = a king ; a woman; a child or an aged person; yat = which; paapam = sin( was proclaimed); bhR^ityaagacha = in abandouning the dependents; (let him with whose counsel my elder brother has gone to exile); pratipadyataam = obtain; tat = the same; paapam = sin.
2.75.38
लाक्षया मधुमांसेन लोहेन च विषेण च |
सदैव बिभृयाद्भृत्यान् यस्यार्योऽसुमते गतः ॥
"May he with whose counsel my elder brother has gone to exile, obtain, tat= the sin of nurturing his wife children and other dependents through sale of lacquer, liquor, flesh, iron or poison."
(May he)yasya = with whose; anumate = counsel; aaryaH = my elder brother; gataH = has gone to exile; obtain sin) bibhR^iyaat = of nurturing; sadaiva = always; bhR^ityaan = one's wife; children; and other dependents; through sale; laakshhayaa = of lacquer; madhumaamsena = liquor; and flesh; lohena = iron; vishheNa = and poison.
2.75.39
सम्ग्रामे समुपोढे स शत्रुपक्ष्भयम्करे |
पलायामानो वध्येत यस्यार्योऽनुमे गतः ॥
"May he with whose counsel my elder brother has gone to exile, obtain the sin of being killed while fleeing, at a time when a battle inspiring fear upon enemy's side has commanded."
saH = may he; yasya = with whose; anumate = counsel; aaryaH = my elder brother; gataH = has gone to exile; obtain the sin); palaayamaanaH = of escaping; vadhyeta = and getting killed; samgraame = at a time where) a battle; satrupakshhabhayamkare = inspiring fear upon the enemy's side; samupoDhe = has commanded.
2.75.40
कपालपाणिः पृथिवीमटताम् चीरसम्वृतः |
भिक्समाणो यथोन्मत्तो यस्यार्योऽनुमते गतह् ॥
May he with whose counsel my elder brother has gone to exile, wander about the world, as a mad man with a wooden bowl in his hand, dressed in rags and begging for alms."
saH = may he; yasya = with whose; anumate = counsel; aaryaH = my elder brother; gataH = has gone to exile; aTataam = wandar about; pR^ithiviim = the world; unmattoyathaa = as a mad man; kapaalapaaNiH = with a wooden bowl in his hand; chiirasamvR^itaH = dressed in rags; bhikshhamaaNaH = and begging for alms.
2.75.41
पाने प्रसक्तो भवतु स्त्रीष्वक्षेषु च नित्यशः |
काम्क्रोधाभिभूतस्तु यस्यार्योऽनुमते गतः ॥
"May he with whose counsel my elder brother has departed, be given over to infatuation and anger and be constantly involved in wine women and dice."
may he; yasya = with whose; counsel; aaryaH = my elder brother; gataH = has departed; bhavatu = be; kaamakrodhaabhibhuutaH = given over to the infatuation = and anger; nityashaH = and constantly prosaktaH = involved; pane = in intoxicvated drinks; srtiishhu = women; akshheshucha = and dice.
2.75.42
यस्य धर्मे मनो भूयादधर्मम् स निषेवताम् |
अपात्रवर्षी भवतु यस्यार्योऽनुमते गतः ॥
May the mind of man with whose counsel my elder brother has gone to exile, never take delight in righteousness? Let him indulge in un righteousness and become a distributor of gifts for the undeserving."
manaH = may the mind; asya = of the man; yasya = with whose; anumate = counsel; aaryaH = my elder brother; gataH = has gone to exile; maabhuuyaat = never take delight; dharma = in righteousness; saH = Let him; nishhevataam = indulge; adharmam = in un righteousness; bhavatu = and become; apaatravarshhi = distributor of gifts to the undeserving.
2.75.43
संचितान्यस्य वित्तानि विविधानि सहस्रशः |
दस्युभिर्विप्रलुप्यन्ताम् यश्यार्योऽनुमते गतः ॥
"With whose counsel , my elder brother has gone to exile, let his various kinds of riches got accumulated in thousands , be snatched away by robbers."
yasya = with whose; anumate = counsel; aaryaH = my elder brother; gataH = has gone to exile; asya = let him; vividhhaani = various; vittaani = riches; samchitaani = accumulated; sahasrashaH = in thousands; vipralupyantaam = be snatched away ; dashyubhiH = by robbers.
2.75.44
उभे संध्ये शयानस्य यत् पापम् परिकल्प्यते |
तच् च पापम् भवेत् तस्य यस्य आर्यो अनुमते गतः ॥
"That sin which was proclaimed on him who sleeps during both the twilights, let that sin be obtained by him, with whose counsel my elder brother has gone to exile."
yat = which; paapam = sin; parikalpyate = was proclaimed; tasya = on him; shayanaasya = who sleeps; ubhe sandhye = during both the twillights; tat = let him; paapam = sin; bhavet = be obtained; by him; yasya = with whose; anumate = counsel; aaryaH = my elder brother; gataH = has gone to exile.
2.75.45
यद् अग्नि दायके पापम् यत् पापम् गुरु तल्पगे |
मित्र द्रोहे च यत् पापम् तत् पापम् प्रतिपद्यताम् ॥
"Let him obtains that sin, which attaches to a man who practices arson, to a man who violets his teacher's bed and to a man who cheats his friend."
yat = which; paapam = sin; agnidaayaka = is in an arsonist; yat = which; paapam = sin; gumtalpage = is in a violator of his teacher's bed; yat = which; paapam = sin; mitradrohe = is in cheating a friend; tat = let that; paapam = sin; pratipadyataam = be obtained (to him on whose counsel my elder brother has gone to exile?)
2.75.46
देवतानाम् पितृऋणाम् च माता पित्रोस् तथैव च |
मा स्म कार्षीत् स शुश्रूषाम् यस्य आर्यो अनुमते गतः ॥
"May he, with whose counsel my elder brother has gone to exile, incur that sin of not doing service to be god, to the manes and likewise to his mother and father."
saH = may he; yasya = with whose; anumate = counsel; aaryaH = my elder brother; gataH = has gone to exile; (incure that sin); maasmakaarshhiit = of not doing; shushruushhaam = service; devataanaam = to the gods; pitR^iiNaam = to the manes; tathaivaaha = and like wise; mataapitroH = to his mother and father.
2.75.47
सताम् लोकात् सताम् कीर्त्याः सज् जुष्टात् कर्मणः तथा |
भ्रश्यतु क्षिप्रम् अद्य एव यस्य आर्यो अनुमते गतः ॥
"May he with whose counsel my elder brother has gone to exile, forfeit soon and now from the region obtained by virtuous man, forfeit the illustriousness enjoyed by good men and the righteous actions."
May he)yasya = with whose; anumate = counsel; aaryaH = my elder brother ; gataH = has gone to exile; bhrashyatu = forfeit; kshhipram = soon; adyaiva = and now; karmaNaH = = from the act; sajjushhTaat = of the righteous; lokaat = from the region; sataam = obtained;by good man; tathaa = and ; kiirtyaaH = from illustriousness.
2.75.48
अपास्य मातृशुश्रूषामनर्थे सोऽवतिष्ठताम् |
दीर्घबाहुर्महावक्षा यस्यार्योऽसुमते गतः ॥
"May he with whose counsel, that long armed and broad chested elder brother has gone to exile, fail to give due reverence to his mother and be condemned to idleness."
(May he)yasya = with whose; anumate = counsel; diirghabaahuH = that long armed; mahaavakshhaa = and broad-chested; aaryaH = my elder brother; gataH = has gone to exile; apaasya = fail to give; maatR^ishushruushhokam = due reverence to his mother; avatishhThataam = and be condemned; anarthe = to idleness.
2.75.49
बहुपुत्रो दरिद्रश्च ज्वररोगसमन्वितः |
स भूयात्सततक्लेशी यस्यार्योऽनुमते गतः ॥
"May he with whose counsel my elder brother has gone to exile, possess many dependents be without resources, be undermined with fever and disease and be forever in distress."
saH = may he; yasya = with whose; anumate = counsel; aaryaH = my elder brother; gataH = has gone exile; bahubhR^ityaH = possess many dependents; daridraH = be without resources; jvararoga samanvitaH = and be ; satatakleshii = forever in distress.
2.75.50
आशामाशम् समानानाम् दीनानामूर्ध्वचक्षुषाम् |
आर्थिनाम् वितथाम् कुर्याद्यस्यार्योऽनुमते गतः ॥
"May he with whose counsel my elder brother has gone to exile, incur the sin of falsifying the hopes of highly miserable destitute, who having their eyes looking up seek for alms."
(may he) yasya = with whose; anumate = counsel; aaryaH = my elder brother; gataH = has gone to exile; incur the sin; kuryaat = of making; vitathaam = the hope; arthinaam = of the destitute; diinaanaam = the very miserable ones; uurdhva chakshhushhaam = having their eyes looking up; aashamsamaanaanaam = and seeking for alms.
2.75.51
मायया रमताम् नित्यम् परुषः पिशुनोऽशुचिः |
राज्ज़्नो भीत स्त्वधर्मात्मा यस्यार्योऽनुमते गतः ॥
"May he with whose counsel my elder brother has gone to exile, incur the sin of staying in fear of the king forever as a cunning man, a cruel man, a back biter, a dishonest man and an unrighteous man."
(may he) yasya = with whose; anumate = counsel; aaryaH = my elder brother; gataH = has gone to exile; incur the sin; ramataam = of staying; bhiitaH = in fear; raajN^aH = of the king; nityam = forever; maayayaa = and in conceit; parushhaH = cruel man;pishunaH = a back biter; ashuchiH pishunaH = dishonest man.
2.75.52
ऋतुस्नाताम् सतीम् भार्यामृतुकालानुरोधिनीम् |
अतिवर्तेत दुष्टात्मा यस्यार्योऽनुमते गतः ॥
"May the evil minded man, with whose counsel my elder brother has gone to exile, incur the sin of ignoring his chaste wife, who having bathed after her course of menstruation. approaches him for union having regard for the season favorable for procreation."
dushhTaatmaa = may the evil minded man; yasya = with whose anumate = counsel; aaryaH = my elder brother; gataH = has gone to exile;(incur the sin); ativarteta = of ignoring; satiim = his chaste; bhaaryaam = wife; R^itusnaataam = who bathed after her course of menstruation( and so prepared for sexual intercourse) R^tukaalaanurodhiniim = having regard for the season favorable for procreation.
2.75.53
धर्मदारान् परित्यज्य परदारान्नि षेवताम् |
त्यक्तधर्मरतिर्मूढो यस्यार्योऽनुमते गतः ॥
"May that stupid with whose counsel my elder brother has gone to exile, incur the sin of courting the consort of another disdaining his lawful wife and having forsaken his love for piety."
muuDhaH = may that stupid; yasya = with whose; anumate = counsel; aaryaH = my elder brother; gataH = has gone to exile; incur the sin) nishhevataam = of courting; paradaaraan = the consort of another; parityajya = disdaining; dharma daaraan = his lawful wife; tyaktadharmaratiH = and having left his love for piety.
2.75.54
विप्रलु प्तप्रजातस्य दुष्कृतम् ब्राह्मणस्य यत् |
तदेव प्रतिपद्येत यस्यार्योऽनुमते गतः ॥
"May he, with whose counsel my elder brother has gone to exile, incur that sin, which is obtained by a Brahmana who is issue less."
(may he)yasya = with whose; anumate = counsel; raaryH my elder brother; gataH = has gone to exile; pratipadyataam = obtain; tadeva = even that; dushhkrutam = sin; yat = which (is obtained); braahmanaNasya = by a Brahmin; vipraluptaprajaatasya = who is issue less.
2.75.55
पानीयदूषके पापम् तथैव विषदायके |
यत्तदेकः स लभताम् यस्यार्योऽनुमते गतः ॥
"May he with whose counsel my elder brother has gone to exile, incur the sin that is attached to a person polluting the drinking water and likewise to a person who administers poison."
yasya = with whose; anumate = counsel; aaryaH = my elder brother; gataH = has gone to exile; labhate = incur; yat = which; paapam = sin; paaniiyadushhake = of a person polluting the drinking water; ekaH = himself alone; tathaiva = and likewise; vishhadaayake = of a person who administers person.
2.75.56
ब्राह्मणायोद्यताम् पूजाम् विहन्तु कलुषेन्द्रियः |
बालवत्साम् च गाम् दोग्दु यस्यर्योऽनुमते गतः ॥
"May he with whose counsel my elder brother has gone to exile, incur the sin attached to a person disturbing the worship going to be offered to a Brahmana (by another) and to milking a cow having a young calf. " (of age less than ten days)
(May he ) yasya = with whose; anumate = counsel; aaryaH = my elder brother; gataH = has gone to exile; (incur the sin)vihantu = of disturbing; kalushhendriaH = with wicked senses; puujaam = a worship; udyataam = undertaken; braahmaNaaya = to a Brahmana; dogdhu = and a milking; gaam = a cow; baalavatsaam = having a young calf(of ages less than ten years).
2.75.57
तृष्णार्तम् सति पानीये विप्रलम्भेन योजयेत् |
लभेत तस्य यत्पापम् यस्यार्योऽनुमते गतः ॥
"To him, with whose counsel my elder brother has gone to exile, let that sin be obtained of disappointing a person oppressed with thirst, even though water was available."
tasya = with whose; anumate = counsel; aaryaH = my elder brother; gataH = has gone to exile; yatpaapam = let that sin; labhate = be obtained; yojayet vipralambena = of disappointing; tR^ishhNaartam = a person oppressed with thirst; sati paaniiye = when water was available.
2.75.58
भक्त्या विवदमानेषु मार्गमाश्रित्य पश्यतः |
तस्य पापेन युज्येत यस्यार्योऽनुमते गतः ॥
"With whose counsel my elder brother has gone to exile, let the sin be accorded to him, who while standing on the road, merely witnesses a dispute between two divided groups without trying to make peace between them."
yasya = with whose; anumate = counsel; aaryaH = my elder brother; gataH = has gone to exile; paapena = let the sin; yajyeta = be accorded; tasya = to him; (who) aashritya = standing; maargam = on the road; pashyataH = and merely witnessing; bhktyaa = between two divided groups (without trying to make peace between them.)
2.75.59
विहीनाम् पति पुत्राभ्याम् कौसल्याम् पार्थिव आत्मजः |
एवम् आश्वसयन्न् एव दुह्ख आर्तः निपपात ह ॥
"While thus counseling Kausalya, who was bereft of her husband and son, the prince Bharata fell down, depressed as he was with anguish."
evam = whilein that manner; aashvaasayaaneva = even consoling; kausalyaam = Kausalya; vihiinaam = bereft of; patiputraabhyaam = her husband and sin; paarthivaatmajaH = the Prince Bharata ; nipapaata ha = fell down; duHkhaartaH = depressed with anguish.
2.75.60
तथा तु शपथैः कष्टैः शपमानम् अचेतनम् |
भरतम् शोक सम्तप्तम् कौसल्या वाक्यम् अब्रवीत् ॥
Kausalya spoke the following words to Bharata who was tormented with grief, was quite distraught and who just uttered formidable imprecations in the aforesaid manner:
kausalya = Kausalya; abraviit = spoke; vaakyam = the following words; bharataam = to Bharata; shokasamtaptam = who was tormented with grief; achetanam = and was quite distraught; shapamaanam = who just uttered; kashhTaiH = formidable; shapathaiH = imprecations; tathaatu = in that manner.
2.75.61
मम दुह्खम् इदम् पुत्र भूयः समुपजायते |
शपथैः शपमानो हि प्राणान् उपरुणत्सि मे ॥
"O, son! My grief is further enhanced. By uttering the curses, you are indeed racking my spirits."
putra = O; son! idam duHkham = this grief; samupajaayate = is added; bhuuyaH = further; mama = to me; shapamaanaH = by uttering; shapathaiH = the curses; uparuNatisihi = you are indeed afflicting; me = my; praaNaan = spirits.
Sarga 75 (part 2 of 2)
2.75.62
दिष्ट्या न चलितः धर्मात् आत्मा ते सह लक्ष्मणः |
वत्स सत्य प्रतिज्ञो मे सताम् लोकान् अवाप्स्यसि ॥
"O ,son! Fortunately, your mind as it is endowed with nobility, has not swerved from righteous path. You will obtain the world of the blessed, along with Lakshmana."
vatsa = O; son! dishhTyaa = fortunately; te = your; aatmaa = mind; satyapratiJ^NaH = endowed as it is with nobility; nachalitaH = has not moved ; dharmaat = from righteousness; avaapsyasi = you will obtain; lokam = the world; sataam = of the blessed; saha lakshhmaNaH = along with Lakshmana.
2.75.63
इत्युक्त्वा चाङ्कमानीय भरतम् भ्रातृवत्सलम् |
परिष्वज्य महाबाहुम् रुरोद भृशदुःखिता ॥
Thus speaking to Bharata who was devoted to his brother Rama, she took the valiant Bharata to her lap, embraced him and wept aloud , as she was very much afflicted with grief.
uktvaa = speaking; iti = thus; bharatam = to Bharata; bhraatru vatsalam = who was devoted to his brother Rama; aaniiya = she has taken; mahaabaahum = the long armed Bharata; aNkam = to her lap; parishhvajya = embraced him; ruroda = and wept; bhR^ishaduHkhitaa = very much; afflicted with grief.
2.75.64
एवम् विलपमानस्य दुह्ख आर्तस्य महात्मनः |
मोहाच् च शोक सम्रोधात् बभूव लुलितम् मनः ॥
Lamenting thus, the great soled Bharata distraught on account of grief, felt himself about to swoon, with his mind crushed by the burden of grief.
vilapamaanaH = the great soled Bharata; duHkhaartasya = distraught on account of grief; babhuuva = felt himself; mohaachcha = about tp swoon; manaH = with his mind; lulitam = crushed; shokasamrodhaat = by the burden of grief.
2.75.65
लालप्यमानस्य विचेतनस्य |
प्रनष्ट बुद्धेः पतितस्य भूमौ |
मुहुर् मुहुर् निह्श्वसतः च दीर्घम् |
सा तस्य शोकेन जगाम रात्रिः ॥
To Bharata that night passed with grief in lamenting thus laying fallen unconscious on the ground, sighing warmly again and again with his power of discernment having been lost.
laalapyamaanasya = lamenting thus; vichetanasya = being unconscious; praNashhTabuddheH = with a lost intellect; patitasya = lying fallen; bhuumou = on the ground; niHshvasataH = again and again; raatriH = that night; jagaama = passed; shokena = with grief; tasya = to Bharata.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे पञ्चसप्ततितमः सर्गः
Sarga 76
2.76.1
तम् एवम् शोक सम्तप्तम् भरतम् केकयी सुतम् |
उवाच वदताम् श्रेष्ठो वसिष्ठः श्रेष्ठ वाग् ऋषिः ॥
The sage Vasishta, the excellent one among the speakers having eloquence, spoke to that Bharata, Kaikeyi's son who was thus tormented with grief.
vasishhThaH R^ishhiH = the sage Vasishta; shreshhThaH = the excellent; vadataam = among the speakers; shreshhThavaak = having eloquence; uvaacha = spoke; tam bharatam = to that Bharata; Kaikeyi sutam = the son of Kaikeyi; evam = who was thus; shokatamtaptam = tormented with grief.
2.76.2
अलम् शोकेन भद्रम् ते राज पुत्र महा यशः |
प्राप्त कालम् नर पतेः कुरु सम्यानम् उत्तरम् ॥
"O, the greatly illustrious prince! My blessing to you. You have lamented long enough. Perform in an excellent way, the last rites of the king."
raajaputra = O; the prince; mahaayashaH = the greatly illustrious one! bhadram = blessing; te = to you! aalam = enough; shokena = of your sorrow; kuru = perform; uttamam = in an excellent; samyaanam = way; praaptakaalam = the last rites; narapateH = of the king.
2.76.3
वसिष्ठस्य वचः श्रुत्वा भरतः धारणाम् गतः |
प्रेत कार्याणि सर्वाणि कारयाम् आस धर्मवित् ॥
Hearing the words of Vasishta, Bharata conversant with his duty fell prostate and proceeded with all the arrangements for the obsequies.
shrutvaa = hearing; vachaH = the words; vasishhThasya = of Vasishta; bharataH = Bharata; dharmavit = conversant with his duty; gataH = fell; dharaNiim = prostate; kaarayaamaasa = and proceeded; sarvaaNi = with all; pretakaaryaaNi = the arrangements for obsequies.
2.76.4
उद्धृतम् तैल सम्क्लेदात् स तु भूमौ निवेशितम् |
आपीत वर्ण वदनम् प्रसुप्तम् इव भूमिपम् ॥सम्वेश्य शयने च अग्र्ये नाना रत्न परिष्कृते |
ततः दशरथम् पुत्रः विललाप सुदुह्खितः ॥
Raising the body of king Dasaratha, from the vessel where it had been immersed in oil, seeming as it were asleep with face in the color of gold, that son Bharata placed it in a magnificent couch, adorned with every kind of precious stone and in a great grief, lamented.(as follows):
4; 5. uddharitam = raising; bhuumipam = the body of the king; dasharatham = Dasaratha; bhuumou = from the place; taila samrodhaat niveshitam = where it had been immersed in oil; prasuptam iva = seeming as it were asleep; aapiita vadanam = with face in the color of gold; saH putraH = that son; (Bharata);samveshya = placed it; agrye = in a magnificent; shayane = couch; naanaaratnaparishhkR^ite = adorned with energy kind of precious stone; tatah = and thereafter; suduHkhitaH = in a great grief; vilalaapa = lamented (as follows):
2.76.6
किम् ते व्यवसितम् राजन् प्रोषिते मय्य् अनागते |
विवास्य रामम् धर्मज्ञम् लक्ष्मणम् च महा बलम् ॥
"O, king! Having sent into exile the virtuous Rama and Lakshmana who is possessed of great strength, while I was away from home and had not yet returned, what did you intend to do?"
raajan = O; king! Kim = what; vyavasitam = was intended; te = by you; mayi = while I; proshhite = who was absent from home; anaagate = did not arrive; vivaasya = having sent into exile; dharmajN^am = the virtuous; raamam = Rama; lakshhmaNamcha = and Lakshmana; mahaabalam = possessed of great strength?
2.76.7
क्व यास्यसि महा राज हित्वा इमम् दुह्खितम् जनम् |
हीनम् पुरुष सिम्हेन रामेण अक्लिष्ट कर्मणा ॥
"Where will you go, leaving this person (me) who was distressed and bereft of Rama the unwearied one in action and the excellent one among men?"
kva = where; yaasyasi = will you go; hitvaa = leaving; imam janam = this person; duHkhitam = who is distressed; hiinam = and bereft; raameNa = of Rama; aklishhTa karmaNaa = who is unwearied in action; purushhasimhena = and excellent among men?
2.76.8
योग क्षेमम् तु ते राजन् को अस्मिन् कल्पयिता पुरे |
त्वयि प्रयाते स्वः तात रामे च वनम् आश्रिते ॥
"O, king! O, father! Who is supposed to see the welfare and security of your city of Ayodhya, while you have departed for heaven and while Rama has gone, taking refuge in a forest?"
taata = O; father! Raajan = O; king! KaH = who; kalpayitaa = is supposed to see; yogakshhemam = the welfare and security; te = of your; asmin = this; pure = city of Ayodhya; tvayi = while you; prayaate = have gone;svaH = to heaven; raamecha = and Rama; aashrite = taking; refuge; vanam = in a forest?
2.76.9
विधवा पृथिवी राजंस् त्वया हीना न राजते |
हीन चन्द्रा इव रजनी नगरी प्रतिभाति माम् ॥
"O, king! Bereft of you and deprived of its lord, this earth does not look charming. To me, this city is looking like a night without a moon."
raajan = O; king; hiinaa = bereft; tvayaa = of you; pR^ithivii = this earth;; vidhavaa = and deprived of its lord; na raajate = does not look charming ;maa = to me; nagarii = this city; pratibhaati = is looking; rajaniiva = like a night; hinachandraa = with out a moon.
2.76.10
एवम् विलपमानम् तम् भरतम् दीन मानसम् |
अब्रवीद् वचनम् भूयो वसिष्ठः तु महान् ऋषिः ॥
The great sage Vasishta again spoke the following words to that Bharata who was distressed in mind and thus lamenting.
mahaamuniH = the great sage; vasishhThaH = Vasishta; bhuuyaH = again; abraviit = spoke; vachanam = these words; tam bharatam = to that bharata; diinamaanasam = who was distressed in mind; evam = thus; vilapamaanam = lamenting.
2.76.11
प्रेत कार्याणि यानि अस्य कर्तव्यानि विशाम्पतेः |
तानि अव्यग्रम् महा बाहो क्रियताम् अविचारितम् ॥
"O, mighty armed Bharata! Without hesitation or repining, carry out the funeral rites of the king that should be done."
mahaabaaho = O; mighty armed! Avyagram = without hesitation; avichaaritam = or repining; kriyantaam = carry out ; taami = those; pretakaaryaaNi = funeral rites; asya vishaampate = to this king; yaani = which; kartavyaani = should be done.
2.76.12
तथा इति भरतः वाक्यम् वसिष्ठस्य अभिपूज्य तत् |
ऋत्विक् पुरोहित आचार्यांस् त्वरयाम् आस सर्वशः ॥
"Be it so" answered Bharata and obedient to Vasishta's command, he summoned speedily the appointed priests who were knowing the rules of the funeral rites."
tatheti = Be it so; bharataH = Bharata answered; abhipuujya = and obedient; tat vasishhTasya = to that Vasishta's; vaakyam = command; tvarayaamaasa = he summoned speedily; R^itvik purohitaachaaryaan = the appointed priests; knowing the rules of the funeral rites.
2.76.13
ये तु अग्रतः नर इन्द्रस्याग्नि अगारात् बहिष् कृताः |
ऋत्विग्भिर् याजकैः चैव ते ह्रियन्ते यथा विधि ॥
The fires of that king were prepared outside the chamber and kindled in accordance with the rituals by the priests and the sacrificial attendants.
ye = which; agnayaH = fires; narendrasya = of that king; bahishhkrutaaH = were prepared outside; agnayagaaraat = the fire chamber; te = those fires; ahriyanta = were kindled; R^itvigbhiH = by the appointed priests; yaajakaashchaiva = and sacrificial attendants; yathaavidhi = in accordance with the rituals.
2.76.14
शिबिलायाम् अथ आरोप्य राजानम् गत चेतनम् |
बाष्प कण्ठा विमनसः तम् ऊहुः परिचारकाः ॥
The attendants were choked with tears in their throats and disconsolate in their mind, made the dead king to mount on a small palanquin and carried it away.
atha = thereafter; parichaarakaaH = the attendants; baashhpakaNThaaH = with tears in their throats; vimanasaH = and dejected in mind; aaropya = made to mount; gatachetasam = the dead; raajaanam = king; shibikaayaam = on a small palanquin; uuhuH = and carried; tam = it(away).
2.76.15
हिरण्यम् च सुवर्णम् च वासांसि विविधानि च |
प्रकिरन्तः जना मार्गम् नृपतेर् अग्रतः ययुः ॥
The people went along the path, scattering silver, gold and various kinds of clothes in front of the king.
janaH = the people; yayuH = went along; maargam = the path; prakirantaH = scattering; hiraNyam = silver; suvarNamcha = gold; vividhaani = and many kinds; vaasaamsicha = of clothes; agrataH = in front; nR^ipate = of the king.
2.76.16
चन्दन अगुरु निर्यासान् सरलम् पद्मकम् तथा |
देव दारूणि च आहृत्य चिताम् चक्रुस् तथा अपरे ॥गन्धान् उच्च अवचामः च अन्यांस् तत्र दत्त्वा अथ भूमिपम् |
ततः सम्वेशयाम् आसुः चिता मध्ये तम् ऋत्विजः ॥
In the same manner, some others brought sandal wood, sweet aloes, different fragrant essences, with leaps of Sarala Padmaka and Devadaru woods and many other kinds of fragrant substances, went there and threw them into the funeral pile. Thereafter the appointed priests caused the king's body to lie down there in the midst of the funeral pyre.
tathaa = in the same manner; apare = some others; aahR^itya = brought; chandanaaguru niryaasaan = sandalwood; sweet aloes; different fragrant essences; saraLam = with heaps of Sarala.Padmaka; devadaaruuNicha = devadaaru wood; anyaan = and other; uchchavaachaan = many kinds; gandhaan = of fragrant substances; gatvaa = went; tatra = there; kshhepayanti = and threw them; atha = thereafter; R^itvijaH = the appointed priests; samveshayaamaasuH = caused to lie down; bhuumipam = the king; tatra = there; chitaamadhye = in the midst of the funeral pile.
2.76.18
तथा हुत अशनम् हुत्वा जेपुस् तस्य तदा ऋत्विजः |
जगुः च ते यथा शास्त्रम् तत्र सामानि सामगाः ॥
Then, those priests engaged for the benefit of the king poured oblations into the fire and recited sacred texts (relevant to the funeral rites). Those among the priests, who could recite the hymns of Samaveda, chanted them according to the rules.
tadaa = then; tadR^itvijaH = those appointed priests; tasya = engaged for the bereft of the king; hutvaa = poured oblations; hutaashanam = into the fire; jepuH = and recited sacred texts;(relevant to the funeral rites); te saamagaaH = those among the priests who could recite the hymns of Samaveda; jagushcha = chanted; saamaani = the hymns of Samaveda; yathaa shaastram = according to the rules.
2.76.19
शिबिकाभिः च यानैः च यथा अर्हम् तस्य योषितः |
नगरान् निर्ययुस् तत्र वृद्धैः परिवृताः तदा ॥
Then, his ladies, encircled by elders mounted palanquins or other vehicles, as deserving and departed from the city to that place.
tadaa = then; tasya = his; yoshhitaH = ladies; parivR^itaaH = encircled; vR^iddaiH = by elders; shibikaabhishcha = (mounted) palanquins; yaanaishcha = or other vehicles; yathaarham = as deserving; niryayuH = departed; naagaraat = from the city; tatra = to that place.
2.76.20
प्रसव्यम् च अपि तम् चक्रुर् ऋत्विजो अग्नि चितम् नृपम् |
स्त्रियः च शोक सम्तप्ताः कौसल्या प्रमुखाः तदा ॥
Then, the appointed priests as well as Kausalya and other women who were tormented with grief, circumambulated in anti clockwise direction that king who was lying on a funeral pile.
tadaa = then; R^itvijaH = the appointed priests; kausalyaapramukhaaH = Kausalya and other; striyashcha = women; shokasamtaptaaH = tormented with grief; prasavyamchaapi chakruH = circumambulated in anti-clockwise direction; tam nR^ipam = that king; agrichitam = who was lying on a funeral pile.
2.76.21
क्रौन्चीनाम् इव नारीणाम् निनादः तत्र शुश्रुवे |
आर्तानाम् करुणम् काले क्रोशन्तीनाम् सहस्रशः ॥
At that time the crying sounds of thousands of women, pitiably weeping with agony, were heard like the sounds of female curlew birds.
tatra kale = at that time; ninaadaH = the crying sounds; sahasrashaH = of thousands; naariiNaam = of women; karuNam = pitiably; kroshantiinaam = weeping; aartaanaam = with agony; shushruve = were heard; krouN^chiinamiva = like the sounds of female curlew birds.
2.76.22
ततः रुदन्त्यो विवशा विलप्य च पुनः पुनः |
यानेभ्यः सरयू तीरम् अवतेरुर् वर अन्गनाः ॥
Thereafter, the lamenting ladies deprived of their grit wept again and again and descended from their vehicles at the bank of Sarayu River.
tataH = thereafter; rudantyaH = the lamenting; varaaNganaaH = ladies; vivashaaH = deprived of their grit; vilapya = wept; punaH punaH = again and again; avateruH = and descended; yaanebhyaH = from their vehicles; sarayuu tiiram = at the bank of Sarayu River.
2.76.23
कृत उदकम् ते भरतेन सार्धम् |
नृप अन्गना मन्त्रि पुरोहिताः च |
पुरम् प्रविश्य अश्रु परीत नेत्रा |
भूमौ दश अहम् व्यनयन्त दुह्खम् ॥
Along with Bharata, the royal women, the ministers and family priests offered their oblations with water and entered the city with their eyes filled in tears and spent ten days with great difficulty by sleeping on bare floor.
bharatena saardham = along with Bharata; nR^ipaaNganaaH = the royal women; te = and those; mantri purohitaashcha = ministers and family priests; kR^tvaa = offered; udakam = (oblations with) water; pravishya = entered; puram = the city; ashrupariitanetraaH = with their eyes filled in tears; vyanayanta = and spent; duHkham = with great difficulty; dashaaham = the ten days; bhuumou = sleeping on the floor.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे षट्सप्ततितमः सर्गः
Sarga 77
2.77.1
ततः दश अहे अतिगते कृत शौचो नृप आत्मजः |
द्वादशे अहनि सम्प्राप्ते श्राद्ध कर्माणि अकारयत् ॥
After having passed the tenth day of the death of Dasaratha, Bharata having himself purified, performed Shraddha* rites on the arrival of the twelfth day.
tataH = thereafter; atigate = having passed; dashaahe = the tenth day; kR^ita nR^paatmajaH shouchaH = Bharata; who performed purification; akaarayat = got done; shraaddha karmaaNi = Shraddha* rites; sampaapte = on the arrival of; dvaadase = twelfth; ahani = day.
- Shraddha rites are in the honor and for the benefit of dead relatives observed with great strictness at various fixed periods and on the occasion of rejoicing as well as mourning by the surviving relatives. These are performed by the daily offering of water and on the stated occasion by the offering of Pindas or balls of rice and meal to three paternal forefathers i.e. Father, grandfather, and great grandfather. It is an act of reverential homage to a deceased person performed by relatives, most desirably by a son of the deceased.
2.77.2
ब्राह्मणेभ्यो ददौ रत्नम् धनम् अन्नम् च पुष्कलम् |
वासांसि च महार्हाणि रत्नानि विविधानि च ॥
On the occasion of Shraddha rites, Bharata gave precious stones, money, a lot of cooked rice, very valuable clothes and various other kinds of presents to Brahmans.
(Bharata) dadou = gave; ratnam = precious stones; dhanam = money; pushhkalam = a lot of; annam = cooked rice; mahaarhaaNi = very valuable; vaasaamsi = clothes; vividhaani = various kinds of ; ratnaani = presents; braahmaNebhyaH = to brahmans.
2.77.3
बास्तिकम् बहु शुक्लम् च गाः च अपि शतशः तथा |
दासी दासम् च यानम् च वेश्मानि सुमहान्ति च ॥ब्राह्मणेभ्यो ददौ पुत्रः राज्ञः तस्य और्ध्वदैहिकम् |
In that ceremony performed in honor of the dead king, Bharata the son of Dasaratha gave multitudes of white goats, hundreds of cows, servants and servant maids, vehicles and very big houses to Brahmans.
tasya = in that; ourdhvadehikam = ceremony performed in honor of the dead; raajN^aH = king; putraH = Bharata the son of Dasaratha; dadou = gave; bahu = many; shuklam = white; baastikam = multitudes of goats; tathaa = and; shatashaH = hundreds of ; gaashchaapi = cows; daasii daasamcha = servants and servant maids; yaanaamcha = vehicles; sumahaanti = and very big; veshmaanicha = houses; braahmaNebhyaH = to brahmans.
2.77.4
ततः प्रभात समये दिवसे अथ त्रयोदशे ॥विललाप महा बाहुर् भरतः शोक मूर्चितः |
शब्द अपिहित कण्ठः च शोधन अर्थम् उपागतः ॥चिता मूले पितुर् वाक्यम् इदम् आह सुदुह्खितः |
Then, at the time of dawn on the thirteenth day, the mighty armed Bharata who came for clearing up bones and ashes, wept in grief, his throat being choked of sound (because of crying) and spoke in great distress the following words, having reached the foot of his father's funeral pile (to collect the bones and ashes for their immersion in Sarayu River).
4; 5. tataH = then; prabhaata samaye = at the time of dawn; trayodashe = on the thirteenth; divase = day; mahaabaahuH = the mighty armed; bharataH = Bharata; upaagataH = who came; shodanaartham = for clearing up bones and ashes; atha = thereafter; vilalaapa = wept; shokamuurchhitaH = stunned by grief; shabdaapihitakaN^ThaH = his throat being choked; aha = spoke; idam vaakyam = these words; suduHkhitah = greatly distressed as he was; chitaamuule = having reached the foot of his father's funeral pile (to collect the bones and ashes for their immersion in the holy Sarayu river.)
2.77.6
तात यस्मिन् निषृष्टः अहम् त्वया भ्रातरि राघवे ॥तस्मिन् वनम् प्रव्रजिते शून्ये त्यक्तः अस्म्य् अहम् त्वया |
"O, father! My brother Rama to whose care I was entrusted by you, having gone on exile to the forest, I now become abandoned wholly alone, by you."
taata = O; father! Yasmin = to which; bhraatari = brother; raaghave = Rama; aham = I; nisR^ishhTaH = have been entrusted; tvayaa = by you; tasmin = that Rama; pravrajite = having gone to exile; vanam = forest; aham = I; asmi = became; tyaktaH = abandoned; shuunye = wholly alone; tvayaa = by you.
2.77.7
यथा गतिर् अनाथायाः पुत्रः प्रव्राजितः वनम् ॥ताम् अम्बाम् तात कौसल्याम् त्यक्त्वा त्वम् क्व गतः नृप |
"O, king! O, father! Where have you gone, leaving Kausalya the mother whose son Rama, her support, has been sent away from home to the forest?"
nR^ipa = O; king!; taata = O; father! kva = where; gataH = where you have gone; tyaktvaa = leaving; kausalyaam = Kausalya; taam = such; ambaam = a mother; yasyaaH = whose; putraH = son; gatiH = the support; pravraajitah = has been sent away from home; vanam = the forest?
2.77.8
दृष्ट्वा भस्म अरुणम् तच् च दग्ध अस्थि स्थान मण्डलम् ॥पितुः शरीर निर्वाणम् निष्टनन् विषसाद ह |
Seeing that spot of collection (of bones), which became reddish brown in colour because of ashes, with bones consumed by fire and his father's body having extinguished, Bharata was depressed and began to cry loudly.
dR^ishhTvaa = seeing; tat = that; sthaanamaN^Dalam = spot of collection; bhasmaaruNam = which became reddish brown in colour because of ashes; dagdhaasthi = with bones consumed by fire; pituH = and his father's; shariira nirvaaNam = body extinguished; saH = BharataH; vishhasaada = was depressed; nishhTanan = and began to cry loudly.
2.77.9
स तु दृष्ट्वा रुदन् दीनः पपात धरणी तले ॥उत्थाप्यमानः शक्रस्य यन्त्र ध्वजैव च्युतः |
Miserable as he was to see the spot, Bharata fell weeping on the ground, as a flag staff fastened by any mechanical contrivance would drop down while being raised in honor of Indra the god of celestials.
diinaH = miserable as he was; dR^IshhTvaa = to see; (the spot); saH tu = that Bharata; papaata = fell; rudan = weeping; dharaNiitale = on the ground; yantradhvajaH iva = as a flagstaff fastened by any mechanical contrivance; chyutaH = would drop; utthaapyamaanaH = while being raised; shakrasya = in honor of Indra the god of celestials.
2.77.10
अभिपेतुस् ततः सर्वे तस्य अमात्याः शुचि व्रतम् ॥अन्त काले निपतितम् ययातिम् ऋषयो यथा |
All his ministers hastily approached Bharata who was virtuous in conduct, as sages once rushed to the fallen Yayati at the time of his death.
tataH = then; sarve = all; tasya amaatyaaH = his ministers; abhipetuH = quickly approached Bharata; shuchivratam = virtuous in conduct; R^ishhayo yathaa = as sages; (rushed to) nipatitam = the fallen; yayaatim = Yayati; antakaale = at the time of his death.
2.77.11
शत्रुघ्नः च अपि भरतम् दृष्ट्वा शोक परिप्लुतम् ॥विसम्ज्ञो न्यपतत् भूमौ भूमि पालम् अनुस्मरन् |
Seeing Bharata, Shatrughna was also overwhelmed with grief and while recollecting the king, fell unconscious on the ground.
dR^ishhTvaa = seeing; bharatam = Bharata; shatrughnashohaapi = Shatrughna also; shokapariplutaH = was overwhelmed with grief; anusmaran = and while recollecting; bhuumipaalam = the king; nyapatat = fell; bhuumou = on the ground; visamj^NaH = unconsciously.
2.77.12
उन्मत्तैव निश्चेता विललाप सुदुह्खितः ॥स्मृत्वा पितुर् गुण अन्गानि तनि तानि तदा तदा |
Remembering the many gestures of his father resulting from his loving qualities made from time to time, Shatrughna was lamenting (as follows) like one who has lost his wits, bewildered as he was.
smR^ityaa = Remembering of; taani taani = many; guNaaN^gaani = acts resulting from good qualities; pituH = of his father; tathaa tathaa = at different times; vilalaapa = he was lamenting wildly; (as follows) unmattaH = like one who has lost his wits; nishchetaaH = bewildered as he was; suduHkhitaH = and very much afflicted with grief.
2.77.13
मन्थरा प्रभवः तीव्रः कैकेयी ग्राह सम्कुलः ॥वर दानमयो अक्षोभ्यो अमज्जयत् शोक सागरः |
"We are immersed in a violent and appalling ocean of sorrow invoked by Mandhara, in which Kaikeyi in the form of a crocodile swam in its current the irrevocable boons granted to her by my father."
(we were) amajjayat = immersed; shokasaagaraH = in an ocean of sorrow; tiivra = which was violent; akshhobhyaH = and appalling; mantharaaprabhavaH = invoked by Manthara; kaikeyii graahasamkulaH = in which Kaikeyi; in the form of a crocodile; varadaanamayaH = swam in its current the boons; (granted by my father in favor of Kaikeyi)
2.77.14
सुकुमारम् च बालम् च सततम् लालितम् त्वया ॥क्व तात भरतम् हित्वा विलपन्तम् गतः भवान् |
"O, father! Where have you gone leaving the lamenting Bharata, your boy always being caressed by you."
taata = O; father! Kva = where; bhavaan gataH = have you gone; hitvaa = leaving; bharatam = Bharata; baalamcha = your boy; laalitam = caressed; satatam = always; tvayaa = by you; vilapantam = and lamenting.
2.77.15
ननु भोज्येषु पानेषु वस्त्रेष्व् आभरणेषु च ॥प्रवारयसि नः सर्वांस् तन् नः को अद्य करिष्यति |
"You used to fulfill the wishes of all of us, in the matter of eatables, drinks, clothes, and jewels. Who else will do it (now) for us."
pravaarayasi nanu = you used to fulfill the wishes; maH savaan = of all of us; bhojyeshhu = in the matter of eatables; paaneshhu = drinks; vastreshhu = clothes; aabharaNeshhu cha = and jewels; kaH = who; anyaH = else; karishhyati = will do; tat = it; naH = for us?
2.77.16
अवदारण काले तु पृथिवी न अवदीर्यते ॥विहीना या त्वया राज्ञा धर्मज्ञेन महात्मना |
"That earth which is deprived of you, the high soled and righteous king, is not riven even when it is the time to be riven."
pR^ithivii = that earth; yaa = which; vihiinaa = is deprived; tvayaa = of you; dharmajN^ena = who knew the righteousness; mahaatmanaa = a high soled man; raajN^aa = and a king; naavadiiryate = is not riven; avadiiraNakaale = even when it is time to be riven.
2.77.17
पितरि स्वर्गम् आपन्ने रामे च अरण्यम् आश्रिते ॥किम् मे जीवित सामर्थ्यम् प्रवेक्ष्यामि हुत अशनम् |
"The father having obtained heaven and Rama having taken refuge in a forest, what is the significance of life for me? I shall enter a fire."
pitari = the father; aapanne = having obtained; svargam = heaven; raamecha = and Rama; aashrite = having taken refuge; araNyam = in a forest; kim = what is; jiivita saamarthyam = the significance of life; me = for me? pravekshhyaami = I shall enter; hutaashanam = a fire.
2.77.18
हीनो भ्रात्रा च पित्रा च शून्याम् इक्ष्वाकु पालिताम् ॥अयोध्याम् न प्रवेक्ष्यामि प्रवेक्ष्यामि तपो वनम् |
"Bereft of my brother and father, I can not return to the deserted city of Ayodhya, where Ikshvaku used to reign. I shall retire to a hermitage."
hiinaH = bereft of; bhraatraa = my brother; pitraacha = and father; na pravekshhyaami = I can not return to; shuunyaam = the deserted; ayodhaam = Ayodhya; ikshhvaakupaalitaam = where Ikshvaku used to reign; pravekshhyaami = I shall retire to; tapovanam = a hermitage.
2.77.19
तयोः विलपितम् श्रुत्वा व्यसनम् च अन्ववेक्ष्य तत् ॥भृशम् आर्ततरा भूयः सर्वएव अनुगामिनः |
Hearing the lamentation of both of them and beholding their plight, all their companions were disturbed very much, once again.
shrutvaa = hearing; vilapitam = the lamentation; tayoH = of them both; anvavekshhya = and beholding; tat = that; vyasanam = misfortune; sarve = all; anugaaminaH = their companions; bhuuyaH = once again; aarta taraaH = were disturbed; bhR^isham = very much.
2.77.20
ततः विषण्णौ श्रान्तौ च शत्रुघ्न भरताव् उभौ ॥धरण्याम् सम्व्यचेष्टेताम् भग्न शृन्गाव् इव ऋषभौ |
Both Shatrughna, and Bharata were wearied with grief and began to roll on the ground, like two bulls whose horns have been broken.
tataH = thereafter; ubhau = both; shatrughna bharatou = Shatrughna and Bharata; shraantoucha = were wearied; vishhaNNou = with grief; samvyaveshTetaam = and began to roll; dharaN^yaam = on the ground;R^ishhabhou iva = like two bulls; bhagnashR^iN^gou = having their horns broken.
2.77.21
ततः प्रकृतिमान् वैद्यः पितुर् एषाम् पुरोहितः ॥वसिष्ठो भरतम् वाक्यम् उत्थाप्य तम् उवाच ह |
Then, Vasista, a noble man, a learned man and the family priest of their father, raised up that Bharata from the ground and spoke the following words:
tataH = then; vasishhTah = Vasista; prakR^itimaan = a noble natured man; vaidyaH = a family priest; eshhaam = of their; pituH = father; utthaaapya = after raising up; tam = that; bharatam = Bharata; uvaacha ha = spoke; vaakyam = (the following) words.
2.77.22
त्रयोदशोऽयम् दिवसः पितुर्वृत्तस्य ते विभो ॥सावशेषास्थिनिचये किमिह त्वम् विलम्बसे |
"O, Lord Bharata! This is the thirteenth day of the death of your father. Why are you hanging down here, when the ceremony of collecting the bones is still unfinished?"
vibho = O; lord Bharata! Ayam = this; trayodashaH = is the thirteenth; divasaH = day; vR^ittasya = of the death; te pituH = of your father; kim = why; tvam = are you; vilambase = hanging down; iha = here; saava sheshha asthi nichaye = when the ceremony of collecting the bones is still remaining.
2.77.23
त्रीणि द्वन्द्वानि भूतेषु प्रवृत्तानि अविशेषतः ॥तेषु च अपरिहार्येषु न एवम् भवितुम् अर्हति |
"The three pairs of opposites (namely hunger and thirst, joy and sorrow; birth and death) occur to all living beings without any distinction. They being inevitable, you ought not to behave like this."
triiNi = the three; dvandvaani = pairs of opposites (namely hunger and thirst; joy and sorrow; birth and death) ; pravR^ittaani = occur; bhuuteshhu = living beings; avisheshhataH = without any distinction; teshhu = they; aparihaaryeshhu = being inevitable; naarhasi = you ought not; bhavitum = to behave; evam = like this.
2.77.24
सुमन्त्रः च अपि शत्रुघ्नम् उत्थाप्य अभिप्रसाद्य च ॥श्रावयाम् आस तत्त्वज्ञः सर्व भूत भव अभवौ |
Even Sumantra, who knew the Truth, raising up Shatrughna and pacifying him, told him about the origin and dissolution of all beings.
sumantrashchaapi = even Sumantra; tattvajN^aH = who knew the truth; utthaapya = raising up; shatrughnam = Satrughna; abhiprasaadyacha = and pacifying him; shraavayaamaasa = told him; sarvabhuuta bhavaabhavam = about the origin and dissolution of all beings.
2.77.25
उत्थितौ तौ नर व्याघ्रौ प्रकाशेते यशस्विनौ ॥वर्ष आतप परिक्लिन्नौ पृथग् इन्द्र ध्वजाव् इव |
The two illustrious tigers among men (Bharata and Satrughna) who had got up, appeared like two banners severally raised in honor of Indra (the god of celestials) soiled through rain and the sun.
yashasvinou = the two illustrious; naravyaaghrou = tigers among men; utthitou = who had got up; prakaashete = appeared; pR^ithak indradhvajaaviva = like two banners severally raised in honor of Indra; varshhaatapa pariglaanou = soiled through rain and sun.
2.77.26
अश्रूणि परिमृद्नन्तौ रक्त अक्षौ दीन भाषिणौ ॥अमात्याः त्वरयन्ति स्म तनयौ च अपराः क्रियाः |
The ministers hurried up the princes, who were wiping their tears and who were talking pitiably with their eyes reddened (due to excessive weeping) to expedite the other rites pertaining to the thirteenth day.
amaatyaaH = the ministers; tvarayantisma = hurried up; tanaou = the princes; parimR^idnantou = who were wiping; ashruuNi = their tears; raktaakshhou = their eyes reddened; diina bhaashhiNou = and who were talking pitiably; aparaaH kriyaaH = to expedite the other rites pertaining to the thirteenth day.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे सप्तसप्ततितमः सर्गः
Sarga 78
2.78.1
अत्र यात्राम् समीहन्तम् शत्रुघ्नः लक्ष्मण अनुजः |
भरतम् शोक सम्तप्तम् इदम् वचनम् अब्रवीत् ॥
Thereafter, Shatrughna the younger brother of Lakshmana spoke the following words to Bharata, who was tormented with grief and who desired to undertake an expedition to Rama.
atha = thereafter; shatrughnaH = Shatrughna; lakshmaNanujaH = the youger brother of Lakshmana; abraviit = spoke; idam = these; vachanam = words; bharatam = to Bharata; shoka samtaptam = who was tormented with giref; samiihantam = and desired; yaatram = to undertake an expedition (to Rama)
2.78.2
गतिर् यः सर्व भूतानाम् दुह्खे किम् पुनर् आत्मनः |
स रामः सत्त्व सम्पन्नः स्त्रिया प्रव्राजितः वनम् ॥
"When that even-minded Rama is a refuge for all beings, how much more to tell about our seeking solace to him in our grief? He has been abandoned to the forest by a woman."
kim punaH = how much more to tell; aatmanaH = about our grief; saH = when that; raamaH = Rama; sattvasampannaH = the even-minded; yaH = who; gatiH = is a refuge; sarvabhuutaanaam = for all beings; striyaa = by a woman; pravraajitaH = he was sent away; vanam = to the forest.
2.78.3
बलवान् वीर्य सम्पन्नो लक्ष्मणो नाम यो अपि असौ |
किम् न मोचयते रामम् कृत्वा अपि पितृ निग्रहम् ॥
"Why the so-called Lakshmana, the strong and powerful man, even could not rescue Rama from distress by making our father to restrain from doing it?"
yaH = which; lakSmanaama = so-called Lakshmana; balavaan = the strong-man; viirya sampannaH = possessed of power; kim = why; asau api = he even; na mochayatesma = could not rescue; raama = rama (from distress) kR^itvaa = by making pitR^inigraham = our father to restrain from doing it?
2.78.4
पूर्वम् एव तु निग्राह्यः समवेक्ष्य नय अनयौ |
उत्पथम् यः समारूढो नार्या राजा वशम् गतः ॥
"By perceiving the prudence and imprudence in that wrong course adopted by the king, who has fallen into the clutches of a woman, Lakshmana should have restrained Dasaratha even at the beginning itself."
samavekSya = by perceving; nayaanayou = prudence and imprudence; utpatham = in that wrong course; samaaruuDhaH = adopted raajaa = by the king; yaH = who; gataH = has fallen; vasham = to the control; naaryaaH = of a woman; (Lakshmana sould have); nigraahya = restrained (Dasaratha) puurvameva = even before itself.
2.78.5
इति सम्भाषमाणे तु शत्रुघ्ने लक्ष्मण अनुजे |
प्राग् द्वारे अभूत् तदा कुब्जा सर्व आभरण भूषिता ॥
While Shatrughna the younger brother of Lakshmana was talking thus, the hump-backed Manthara duly adorned with all types of ornaments, appeared at the eastern gate.
(while); shatrughna; rakSmaNaanuge = the younger brother of Lakshmana; sambhaaSamaaNe = was talking; iti = thus; tadaa = then; kubjaa = Manthara the hump-backed; sarvaabharaNa bhuushitaa = adorned with all types of ornaments; abhuut = appeared; praagdvaare = at the eastern gate.
2.78.6
लिप्ता चन्दन सारेण राज वस्त्राणि बिभ्रती |
विविधम् विविधैस्तैस्तैर्भूषणैश्च विभूषिता ॥
Anointed with a scent of sandal-wood and wearing royal clothes, she was bedecked with several kinds of ornaments of every description in various ways.
liptaa = anointed; chandana saareNa = with a scent of sandal-word; bibhratii = wearing; raajavastraaNi = royal clothes; vibhuuSitaa = she was adorned; taistaiH = by several; vividhaiH = kinds; bhuuSaNaishcha = of ornaments; vividham = in various ways.
2.78.7
मेखला दामभिः चित्रै रज्जु बद्धा इव वानरी |
बभासे बहुभिर्बद्धा रज्जुबद्देव वानरी ॥
Studded with bright-coloured girdle-bands and many other excellent ornaments, Manthara appeared like a female-monkey tied with ropes!
baddhaa = Studded with; chitraiH = bright coloured; mekhalaadaamabhiH = girdle-bands; bahubhiH = and many; anyaiH = other; shubha bhuuSaNaishcha = excellent ornaments; (she); babhaase = appeared; vaanariiva = like a female monkey; rajjubaddhaa = tied with ropes!
2.78.8
ताम् समीक्ष्य तदा द्वाह्स्थो भृशम् पापस्य कारिणीम् |
गृहीत्वा अकरुणम् कुब्जाम् शत्रुघ्नाय न्यवेदयत् ॥
Beholding that hump-backed Manthara, the very much sinful and insensitive woman, the door-keepers caught her and delivered her to Shatrughna (with the following words:)
tadaa = then; samiikSya = beholding; taam kubjaam = that hump-backed Manthara; subhR^isham = the very much; paapakaariNiim = sinful; akaruNaam = and insenstive one; dvaaHsthaaH = the door-keepers; gR^ihiitvaa = caught her; nyavedayan = and delivered her; shatrughnaaya = to Shatrughna; (as follows)
2.78.9
यस्याः कृते वने रामः न्यस्त देहः च वः पिता |
सा इयम् पापा नृशंसा च तस्याः कुरु यथा मति ॥
"Here is that sinful and cruel woman, by whose act Rama is in the forest and your father has laid down his body. Do with her, as you consider fitting."
iyam = here; saa = is that; paapaa = sinful; nR^ishamsaa = and cruel woman; yasyaaH kR^ite = by whose act; raamaH = Rama; vane = is in the forest; vaH pitaaH = and your father; nyasta dehashcha = has laid donw his body; kuru = take action; yathaamati = as fit you please; tasyaaH = with her.
2.78.10
शत्रुघ्नः च तत् आज्ञाय वचनम् भृश दुह्खितः |
अन्तः पुर चरान् सर्वान् इति उवाच धृत व्रतः ॥
Hearing those words, Shatrughna who was very much in grief and was firmly resolute, spoke to all those inmates of that gynaecium, as follows:
aajJNaaya = hearing; tat = those; vachanam = words; shatrughnaH = Shatrughna; bhR^isha duHkhitaH = who was very much in gief; dhR^ita vrtaH = and firmly resolute; uvaacha = spoke; iti = thus; sarvaan = to all those; antaHpuracharaan = who move in that gynaecium.
2.78.11
तीव्रम् उत्पादितम् दुह्खम् भ्रातृऋणाम् मे तथा पितुः |
यया सा इयम् नृशंसस्य कर्मणः फलम् अश्नुताम् ॥
"Let this woman, who created serious misfortune to my brothers and my father, receive the fruit of her cruel act."
saa iyam = let this woman; yayaa = who; utpaaditam = has created; tiivaram = a serious; duHkham = misfortune; bhraatR^iiNaam = to my brothers; me = amd my; pituH = father; ashnutaam = receive; phalam = the fruit; nR^ishamsasya = of her cruel; karmaNaH = act.
2.78.12
एवम् उक्ता च तेन आशु सखी जन समावृता |
गृहीता बलवत् कुब्जा सा तत् गृहम् अनादयत् ॥
Speaking thus in the midst of her companions, he seized that hunch-backed woman with his powerful hand soon and she in turn made that mansion resound with her shrieks.
uktvaa = speaking; evam = thsu; sakhiijana samvR^itaa = in the mist of her companions; saa kubjaa = that hunch-backed woman; gR^ihiitaa = was seized; balavat = powerfully; aashu = soon; tena = by him; (and she); tat gR^iham = made that mansion; anaadayat = resound (with her shrieks).
2.78.13
ततः सुभृश सम्तप्तः तस्याः सर्वः सखी जनः |
क्रुद्धम् आज्ञाय शत्रुघ्नम् व्यपलायत सर्वशः ॥
Then, her companion, having conceived Shatrughna's anger and extremely agonised as they were, ran away helter-shelter in all directions.
tataH = then; sarvaH = all; tasyaaH = her; sakhiijanaH = companions; aajJNaaya = understood; shatrughnam = Shatrughna; kruddham = to have been angry; subhR^isha samtaptaH = and greatly agonised; have been angry; vipalaayata = (they) ran away; sarvashaH = in all directions.
2.78.14
अमन्त्रयत कृत्स्नः च तस्याः सर्व सखी जनः |
यथा अयम् समुपक्रान्तः निह्शेषम् नः करिष्यति ॥
All the company of women there surmised as follows : "The way how he is coming up, he will surely slay us all"
sarvaH = all; aasyaaH = her; sakhiijanaH = companions; amantrayata = surnised (as follows); yathaa = the way how; ayam = he; samupakraantaH = is coming up; kariSyati = he will make; naH = us; niHsheSam = finised.
2.78.15
सानुक्रोशाम् वदान्याम् च धर्मज्ञाम् च यशस्विनीम् |
कौसल्याम् शरणम् यामः सा हि नो अस्तु ध्रुवा गतिः ॥
"We shall take reguge with the compassionate, magnanimous, virtuous and illustrious Kausalya. Let her be the sure asylum for us."
sharaNam yaama = we shall take refuge; kausalyaam = with Kausalya; saanukroshaam = the compassionate; vadaanyaam ca = and the magnanimous; dharmajJNaam = the virtuous; yashasviniim = and the illustrious woman; astu = let; saa = her; dhruvaa = be the sure; gatiH = asylum; naH = for us.
2.78.16
स च रोषेण ताम्र अक्षः शत्रुघ्नः शत्रु तापनः |
विचकर्ष तदा कुब्जाम् क्रोशन्तीम् पृथिवी तले ॥
That Shatrughna, the tormentor of enemies, with his raging red eyes then violently dragged the crying hump-back along the floor.
saH = shatrughnaH = the Shatrughna; shatrutaapanaH = the tormentor of enemies; taamraakSaH = red eyes; tadaa = then; vichakarSa = violently dragged; kroshantiim = the crying; kubjaam = hum-back; dharaNiitale = along the floor.
2.78.17
तस्या हि आकृष्यमाणाया मन्थरायाः ततः ततः |
चित्रम् बहु विधम् भाण्डम् पृथिव्याम् तत् व्यशीर्यत ॥
While that Manthara was violently dragged, here various colourful ornaments were scattered asunder here and there on the floor.
(While); tasyaaH = that; mantharaayaaH = Manthara; aakR^iSyamaaNaayaaH = was violently dragged; bahuvidham = the various kinds; tat = of those; chitram = colourful; bhaaN^Dam = ornaments; vyashiiryata = were scattered; tatastataH = here and there; pR^ithivyaam = on the floor.
2.78.18
तेन भाण्डेन सम्कीर्णम् श्रीमद् राज निवेशनम् |
अशोभत तदा भूयः शारदम् गगनम् यथा ॥
Thus, that splendid royal mansion scattered by those ornaments, appeared very much like an autumnal sky studded with innumerable stars.
tadaa = then; shriimat = the splendid; raajaniveshanam = royal mansion; vistiirNam = scattered; tena = by those; bhaN^Dena = ornaments; ashobhata = appeared; bhuuyaH = very much; gaganam yathaa = as a sky; shaaradam = in antumn (studded with innumerable stars).
2.78.19
स बली बलवत् क्रोधात् गृहीत्वा पुरुष ऋषभः |
कैकेयीम् अभिनिर्भर्त्स्य बभाषे परुषम् वचः ॥
Shatrughna, the strong and the eminent man, thus violently seizing her with rage, sharply rebuked Kaikeyi and spoke harsh words to her.
balii = the strong; saH puruSarSabhaH = and that eminent man; gR^ihiitvaa = seizing; balavat = violently; krodhaat = with rage; abhinirbhartsya = and spoke; paruSam = harsha; vachaH = words.
2.78.20
तैः वाक्यैः परुषैः दुह्खैः कैकेयी भृश दुह्हिता |
शत्रुघ्न भय सम्त्रस्ता पुत्रम् शरणम् आगता ॥
Agonised very much by those harsh and painful words, Kiakeyi overwhelmed as she was with the fear of Shatrughna, took refuge with Bharata.
bhR^isha duHkhitaaH = agoinsed very much; taiH = by those; paruSaiH = harsha; duHkhaiH = and painful; vaakyaiH = words; kaikeyii = Kaikeyi; strughna bhaya samtaptaa = afflicted by the fear for Shatrughna; aagataa = come to; sharaNam = the refuge; putam = of her son.
2.78.21
ताम् प्रेक्ष्य भरतः क्रुद्धम् शत्रुघ्नम् इदम् अब्रवीत् |
अवध्याः सर्व भूतानाम् प्रमदाः क्षम्यताम् इति ॥
Seeing that enraged Shatrughna, Bharata said: "Among all beings women are not to be killed. Hence she is to be pardoned."
bharataH = Bharata; abraviit = idam = these words; pekSya = after seeing; tam = that; shatrughnam = Shatrughna; kruddhan = who was enraged; iti = thus; sarvabhuutaanaam = among all beings; pramadaaH = women; avadhyaaH = are not to be killed; kSamyataam = (She is) to be pardoned.
2.78.22
हन्याम् अहम् इमाम् पापाम् कैकेयीम् दुष्ट चारिणीम् |
यदि माम् धार्मिको रामः न असूयेन् मातृ घातकम् ॥
"If the pious Rama were not to express his displeasure with me for killing the mother, I would have killed this Kaikeyi, the ill-mannered and sinful woman."
dhaarmikaH = (If) the pious; raamaH = Rama; na asuuyedyadi = were not to express displeasure; maam = with me; maatR^ighaatukam = for killing the mother; aham = I; hanyaam = would have killed; imam kaikeyiim = this Kaikeyi; duSTachaariNiim = the evil-doing; paapaam = sinful woman.
2.78.23
इमाम् अपि हताम् कुब्जाम् यदि जानाति राघवः |
त्वाम् च माम् चैव धर्म आत्मा न अभिभाषिष्यते ध्रुवम् ॥
"If the virtuous Rama hears that the hunch-backed woman has been killed, it is sure that he will cease to talk to you or even to me."
yadi = If; raaghavaH = Rama; dharmaatmaa = the virtuous man; jaanaati = gets to know; imaam = this; kubjaam api = hunch-backed woman; hataam = has been killed; dhruvam = it is sure; naabhibhaaSiSyate = (that he will) not speak; tvaam ca = to you; maamcaiva = or even to me.
2.78.24
भरतस्य वचः श्रुत्वा शत्रुघ्नः लक्ष्मण अनुजः |
न्यवर्तत ततः रोषात् ताम् मुमोच च मन्थराम् ॥
Hearing the words of Bharata, Shatrughna the younger brother of Lakshmana renouncing his guilty design forthwith released that Manthara.
shrutvaa = hearing; vacaH = the words; bharatasya = of Bharata; shatrughnaH = Shatrughna; lakSmaNaanujaH = the younger brother of Lakshman; tataH = then; nyavartaH = renouncing; roshaat = his guilty design; mumcaca = released; taam = that; mantharaam = Manthara.
2.78.25
सा पाद मूले कैकेय्या मन्थरा निपपात ह |
निह्श्वसन्ती सुदुह्ख आर्ता कृपणम् विललाप च ॥
Manthara fell at the feet of Kaikeyi, breathless, weeping piteously.
saa mantharaa = that Manthara; nipapaataha = fell; paadamuule = at the feet; kaikeyaaH = of Kaikeyi; suduHkhaartaa = being very much afflicted with grief; niHsvasantii = and with a sigh; vilalaapaca = weeping kR^ipaNam = piteously.
2.78.26
शत्रुघ्न विक्षेप विमूढ सम्ज्ञाम् |
समीक्ष्य कुब्जाम् भरतस्य माता |
शनैः समाश्वासयद् आर्त रूपाम् |
क्रौन्चीम् विलग्नाम् इव वीक्षमाणाम् ॥
Seeing the hunch-backed woman, who was distraught on account of shatrughna's violence, wearing a disturbed appearance and looking like a crane that has been caught in a noose, Bharata's mother slowly consoled her.
samiikSya = seeing; kubjaam = the hunch-backed woman; shatrughna vikSapa vimunDha samjNaam = who was distraught on account of Shatrughna's vioulence; aartaruupaam = and wearing a disturbed appearance; viikSamaaNaam = looked; krounchamiva = likea a krauncha bird; vilagnaam = that has been caught in a noose; bharatasya = Bharata's; maataa = mother; shanaiH = slowly; samaashvaasayat = consoled (her).
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे अष्टसप्ततितमः सर्गः
Sarga 79
2.79.1
ततः प्रभात समये दिवसे अथ चतुर्दशे |
समेत्य राज कर्तारः भरतम् वाक्यम् अब्रुवन् ॥
Thereafter, early in the morning on the fourteenth day, the king-makers coming together, spoke to Bharata the following words.
tataH = thereafter; chaturdashe = on the fourteenth; divase = day; atha = then; praataH kaale = early in the morning; raajakartaaraH = the king-makers; sametya = coming together; abruvan = spoke; vaakyam = (the following) words; bharatam = to Bharata.
2.79.2
गतः दशरथः स्वर्गम् यो नो गुरुतरः गुरुः |
रामम् प्रव्राज्य वै ज्येष्ठम् लक्ष्मणम् च महा बलम् ॥
"Dasaratha, who was our highly venerable master, went to heaven after sending his elder son Rama and the exceedingly strong Lakshmana to forest."
dasharathaH = Dasaratha; yaH = who; gurutaraH = was our very venerable; guruH = master; gataH = wnet; svargam = to heaven; pravaajya = after having sent away from home; jeSTham = his elder son; raamam = Rama; mahaabalamcha = and the exceedingly; strong; lakshmaNamcha = Lakshmana.
2.79.3
त्वम् अद्य भव नो राजा राज पुत्र महा यशः |
सम्गत्या न अपराध्नोति राज्यम् एतत् अनायकम् ॥
"O, the highly illustrious prince! From now on, do you be our king. Fortunately, this kingdom has not yet missed the mark, even without a king."
mahaayashaH = O; the highly illustrious; raajaputra = prince! Tvam = you; bhava = be; raajaa = the king; naH = to us; adya = now; etat = this; raajyam = kingdom; naaparaadhnoti = has not yet missed the mark; anaayakam = even without a king.
2.79.4
आभिषेचनिकम् सर्वम् इदम् आदाय राघव |
प्रतीक्षते त्वाम् स्व जनः श्रेणयः च नृप आत्मज ॥
"O, prince Bharata! Taking all the things needed for coronation, your own people (the counsellers and the ministers) as well as the citizens are awaiting for you."
nR^ipaatmaja = O; prince; raaghava = Bharata!; aadaaya = taking; sarvam = all; idam = the; abhiSechanikam = things needed for coronation; svajanam = your own people (the connsellers and the ministers); shreNayashcha = and the citizens; pratiikshante = are amiting; tvaam = for you.
2.79.5
राज्यम् गृहाण भरत पितृ पैतामहम् महत् |
अभिषेचय च आत्मानम् पाहि च अस्मान् नर ऋषभ ॥
"O, Bharata the excellent among men! Take over the stable kingdom, which came in succession from your ancestors, coronate yourself and rule us."
bharata = O; Bharata; nararSabha = the excellent among men!; gR^ihaaNa = take over; dhruvam = the stable; raajyam = kingdom; pitR^ipaitaamaham = which came in succession from your ancestors; abhiSechaya = coronate; aatmaanam = yourself; paahicha = and rule; asmaan = us.
2.79.6
आभिषेचनिकम् भाण्डम् कृत्वा सर्वम् प्रदक्षिणम् |
भरतः तम् जनम् सर्वम् प्रत्युवाच धृत व्रतः ॥
The firmly resolute Bharata performed circumambulation clockwise around all the things kept ready for consecration and replied to all those people as follows:
bharataH = Bharata; dhR^itavrataH = who is firmly resolute; pradakSiNam kR^itvaa = performed circumambulation clockwise; sarvam = around all; bhaaN^Dam = the things; abhiSechanikam = required for consecration; pratyuvaacha = and replied; sarvam = to all; tam janam = those people (as follows):
2.79.7
ज्येष्ठस्य राजता नित्यम् उचिता हि कुलस्य नः |
न एवम् भवन्तः माम् वक्तुम् अर्हन्ति कुशला जनाः ॥
"It is indeed appropriate to bestow kingship always to the eldest of our clan. You, being the conversant people, ought not to tell in this manner to me."
uchitaahi = It is indeed appropriate; raajataa = (to bestow) kingship; nityam = always; jyeSThasya = to the eldest; naH kulasya = of our clan; bhavantaH = you; kushalaaH = the conversant; jannaH = people; na arhanti = ought not; vaktum = to tell; evam = in this manner; maam = to me.
2.79.8
रामः पूर्वो हि नो भ्राता भविष्यति मही पतिः |
अहम् तु अरण्ये वत्स्यामि वर्षाणि नव पन्च च ॥
"Our eldest brother, Rama will become the king. I then will reside in the forest for fourteen years."
naH = our; puurvaH = eldest; bhraataa = brother; raamaH = Rama; bhaviSyati = will become; mahiipatiH = the king; aham tu = I then; vatsyaami = will reside; araNye = in the forest; nava paN^chacha = for fourteen; varSaaNi = years.
2.79.9
युज्यताम् महती सेना चतुर् अन्ग महा बला |
आनयिष्याम्य् अहम् ज्येष्ठम् भ्रातरम् राघवम् वनात् ॥
"Let a great and exceptionally powerful army consisting of all the four limbs be kept ready. I shall bring Rama our elder brother from the forest."
mahatii = (Let) a great; chaturaN^gamahaabalaaH = and exceptionally powerful army consisting of all the four limbs; yujyataam = be kept ready; aham = I; aanayiSyaami = shall bring; raaghavam = Rama; jyeSTham = the elder; bhraataram = brother; vanaat = from the forest.
2.79.10
आभिषेचनिकम् चैव सर्वम् एतत् उपस्कृतम् |
पुरः कृत्य गमिष्यामि राम हेतोर् वनम् प्रति ॥
"Keeping in front, all the assembled requisites needed for consecration, I shall proceed to the forest for the sake of bringing back Rama."
puraskR^itya = keeping in front; sarva = all etat = this upaskR^itam = assembled; abhiSechanikam = requisite needed for consecration; gamiSyaami = I shall proceed; vanam prati = to the forest; raama hetoH = for the sake of (bringing back) Rama.
2.79.11
तत्र एव तम् नर व्याघ्रम् अभिषिच्य पुरः कृतम् |
आनेष्यामि तु वै रामम् हव्य वाहम् इव अध्वरात् ॥
"Consecrating him, the tiger among men there itself, I shall surely bring Rama solemnized in front, as bringing home the sacred fire from a sacrificial rite, after performing it outside the city."
abhiSichya = consecrating; tam = him; naravyaaghram = the tiger among men; tatraiva = there itself; aneSyaami tu vai = I shall surely bring; raamam = Rama; havgavaahamiva = as bringing the sacred fire; adhvaraat = from a sacrificial rite.
2.79.12
न सकामा करिष्यामि स्वम् इमाम् मातृ गन्धिनीम् |
वने वत्स्याम्य् अहम् दुर्गे रामः राजा भविष्यति ॥
"I shall not make her, my so-called mother, fulfil her desire. I will reside in the impassable forest. Rama will become the king."
na kariSyaami = I shall not make; imam = her; svaam = my; maatR^igandhiniim = so-called mother; sakaamaam = fulfil her desire; aham = I; vatsyaami = will reside; vane = in the forest; durge = which is impassable; raamaH = Rama; bhaviSyati = will become; raajaa = the king.
2.79.13
क्रियताम् शिल्पिभिः पन्थाः समानि विषमाणि च |
रक्षिणः च अनुसम्यान्तु पथि दुर्ग विचारकाः ॥
"Let a path-way be prepared by those skilled in that profession, by leveling the uneven surfaces. Let guards who can easily move in the inaccessible forests accompany us in the path."
manthaaH = let a road; kriyataam = be made; shilpibhiH = by those skilled in that art; samaani = by leveling; viSamaaNi = the uneven surfaces; rakSiNashcha = let guards; durgavichaarakaaH = who can move inaccessible forest; anusamyaanti = accompany us; pathi = in the path.
2.79.14
एवम् सम्भाषमाणम् तम् राम हेतोर् नृप आत्मजम् |
प्रत्युवाच जनः सर्वः श्रीमद् वाक्यम् अनुत्तमम् ॥
Hearing Prince Bharata, talking in consideration of Rama's cause, all the people replied in the following illustrious and excellent words:
tam nR^ipaatmajam = to Bharata; the prince; sambhaaSamaaNam = who was talking; evam = this; raama hetoH = in Rama's cause; sarvaH = all; janaH = the people; pratyuvaacha = replied; vaakyam = in these words; shriimat = much were illustrious; anuttamam = and excellent.
2.79.15
एवम् ते भाषमाणस्य पद्मा श्रीर् उपतिष्ठताम् |
यः त्वम् ज्येष्ठे नृप सुते पृथिवीम् दातुम् इच्चसि ॥
"Let the gracious goddess of prosperity abide with you, who are speaking thus, desirous of giving kingdom to Rama the eldest son of the king."
shriiH = (let) the gracious; padmaa = goddess of properity; upatiSThataam = abide; te = with you; yaH tvam = you; that very person; bhaaSamaaNasya = who is speaking; evam = thus; ichchhasi = desiring; datum = to give; pR^ithiviim = the kingdom; jyeSThe = to the eldest; nR^ipasute = son of the king.
2.79.16
अनुत्तमम् तत् वचनम् नृप आत्मज |
प्रभाषितम् संश्रवणे निशम्य च |
प्रहर्षजाः तम् प्रति बाष्प बिन्दवो |
निपेतुर् आर्य आनन नेत्र सम्भवाः ॥
Hearing those excellent words spoken by the prince close to their ears, tears born of joy fell from the face and eyes of those venerable men.
nishamyacha = hearing; tat = those; vachanam = words; anuttamam = which were excellent; tam prati = of him; nR^ipaatmaja prabhaaSitam = spoken by the prince; samshravaNe = close to their ears; baaSpabindavaH = tears; praharSajaaH = born of joy; nipetuH = fell; aaryanana netrasambhavaaH = from the face and the eyes of those venerable men.
2.79.17
ऊचुस् ते वचनम् इदम् निशम्य हृष्टाः |
सामात्याः सपरिषदो वियात शोकाः |
पन्थानम् नर वर भक्तिमान् जनः च |
व्यादिष्टः तव वचनाच् च शिल्पि वर्गः ॥
Hearing these words, the people there along with council and the ministers felt cheerful, being relieved of their anxiety and spoke the following words : "As per your command, devoted men and a group of artisans have been instructed to make the path-way."
nishamya = hearing; idam = these; vachanam = words; te = they; sapariSadaH = together with the council; saamaatyaaH = along with the ministers; viyaata shokaaH = were relieved of their grief; hR^iSTaaH = and cheerful; uuchuH = and spoke; idam vachanam = these words; tava = as per your; vachanaat = words; bhaktimaan = devoted; janashcha = people; shilpivargaH = and group of artisans; aadiSTaH = have been instructed; panthaanam = for making the path-way.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे एकोनाशीतितमः सर्गः
Sarga 80
2.80.1
अथ भूमि प्रदेशज्ञाः सूत्र कर्म विशारदाः |
स्व कर्म अभिरताः शूराः खनका यन्त्रकाः तथा ॥कर्म अन्तिकाः स्थपतयः पुरुषा यन्त्र कोविदाः |
तथा वर्धकयः चैव मार्गिणो वृक्ष तक्षकाः ॥कूप काराः सुधा कारा वंश कर्म कृतः तथा |
समर्था ये च द्रष्टारः पुरतः ते प्रतस्थिरे ॥
Then, those able to advise on the nature of soils, those skilled in thread-holding for leveling purposes, those who were energetic courageous and attentive in doing their jobs, excavators, mechanics, labourers, carpenters, road-menders, wood-cutters, hollow-makers, men skilled in plastering and white washing, basket makers, tanners and skilled supervisors of work sallied forth in advance.
1; 2; 3. atha = then; bhuumipradeshajJNaH = those able to advise on the nature of soils; suutrakarmavishaaradaaH = those skilled in thread-holding for levelling purposes; shuuraaH = those who were energetic; courageous; svakarmaabhirataaH = interested in doing their own jobs; khanakaaH = excavators; tathaa = and yantrakaaH = mechanics; karmaantikaaH = labourers; sthapatayaH = engineers; puruSaaH = men; yantrakovidaaH = skilled in machines; tathaa = and vaardhakayaH = carpenters; margiNaH = road- menders; vR^ikshatakSakaaH = wood-cutters; kuupakaaraaH = hallow-makers; sudhaakaaraaH = men skilled in plastering and white washing; tathaa = and vamshacharma kR^itaH = basket-makers and tanner; yet = those who; samarthaaH = were skilled; draSTaaraH = supervisors; pratasthire = sallied forth; purataH = in advance.
2.80.4
स तु हर्षात् तम् उद्देशम् जन ओघो विपुलः प्रयान् |
अशोभत महा वेगः सागरस्य इव पर्वणि ॥
That mighty assembly of men gladly setting out to that forest was splendid like an ocean on the day of the full moon having a gigantic commotion.
saH = that; vipulaH = mighty; janaughaH = assembly of men; harSaat = gladly; prayaan = setting out; tam uddesham = to that place; ashobhata = was splendid; samudraH iva = like an ocean; mahaavegaH = with a giagantic commotion; parvaNi = on the day of the full moon.
2.80.5
ते स्व वारम् समास्थाय वर्त्म कर्माणि कोविदाः |
करणैः विविध उपेतैः पुरस्तात् सम्प्रतस्थिरे ॥
Men skilled in making roads, furnished with tools of every kin, seeking the company of men of their own proper place, marched ahead.
te = those; kovidaaH = skilled; vartmakarmaNi = in making roads; karaNaiH = (furnished) with tools; vividhopetaiH = of every kind; samaasthaaya = seeking the company; svavaaram = of their own proper place; purastaat = ahead.
2.80.6
लता वल्लीः च गुल्मामः च स्थाणून् अश्मनएव च |
जनाः ते चक्रिरे मार्गम् चिन्दन्तः विविधान् द्रुमान् ॥
Clearing away rows of creepers and shrubs timber and big rocks as well as variours kinds of trees (which obstructed the way), they carved out a path.
chhindataH = clearing away; lataavaliiH cha = rows of creepers; gulmaamshcha = and shrubs; sthaaNuun = timber; ashmana evacha = and big rocks; vividhaan = and various kinds; drumaan = of trees.
2.80.7
अवृक्षेषु च देशेषु केचित् वृक्षान् अरोपयन् |
केचित् कुठारैअः टन्कैः च दात्रैः चिन्दन् क्वचित् क्वचित् ॥
Some men planted trees in tree-less areas. Some others chopped the existing trees here and there by means of axes, hatchets and sickles.
kechit = some men; aropayan = planted; vR^ikshaan = trees; avR^iksheSu = in tree-less; desheSu = areas; kechit = some others; chiindan = chopped; (the existing trees); kvachit kvachit = here and there; kuThaaraiH = by means of axes; TaN^kaishcha = hatchests; daatraiH cha = and sickles.
2.80.8
अपरे वीरण स्तम्बान् बलिनो बलवत्तराः |
विधमन्ति स्म दुर्गाणि स्थलानि च ततः ततः ॥
Some other strong men removed sturdy tufts of Virana grass and leveled the uneven places here and there.
apare = some others; balavattaraaH = having better strength; vidhamantisma = removed; balinaH = sturdy; viiraNa stambhaan = tufts of Virana grass; sthalaami = and leveled; durgaaNi = the uneven places; tatastataH = here and there.
2.80.9
अपरे अपूरयन् कूपान् पांसुभिः श्वभ्रम् आयतम् |
निम्न भागांस् तथा केचित् समामः चक्रुः समन्ततः ॥
Some others filled up wells and extensive pits with earth. Some men leveled low-lying places all around.
apare = some others; apuurayan = filled up; kuupaan = wells; aayatam = and extensive; shvabhram = pits; paamsubhiH = with earth; tataH = then; kechit = some; samaan chakruH = leveled; nimnabhaagaan = low-lying places; samantataH = all around.
2.80.10
बबन्धुर् बन्धनीयामः च क्षोद्यान् संचुक्षुदुस् तदा |
बिभिदुर् भेदनीयामः च तांस् तान् देशान् नराः तदा ॥
Then, some men bridged the steams that could be bridged, pulverised the rocks that could be pulverised and smashed (the impediments that blocked the flow of water) those which could be smashed.
tadaa = then; naraaH = some men; babanduH = bridged; deshaan = the s; bandhaniiyaan = could be bridged; samchukSuduH = pulverized (the rocks); kSodyaan = that could be pulverized; bibhiduH = and smashed (the impediments); bhedamiiyaan cha = that could be smashed.
2.80.11
अचिरेण एव कालेन परिवाहान् बहु उदकान् |
चक्रुर् बहु विध आकारान् सागर प्रतिमान् बहून् ॥
Many ponds, in various sizes and shapes containing plenty of water resembling seas were built (by constructing dams on rivulets).
achireNa kaalenaiva = within a short time; bahuun = many; pariivaahaan = water-courses; bahuvidhaakaaraan = in various kinds of shape; bahuudakaan = with plenty of water; saagara pratimaan = resembling a sea; chakruH = were built.
2.80.12
निर्जलेषु च देशेषु खानयामासुरुत्तमान् |
उदपानान् बहुविधान् वेदिका परिमण्डितान् ॥
In water-scarce areas, excellent wells in various shapes were dug duly decorated all around with platforms (to rest).
nirjaleSu = In water-scarece; desheSu = areas; uttamaan = excellent; udapaanaan = wells; khaanayaamaasuH = were dug; bahuvidhaan = in various shapes; vedkaaparimaNDitaan = decorated all around with platforms.
2.80.13
ससुधा कुट्टिम तलः प्रपुष्पित मही रुहः |
मत्त उद्घुष्ट द्विज गणः पताकाभिर् अलम्कृतः ॥चन्दन उदक संसिक्तः नाना कुसुम भूषितः |
बह्व् अशोभत सेनायाः पन्थाः स्वर्ग पथ उपमः ॥
That track of the troops, having its surface inlaid with cement, with flowering trees inlaid with cement, with flowering trees on both sides, inhabited with birds in excitement making their sounds, adorned with flags on its either side with its surface sprinkled with water of sandal-wood fragrance, and decorated with various kinds of flowers, looked very much splendid like the path of celestials.
13; 14. saH panthaaH = that track; senaayaaH = of the troops; sudhaakuTTimatalaH = having its surface inlaid with cement; prapuSpita mahiiruhaH = with flowering trees (on both sides); mattodghuSTa dvijagaNaH = having birds in excitement making their sounds; alaNkR^itaH = adorned; pataakaabhiH = with flags (on either side); chandanodaka samsiktaH = sprinkled with sandalwood flavoured water; naanaakusuma bhuuSitaH = decorated with various kinds of flowers; bahu ashobhata = looked very much splendid; sura pathopamaH = resembling the path of celestials.
2.80.15
आज्ञाप्य अथ यथा आज्ञप्ति युक्ताः ते अधिकृता नराः |
रमणीयेषु देशेषु बहु स्वादु फलेषु च ॥यो निवेशः तु अभिप्रेतः भरतस्य महात्मनः |
भूयः तम् शोभयाम् आसुर् भूषाभिर् भूषण उपमम् ॥
Those officers appointed for execution of the work, as ordered by Bharata, skillfully instructed their work-men and erected a tent which was intended for the great-souled Bharata, in a beautiful place abundant with tasty fruits. They further adorned profusely with decorations, the tent which itself resembled on ornament.
15; 16. te naraaH = those men; adhikR^itaaH = appointed for execution of the work; yathaaj^Napti = as ordered by Bharata; yuktaaH = skillfully; aajJNapya = instructed their work-men; atha = and thereafter; (erected); niveshaH = tent; yaH = which was; abhipretaH = intended; mahaatmanaH = for the great-souled; bharatasya = Bharata; ramaNiiyeSu = in beautiful; desheSu = places; bahusvaadu phaleSu = abundant with tasty fruits; (they_; shobhaayamaanuH = adorned; bhuuyaH = profusely; bhuuSaabhiH = with decorations; tam = the tent; bhuuSaNopamam = which resembled an ornament.
2.80.17
नक्षत्रेषु प्रशस्तेषु मुहूर्तेषु च तद्विदः |
निवेशम् स्थापयाम् आसुर् भरतस्य महात्मनः ॥
The connoisseurs erected the tents of the high-souled Bharata at auspicious hours in days when the stars were propitious.
tadvidaH = the connoisseurs; sthaapayaamaasuH = erected; niveshaan = the tents; mahaatmanaH = of the high-souled; bharatasya = Bharata; prashasteSu = in auspicious; nakshatreSu = stars; muhuurteSu = and moments.
2.80.18
बहु पांसु चयाः च अपि परिखा परिवारिताः |
तन्त्र इन्द्र कील प्रतिमाः प्रतोली वर शोभिताः ॥प्रासाद माला सम्युक्ताः सौध प्राकार सम्वृताः |
पताका शोभिताः सर्वे सुनिर्मित महा पथाः ॥विसर्पत्भिर् इव आकाशे विटन्क अग्र विमानकैः |
समुच्च्रितैः निवेशाः ते बभुः शक्र पुर उपमाः ॥
Those camps, with many breast works of sand, moats surrounding each of them, streets as resplendent as sapphires, their crowns of terrets, the ramparts covered with stucco to protect then, the splendid banners, the skillfully laidout avenues, lofty mansions the tops of which were provided with dove-cots, which flew about as it were in the air and in splendour, resembled the capitals of Indra.
18; 19; 20. tatra = there; te = those; niveshaaH = camps; bahupaamsuchayaashcha api = with may moats surrounding them; pratoLiivara shobhitaaH = and streets as resplendent; indrakiilapratimaaH = as sapphires; praasaada malaavitataaH = the crown of terrets; soudha praakaara samvR^itaaH = the ramparts covered with stucco to protect them; pataakaashobhitaaH = the splendid banners; sunirmita mahaapathaaH = the skillfully laid out avenues; samuchhritraiH = lofty; viTaNkaagra vimaanakaiH = mansions; the tops of which were provided with dove-cots; sura visarpardhirva = which flew about; aakaashe = as it were in the air; babhuH = and in splendour; shakrapuropamaaH = resembled capitals of Indra.
2.80.21
जाह्नवीम् तु समासाद्य विविध द्रुम काननाम् |
शीतल अमल पानीयाम् महा मीन समाकुलाम् ॥
The route thus prepared, extended upto the Ganga River, whose pure and limpid waters, abounding in great fish, flowed between woods and forests of every kind.
(the route thus prepared) samaasaadya = extended; jaahnaviim = upto the Ganga River; shitalamala paaniiyaam = whose pure and limpid waters; mahaamiinasamaakulaam = abounding in great fish; vividha drumakaananaam = (flowed) between woods and forests of every kind.
2.80.22
सचन्द्र तारा गण मण्डितम् यथा |
नभः क्षपायाम् अमलम् विराजते |
नर इन्द्र मार्गः स तथा व्यराजत |
क्रमेण रम्यः शुभ शिल्पि निर्मितः ॥
That beautiful royal high way, which was built gradually by efficient engineers, appeared as resplendent as a night in a clear sky, illumined by the moon with its procession of stars.
saH = that; ramyaH = beautiful; narendramaargaH = royal high way; shubha shilpinirmitaH = which was built gradually by excellent engineers; vyaraajata tathaa = appeared as resplendent; yathaa = as; kSapaayaam = as a night; amalam = in a clear; nabhaH = sky; viraajate = illumined; sachandra taraagaNamaNDitam = by the moon with its procession of stars.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे अशीतितमह् सर्गः
Sarga 81
2.81.1
ततः नान्दी मुखीम् रात्रिम् भरतम् सूत मागधाः |
तुष्टुवुर् वाग् विशेषज्ञाः स्तवैः मन्गल सम्हितैः ॥
Then, bards and pangegyrists, who knew the importance of tidings, eulogized Bharata with auspicious hymns of praise on the night preceding Naandimukha.
tataH = then; suuta maagadhaH = bards and panegyrists; vaagvisheSajJNaaH = who know the importance of words; tuSTuvuH = eulogized; bharatam = Bharata; maN^gala sahitaiH = with auspicious; stavaiH = hymns of praise; raatrim = on the night; naandiimukham = preceding Naandimukha.
Naandimukha: The name of a ceremony in honour and for the benefit of dead relatives observed on a festive occasion to secure their blessings.
2.81.2
सुवर्ण कोण अभिहतः प्राणदद् याम दुन्दुभिः |
दध्मुः शन्खामः च शतशो वाद्यामः च उच्च अवच स्वरान् ॥
A drum from the sound of which nigh-hours are identified, struck with a golden stick, gave its sound. Couches and loud-sounding instruments in hundreds producing various types of noises were blown.
yaama dundubhiH = a drum from which night-hours are identified; suvarNakoNaabhihataH = struck with a gold stick; praaNadat = gave its sound; shamkhaashcha = couches; naadaamshcha = and loud-sounding instruments; uchchavacha svaraan = in various types of noises; shatashaH = in hundreds; dadhmuH = were blown.
2.81.3
स तूर्य घोषः सुमहान् दिवम् आपूरयन्न् इव |
भरतम् शोक सम्तप्तम् भूयः शोकैः अरन्ध्रयत् ॥
That mammoth sound of the musical instruments, as if filling up the whole sky, created further distress and grief to Bharata who was already tormented with grief.
saH = that; sumahaan = mammoth; tuuryaghoSaH = sound of the musical instruments; aapuurayaanniva = as though filling up; divam = the sky; arandayat bhuuyaH = created further distress; shokaiH = and grief; bharatam = to Bharata; shoka samtaptam = who was already tormented with grief.
2.81.4
ततः प्रबुद्धो भरतः तम् घोषम् सम्निवर्त्य च |
न अहम् राजा इति च अपि उक्त्वा शत्रुघ्नम् इदम् अब्रवीत् ॥
Then, the awakened Bharata proclaiming that "I am not the king", caused to stop that sound and spoke the following words to shatrughna:
tataH = then; prabuddhaH = the awaken; bharataH = Bharata; uktvaa = having spoken; iti = that; aham = I; na = am not; raajaa = the king; samnivartyacha = caused to stop; tam = that; ghoSam = sound; abraviit = and spoke; idam = the following words; shatrughnam = to Shatrughna.
2.81.5
पश्य शत्रुघ्न कैकेय्या लोकस्य अपकृतम् महत् |
विसृज्य मयि दुह्खानि राजा दशरथो गतः ॥
"Behold, O, Shatrughna! How much harm was done to the world by Kaikeyi! The king Dasartha left us, leaving all sorrows to me."
pashya = behold; shatrughna = O; Shatrughna!; mahat = a great; apakR^itam = harm was done; lokasya = to the world; kaikeyyaa = by Kaikeyi; raajaa = the king; dasharathaH = Dasaratha; gataH = went away; visR^ijya = leaving; duHkhaani = the sorrows; mayi = in me.
2.81.6
तस्य एषा धर्म राजस्य धर्म मूला महात्मनः |
परिभ्रमति राज श्रीर् नौर् इव अकर्णिका जले ॥
"This prosperous kingdom of Ayodhya, a foundation of law and religion of that high-souled Dasaratha the righteous king is now like boat without a rudder moving hitter and thither in water.
eSaH = this; raajashriiH = prosperous kingdom; dharmamuulaa = a foundation of law and religion; tasya = of that; mahaatmanaH = high-souled; dhamaraajasya = Dasaratha the righteous king; paribhranati = is moving hitter and thither; nau iva = like a boat; jale = in water; akarNikaa = without a rudder.
2.81.7
यो हि नः सुमहान्नाथः सोऽपि प्रव्राजितो वनम् |
अनया धर्ममुत्सृज्य मात्रा मे राघवः स्वयम् ॥
"Even that Rama, who was a great protector has been sent to the forest by this very mother of mine, abandoning her righteousness."
anayaa = by this; me maatraa = my mother; utsR^ijya = who has abandoned; dharmam = righeousness; svayam = herself; pravraajitaH = has sent away; saH raaghavaH api = even that Rama; yaH = who; sumahaan = was a great; naathaH = protector; naH = to us; vanam = to the forest.
2.81.8
इति एवम् भरतम् प्रेक्ष्य विलपन्तम् विचेतनम् |
कृपणम् रुरुदुः सर्वाः सस्वरम् योषितः तदा ॥
Seeing Bharata who lost his consciousness by lamenting in that way, all the women then miserably cried in one voice.
prekshya = seeing; bharatam = Bharata; vichetanam = who lost his consciousness; vilapantam = by lamenting; ityevam = in that manner; sarvaaH = all; yoSitaH = the women; tada = then; kR^ipaNam = miserably; rurudhuH = wept; sa svaram = with one voice.
2.81.9
तथा तस्मिन् विलपति वसिष्ठो राज धर्मवित् |
सभाम् इक्ष्वाकु नाथस्य प्रविवेश महा यशाः ॥
While Bharata was lamenting thus, the great illustrious Vasishta who knew the rules relating to kings, entered the assembly-hall of Dasaratha the Lord of Ikshvaku dynasty.
tasmin = (While) Bharata; vilapati = was lamenting; tathaa = thus; vasiSThaH = Vaishta; raajadharmavit = who knew the rules relating to kings; mahaayashaaH = and was very famous; pravivesha = entered; sabhaam = the assembly-hall; ikshvaakunaathasya = of Dasaratha the Lord of Ikshvaku dynasty.
2.81.10
शात कुम्भमयीम् रम्याम् मणि रत्न समाकुलाम् |
सुधर्माम् इव धर्म आत्मा सगणः प्रत्यपद्यत ॥
The pious minded Vasishta along with his attendants entered that lovely assembly-hall, made of gold and studded with gems and jewels, resembling Sudharma the celestial assembly-hall.
dharmaatma = the pious minded Vasishta; sagaNaH = along with his attendants; pratyapadyata = entered; (that assembly-hall); shaatakumbhamayiim = made of gold; ramyaam = lovely; maNiratna samaakulaam = extensively studded with gems and jewels; sudharmamiva = looking like Sudharma the celestial assembly-hall.
2.81.11
स कान्चनमयम् पीठम् पर अर्ध्य आस्तरण आवृतम् |
अध्यास्त सर्व वेदज्ञो दूतान् अनुशशास च ॥
Vasista, who knew all the scriptures, then sat in a presidential chair made of gold and wrapped with a comfortable cushion. He ordered the messengers as follows:
saH = Vasistha; sarvavedajJNaH = who knew all the scriptures; adhyaastha = was seated; piiTham = in a presidential chair; kaaNchanamayam = made of gold; sukhaastaraNa samvR^itam = and wrapped up with a comfortable cushion; anushashaasa cha = he ordered; duutaan = the messengers (as follows)
2.81.12
ब्राह्मणान् क्षत्रियान् योधान् अमात्यान् गण बल्लभान् |
क्षिप्रम् आनयत अव्यग्राः कृत्यम् आत्ययिकम् हि नः ॥
"Quickly bring Brahmanas (a class of people having divine knowledge), Kshatriyas (people belonging to warrior-class), Vaisyas (agriculturists and traders), ministers and troop commanders coolly. There is an urgent duty indeed for us to be done.
aanayata = bring; kshipram = quickly; braahmaNaan = Brahmanas; ksatriyaan = Kshatriyas; vaishyaan = Vaisyas; amaatyaan = ministers; gaNavallabhaan = troop-commanders; avyagraaH = coolly; naH = for us; atyayikam = there is an urgent; kR^ityamhi = duty indeed to be done.
2.81.13
सराजभृत्यम् शत्रुघ्नम् भरतम् च यश्स्विनम् |
युधाजितम् सुमन्त्रम् च ये च तत्र हिता जनाः ॥
"Bring Shatrughna with his royal attendants, the illustrious Bharata, Yudhaajit (Bharata's maternal uncle) Sumantra the charioteer and those people who are royal well-wishers there."
(Bring); shatrughnam = Shatrughna; saraajabhR^ityam = with his royal attendants; bharatam = Bharata; yashasvinam = the illustrious man; yudhajitam = Yudhajit (maternal uncle of Bharata); sumantram cha = Sumantra the charioteer; ye janaaH = and those people who; hitaaH = are royal well-wishers; tatra = there.
2.81.14
ततः हलहला शब्दो महान् समुदपद्यत |
रथैः अश्वैः गजैः च अपि जनानाम् उपगच्चताम् ॥
There was a huge hallooing sound generated while the people invited were coming on chariots, horses and elephants.
tataH = then; sumahaan = there was a huge; halaahala shabdaH = hallooing sound; samapadyata = generated from the people; upagachchhataam = coming; rathaiH = on chariots; ashvaiH = horses; gajaishchaapi = and elephants.
2.81.15
ततः भरतम् आयान्तम् शत क्रतुम् इव अमराः |
प्रत्यनन्दन् प्रकृतयो यथा दशरथम् तथा ॥
People of high position like ministers and other welcomed the approaching Bharata in every way as they had welcomed Dasaratha and as Indra was welcomed by celestials.
tataH = thereafter; prakR^itayaH = people of high position like ministers and others; pratyanandan = welcomed; aayaantam = the approaching; bharatam = Bharata; yathaa tathaa = in every way as (welcoming); dasharatham = Dasaratha; shatakratumiva = and as Indra; amaraaH = by celestials.
2.81.16
ह्रदैव तिमि नाग सम्वृतः |
स्तिमित जलो मणि शन्ख शर्करः |
दशरथ सुत शोभिता सभा |
सदशरथा इव बभौ यथा पुरा ॥
That royal assembly, made splendid by Bharata the son of Dasartha, radiated as before as with the presence of Dasaratha, like a lake of tranquil waters sown with pearls shells and sand and filled with great fish and serpents.
sabhaa = (That) assembly; dasharatha suta shobhitaa = made splendid by the son of Dasaratha; abhau = radiated; yathaapuraa = as before; sadasharathaa iva = as with Dasaratha; hrada iva = like a lake; stimitajalaH = of tranquil waters; maNi shaN^ka sharkaraH = sown with pearls shells and sand; timinaaga samvR^itaH = and filled with great fish and serpents.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे एकाशीतितमः सर्गः
Sarga 82
2.82.1
ताम् आर्य गण सम्पूर्णाम् भरतः प्रग्रहाम् सभाम् |
ददर्श बुद्धि सम्पन्नः पूर्ण चन्द्राम् निशाम् इव ॥
Bharata endowed with understanding, saw that assembly, enriched with the whole body of respectable men, looking like a night in full moon duly enriched with well-known planets.
bharataH = Bharata; buddhisampannaH = endowed with understanding; dadarsha = saw; taam sabhaam = that assembly; aaryagaNa sampannaam = enriched with the whole body of respectable men; nishaamiva = looking like a night; puurNa chandraH = in full moon; pragrahaam = with well-known planets.
2.82.2
आसनानि यथा न्यायम् आर्याणाम् विशताम् तदा |
अदृश्यत घन अपाये पूर्ण चन्द्रा इव शर्वरी ॥
That excellent assembly was aglow with the brilliance of clothes and scented cosmetics of its respected members occupying their appropriate seats.
tadaa = then; saa = that; uttamaa = excellent; sabhaa = assembly; dyotitaa = was glowed; vastraaN^ga raga prabhaayaa = by the brilliance of clothes and scented cosmetics; aaryaNaam = of its respected members; vishataam = occupying; yathaanyaayam = their appropriate; aasanaani = seats.
2.82.3
सा विद्वज्जनसम्पूर्णा सभा सुरुचिरा तदा |
अदृश्यत घनापाये पूर्णचन्द्रेव शर्वरी ॥
That beautiful assembly filled with learned men looked like a night with autumn full moon.
tadaa = then; sa sabhaa = that assembly; suruchiraa = which was beautiful; vidvjjana sampuurNaa = filled with learned men; adR^ishyata = looked; sharvariiva = like a night; puurNa chandraa = in full moon; ghanaapaaye = in autumn.
2.82.4
राज्ञः तु प्रकृतीः सर्वाः समग्राः प्रेक्ष्य धर्मवित् |
इदम् पुरोहितः वाक्यम् भरतम् मृदु च अब्रवीत् ॥
Beholding all the entire body of ministers of the king, Vaishta the knower of righteousness uttered to Bharata the following soft-spoken words:
prekSya = seeing; sarvaaH = all; samagraaH = the entire; prakR^itiiH = body of ministers; raajJNaaH = of the king; purohitaH = Vasishta; dharmavit = the knower of righteousness; abraviit = spoke; idam = these; mR^idu = soft; vaakyam = words; bharatam = to Bharata.
2.82.5
तात राजा दशरथः स्वर् गतः धर्मम् आचरन् |
धन धान्यवतीम् स्फीताम् प्रदाय पृथिवीम् तव ॥
"O, beloved Bharata! The king Dasaratha, practicing righteousness, gave away to you this wide earth endowed with grains and riches and went to heaven."
taata = O; beloved Bharata!; raajaa = the king; dasharathaH = Dasaratha; aacharan = practicing; dharmam = righteousness; pradaaya = gave away; tava = to you; sphiitaam = this wide; pR^ithiviim = earth; dhana dhaanyavatiim = having riches and grains; svargataH = and went to heaven.
2.82.6
रामः तथा सत्य धृतिः सताम् धर्मम् अनुस्मरन् |
न अजहात् पितुर् आदेशम् शशी ज्योत्स्नाम् इव उदितः ॥
"Rama, who was firmly established in truth, remembering the righteousness of good men, did not abandon the command of his father, as a raising moon does not abandon the moon-light."
tathaa = and; raamaH = Rama; satyadhR^itiH = who was firmly established in truth; smaran = remembering; dharmam = the righteousness; sataam = of good men; naajahaat = did not drop off; aadesham = the command; pituH = of his father; uditaH shashii iva = like a raising moon;(not dropping off); jyotsnaam = the moon = light.
2.82.7
पित्रा भ्रात्रा च ते दत्तम् राज्यम् निहत कण्टकम् |
तत् भुन्क्ष्व मुदित अमात्यः क्षिप्रम् एव अभिषेचय ॥
"The kingdom, having its enemies destroy was given to you by your father and brother. Enjoy it, with its delightful ministers. Get anointed for the kingdom just soon."
raajyam = the kingdom; nihatakaN^Takam = having its enemies destroyed; dattam = was given; te = to you; pitraa = by your father; bhraataacha = and brother; bhuNteSva = enjoy; tat = it; muditaamaatyaH = with its joyful ministers; abhiSechaya = get anointed for the kingdom; kSiprameva = just soon.
2.82.8
उदीच्याः च प्रतीच्याः च दाक्षिणात्याः च केवलाः |
कोट्या अपर अन्ताः सामुद्रा रत्नानि अभिहरन्तु ते ॥
"let those living in the north, the Westerners; the southerners the kings of western borders near the Sahya mountains who are without a throne and the seafaring traders bring crores of jewels as gifts to you."
udiichyaaH = (Let) those living in the north; pratiichyaashcha = the westerners; daakSi Naatyaashcha = the Southerners; aparaantaaH = the kings of the western borders near the Sahya mountains; kevalaaH = who are without a throne; saamudraaH = and sea faring traders; abhiharantu = bring; koTyaa = crores; ratnaani = of jewels; te = to you (as gifts).
2.82.9
तत् श्रुत्वा भरतः वाक्यम् शोकेन अभिपरिप्लुतः |
जगाम मनसा रामम् धर्मज्ञो धर्म कान्क्षया ॥
Hearing those words, the pious Bharata was filled with distress and thirsting for justice got his mind fixed on Rama.
shritvaa = hearing; tat = those; vaakyam = words; dharmajJNaH = the pious; bharataH = Bharata; abhipariplutaH = was filled; shokena = with distress; jagaama = got raamam = Rama; manasaa = to his mind; dharmakaaN^kshayaa = thirsting for justice.
2.82.10
स बाष्प कलया वाचा कल हंस स्वरः युवा |
विललाप सभा मध्ये जगर्हे च पुरोहितम् ॥
The youthful Bharata, with a voice of a Hamsa bird, in the midst of the assembly, lamented in a tearful and appealing speech. He even reproached his royal priest as follows:
yuvaa = the youthful Bharata; kalahamsa svaraH = with a voice of Hmasa bird; sabhaamadhye = in the midst of the assembly; vilaapa = lamented; sabaSpakalayaa = in a tearful and appealing; vaachaa = speech; jagarhecha = and reproached; purohitam = his royal priest (as follows).
2.82.11
चरित ब्रह्मचर्यस्य विद्या स्नातस्य धीमतः |
धर्मे प्रयतमानस्य को राज्यम् मद्विधो हरेत् ॥
"How can a man such as I, rob the throne from one, who practices Brahmacharya (continence and chastity), versed in the science of the Vedas (sacred scriptures) and who is devoted to duty?"
madvidhaH = such as I; kaH = who; haret = rob; raajyam = the kingdom; (of a man like Rama); charita brahmacharyasya = who practices Brahmacharya (continence and chastity); vidyaa snaatasya = versed in the science of the Vedas (scared scriptures); dhiimataH = a wise man; prayatamaanasya = who is devoted to; dharmam = duty?
2.82.12
कथम् दशरथाज् जातः भवेद् राज्य अपहारकः |
राज्यम् च अहम् च रामस्य धर्मम् वक्तुम् इह अर्हसि ॥
"How should one born of Dasaratha become the usurper of a crown? Both the kingdom and I myself belong to Rama. You ought to tell the law and justice in this matter."
katham = How; jaataH = should one born; dasharaat = of Dasaratha; bhavet = become; raajyaapahaarakaH = the unsurper of a crown?; raajyamcha = the kingdom; ahamcha = and I myself; raamasya = are of Rama; arhasi = (You) ought; vaktum = to tell; dharmam = the law and justice; iha = in this matter.
2.82.13
ज्येष्ठः श्रेष्ठः च धर्म आत्मा दिलीप नहुष उपमः |
लब्धुम् अर्हति काकुत्स्थो राज्यम् दशरथो यथा ॥
"Rama, the eldest son, an excellent man, a pious souled and who can be compared with Dilipa* and Nahusha*, is eligible to get the kingdom, as with Dasaratha."
kaakuttsaH = Rama; jyeSTaH = who is the eldest son; shreSTahaH cha = an excellent man; dharmaatmaa = and a pious souled; diliipanahuSopamaH = who can be compared to Dilipipa* and Nahusha*; arhati = us eligible; labdhum = to obtain; raajyam = the kingdom; dasharathoyathaa = as with Dasaratha.
Dilipa and Nahusha: Two most ancient and illustrious representatives of the solar and lunar dynasty respectively.
2.82.14
अनार्य जुष्टम् अस्वर्ग्यम् कुर्याम् पापम् अहम् यदि |
इक्ष्वाकूणाम् अहम् लोके भवेयम् कुल पांसनः ॥
"If in this world, I dishonoured the name of Ikshavaku race, I should be guilty of a sinful act, practiced by disgraceful men, which does not lead to heaven."
yadi = If; loke = in this world; kuryaam ikSvaakuuNaam = kulapaamsanaH = I dishonoured the name of Ikshvaku race; aham = I; bhaveyam = should be (doing); paapam = a sin; anaarya juSTam = practiced by dishounourable man; sasvargyam = which does not lead to heaven.
2.82.15
यद्द् हि मात्रा कृतम् पापम् न अहम् तत् अभिरोचये |
इहस्थो वन दुर्गस्थम् नमस्यामि कृत अन्जलिः ॥
"I do not indeed like that sinful act done even by my mother. From here itself, I offer my salutation with my joined palms to Rama who is residing in an impassable forest."
aham = I; narchaye hi = do not indeed like; tatapi = even that; paapam = sinful act; kR^itam = done; maatraa = by my mother; ihasthaH = from here itself; I; namasyaami = offer my salutation; kR^itaaN^jaliH = with my joined palms; vanadurgastham = to Rama; who is staying in an impassable forest.
2.82.16
रामम् एव अनुगच्चामि स राजा द्विपदाम् वरः |
त्रयाणाम् अपि लोकानाम् राघवो राज्यम् अर्हति ॥
"I will follow Rama's steps. He, who is supreme among men, is the king. Rama is eligible even for the kingdom of the three worlds."
anugachchhami = I will follow; ramameva = Rama alone; saH = He; dvipadaamvaraH = who is the excellent among men; raajaa = is the king; raghavaH = Rama; arhati = is eligible; raajyampi = even for the kingdom; trayaaNaam lokaanaam = of the three worlds.
2.82.17
तत् वाक्यम् धर्म सम्युक्तम् श्रुत्वा सर्वे सभासदः |
हर्षान् मुमुचुर् अश्रूणि रामे निहित चेतसः ॥
Hearing those righteous words of Bharata, all the members of the assembly shed tears of joy, having their minds obsessed of Rama.
shrutv aa = hearing; tadvaakyam = those words; of Bharata; dharmasamyuktam = filled with righteousness; sarve = all; sabhaasadaH = the members of the assembly; mumuchuH = shed; ashruuNi = tears; harSaat = of joy; nihita chetasaH = having their minds fixed upon; raame = Rama.
2.82.18
यदि तु आर्यम् न शक्ष्यामि विनिवर्तयितुम् वनात् |
वने तत्र एव वत्स्यामि यथा आर्यो लक्ष्मणः तथा ॥
"If I am unable to bring back my elder brother from the forest, I shall stay back in that forest itself, as how the venerable Lakshmana is staying now."
na shakSyaami yadi = I am unable; vinivartayitum = to bring back; aaryam = my elder brother; vanaat = from the forest; vatsyaami = I shall stay; tatra = in that; vane eva = forest itself; yathaa = as how; aaryaH = the venerable; lakshmaNaH = Lakshmana ( is staying).
2.82.19
सर्व उपायम् तु वर्तिष्ये विनिवर्तयितुम् बलात् |
समक्षम् आर्य मिश्राणाम् साधूनाम् गुण वर्तिनाम् ॥
"I shall use every means to bring back compulsorily, that hero before you, practicing virtues, the honourable and the distinguished men."
vartiSye = I shall use; sarvopaayam = every means; balata = compulsorily; vnivartayitum = to bring back; (that hero); samakSam = before; guNavartinaam = you practicing good virtues; saadhuunaam = the honourable; aarya mishraaNaam = and the distinguished men.
2.82.20
विष्टिकर्मान्तिकाः सर्वे मार्गशोधनरक्षकाः |
प्रस्थापिता मया पूर्वम् यात्रापि मम रोचते ॥
"All those who are skilled in clearing paths working on and without wages, have been sent by me in advance and the journey so planned, pleases me."
sarve = all; maargashodhaka rakSakaaH = those who are skilled in clearing paths; viSTikarmaantikaaH = working on and without wages; prasthaapitaaH = have been sent; mayaa = by me; puurvam = in advance; yatraapi = and the journey; rochate = pleases; mame = me.
2.82.21
एवम् उक्त्वा तु धर्म आत्मा भरतः भ्रातृ वत्सलः |
समीपस्थम् उवाच इदम् सुमन्त्रम् मन्त्र कोविदम् ॥
The pious minded Bharata, who had an affection for his brother spoke as aforesaid and uttered the following words to Sumantra who was clever in giving counsel and who was sitting nearby.
bharataH = Bharata; dharmaatmaa = the pious minded; bhraatruvataalaH = who had an affection for his brother; uktvaa tu = spoke; evam = thus; uvaacha = and uttered; idam = these words; sumantram = to Sumantra; mantra kovidam = and who was sitting nearby.
2.82.22
तूर्णम् उत्थाय गच्च त्वम् सुमन्त्र मम शासनात् |
यात्राम् आज्ञापय क्षिप्रम् बलम् चैव समानय ॥
"O, Sumantra! Rise quickly and go. As per my orders, arrange for the jorney immediately. Bring the army also."
sumantra = O; Sumantra!; utthaaya = rise; tuurNam = quickly; gachha = and go; mama = as per my; shaasanaat = orders; aaJJNaapaya = and arrange; yatraam = for the journey; kSipram = immediately; samaanaye = bring; balamchaiva = the army also.
2.82.23
एवम् उक्तः सुमन्त्रः तु भरतेन महात्मना |
हृष्टः सो अदिशत् सर्वम् यथा संदिष्टम् इष्टवत् ॥
Hearing the words of the magnanimous Bharata, Sumantra joyfully arranged all that in accord with Bharata's orders and wishes.
uktaH = spoken; evam = thus; bharatena = by Bharata; mahaatmanaa = the high-souled; sumantraH = Sumantra; hR^iSTaH = was delighted; aadishat and arranged; sarvam = all; tat = that; yathaa samdiSTam = in accord with orders; iSTavat = and wishes.
2.82.24
ताः प्रहृष्टाः प्रकृतयो बल अध्यक्षा बलस्य च |
श्रुत्वा यात्राम् समाज्ञप्ताम् राघवस्य निवर्तने ॥
Hearing about the expedition of the army too; for arranging of return of Rama, the ministers and army-commander there were delighted.
shrutvaa = hearing; yaatraam = about the expedition; balasya cha = of the army also; nivartane = for the return; raaghavasya = of Rama; taaH = those; prakR^itayaH = ministers; balaadhyakSaa = and army-commanders; rahR^iSTaaH = were delighted.
2.82.25
ततः योध अन्गनाः सर्वा भर्तृऋन् सर्वान् गृहे गृहे |
यात्रा गमनम् आज्ञाय त्वरयन्ति स्म हर्षिताः ॥
All the wives of warriors in every house, knowing about the ensuing expedition, were jubiliant and hurried up all their respective husband to setoff for the journey.
tataH = thereafter; sarvaaH = all; yodhaaN^ganaaH = the wives of warriors; gR^ihe gR^ihe = in every house; aajJNaaya = knowing; yatraagamanam = about the ensuing expedition; harSitaaH = were joyful; tvarayantisma = and hurried up; srvaam = all (their respective); bhartR^iin = husbands.
2.82.26
ते हयैः गो रथैः शीघ्रैः स्यन्दनैः च मनो जवैः |
सह योधैः बल अध्यक्षा बलम् सर्वम् अचोदयन् ॥
Those army-generals urged the entire army to march forward quickly, with the fast moving horses, bullock carts with a good speed and the chariots along with the warriors.
te = those; balaadhyakSaaH = commanders of the army; achodayam = urged; sarvam = the entire; balam = army; (to march quickly) shiighraiH = as also the fast-moving; hayaiH = horses; gorathaiH = bullock-carts; mahaajavaiH = with great speed; syandanaishcha = the chariots; yodhaishcha saha = along with the warriors.
2.82.27
सज्जम् तु तत् बलम् दृष्ट्वा भरतः गुरु सम्निधौ |
रथम् मे त्वरयस्व इति सुमन्त्रम् पार्श्वतः अब्रवीत् ॥
Seeing that army ready, Bharata in the presence of Vasishta said as follows to Sumantra who was standing by his side: "Get ready my chariot quickly."
dR^iSTvaa = seeing; tat balam = that army; sajjam = ready; bharataH = Bharata; gurusannidhau = in the presence of Vasishta; abraviit = spoke; sumantram = to Sumatra; paarshvataH = who was standing by his side; iti = thus; tvarayasya = get ready quickly; me = my; ratham = chariot."
2.82.28
भरतस्य तु तस्य आज्ञाम् प्रतिगृह्य प्रहर्षितः |
रथम् गृहीत्वा प्रययौ युक्तम् परम वाजिभिः ॥
Bowing to the command of Bharata and taking a chariot yoked with excellent horses, Sumantra on his part approached him with delight.
pratigR^ihya = accepting; aajJNaam = the command; tasya bharatasya = of that; Bharata; gR^ihiitvaa = and taking; ratham = a chariot; yuktam = yoked; paramavaajibhiH = with excellent horses; (Sumantra); prayayau = approached him; harSitaH = with delight.
2.82.29
स राघवः सत्य धृतिः प्रतापवान् |
ब्रुवन् सुयुक्तम् दृढ सत्य विक्रमः |
गुरुम् महा अरण्य गतम् यशस्विनम् |
प्रसादयिष्यन् भरतः अब्रवीत् तदा ॥
Bharata, born in Raghu dynasty who was sincere in his purpose a powerful man having strong and mighty prowess and whose talk was most appropriate, then spoke as follows: intending (to undertake a journey) to persuade his illustrious elder brother, staying in dreary woods, to return to Ayodhya.
BharataH = Bharata; raaghavaH = born in Raghu dynasty; satyadhR^itiH = who was sincere in purpose; prataapavaan = a powerful man; dR^iDha satyavikramaH = having strong and mighty prowess; bruvan = who talked; suyuktam = most appropriately; tadaa = then; abraviit = spoke; prasaadayiSyan = intending to obtain the grace; gurum = of Rama his elder brother; yashasvinam = an illustrious man; mahaaraNyagatam = staying in great woods.
2.82.30
तूण समुत्थाय सुमन्त्र गच्च |
बलस्य योगाय बल प्रधानान् |
आनेतुम् इच्चामि हि तम् वनस्थम् |
प्रसाद्य रामम् जगतः हिताय ॥
"O, Sumantra! Rise up and proceed quickly to inform the army-chief to arrange for the troops. After propitiating that Rama staying in the forest, I want to bring him back to Ayodhya for the welfare of the people."
Sumantra = O; Sumantra! samutthaaya = rise up; gachchha = and proceed; tuurNam = quickly; bala pradhaanaan = to tell the army- chiefs; yogaaya = for arrangement; balasya = of the army; prasaadya = after propitiation; tam = that; raamam = Rama; vanastham = staying in the forest; ichchhami = I want; anetum = to bring him back; hitaaya = for the welfare; jagataH = of the world.
2.82.31
स सूत पुत्रः भरतेन सम्यग् |
आज्ञापितः सम्परिपूर्ण कामः |
शशास सर्वान् प्रकृति प्रधानान् |
बलस्य मुख्यामः च सुहृज् जनम् च ॥
Sumantra, having received that explicit command from Bharata, which fulfilled his highest hopes, called all the ministers-in-chief, the chiefs of the army and the friendly multitude.
(thus); aajJNaapitaH = commanded; samyaK = well; bhavatena = by Bharata; saH = that; sumantraH = Sumantra; samparipuurNa kaamaH = his hopes being completely fulfilled; shasaasa = ordered; sarvaan = all; prakR^itipradhaanaan = the ministers in chief; mukhyaanshcha = the chiefs; balasya = of the army; suhR^ijjanam cha = and the fiendly persons.
2.82.32
ततः समुत्थाय कुले कुले ते |
राजन्य वैश्या वृषलाः च विप्राः |
अयूयुजन्न् उष्ट्र रथान् खरामः च|
नागान् हयामः चैव कुल प्रसूतान् ॥
Thereupon, from every house, warriors merchants, Shudras and Brahmanas rose up and harnessed their chariots to camels, mules, well-bred elephants and horses.
tataH = thereupon; kule kule = from every house; te = those; raajanyavyasyaaH = the warriors and merchants; vR^iSalaashcha = Shudras; vipraaH = and Brahmanas; samutthaaya = rose up; aayuuyajan = harnessed; rathaamshcha = their chariots; uSTrakharaan = to camels and mules; kulaprasuutaan = well-bred; naagaan = elephants; hayaamshchaiva = and horses.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे द्व्यशीतितमः सर्गः
Sarga 83
2.83.1
ततः समुत्थितः काल्यम् आस्थाय स्यन्दन उत्तमम् |
प्रययौ भरतः शीघ्रम् राम दर्शन कान्क्षया ॥
Bharata rose up at day-break, mounted on excellent chariot and went quickly with a desire to see Rama.
tataH = thereafter; bharataH = Bharata; samutthitaH = rose up; kaalayam = at day-break; aasthaaya = mounted; syandanottamam = on an excellent chariot; prayayau = and procedded; shiighra = quickly; raamadarshanakaaNkshayaa = with a desire to see Rama.
2.83.2
अग्रतः प्रययुस् तस्य सर्वे मन्त्रि पुरोधसः |
अधिरुह्य हयैः युक्तान् रथान् सूर्य रथ उपमान् ॥
All the ministers and priests ascended, chariots yoked with horses, resembling those of the sun, and went ahead of Bharata.
sarve = all; mantra purodhasaH = the ministers and priests; adhiruuhya = ascended; rathaan = chariots; yuktaam = yoked; hayaiH = with horses; suurya rathopamaan = resembling those of the sun; prayayuH = and went; agrataH = ahead; tasya = of him.
2.83.3
नव नाग सहस्राणि कल्पितानि यथा विधि |
अन्वयुर् भरतम् यान्तम् इक्ष्वाकु कुल नन्दनम् ॥
Nine thousand elephants suitably duly arranged escorted Bharata the joy of the Ikshvaku dynasty, on his journey.
nava naagasraaNi = nine thousand elephants; kalpitaani = well-arranged; yathaavidhi = suitably; anvayuH = accompanied; yaantam = the moving; bharatam = Bharata; ikshvaaku kulanandanam = the joy of Ikshvaku dynasty.
2.83.4
षष्ठी रथ सहस्राणि धन्विनो विविध आयुधाः |
अन्वयुर् भरतम् यान्तम् राज पुत्रम् यशस्विनम् ॥
Sixty thousand chariots filled with archers, furnished with weapons of various kinds, followed the illustrious prince Bharata.
SaSTiH = sixty; ratha sahasraaNi = thousand chariots; dhanvinaH = men wielding bows; vividhaayudhaaH = and various kinds of weapon; anvayuH = followed; yashasvinam = the illustrious; raajaputram = prince; bharatam = Bharata; yaantam = on his journey.
2.83.5
शतम् सहस्राणि अश्वानाम् समारूढानि राघवम् |
अन्वयुर् भरतम् यान्तम् राज पुत्रम् यशस्विनम् ॥
A hundred thousand cavalry accompanied the moving Bharata, born in Raghu dynasty, who was true to his promise and who subdued his senses.
shatam = a hundred; sahasraaNi = thousad; ashvaanaam samaaruuDhaani = cavalry; anvayuH = accompanied; yaantam = the moving; bharatam = Bharata; raaghavam = born in Raghu dynasty; satyasandham = who was true to his promise; jitendriyam- and who subdued his senses.
2.83.6
कैकेयी च सुमित्रा च कौसल्या च यशस्विनी |
राम आनयन सम्हृष्टा ययुर् यानेन भास्वता ॥
Kaikeyi, Sumitra and the illustrious Kausalya rode in a resplendent chariot, delighted as they were at the thought of Rama's return.
kaikeyii cha = Kaikeyi; sumitraacha = Sumitra; yashashvinii = and the illustrious; kausalyaacha = Kausalya; yayuH = rode; bhaasvataa yaanena = in a resplendent chariot; ramaanayana samhR^iSTaaH = delighted as they were at the thought of the return of Rama.
2.83.7
प्रयाताः च आर्य सम्घाता रामम् द्रष्टुम् सलक्ष्मणम् |
तस्य एव च कथाः चित्राः कुर्वाणा हृष्ट मानसाः ॥
The whole body of noble men with their jubiliant hearts followed Bharata to see Rama again as also Lakshmana, recounting the marvelous exploits of that hero to each other saying:
aarya samghaataashcha = the whole body of noble men; hR^iSTamaanasaaH = with jubiliant hearts; kurvaaNaaH = narrating; chitraaH = marvelous; kathaaH = stories; tasyaiva = of Rama himself; prayaataaH = wnt; draSTum = to behold; raamam = Rama; salakshamaNaH = along with Lakshmana.
2.83.8
मेघ श्यामम् महा बाहुम् स्थिर सत्त्वम् दृढ व्रतम् |
कदा द्रक्ष्यामहे रामम् जगतः शोक नाशनम् ॥
"When shall we see the mighty armed prince, of the hue of dark cloud, whose courage is unshakable, of inflexible purpose Rama, who banished sorrow from the earth?"
kadaa = when; drakSyaamahe = shall we see; mahaabaahum = the mighty armed prince; maghashyaamam = of the hue of a dark cloud; sthira sattvam = whose courage is unshakable; dR^iDhavratam = of inflexible purpose; raamam = Rama; shokanaashanam = who banished sorrow; jagataH = from the earth?
2.83.9
दृष्टएव हि नः शोकम् अपनेष्यति राघवः |
तमः सर्वस्य लोकस्य समुद्यन्न् इव भास्करः ॥
"Beholding Rama, our entire sorrow will indeed be dispelled, as darkness of the entire earth is dispelled at the rising of the sun."
raaghavaH = (As soon as) Rama; dR^iSTa eva = is seen; apaneSyatihi = he will indeed remove; naH = our; shokam = sorrow; tamaH iva = like darkness; sarvasya = of the entire; lokasya = world (is removed); samudyan = at the rising; bhaaskaraH = sun.
2.83.10
इति एवम् कथयन्तः ते सम्प्रहृष्टाः कथाः शुभाः |
परिष्वजानाः च अन्योन्यम् ययुर् नागरिकाः तदा ॥
Thus did the citizens of Ayodhya recount happily of Rama's glorious deeds, and they embraced each other as they went along.
te = those; naagarikaaH janaaH = citizens; kathayantaH = recounting; shubhaaH = the auspicious; kathaaH = stories; ityevam = as aforesaid; pariSvajaanaashcha = embracing; anyonyam = each other; samprahR^iSTaaH = joyfully; yayuH = went along.
2.83.11
ये च तत्र अपरे सर्वे सम्मता ये च नैगमाः |
रामम् प्रति ययुर् हृष्टाः सर्वाः प्रकृतयः तदा ॥
Those others who were held in high esteem, merchants and all common people proceeded merrily to join Rama.
ye = which; apare = others; sammataaH = who were held in high esteem; tatra = there; ye = which; naigamaaH = merchants; tathaa = and; sarvaaH = all; prakR^itayaH = common people; yayuH = proceeded; hR^iSTaaH = merrily; raamam = to join Rama.
2.83.12
मणि काराः च ये केचित् कुम्भ काराः च शोभनाः |
सूत्र कर्म कृतः चैव ये च शस्त्र उपजीविनः ॥मायूरकाः क्राकचिका रोचका वेधकाः तथा |
दन्त काराः सुधा काराः तथा गन्ध उपजीविनः ॥सुवर्ण काराः प्रख्याताः तथा कम्बल धावकाः |
स्नापक आच्चादका वैद्या धूपकाः शौण्डिकाः तथा ॥रजकाः तुन्न वायाः च ग्राम घोष महत्तराः |
शैलूषाः च सह स्त्रीभिर् यान्ति कैवर्तकाः तथा ॥
Some lapidaries, skilled potters, those who lived by manufacture of arms, carpenters, those who made various articles from peacock-feather, sawyers, workers in artificial ornaments, those who pierced gems, pearls etc, those who made articles of ivory, those who lived by perfumery, highly reputed goldsmiths, weavers of blankets and other wollen goods, those who provided hot-water baths for other, physicians, distillers and vendors of spirituous liquors, fumigators, washer-men, tailors, chiefs of villages and hamlets, dancers with their women-folk and fishermen started on the journey.
12; 13; 14; 15. ye = which; kechit = some; maNikaaraaH = lapidaries; shobhanaaH = good; kumbhakaaraashcha = potters; ye = which; shastropajiivanaH = those who lived by manufacture of arms; suutrakarma kR^itashchaiva = carpenters; maayuurakaaH = those who made various articles from peacock-feathers; kraakachikaaH = sawyers; rochakaaH = workers in artificial ornaments; vedhakaaH = those who pierced gems; pearls etc; tathaa = and dantakaaraaH = those who made articles of ivory; sudhaakaraaH = those who prepared lime; tathaa = and; gandhopajiivanaH = those who lived by perfumery; prakhyaataaH = highly reputed; suvarnakaaraaH = goldsmiths; tathaa = and; kambaladhaavakaaH = weavers of blankets and other wollen goods; snaapakoSNodakaaH = those who provided hot water baths for others; vaidyaaH = physicians; shauN^DikaaH = distillers and venders of spirituous liquors; dhuupakaaH = fumigaters; rajakaaH = washer-men; tunnavaayaashcha = tailors; graamaghoSamahattaraaH = chiefs of villages and hamlets; shailuuSaaH = dancers; striibhiH saha = with their women-folk; tathaa = and; kaivartakaaH = fisher men; yayuH = started on the journey.
2.83.16
समाहिता वेदविदो ब्राह्मणा वृत्त सम्मताः |
गो रथैः भरतम् यान्तम् अनुजग्मुः सहस्रशः ॥
Thousands of Brahmanas, well-composed, renowned for their virtuous conduct, versed in sacred scriptures and riding on bullock-carts, accompanied Bharata.
sahasrashaH = thousands; braahmaNaaH = of Brahmanas; samaahitaaH = well-composed; vR^itta sammataaH = renowned for their virtuous conduct; veda vidaH = versed in sacred scriptures; yaantam = riding; gorathaiH = on bullock-carts; anujagmuH = accompanied; bharatam = Bharata.
2.83.17
सुवेषाः शुद्ध वसनाः ताम्र मृष्ट अनुलेपनाः |
सर्वे ते विविधैः यानैः शनैः भरतम् अन्वयुः ॥
All of them, attired in clean and fair raiment, anointed with pure red sandal-paste, mounted on various kinds of vehicles, followed Bharata tranquilly.
te sarve = all of them; suveSaaH = attired in; shuddhavasanaaH = clean and fair raiment; taamra mR^iSTaanulepanaaH = anointed with pure red sandal-paste; vividhaiH = mounted on various kinds; yaanaiH = of vehicles; anvayuH = allowed; bharatam = Bharata; shanaiH = trangquilly.
2.83.18
प्रहृष्ट मुदिता सेना सान्वयात् कैकयी सुतम् |
भ्रातुरानयने यान्तम् भरतम् भ्रातृवत्सलम् ॥
Exceedingly pleased and cheerful, that army escorted the son of Kaikeyi- Bharta who was affectionate towards his brother and who had set out along with his family to bring his brother, Rama.
prahR^iSTamuditaaH = exceedingly pleased and cheerful; saa senaa = that army; anvayaat = escorted; kaikeyiisutam = the son of Kaikeyi (Bharata); bhraatR^ivatsalam = who had affection for his brother; yaantam = who had set out; saanvayaat = along with hs family; aanayane = to bring; bhraatuH = his brother.
2.83.19
ते गत्वा दूरमध्वानम् रथम् यानाश्वकुञ्जरैः |
समासेदुस्ततो गङ्गाम् शृङ्गिबेरपुरम् प्रति ॥यत्र रामसखो वीरो गुहो ज्ञातिगणैर्वृतः |
निवसत्यप्रमादेन देशम् तम् परिपालयन् ॥
Having gone for a considerable distance in their chariots, carts, horses and elephants, they reached the River Ganga close to the city of Shringaberapura, where the valiant Guha, a bosom friend of Rama along with multitude of relatives was ruling that region carefully.
19; 20. te = they; gatvaa = having gone; duuram = a long; adhraanam = course; ratha yaanaashva = kuN^jaraiH = on chariots; carts; horses and elephants; samaaseduH = reached; gaNgaam = the River Ganga; shR^iN^giberapuram prati = close to the city of Shrigaberapura; yatra = where; viiraH = the valiant; guhaH = Guha; raamasakhaH = a bosom friend of Rama; vR^itaH = along with; j^NaatigaNaiH = multitude of his relatives; paripaalayan = was ruling; tam = that; desham = region; apramaadena = carefully.
2.83.21
उपेत्य तीरम् गङ्गायाश्चक्रमाकैरलङ्कतम् |
व्यवतिष्ठत सा सेना भरतस्य अनुयायिनी ॥
That army, which was accompanying Bharata, arrived at the bank of Ganga River, looking beautiful as it was with Charka* birds and stopped there.
saa senaa = that army; bharasya = anuyaayinii = which was accompanying Bharata; upetya = arrived at; tiiram = the bank; gaN^gaayaaH = of Ganga River; alaN^kR^itam = beautified; chakravaakaiH = with charka birds; vyavaatiSThata = and was stationed there.
Chakra bird: zoological name= Anas casarca.
2.83.22
निरीक्ष्य अनुगताम् सेनाम् ताम् च गन्गाम् शिव उदकाम् |
भरतः सचिवान् सर्वान् अब्रवीद् वाक्य कोविदः ॥
Seeing the army behind, which accompanied him and the River Ganga in front with its propitious waters, Bharata who was skillful in words, spoke to all his officers (as follows):
niriikshya = seeing; senaam = the army; anugataam = which accompanied him; taam gaN^gaam cha = and that River Ganga; shivodakaam = with propitious waters; bharataH = Bharata; vaakya kovidaH = the master of words; abraviit = spoke; sarvam = to all; sachivaan = the ministers (as follows):
2.83.23
निवेशयत मे सैन्यम् अभिप्रायेण सर्वशः |
विश्रान्तः प्रतरिष्यामः श्वैदानीम् महा नदीम् ॥
"It is my will that my army should take rest by all means. When they are refreshed we shall cross the river tomorrow."
abhi praayeNa = It is my will; me sainyam = that my army; niveshayata = should take rest; sarvataH = by all means; vishraantaaH = after taking rest; idaamim = now; pratariSyaamaH = we shall cross; nadiim = the river; shvaH = tomorrow.
2.83.24
दातुम् च तावद् इच्चामि स्वर् गतस्य मही पतेः |
और्ध्वदेह निमित्त अर्थम् अवतीर्य उदकम् नदीम् ॥
"Meanwhile, descending into the river, I desire to make offering of the sacred water as libation for the infinite spirit relating to the state after death, to the king Dasaratha who has gone to heaven."
avatiirya = descending into; nadiim = the river; ichchhami = I wish; datum cha = to make offering; udakam = of sacred water; ourdhvadehanimittaartham = for the infinitive spirit relating to the state after death; mahiipateH = of the king; svargatasya = who has gone to heaven.
2.83.25
तस्य एवम् ब्रुवतः अमात्याः तथा इति उक्त्वा समाहिताः |
न्यवेशयंस् तामः चन्देन स्वेन स्वेन पृथक् पृथक् ॥
Hearing these words from Bharata, the officers attentively answered, "Be it so" and each of them encamped their respective forces in accord with his pleasure.
evam = thus; bruvataH = spoken; tasya = by him; amaatyaaH = the officers; uktvaa = replied; samaahitaaH = attentively; tatheti = "Be it so"; pr^ithak = and each; nyaveshayan = encamped; svena svena = their respective; taam = forces; chhandena = in accord with his pleasure.
2.83.26
निवेश्य गन्गाम् अनु ताम् महा नदीम् |
चमूम् विधानैः परिबर्ह शोभिनीम् |
उवास रामस्य तदा महात्मनो |
विचिन्तयानो भरतः निवर्तनम् ॥
Having meticulously arranged for encampment of the army which looked lovely along Ganga that great river with the surrounding equipment (like tunts, furnishings etc), Bharata halted then, reflecting as to how to bring back the magnanimous Rama.
niveshya = having encaped; vidhaanaiH = mentienlously; chamuuve = the army; paribarhashobhiniim = which looked lovely with its surrounding equipment (like tents; furnishings etc); gaN^gaam anu = along Ganga; taam = that; mahaanadiim = great river; bharataH = Bharata; uvaasa = halted; tadaa = then; vichintayaanaH = reflecting; nivartanam = how to bring back; mahaatmanaH = the magnanimous; raamasya = Rama.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे त्र्यशीतितमः सर्गः
Sarga 84
2.84.1
ततः निविष्टाम् ध्वजिनीम् गन्गाम् अन्वाश्रिताम् नदीम् |
निषाद राजो दृष्ट्वा एव ज्ञातीन् सम्त्वरितः अब्रवीत् ॥
Just on seeing an army encamped and positioned along the River Ganga, Guha the king of Nishadas hastily spoke to his relatives as follows:
tataH = then; dR^iSTvaiva = just on seeing; dhvajiniim = an army; niviSTaam = encamped; anvaashritaam = and situated along; gaN^gaam nadiim = the River Ganga; niSaadaraajaH = Guha; the king of Nishadas; samtvasitaH = hastily; abraviit = spoke; jJNaatiin = to his relatives (as follows):
2.84.2
महती इयम् अतः सेना सागर आभा प्रदृश्यते |
न अस्य अन्तम् अवगच्चामि मनसा अपि विचिन्तयन् ॥
"On this side, a huge army is seen like an ocean. I am not able to comprehend the extent of this army even by my discerning mind."
itaH = on this side; iyam = this; mahatii = huge; senaa = army; pradR^ishyati = is seen; saagaraabhaa = as an ocean; naadhigachchhami = I am not able to find; antam = the extent; asyaaH = of this army; vidintayannapi = even by my discerning; manasaa = with the mind.
2.84.3
यथा तु खलु दुर्भद्धिर्भरतः स्वयमागतः |
स एष हि महा कायः कोविदार ध्वजो रथे ॥
"Here is seen on that chariot, a towering banner bearing Kovidara tree and hence Bharata himself with an evil intent seems to have come."
eSaH = here ( is seen); rathe hi = on the chariot; saH = that; mahaakaayaH = towering; kovidaara*; dhvajaH = banner bearing Kovidara tree; bharataH = (and hence) Bharata; durbuddhiH = with an evil intent; svayam = himself; yathaatu aagataH = seems to have come.
Kovidara tree: pomegranate tree.
2.84.4
बन्धयिष्यति वा दाशान् अथ वा अस्मान् वधिष्यति |
अथ दाशरथिम् रामम् पित्रा राज्यात् विवासितम् ॥सम्पन्नाम् श्रियमन्विच्चंस्तस्य राज्ञः सुदुर्लभाम् |
भरतः कैकेयी पुत्रः हन्तुम् समधिगच्चति ॥
"Will Bharata the son of Kaikeyi bind us with chains or slay us? Or is he coming to kill Rama, the son of Dasaratha, who was exiled from the kingdom by his father, desirous as Bharata is to get the prosperous Ayodhya kingdom, a luxury and that which is inaccessible to another?"
4; 5. bharataH = (Will) Bharata; kaikeyiiputraH = the son of Kaikeyi; badhayiSyati = bind with chains; daashaan = our fishermen; athavaa = or; vadhiSyati = kill; asmaan = us?; atha = or; samadhigachchhati = is he coming; hantum = to kill; raamam = Rama; daasharthiim = the son of Dasaratha; vivaasitam = who was exiled; raajyaat = from the kingdom; pitraa = by his father; anvichchhan = and desiring; shriyam = the prosperous kingdom; sampannaam = a luxury; sudurlabham = and that which is inaccessible to another.
2.84.6
भर्ता चैव सखा चैव रामः दाशरथिर् मम |
तस्य अर्थ कामाः सम्नद्धा गन्गा अनूपे अत्र तिष्ठत ॥
"Rama the son of Dasaratha is my Lord and my companion too. Hence you, covered with armor, be stationed on this bank of Ganga River, desiring to advance the interest of Rama."
raamaH = Rama; daasharathiH = the son of Dasaratha; mama = is my; bhartaachaiva = Lord; sakhaa chaiva = and my friend too; (Hence); pratiSThata = be stationed; sannaddhaa = covered with armor; gaN^gaanuupe = one this bank of Ganga River; artha kaamaaH = desiring to advance the interest; tasya = of that Rama.
2.84.7
तिष्ठन्तु सर्व दाशाः च गन्गाम् अन्वाश्रिता नदीम् |
बल युक्ता नदी रक्षा मांस मूल फल अशनाः ॥
"Let all our ferrymen guarding the river, along with the troops, eating meat roots and fruits ( in their boats), stay positioned along the River Ganga."
sarve = (Let) all; daashaashcha = our ferrymen; nadiirakSaaH = guarding the river; balayuktaaH = along with troops; maamsa muula phalaashanaaH = eating; meet; roota and fruits ( in the boats); tiSThantu = stay; anvaashritaaH = positioned along; gaN^gaam nadiim = the River Ganga.
2.84.8
नावाम् शतानाम् पन्चानाम् कैवर्तानाम् शतम् शतम् |
सम्नद्धानाम् तथा यूनाम् तिष्ठन्तु अत्यभ्यचोदयत् ॥
"Let five hundred boats, each manner by a hundred youthful ferrymen, be stationed and made ready" -thus announced Guha.
paN^chaanam = (Let) five; shataanaam = hundred; naavaam = boats; shatam shatam = each; manned by a hundred; yuunaam = youthful; kaivartanaam = ferrymen; tiSThantu = be stationed; tathaa = and sannddhaam = made ready; iti = (Guha) thus; abhyachodayat = announced.
2.84.9
यदा तुष्टः तु भरतः रामस्य इह भविष्यति |
सा इयम् स्वस्तिमयी सेना गन्गाम् अद्य तरिष्यति ॥
"If Bharata is favourably disposed now towards Rama, then only his army may (be allowed to) cross the River Ganga in safety."
yadaatu = when; bharataH = Bharata; bhaviSyati = be; aduSTaH = well-disposed; iha = here; raamasya = towards Rama; saa iyam = such of this; senaa = army; tariSyati = may cross; gaN^gaam = the River Ganga; adya = today; svastimatii = in safety.
2.84.10
इति उक्त्वा उपायनम् गृह्य मत्स्य मांस मधूनि च |
अभिचक्राम भरतम् निषाद अधिपतिर् गुहः ॥
After uttering thus, Guha the king of Nishadas took fish, meat and honey as an offering and approached Bharata.
iti = thus; uktvaa = spoken; guhaH = Guha; niSaadaadhipatiH = the Lord of Nishadas; gR^ihya = took; matsya maamsa madhuuni = fish meat and honey; upaayanam = as an offering; abhichakraama = and approached; bharatam = Bharata.
2.84.11
तम् आयान्तम् तु सम्प्रेक्ष्य सूत पुत्रः प्रतापवान् |
भरताय आचचक्षे अथ विनयज्ञो विनीतवत् ॥
Seeing him approach, Sumantra the charioteer, a majestic man who knows the rules of discipline, humbly told Bharata as follows:
atha = thereafter; suutaputraH = Sumantra the charioteer; prataapavaan = a majestic man; vinayajJNaH = who knows the rules of discipline; samprekshya = seeing; tam = him aayaantam = approach; aachachaksha = told; bharataaya = Bharata; viniitavat = humbly (as follows):
2.84.12
एष ज्ञाति सहस्रेण स्थपतिः परिवारितः |
कुशलो दण्डक अरण्ये वृद्धो भ्रातुः च ते सखा ॥
"This Lord who is surrounded by a thousand of his own people, is fully acquainted with the forest of Dandaka and also an old friend of your elder brother."
eSaH = this; sthapatiH = Lord; parivaaritaH = who is surrounded; jJNaati sahasresha = by a thousand of his own people; kushalaH = is fully acquainted; daN^kaaraaN^ye = with the forest of Dandaka; vR^iddhaH = and an old; sakhaacha = friend; te = of your; bhraatuH = elder brother.
2.84.13
तस्मात् पश्यतु काकुत्स्थ त्वाम् निषाद अधिपो गुहः |
असंशयम् विजानीते यत्र तौ राम लक्ष्मणौ ॥
"O, Bharata! For that reason, let Guha the king of Nishadas see you. He knows surely where those two Rama and Lakshmana - are stationed."
kaakutthsa = O; Bharata! Tasmaat = for that reason; guhaH = (let) Guha; niSaadaadhiphaH = the king of Nishadas; pashyatu = see; tvaam = you; vijaaniite = (He) knows; asamshayam = surely; yatra = where; tau = those; raamalakshmaNau = Rama and Lakshmana (are there).
2.84.14
एतत् तु वचनम् श्रुत्वा सुमन्त्रात् भरतः शुभम् |
उवाच वचनम् शीघ्रम् गुहः पश्यतु माम् इति ॥
Hearing the auspicious words of Sumantra, Bharata answered, "Introduce Guha to me without delay."
shrutvaa = hearing; etat = these; shubham = auspicious; vachanam = words; sumantreaat = of Sumantra; bharataH = Bharata; uvaacha = spoke; iti = these; vachanam = words; guhaH = (let) Guha; pashyati = see; maam = me; shiighram = immediately.
2.84.15
लब्ध्वा अभ्यनुज्ञाम् सम्हृष्टः ज्ञातिभिः परिवारितः |
आगम्य भरतम् प्रह्वो गुहो वचनम् अब्रवीइत् ॥
Having obtained permission, Guha along with his own people, joyfully and humbly approached Bharata and spoke as follows:
labdhvaa = having obtained; abhyamjJNaam = the permission; guhaH = Guha; parivaaritaH = surrouned; jJNaatibhiH = by his own people; samhR^iSTaH = joyfully; prahvaH = and humbly; aagamya = approached; baratam = Bharata; abraviit = and spoke; vachanam = these words.
2.84.16
निष्कुटः चैव देशो अयम् वन्चिताः च अपि ते वयम् |
निवेदयामः ते सर्वे स्वके दाश कुले वस ॥
"This place is like a pleasure-grove near your house. We are your subjects and are reporting to you as such. Stay in this servant's house."
ayam = this; deshaH = place; niSkuTaH = is like a pleasure-grove near your house; vayam = we; vaN^chitaashchaapi = are your subjects; sarve = all of us; nivedayaavaH = are reporting to you; te = as such; vasa = stay; daasakule = in this servant's house.
2.84.17
अस्ति मूलम् फलम् चैव निषादैः समुपाहृतम् |
आर्द्रम् च मांसम् शुष्कम् च वन्यम् च उच्च अवचम् महत् ॥
"Here are the roots and fruits gathered by my tribe as well as fresh and dried meat of great quality and of various kinds, and all a produce of the forest."
asti = here are; muulam = the root; phalam chaiva = fruit; samudaahR^itam = gathered; niSaadaiH = by my tribe; maamsamcha = and the meat; mahat = of great quality; ucchaavacham = and of various kinds; aardram = fresh; shuSkamcha = and dried; vanyam = and all a produce of the forest.
2.84.18
आशंसे स्वाशिता सेना वत्स्यति इमाम् विभावरीम् |
अर्चितः विविधैः कामैः श्वः ससैन्यो गमिष्यसि ॥
"I hope the army, after eating well, can halt for the night here. Furnished with all you could desire, you can continue your journey tomorrow along with your troops."
aasham se = I hope; senaa = the army; svaashitaa = after eating well; vatsyat = can halt; imam = in this night; architaH = offered reverently; vividhaiH = various kinds; kaamaiH = of all that you could desire; gamiSyasi = you can go; shvaH = tomorrow; sasainyaH = along with your army.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे चतुरशीतितमः सर्गः
Sarga 85
एवमुक्तस्तु भरतो निषादाधिपतिं गुहम् ।
प्रत्युवाच महाप्राज्ञो वाक्यं हेत्वर्थसंहितम् ॥ २-८५-१
Hearing those words, the highly intelligent Bharata replied toGuha, the lord of Nishadas, in words that were full of reason and meaning.
bharataH = bharata; mahaapraj^NaH = the highly intelligent; evam = thus; uktaH = spoken; pratyuvaacha = replied; vaakyam = in words; hetvartha samhitam = composed of reason and meaning;guham = to Guha; nishhadaadhipatim = the lord of Nishadas.
ऊर्जितः खलु ते कामः कृतःमम गुरोह् सखे।
यो मे त्वम् ईदृशीम् सेनाम् एको अभ्यर्चितुम् इच्चसि॥ २-८५-२
?O, friend of my elder brother! Indeed, your desire to offerhospitality to my army of such a magnitude, is great.?
sakhe = O friend; mama = my; guroH = elder brother; yaH tvam = you - that very person who; ekaH = alone; ichchhasi = wants; abhyarchitum = to offer hospitality; iidR^isham = to such (a huge); senaam = army; te kaamaH = such a wish of yours; kR^itaH = formed; uurjitaHkhalu = is indeed mighty.
इति उक्त्वा तु महा तेजा गुहम्वचनम् उत्तमम्।
अब्रवीद् भरतः श्रीमान् निषाद अधिपतिम् पुनः॥ २-८५-३
Having spoken these excellent words to Guha; the greatlyillustrious Bharata, possessed of great splendor, said again to Guha the kingof Nishadas (as follows):
uktvaatu = having spoken;uttamam = these excellent; vachanam = words; guham = to Guha; shriimaan = thegreatly illustrious; bharataH = bharata; mahaatejaH = possessed of greatsplendor; abraviit = said; punah = again; nishhaadaadhipatim = to Guha; king ofNishadas as follows:
कतरेण गमिष्यामि भरद्वाजाश्रमम् गुह।
गहनो अयम् भृशम् देशो गङ्गा अनूपो दुरत्ययः॥ २-८५-४
?O, Guha! By which of these two routes can I go to the hermitageof Bharadvaja? This region engulfed in waters of Ganga River is not very much easy to negotiate and is difficult to cross.?
guha = O Guha!; katareNa = by which of the two routes; gamishhyaami = can I go; bharadvaajaashramam = to the hermitage of Bharadvaja? Ayam = this; deshaH = region; ga~NgaanuupaH = engulfed inwaters of Ganga river; bhR^isham gahanaH = isnot very much easy to cross.
तस्य तत् वचनम् श्रुत्वा राजपुत्रस्य धीमतः।
अब्रवीत् प्रान्जलिर् वाक्यम् गुहो गहन गोचरः॥ २-८५-५
Hearing the words of the wise prince; Guha, who roams about inwoods, with joined palms answered as follows:
shrutvaa = hearing; tatvachanam = those words; tasya = of that; dhiimatah = wise; raajaputrasya = prince;guhaH = Guha; gahanagocharaH = who roams about in woods; praaN^jaliH = with joinedpalms; abraviit = spoke; vaakyam = (these)words:
दाशाः तु अनुगमिष्यन्तिधन्विनः सुसमाहिताः।
अहम् च अनुगमिष्यामि राज पुत्र महा यशः॥ २-८५-६
?O highly illustrious prince! My ferrymen wielding their bows,and very attentive, will certainly accompany you. I too will follow you (inperson).?
mahaayashaH = O highly illustrious; raajaputra = prince!; daashaaH = My ferrymen; dhanvinaH = wielding their bows; anugamishhyanti = will accompany; tvam = you; susamaahitaaH = with great attention; aham = I too; anugamishhyanti = will follow; tvaa = you(in person).
कच्चिन् न दुष्टः व्रजसि रामस्याक्लिष्ट कर्मणः।
इयम् ते महती सेना शन्काम् जनयति इव मे॥ २-८५-७
?I hope you are not going to attack Rama, who is unwearied inaction. This great army of yours is begetting an apprehension in my mind.?
na vrajati kachchit = I hopeyou are not going; dushhTaH = in offensive; raamasya = of Rama; aklishhTakarmaNaH = who is unwearied in action; iyam = this; mahati = great; te senaa = of yours; janayaatiiva = is begetting; shaN^kaam = a doubt; me = in me.
तम् एवम् अभिभाषन्तमाकाशैव निर्मलः।
भरतः श्लक्ष्णया वाचा गुहम् वचनम् अब्रवीत्॥ २-८५-८
Bharata, whose heart resembled a taintless sky, spoke thefollowing words in smooth voice, to that Guha, who confessed his doubt asaforesaid.
bharataH = bharata; nirmalahiva = whose heart resembled a taintless; aakashaH = sky; abraviit = spoke;vachanam = these words; shlakshhayaa = in smooth; vaachaa = voice; tam guham = to that Guha; evam = who thus; abhibhaashhantam = talked(confessing his doubt).
मा भूत् स कालो यत् कष्टम् नमाम् शन्कितुम् अर्हसि।
राघवः स हि मे भ्राता ज्येष्ठः पितृ समः मम॥ २-८५-९
?Let not such an occasion of wretchedness come! You should neverhave suspected me. That Rama my elder brother is indeed regarded as my father.?
maa shuutam = let there not be;saH kaalam = such a time; kashhTam = of wretchedness; yat = what so ever;naarhasi = you ought not; shaN^kitum = to suspect; maam = me; saH raagh avaH = thatRama; me = my; jyeshhThaH = elder; bhraataa = brother; mataH hi = is indeedregarded; pitrusamaH = as my father.
तम् निवर्तयितुम् यामि काकुत्स्थम्वन वासिनम्।
बुद्धिर् अन्या न ते कार्या गुह सत्यम् ब्रवीमि ते॥ २-८५-१०
?I am going to get back Rama who is now living in the forest. O,Guha! No other apprehension should be made by you. I am telling you the truth.?
yaami = I am proceeding;nivartaitum = to get back; tam = that; kaakutthsam = Rama; vanavaasinam = who isliving in the forest; guha = O; Guha! na anyaa = No other; buddhiH = apprehension;kaaryaa = should be made; te = by you; braviim = I am telling; satyam = the truth;te = to you.
स तु सम्हृष्ट वदनः श्रुत्वाभरत भाषितम्।
पुनर् एव अब्रवीद् वाक्यम् भरतम् प्रति हर्षितः॥ २-८५-११
Hearing the words of Bharata, Guha on his part, with his faceradiated with joy spoke again to Bharata as follows:
shrutvaa = hearing;bharatabhaashhitam = the words of Bharata; saH tu = that Guha on his part;samhR^ishTa vadanah = with his face radiated; harshhitaH = with joy; abraviit = spoke; punareva = again; bharatam prati = to Bharata(as follows):
धन्यः त्वम् न त्वया तुल्यंपश्यामि जगती तले।
अयत्नात् आगतम् राज्यम् यः त्वम् त्यक्तुम् इह इच्चसि॥ २-८५-१२
?You be blessed! I do not see your equal on this earth - you, whowish to renounce the empire you acquired now, even without effort.?
tvam = you; dhanyah = be blessed;na pashyaami = I do not see; tvayaa = your; tulyam = equal; jagatiitale = on theearth; tvam = you; yaH = who; ichchasi = wish; tyaktum = to renounce; raajyam = theempire; aagatam = you acquired; iha = now; ayatnaat = without effort.
शाश्वती खलु ते कीर्तिर्लोकान् अनुचरिष्यति।
यः त्वम् कृच्च्र गतम् रामम् प्रत्यानयितुम् इच्चसि॥ २-८५-१३
Assuredly your fame will traverse permanently in all provinces,as you are the very person who wishes to bring back Rama from his terribleplight.
te = you; kiiritiH = fame;khalu = assuredly; anucharishhyati = will traverse; shaashvatii = permanently;lokam = in all provinces. YaH tvam = as you the very person who; ichchhasi = wishes; pratyaanayitum = to bring back; raamam = Rama; kR^ichchhagatam = from hisfearful plight.
एवम् सम्भाषमाणस्य गुहस्यभरतम् तदा।
बभौ नष्ट प्रभः सूर्यो रजनी च अभ्यवर्तत॥ २-८५-१४
While Guha was talking thus to Bharata, the sun diffused lesslight and the night fell.
guhasya = Guha(while); evam = was thus; sambhaashhaNasya = talking; bharatam = to Bharata; suuryaaH = the sun;tadaa = then; babhou = glittered; nashhTaprabhaH = with less light; rajaniicha = and the night; abhyavartata = returned.
सम्निवेश्य स ताम् सेनाम् गुहेनपरितोषितः।
शत्रुघ्नेन सह श्रीमान् शयनम् पुनर् आगमत्॥ २-८५-१५
The illustrious Bharata, lodging that army in camps, feltdelighted by Guha?s hospitality, returned to his camp and took rest along withShatrughna.
shriimaan = the illustrious;saH = Bharata; sanniveshya taam senaam = lodging that army in camps;paritoshhitaH = and felt delighted; guhena = by Guha?s service; samupaagamat = returned to his camp; shayanam = and took rest; shatrughnena saha = withShatrughna.
राम चिन्तामयः शोको भरतस्यमहात्मनः।
उपस्थितः हि अनर्हस्य धर्म प्रेक्षस्य तादृशः॥ २-८५-१६
The high soled Bharata, whose only aim is to fulfill his duty andwho is undeserving of sorrow, indeed felt grief, born of anguish for Rama.
bharatasya = to Bharata;mahaatmanaH = the high soled; dharmaprekshhasya = whose only aim is to fulfillhis duty; anarhasya = and who is undeserving of sorrow; taadR^ishaH hi = indeedfelt; shokaH = grief; raama chintaamayah = born of anguish for Rama.
अन्तर् दाहेन दहनः सम्तापयतिराघवम्।
वन दाह अभिसम्तप्तम् गूढो अग्निर् इव पादपम्॥ २-८५-१७
As a fire is hidden in a hollow tree while a forest is on fire, sodid Bharata?s fire of anguish burn with in his heart.
agniriva = as a fire; guuDhah = hidden; paadapam = in a hollow tree; vana daahaabhi samtaptaH = while a forest onfire is burnt up; (so did)raaghavam = Bharata?s; dahanaH = fire; santaapayati = ofanguish; antardaahena = burn within his heart.
प्रस्रुतः सर्व गात्रेभ्यः स्वेदःशोक अग्नि सम्भवः।
यथा सूर्य अंशु सम्तप्तः हिमवान् प्रस्रुतः हिमम्॥ २-८५-१८
Perspiration born of fieriness of grief poured off from all hislimbs, as the snow heated by solar rays melts and flows from Himavat mountain.
svedam = perspiration;shokaagnisambhavam = born of fieriness of grief; prasR^itaH = poured off;sarvagaatrebhyaH = from all his limbs; yathaa = as; himam = the snow; prasR^itaH = melts and flows; suuryaamshu samtaptaH = heated by solar rays; himavaan = fromHimavat mountain.
ध्यान निर्दर शैलेनविनिह्श्वसित धातुना।
दैन्य पादप सम्घेन शोक आयास अधिशृंगिणा॥ २-८५-१९
प्रमोह अनन्त सत्त्वेन सम्ताप ओषधि वेणुना।
आक्रान्तः दुह्ख शैलेन महता कैकयी सुतः॥ २-८५-२०
Bharata, the son of Kaikeyi was pressed by the weight of thatcolossal mountain of agony consisting of rocky caverns in the shape of settledcontemplations on Rama, minerals in the shape of groans and sighs, a cluster oftrees in the shape of depressive thoughts, summits in the form of sufferingsand fatigue, countless wild beasts in the shape of swoons, herbs and bamboos inthe form of his exertions.
19-20. kaikeyiisutaH = Bharata the son of Kaikeyi; aakraantaH = was pressed; mahata duHkha sailena = by the weight of that colossal mountain of agony; dhyaana nirdhara shailena = consisting of rocky caverns in the shape of settled contemplations on Rama; viniHshvasitadhaatunaa = minerals in the shape of groans and sighs; dainyapaadapa samghena = acluster of trees in the shape of depressive thoughts ; shokaayaasaadhishR^iN^giNaa = summits in the form of sufferings and fatigue; pramohaananta sattvena = countless wild beasts in the shape of swoons; samtaapoushhadhi veNunaa = herbsand bamboos in the form of his exertions.
विनिश्श्वसन्वैभृशदुर्मनास्ततः।
प्रमूढसम्ज्ञः परमापदम् गतः।
शमम् न लेभे हृदयज्वरार्दितो।
नरर्षभो यूथहतो यथर्षभः॥ २-८५-२१
Thereafter, Bharata the excellent among men sighing much inmelancholy, his mind utterly confused in consequence, having obtained anextreme distress, afflicted as he was with burning fever in his breast and likea bull strayed from its herd, found no peace.
tataH = thereafter;nararshhabhah = Bharata the excellent among men; vinishhvasan = sighing; bhR^ishaduramanaa = very much in melancholy; pramuuDha samjN^aH = his mind utterlyconfused in consequence.; gataH = having obtained; parama aapadam = an exrtremedistress; hR^idaya jvaraarditaH = afflicted with burning fever in his breast;R^ishhabhaH yathaa = like a bull; yuutha hataH = strayed from its herd; lekhe = found; na shamam = no peace.
गुहेन सार्धम् भरतःसमागतः।
महा अनुभावः सजनः समाहितः।
सुदुर्मनाः तम् भरतम् तदा पुनर्।
गुहः समाश्वासयद् अग्रजम् प्रति॥ २-८५-२२
The noble soled Bharata, with his escort, met Guha too in acomposed mind. Then Guha slowly reassured Bharata again as regards his elderbrother.
bharataH = bharata;mahaanubhaavaH = the noble minded; sajanaH = with his escort; samaagataH = met;guhesaartham = Guha too; samaahitaH = in a composed mind; tadaa = then; guhah = Guha; sudurmanaaH = in very low spirits; aashvaasayaT = reassured; tam bharatam = that Bharata; punaH = again; agrajam prati = regarding his elder brother.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणेदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाम्डे पचाशीतितमः सर्गः
Sarga 86
2.86.1
आचचक्षे अथ सद्भावम् लक्ष्मणस्य महात्मनः |
भरताय अप्रमेयाय गुहो गहन गोचरः ॥
Then Guha the foremost dweller reported Bharata, who was having incomprehensible qualities, about the quality of goodness of Lakshmana(as follows):
atha = thereafter; guhaH = Guha; gahanagocharaH = the foremost dweller; aachachakshhe = told; bharataaya = Bharata; aprameyaaya = who was having incomprehensible qualities; sadbhaavam = about the quality of goodness; lakshhmanasya = of Lakshmana; mahaatmanah = the high soled.
2.86.2
तम् जाग्रतम् गुणैर् युक्तम् वर चाप इषु धारिणम् |
भ्रातृ गुप्त्य् अर्थम् अत्यन्तम् अहम् लक्ष्मणम् अब्रवम् ॥
"I spoke as follows to that Lakshmana, who is endowed with virtues and wielding arrows bow and a sword and who was keeping a vigil for the safe guard of his brother."
aham = I; abravam = spoke; tam lakshhmanaam = to that Lakshmana; yuktam = endowed with; guNaiH = virtues; shara chaapaasidhaariNam = who wielded arrows; bow and a sword; jaagratam = and was awake; atyantam = very much; bhraatR^I gupyartham = for the sake guard of his brother.
2.86.3
इयम् तात सुखा शय्या त्वद् अर्थम् उपकल्पिता |
प्रत्याश्वसिहि शेष्व अस्याम् सुखम् राघव नन्दन ॥
"O, dear brother! Here is a comfortable bed made ready for you. Feel yourself at ease. Rest peacefully on this, O, delight of the Raghu race!"
taata = O dear broter! Raaghavanandana = a delight to those born in Raghu dynasty! Iyam = Here is; sukhaa = a comfortable; shayyaa = bed; upakalpitaa = made ready ; tvadartham = for you; pratyaashvasihi = be comfortable; sheshhva = rest; sukham = peacefully; asyaam = on this.
2.86.4
उचितो अयम् जनः सर्वे दुह्खानाम् त्वम् सुख उचितः |
धर्म आत्ममः तस्य गुप्त्य् अर्थम् जागरिष्यामहे वयम् ॥
"All my people are habituated for hardships, o virtuous prince! You are used to comfort. Hence ,we shall keep awake for the safe guard of Rama."
dharmaatman = o; virtuous prince! sarvaH = all ayam these; janaH = people; uchitaH = are habitual; duHkhaanaam = to hardships; tvam = you; sukhochitaH = are used to comfort; vayam we; jaagarishhyaamahe = shall keep awake; gupyartham = for the safe guard; tasya = of Rama.
2.86.5
न हि रामात् प्रियतरो मम अस्ति भुवि कश्चन |
मा उत्सुको भूर् ब्रवीम्य् एतद् अप्य् असत्यम् तव अग्रतः ॥
"None is more dear to me than Rama on this earth. Moreover, do not become restless. I am telling this truth in your presence."
kaschana naastihi = None is indeed; priyataraH = more dear; mama = to me; raamaat = than Rama; bhuvi = on earth; atha = moreover; maa bhuuH = do not become; utsukaH = restless; bhaviimi = I am telling; etat = this; satyam = truthful; vaakyam = sentence; agrataH = before; tava = you.
2.86.6
अस्य प्रसादाद् आशंसे लोके अस्मिन् सुमहद् यशः |
धर्म अवाप्तिम् च विपुलाम् अर्थ अवाप्तिम् च केवलाम् ॥
"By the grace of Rama, I wish to attain a very great renown in this earth, an extensive acquisition of righteousness, an unalloyed wealth and enjoyment."
prasaadaat = by the grace; asya = of that Rama; aashamse = I wish to attain; sumahat = a very great; yashaH = glory; asmin loke = in this earth; vipulaam = an extensive; dharmaavyaaptimcha = acquisition of righteousness; kevalou = unalloyed; arthakaamoucha = wealth and enjoyment.
2.86.7
सो अहम् प्रिय सखम् रामम् शयानम् सह सीतया |
रक्षिष्यामि धनुष् पाणिः सर्वैः स्वैर् ज्नातिभिः सह ॥
"I as such with a bow in my hand, along with my relatives will guard my dear friend Rama, who slept together with Seetha."
aham = I; saH = as such; dhanushhpaaNiH = with a bow in my hand; saha = along with; svaiH = my; jN^aatibhiH = relatives; rakshhisyaami = will guard; priyasakham = my dear friend; raaman = Rama; shayaanam = who slept ; siitayaasaha = together with Seetha.
2.86.8
न हि मे अविदितम् किंचिद् वने अस्मिमः चरतः सदा |
चतुर् अन्गम् ह्य् अपि बलम् प्रसहेम वयम् युधि ॥
"Nothing is indeed unknown to me, who forever wander in this forest. We can defeat even an army consisting of all the four limbs in battle."
me = to me; sadaa = who forever; charataH = wander; asmin vane = in this forest; na kimchit hi = nothing is indeed; aviditam = unknown; vayam = we; prasahema hi = can defeat; chaturaNgam balam api = even an army consisting of all the four limbs; yudhi = in battle.
2.86.9
एवम् अस्माभिर् उक्तेन लक्ष्मणेन महात्मना |
अनुनीता वयम् सर्वे धर्मम् एव अनुपश्यता ॥
"Thus spoken as aforesaid by us the high soled Lakshmana, who perceives righteousness alone,politely replied to all of us( as follows)
evam = thus; uktam = spoken; asmaabhiH = by us; sarve = all; vayam = of us; anuniitaaH = were politely replied; lakshhmaNena = by Lakshmana; mahaatmanaa = the high soled; anupashyataa = who perceives; dharmameva = righteousness alone.
2.86.10
कथम् दाशरथौ भूमौ शयाने सह सीतया |
शक्या निद्रा मया लब्धुम् जीवितम् वा सुखानि वा ॥
"How is it possible for me to get a sleep, or even life or comforts when Rama is reposing on the floor along with Seetha?"
katham = how; shakyaa = is it possible; labdhum = to obtain; nidraa = sleep; jiivitamvaa = or even life ; sukhaanivaa = or comforts; mayaa = by me; while) daasharatha = Rama; siitayaasaha = along with Seetha; shayane = is reposing; bhuumou = on the floor?
2.86.11
यो न देव असुरैः सर्वैः शक्यः प्रसहितुम् युधि |
तम् पश्य गुह सम्विष्टम् तृणेषु सह सीतया ॥
"O, Guha! Behold that Rama, who cannot be conquered in a battle even by all the celestials and demons, sleeping on the blades of grass along with Seetha."
guha = O; Guha!; yaH = which Rama; na shakyaH = cannot be; prasahitum = conquered; yudhi = in battle; sarvaiH = by all; devaasuraiH = the celestials and demons; pashya = see; tam = that Rama; siitaayaa saha = along with Seetha; samvishhTam = who has reposed; tR^iNeshhu = on blades of grass.
2.86.12
महता तपसा लब्धो विविधैः च परिश्रमैः |
एको दशरथस्य एष पुत्रः सदृश लक्षणः ॥
"This Rama is an excellent son, having qualities equal to those of Dasaratha. The king obtained Rama by performing a great penance and after facing various troubles."
eshhaH = this Rama; ekaH = is an excellent; putraH = son; sadR^isha lakshhaNaH = having attributes equal to those; dasarathasya = of Dasaratha; labdhaH = who obtained him; mahataa = by a great; tapasaa = penance; vividhiH = and by facing various; parishramaishcha = troubles.
2.86.13
अस्मिन् प्रव्राजिते राजा न चिरम् वर्तयिष्यति |
विधवा मेदिनी नूनम् क्षिप्रम् एव भविष्यति ॥
"When Rama having seen exiled, the king Dasaratha will not survive for long.This earth will surely be without a husband soon."
asmin = when he; pravrajite = having been to exiled; raajaa = the king Dasaratha; navaratryishhyati = will not survive; chiram = for long; medinii = this earth; bhavishhyati = will be; nuunam = surely; vidhavaa = without a husband; kshhiprameva = soon.
2.86.14
विनद्य सुमहा नादम् श्रमेण उपरताः स्त्रियः |
निर्घोष उपरतम् नूनम् अद्य राज निवेशनम् ॥
"The women in the gynoecium's, having cried with a great noise, would have ceased their crying out of fatigue. Now, the great noise would have stopped in the royal palace by now."
striyaH = the women; (in the gynoecium's; vinadya = having cried; sumahaanaadam = with agreat noise; uparataaH = would have ceased crying; shramena = out of fatigue; adya = now; nirghoshhaH = the noise; nuunam = surely; virtaH = would have stopped; raajanivashane = in the royal palace.
2.86.15
कौसल्या चैव राजा च तथा एव जननी मम |
न आशंसे यदि ते सर्वे जीवेयुः शर्वरीम् इमाम् ॥
"I do not expect whether all of them, like Kausalya Dasaratha and even my mother Sumitra will survive at all till this night."
naashamse = I do not think; kausalyachaiva = that Kausalya; raajaacha = king Dasaratha; tathaiva = and; mamajananii = my mother Sumitra; yadi = whether; tesarve = all of them; jiiveyuH = will survive; imaam = in this; rajaniim = night.
2.86.16
जीवेद् अपि हि मे माता शत्रुघ्नस्य अन्ववेक्षया |
दुह्खिता या तु कौसल्या वीरसूर् विनशिष्यति ॥
"By beholding Shatrughna, my mother perhaps may even survive. However, the afflicted Kausalya who gave birth to the eminent Rama will surely die."
anvavekshhyaa = by beholding; shatrughnasya = of Satrughna; me maataa = my mother; jiivedapicha = may even survive; ; saatu = but she; yaa = that; kausalya = Kausalya; viirasuuH = who gave birth to the eminent Rama; vinashishhyati = will die; duHkhitaa = of sorrow.
2.86.17
अतिक्रान्तम् अतिक्रान्तम् अनवाप्य मनो रथम् |
राज्ये रामम् अनिक्षिप्य पिता मे विनशिष्यति ॥
Without realising his long-cherished wish and failing to install Rama in the kingdom of Aodhya, my father Dasaratha will expire."
me pitaa = My father; dasaratha; anavaapya = having not obtained; manoratham = his wish; atikraantam atikraantan = over steppingly and over stappingly; anikSipya = and having not been able to install; raamam = Rama; raajye = in the kingdom; vinashiSyati = will die.
2.86.18
सिद्ध अर्थाः पितरम् वृत्तम् तस्मिन् काले ह्य् उपस्थिते |
प्रेत कार्येषु सर्वेषु संस्करिष्यन्ति भूमिपम् ॥
"Those who have accomplished their purpose (Shatrughna and others) will perform all the funeal honours to king Dasaratha, my father when the time comes for it."
tasminkaale = (when) that time; upasthite = comes; samskariSyanti = (those) who will perform; sarveSu = all; preta kaaryeSu = theobsequial rites; pitaram; of my father; bhuumipam = the king Dasaratha; vR^ittam = who expired; siddhaarthaaH = are indeed they who accomplished their purpose.
2.86.19
रम्य चत्वर संस्थानाम् सुविभक्त महा पथाम् |
हर्म्य प्रासाद सम्पन्नाम् सर्व रत्न विभूषिताम् ॥गज अश्व रथ सम्बाधाम् तूर्य नाद विनादिताम् |
सर्व कल्याण सम्पूर्णाम् हृष्ट पुष्ट जन आकुलाम् ॥आराम उद्यान सम्पूर्णाम् समाज उत्सव शालिनीम् |
सुखिता विचरिष्यन्ति राज धानीम् पितुर् मम ॥
"They will joyfully inhabit my father capital City, with its pleasant cross roads and meeting places, with its main roads well laid out, sumptuous with large houses and lofty mansions, with all the gems they are encrusted, with elephants horses and chariots that abound there, the sound of trumpets with which the city resonates, the many diversions it contains, its properous and well-fed people, its luxurious gardens and parks as well as the assmeblies and festivals that continuously take place inti."
19; 20; 21. vichariSyanti = (They) will inhabi;t sukhitaaH = joyfully; mama pituH = my father; raajadhaaniim = capital city; ramyachatvara samsthaanaam = with its pleasant cross roads and meeting places; suvibhakta mahaapathaam = with its main roads well laid-out; harmya praasaada sampannaam = sumptous with large houses and lofty mansions; sarva ratna vibhuushhitaam = and all the gems with which they are encrusted; gajaashva ratha sambaadhaam = with the elephants horses and chariots that abound there; tuuryanaada vinaaditaam = the sound of trumpets with which it resonates; sarva kalyaana sampuurNaam = the many diversions it contains; hR^iSTa janaakulaam = its prosperous and well-fed people; aaraamodyaana sampuurNaam = its luxurious gardens and parks;samaajotsava shaliniim = the assemblies and festivals that continuously take place in it.
2.86.22
अपि सत्य प्रतिज्नेन सार्धम् कुशलिना वयम् |
निवृत्ते समये ह्य् अस्मिन् सुखिताः प्रविशेमहि ॥
Shall we enter Ayodhya happily along with that virtuous Rama, who has truly redeemed his promise, when he completed his term of exile?
vayam api pravishamahi = shall we indeed entere Ayodhya; sukhitaaH = happily; kushalinaa saartham = along with that virtuous Rama; satya pratijJNena = who is true to his promise; nivR^itte = when he completes; asmin = this; samaye = term ( of exile)?
2.86.23
परिदेवयमानस्य तस्य एवम् सुमहात्मनः |
तिष्ठतो राज पुत्रस्य शर्वरी सा अत्यवर्तत ॥
While that magnamimous prince was lamenting thus, standing guard, the night passed.
tasya sumahaatmanaH = (While) that magnanimous; raajaputrasya = Prince; paridevayamaanasya = was lamenting; evam = thus; tiSTataH = stnading guard; saa shaarvarii = that night; atyavartata = passed.
2.86.24
प्रभाते विमले सूर्ये कारयित्वा जटा उभौ |
अस्मिन् भागीरथी तीरे सुखम् सम्तारितौ मया ॥
"When the sun rose brightly in the next morning Rama and Lakshmana got their locks of hair matted into a thick mass at the banks of River Ganga and they were safely ferried by me."
suurye = (When) the sun; prabhaate = rose; vimale = brightly; ubhau = the two of them; got kaarayitvaa jaTaaH = got their locks of hair matted; asmin = at the banks of River Ganga; samtaaritau = and were ferried; sukham = safely; mayaa = by me.
2.86.25
जटा धरौ तौ द्रुम चीर वाससौ |
महा बलौ कुन्जर यूथप उपमौ |
वर इषु चाप असि धरौ परम् तपौ |
व्यवेक्षमाणौ सह सीतया गतौ ॥
"Rama and Lakshmana, who were capable of tormenting their enemies, possessing great strength, wearing matted locks of hari and clothes made of bark, like unto the leaders of herd of elephants, wielding excellent bow, arrows and sword, looking back at me, went away with Seetha.
tau = those; paramtapau = Rama and Lakshamana; mahaabalau = possessing great strength; jaTaadharau = wearing matted locks of hair; drumachiiravaasasau = and clothes made of bark; kuN^jara yuutha popamau = like unto the leaders of a herd of elephants; vareSu chaapaasidharau = wielding excellent bow; arrows and sword; vyapekSamaaNau = looking back at me; gatam = went away; siitaayaa saha = with Seetha.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे षडशीतितमः सर्गः
Sarga 87
2.87.1
गुहस्य वचनम् श्रुत्वा भरतो भृशम् अप्रियम् |
ध्यानम् जगाम तत्र एव यत्र तत् श्रुतम् अप्रियम् ॥
Hearing those most disagreeable words from Guha, Bharata began to think deeply, directing his mind on Rama, of whom those unpleasant words were heard.
shrutvaa = hearing; bhR^isham the most; apriyam = disagreeable; vachanam = words; gahasya = of guha; bharataH = Bharata; jagaama = got; dhyaanam = into contemplation; tatraiva = directing his mind on Rama; yatra = of whom; tam = those; apriyam = unpleasant words; shrutam = were heard.
2.87.2
सुकुमारो महा सत्त्वः सिम्ह स्कन्धो महा भुजः |
पुण्डरीक विशाल अक्षः तरुणः प्रिय दर्शनः ॥प्रत्याश्वस्य मुहूर्तम् तु कालम् परम दुर्मनाः |
पपात सहसा तोत्रैर् हृदि विद्ध इव द्विपः ॥
That gentle, extremely courageous and the mighty armed young prince, whose shoulders resembled a lion's his large eyes opening like a flowering lotus and having pleasing appearance, momentarily sighed and in his extreme anguish, sank to the ground suddenly like an elephant that has been wounded in the heart with goads.
2;3. sukumaaraH = that gentle; mahaasattvaH = extremely courageous; mahaabhujaH = and the mighty armed; taruNaH = young prince; simhaskandhaH = whose shoulders resembled a lion's; puN^Dariika vishaalaakshhaH = his large eyes opening like a lotus in flowering; priyadarshanaH = having pleasing appearance; muhuurtakaalam tu = mometarily; pratyaashvasya = sighed; paramadurmanaaH and in his extreme anguish; papaata = sank to the ground; sahasaa = suddenly; dvipaH iva = like an elephant; atividdhaH = that has been wounded in the heart; totraiH = with goads.
2.87.4
भरतम् मुर्च्छितम् द्रुष्ट्वा विवर्णवदनो गुहः |
बभूव व्यथितस्तत्र भूमिकम्पे यथा द्रुमः ॥
Seeing Bharata unconscious, Guha growing pale, shook like a tree during an earthquake.
dR^iSTvaa = seeing; bharatam = Bharata; muurchhitam = unconscious; guhaH = Guha; vivarNavadanaH = growing pale; babhuuva = became; vyathitaH = shaken; tatra = there; yathaa drumaH = like a tree; bhuumikampe = during an earth-quake.
2.87.5
तद् अवस्थम् तु भरतम् शत्रुघ्नो अनन्तर स्थितः |
परिष्वज्य रुरोद उच्चैर् विसम्ज्नः शोक कर्शितः ॥
Shatrughna, who stood near, taking Bharata, who was in that unconscious state in his arms, becoming non-pulsed, cried loudly, overcome as he was with grief.
shatrughnaH = Shatrughna; anantara sthitaH = who stood near; pariSvajya = taking in his arms; bharatam = Bharata; tadavastham = who was in that stae; visamjJNaH = becoming non-pulsed; ruroda = cried; uchchaiH = loudly; shokakarshitaH = overcome with grief."
2.87.6
ततः सर्वाः समापेतुर् मातरो भरतस्य ताः |
उपवास कृशा दीना भर्तृ व्यसन कर्शिताः ॥
Then, all the queens, emaciated through fasting, extremely miserable, being unable to find consolation for the sad end of their lord, rushed towards Bharata.
tataH = then; sarvaaH = all; taaH = those; bharatasya = Bharata's maataraH = mothers; uparaashakR^ishaaH = emaciated through fasting; dinnaaH = extremely wretched; bhartR^ivyasena karshitaaH = being unable to find consolation for the sad end of their lord; samaapetaH = rushed (towards Bharata).
2.87.7
ताः च तम् पतितम् भूमौ रुदन्त्यः पर्यवारयन् |
कौसल्या तु अनुसृत्य एनम् दुर्मनाः परिषस्वजे ॥
All of them, sobbing, surrounded Bharata who fell on the ground. Kausalya on her part, torn with grief and bending over him, embraced him.
taashcha = all of them; rudatyaH = sobbing paryavaarayan = surrounded; tam = Bharata; patitam = who fell; bhuumau = on the ground; kausalyaaH tu = Kausalya on her part; durmanaaH = torn with grief; anusR^itya = ebnding over; enam = him; parishhasvaje = embraced him.
2.87.8
वत्सला स्वम् यथा वत्सम् उपगूह्य तपस्विनी |
परिपप्रग्च्छ भरतम् रुदन्ती शोक लालसा ॥
That affectionate Kausalya, agitated as she was with grief and looking miserable, pressing him to her bosom as a cow its own calf, questioned Bharata (in the following words)
vatsalaa = the affectionate Kausalya; shoka laalasaa = agitated with grief; tapasvinii = and looking miserable; upaguuhya = pressing him to her bossom; vatsam yathaa = as to a calf; svam = by its own mother-cow; paripaprachchha = questioned; bharatam = Bharata ( in the following words)
2.87.9
पुत्र व्याधिर् न ते कच्चित् शरीरम् परिबाधते |
अद्य राज कुलस्य अस्य त्वद् अधीनम् हि जीवितम् ॥
"O, son! I hope that no ailment afflicts your body. Now, the life of this royal race is indeed dependent on you."
putra = O; son!; kachchit vyaadhi na paribaadhate = I hope that no ailment afflicts; te shariiram = your body; adya = now; jiivitam = the life; asya = of this; raajaknlasya = royal race; tvadadhiinam hi = is indeed dependent on you.
2.87.10
त्वाम् दृष्ट्वा पुत्र जीवामि रामे सभ्रातृके गते |
वृत्ते दशरथे राज्नि नाथ एकः त्वम् अद्य नः ॥
"O, son! Rama along with Lakshman has gone to the forest. The king Dasaratha is dead. I survive, looking on you. Now, you alone are the protector for us."
putra = O; son!; raame = Rama; sa bhraatR^ike = along with his brother Lakshmana; gate = hoas gone (to the forest); raajJNi = the king; dasharathe = Dasaratha; vR^iSTvaa = looking on you; tvam = you; ekaH = alone; naathaH = are the protector; naH = for us; adya = now.
2.87.11
कच्चिन् न लक्ष्मणे पुत्र श्रुतम् ते किंचिद् अप्रियम् |
पुत्र वा ह्य् एकपुत्रायाः सह भार्ये वनम् गते ॥
"I hope you have not heard any unpleasant news about Lakshmana or about Rama my one and the only son who left for the forest along with his wife."
putra = O; son!; kachchit = na shrutam = I hope it is not heard; te = by you; kimchit = any; apriyam = unpleasnt news; lakshmaNe = about Lakshman; putre vaa = or about Rama my son; eka putraayaaH = my only son; gate = who left; vanam = for the forest; sahabhaarye = along with his wife.
2.87.12
स मुहूर्तम् समाश्वस्य रुदन्न् एव महा यशाः |
कौसल्याम् परिसान्त्व्य इदम् गुहम् वचनम् अब्रवीत् ॥
Bharata of great renown, easing himself well within a moment, consoled Kausalya and while still weeping, spoke to Guha (as follows)
saH = that Bharata; mahaa yashaaH = of great renown; samaashvasya = easing himself well; muhuurtam- within a moment; parisaantvya = consoled; kausalyaam = kausalya; rudanneva = and while still weaping; abraviit = spoke; idam = these vachanam = words; guham = to Guha.
2.87.13
भ्राता मे क्व अवसद् रात्रिम् क्व सीता क्व च लक्ष्मणः |
अस्वपत् शयने कस्मिन् किम् भुक्त्वा गुह शंस मे ॥
"O, guha! Tell me where did Rama my brother as also Seetha and Lakshmana halt in the night? On what couch and eating what, did he repose?
guha = O; Guha!; kva = where; me bhraataa = did my brother; avasat = halt; raatrau = in the night?; kva = where; siitaa = did Seetha (half in the night)?; kva = where; lakshhmaNaH cha = did Lakshmana (halt in the night)?; bhuktvaa = eating; kim = what; kasmin = and on which; shayane = couch; asvapat = did he repose?; shamasa = tell; me = me.
2.87.14
सो अब्रवीद् भरतम् पृष्टो निषाद अधिपतिर् गुहः |
यद् विधम् प्रतिपेदे च रामे प्रिय हिते अतिथौ ॥
Guha, the Lord of Nishadas, thrilling with rapture, spoke to Bharata about the manner in which he made arrangements for (feeding and reposing) his beloved and kind guest, Rama.
saH guhaH = that Guha; nishhaadaadhipatiH = the Lord of Nishadas; hR^iSTaH = thrilling with rapture; abraviit = spoke; bharatam = to Bharata; yadvidham = about the manner in which; pratipade = he arranged for (feeding and reposing) priya hite = his beloved and kind; atithau = guest; raame = Rama.
2.87.15
अन्नम् उच्च अवचम् भक्ष्याः फलानि विविधानि च |
रामाय अभ्यवहार अर्थम् बहु च उपहृतम् मया ॥
"Various kinds of food and drink and different varieties of fruits were brought repeatedly by me to the presence of Rama for the purpose of his consumption."
annam = food; uchchaavacham = of various kinds; bhakshhaaH = drinks; vividhaani = and different variets; phalaani cha = of fruits; upahR^itam = were brought; bahu = repeatedly; mayaa = by me; raamaaya = to the presence of Rama; abhyavahaaraartham = for the purpose of his consumption.
2.87.16
तत् सर्वम् प्रत्यनुज्नासीद् रामः सत्य पराक्रमः |
न हि तत् प्रत्यगृह्णात् स क्षत्र धर्मम् अनुस्मरन् ॥
Rama, the truly courageous man, refused all of them. Reminding himself of his warrior's statute, he could not accept it.
raamaH = Rama; satya paraakramaH = the truely courageous man; pratyannjJNaasiit = refused; tatsarvam = all of them; anusmaran = and remembering; kSatradharmam = his warrior's duty; saH = he; na tu pratyagR^ihNaat = could not accept; tat = it.
2.87.17
न ह्य् अस्माभिः प्रतिग्राह्यम् सखे देयम् तु सर्वदा |
इति तेन वयम् राजन्न् अनुनीता महात्मना ॥
"O, Bharata! We were pacified by that high-souled Rama by saying thus: ' O, friend! We are not allowed to receive anything we must always be givers."
raajan = O; Bharata!; vayam = we; anuniitaaH = were pacified; tena = by that; mahaatmanaa = high-souled Rama; iti = saying thus; 'sakhe = O; friend!; na pratigraahyam = nothing should be received; deyam = but be given; saradaa = always; asmaabhiH = by us.
2.87.18
लक्ष्मणेन समानीतम् पीत्वा वारि महा यशाः |
औपवास्यम् तदा अकार्षीद् राघवः सह सीतया ॥
"Rama, of great glory, then along with Seetha drank the water brought by Lakshman as observed fasting."
raaghavaH = Rama; mahaayashaH = of great glory; tadaa = then; siitayaasaha = along with Seetha; piitvaa = drank; vaari = the water; samaaniitam = brought; lakshmaNena = by Lakshmana; akaarshhit = and pulled himself; oupavaasyam = to fasting.
2.87.19
ततः तु जल शेषेण लक्ष्मणो अप्य् अकरोत् तदा |
वाग् यताः ते त्रयः संध्याम् उपासत समाहिताः ॥
"Thereafter Lakshmana also drank the left-over water and those three practised silence together in that evening-twilight.
tataH = thereafter; tadaa = at that time; lakSmaNo.api = Lakshmana also; akarot = drank; jalasheSeNa = the remainder of water; te trayaH = and those three; samupaasata = practised; vaagyataaH = silence; samhitaa = together; sandhyaam = in that evening-twillight
2.87.20
सौमित्रिः तु ततः पश्चाद् अकरोत् स्वास्तरम् शुभम् |
स्वयम् आनीय बर्हीम्षि क्षिप्रम् राघव कारणात् ॥
"Lakshmana then personally brought a layer of Kusa grass and arranged a fittingly nice bed with it for Rama immediately."
tataH pashchaat = thereafter; saumitristu = Lakshmana; svayam = personally; aaniiya = brought; barhiimshi = a layer of Kusa grass; akarot = and arranged; shubham = a suitably; svaastaram = good bed; raaghava; kaaraNaat = for Rama; kSipram = immediately.
2.87.21
तस्मिन् समाविशद् रामः स्वास्तरे सह सीतया |
प्रक्षाल्य च तयोः पादाउ अपचक्राम लक्ष्मणः ॥
"Rama, along with Seetha, settled down on that bed. After washing their feet, Lakshmana went away to a distance."
raamaH = Rama; siitayaa saha = along with Seetha; samaavishat = settled dwon on; tasmin = that; svaastare = bed; prakSaalaya = after washing; tayoH = their; paadau = feet; lakShmaNaH = Lakshmana; apachakraama = wnet away to a distance.
2.87.22
एतत् तद् इन्गुदी मूलम् इदम् एव च तत् तृणम् |
यस्मिन् रामः च सीता च रात्रिम् ताम् शयिताउ उभौ ॥
"Here at this fort of Ingndi Tree, on just this grass, on which both Rama and Seetha slept that night."
etat = here; tat = at that; ingudii muulam = foot of Ingudi Tree; idameva = on just this; tR^iNamcha = grass; yasmin = on which; ubhau = both; raamashcha = Rama and; siitaa = Seetha; shayitau = slept; taam raatrim = that night.
2.87.23
नियम्य पृष्ठे तु तल अन्गुलित्रवान् |
शरैः सुपूर्णाउ इषुधी परम् तपः |
महद् धनुः सज्यम् उपोह्य लक्ष्मणो |
निशाम् अतिष्ठत् परितो अस्य केवलम् ॥
"Lakshmana, the scourge of his foe, wearing a glove of goha skin, strapping two quivers full of arrows on either side of his back and wielding a great stringed bow, remained on his part walking round Rama during that night."
lakSmaNaH = Lakshman; paramtapaH = who torments his enemy; talaanguliitravaan = wearing a glove of Goha skin; niyamya = strapping; pR^iSThe = on his back; iSudhii = quivers; supuurNau = full of; sharaiH = arrows; upohya = and wielding; mahat = a great; dhanuH = bow; sajyam = with string; atiSThat kevalam = remained walking alone; paritaH = round; asya = Rama; nishaam = during the night.
2.87.24
ततः तु अहम् च उत्तम बाण चापधृक् |
स्थितो अभवम् तत्र स यत्र लक्ष्मणः |
अतन्द्रिभिर् ज्नातिभिर् आत्त कार्मुकैर् |
महा इन्द्र कल्पम् परिपालयमः तदा ॥
"Wearing excellent arrows and a bow along with my vigilant kinsmen carrying their bows, I on my part remained near Lakshman, who was guarding Rama who vied with Indra the Lord of celestials."
tataH = thereafter; ahamtu = I on my part; tadaa = at that time; uttama baaNa chaapa dhR^it = wearing excellent arrows and a bow; jN^aatibhiH = along with my kinsment; atandribhiH = who were free from lassitude; aatta kaarmukaiH = and carrying bows; abhavam = becoming; sthitaH = remained; tatra = there; yatra = where; lakSmanaH = Lakshama; paripaalayan = was guarding mahendra kalpam = Rama; who vied with Indra.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे सप्ताशीतितमः सर्गः
Sarga 88
2.88.1
तत् श्रुत्वा निपुणम् सर्वम् भरतः सह मन्त्रिभिः |
इन्गुदी मूलम् आगम्य राम शय्याम् अवेक्ष्य ताम् ॥अब्रवीद् जननीः सर्वा इह तेन महात्मना |
शर्वरी शयिता भूमाउ इदम् अस्य विमर्दितम् ॥
Having heard all that perfectly, Bharata approached the foot of Ingudi Tree along with his ministers and gazed on that grass-bed on which Rama had slept. Thereafter, he said to all his mothers as follows: "It is here that the magnanimous hero laid himself for that night, his limbs pressing the earth."
1;2. shrutvaa = Having heard; tat sarvam = all that; nipuNam = perfectly; bharataH = Bharata; aagamya = approached; iN^gudiimuulam = the foot of Ingudi Tree; mantribhiH saha = along with his ministers; avakSya = gazed at; taam = that; raamashayaam = couch on which Rama had lain; abraviit = and said; sarvaaH = all; jananiiH = his mothers (as follows); idam iha = It is here; tena = that; mahaatmanaa = magnanimous hero; shayitaa = laid himself down; sharvarii = for that night; asya = his (limbs); vimardidam = pressing; bhuumau = the earth.
2.88.3
महा भाग कुलीनेन महा भागेन धीमता |
जातो दशरथेन ऊर्व्याम् न रामः स्वप्तुम् अर्हति ॥
"Born of the great and segacious Dasaratha in an illustrious family, Rama verily does not desrve to sleep on this bare earth!"
mahaabhagena = of the great; dhiimataa = and segacious; dasharathena = Dasaratha; mahaabaaga kuliinena = in an illustrious family; raamaH = Rama; na arhati = does not deserve; svaptum = to sleep; urvyaam = on the bare earth!
2.88.4
अजिन उत्तर संस्तीर्णे वर आस्तरण संचये |
शयित्वा पुरुष व्याघ्रः कथम् शेते मही तले ॥
"How could Rama the tiger among men, who used to sleep on a couch horded with rich cushions covered with superior hairy skins of antelopes, sleep on a bare floor?"
katham = how could; puruSavyaghraH = Rama the tiger among men; shayitvaa = who used to sleep; varaastaraNa samehaye = on a couch horded with rich cushions; ajinottara samstiirNe = covered with superior hairy skins of antelopes; shete = sleep; mahiitale = on abre floor?
2.88.5
प्रासाद अग्र विमानेषु वलभीषु च सर्वदा |
हैम राजत भौमेषु वर आस्त्ररण शालिषु ॥पुष्प संचय चित्रेषु चन्दन अगरु गन्धिषु |
पाण्डुर अभ्र प्रकाशेषु शुक सम्घ रुतेषु च ॥प्रासादवरवर्येषु शीतवत्सु सुगन्धिषु |
उषित्वा मेरुकल्पेषु कृतकांचनभित्तिषु ॥गीत वादित्र निर्घोषैर् वर आभरण निह्स्वनैः |
मृदन्ग वर शब्दैः च सततम् प्रतिबोधितः ॥बन्दिभिर् वन्दितः काले बहुभिः सूत मागधैः |
गाथाभिर् अनुरूपाभिः स्तुतिभिः च परम्तपः ॥
"Having ever dwelt in palaces, the upper apartments resembling the chariots of the gods and in turrets, furnished with excellent carpets decked with heaps of flowers, perfumed with sandal and aloes, like unto a bright and towering cloud, re-echoing to the cries of parrots, suprassing the finest of palaces, which wre cool and fragrant with perfules, as unto Mount Meru with its golden walls, where in that palace he was awakened at the fitting time by sogns and music from various instruments, tinkling of ornaments and the excellent sounds of clay tomtoms, glorified by many panegyrists, bards and ministrels throught appropriate ballads and songs of praise."
5; 6; 7; 8; 9. iSitvaa = having dwelt; sarvadaa = ever; praasaadaagra vimaaneSu = in palaces; the upper apartments resembling the chariots of the gods; valabhiiSucha = and in turrets; varaastaraNa shaaliSu = furnished with excellent carpets; puSpasamchaya chitreSu = decked with heaps of flowers; chandanaagaru gandhiSu = and perfumed with sandal and aloes; paaNDaraabhra prakaasheSu = like unto a bright and towering cloud; shukasamgharuteSucha = re-echoing to the cries of parrots; praasaada varavaryeSu = surpassing the finest of palaces; shiita vatsu = which were cool; sugandhiSu = fragrant with perfumes; kR^ita kaaNchana bhithiSu = with its golden walls; merukalpeSu = resembling unto Mount Meru; tatra = where; pratibodhitaH = he was; kaale = at the fitting time awakened; tatra = there; giita vaaditra nirghoSaiH = by the tinkling of ornametns; mR^idaNgavara shabdaishcha = by the excellent sound of clay tomtoms; saH = Rama; paramtapaH = the tornmentor of his enemy; vanditaH = glorified; bahubhiH = and minstrels; anuruupaabhiH = through appropriate; gathaabhiH = ballads; stutibhishcha = and songs of praise.
2.88.10
अश्रद्धेयम् इदम् लोके न सत्यम् प्रतिभाति मा |
मुह्यते खलु मे भावः स्वप्नो अयम् इति मे मतिः ॥
"This ( such a prince becoming like this) is unbelievable in the world and does not appear true to me. My mind is indeed bewildered. I wish that it were a dream."
idam = this; ashraddheyam = is unbelievable; loke- in the world; na pratibhaati = and does not appear; satyam = true; maa = to me; me = my; bhaavaH = state of mind; muhyati khalu = is indded bewildered; me = My; matiH = wish; ayam = this; svapnaH iti = were a dream.
2.88.11
न नूनम् दैवतम् किंचित् कालेन बलवत्तरम् |
यत्र दाशरथी रामो भूमाउ एवम् शयीत सः ॥
"Surely even a deity is not a little more powerful than Time (the will of god), since that Rama, the son of Dasaratha has to sleep on the bare ground!"
nuunam = surely; daivatam = a deity; na kinchit = is not even a little; balavattaram = more powerful; kaalena = than Time (the will of god); yatra = since; saH = that; raamaH = Rama; daasharathiH = the son of Dasaratha; shayiita = has to sleep; bhuumaaveva = on the bare ground!
2.88.12
विदेह राजस्य सुता सीता च प्रिय दर्शना |
दयिता शयिता भूमौ स्नुषा दशरथस्य च ॥
"Even Seetha the daughter of the king of videha, lovely to look upon and the cherished daughter-in-law of Dasaratha has to sleep on the floor!"
siitaacha = and Seetha; sutaa = the daughter; videha raajasya = of the king of Videha; priyadarshanaa = lovely to look upon; dayitaa = the charished; snuSaacha = daughter-in-law; dasharathasya = of Dsaaratha; shayitaa = has to sleep; bhuumau = on the floor.
2.88.13
इयम् शय्या मम भ्रातुर् इदम् हि परिवर्तितम् |
स्थण्डिले कठिने सर्वम् गात्रैर् विमृदितम् तृणम् ॥
"This is the bed of my elder brother. Here are indeed the blessed marks of his changing sides, in the form of all the blades of Kusa grass, trampled by his limbs on the hard ground."
iyam = this; shayyaa = is indeed the bed; mama bhraatuH = of my elder brother; idam = here are; parivartitamhi = indeed the blessed marks of his changing sides; sarvam tR^iNam = in the form of all the blades of in the form of all the blades of Kusa grass; mR^iditam = trampled; gaatraiH = by his limbs; kaThine = on the hard; sthaN^Dile = ground.
2.88.14
मन्ये साभरणा सुप्ता सीता अस्मिन् शयने तदा |
तत्र तत्र हि दृश्यन्ते सक्ताः कनक बिन्दवः ॥
"I think the blessed Seetha has slept on this bed along with her jewels for, some particles of gold appear to be stuck up, here and there."
manye = I think; uttame = the blessed; siitaa = Seetha; suptaa = has slept; asmin = on this; shayanaa = bed; saabharaNaa = along with her jewels; tatra tatra = (for) here and there; kanakabimdavaH = some particles of gold; dR^ishyante hi = indeed appear; saktaaH = to be stuck up.
2.88.15
उत्तरीयम् इह आसक्तम् सुव्यक्तम् सीतया तदा |
तथा ह्य् एते प्रकाशन्ते सक्ताः कौशेय तन्तवः ॥
"It is very clear that the upper garment of Seetha got entangled with these blades here at that time. That is why, these silk-threads appear stuck to them."
suvyaktam = It is very clear; uttariiyam = that the upper garment; siitayaa = of Seetha; aasaktam = was entangled; iha = (with these blades) here; tadaa = at that time; tathaahi = that is why; ete = these; kansheyatantavaH = silk threads; prakaashante = appear; saktaaH = stuck ( to them).
2.88.16
मन्ये भर्तुः सुखा शय्या येन बाला तपस्विनी |
सुकुमारी सती दुह्खम् न विजानाति मैथिली ॥
"I think the bed of her husband is sweet to a woman and thought Seetha is young and unfortunate, yet however delicate she be, she would experience no suffering."
manye = i think; shayyaa = the bed; bhartuH = of her lord; sukhaa = is sweet; satii = to a woman; maithilii = and thought Seetha; balaa = is young; tapasvinii = and unfortunate; yena = yet; however; sukumarii = delicate she be; jaanaati = she would experience; na hi duHkham = no suffereing indeed.
2.88.17
हा हन्तास्मि नृशंसोऽहम् यत्सभार्यः कृतेमम |
ईदृशीं राघवः शय्यामधिशेते ह्यानाथवत् ॥
"Alas! I am a cruel man because on my account, Rama, like an orphan, along with his wife slept on such a bed."
haa hanta = Alas!; aham = I; asmi = am; nR^ishamsaH = cruel; yat = because; mamakR^ite = on my account; anaathavat = like an orphan; raaghavaH = Rama; sabhaaryaH = along with his wife; adhisheta = slept on; iidR^ishiim = such; shayyaam = a bed.
2.88.18
सार्वभौम कुले जातः सर्व लोक सुख आवहः |
सर्व लोक प्रियः त्यक्त्वा राज्यम् प्रियम् अनुत्तमम् ॥कथम् इन्दीवर श्यामो रक्त अक्षः प्रिय दर्शनः |
सुख भागी च दुह्ख अर्हः शयितो भुवि राघवः ॥
"How can Rama, born in the race of monarchs, highly honoured by the entire world, beloved of all the people, having a dark complexion as that of a blue-lotus, having red eyes, lovely to look at who is entittled for comfort and who is not worthy of suffering, sleep on the gound, abandoning excellent kingdom and comfort?"
18; 19. katham = How can; raaghavaH = Rama; jaataH = born; saarvabhaumakule = in the race of monarches; sammataH = hightly honoured; sarva lokasya = by the entire world; indiivara shyaamaH = having a dark complexion as that of a blue lotus; raktaakSaH = having red eyes; priyadarshana = lovely to look at; sukhabhaagii = who is entitiled for comfort; na duHhaarhaH = and who is not worthy of suffereing; shayitaH = sleep; bhuvi = on the ground; tyaktaa = abandoning; anuttamam = excelletn; raajyam = kingdom and sukham = comfort?
2.88.20
धन्यः खलु महाभागो लक्ष्मणः शुभलक्षमणः |
भ्रातरम् विषमे काले यो राममनुवर्तते ॥
"Lakshmana, having auspicious marks on his body and an exceedingly lucky man, who accompanied his elder brother Rama in times of adversity in indeed a fortunate man."
lakshmaNaH = Lakshmana; shubhalakSaNaH = and an exceedingly lucky man; yaH = who; anuvartate = accompanied; bhraataram = his elder brother; raamam = Rama; viSame = in an difficult; kaale = time; dhanyaH khalu = is indeed a fortunate man.
2.88.21
सिद्ध अर्था खलु वैदेही पतिम् या अनुगता वनम् |
वयम् संशयिताः सर्वे हीनाः तेन महात्मना ॥
"Seetha, who went together with her husband to the forest, is indeed an accomplished woman. All of us, deprived of the highly virtuous Rama, are an unsettled lot."
vaidehii = Seetha; yaa = who; anugataa = went together with; patim = her husband; vanam = to the forest; siddhaarthaa khalu = is indeed an accomplished woman; sarve = All; vayam = of us; hiinaaH = who are bereft; mahaatmanaa = of the highly virtuous; tena = Rama; sanshayitaaH = are unsettled.
2.88.22
अकर्ण धारा पृथिवी शून्या इव प्रतिभाति मा |
गते दशरथे स्वर्गे रामे च अरण्यम् आश्रिते ॥
"Dasaratha went to heaven. Rama is dwelling in the forest. this kingdom appears to me as a boat without ahelmsman."
dasharathe = Dasaratha; gate = went; svargam = to heaven; raamecha = Rama; aashrite = is dwelling in; araNyam = the forest; pR^ithivii = this earth; pratibhaati = is appearing; maa = to me; nauriva = as a boat; akarNadhaaraa = without a helmsman.
2.88.23
न च प्रार्थयते कश्चिन् मनसा अपि वसुंधराम् |
वने अपि वसतः तस्य बाहु वीर्य अभिरक्षिताम् ॥
"Even if staying in the forest, Rama protects this earth with the power of his arms. Hence, nobdy can think even in his mind, to invade this kingdom."
vasataH api = even if staying; vane = in the forest; vasumdharaam = this earth; baahuviiryaabhirakSitaam = is being protected by the power of arms; tasya = of that Rama; praarthayate = cannot be desired; manasaapi = even in one's mind; kashchit = by any one.
2.88.24
शून्य सम्वरणा रक्षाम् अयन्त्रित हय द्विपाम् |
अपावृत पुर द्वाराम् राज धानीम् अरक्षिताम् ॥अप्रहृष्ट बलाम् न्यूनाम् विषमस्थाम् अनावृताम् |
शत्रवो न अभिमन्यन्ते भक्ष्यान् विष कृतान् इव ॥
"Without guards to watch over its ramparts, with its unrestrained horses and elephants, with its city-gates laid open, without any defenders, denuded of its happy army, plunged in desolation in difficulties and exposed, that royal capital of Ayodhya will be shunned like poisoned food even by the enemies."
24; 25. shatruvaH = enemies; naabhimanyate = do not long for; raajadhaaniim = that royal capital of Ayodhya; shuunya samvaraNaa rakSaam = without guards to watch over its ramparts; ayantrita haya dvipaam = with its unrestrained horses and elephants; apaavR^ita pura dvaaraam = with its city-gates laid open; arakSitaam = without any defenders; aprahR^iSTa balaam = denuded of its happy army; shuunyaam = plunged in desolation; viSamasthaam = abiding in difficulties; anaavR^itaam = and exposed; viSakR^itaan bhakSaamiva = like poisoned food.
2.88.26
अद्य प्रभृति भूमौ तु शयिष्ये अहम् तृणेषु वा |
फल मूल अशनो नित्यम् जटा चीराणि धारयन् ॥
"From today onwards, I shall sleep on the earth or on the grass, with my locks matted, wearing robes of bark and by all means living on fruits and roots."
adya prabhR^iti = from today; aham = I; shayiSye = shall sleep; shayiSye = shall sleep; bhuumautu = on the earth; tR^iNeSuvaa = or on the grass; dhaarayan = wearing; jaTaachiiraaNi = my locks matted and with robes of bark; nityam = by all means; phalamulaashanaH = living on fruits and roots.
2.88.27
तस्य अर्थम् उत्तरम् कालम् निवत्स्यामि सुखम् वने |
तम् प्रतिश्रवम् आमुच्य न अस्य मिथ्या भविष्यति ॥
"For the rest of his exile, on behalf of Rama, I shall dwell cheerfully in the forest, thereby discharging that promise so that the vows of Rama shall not have been made in vain."
uttaram kaalam = for the rest of his exile; tasya artham = on behalf of Rama; nivatsyaami = I shall dwell; sukham = cheerfully; vane = in the forest; aamuchya = discharging; tam = that; pratishravam = promise; (so that); asya = the voews of Rama; nabhaviSyati = shall not have been made; mithyaa = in vain.
2.88.28
वसन्तम् भ्रातुर् अर्थाय शत्रुघ्नो मा अनुवत्स्यति |
लक्ष्मणेन सह तु आर्यो अयोध्याम् पालयिष्यति ॥
"Shatrughna will bear company with me, residing in the forest on behalf of Rama. My elder brother, Rama along with Lakshmana will protect Ayodhya."
shatrughnaH = Shatrughna; anuvatsyati = will bear company; maa = with me; vasantam = residing (in the forest); bhraatuH arthaaye = on behalf of Rama; aaryaH = Rama my elder brother; lakSmaNena saha = along with Lakshamana; paalayiSyati hi = will protect; ayodhyaam = Ayodhya.
2.88.29
अभिषेक्ष्यन्ति काकुत्स्थम् अयोध्यायाम् द्विजातयः |
अपि मे देवताः कुर्युर् इमम् सत्यम् मनो रथम् |
प्रसाद्यमानः शिरसा मया स्वयम् |
बहु प्रकारम् यदि न प्रपत्स्यते ॥
"Rama will be enthroned in ayodhya, by Brahmanas the Twice-born! May the gods grant that my desire be made a reality."
dvijaatayaH = by brahmanas the twice-born; kaakutthsam = Rama; abhishekSyanti = will eb enthroned; ayodhyaayaam = in Ayodhya; devataaH = May the gods; apikuryuH = grant; imam = that; me = my; manoratham = desire; satyam = (be made) a reality.
2.88.30
ततोन्रुवत्सयामि चिराय राघवम् |
वनेचरम् नह्रुति माम्रुपेक्षित्रुम् ॥
"Should Rama not accept the respectful appeals made in many a way by me, I shall follow the foot steps of Rama for any length of time he roams about in the forest thereafter. He ought not to refuse this grace to me."
na prapatsyate yadi = should Rama not accept; prasaadyamaanaH = the appeals; shirasaa = respectfully (bowing my head); bahuprakaaram = (made) in many ways; mayaa = by me; anuvatsyaami = I shall follow; raaghava = Rama; chiraaya = for any length of tiem; vane charam = he roams about in the forest; tataH = thereafter; naarhati = He ought not; upakSitum = to disregard; maam = me.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे अष्टाशीतितमः सर्गः
Sarga 89
2.89.1
व्युष्य रात्रिम् तु तत्र एव गन्गा कूले स राघवः |
भरतः काल्यम् उत्थाय शत्रुघ्नम् इदम् अब्रवीत् ॥
Bharata, born in Raghu race, having passed the night in that place on the banks of Ganga, rising at dawn, said to shatrughna as follows:
saH bharataH = that Bharata; raaghavaH = born in Raghu race; uSya = having stayed; raatrim = (that) night; tatra = at that; gangaakuule; eva = bank of Ganga only; utthaaya = woke up; kaalyam = in the early hours; abraviit = and spoke; idam = these words; shatrughnam = to shatrughna.
2.89.2
शत्रुघ उत्तिष्ठ किम् शेषे निषाद अधिपतिम् गुहम् |
शीघ्रम् आनय भद्रम् ते तारयिष्यति वाहिनीम् ॥
"O, Shatrughna! wake up! Why sleep longer/ Bring guha the king of Nishadhas quickly and be happy. Let him convey the army across the river."
shatrughna = O; Shatrughna; uttiSTha = wake up! kim = why; sheSe = sleep (longer)?; anaya = Bring; guham = Guha; niSaadhipatim = the king of Nishadhas; shiighram = quickly; bhadram = happiness; te = to you; vaahiniim taarayiSyati = he will convey the army across the river.
2.89.3
जागर्मि न अहम् स्वपिमि तथैव आर्यम् विचिन्तयन् |
इत्य् एवम् अब्रवीद् भ्रात्रा शत्रुघ्नो अपि प्रचोदितः ॥
Thus urged by Bhrata, his brother Shatrughna said, "I am not sleeping. Thinking of that Rama alone, I have been wakeful."
shatrughno.api = even Shatrughna; bhraataa = the brother; prachoditaH = (thus) urged (by Bharata); abraviit = spoke; ityevam = as follows = aham; na svapinii = I am not sleeping; vichintayan = thinking of; tam = that; aaryam eva = Rama alone; jaagarmi = I am wakeful.
2.89.4
इति सम्वदतोर् एवम् अन्योन्यम् नर सिम्हयोः |
आगम्य प्रान्जलिः काले गुहो भरतम् अब्रवीत् ॥
While those two lions among men were talking themselves with each other thus, Guha came in time and with joined palms, addressed Bharata saying:
narasimhayoH = (While) those two lions among men; sampadatoH = were talking themsleves; anyonyam = with each other; ityevam = in this manner; guhaH = Guha; aagamya = having come; kaale = in time; abraviit = spoke; praaN^jaliH = with joined palms; bharatam = to Bharata (as follows)
2.89.5
कच्चित् सुखम् नदी तीरे अवात्सीः काकुत्स्थ शर्वरीम् |
कच्चिच् च सह सैन्यस्य तव सर्वम् अनामयम् ॥
"O, Bhrata! Did you pass the night happily on the banks of the river? I hope all is well with your army."
kaakutthsa = O; Bharata; kachchit vaatsiiH = did you pass; sharvariim = the night; sukham = happily; nadiitiire = on the banks of the river?; (I hope); sarvam = all; anaamayam = taavat kachchit = is well indeed; te = to you; saha sainyasya = along with your army.
2.89.6
गुहस्य तत् तु वचनम् श्रुत्वा स्नेहाद् उदीरितम् |
रामस्य अनुवशो वाक्यम् भरतो अपि इदम् अब्रवीत् ॥
Hearing those words of Guha spoken with affection, Bharata also in his devotion to Rama, replied as follows:
shrutvaa = hearing; tat = those; vachanam = words; guhasya = of Guha; udiiritam = spoken; snehaat = in affection; bharato.api = Bharata also; anuvashaH = in his devotion; raamasya = to Rama; abraviit = spoke; idam vaakyam = these words.
2.89.7
सुखा नः शर्वरी राजन् पूजिताः च अपि ते वयम् |
गन्गाम् तु नौभिर् बह्वीभिर् दाशाः सम्तारयन्तु नः ॥
"O, king! The night passed leasantly fo r us. We were treated hospitably by you. Let your fisher-men ferry us across Ganga River on your courtless boats."
raajan = O; king!; sharvarii = the night; sukhaa = passed pleasantly; naH = for us; were treated hospitably; te = by you; dashaaH = (Let) your fisher man; naH samtaarayantu = ferry us across; gaN^gaam = GangaRiver; bahviibhiH = countless; naubhiH = boats;
2.89.8
ततो गुहः सम्त्वरितः श्रुत्वा भरत शासनम् |
प्रतिप्रविश्य नगरम् तम् ज्नाति जनम् अब्रवीत् ॥
Hearing Bharata's command, Guha returned to the city in all haste and spoke to those multitude of his people (as follows):
shrutvaa = hearing; bharata shaasanam = Bharata's command; guhaH = Guha; tataH = then; pratipravishya = returned; nagaram = to the city; samtvaritam = in all haste; abraviit = and spoke; tam = to those; jJNaatijanam = multitude of his people (as follows):
2.89.9
उत्तिष्ठत प्रबुध्यध्वम् भद्रम् अस्तु हि वः सदा |
नावः समनुकर्षध्वम् तारयिष्याम वाहिनीम् ॥
"Rise, awake and may prosperity ever attend you! Duly haul the boats to the bank. Let us carry the army across the river."
uttiSThata = rise; prabudhyadhvam = awake; bhadram = and may prosperity; sadaa = ever; astu = attend; vaH = you; samanukarSadhvam = duly haul; naavaH = the boats; (to the bank); taarayiSyaama = let us carry across; vaahiniim = the army.
2.89.10
ते तथा उक्ताः समुत्थाय त्वरिताः राज शासनात् |
पन्च नावाम् शतान्य् एव समानिन्युः समन्ततः ॥
Rising immediately on hearing the command of their king, they quickly brought together five hundred boats from every quarter.
lathaa = thus; uktaaH = spoken; tvaritaaH = (rising) immediatley; raajashaasanaat = on the command of their king; te = they; samaaninyuH = brought together; aashu = quickly; pancha shataani = five hundred; naavaami = boatsamantataH = from very quarter.
2.89.11
अन्याः स्वस्तिक विज्नेया महा घण्डा धरा वराः |
शोभमानाः पताकिन्यो युक्त वाताः सुसम्हताः ॥
Some excellent boats, possessing large bells were marked with Sawstika, well-kept together with appropriate sails and adorned with flags.
anyaaH = some; varaaH = excellent boats; mahaaghanTaadharaaH = possessing large bells; svastikavijJNaayaaH = were marked with Swastika; susamhataah = well-kept together; yukta vaataaH = with appropriate sails; shobhamaanaaH = and adorned; pataakaabhiH = with flags.
2.89.12
ततः स्वस्तिक विज्नेयाम् पाण्डु कम्बल सम्वृताम् |
सनन्दि घोषाम् कल्याणीम् गुहो नावम् उपाहरत् ॥
Then, Guha brought there one boat also adorned with Swastika, was covered with white canvas, re-echoing with acclamations and which was beautiful.
tataH = then; guhaH = Guha; upaaharat = brought; naavam = one boat; svastika viJJneyaam = also adorned with Swastika; paaN^DukambaLa samvR^itaam = covered with white canvas; sanandighosSaam = covered with white canvas; sanandighoSaam = re-ecohing with acclamations; kalyaaNaam = and beautiful.
2.89.13
ताम् आरुरोह भरतः शत्रुघ्नः च महा बलः |
कौसल्या च सुमित्रा च याः च अन्या राज योषितः ॥पुरोहितः च तत् पूर्वम् गुरवे ब्राह्मणाः च ये |
अनन्तरम् राज दाराः तथैव शकट आपणाः ॥
Vasishta, the royal priest and whatever elderly Brahmanas were present there ascended the boats, even before Bharata, Shatrughna, Kausalya, Sumitra. Whatever royal women were present also took theri seats. Thereafter followed the king's wives a well as bullock- carts and provisions.
13; 14. bharataH = Bharata; aaruroha = ascended; taam = it; shatrughnaH = Shatrughna; mahaabalaH = the exceedingly strong man; kausalyaacha = Kausalya; sumitraacha = Sumitra; yaaH = and whatever; anyaaH = other; raaja yoSitaH = royal women; (mounted the boats); tatpuurvam = Prior to them; purohitashcha = Vasisha; the royal priest; ye = and whatever; guravaH = elderly; braahmaNaashcha = Brahmanas; anantaram = thereafter; raaa daaraaH = the king's wives; tathaiva = and; shakaTaavaNaaH = the bullock-carts and the provisions.
2.89.15
आवासम् आदीपयताम् तीर्थम् च अप्य् अवगाहताम् |
भाण्डानि च आददानानाम् घोषः त्रिदिवम् अस्पृशत् ॥
The sound of men setting fire to the huts, of those who were descending the steps leading to the boat and those who were transporting their effects touched the sky.
ghoSaH = the sound; aadiipayataam = of men; setting fire; aavaasam = to the huts; avagaahataam = and of those who were desecending; tiirthamchaa api = the stone-steps (leading to the boat); aadadaanaam = and those who were transporting; bhaaN^Daani = their effects; who were transporting; bhaaN^Daani = their effects; aspR^ishat- touched; tridvam = the sky.
It has been a convention among Indian troops in the past to burn whatever is removing their essential things and tents while leaving a halting place in the course of their march to a destination. The idea is not to leave any trace of their whereabouts for the enemy. The practise was also believed to bring triumph to the troops who resorted to it.
2.89.16
पताकिन्यः तु ता नावः स्वयम् दाशैर् अधिष्ठिताः |
वहन्त्यो जनम् आरूढम् तदा सम्पेतुर् आशुगाः ॥
Thos boats, adorned with flags, steered by fisher-men themselves ran speedily, duly carrying those passengers.
taam naavaH = those boats; pataakinyaH = possessing flags; adhiSThitaaH = administered; daashaiH = by the fisher-men; svayam = themselves; tadaa = then; sampetuH = ran; aashugaaH = speedily; rahantyaH = carrying; aaruuDhamjanam = the passengers.
2.89.17
नारीणाम् अभिपूर्णाः तु काश्चित् काश्चित् तु वाजिनाम् |
कश्चित् तत्र वहन्ति स्म यान युग्यम् महा धनम् ॥
Some were filled with women. Some were loaded with horses and some of them ferried animals of draught of great value.
kaashchit = some; adhipuurNaaH = were filled; naariiNaam = with women; atra = there; kaashchit = and some; (were loaded) vaajinaam = with horses; kaashchit = some; vahantisma = ferried animals of draught; mahaadhanam = of great value.
2.89.18
ताः स्म गत्वा परम् तीरम् अवरोप्य च तम् जनम् |
निवृत्ताः काण्ड चित्राणि क्रियन्ते दाश बन्धुभिः ॥
Having reached the opposite shore, thsoe boats cleared those people and on the return journey, the kinsfolk of guha plied them as easily as toy- boats made of bamboo.
gatvaa = having reached; param tiiram = the opposite shore; taaH = those boats; avaropya = cleared; tam janam = those people; nivR^ittaaHsma = and returened; kriyantesma = (the boats) were plied; kaanDachitraaNi = as toy-boats made of bamboo; daashabandubhiH = by the kinsfolk of guha.
2.89.19
सवैजयन्ताः तु गजा गज आरोहैः प्रचोदिताः |
तरन्तः स्म प्रकाशन्ते सध्वजा इव पर्वताः ॥
Goaded on by their mahouts, elephants adorned with their flags, swimming across the river, looked life winged mountains.
gajaaroha prachoditaaH = goaded on by their mahots; gajaaH = elephants; savaijayantaaH = adorned with flags; tarantaH = swimming across the river; prakaashantesma iva = looked like; sadhvajaaH = winged; parvataaH = mountains.
2.89.20
नावः च आरुरुहुः तु अन्ये प्लवैः तेरुः तथा अपरे |
अन्ये कुम्भ घटैः तेरुर् अन्ये तेरुः च बाहुभिः ॥
Some ascended boats. Some others crossed the river by rafts in the same manner. Some others swam across with the help of big and small earthen vessels. The rest swam with arms.
anye = some; aaruruhshcha = ascended; naavaH = boats; apare = some others; teruH = crossed; plavaiH = by rafts; tathaa = in the same manner; anye = some others; teruH = swam across kumbhaghaTaiH = with the help of big and small earthen vessels; anye = some other; terushcha = swam; baahibhiH = with arms.
2.89.21
सा पुण्या ध्वजिनी गन्गाम् दाशैः सम्तारिता स्वयम् |
मैत्रे मुहूर्ते प्रययौ प्रयाग वनम् उत्तमम् ॥
Having made to cross River Ganga by the fisher-men themselves, that holy army reached the magnificient woods of Prayaga at the hour of Maitra.
samtaaritaa = having been made to cross; gaNgaam = River Ganga; daashaiH = by the fishermen; svayam = themselves; saa puNyaa = that holy; dhvajinii = army; prayaryau = that holy; dhvajinii = army; prayayau = reached; uttamam = the magnificient; prayaagavanam = woods of Prayaga; maitre muhuurte = at the hour of maitra.
The hour of early hours. A Muhurta, loosely translated as an hour, really consist of 48 minutes. There are fifteen such Muhurtas in a day. They are named in order by Brihaspati as Randra, Sarpa, maitra, Paitra, Vasava, Apya, Vaisva, Brahma, Praja, Isha, Sindra, Aindragna, Nairta, Varunaryamana and Bhagi.
2.89.22
आश्वासयित्वा च चमूम् महात्मा |
निवेशयित्वा च यथा उपजोषम् |
द्रष्टुम् भरद्वाजम् ऋषि प्रवर्यम् |
ऋत्विग् वृतः सन् भरतः प्रतस्थे ॥
The high-souled Bharata made the army to rest, by encamping it according to its inclination and set out along with the priests and king's counsellors to meet Bharadwaja, the foremost of sages.
mahaatmaa = the high souled; bharataH = Bharata; aashvaasayitvaa chamnum = made the army to rest; niveshayitvaa = by encamping it; yathopajoSam = according to its inclination; pratasthe = and set out; R^itvigvR^itassan = along with the priests and the king's counsellors; draSTum = to see; bharadvaajam = Bharadwaja; R^iSivaryam = the foremost of sages.
2.89.23
स ब्राह्मणस्याश्रममभ्युपेत्य |
महात्मनो देवपुरोहितस्य |
ददर्श रम्योटजवृक्षषण्डं |
महद्वनं विप्रवरस्य रम्यम् ॥
Approaching the hermitage of that high-souled Brahmana and the family priest of gods, Bharata saw an extensive and enchanting grove with its leafy huts and tress the chief of ascatics.
abhyupetya = approaching; aashramam = the hermitage; braahmaNasya = of that Brahmana; mahaatmanaH = the hight-souled; deva purohitasya = and the family- priest of gods; saH = Bharata; dadarsha = saw; mahat vanam = and extensive grove; vipravarasya = of the chief of ascities; ramyam = which was enchanting; ramyoTaja vR^ikSaSaNDam = with its leafy huts and treees.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे एकोननवतितमः सर्गः
Sarga 90
2.90.1
द्भरद्वाज आश्रमम् दृष्ट्वा क्रोशाद् एव नर ऋषभः |
बलम् सर्वम् अवस्थाप्य जगाम सह मन्त्रिभिः ॥पद्भ्याम् एव हि धर्मज्नो न्यस्त शस्त्र परिग्च्छदः |
वसानो वाससी क्षौमे पुरोधाय पुरोहितम् ॥
Having seen Bharadwaja's hermitage at a couple of miles away, that excellent man Bharata, knowing what is right, leaving all his army behind, discarding his weapons and ornaments, and wearing simple silken garment, went forwards by foot, proceeded by Vasishta, his spiritual preceptor.
1; 2. dR^iSTvaa = having seen; bharadwaajaashramam = Bharadwaja's hermitage; kroshaadeva = at a couple of miles away; nararshaabhaH = that excellent man; dharmajJNaH = knowing what is right; avasthaapya = leaving; sarvam = all; balam = his army; nyasta shastra parichchhadaH = discarding his weapons and ornaments; vasaanaH = wearing; kshhaume vaasasii = simple silken garment; jagaama = went forwards; padbhyaam eva = by foot; purodhaaya = proceeded by; purodhanam = Vasishta; his spiritual preceptor.
2.90.3
ततः संदर्शने तस्य भरद्वाजस्य राघवः |
मन्त्रिणः तान् अवस्थाप्य जगाम अनु पुरोहितम् ॥
Leaving his ministers behind at a visible distance to Bharadwaja, Bharata then went along with Vasishta, his spiritual preceptor.
avasthaapya = leaving behind; taam mantriNaH = those ministers; samdarshana = at a visible distance to Bharadwaja; raaghavaH = Bharata; tataH = then; jagaama = went; anupurohitam = along with Vasista; his spiritual preceptor
2.90.4
वसिष्ठम् अथ दृष्ट्वा एव भरद्वाजो महा तपाः |
संचचाल आसनात् तूर्णम् शिष्यान् अर्घ्यम् इति ब्रुवन् ॥
On seeing Vasishta, Bharadwaja the great ascetic rose quickly from his seat, asking his disciples to fetch water to wash the hand (of the distinguished guests) with.
atha = then; dR^iSTvaiva = on seeing; vasiSTham = Vasishta; bhararadvaajaH = Bharadwaja; mahaatapaaH = the great ascetic; samchachaala = rose; tuurNam = quickly; aasamaat = from his seat; bruvan = asking; shiSyaan = his disciples; arghyam iti = to fetch water to wash the hands (of the distinguished guests) with.
2.90.5
समागम्य वसिष्ठेन भरतेन अभिवादितः |
अबुध्यत महा तेजाः सुतम् दशरथस्य तम् ॥
Having met Vasishta and greeted by Bharata, Bharadwaja of great splendour recognized him to be a son of Dasaratha.
mahaatejaaH = Bharadwaja of great splendour; samaagamya = having met; vasiSThena = Vasishta; abhivaaditaH = and hvaing been offered salutation; bharatena = by Bharata; abudhyata = recognized; tam = him; dasharathasya = as Dasaratha's sutam = son.
2.90.6
ताभ्याम् अर्घ्यम् च पाद्यम् च दत्त्वा पश्चात् फलानि च |
आनुपूर्व्याच् च धर्मज्नः पप्रग्च्छ कुशलम् कुले ॥
Bharadwaja, knowing what is right, offering them both, in order of seniority, water to wash theri hands and feet with and fruits afterwards, made enquiries concerning the welfare of their family.
dharmajJNaH = Bharadwaja; who knows what is right; dattvaa = offering; taabhyaam = them both; anupuurvyaat = in order of seniority; arghyamcha paadyamcha = water to wash theri hands and feet with; pashchaat = and thereafter; phalaamicha = fruits as well; paprachchha = enquired; kushalan = about the welfare; kule = of their family.
2.90.7
अयोध्यायाम् बले कोशे मित्रेषु अपि च मन्त्रिषु |
जानन् दशरथम् वृत्तम् न राजानम् उदाहरत् ॥
Subsequently, Bharadwaja made enquires with both of them as to whether all were well in the city of Ayodhya, with the army, with the treasury, friends and counsellors. But knowing Dasaratha friends and counsellors. But knowing Dasaratha to be dead, he did not speak of the king.
(Subsequently; Bharadwaja made enquires as to whether all were well) ayodhyaam = in ayodhya; bale = with the army; koshe = with the treasury; mitreSvagricha = friends and; mantriSu = counsellors; jaanan = but knowing; dasharatham = Dasaratha; vR^ittam = to be dead; nodaharaat = he did not speak; raajaanaam = of the king
2.90.8
वसिष्ठो भरतः च एनम् पप्रग्च्छतुर् अनामयम् |
शरीरे अग्निषु वृक्षेषु शिष्येषु मृग पक्षिषु ॥
Vasishta and Bharata in return made enquires with Bharadwaja, if all were well with his body his sacred fires, his disciples, the trees, the deer and birds in the hermitage.
vasiSTaH = Vasishta; bharatashcha = and Bharata; paprapachchhatuH = made enquiries; enam = with Bharadwaja; anaamayam = (if all were well) shariire = with his body; agniSu = his sacred fires; vR^iKSeSu = the trees; shiSyeSu = with his disciples; mR^iga pakSiSu = with the deer and birds
2.90.9
तथा इति च प्रतिज्नाय भरद्वाजो महा तपाः |
भरतम् प्रत्युवाच इदम् राघव स्नेह बन्धनात् ॥
The great ascetic Bharadwaja replied, "All is well" and spoke the following words to Bharata, bound as he was with affection to Rama.
mahaatapaaH = the great ascetic; bharadvaajaH = Bharadwaja; pratijJNaaya = replied; tata tatheti = "All is well"; uvaacha = and spoke; idam = these words; bharatam prati = to Bharata; raaghava sneha bandhaanaat = bound as he was with affection to Rama.
2.90.10
किम् इह आगमने कार्यम् तव राज्यम् प्रशासतः |
एतद् आचक्ष्व मे सर्वम् न हि मे शुध्यते मनः ॥
"For what reason have you, who are ruling the kingdom, come here? Tell me all this, for my mind is not getting cleared of doubts."
kim = for what; kaaryam = reason; tava = have you; prashaasataH = who are ruling; raajyam = the kingdom aagamane = come; iha = here; aachakaSva = tell me = me; sarvam = all; etat = this; me = My; manaH = mind; na hishuddhyate = is not indeed not getting cleared (of all doubts)
2.90.11
सुषुवे यम मित्रघ्नम् कौसल्य आनन्द वर्धनम् |
भ्रात्रा सह सभार्यो यः चिरम् प्रव्राजितो वनम् ॥नियुक्तः स्त्री नियुक्तेन पित्रा यो असौ महा यशाः |
वन वासी भव इति इह समाः किल चतुर्दश ॥कच्चिन् न तस्य अपापस्य पापम् कर्तुम् इह इग्च्छसि |
अकण्टकम् भोक्तु मना राज्यम् तस्य अनुजस्य च ॥
"That annihilator of enemies, born of Kausalya for the increase of her happiness, he who with his brother and his wife have been exiled to the forest for a long period, that Rama who is full of glory, through the intrigues of a woman was condemned to dwell in the forest for fourteen years by his father. I hope you do not intend to do any harm to that irreproachable prince and his younger brother in order to enjoy the throne without hindrance."
11; 12 13. amitraghnam = that annihilator of enemies; suSuvo = born of; kausalyaa = Kausalya; aananda ardhanam = for the increase of her happiness; yaH = he who; bhraatraa saha = with his brother; sabhaaryaaH = and his wife; pravraajitaH = have been exiled; vanam = to the forest; chiram = for a long period; yaH asau = that Rama; mahaayashaaH = who is full of glory; striiniyuktena = throught the intrigues of a woman; niyuktaH = was condemned; iti = thus; bhava = to be; vanavaasii = living in the forest; chaturdasha = for fourteen; samaaH = years; pitraa = by his father; na ichchhasi = I hope you do not intend; kartum = to do; paapam = any harm; iha = now; tasya = to that; apaapasya = irreproachable prince; anujasyacha = and his younger brother; bhoktumanaaH = in order to enjoy; raajyam = the kingdom; akaN^Takam = without any hindrance.
2.90.14
एवम् उक्तो भरद्वाजम् भरतः प्रत्युवाच ह |
पर्यश्रु नयनो दुह्खाद् वाचा संसज्जमानया ॥
"Thus spoken to as aforesaid, Bharata with his eyes filled with tears in grief and in a faltering tone, replied to Bharadwaja as follows:
evam = thus uktaH = spoken; bharataH = Bharata; paryashrunayanaH = with his eyes filled with tears; duHkhaat = due to grief; samsajjamaanayaa = in a faltering; vaachaa = tone; pratyuvaacha = replied; bharadvaajam = to Bharadwaja ( as follows).
2.90.15
हतो अस्मि यदि माम् एवम् भगवान् अपि मन्यते |
मत्तो न दोषम् आशन्केर् न एवम् माम् अनुशाधि हि ॥
"If you the Blessed One, regard me like this, I am lost indeed! I cannot conceive of any harm towards Rama having proceeded from me. do not charge me thus."
bhagavaanapi manyate yadi = if you the blessed one; regard; maam = me; evam = like this; hataH asmi = I am lost; na ashaNKe = I cannot conceive; doSam = of any harm; mattaH = having proceeded from me; na anushaastuhi = Do not charge; maam = me; evam = thus.
2.90.16
न च एतद् इष्टम् माता मे यद् अवोचन् मद् अन्तरे |
नाहम् एतेन तुष्टः च न तद् वचनम् आददे ॥
" I do not approve of what my mother has done when I was away from home. I am not pleased with her nor do I accept her word in this matter."
yat = what; me maataa = my mother; avochat = talked; madantare = when I was away from home; etat = that; na cha = is not; iSTam = liking to me; aham = I; na = am not; tuSTachcha = pleased; etena = by it; na aadade = I do not accept; tadvachanam = her words.
2.90.17
अहम् तु तम् नर व्याघ्रम् उपयातः प्रसादकः |
प्रतिनेतुम् अयोध्याम् च पादौ तस्य अभिवन्दितुम् ॥
"I, on my part, came to take back that tiger among men to Ayodhya, after prostrating myself at his feet and having propitiated him."
aham tu = I on my part; upayaataH = came; abhinanditum cha = to offer salutation; tasya paadau = to his fat; pratinetum = and to take back; tam = him; naravyaaghram = the tiger among men; ayodhyaam = to Ayodhya; prasaadakaH = after propitiating him.
2.90.18
त्वम् माम् एवम् गतम् मत्वा प्रसादम् कर्तुम् अर्हसि |
शंस मे भगवन् रामः क्व सम्प्रति मही पतिः ॥
"O, venerable one! Believing me to have come for the aforesaid purpose, you ought to do a favour for me. Tell me where Rama the Lord of the world is to be found now?"
bhaagavan = O; venerable One! matvaa = believing; maam = me; evam gatam = to have come (for the aforesaid purpose); tvam = you; arhasi = ought; kartum = to do; prasaadam = a favour; shamsa = tell; me = me; kva = where;raamaH = Rama; mahiipatiH = the lord of the world; (is to be found) samprati = now?
2.90.19
वशिष्ठादिभि ऋत्विग्भि र्याचितो भगवांस्ततः |
उवाच तम् भरद्वाजः प्रसादाद् भरतम् वचः ॥
Requested by Vasishta and other priests likewise, Bharadwaja answered Bharata in affectionate words as follows:
tataH = then; yaachitaH = requested; vashiSThaadibhiH = by Vasishta and others; R^itvigbhiH = Priests; bhagavaan = the blessed; bharadvaajaH = Bharadwaja; prasaadaat = in affectionate; vachaH = words ( as follows):
2.90.20
त्वय्य् एतत् पुरुष व्याघ्रम् युक्तम् राघव वंशजे |
गुरु वृत्तिर् दमः चैव साधूनाम् च अनुयायिता ॥
"O, Bharata the tiger among men! Good manners towards teachers as well as self control and walking in the footsteps of virtuous men-these qualities are worthy of you, born as you are in the Raghu dynasty."
puruSavyaaghra = O Bharata the tiger among men!; tvyai = In you; raaghava vamshaje = who are born in the Raghu dynasty; guruvR^ittiH = good manners towards teachers; damashchaiva = self-control; anuyaayitaa = and following; saadhuunaam = virtuous men; (are all) yuktam = worthy of you.
2.90.21
जाने च एतन् मनह्स्थम् ते दृढी करणम् अस्तु इति |
अपृग्च्छम् त्वाम् तव अत्यर्थम् कीर्तिम् समभिवर्धयन् ॥
" I was aware of your purpose in your mind. But, I desired to confirm it and it is on this account that I asked you, in order to strengthen you fame immeasurably."
jaane cha = I was aware; etat = this (of your purpose) te manasstham = in your mind; (so that); apr^ichchham = I asked; tvaam = you; iti = in this manner; astu = there must be; dR^iDhiikaraNam = confirmation; strenghen; samabhivardhayan = and to strengthen; kiirtim = your fame; atyartham = immeasurably.
2.90.22
जाने च रामं धर्मज्ञं ससीतं सहलक्ष्मणम् |
असौ वसति ते भ्राता चित्र कूटे महा गिरौ ॥
"I know where the virtuous Rama along with Seetha and LakSmana are to be found. Your elder brother is staying on the great mountain called Chitrakuta."
jaane cha = I know; (where); dharmajJNam = the virtuous; raamam = Rama; sasiitam = along with Seetha; salakSmaNam = with lakshmana; (are to be found); asau = this; te bhraataa = your elder brother; vasati = is staying; mahaagirau = on the great mountain; chitrakuuTe = called Chitrakuta.
2.90.23
श्वः तु गन्ता असि तम् देशम् वस अद्य सह मन्त्रिभिः |
एतम् मे कुरु सुप्राज्न कामम् काम अर्थ कोविद ॥
"You may proceed to that place tomorrow. Stay here today along with your ministers. O, man of great wisdom, who understands legitimate interest and desire! Grant me this desire."
gantaasi = you may go; shvaH = tomorrow; tam desham = to that place; vasa = stay here; adya = today; mantribhisaha = along with your ministers; supraajJNa = O; man of great wisdom; kamaarthakovida = who understands legitimate interest and desire!; kuru = grant; me = me; etat = this; kaamam = desire.
2.90.24
ततः तथा इत्य् एवम् उदार दर्शनः |
प्रतीत रूपो भरतो अब्रवीद् वचः |
चकार बुद्धिम् च तदा महा आश्रमे |
निशा निवासाय नर अधिप आत्मजः ॥
Bharata of a broad outlook and whose reality (as an admirer of Rama) had now come to be known, answered thus: "So be it". Then, the prince made up his mind to stay for that night in the hermitage."
bharataH = Bharata; udaara darshanaH = of a broad out look; pratiitaruupaH = and whose reality (as an admirer of Rama) had now come to be known; tataH = thereafter; abraviit = answered; ityevam = be these; vachaH = words; tathaa = "so it be"; tadaa = then; naraadhipaatmajaH = the prince; chakaara = made up; buddim = his mind; nishaanivaasaaya = to stay for the night; tadaashrame = in this hermitage.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे नवतितमः सर्गः
Sarga 91 (part 1 of 2)
2.91.1
कृत बुद्धिम् निवासाय तथैव स मुनिः तदा |
भरतम् कैकयी पुत्रम् आतिथ्येन न्यमन्त्रयत् ॥
Seeing he had resolved to halt at that place for the night, the sage Bharadwaja prepared to offer Bharata the son of Kaikeyi the full honours due to a guest
kR^ita buddhim = (Seeing that he) had resolved; nivaasaaya = to halt; tatraiva = at that place; saH = that; muniH = sage; tadaa = then; nyamantrayat = prepared to offer; bharatam = Bharata; kaikeyiiputram = the son of Kaikeyi; aatithyena = the full honours due to a guest.
2.91.2
अब्रवीद् भरतः तु एनम् ननु इदम् भवता कृतम् |
पाद्यम् अर्घ्यम् तथा आतिथ्यम् वने यद् ऊपपद्यते ॥
Then, Bharata said to Bharadwaja as follows: "Have you not presented me with water to wash my hands and feet and offered me this hospitality fitting for a guest in this forest?"
bharatastu = Bharata on his part; abraviit = said; enam = to Bharadwaja; paadyam = water to wash my feet; arghyam = and hands; kR^itam name = have indeed been presented; bhavataa = by you; tathaa = and; idam aatithyam = this hositality fitting for a guest; yat = which; upapadyate = is available; vane = in a forest (was made available to me).
2.91.3
अथ उवाच भरद्वाजो भरतम् प्रहसन्न् इव |
जाने त्वाम् प्रीति सम्युक्तम् तुष्येः त्वम् येन केनचित् ॥
Then, Bharadwaja smilingly replied to Bharata as follows: "I know you possess a friendly disposition and you are pleased with whatever is offered to you."
atha = thereafter; bharadwaajaH = Bharadwaja; prahasanniva = smilingly; uvaacha = spoke; bharatam = to Bharata (as follows); jaane = I know; tvaam = you; priitisamyuktam = are of a friendly disposition; tvam = you; tuSyeH = are please; yena kena chit = with whatever is offered to you.
2.91.4
सेनायाः तु तव एतस्याः कर्तुम् इग्च्छामि भोजनम् |
मम प्रितिर् यथा रूपा त्वम् अर्हो मनुज ऋषभ ॥
"O, Bharata the excellent among men! I wish to offer food to your army. You ought to fulfil my satisfaction in every suitable way."
manujarSabha = O the excellent among men!ichchhami = I wish; kartum = to offer; bhojanam = food; tava = to your; etasyaaH = this; senaayaaH = army; arhaH = you ought to ; (fulfil); mama = my; priitiH = satisfaction; yathaaruupaatathaa = in every suitable way.
2.91.5
किम् अर्थम् च अपि निक्षिप्य दूरे बलम् इह आगतः |
कस्मान् न इह उपयातो असि सबलः पुरुष ऋषभ ॥
"O, warrior! Why did you come here, leaving your army at a distance? Why did you not come to my place with your army?"
puruSarSabha = O; warrior!; kimartham = why; aagataH = did you come; iha = here; nikSipya = keeping; balam = your army; duure = at a distance?; kasmaat = why; na upayaataH asi = did you not come; sabalaH = with your army; iha = here?
2.91.6
भरतः प्रत्युवाच इदम् प्रान्जलिः तम् तपो धनम् |
ससैन्यो न उपयातो अस्मि भगवन् भगवद् भयात् ॥
Bharata, with joined palms, replied to Bharadwaja who was rich with austerity in the following words: "O, venerable one! I have not come here with my army for the fear of displeasing you."
bharataH = Bharata; praaNjaliH = with joined palms; pratyuvaacha = replied; tam = to that Bharadwaja; tapodhanam = enriched with austerity; idam = these words; bhagavan = O; venerable one!; nopato.asmi = I have not come; sasainyaH = with the army; bhagavadbhayaat = for fear (of displeasing) you.
2.91.7
राज्ञा च भगवन्नित्यं राजपुत्रेण वा सदा |
यत्नतः परिहर्तव्या विषयेषु तपस्विनः ॥
"O, Venerable One! Either the king or the prince should always keep away from the places occupied by ascetics"
bhagavan = O; venerable one!; raajJNaacha = either by the king; raaja putreNa = or by the prince; tapasvinaH = ascetics; parihartavyaH = are to be kept away at a distance; yatnataH = deliberately; sadaa = ever; viSayeSu = in their own lands.
2.91.8
वाजि मुख्या मनुष्याः च मत्ताः च वर वारणाः |
प्रग्च्छाद्य महतीम् भूमिम् भगवन्न् अनुयान्ति माम् ॥
"O, Holy one! Spirited horses, men and rare elephants in rut covering an immense area are accompanying me."
bhagavan = O; Holy one!; vaaji mukhyaaH = spirited horses; manuSyaashcha = men; vara vaaraNaashcha = rare elephants; mattaaH = in rut; prachchhaadya = covering; mahatiim = an immense; bhuumim = area; anuyaanti = are accompanying; maam = me
2.91.9
ते वृक्षान् उदकम् भूमिम् आश्रमेषु उटजामः तथा |
न हिंस्युर् इति तेन अहम् एक एव आगतः ततः ॥
"Let them not damage the trees, huts and ground and defile the waters of hermitages'
- in this thought, I came alone."
na himsyuH = let them not damage; vR^ikSaan = the trees; uTajaan = huts; bhuumim = and ground; tathaa = and; (defile); udakam = the waters; aashrameSu = of hermitages; iti te = in this thought; aham = I; samaagataH = came; eka eva = alone.
2.91.10
आनीयताम् इतः सेना इत्य् आज्नप्तः परम ऋषिणा |
तथा तु चक्रे भरतः सेनायाः समुपागमम् ॥
Thereafter Bharata, having been commanded by that great sage to bring the army there, allowed the army's arrival to the hermitage.
tatastu = thereafter; bharataH = Bharata; aajNaptaH = having been commanded; paramarSiNaa = by that great sage; iti = thus; senaa aniiyaatam = 'Let the army be brought; itaH = here'; chakre = allowed; senayaaH = the army's samupaagamam = arrival.
2.91.11
अग्नि शालाम् प्रविश्य अथ पीत्वा अपः परिमृज्य च |
आतिथ्यस्य क्रिया हेतोर् विश्व कर्माणम् आह्वयत् ॥
Meanwhile, entering the fire-sanctuary (the place where the sacrificial fire is kept), sipping water and wiping the lips, Bharadwaja invoked Visvakarma (the architect of gods) in order to fulfil his duties towards the guests (as follows)
atha = thereafter; pravishya = entering; agnishaalaam = the fire-sanctuary (the place where the sacrificial fire is kept); piitvaa = sipping; aapaH = water; parimR^ijyacha = and wiping the lips; kriyaahatoH = and in order to fulfil his duties; aatithyasya = towards the guests; aahvayat = (he) invoked; vishva karmaaNam = visva Karma (the architect of gods)
2.91.12
आह्वये विश्व कर्माणम् अहम् त्वष्टारम् एव च |
आतिथ्यम् कर्तुम् इग्च्छामि तत्र मे सम्विधीयताम् ॥
"I wish to offer hospitality to the guest I summon vishvakarma who is also the divine carpenter. Let arrangements be made in that connection for me."
aham = I; ichchhaami = wish; kartum = to offer; aatithyam = hospitality to the guests; aahvaye = I summon; vishvakarmaaNam = vishvakarma; tvaSTaaram eva cha = who is also the divine carpenter; samvidhiiyataam = let arrangements be made; tatra = in that connection; me = for me.
2.91.13
अह्वये लोकपालां स्त्रीन् देवान् शक्रमुखांस्तथा |
आतिथ्यं कर्तुमिच्चामि तत्र मे संविधीयताम् ॥
"I further invoke the three gods (Yama, Varuna and Kubera) the guardians of the worlds with Indra as their king. I wish to offer hospitality to the guests. Let arrangements be made in this connection for me."
tathaa = and; aahvaye = I invoke; triin devaan = the three gods; lokapaalaan = the guardians of the worlds; shakramukhaan = with Indra as their king; ichchhaami = I wish; kartum = to offer; aatithyam = hospitality to the guests; samvidhiiyataam = let arrangements be made; tatra = in this connection ; me = for me.
2.91.14
प्राक् स्रोतसः च या नद्यः प्रत्यक् स्रोतस एव च |
पृथिव्याम् अन्तरिक्षे च समायान्तु अद्य सर्वशः ॥
"Let the rivers which flow towards the east and those which flow towards the west, across the earth and in the aerial region now come together here from all quarters."
yaaH nadyaH = Let the rivers; praak srotasashcha = which flow towards the east; pratyak srotasa evacha = and those which flow towards the west; pR^ithivyaam = across the earth; antarikSecha = and in the aerial region; adya = now; saha aayaastu = come together here; sarvashaH = from all quarters
2.91.15
अन्याः स्रवन्तु मैरेयम् सुराम् अन्याः सुनिष्ठिताम् |
अपराः च उदकम् शीतम् इक्षु काण्ड रस उपमम् ॥
"Let some rivers flow with Maireya ( a kind of wine made from date palms etc) some others flow with highly refined spirituous liquor and some others flow with cool water with a taste of sugarcane."
anyaaH = (Let) some rivers; sravantu = flow with; maireyam = Maireya ( a kind of wine made from date palms etc); anyaaH = and some others (flow with) suniSThitaam = highly; aparaashcha = and some others; sravantu = flow with; shiitam = cool; udakam = water; ikSukaaNDarasopamam = with a taste of sugar cane.
2.91.16
आह्वये देव गन्धर्वान् विश्वा वसु हहा हुहून् |
तथैव अप्सरसो देवीर् गन्धर्वीः च अपि सर्वशः ॥
"I invoke the celestials and celestial musicians Vishvavasu, Haha and Huhu as also Apsaras (nymphs) belonging to the celestial and celestial musicians' race from all regions.
aahvaye = I invoke; devagandharvaan = the celestials; celstial musicians; vishvaavasu haahaa huhuun = Vishvavasu Haha and Huhu; tathaiva = and apsarasaH = the nymphs; deviiH = belonging to celestial race; gandharviishchaapi = and also belonging to celestial musicians race sarvashaH = from all regions.
2.91.17
घृताचीम् अथ विश्वाचीम् मिश्र केशीम् अलम्बुसाम् |
नागदन्तां च हेमां च हिमामद्रिकृतस्थलाम् ॥
"I invoke the celestial nymphs called ghritachi, Vishvachi, Mishra Kesi, Alambusa, Nagadanta and Hema as also Hima who has an abode made in mountains."
atha = And; (I invoke); ghR^itaachiim = the celstial nymphs called Ghritachi; vishvaachiim = Vishvachi; mishra kesiim = Mishra Kesi; alambusaam = Alambusa; naagadantaamcha = Nagadanta; hemaamcha = and Hema; himaam = and Hima; adrikR^ita sthadaam = who has an abode made in mountains.
2.91.18
शक्रम् याः च उपतिष्ठन्ति ब्रह्माणम् याः च भामिनीः |
सर्वाः तुम्बुरुणा सार्धम् आह्वये सपरिग्च्छदाः ॥
"I invoke the fair women who are attending on Brahma the Lord of creation - all of them with their external appendages (like musical instruments) along with (their teacher) Tumburu."
aahvaye = I invoke; yoSitaH = the fair women; yaashcha = who; upatiSThanti = are attending on; shakram = Indra the Lord of celestials; yaashcha = and those who are (are attending on); brahmaaNam = Brahma the Lord of creation; sarvaaH = all of them; saparichchhadaaH = with their external appendages (like musical instruments); tumburuNaasaartham = along with (their teacher) Tumburu.
2.91.19
वनम् कुरुषु यद् दिव्यम् वासो भूषण पत्रवत् |
दिव्य नारी फलम् शश्वत् तत् कौबेरम् इह एव तु ॥
"Let that beautiful garden in the region of northern Kuru, presided over by Kubera (the god of riches) always with its leaves which serve as raiment and ornaments, with its fruits in the form of heavenly damsels appear in this place."
tat = (Let) that; divyam vanam = beautiful garden; kuruSu = in the region of northern Kuru; kauberam = presided over by Kubera; shashvat = always; vaasobhuuSaNa patravat = with its leaves which; sarve = as raiment and ornaments; divya naariiphalam = with its fruits in the form of heavenly damsels; etu = appear; iha = in this place.
2.91.20
इह मे भगवान् सोमो विधत्ताम् अन्नम् उत्तमम् |
भक्ष्यम् भोज्यम् च चोष्यम् च लेह्यम् च विविधम् बहु ॥
"Many the blessed moon-god (the duty presiding over annual plants) furnish me at this place, excellent food of every variety, confections, sweets, sauces and syrups."
(May); bhagavaan = the blessed; somaH = moon god( the deity presiding over annual plants); vidhattaam = furnish; me = me; iha = at this place; uttamam = excellent; annam = food; bahu = f many; vividham = Varieties; bhakSyam = confections; bhojayam = sweets; choSyam = sances; lchyamcha = and syrups
2.91.21
विचित्राणि च माल्यानि पादप प्रच्युतानि च |
सुरा आदीनि च पेयानि मांसानि विविधानि च ॥
"May the blessed moon-god furnish me many-coloured flowers which have just fallen from the flower-plants or trees, the drinks like wine and others as also various kinds of meat."
(May the blessed moon-god furnish me); vichitraaNi = many-coloured; maalyaanicha = flowers; paadapa prachyutaani = which have just fallen from trees; peyaani = drinks; suraadiini = like wine and others; vividhaani = and various kinds; maamsaani cha = of meat.
2.91.22
एवम् समाधिना युक्तः तेजसा अप्रतिमेन च |
शिक्षा स्वर समायुक्तम् तपसा च अब्रवीन् मुनिः ॥
That sage Bharadwaja, with his intense meditation, possessing unequal splendour and with austerity, spoke as follows, in tones befitting proper articulation and pronunciation of the scriptural texts:
muniH = that sage Bharadwaja; samaadhinaa = with his intense meditation; apratimena = having unequal; tejasaacha = splendour; yuktaH = and with; tapasaacha = austerity; abraviit = uttered; evam = thus; shiikSa svara samaayuktam = in tones according to the science which deals with proper articulation and pronunciation of Vedic texts.
2.91.23
मनसा ध्यायतः तस्य प्रान् मुखस्य कृत अन्जलेः |
आजग्मुः तानि सर्वाणि दैवतानि पृथक् पृथक् ॥
While that sage Bharadwaja, with joined palms, was meditating with absorption in the east, all those celestials came one by one.
tasya = (While) that sage Bharadwaja; kR^itaaN^jale = with joined palms; dhyaataH = was meditating; manasaa = with intelligence; praaNmukhasya = turning his face towards the east; sarvaaNi = all; taani daivataani = those celestials; aajagmuH = arrived; pR^ithak pR^ithak = one by one.
2.91.24
मलयम् दुर्दुरम् चैव ततः स्वेद नुदो अनिलः |
उपस्पृश्य ववौ युक्त्या सुप्रिय आत्मा सुखः शिवः ॥
Then, a pleasant comfortable and gracious breeze, passing over the mountains of Malaya and Dardura, began to blw, removing sweat by its influence.
tataH = then; anilaH = a breeze; upaspR^ishya = passing over; malayam = the mountain of Malaya; darduramchaiva = and Dardura; vavau = bean to blow; svedanudaH = removing sweat; yuktvaa = by its influence; supriyaatmaa = which was pleasant in nature; sukhaH = comfortable; shivaH = and gracious
2.91.25
ततो अभ्यवर्तन्त घना दिव्याः कुसुम वृष्टयः |
देव दुन्दुभि घोषः च दिक्षु सर्वासु शुश्रुवे ॥
Thereafter wonderful clouds let loose a rain of flowers, while the sound of divine gongs could be heard on every side.
tataH = thereafter; divyaaH = wonderful; ghanaaH = clouds; abhyavarSantaH = let loose; kusuma vR^iSTayaH = a rain of flowers; divya dundubhi ghoSashcha = while the sound of divine gongs; shushrave = could be heard; sarvaasu = in every; dikSu = quarter
2.91.26
प्रववुः च उत्तमा वाता ननृतुः च अप्सरो गणाः |
प्रजगुर् देव गन्धर्वा वीणा प्रमुमुचुः स्वरान् ॥
Troops of Apsaras (divine nymphs) danced to the melodious rustling of the wind. The clestials and the celestial musicians sang. Vinas, stringed musical instruments transmitted their tunes.
uttamaaH = (to the) Melodious; prasavuH = rustling; vaataashcha = of the wind; apsarogaNaaH = troops of Apsaras( divine nymphs); nanR^itushcha = danced; devagandharaaH = the celestials and celestial musicians; jagushcha = sang; viiNaaH = vina's stringed musical instruments; pramumuchuH = sent forth; svaraan = their tones.
2.91.27
स शब्दो द्याम् च भूमिम् च प्राणिनाम् श्रवणानि च |
विवेश उच्चारितः श्लक्ष्णः समो लय गुण अन्वितः ॥
Sweat and harmonious sounds emitted smoothly, entered the sky earth and the ears of beings.
SakSNaH = sweet; layasamanvitaH = and harmonious; saH shabdaH = sounds; uchcharitaH = emitted; samaH = smoothly; vivesha = entered; dyaamcha = the sky; bhuumimcha = earth; shravaNaanicha = and the ears; praaNinaam = of beings.
2.91.28
तस्मिन्न् उपरते शब्दे दिव्ये श्रोत्र सुखे नृणाम् |
ददर्श भारतम् सैन्यम् विधानम् विश्व कर्मणः ॥
When those celestial melodies ceased so pleasingly heard by the human ears, Bharata's army saw the wonderful creations of Visvakarma.
tasmin (when) those; divye shabde = celestial melodies; uparate = ceased; shrotrasukhe = so pleasingly heard; nR^iNaam = by human beings; bhaaratam = Bharata's; sainyam = army; dadarsha = saw; vidhaanam = the wonderful creations; vishvakarmaNaH = of Visvakarma.
2.91.29
बभूव हि समा भूमिः समन्तात् पन्च योजनम् |
शाद्वलैर् बहुभिः चन्ना नील वैदूर्य सम्निभैः ॥
A levelled land of approximately twenty miles on all sides, became covered by many carpets of grass, dark as emerald.
samaa = A levelled; bhuumiH = land; paN^ca yojanaa = of approximately twenty miles; samantaat = around; babhuuva hi = became; chhanna = covered; bahubhiH shaadvalaiH = by many carpets of grass; niila vaiDhuurya sannibhaiH = dark as emerald.
2.91.30
तस्मिन् बिल्वाः कपित्थाः च पनसा बीज पूरकाः |
आमलक्यो बभूवुः च चूताः च फल भूषणाः ॥
At that place, Bilva, Kapittha, Panasa, Citron Amalaki and Mango Trees laden with fruit appeared.
tasmin = At that place; bilvaaH = Bilva; kapitthashcha = Kapitha; panasaaH = Panasa; biija puurakaH = Citron; amalakyaH = amalaki; chuutaashcha = and mango trees; phala bhuuSaNaaH = laden with fruit; babhuuvUH = were there.
2.91.31
उत्तरेभ्यः कुरुभ्यः च वनम् दिव्य उपभोगवत् |
आजगाम नदी दिव्या तीरजैर् बहुभिर् वृता ॥
A forest of divine enjoyments from the territory of northern Kuru's along with a river shaped with various trees on its bank appeared there.
vanam = A forest; divyopabhogaat = of divine enjoyments; uttarebhyaH kurubhyaH = from the tearitory of northern Kuru's; divyaa = and a divine; nadii = river; kR^itaa = shaped; bahubhiH = with various; tiirajaiH = trees on its bank; aajagaama = appeared (there)
2.91.32
चतुः शालानि शुभ्राणि शालाः च गज वाजिनाम् |
हर्म्य प्रासाद सम्घाताः तोरणानि शुभानि च ॥
Splendid square mansions with stables for elephants and horses as well as resplendent gates with watch-towers flanked by turrets were seen.
shubhraaNi = Splendid; chatushshaalaani = square mansions; shaalaashcha = with stables; gaja vaajinaam = for elephants and horses; (as well as); shubhaani = resplendent; harmya praasaada samyukta toraNaani = gates with watch-towers flanked by turrets (could be seen).
2.91.33
सित मेघ निभम् च अपि राज वेश्म सुतोरणम् |
शुक्ल माल्य कृत आकारम् दिव्य गन्ध समुक्षितम् ॥चतुर् अस्रम् असम्बाधम् शयन आसन यानवत् |
दिव्यैः सर्व रसैर् युक्तम् दिव्य भोजन वस्त्रवत् ॥उपकल्पित सर्व अन्नम् धौत निर्मल भाजनम् |
क्लृप्त सर्व आसनम् श्रीमत् स्वास्तीर्ण शयन उत्तमम् ॥
A royal palace emerged, dazzling as a cloud, pierced by splendid arches, hung with white garlands, filled with fragrance of celestial perfumes, forming a perfect quadrangle, spacious, furnished with couches seats and palanquins, supplied with ambrosial drinks of every kind as well as magnificent attire and food of every variety, well-prepared eatables of every description in cleaned vessels free from dirt and all kinds of seats arranged in order looked charming with superb couches duly covered with rich carpets.
33; 34; 35. raaja veshma chaapi = even a royal palace; (emerged); sita megha nibham = dazzling as a cloud; sutoraNam = pierced by splendid arches; shukla maalya kR^itaakaaram = hung with white garlands; divya gandha samukSitam = filled with fragrance of celestial perfumes; chaturashram = forming a perfect quadrangle; asambaadham = spacious; shayanaasana yaanavat = and furnished with couches; seats and palanquins; divyaiH = (supplied with) ambrosial; sarva rasaiH = drinks of every kind; divya bhojana vastravat = magnificent attire and food of every variety; upakalpita sarvaannam = well-prepared eatables of every description; dhauta nirmala bhaajanam = in cleaned vessels free from dirt; klupta sarvaasanam = all kinds of seats arranged in order; svaastiirNa shayanottamam = with superb couches duly covered with rich carpets; shriimat = looked charming.
2.91.36
प्रविवेश महा बाहुर् अनुज्नातो महर्षिणा |
वेश्म तद् रत्न सम्पूर्णम् भरतः कैकयी सुतः ॥
The mighty armed Bharata the son of Kaikeyi on invitation by the great sage, entered that palace filled with precious gems.
mahaabaahuH = the mighty armed; bharataH = Bharata; kaikeyiisutaH = the son of Kaikeyi; anN^aataH = on the invitation; maharSiNaa = of the great sage; pravivesha = entered; tat veshma = that palace; ratna sampuurNam = filled with precious gems.
2.91.37
अनुजग्मुः च तम् सर्वे मन्त्रिणः सपुरोहिताः |
बभूवुः च मुदा युक्ता तम् दृष्ट्वा वेश्म सम्विधिम् ॥
All the ministers together with priests accompanied Bharata and on entering that excellent get-up of the house, were filled with delight
sarve = all; mantriNaH = the ministers; sapurohitaaH = together with priests; anujagmushcha = accompanied; tam = Bharata; dR^iSTvaa = and on seeing; tam = that; veshma samvidhim = excellent get-up of the palace; babhuuvushcha = they became; yuktaaH = filled; mudaa = with delight.
2.91.38
तत्र राज आसनम् दिव्यम् व्यजनम् चत्रम् एव च |
भरतो मन्त्रिभिः सार्धम् अभ्यवर्तत राजवत् ॥
Bharata along with his ministers went clock-wise round the excellent royal throne, whisk and the royal umbrella kept there, as if they were utilized by a king.
bharataH = Bharata; mantribhiH saartham = along with his ministers; abhyavartata = went clockwise round; divyam = the excellent; raajaasanam = royal throne; vyajanam = whisk; chhatram eva cha = and the royal umbrella; (kept there); raajavat = as if they were utilized by a king.
2.91.39
आसनम् पूजयाम् आस रामाय अभिप्रणम्य च |
वाल व्यजनम् आदाय न्यषीदत् सचिव आसने ॥
They paid reverence to the royal seat, bowing before it, as if Rama sat thereon and thereafter Bharata, taking hold of the whisk, sat down on the seat meant for the chief minister.
puujamaayaasa = (they) paid reverence; aasanam = to the royal seat; abhipraNamya cha = bowing before it; raamaaya = as if Rama sat thereon; (and thereafter Bharata); aadaaya = taking hold of; vaala vyaajanam = the whisk; nyaSidat = sat down; schivaasane = on the seat meant for the chief minister.
2.91.40
आनुपूर्व्यान् निषेदुः च सर्वे मन्त्र पुरोहिताः |
ततः सेना पतिः पश्चात् प्रशास्ता च निषेदतुः ॥
All the ministers and priests sat down in order of precedence. Thereafter, the chief of the army and at last the officer-in-charge of the encampment occupied their seats.
sarve = all; mantri purohitaaH = the ministers and priests; niSeduH = sat down; aanupuurvyaan = in order of precedence; tataH = thereafter; senaapatiH = the chief of the army; pashchaat = and at last; prashaastaacha = the officer-in-charge of the encampment.
2.91.41
ततः तत्र मुहूर्तेन नद्यः पायस कर्दमाः |
उपातिष्ठन्त भरतम् भरद्वाजस्य शासनत् ॥
Then, on an instant, by the orders of Bharadwaja, streams having milk thickened with rice in the place of mud, flowed towards Bharata.
tataH = thereafter; muhurtena = on an instant; shaasanaat = by the orders; bharadvaajasya = of Bharadwaja; nadyaH = streams; paayasa kardamaaH = having milk thickened with rice in the plce of mud; upatiSThanta = flowed; bharatam = towards Bharata; tatra = there.
2.91.42
तासाम् उभयतः कूलम् पाण्डु मृत्तिक लेपनाः |
रम्याः च आवसथा दिव्या ब्रह्मणः तु प्रसादजाः ॥
On both the banks of those streams, enchanting and celestial houses plastered with white clay born out of the grace of Brahma the Lord of creation, appeared.
ubhayataH kuulam = On both the banks; taasaam = of those streams; ramyaaH = enchanting; divyaaH = and celestial; aavasadhaashcha = houses; paaNDu mR^ittika lepanaaH = plastered with white clay; prasaadajaaH = born of the grace; brahmaNaH = of Brahma the Lord of creation; (appeared there).
2.91.43
तेन एव च मुहूर्तेन दिव्य आभरण भूषिताः |
आगुर् विंशति साहस्राः ब्राह्मणा प्रहिताः स्त्रियः ॥
At that moment itself, twenty thousand women adorned with beautiful ornaments, sent by Brahma, arrived.
tena = at that; muhuurtena = moment itself; vimshati saahaasraaH = twenty thousand; striyaH = women; divyaabharaNa bhuuSitaaH = adorned with beautiful ornaments; prahitaaH = sent; brahmaNaa = by Brahma; aaguH = arrived.
2.91.44
सुवर्ण मणि मुक्तेन प्रवालेन च शोभिताः |
आगुर् विंशति साहस्राः कुबेर प्रहिताः स्त्रियः ॥
Twenty thousand more women, who were radiant and adorned with gold, gems, pearls and corals came from the region of Kubera.
vimshatisaahasraaH = twenty thousand more; striyaH = women; shobhitaaH = who were radiant; suvarNa maNi muktena = and adorned with gold; gems; perals; pravaaLena = and corals; aaguH = came; kubera prahitaaH = from the region of Kubera.
2.91.45
याभिर् गृहीतः पुरुषः स उन्माद इव लक्ष्यते |
आगुर् विंशति साहस्रा नन्दनाद् अप्सरो गणाः ॥
A particular company of Apsaras, embraced by whom, a man looked as though seized with insanity, came from Nandana grove.
apsaro gaNaaH = a particular company of Apsaras; grahiitaH = embraced; yaabhiH = by whom; puruSaH = a man; lakSyate = looked; sonmaada iva = as though seized with insanity; aaguH = came; nandanaat = from Nandana grove.
2.91.46
नारदः तुम्बुरुर् गोपः पर्वतः सूर्य वर्चसः |
एते गन्धर्व राजानो भरतस्य अग्रतो जगुः ॥
Those most excellent kings among celestial musicians - Narada, Tumbura and Gopa whose radiance is like that of the sun, began to sing in front of Bharata.
ete = these; pravaraaH = most excellent; gandharva raajaanaH = kings among celestial musicians; naaradaH = Narada; tumburuH = Tumburu; gopaH = and Gopa; sumryavarchasaH = whose radiance is like that of the sun; jaguH = began to sing; agrataH = in front; bharatasya = of Bharata.
2.91.47
अलम्बुसा मिश्र केशी पुण्डरीका अथ वामना |
उपानृत्यमः तु भरतम् भरद्वाजस्य शासनात् ॥
Then, on the command of Bharadwaja, Alambusa, MishraKesi and Vamana started dancing in the presence of Bharata.
atha = then; shaasanaat = on the command; bharadvaajasya = of Bharadwaja; alambusaa = Alambusa; mishra keshi = Misra Kesi; puNDariikaa = Pundarika; vaamanaa = and Vamana; upaanR^ityantu = started dancing in the presence; bharatam = of Bharata.
2.91.48
यानि माल्यानि देवेषु यानि चैत्ररथे वने |
प्रयागे तान्य् अदृश्यन्त भरद्वाजस्य शासनात् ॥
By the command of Bharadwaja, wreaths of flowers which were beloved of the gods or those which grow in the woods of chaitra ratha were seen at Prayaga.
shaasanaat = by the command; bharadwajasya = of Bharadwaja; maalyaani = wreaths of flowers; yaani = which were; deveSu = (beloved) of the gods; taani = or those; yaani = which; vane = grow in the woods; chaitrarathe = of Chaitraratha; aadR^ishyanta = were seen; prayaage = at Prayaga.
2.91.49
बिल्वा मार्दन्गिका आसन् शम्या ग्राहा बिभीतकाः |
अश्वत्था नर्तकाः च आसन् भरद्वाजस्य तेजसा ॥
By the command of Bharadwaja, Bel trees assumed the form of drummers, Vibhitaka trees assumed the form of cymbalists and Peepul trees assumed the form of dancers.
shaasanaat = By the command; bharadwaajasya = of Bharadwaja; bilvaaH = Bel trees; aasan = assumed; maardaN^gikaaH = (the form) of drummers; vibhiitakaaH = Vibhitaka trees; shamyaagraahaaH = of cymbalists; ashvathaaH = Peepul trees; aasan = assumed; nartakaashcha = the form of dancers.
2.91.50
ततः सरल तालाः च तिलका नक्त मालकाः |
प्रहृष्टाः तत्र सम्पेतुः कुब्जा भूता अथ वामनाः ॥
Then, dcodars palmyras and Tilaka trees along with Tamala trees transformed into hunch backs and dwarfs and joyfully arrived there.
tataH = then; saraLataaLaashcha = deoders; palmyras; tilakaaH = and Tilaka trees; bhuutvaa = transformed into; kubjaaH = hunchbacks; atha = and; vaamanaaH = dwarfs; prahR^iSTaaH = joyfully; sampetuH = arrived; tatra = there.
2.91.51
शिंशपा आमलकी जम्बूर् याः च अन्याः कानने लताः |
मालती मल्लिका जातिर्याश्चान्याः कानने लताः ॥प्रमदा विग्रहम् कृत्वा भरद्वाज आश्रमे अवसन् |
Shimshapas (Ashoka trees), Amalakis (Emblic myrobalan), Jambus (rose-apple trees), Malati, Mallika Jati and other creepers in the forest had been changed into dancing girls in the hermitage of Bharadwaja and they spoke as follows:
shimshupamamalakiijambvaH = Shimsapas (Ashoka trees); Amalakis(Emblic myrobalan); Jambus(rose apple trees); maalati = Malati; mallikaa = Mallika; jaatiH = and Jati; anyaaH = and other; yaH lataaH = creepers; kaanane = in the forest; kR^itvaa = had been changed; pramadaavigraham = into the form of dancing girls; bharadwaajaasrame = in the hermitage of Bharadwaja; (and they) avadan = spoke (as follows).
2.91.52
सुराम् सुरापाः पिबत पायसम् च बुभुक्षिताः ॥मांसनि च सुमेध्यानि भक्ष्यन्ताम् यावद् इग्च्छथ ॥
"O, wine-bibbers! Drink the wine, however much you desire! O troops stricken with hunger! Let milk thickened iwth rice and the meats which are very much fresh, be eaten (as you will)"
52; 53. suraapaaH = O; wine-bibbers!; pibata = drink; yaavat = however much; suraaH = wine; ichchhatha = you desire! bubhukSitaaH = O troops stricken with hunger! (Let); paayasam cha = milk thickened with rice; maamsaanicha = and meats; sumedhyaani = which are very much fresh; bhakSyantaam = be eaten.
2.91.54
उत्साद्य स्नापयन्ति स्म नदी तीरेषु वल्गुषु |
अप्य् एकम् एकम् पुरुषम् प्रमदाः सत्प च अष्ट च ॥
Seven or eight young women bathed every single man on the beautiful river-banks, after massaging their body with oil.
sapta cha seven or; aSTa cha = eight; pramadaaH = young women; snaanayantisma api = bathed; ekam ekam = every single; puruSam = man; abhi valguSu = on the beautiful; nadiitiireSu = on the beautiful; nadiitiireSu = river-banks; uchchhaadya = after massaging their body with oil.
2.91.55
सम्वहन्त्यः समापेतुर् नार्यो रुचिर लोचनाः |
परिमृज्य तथा न्यायम् पाययन्ति वर अन्गनाः ॥
Women with charming eyes came running and shampooed their limbs. Lovely women likewise wiped off the moisture on their body with towels and gave them beverages to drink, mutually sharing them among each other.
naaryaH = women; ruchira lochanaaH = with charming eyes; samaapetuH = came running; samvaahantya = and shampooed their limbs; varaaNganaaH = lovely women; tathaa = like wise; parimR^ijya = wiped off the moisture (on their body); paayayanti = and gave them beverages to drink; anyauyam = mutually sharing them among each other.
2.91.56
हयान् गजान् खरान् उष्ट्रामः तथैव सुरभेः सुतान् |
अभोजयन् वाहनपास्तेषां भोज्यं यथाविधि ॥
The keepers of animals fed horses, elephants, donkeys, camels and bullocks (the offspring of Surabhi the divine cow) with their suitable feed.
vaahanapaaH = the keepers of animals; abhojayan = fed; hayaan = the horses; gajaan elephantsl kharaan = donkeys; uSTraan = camels; tathaiva = and likewise; sutaan = the offspring; surabheH = of Surabhi the divine cow; teSaam = with their; bhojyam = feed; yathaavidhi = suitably.
2.91.57
इक्षूमः च मधु जालामः च भोजयन्ति स्म वाहनान् |
इक्ष्वाकु वर योधानाम् चोदयन्तो महा बलाः ॥
The animals, belonging to the exceedingly strong and illustrious warriors, the descendents of Ikshvaku, were fed with pieces of sugarcane and roasted grain soaked in honey, duly cajoling them to eat.
vaahanaan = the animals; ikSvaaku varayodhaanaam = belonging to the illustrious warriors the descendents of Ikshvakus; mahaa balaaH = the exceedingly strong men; bhojantisma = were fed; ikSuumshcha = with sugarcane; madhulajaamshcha = and roasted grain mixed in honey; chodayantaH = duly cajoling them to eat.
2.91.58
न अश्व बन्धो अश्वम् आजानान् न गजम् कुन्जर ग्रहः |
मत्त प्रमत्त मुदिता चमूः सा तत्र सम्बभौ ॥
The groom did not recognise his horse. The elephant-keeper did not recognise his elephant. That army there appeared intoxicated, maddened and enraptured on that spot.
ashvabandhaH = the groom; na ajaanaat = did not recognize; ashram = his horse; kuN^jara grahaH = the elephant-keeper; na = did not recognise; gajam = his elephant; saa = that; chamuuH = army; tatra = there; sambabhau = appeared; mattapramatta muditaa = intoxicated; maddened and enraptured on that spot.
2.91.59
तर्पिता सर्व कामैः ते रक्त चन्दन रूषिताः |
अप्सरो गण सम्युक्ताः सैन्या वाचम् उदैरयन् ॥
With all their desires gratified, their bodies anointed with red-sandal paste, and surrounded by a company of Apsaras, those soldiers uttered the following words.
sarva kaamaiH = with all their desires; tarpitaH = gratified; rakta chandana ruuSitaaH = and their bodies anointed with red-sandal paste; apsarogaNa samyuktaaH = surrounded by a company of Apsaras; te sainyaaH = those soldiers; adairayan = uttered; vaacham = these words.
2.91.60
न एव अयोध्याम् गमिष्यामो न गमिष्याम दण्डकान् |
कुशलम् भरतस्य अस्तु रामस्य अस्तु तथा सुखम् ॥
"We shall not go either to Ayodhya or to Dandaka forest. Let Bharata be well! Likewise, let Rama too be at east!"
naiva gamiSyaamaH = we shall not go; ayodhyaam = either to Ayodhya; daN^Dakaan = or to Dandaka forest; bharatasya = Let Bharata; astu = be; kushalam = well!; tathaa = likewise; raamasya = let Rama; astu = be; sukham = at ease!
2.91.61
इति पादात योधाः च हस्त्य् अश्व आरोह बन्धकाः |
अनाथाः तम् विधिम् लब्ध्वा वाचम् एताम् उदैरयन् ॥
Having obtained that hospitality, the infantry, the cavalry as well as those mounted on elephants and their keepers too, no longer acknowledging their leaders, spoke the following words:
labdhvaa = having obtained; tam = that; vidhim = hospitality; paadaatayodhaashcha = infantry; hastyashvaaroha bandhakaaH = and cavalry as well as those mounted on elephants and their keepers too; anaathaaH = no longer acknowledging their leaders; udairayan = spoke; etaam = these; vaadam = words; iti = thus.
2.91.62
सम्प्रहृष्टा विनेदुः ते नराः तत्र सहस्रशः |
भरतस्य अनुयातारः स्वर्गे अयम् इति च अब्रुवन् ॥
In the height of joy, those men in thousands there, the retinue of Bharata cried out, "This is verily of heaven!"
samprahR^iSTaaH = in the height of joy; te naraaH = those men; sahasrashaH = in thosands; tatra = there; anuyaataaraH = the retinue; bharatasya = of Bharata; vineduH = cried out; abruvan = and spoke too; iti = thus; ayam = "Verily; this is; svagaH = heaven!"
2.91.63
नृत्यन्ति स्म हसन्तिस्म गायन्ति स्म च सैनिकाः |
समन्तात् परिधावन्ति माल्यो पेताः सहस्रशः ॥
The soldiers in thousands, wreathed in flowers danced, laughed, sang and ran hither and thither.
sainikaaH = the soldiers; sahasrashaH = in thousands; maalyapetaaH = wreathed in flowers; nR^ityantisma = danced; hasantisma = laughed; gaayantisma = and sang; paridhaavanti = and ran; samantaat = hither and thither.
2.91.64
ततो भुक्तवताम् तेषाम् तद् अन्नम् अमृत उपमम् |
दिव्यान् उद्वीक्ष्य भक्ष्यामः तान् अभवद् भक्षणे मतिः ॥
To those soldiers who had partaken that food which was as sweet as ambrosia, when they saw again those fresh dishes, there arose in them a desire to eat them again.
tataH = thereafter; teSaam = to those soldiers; bhuktavataam = who had partaken; tat annam = that food; amR^itopamam = which was as sweet as ambrosia; udviikSya = when they saw; taan = those; divyaan = fresh; bhakSyaan = dishes; abhavat = there arose; matiH = a desire; bhakSaNe = to eat (them again).
2.91.65
प्रेष्याः चेट्यः च वध्वः च बलस्थाः च अपि सर्वशः |
बभूवुः ते भृशम् तृप्ताः सर्वे च आहत वाससः ॥
Thousands of servants, slaves, youthful women and those in the army on every side, clad in new raiment, became very much contented.
sahasrashaH = thousands of; preSyaaH = servants; cheTyashcha = slaves; vadhvashcha = youthful women; te = and those; balasthaaH = in the army; sarvacha = on every side; aahata raasasaH = clad in new raiment; babhuuvaH = became; bhR^isham = very much; dR^iptaaH = contented.
2.91.66
कुन्जराः च खर उष्ट्रः च गो अश्वाः च मृग पक्षिणः |
बभूवुः सुभृताः तत्र न अन्यो ह्य् अन्यम् अकल्पयत् ॥
Elephants, donkeys, camels, bullocks, horses, animals and birds there were suitably well-fed. Hence, one did not afflict the other.
kuNjaraasahcha = Elephants; kharoSTraashcha = donkeys; camels; go.ashvaashcha = bullocks; horses; mR^iga pakSiNaH = animals and birds; tatra = there; babhuuvaH = were suitably; subhR^itaaH = fed well; anyaH = one; naakalpayat hi = did not afflict; anyam = the other.
Sarga 91 (part 2 of 2)
2.91.67
न अशुक्ल वासाः तत्र आसीत् क्षुधितो मलिनो अपि वा |
रजसा ध्वस्त केशो वा नरः कश्चिद् अदृश्यत ॥
There was no one seen in soiled attire or hungry or unkept or with hair powdered with dust.
tatra = there; na aasiit = was no one; naa dR^ishyata = nor any one seen; ashuklavaasaa = in soiled attire; kSudhitaH = or hungry; malino.api = or unkept; kashchit naraH = or any man; dhvasta keshovaa = with his hair spoiled; rajasaa = by powdered dust.
2.91.68
आजैः च अपि च वाराहैर् निष्टान वर संचयैः |
फल निर्यूह संसिद्धैः सूपैर् गन्ध रस अन्वितैः ॥पुष्प ध्वजवतीः पूर्णाः शुक्लस्य अन्नस्य च अभितः |
ददृशुर् विस्मिताः तत्र नरा लौहीः सहस्रशः ॥
Dishes of goat and boar with delicious sauces were there and condiments that were spicy, fragrant and succulent, cooked in fruit juices; vessels of rare metals filled with rice, decorated with flowers, were offered in thousands to those soldiers there. The soldiers saw them with wonder on all sides.
68; 69. aajaishchaapi = dishes of goat; vaarahaishcha = and boar; niSThaana vara samchayaiH = with delicious sauces; tatra = were there; suupaiH = flavoury soups; gandha rasaanvitaiH = that were spicy; fragrant and succulent; phala niryuuha samsiddhaiH = cooked in fruit juices; puurNaaH = filled; lohiiH = in vessels of rare metals; sahasrashaH = in thousands; puSpa dhvajavatiiH = decorated with flowers shuklaamshcha annasya = of white rice; naraaH = those soldiers; dadR^ishuH = saw (them); tatra = there; vos;otaaJ = with wonder; abhitaH = on all sides .
2.91.70
बभूवुर् वन पार्श्वेषु कूपाः पायस कर्दमाः |
ताः च कामदुघा गावो द्रुमाः च आसन् मधुश्च्युतः ॥
The wells in various sides of the forest (surrounding Bharadwaja's hermitage) have their mud transformed into milk in which rice was cooked. The cows in the region were transformed into cows of plenty and the trees dripped honey.
kuupaaH = the wells; vana paarshveSu = in various sides of the kardamaaH = have their mud transformed into milk in which rice has been cooked with sugar; taaH = those; gaavaH = cows; aasan = were transformed; kaamadughaaH = into cows of plenty; drumaashcha = and the trees; madhushchyutaH = dripped honey.
2.91.71
वाप्यो मैरेय पूर्णाः च मृष्ट मांस चयैर् वृताः |
प्रतप्त पिठरैः च अपि मार्ग मायूर कौक्कुटैः ॥
Some ponds there were endowed with full of wine and some were filled with assortment of various dressed meats pertaining to deer, peacocks and wild cocks; cooked in hot pans.
vaapyaH = (some) ponds; vR^itaaH = were endowed with; maireya puurNaashcha = full of wine; (and some ponds with); mR^iSTaiH = pertaining to deer; peacocks and wild cocks; vratapta piTaraiH = cooked in hot pans.
2.91.72
पात्रीणाम् च सहस्राणि शात कुम्भमयानि च |
स्थाल्यः कुम्भ्यः करम्भ्यः च दधि पूर्णाः सुसंस्कृताः ॥यौवनस्थस्य गौरस्य कपित्थस्य सुगन्धिनः |
There were thousands of portable furnaces, lacs of culinary utensils ten crores of golden vessels, well-cleaned bowls filled with curds, small water-jars and wide-mouthed dishes.
(There were); sahasraaNi = thousands; paatriiNaam = of portable furnances; niyutaani = lacs; sthaliinaam = of culinary utensils; nyarbudaanicha = ten crores; shaata kumbha mayaani = of golden; paatraaNi = vessels; susamskR^itaaH = well-cleaned; sthaalyaH = bowls; dadhipuurNaaH = filled with curd; kumbhyaH = small water-jars; karambhyashcha = and wide-mouthed dishes.
2.91.73
ह्रदाः पूर्णा रसालस्य दध्नः श्वेतस्य च अपरे |
बभूवुः पायसस्य अन्ते शर्करायाः च संचयाः ॥कल्कामः चूर्ण कषायामः च स्नानानि विविधानि च |
ददृशुर् भाजनस्थानि तीर्थेषु सरिताम् नराः ॥
Lakes full of fresh curds, shining fragrant and in the colour of a wood-apple, curds mixed with sugar and spices, some other lakes filled with shite curds, some others filled with milk soaked in rice as well as sugar and some other lakes with a mixture of barley and sugar were formed.
73; 74. hradaaH = lakes; puurNaaH = full; yauvanasthasya = of fresh (curds) gaurasya = shining sugandhinaH = fragrant; kapitthasya = and also in the colour of a wood-apple; rasaalasya = curds mixed with sugar and spices; apare cha = some other lakes; shvetasya = of white; dadhnaH = curds; anye = and some other lakes; paayasasya = of milk soaked in rice and sugar; sharkaraayaavasamchayaaH = and of heaps of mixture of barley-flour and sugar; babhuuvaH = were formed.
2.91.75
कल्कान् चूर्णकषायांश्च स्नानानि विविधानि च |
ददृशुर्भाजनस्थानि तीर्थेषु सरितां नराः ॥
Those soldiers saw jellies, powders and syrups made of fruits and various kinds of accessories used in bathing, kept stored in vessels, on the banks of rivers.
naraaH = those soldiers; dadR^ishuH = saw; kalkaan = jellies; chuurNa kaSaayaamshcha = powders and syrups (made of fruits); vividhaani = and various kinds; snaanaanicha = of accessories used in bathing; bhaajana sthaani = kept stored in vessels; tiirtheSu = on the banks; saritaam = of rivers.
2.91.76
शुक्लान् अंशुमतः च अपि दन्त धावन संचयान् |
शुक्लामः चन्दन कल्कामः च समुद्गेषु अवतिष्ठतः ॥दर्पणान् परिमृष्टामः च वाससाम् च अपि संचयान् |
पादुक उपानहाम् चैव युग्मान् यत्र सहस्रशः ॥आन्जनीः कन्कतान् कूर्चामः चत्राणि च धनूम्षि च |
मर्म त्राणानि चित्राणि शयनान्य् आसनानि च ॥प्रतिपान ह्रदान् पूर्णान् खर उष्ट्र गज वाजिनाम् |
अवगाह्य सुतीर्थामः च ह्रदान् स उत्पल पुष्करान् ॥नील वैदूर्य वर्णामः च मृदून् यवस संचयान् |
निर्वाप अर्थम् पशूनाम् ते ददृशुः तत्र सर्वशः ॥
Those soldiers saw there heaps of twings used for cleaning the teeth with white brushes at their tips, white sandal pastes stored in caskets, polished mirrors, piles of clothes, thousands of pairs of shoes and sandals, caskets containing collyrium for the eyes; combs, brushed, raiments bows, protectors of vitals, strange couches and seats, drinking ponds for donkeys camels elephants and horses, lakes with good stairs for descent having water-lilies and lotuses with sky-blue colour, with clear water offering a comfortable bath and soft grasses having a colour of Nipa tree and of cat's eye gems useful for feeding animals.
76; 77; 78; 79; 80. ta = those soldiers; dadR^ishaH = saw; tatra = there; sarvashaH = all around; dana dhaavana samchayaan = heaps of twigs used for cleaning the teeth; shuklaam = with white; mshumatashchaapi = brushes; shuklaan = white; chandana kalkaamshcha = sandal pastes; avatiSThataH = stored; samudgeSu = in caskets; parimR^iSThaam = polished; darpaNaancha = mirrors; samchayaan chaapi = piles; vaasasaam = of clothes; sahasrashaH = thousands; yugmaanicha = of pairs; paadukopaanahaam = of shoes and sandals; aaNjaniiH = caskets containing collyrium for the eyes; kamkataan = combs; kuurchaan = brushes; vastraaNi cha = raiments; dhanuumSicha = bows; marmatraanaani = protectors of vitals; chitraaNi = strange; shayanaani = couches; aasanaani = and seats; pratipaaa hradaan = drinking ponds; kharoSTragaja vaajinaam = for donkeys; camels; elephants and horses; hradaan = lakes; avagaahya sutiirthaan = with good stairs for descent; sotapalapuSkaran = with water lilies and lotuses; aakaashavarNapratimaan = with sky-blue colour; svachchhatoyaan = with clear water; sukhaplavaan- offering a comfortable bath; mR^iduun = and soft; yavasa samohayaan = grasses; nirvaapaarthaan = useful for feeding; pashuunaam = the animal; niipa vaiDhurya varNaamshcha = having colour of Nipa trees and of cat's eye gems.
Nipa tree: Nanclea cadamba
व्यस्मयन्त मनुष्यस्ते स्वप्नकल्फं तदद्भुतं |
दृष्ट्वाऽतिथ्यं कृतं तादृग्भरतस्य महार्षिणा २-९१-८१
Seeing such a wonderful and dreamlike hospitality offered by the great sage Bharadwaja, all those men were surprised.
dR^iSTvaa = seeing; tat = that; adbhutam = wonderful; taadR^ik = and such; svapnakalpam = a dream-like; aatithyam = hospitality; kR^itam = offered; maharSiNaa = by the great sage Bharadwaja; te manuSyaaH = those men; vyasmayanta = were surprised.
2.91.82
इत्य् एवम् रममाणानाम् देवानाम् इव नन्दने |
भरद्वाज आश्रमे रम्ये सा रात्रिर् व्यत्यवर्तत ॥
While they were enjoying thus in that charming hermitage of Bharadwaja, in the same manner as celestials enjoy the garden of Nandna, that night had elapsed.
rama maaNaanaam = while they were enjoying; ityevam = thus; ramye = in that charming; bharadwaajaashrame = hermitage of Bharadwaja; devaanaamiva = like celestials; (enjoying); nanadane = in the garden of nandana; saa raatriH = that night; vytyavartata = had elapsed.
2.91.83
प्रतिजग्मुः च ता नद्यो गन्धर्वाः च यथा आगतम् |
भरद्वाजम् अनुज्नाप्य ताः च सर्वा वर अन्गनाः ॥
Having been permitted by Bharadwaja, those rivers, the celestial musicians and all those beautiful women went back by the same way they came.
anujJNaapya = having been permitted; bharadvaajam = by Bharadwaja; taaH nadyaH = those rivers; gandharvaashcha = the celestial musicians; sarvaaH = (and) all; taaH = those; varaaNganaashcha = beautiful women; pratijagmushcha = went back; yathaagatam = by the same way they came.
2.91.84
तथैव मत्ता मदिर उत्कटा नराः |
तथैव दिव्य अगुरु चन्दन उक्षिताः |
तथैव दिव्या विविधाः स्रग् उत्तमाः |
पृथक् प्रकीर्णा मनुजैः प्रमर्दिताः ॥
The soldiers, intoxicated with spirituous liquor, were likewise excited with joy. Likewise, the men were drenched in charming aloes and sandal paste. Various kinds of excellent and charming garlands were there, crushed and garlands were there, crushed and scattered at distances, likewise.
naraaH = the soldiers; madirotkaTaaH = intoxicated with spirituous liquor; tathaiva mattaaH = were likewise excited with joy; tathaiva = Like wise; divyaagaru chandanokSitaaH = they were drenched in charming aloes and sandal paste; pramarditaaH = crushed; prakiirNaaH = and scattered; pR^ithak = at a distance; vividhaaH = various kinds; divyaah = of beautiful; sraguttamaaH = and excellent garlands; tathaiva = were there likewise.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे एकनवतितमः सर्गः
Sarga 92
2.92.1
ततः ताम् रजनीम् उष्य भरतः सपरिग्च्छदः |
कृत आतिथ्यो भरद्वाजम् कामाद् अभिजगाम ह ॥
Thereafter, Bharata along with his routine, who were treated hospitably, spent that night there and sought out Bharadwaja with fondness.
tataH = thereafter ; bharataH = Bharata; saparichchhadaH = along with his routine; kR^itaatithyaH = who were hospitably treated (by Bharadwaja); vyuSya = spent; taam rajaniim = that night(there); abhijagaama = and approached; bharadwaajam = Bharadwaja; who had offered oblations in sacred fire; spoke to Bharata the tiger among men; who had come there with joined palms; saying.
2.92.2
तम् ऋषिः पुरुष व्याघ्रम् प्रेक्ष्य प्रान्जलिम् आगतम् |
हुत अग्नि होत्रो भरतम् भरद्वाजो अभ्यभाषत ॥
The sage Bharadwaja, who had offered oblations in sacred fire, spoke to Bharata the tiger among men, who had come there with joined palms, saying.
bharadwaajaH R^iSi = the sage Bharadwaja; hutaagni hotraH = who had offered oblations in sacred fire; prekSya = after seeing; bharatam = Bharata; puruSavyaaghram = the tiger among men; aagatam = who came; praN^jalim = with joined palms; abhyabhaaSata = spoke (as follows).
2.92.3
कच्चिद् अत्र सुखा रात्रिः तव अस्मद् विषये गता |
समग्रः ते जनः कच्चिद् आतिथ्ये शंस मे अनघ ॥
"O, handsome Bharata! Have you passed this night at out place comfortably? Is your retinue fully satisfied with my hospitality? Tell me."
he anaghaH = O; handsome Bharata!; raatriH = (Is this) night; gataakachchit = passed; sukham = comfortably; tava = by you; asmadviSaye = in our region?; te janaH = Is your retinue; samagraH kachchit = fully satisfied; aatithye = with my hospitality? shamsa = tell; me = me.
2.92.4
तम् उवाच अन्जलिम् कृत्वा भरतो अभिप्रणम्य च |
आश्रमाद् अभिनिष्क्रन्तम् ऋषिम् उत्तम तेजसम् ॥
After joining his palms in salutation, Bharata replied to the very glorious sage Bharawaja, who came out from his hermitage (as follows):
aNjalim kR^itvaa = after joining his palms; abhipraNamyacha = salutation; bharataH = Bharata; uvaacha = replied; tam R^iSim = to that sage Bharadwaja; uttma tejasam with great splendour; abhiniSkraantam = who came out; aashramaat = from his hermitage.
2.92.5
सुख उषितो अस्मि भगवन् समग्र बल वाहनः |
तर्पितः सर्व कामैः च सामात्यो बलवत् त्वया ॥
"O, venerable sage! With all the enjoyments in plenty provided by you, I felt comfortable and satisfied, along with very ministers my entire army and our animals too used in riding.
bhagavan = O; venerable sage!; sarvakaamaiH = with all the enjoyments; balavat = in plenty; tvayaa(given by) you; sukhoSitaH asmi = I felt comfortable; tarpitaH = and satisfied; saamaatyaH = along with my ministers; samagrabala vaahanaH = my entire army and the animals used in riding.
2.92.6
अपेत क्लम सम्तापाः सुभक्ष्याः सुप्रतिश्रयाः |
अपि प्रेष्यान् उपादाय सर्वे स्म सुसुख उषिताः ॥
"All of us including our servants have become very much satisfied with our fatigue and pains removed, having eaten a good food and having been provided an excellent accommodation."
sarve = all of us; upaadaaya = together with; preSyaan api = our servants too; smaH = have become; susukhoSitaaH = very much comfortable; apetaklamasamptaapaaH = with our fatigue and pains removed; subhakSaaH = having eaten a good food; supratishrayaaH = and having been provided with a good accommodation.
2.92.7
आमन्त्रये अहम् भगवन् कामम् त्वाम् ऋषि सत्तम |
समीपम् प्रस्थितम् भ्रातुर् मैरेण ईक्षस्व चक्षुषा ॥
"O, Blessed one! O, excellent sage I am taking leave of you. Look on me with favour as I find myself in my brother's vicinity."
bhagavan = O; Blessed one!; R^iSisattama = the excellent sage! aham = I; kaamam = an very much; aamantraye = taking leave; tvaam = of you; iikSasva = see me off; maitreNa = with a friendly; chakSuSaa = eye; prasthitam = me who is settingout; samiipam = towards the vicinity of; bhraatuH = my brother.
2.92.8
आश्रमम् तस्य धर्मज्न धार्मिकस्य महात्मनः |
आचक्ष्व कतमो मार्गः कियान् इति च शंस मे ॥
"O, knower of piety! Tell me about the abode of that high-souled and pious man, Rama. Tell me as to which way I have to go, how much distance it is from here and so forth."
dharmajN^a = O; knower of piety!; aachakSva = tell; me = me; aashramam = about the hermitage; tasya mahaatmanaH = of that high-souled; dhaarmikasya = and pious man; shamsa = tell; me = me; katamaH = as to which; maargaH = way; kiyaan = how much distance; iti cha = and so forth.
2.92.9
इति पृष्टः तु भरतम् भ्रातृ दर्शन लालसम् |
प्रत्युवाच महा तेजा भरद्वाजो महा तपाः ॥
The highly glorious Bharadwaaja, of rigid asceticism, thus questioned by Bharata (who intensely desired to see his brother again), answered him as follows:
bharadvaajaH = Bharadwaja; mahaatejaaH = the highly glorious; mahaatapaah = and having excellent austerity; iti = thus; pR^iSTaH = asked; pratyuvaacha = replied; bharatam = to Bharata; bhraatR^idarshana laalasam = who is intensely desirous to see his brother.
2.92.10
भरत अर्ध तृतीयेषु योजनेषु अजने वने |
चित्र कूटो गिरिः तत्र रम्य निर्दर काननः ॥
"O, Bharata! About twenty eight miles from here, there is a mountain called Chitrakuta, in the middle of a lonely forest with its charming Cascades and groves."
bharata = O; Bharata!; tatra = there; ardhatR^itiiyeSu yojaneSu = at a distance of three and half Yojanas (ie about twenty eight miles); giriH = (is a) mountain; chitra kuuTaH = called Chitrakuta; ajane = which is an un-inhabited region; vane = in the forest; ramya nirjhara kaananaH = with its beautiful cascades and groves.
2.92.11
उत्तरम् पार्श्वम् आसाद्य तस्य मन्दाकिनी नदी |
पुष्पित द्रुम संचन्ना रम्य पुष्पित कानना ॥
"Going towards its northern side, you will find River Mandakini, which is entirely enveloped with flowering trees and having forests flourished with charming blossoms."
aasaadya = going towards; tasya = its; uttaram paarshvam = norther side; mandaakinii nadii = (you find) River Mandakini; puSpitadruma samchhannaa = which is entirely enveloped iwth flowering trees; ramya puSpita kaananaa = and having forests flourished with charming blooms.
2.92.12
अनन्तरम् तत् सरितः चित्र कूटः च पर्वतः |
ततो पर्ण कुटी तात तत्र तौ वसतो ध्रुवम् ॥
"O, beloved Bharata! Beyond that river, there is a mountain called Chitrakuta and on it, their hut made of leafy twigs. Both of them are residing there. It is sure."
taata = O; beloved Bharata!; anantaram = Beyond; tatsaritaH = that river; parvatashcha = there is a mountain; chitra kuuTaH = callled Chitrakuta; tayoH = and (on it) their; parNakuTii = hut made of leafy twigs; tau = both of them; vasataH = are residing; tatra = there; dhruvam = It is certain.
2.92.13
दक्षिणेन एव मार्गेण सव्य दक्षिणम् एव च |
गज वाजि रथ आकीर्णाम् वाहिनीम् वाहिनी पते ॥वाहयस्व महा भाग ततो द्रक्ष्यसि राघवम् |
"O, the illustrious chief of army! Direct the forces filled with elephants horses and chariots either towards the southern route or to the left proceeding southward. You can see Rama then."
mahaabhaaga = O; illustrious; vaahiniipate = chief of army!; vaahayasva = direct; raahiniim = the army; gajavagirathaakiirNaam = filled with elephants; horses and chariots; dakSiNaanaiva = either towards the southern; maargeNa = route; savyadakSiNamevavaa = or to the left; proceeding southward; drakSyasi = you can see; raaghavam = Rama; tataH = then.
2.92.14
प्रयाणम् इति च श्रुत्वा राज राजस्य योषितः |
हित्वा यानानि यान अर्हा ब्राह्मणम् पर्यवारयन् ॥
Hearing him speak of the journey, Dasaratha's wives eligible of sitting in palanquins, descended from their palanquins and stood encircling Bharadwaja.
shrutvaa = hearing about; tat = that; prayaaNam = journey; iti = in the aforesaid manner; raajaraajasya = Dasaratha's; yoSitaH = wives; yaanaarhaaH = eligible of sitting in palanquins; hitvaa = having left; yaanaani = their palanquins; paryavaarayan = stood encircling; braahmaNam = Bharadwaja.
2.92.15
वेपमाना कृशा दीना सह देव्या सुमन्त्रिया |
कौसल्या तत्र जग्राह कराभ्याम् चरणौ मुनेः ॥
Kaikeyi with her unfulfilled desire and despised by the whole world, clasped the sage's feet with bashfulness.
tatra = among them; vepamaanaa = the trembling; kausalya = Kaulasya; kR^ishaa = the emaciated; diinaa = and the miserable woman; sumitrayaadevyaasaha = along with the Queen Sumitra; jagraaha = clasped; charaNau = the feet; muneH = of the sage Bharadawaja; karaabhyaam = with their hands.
2.92.16
असमृद्धेन कामेन सर्व लोकस्य गर्हिता |
कैकेयी तस्य जग्राह चरणौ सव्यपत्रपा ॥
Kaikeyi with her unfulfilled desire and despised by the whole world, clasped the sage's feet with bashfullness.
kaikeyii = Kaikeyi; asmaR^iddhena = with her unfulfilled; kaamena = desire; garhitaa = and despised; sarva lokasya = by the whole world; jagraaha = clasped; tasya = his; charaNau = feet; savya patrapaa = with bashfulness.
2.92.17
तम् प्रदक्षिणम् आगम्य भगवन्तम् महा मुनिम् |
अदूराद् भरतस्य एव तस्थौ दीन मनाः तदा ॥
Then, having gone around that venerable and eminent sage clock-wise, she stood close to Bharata himself, distressed as she was at heart.
tadaa = then; pradakSiNam aagamya bhagavantam tam mahaamunim = having gone round that venerable and eminent sage clock-wise; tasthau = she stood; aduuraadeva = close; bharatasya = to Bharata himself; diina manaaH = distressed at heart.
2.92.18
ततः पप्रग्च्छ भरतम् भरद्वाजो दृढ व्रतः |
विशेषम् ज्नातुम् इग्च्छामि मातृऋणाम् तव राघव ॥
Then, Bharadwaja, firm in austerity, enquired Bharata as follows: "O, Bharata! I wish to know the distinctions of your mothers."
tataH = then; bharadvaajaH = Bharadwaja; dR^iDha vrataH = firm in austerity; paprachha = enquired; bharatam = Bharata (as follows); raaghava = O; Bharata!; ichchhaami = I wish; jJNaatum = to know; visheSam = the distinctions; tava = of your; maatR^iNaam = mothers.
2.92.19
एवम् उक्तः तु भरतो भरद्वाजेन धार्मिकः |
उवाच प्रान्जलिर् भूत्वा वाक्यम् वचन कोविदः ॥
Hearing the words of the learned sage, Bharadwaja, Bharata who was skilled in expression, with joined palms, spoke the following words.
uktaH = spoken; evam = thus; bharadvaajena = by Bharadwaja; dhiimataa = the learned man; bharataH = Bharata; vachana kovidaH = skilled in expression; bhuutvaa praaN^jaliH = with joined palms; uvaacha = spoke; raakyam = (the following) words.
2.92.20
याम् इमाम् भगवन् दीनाम् शोकान् अशन कर्शिताम् |
पितुर् हि महिषीम् देवीम् देवताम् इव पश्यसि ॥एषा तम् पुरुष व्याघ्रम् सिम्ह विक्रान्त गामिनम् |
कौसल्या सुषुवे रामम् धातारम् अदितिर् यथा ॥
"O, venerable sage! This miserable queen emaciated by grief and fasting, is the royal consort of my father, who you see resembling a goddess - it is she, Kausalya who, as Aditi gave birth to Upendra, begot that Tiger among the heroes, with the great gait and pride of a lion that Rama."
20; 21. bhagavan = O; venrable sage!; imaam = this; diinaam = miserable deviim = queen; shokaanashanakarshitaam = emaciated by grief and fasting; mahiSiim = is the royal consort; pituH = of my father; yaam = whom; pashyasi = you see; devataamiva = resembling a goddess; eSaa = it is she; kausalyaa = Kausalya; aditiH yathaa = (who) as Aditi; dhataaram = gave birth to Upendra (Lord Vamoma; so-called because he is a younger brother to Indra); suSuve = begot; puruSa vyaaghram = that Tiger among heroes; simha vikraantagaaminam = with the gait and pride of a lion; tam raamam = that Rama.
2.92.22
अस्या वाम भुजम् श्लिष्टा या एषा तिष्ठति दुर्मनाः |
कर्णिकारस्य शाखा इव शीर्ण पुष्पा वन अन्तरे ॥एतस्याः तौ सुतौ देव्याः कुमारौ देव वर्णिनौ |
उभौ लक्ष्मण शत्रुघ्नौ वीरौ सत्य पराक्रमौ ॥
She, who stands clinging to the left shoulder of Kausalya, plunged in grief is the unfortunate Sumitra, looking like a branch of Karnikara tree with withered flowers standing in the interior of the grove. Both Lakshmana and Shatrughna, the two heroic princes of god-like appearance and unfailing prowess are the sons of this godly woman, Sumitra.
22; 23. eSaa = she; yaa = who; tiSThati = stands; shliSTaa = clinging to; vaama bhujam = the left shoulder; asyaaH = of Kuasalya; durmanaaH = plunged in grief; (is Sumitra); shakheva = looking like a branch; karNikaarasya = of Karnikara tree; shiirNa puSpaa = with withered flowers; vanaanantare = standing in the interior of the gorve; ubhau = Both; lakSmaNa shatrughnau = Lakshmana and Shatrughna; viirau = the heroic; kumaarau = princes; deva varNinau = of god-like appearance; satya paraakramau = and unfailing prowess; sutau = are the sons; etasyaaH = of this; devyaaH = godly woman.
2.92.24
यस्याः कृते नर याघ्रौ जीव नाशम् इतो गतौ |
राजा पुत्र विहीनः च स्वर्गम् दशरथो गतः ॥क्रोधनामकृतप्रज्ञां दृप्तां सुभगमानिनीम् |
ऐश्वर्य कामाम् कैकेयीम् अनार्याम् आर्य रूपिणीम् ॥मम एताम् मातरम् विद्धि नृशंसाम् पाप निश्चयाम् |
यतो मूलम् हि पश्यामि व्यसनम् महद् आत्मनः ॥
"She, through whose fault, those two tigers among men have to obtain a miserable existence and King Dasaratha deprived of his son, has gone to heaven this woman, who is irate, imprudent, arrogant, who esteems herself to be good-looking, who is covetous of power, unworthy though noble to all appearance, know her to be Kaikeyi, my mother of wicked and sinful resolve, in whom I see the root cause of my great misfortune."
24; 25; 26. yasyaaH kR^ite = she; through whose fault; naravyaaghrau = those two tigers among men; gatau = have to obtain; jiivanaasham = a miserable existence; itaH = from here; raajaa dasharathaH = and king Dasaratha; putra vihiinashcha = deprived of his son; gataH = has gone; svaragam = to heaven; etaam = (this woman); krdhanaam = who is irate; akR^itaprajJNaam = imprudent; dR^iptam = arrogant; subhaga maaniniim = who esteems herself to be good-looking; aishvarya kaamaam = who is covetous of power; anaaryaam = unworthy; aarya ruupiNiim = though
2.92.27
इत्य् उक्त्वा नर शार्दूलो बाष्प गद्गदया गिरा |
स निशश्वास ताम्र अक्षो क्रुद्धो नाग इव असकृत् ॥
Bharata, the tiger among men, with his red eyes spoke thus in a voice broken by sobs and breathing as he like an enraged and hissing snake.
saH = Bharata; narashaarduulaH = the tiger among men; taamraakSaH = with his red eyes; uktvaa = having spoken; iti = thus; giraa = in a voice; baaSpa gadgadayaa = stammered with tears; nishashvaasa = breathed; kR^iddhaH iva = like an enraged; shvasan = and hissing; naagaH = snake.
2.92.28
भरद्वाजो महर्षिः तम् ब्रुवन्तम् भरतम् तदा |
प्रत्युवाच महा बुद्धिर् इदम् वचनम् अर्थवत् ॥
Hearing the aforesaid words spoken by Bharata, Bharadwaja the great intellectual sage replied in the following meaningful words.
bruvantam = spoken; tathaa = thus; tam bharatam = by that Bharata; maharSiH = the sage; bharadwaajaH = Bharadwaja; mahaabuddhiH = of great intellect; pratyuvaacha = replied; idam = in these; arthavat = meaningful; vachanam = words.
2.92.29
न दोषेण अवगन्तव्या कैकेयी भरत त्वया |
राम प्रव्राजनम् ह्य् एतत् सुख उदर्कम् भविष्यति ॥
"O, Bharata! Kaikeyi is not intended to be understood by you accusatively. The exile of Rama with indeed become ultimately a cause for happiness!"
bharata = O; Bharata!; kaikeyii = Kaikeyi; na avagantavyaa = is not intended to be understood; tvayaa = by you; doSeNa = by her lapse; etat = this; raama pravraajanam = exile of Rama; bhaviSyati hi = will indeed become; sukhodarkam = a cause for happiness.
2.92.30
देवानाम् दानवानाम् च ऋषीणाम् भावितात्मनाम् |
हितमेव भविष्यद्धि रामप्रव्राजनादिह ॥
"Now, due to Rama's exile, there will indeed be a benefit to the celestials the demons and the sages whose souls are purified by meditating on the Universal Spirit."
iha = now; raama pravrajanaat = due to Rama's exile; bhaviSyaddhi = there will indeed be; hitameva = a benefit only; devaanaam = to the celestials; daanavaamcha = demons; R^iSiNaam cha = and the sages; bhaavitaatmanaam = whose souls are purified by meditating on the Universal spirit.
2.92.31
अभिवाद्य तु संसिद्धः कृत्वा च एनम् प्रदक्षिणम् |
आमन्त्र्य भरतः सैन्यम् युज्यताम् इत्य् अचोदयत् ॥
Bharata satisfied, paid obeisance to him and circumambulated him in bidding a farewell, directing the army to get prepared to leave.
bharataH = Bharata; samsiddhaH = satisfied; abhivaadya = paid obeisance to him; pradakSiNam cha kR^itvaa = and circumbulated him; aamantrya = bidding farewell; achodayat = and directed; sainyam = the army; iti = thus; yujyataam = "Let us carry on."
2.92.32
ततो वाजि रथान् युक्त्वा दिव्यान् हेम परिष्क्रितान् |
अध्यारोहत् प्रयाण अर्थी बहून् बहु विधो जनः ॥
Then, setting out for their destination, countless people ascended many excellent chariots, decorated with gold, duly harnessed to horses.
tataH then; prayaaNaarthiii = setting out for their destination; bahuvidhaH = many kinds; janaH = of people; adhyaarohat = ascended; bahuun = many; divyaan = excellent; rathan = chariots;hema pariSkR^itaan = decorated with gold; vaaji yuktaan = harnessed to horses.
2.92.33
गज कन्या गजाः चैव हेम कक्ष्याः पताकिनः |
जीमूता इव घर्म अन्ते सघोषाः सम्प्रतस्थिरे ॥
Female and male elephants, wearing golden chains and flags, distinguished by the sound of bells, like thundering clouds at the end of a summer marched in a form.
gaja kanyaa = female elephants; gajaashchaiva = and male elephants; hemakakSyaaH = pataakinaH = wearing golden chains and flags; saghoSaaH = distinguished by the sound of bells; jiimuutaaH iva = like (thundering) clouds; gharmaante = at the end of a summer; sampratasthira = marched in form.
2.92.34
विविधान्य् अपि यानानि महानि च लघूनि च |
प्रययुः सुमहा अर्हाणि पादैर् एव पदातयः ॥
Various precious conveyances, both big and small, marched forward. Pedestrians marched forward by foot.
vividhaani = various; sumahaarhaaNi = precious; yaanaani = conveyances; mahaanti cha = (both) big; laghuunicha = and small; prayayuH = marched forward; padaatayaH = Pedestrians; paadaaraiva = went by foot.
2.92.35
अथ यान प्रवेकैः तु कौसल्या प्रमुखाः स्त्रियः |
राम दर्शन कान्क्षिण्यः प्रययुर् मुदिताः तदा ॥
Desirous of seeing Rama and delighted, Kausalya and other honourable women thereafter advanced on their excellent conveyances.
raama darshana kaankSiNyaH = desirous of seeing Rama; muditaaH = and delighted; kausalyaapramukhaaH striyaH = Kausalya and other honourable women; atha = thereafter; prayayuH = advanced; yaana pravekaiH = on excellent conveyances; tadaa = then.
2.92.36
चंद्र्क तरुण आभासाम् नियुक्ताम् शिबिकाम् शुभाम् |
आस्थाय प्रययौ श्रीमान् भरतः सपरिग्च्छदः ॥
The illustrious Bharata mounted a readily kept palanquin which was auspiciously shining like rising moon and sun and proceeded along with his escort.
shriimaan = the illustrious; bharataH = Bharata; aasthaaya = mounted; shubhaam = an auspicious; shibikaam = palanquin; chandraarka taruNaa bhaasaam = with a shine resembling that of rising moon and sun; niryuktaam = which was kept ready; praayayau = and proceeded saparichchhadaH = along with his escort.
2.92.37
सा प्रयाता महा सेना गज वाजि रथ आकुला |
दक्षिणाम् दिशम् आवृत्य महा मेघ इव उत्थितः ॥वनानि तु व्यतिक्रम्य जुष्टानि मृग पक्षिभिः |
गङ्गायाः परवेलायां गिरिष्वपि नदीषु च २-९२-३८
That vast army with its countless elephants horses and chariots proceeded, covering the southern direction, like a great cloud that has risen in the sky and on the other bank of the Ganges, by mountains and streams, crossing the woods inhabited by deer and birds.
37; 38. saa mahaa senaa = that vast army; gaja vaajirathaakulaa = with its countless elephants horses and chariots; prayaataa = proceeded; aavRTitya = covering; dakSiNaam disham = the southern direction; mahaa megha iva = like a great cloud; utthitaH = that has risen (in the sky); paravelaayaam = on the other bank; gaN^gaayaaH = of the Ganges; giriSvapi = by mountains; nadiiSu cha = and streams; vyatikramya = crossing; vanaani = the woods; juSTaani = inhabited; mR^igapakSibhiH = by deer and birds.
2.92.39
सा सम्प्रहृष्ट द्विप वाजि योधा |
वित्रासयन्ती मृग पक्षि सम्घान् |
महद् वनम् तत् प्रविगाहमाना |
रराज सेना भरतस्य तत्र ॥
That army of Bharata, with its squadrons of rejoicing elephants horses and warriors, penetrating into the vast forest, frightening innumerable beasts and birds, appeared resplendent there.
saa senaa = that army; bharatasya = of Bharata; samprahR^iSTadvipa raajiyothaa = with its squadrous of rejoicing elephants horses and warrior; pratigaaha maanaa = penetrating; tat = into that; mahat = vast; vanam = forest; vitraasayantii = frightening; mR^iga pakSi saN^ghaan = innumerable beats and birds; raraaja = appeared resplendent; tatra = there.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे द्विननवतितमः सर्गः
Sarga 93
2.93.1
तया महत्या यायिन्या ध्वजिन्या वन वासिनः |
अर्दिता यूथपा मत्ताः सयूथाः सम्प्रदुद्रुवुः ॥
Seeing that large army on the march, the herds of beasts with their leaders, the denizens of the woods were frightened and ran away together.
tayaa mahatyaa dhvajinyaa = By that large army; yaayinyaa = on the march; mattaaH = the intoxicated; yuuthapaaH = leaders of the herds of beasts; vanavaasinaH = the denizens of the woods; ardhitaaH = were frightened; sampradudruvuH = and ran away together; sayuuthaaH = with their troops.
2.93.2
ऋक्षाः पृषत सम्घाः च रुरवः च समन्ततः |
दृश्यन्ते वन राजीषु गिरिषु अपि नदीषु च ॥
Bears, dappled deer and antelopes could be seen every where, on the tracks of the forest, on the hills and by the rivers.
R^ikSaaH = bears; pR^iSatasaN^ghaashcha = dappled deer; ruravashcha = and antelopes; dR^ishyante = could be seen; samantataH = everywhere; vana raajiiSu = on the tracks of the forest; giriSvapi = on the hills; nadiiSu = and by the rivers.
2.93.3
स सम्प्रतस्थे धर्म आत्मा प्रीतो दशरथ आत्मजः |
वृतो महत्या नादिन्या सेनया चतुर् अन्गया ॥
That pious minded Bharata gracefully marched ahead, surrounded by that clamorous army of four divisions.
saH = that; dharmaatmaa = pious minded; dasharathaatmajaH = Bharata; priitaH = greacefully; sampratastha = marched ahead; vR^itaH = surrounded; naadinyaa = by the clamorous; mahatyaa = large; senayaa = army; ChaturaN^gayaa = of four divisions.
2.93.4
सागर ओघ निभा सेना भरतस्य महात्मनः |
महीम् संचादयाम् आस प्रावृषि द्याम् इव अम्बुदः ॥
The army, of the magnanimous Bharata, which resembled the high tide of an ocean, covered the earth as clouds cover the sky in a rainy season.
senaa = the army; mahaatmanaH = of the magnanimous; bharatasya = Bharata; saagraughanibha = which resembled the high tide of an ocean; samchhaadayaamaasa = covered; mahiim = the earth; ambudaH iva = as clouds; dyaam = the sky; praavR^iSi = in a rainy season.
2.93.5
तुरम्ग ओघैर् अवतता वारणैः च महा जवैः |
अनालक्ष्या चिरम् कालम् तस्मिन् काले बभूव भूः ॥
Submerged by the waves of horses and elephants of great speed at that time, the earth became invisible for a long time.
avatataa = Submerged; turaNgoghaiH = by the waves of horses; vaaraNaishcha = and elephants; mahaajavaiH = of great speed; tasminkaale = at that time; bhuuH = the earth; babhuuva = became; anaalakSyaa = invisible; Chirakaalam = for a long time.
2.93.6
स यात्वा दूरम् अध्वानम् सुपरिश्रान्त वाहनः |
उवाच भरतः श्रीमान् वसिष्ठम् मन्त्रिणाम् वरम् ॥
Having travelled for a long distance, that glorious Bharata, whose animals were now fully exhausted, said to Vasishta, the most segaceios of his counsellors (as follows)
yaatvaa = Having travelled; duuram = for a long adhvaanam = distance; sah = that shriimaan = glorious; bhaarataH = Bharata; suparishraanta vaahanaH = whose animals were fully exhausted; uvaacha = said; vasiSTham = to Vasishta; varam = the most segacious; mantriNaam = of his counsellors.
2.93.7
यादृशम् लक्ष्यते रूपम् यथा चैव श्रुतम् मया |
व्यक्तम् प्राप्ताः स्म तम् देशम् भरद्वाजो यम् अब्रवीत् ॥
"Looking at the features of the pace and from what has been heard by me, it is clear that we reached that area of which Bharadwaja spoke."
yaadR^isham = Whatever; ruupam = feature; lakSyate = is observed; yathaa = and from what; shrutamchaiva = has been heard; mayaa = by me; yam = about which area; bharadvaajaH = Bharadwaja; abraviit = spoke; vyaktam = it is clear; praaptaaH sma = we reached; desham = that area.
2.93.8
अयम् गिरिः चित्र कूटः तथा मन्दाकिनी नदी |
एतत् प्रकाशते दूरान् नील मेघ निभम् वनम् ॥
"This mountain is Chitrakuta. This river is Mandakini. This forest is appearing like a blue cloud from a distance."
ayam = this; giriH = mountain; chitrakuuTaH = is Chitrakuta; iyam nadii = this river; mandaakinii = is Mandakini; etat = this; vanam = forest; prakaashate = is appearing; niila meghanibham = like a blue cloud; duuraat = from a distance.
2.93.9
गिरेः सानूनि रम्याणि चित्र कूटस्य सम्प्रति |
वारणैर् अवमृद्यन्ते मामकैः पर्वत उपमैः ॥
"By my elephants appearing themselves like mountains, the lovely peaks of Chitrakuta mountain are being trampled."
samprati = Now; maamakaiH vaaraNaiH = by my elephants; parvatopamaiH = appearing like mountains; ramyaaNi = the lovely; saanuuni = peaks; gireH = of the moutain; chitrakuuTasya = Chitrakuta; avamR^idyante = are being trampled.
2.93.10
मुन्चन्ति कुसुमान्य् एते नगाः पर्वत सानुषु |
नीला इव आतप अपाये तोयम् तोय धरा घनाः ॥
"These trees on the peaks of the mountain are shedding flowers, as black and intense clouds shower water in a rainy season."
ete = these; nagaaH = trees; parvata saanuSu = on the peaks of the mountain; muN^chaanti = are showering; kusumaani = flowers; iva = like; niilaa = black; ghanaaH = and intense; toyadharaaH = clouds; toyam iva = (Pour) water; aatapaapaaye = in a rainy season.
2.93.11
किन्नर आचरित उद्देशम् पश्य शत्रुघ्न पर्वतम् |
हयैः समन्ताद् आकीर्णम् मकरैर् इव सागरम् ॥
"Behold, O Shatrughna, this mountain, (hitherto) frequented by Kinnaras, now teaming with horses on every side, as a sea is infested by allegators."
pashya = Behold; shatraghna = O; Shatraghna!; parvatam = (this) mountain; kinnaraacharitam = frequented by Kinnaras; aakiirNam = teaming with; hayaiH = horses; samantaat = on every side; saagaram iva = as a sea; (is infested); makaraiH = by allegators.
2.93.12
एते मृग गणा भान्ति शीघ्र वेगाः प्रचोदिताः |
वायु प्रविद्धाः शरदि मेघ राज्य इव अम्बरे ॥
"These herds of antelopes, having a rapid speed, as urged forward (by the troops) appear like a mass of clouds driven by the wind in the sky in antumn."
ete = these; mR^igagaNaaH = herds of antelopes; shiighravegaaH = having a rapid speed; prachoditaaH = as incited(by the troops); bhaanti = appear; megharaajiriva = like a mass of clouds; vaayupraviddhaa = driven before the wind; ambare = in the sky; sharadi = in autumn.
2.93.13
कुर्वन्ति कुसुम आपीडान् शिरह्सु सुरभीन् अमी |
मेघ प्रकाशैः फलकैर् दाक्षिणात्या यथा नराः ॥
"Those tree, with their leaves in multitude dazzling, crowned with fragrant chaplets of flowers, resemble the people of the south."
amii = these trees; phalakaiH = with their leaves; megha prakaashaiH = in multitude dazzling; shirassu = crowned; surabhiin = with fragrant; kusuma piiDaan = Chaplets of flowers; naraaH yathaa = resemble the people; daakSinaatyaaH = of the south.
2.93.14
निष्कूजम् इव भूत्वा इदम् वनम् घोर प्रदर्शनम् |
अयोध्या इव जन आकीर्णा सम्प्रति प्रतिभाति मा ॥
"This forest, which was silent and wore a terrifying look till now, appears to me like Ayodhya, swarning with people."
idam vanam = this forest; bhuutvaa = which was niSkuujaniva = silent; ghora pradarshanam = and wore a terrifying look (till now); samprati = now; pratibhaati = appears; me = to me; ayodhyeva = like Ayodhya; janaakiirNaa = swarming with people.
2.93.15
खुरैर् उदीरितो रेणुर् दिवम् प्रग्च्छाद्य तिष्ठति |
तम् वहत्य् अनिलः शीघ्रम् कुर्वन्न् इव मम प्रियम् ॥
"The dust raised from the hooves of the horses blots out the heavens, but the wind carries it away immediately as if to give me pleasure."
reNuH = the dust; udiiritaH = raised; khuraiH = from the hooves of the horses; prachchhaadya tiSThati = blots out; divam = the heavens; anilah = but the winds; tam vahati = carries it away; shiighram = immediately; kurvam iva = as if to give; mama = me; priyam = pleasure.
2.93.16
स्यन्दनामः तुरग उपेतान् सूत मुख्यैर् अधिष्ठितान् |
एतान् सम्पततः शीघ्रम् पश्य शत्रुघ्न कानने ॥
"Behold, O Shatrughna, these chariots yoked with horses and mounted by the chief charioteers are rushing together rapidly in the forest."
pashya = Behold; shatrughna = O; Shatrughna!; etaan = these; syandanaan = chariots; turagopetaan = yoked with horses; adhiSThitaan = and mounted; suutamukhyaiH = by the chief charioteers; sampatataH = are rushing together; shiighram = rapidly; kaanane = in the forest.
2.93.17
एतान् वित्रासितान् पश्य बर्हिणः प्रिय दर्शनान् |
एतम् आविशतः शैलम् अधिवासम् पतत्रिणाम् ॥
"Behold these peacocks and birds, which are pleasant to the sight, are frightened and are entering their dwelling places hastily."
pashya = behold; etaan = these; barhiNaH = peacocks; patatriNaH = and birds; priya darshanaan = which are pleasant to the sight; vitraasitaan = are frightedned; aavishataH = and are entering; etam = these; adhivaasam = dwelling places; shiighram = hastily.
2.93.18
अतिमात्रम् अयम् देशो मनोज्नः प्रतिभाति मा |
तापसानाम् निवासो अयम् व्यक्तम् स्वर्ग पथो यथा ॥
"This place to me is appearing very much lovely. Resembling in every way like a threshold of heaven, it is clearly an abode of ascetics."
ayam deshaH = this place; pratibhaati = is appearing; atimaatram = very much; manojN^aH = beautiful; me = to me; svarga pathoyathaa = Resembling in every way like a threshold of heaven; ayam = it; vyaktam = is clearly; niraasaH = an abode; taapasaanaam = of asceics.
2.93.19
मृगा मृगीभिः सहिता बहवः पृषता वने |
मनोज्न रूपा लक्ष्यन्ते कुसुमैर् इव चित्रितः ॥
"In this forest, many dappled deer with their hinds, endowed with enchanting forms, are seen as if studded with flowers."
vane = In this forest; bahavaH = many; vR^iSataaH = dappled; mR^igaaH = deer; sahitaaH = with; mR^igiibhiH = their hinds; manojJNaruupaaH = endowed with enchanting forms; lakSyante = are seen; chitritaa iva = as if studded; kusumaiH = with flowers.
2.93.20
साधु सैन्याः प्रतिष्ठन्ताम् विचिन्वन्तु च काननम् |
यथा तौ पुरुष व्याघ्रौ दृश्येते राम लक्ष्मणौ ॥
"Let the soldiers proceed quickly to explore the woods to find those tigers among men, Rama and Lakshamana."
sainyaaH = (Let) the soldiers; pratiSThantaam = proceed; saadhu = well; yathaa = as; vichinvantu cha = to explore; kaanane = the woods; dR^ishyate = to find; tau puruSa vyaaghrau = those tigers among men; raamalakSmaNau = Rama and Lakshmana.
2.93.21
भरतस्य वचः श्रुत्वा पुरुषाः शस्त्र पाणयः |
विविशुः तद् वनम् शूरा धूमम् च ददृशुः ततः ॥
Hearing the words of Bharata, valiant men wearing weapons in their hands, penetrated into the forest suddenly they observed a plume of smoke rising.
shrutvaa = hearing; vachaH = the words; bharatasya = of Bharata; shuuraaH = valiant; puruSaaH = men; shastra paaNayaH = wearing weapons in their hands; vivishuH = entered; tat = that; vanam = forest; tataH = and then; dadhR^ishushcha = also saw; dhuumam = and smoke.
2.93.22
ते समालोक्य धूम अग्रम् ऊचुर् भरतम् आगताः |
न अमनुष्ये भवत्य् अग्निर् व्यक्तम् अत्र एव राघवौ ॥
Seeing that spiral of smoke, they returned to bharata and said; "There can be no fire in a deserted place. Assuredly, Rama and Lakshmana are there."
samaalokya = seeing; dhuumaagram = that spiral of smoke; te = they; aagataaH = returned; bharatam = to Bharata; uuchuH = and said; na bhavati = there can be no; agniH = fire; amanuSye = in a deserted place; vyaktam = Assuredly; raaghavau = Rama and Lakshmana; atraiva = are there.
2.93.23
अथ न अत्र नर व्याघ्रौ राज पुत्रौ परम् तपौ |
अन्ये राम उपमाः सन्ति व्यक्तम् अत्र तपस्विनः ॥
"If it be not those two tigers among men, the two princes, the scourger of their foes here, obviously there are other ascetics like Rama here."
atha = If it be; na = not; naravyaaghrau = those two tigers among men; raajaputrau = the two princes; paramtapau = the scourges of their foes; atra = here; vyaktam = obviously; samti = there are; anye = other; tapasvinaH = ascetics; raamopamaaH = like Rama; atra = here.
2.93.24
तत् श्रुत्वा भरतः तेषाम् वचनम् साधु सम्मतम् |
सैन्यान् उवाच सर्वामः तान् अमित्र बल मर्दनः ॥
Hearing those words concurred even by pious men, Bharata the destroyer of enemy's forces, spoke to the entire army (as follows)
shrttvaa = hearing; tat vachanam = those words; saadhu sammatam = concurred even by pious men; bharataH = Bharata; amitra bala mardanaH = the destroyer of enemy's forces; uvaacha = spoke; taan = sarvaan sainyaan = to that entire army (as follows)
2.93.25
यत् ता भवन्तः तिष्ठन्तु न इतो गन्तव्यम् अग्रतः |
अहम् एव गमिष्यामि सुमन्त्रो गुरुर् एव च ॥
"You stay here vigilantly. Do no proceed any further. I alone will go along with Sumantra and also Dhriti, my spiritual preceptor."
25. tiSThantu = stay(here); bhavantaH = you; yathaaH = vigilantly; na gantavyam = do no proceed; agrataH = any further; itaH = from here; aharneva = I alone; gamiSyaami = will go; sumantraH = (along with) Sumantra; dhR^itrireva cha = and also my spiritual preceptor; Driti.
2.93.26
एवम् उक्ताः ततः सर्वे तत्र तस्थुः समन्ततः |
भरतो यत्र धूम अग्रम् तत्र दृष्टिम् समादधत् ॥
On this command, all the troops halted there and Bharat with his gaze fixed on the column of smoke, went forward.
uktaaH = spoken; evam = thus; sarve = all of them; tasthuH = stayed; tatra = there; tataH = then; (and); bharataH = Bharata; dR^iSTim = his gaze; samaadadhaat = fixed; tatra = there; yatra = where; dhuumaagram = there is column of smoke.
2.93.27
व्यवस्थिता या भरतेन सा चमूर् |
निरीक्षमाणा अपि च धूमम् अग्रतः |
बभूव हृष्टा नचिरेण जानती |
प्रियस्य रामस्य समागमम् तदा ॥
The army, which was held up there by Bharata, eventhough perceiving the place ahead, felt rejoiced in the thought of meeting their beloved Rama soon.
chaamuH = the army; yaa = which; vyaavasthitaa = was ordered to remain(there); bharatena = by Bharata; niriikSa maaNaapi = even though perceiving bhuumi = the place; agrataH = before them; babhuuva = felt; tadaa = then; hR^iSTaa = rejoiced; jaanatii = in the thought; samaagamam = of return; priyasya raamasya = of their beloved Rama; nachireNa = soon.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे त्रिनवतितमः सर्गः
Sarga 94
2.94.1
दीर्घ काल उषितः तस्मिन् गिरौ गिरि वन प्रियः |
विदेह्याः प्रियमाकान्क्षन् स्वम् च चित्तम् विलोभयन् ॥अथ दाशरथिः चित्रम् चित्र कूटम् अदर्शयत् |
भार्याम् अमर सम्काशः शचीम् इव पुरम् दरः ॥
Having dwelt for some time in that mountain, Rama, who resembled God, who liked mountains and groves, who desired Seetha's happiness and himself delightful in his mind, began to point out the beauty of Chitrakuta to his consort, as Indra the god of celestials converses with Shachi the wife of Indra, saying:
1;2. tataH = thereafter; daasharathiH = Rama; amara samkaashaH = who resembled a God; girivana priyaH = who liked mountains and groves; diirgha kaalositaH = having dwelt for sometime; tasmin = on that; girau = mountain; aakaaN^kSan = who desired; vaidehyaaH = Seetha's; priyam = happiness; vilobhayan = delightful; svam = to his own; chittam = mind; adarshayat = began to point out; chitra kuuTam = of Citrakuta; bhaaryaam = to his consort; puramdaraH iva = as Indra the god of celestials; (converses); shachiimiva = with Shachi the wife of Indra (saying:)
2.94.3
न राज्याद् भ्रंशनम् भद्रे न सुहृद्भिर् विना भवः |
मनो मे बाधते दृष्ट्वा रमणीयम् इमम् गिरिम् ॥
"O, my good lady! By seeing this beautiful mountain, neither the loss of kingdom nor the non-existence of friends distresses my mind."
oh bhadre = O; my good lady!; dR^iSTvaa = by seeing; imam = this; ramaNiiyam = beautiful; girim = mountain; na = neither; bhramshanam = the loss; raajyaat = of the kingdom; na = nor; suhR^idbhirvineabhavaH = the non-existence of friends; baadhate = distresses; memanaH = my mind.
2.94.4
पश्य इमम् अचलम् भद्रे नाना द्विज गण आयुतम् |
शिखरैः खम् इव उद्विद्धैर् धातुमद्भिर् विभूषितम् ॥
"O, my good lady! Behold this mountain, abounding with flocks of birds of every kind where minerals lie and crowned with peaks that seem to project upwards to the sky."
bhadre = O; my good lady!; pashya = Behold; imam achalam = this mountain; naanaa dvijagaNaayutam = abounding with flocks of birds of every kind; dhaatumadbhiH = where minerals lie; vibhuuSitam = crowned; shikharaiH = with peaks; udviddhairiva = that seem to project upwards; kham = to the sky.
2.94.5
केचिद् रजत सम्काशाः केचित् क्षतज सम्निभाः |
पीत माज्जिस्थ वर्नाः च केचिन् मनि वर प्रभाः ॥पुष्य अर्क केतुक आभाः च केचिज् ज्योती रस प्रभाः |
विराजन्ते अचल इन्द्रस्य देशा धातु विभूषिताः ॥
"Some areas of the mountain are encrusted with minerals, having appearance of silver, some resembling blood, some yellowish, some red as madder, some sparkle like precious stones, some possessing, the luster of topaz and crystal and a hue of Ketaka flower and some sparkle with the splendour of a kind of gem called Jyotirasa."
5; 6. kechit = some; deshaaH = areas; achalendrasya = of the mountain; dhaatu vibhuuSitaaH = are crowned with minerals; rajata samkaashaaH = having appearance of silver; kechit = some; kSata sannibhaaH = resembling blood; piitamaaNjiSTa varNaashcha = some yellowish; some red as madder in colour; kechit = some; maNivara prabhaaH = sparkle like precious stones; puSpaarka ketakaabhaashcha = some possessing the luster of topaz and crystal and the hue of Ketaka flower; kechit viraajante = and some sparkle; jyotirasaprabhaaH = with the splendour of a kind of gem called Jyotirasa.
2.94.7
नना मृग गण द्वीपि तरक्षु ऋक्ष गणैर् वृतः |
अदुष्टैर् भात्य् अयम् शैलो बहु पक्षि समाकुलः ॥
"The mountain is filled with tame beasts of every kind, tigers, panthers and bears, and is enlivened by a flock of many birds."
ayam = shailaH = this mountain; vR^itaH = is filled with; aduSTaiH = tame; naana mR^igagaNa = beasts of every kind; dviipitarakSvR^ikSagaNaiH = tigers; panthers and bears; bhaati = and is enlivened; bahu pakSi samaayutaH = by a flock of many birds.
2.94.8
आम्र जम्बु असनैर् लोध्रैः प्रियालैः पनसैर् धवैः |
अन्कोलैर् भव्य तिनिशैर् ब्लिव तिन्दुक वेणुभिः ॥काश्मर्य् अरिष्ट वरणैर् मधूकैः तिलकैः तथा |
बदर्य् आमलकैर् नीपैर् वेत्र धन्वन बीजकैः ॥पुष्पवद्भिः फल उपेतैः चायावद्भिर् मनो रमैः |
एवम् आदिभिर् आकीर्णः श्रियम् पुष्यत्य् अयम् गिरिः ॥
"This mountain abounds with such type of trees as mangoes, rose-apples and Asanas laden with flowers and fruits, affording magnificient shade, and pleasing to the mind, Lodhras, Priyalas (commonly called Payals), bread-fruit trees, Dhavas, Ankolas, Bhavyas and Tinisas, Bilvas (Bel trees), Tindukas and bamboos, Kashmaris, margosas and Varaas, Madhukas; Tilaks, jujube trees, emblic myrobalans, Kadamoos, came, Dhanvanas and pomegranates, enhancing its beauty."
8; 9; 10. ayam giriH = this mountain; aakirNaH = abounds with; evam aadibhiH = such type of trees as; aamra jambvasanaiH = laden with flowers; phalopetaiH = and fruits; chaayaavadbhiH = affording magnificent shade; manoramaiH- and pleasing to the mind; lodhraiH = Lodhras; priyaalaiH = Priyalas (commonly called Payals); panasaiH = bread-fruit trees; dhavaiH = Dhavas; ankolaiH = Ankolas; bhavyatinishaiH = Bhavyas and Tinisas; bilva tinduka veNubiH = Bilvas (Bel trees)Tindukas and bamboos; kaashmaryaariSTa varuNaiH = Kasmaris; margosas and Varanas; tathaa = and ; madhuukaiH = Madhukas; tilakaiH = Tilakas; badaryaamalakaiH = Jujube trees; embolic myrobalans; niipaiH = Kadambas; vetra dhanvana biijakaiH = cane; Dhanvanas and pomegranates; puSNaati = enhancing; shriyam = its beauty.
2.94.11
शैल प्रस्थेषु रम्येषु पश्य इमान् काम हर्षणान् |
किन्नरान् द्वंद्वशो भद्रे रममाणान् मनस्विनः ॥
"O, my good lady! See these Kinnaras, thrilling to be looked at, in their high spirits, wandering in couples in these lovely mountain-plains."
bhadre = O; my good lady!; pashya = see; imaam = these; kinnaraan = Kinnaras; romaharSaNaan = thrilling to be looked at; manasvinaH = in high spirits; ramamaaNaan = who are wandering; dvandvashaH = in comples; ramyeSu = in lovely; shaila prastheSu = mountain-plains.
2.94.12
शाखा अवसक्तान् खड्गामः च प्रवराण्य् अम्बराणि च |
पश्य विद्याधर स्त्रीणाम् क्रीडेद् देशान् मनो रमान् ॥
"Behold their swords hanging on the trees, their excellent swords and the charming retreats, where vidyadharas and their women sport."
pashya = behold; khaDgaamshcha = their swords; shaakhaavasaktaan = hanging on the trees; pravaraaNi = their excellent; ambaraaNicha = clothes; manoharaan = and the charming; kriiDoddeshaan = retreats.
2.94.13
जल प्रपातैर् उद्भेदैर् निष्यन्दैः च क्वचित् क्वचित् |
स्रवद्भिर् भात्य् अयम् शैलः स्रवन् मद इव द्विपः ॥
"This mountain resembles an elephant with ichors flowing from its forehead, as from its crevices, springs and cascades flow here and there."
ayam = this; shailaH = mountain; bhaati = shines; dvivaH iva = like an elephant; sravanmadaH = with ichors flowing from its forehead; udbhedaiH = as from its crevices; niSpandaishcha = springs; jalapravaahaiH = and cascades; sravidbhiH = flow; kvachit kvachit = here and there.
2.94.14
गुहा समीरणो गन्धान् नाना पुष्प भवान् वहन् |
घ्राण तर्पणम् अभ्येत्य कम् नरम् न प्रहर्षयेत् ॥
"Who would not be filled with delight, by these glades from which fragrance of various flowers issues, pleasing to the senses?"
kam naram = what sort of man; na praharSayet = would not be filled with delight; guhaasami karaNaH = by these glades; gandhaan = (from which) fragrance; naanaa puSpa bhavaan = of many flowers; vahan = issues; ghraaNatarpaNam = pleasing to the senses?
2.94.15
यदि इह शरदो अनेकाः त्वया सार्धम् अनिन्दिते |
लक्ष्मणेन च वत्स्यामि न माम् शोकः प्रधक्ष्यति ॥
"O, irreproachable lay! If I am live with you and Lakshmana for many autumns here, grief will not overpower me."
anindite = O; irreproachable lady!; vatsyaani yadi = If I am to live; tvayaa saardham = with you; lakSmaNecha = and Lakshmana; anakaaH = for many; sharadaH = autumns; iha = here; shokaH = grief; na pradhakSyati = will not get the upper hand over; maam = me.
2.94.16
बहु पुष्प फले रम्ये नाना द्विज गण आयुते |
विचित्र शिखरे ह्य् अस्मिन् रतवान् अस्मि भामिनि ॥
"O, Seetha! Seeing this mountain laden with many flowers and fruit, the enchanting resort of flocks of birds as also the ravishing peaks of the mountain, I am really captivated."
bhaamini = O; Seetha!; asmin = this mountain; bahu puSpa phale = laden with many flowers and fruit; ramye = the enchanting; naanaa dvijagaNaayute = resort of flocks of birds; vichitra shikhare = with its ravishing peaks; asmin hi = I am indeed; ratavaan = captivated.
2.94.17
अनेन वन वासेन मया प्राप्तम् फल द्वयम् |
पितुः च अनृणता धर्मे भरतस्य प्रियम् तथा ॥
"By residing in the forest, a two-fold advantage is secured by me; freedom from debt to my father in regards my duty and Bharata's happiness."
anena = vana vaasena = by residing in the forest; phala dvayam = a two-fold advantage; praaptam = is secured; mayaa = by me; anR^iNataa = freedom from debt; pituH = with my father; dharme = in regards my duty; tathaa = and; bharatasya = Bharata's; priyam = happiness.
2.94.18
वैदेहि रमसे कच्चिच् चित्र कूटे मया सह |
पश्यन्ती विविधान् भावान् मनो वाक् काय सम्यतान् ॥
"O, Seetha! Are you happy with me on this Chitrakuta mountain, seeing various objects agreeable to your thought word and temperament?"
he vaidehi = O; Seetha!; ramase kachchit = are you happy; mayaa saha = with me; chitrakuuTe = on this Chitrakuta mountain; pashyantii = seeing; vividhaan = various; bhaavaan = objects; mano vaakkaaya sammataan = agreeable to your thought; word and temperament?
2.94.19
इदम् एव अमृतम् प्राहू राज्नाम् राज ऋषयः परे |
वन वासम् भव अर्थाय प्रेत्य मे प्रपितामहाः ॥
"My paternal great grand fathers the ancient royal sages have said that for a king to obtain liberation after death, such a residence in the forest is nectar like."
pare = the ancient; raajarSayaH = royal sages; me = my; prapitaamahaaH = paternal great grand-fathers; praahuH = say (that); raaj^Ni = for a king; bhavaarthaaya = to obtain liberation; pretya = after death; idam = this; vanavaasameva = residence as such in the forest; amR^itam = is nectar-like.
2.94.20
शिलाः शैलस्य शोभन्ते विशालाः शतशो अभितः |
बहुला बहुलैर् वर्णैर् नील पीत सित अरुणैः ॥
"Hundreds and multitude of rocks of this extensive mountain are shining around in multifarious colours like blue, yellow, white and red."
shatashaH = hundreds; shilaaH = of rocks; bahulaah = in multitude; vishaalaaH shailasya = of this extensive mountain; shobhante = are shining; abhitaH = around; bahulaiH = in many; varNaiH = colours; mila piita sitaaruNaiH = like blue; yellow; white and red.
2.94.21
निशि भान्त्य् अचल इन्द्रस्य हुत अशन शिखा इव |
ओषध्यः स्वप्रभा लक्ष्म्या भ्राजमानाः सहस्रशः ॥
"Thousands of herbs of this Chitrakuta mountain, glittering with their lovely light, are sparkling like points of fire."
sahasrashaH = thousands of; auSadhyaH = herbs; achalendrasya = of this Chitrakuta mountain; bhraajamaanaaH = glittering svaprabhaalakSmyaa = with their lovely light; bhaanti = are sparkiling; hutaashana shikhaa iva = like points of fire.
2.94.22
केचित् क्षय निभा देशाः केचिद् उद्यान सम्निभाः |
केचिद् एक शिला भान्ति पर्वतस्य अस्य भामिनि ॥
"O, Seetha! Some parts of this mountain resemble mansions, some look like parks and some others appear like a single pile."
bhamini = O; Seeta!; kechit = Some; deshaaH = parts; asya = of this; parvatasya = mountain; kSaya nibhaaH = resemble mansions; kechit = some; udyaana sannibhaah = look like parks; kechit = and some; bhaanti = appear; ekashilaaH = like a single pile.
2.94.23
भित्त्वा इव वसुधाम् भाति चित्र कूटः समुत्थितः |
चित्र कूटस्य कूटो असौ दृश्यते सर्वतः शुभः ॥
"Chitrakuta appears as though emerged, having split the earth. This summit of Chitrakuta appears charming on all sides."
chitrakuuTaH = chitrakuta; samutthitaH iva = (appears) as though emerged; bhittvaa = having split; vasudhaam = earth; asau = this; kuuTaH = summit; chitrakuuTasya = of Chitrakuta; dR^ishyate = appears; shubhaH = charming; sarvataH = on all sides.
2.94.24
कुष्ठ पुम्नाग तगर भूर्ज पत्र उत्तरच् चदान् |
कामिनाम् स्वास्तरान् पश्य कुशेशय दल आयुतान् ॥
"See the leaves of lilies, Sthagara trees, Punnaga trees and Bhurja trees heaped with flowers of water-lilies form the cozy beds of voluptuaries."
pashya = see; kuSTha sthagara punnaaga bhuurja patrottarachchhadaan = how the leaves of lilies; sthagara trees; Punnaga trees and Bhurja trees; kusheshaya dalaayutaan = heaped with flowers of water-lilies; svaastaraan = form the cozy beds; kaaminaam = of voluptuaries.
2.94.25
मृदिताः च अपविद्धाः च दृश्यन्ते कमल स्रजः |
कामिभिर् वनिते पश्य फलानि विविधानि च ॥
"O, Seetha! Look at the garlands of lotus-flowers crushed and thrown aside by voluptuaries as also fruits of every kind that have been tasted."
vanite = O; Seetha!; pashya = look at; kamala srajaH = the garlands of lotus-flowers; mR^idi taashcha = Crushed; apaviddhaashcha = and thrown aside; kaamibhiH = by voluptuaries; phalaanicha = and (also) fruits; vividhaani = of every kind; dR^ishyante = being seen.
2.94.26
वस्वौक साराम् नलिनीम् अत्येति इव उत्तरान् कुरून् |
पर्वतः चित्र कूटो असौ बहु मूल फल उदकः ॥
"This mountain f Chitrakuta with its abundance of roots fruits and water is more beautiful than Vasvankasara better known as Alaka the capital of Kubera the Lord of Riches, Nalini the capital of Indra (the God of celestials) better known as Amaravati and Uttarakuru the country of Eternal Beatitude."
asau = this; chitra kuuTaH parvataH = mountain of Chitrakuta; bahumuula phalodakaH = with its abundance of roots fruits and water; atyetiiva = is more beautiful; vasvaukasaaraam = Kubera's capital(Alaka) then Vasvaukasara; naliniim = Nalini the capital of Indra better known as Amaravati; uttaraan kuruun = and uttara kuru the country of Eternal Beatitude.
2.94.27
इमम् तु कालम् वनिते विजह्निवामः |
त्वया च सीते सह लक्ष्मणेन च |
रतिम् प्रपत्स्ये कुल धर्म वर्धिनीम् |
सताम् पथि स्वैर् नियमैः परैः स्थितः ॥
"O, Seetha! Strolling with you and Lakshmana during this period of exile, on my part established in the path of the pious, following the highest salutary practices, I shall obtain joy, enhancing the piety of my race."
vanite = O; beloed; siite = Seetha; vijahrivaan = Strolling; tvayaa saha = with you; lakSmaNenacha = and Lakshman; imam kaalam = during this period; sthitaH = established; pathi = in the path; sataam- of the pious; paraiH = in highest; niyamaiH = salutary practices; prapatsye = I shall obtain; ratim = joy; kula dharma vardhiniim = enhancing the piety of my race.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे चतुर्नवतितमः सर्गः
Sarga 95
2.95.1
अथ शैलाद् विनिष्क्रम्य मैथिलीम् कोसल ईश्वरः |
अदर्शयत् शुभ जलाम् रम्याम् मन्दाकिनीम् नदीम् ॥
Then, turning away from the mountain, Rama (The prospective ruler of Kosala) showed Seetha (the daughter of the King of Mithila) the beautiful river of Mandakini carrying splendid waters.
atha = thereafter; viniSkramya = turning away; shailaat = from the mountain; kosaleshvaraH = Rama; the prospective ruler of Kosala; adarshayat = showed; maithiliim = to Seetha; the daughter of the King of Mithila; ramyaam = the beautiful; mandaakiniim nadiim = river of Mandakini; shubhajalaam = with its splendid waters.
2.95.2
अब्रवीच् च वर आरोहाम् चारु चन्द्र निभ आननाम् |
विदेह राजस्य सुताम् रामो राजीव लोचनः ॥
The lotus-eyed Rama spoke to Seetha, (the daughter of Janaka) who was having an elegant waist and whose face resembled the moon:
raamaH = Rama; raajiiva lochanaH = having lotus-eyes; abraviit = spoke; sutaam = to the daughter; videharaajasya = of the king of Videha (Janaka); varaarohaam = having elegant waist; chaaruchandra nibhaananaam = whose face resembled the moon.
2.95.3
विचित्र पुलिनाम् रम्याम् हंस सारस सेविताम् |
कुसुमैर् उपसम्पन्नाम् पश्य मन्दाकिनीम् नदीम् ॥
"Behold this charming river of Mandakini, with its multi-coloured sandy beaches, frequented by swans and geese and laden with flowers."
pashya = behold; ramyaam = this charming; mandaakiniim nadiim = river of Mandakini; vichitra pulinaam = with its multi-coloured sandy beaches; hamsa saarasaa sevitaam = frequented by swans and geese; upasampannaam = and laden; kusumaiH = with flowers.
2.95.4
नाना विधैः तीर रुहैर् वृताम् पुष्प फल द्रुमैः |
राजन्तीम् राज राजस्य नलिनीम् इव सर्वतः ॥
"Behold this river, hedged on all sides with various kinds of flowers and fruits, growing on its banks and enhance its loveliness like the lake (Sangadhika) of Kubera (the ruler of Yakshas)"
(Behold this river); vR^itaam = hedged; sarvataH = on all sides; naanaavidhaiH = with various kinds; puSpa phaladrumaiH = of flowers and fruits; tiiraruhaiH = growing on its banks; raajantiim = and enhance its loveliness; aliniim iva = like the lake (sangandhika); raajaraajasya = of Kubera (the ruler of Yakshas).
2.95.5
मृग यूथ निपीतानि कलुष अम्भांसि साम्प्रतम् |
तीर्थानि रमणीयानि रतिम् सम्जनयन्ति मे ॥
"At this moment, its pleasant fords, where herds of deer drink and make the waters turbid, create ecstasy in me."
saampratam = at this moment; ramaNiiyaani = its pleasant; tiirthaani = fords; mR^igayuuthanipiitaani = where herds of deer drink; kaluSaambaasi = and make the waters turbid; saN^janayanti = create; ratim = ecstasy; me = in me.
2.95.6
जटा अजिन धराः काले वल्कल उत्तर वाससः |
ऋषयः तु अवगाहन्ते नदीम् मन्दाकिनीम् प्रिये ॥
"O, beloved Seetha! Sages with matted locks and wearing antelope-skins and having bark of trees for their upper garment, take a dip in the River Mandakini, at the appointed hour."
priye = O; beloved Seetha!; R^iSayaH = sages; jaTaajinadharaaH = with matted locks and wearing antelope-skings; valkalottara vaasasaH = and having bark of trees for their upper garment; avagaahante = take a dip; mandaakiniim nadiim = in the River Mandakini; kaale = at the appointed hour.
2.95.7
आदित्यम् उपतिष्ठन्ते नियमाद् ऊर्ध्व बाहवः |
एते अपरे विशाल अक्षि मुनयः संशित व्रताः ॥
"O, Lady of wide eyes! Here are some other sages of austere vows, worshipping the sun with uplifted arms; as per the scriptural injunctions."
vishalaakSi = O; Lady of wide eyes!; ete = here; pare = some other; munaayaH = sages; samshita vrataaH = of austere vows; niyamaat = according to the scriptual injunctions; upateSThante = worship; aadityam = the sun; uurdhva baahavaH = with uplifted arms.
2.95.8
मारुत उद्धूत शिखरैः प्रनृत्त इव पर्वतः |
पादपैः पत्र पुष्पाणि सृजद्भिर् अभितो नदीम् ॥
"The trees, their crowns agitated by the breeze, that shower down leaves and flowers on both sides of the river cause the mountain to appear as though it were dancing!"
paadapaiH = the trees; maarutodduuta shikharaiH = their crowns agitated by the breeze; sR^ijadbhiH = that shower down; patra puSpaaNi = leaves and flowers; nadiim abhitaH = on both sides of the river; parvataH = (cause) the mountain; pranR^itta iva = to appear as though it were dancing.
2.95.9
कच्चिन् मणि निकाश उदाम् कच्चित् पुलिन शालिनीम् |
कच्चित् सिद्ध जन आकीर्णाम् पश्य मन्दाकिनीम् नदीम् ॥
"See this River Mandakini with its crystal-like clear water at some places, with its shining sand-dunes at some places and crowded with Siddhas who are bathing at some other places."
pashya = see; mandaakinii nadiim = this River Mandakinii; maNinikaashodaam = with its crystal-like clear water; kvachit = at some places; pulina shaalinim = with its shining sand-dunes; kvachit = at some places; siddha janaakiirNaam = filled with Siddhas (who are bathing); kvachit = at some places.
Siddha: A class of semi-divine beings endowed with mystic powers.
2.95.10
निर्धूतान् वायुना पश्य विततान् पुष्प संचयान् |
पोप्लूयमानान् अपरान् पश्य त्वम् जल मध्यगान् ॥
"Behold you, heaps of flowers shaken down by the wind and shattered. See some other heaps of flowers floating, O lady with slender waist!"
pashya = behold; tvam = you; puSpa saN^chayaan = heaps of flowers; nirdhuutaan = shaken down; vaayunaa = by the wind; vitataan = and scattered; pashya = (and) see; aparaan = some other heaps of flowers; popluuyamaanaan = floating; tanu madhyame = O; lady iwth slender waist.
2.95.11
तामः च अतिवल्गु वचसो रथ अन्ग आह्वयना द्विजाः |
अधिरोहन्ति कल्याणि निष्कूजन्तः शुभाः गिरः ॥
"O, Kalyani! Behold the sweet-voiced ruddy geese, ascending the banks uttering harmonious tones."
kalyaaNi = O; Kalyani!; (Behold); valguvachanaH = the sweet-voiced; rathaaN^gahvayanaaH dvijaaH = the ruddy geese; adhirohanti = ascending; taan = the banks; vikuujantaH = utteing; shubhaaH = harmonious; giraH = tones.
2.95.12
दर्शनम् चित्र कूटस्य मन्दाकिन्याः च शोभने |
अधिकम् पुर वासाच् च मन्ये च तव दर्शनात् ॥
"I consider this sight of Mandakini River and of Chitrakuta, particularly at your sight, to be more delightful than dwelling in the City of Ayodhya, O, lovely woman!"
manye = I consider; darshanam = this sight; mandaakinyaashcha = of Mandakini River; chitrakuuTasya- and of Chitratua; tava = particularly at your; darshanaat = sight; adhikam = to be more delightful; puravaasaashcha = than dwelling in the city of Ayodhya; shobhane = O; lovely woman!.
2.95.13
विधूत कलुषैः सिद्धैः तपो दम शम अन्वितैः |
नित्य विक्षोभित जलाम् विहाहस्व मया सह ॥
Here are Siddhas (semi-divine beings endowed with mystic powers), free from impurities and rich in asceticism, with their senses and mind under control, who perpetually stir the waters. You too should take a dip in the river along with me."
(Here); siddhaiH = Siddhas; vidhuuta kaluSaiH = free from taints; tapodama shamaanvitaiH = rich in asceticism and control of senses and the mind; nitya vikSobhita jalaam = perpetually stir the waters; vigaahasva = you too should enter; mayaa saha = with me;
2.95.14
सखीवच् च विगाहस्व सीते मन्दकिनीम् इमाम् |
कमलान्य् अवमज्जन्ती पुष्कराणि च भामिनि ॥
"Enter the Mandakini River, as on the breast of a friend, submerging the red and white lotuses in it- O, Lovely Seetha!"
vigaahasva = enter; mandaakiniim nadiim = the river Mandakini; shakhiivat = as a friend; avamajjantii = submerging; kamalaani = the red; puSkaraaNi = and white lotuses; bhaamini siite = O; Lovely Seetha!.
2.95.15
त्वम् पौर जनवद् व्यालान् अयोध्याम् इव पर्वतम् |
मन्यस्व वनिते नित्यम् सरयूवद् इमाम् नदीम् ॥
"My darling! Think of the wild beasts as inhabitants of the city of Ayodhya, this mountain of Chitrakuta as the city of Ayodhya and this river as the Sarayu from now on!"
vanite = My darling!; tvam = you; nityam = always; manyasva = think; vyaalaan = of the wild beasts; paura janavat = as inhabitants of the city; parvatam = the mountain of Chitrakuta; ayodhyaamiva = as the city of Ayodhya; imaam = and this; nadiim = river; sarayuuvat = as the Sarayu.
2.95.16
लक्ष्मणः चैव धर्म आत्मा मन् निदेशे व्यवस्थितः |
त्वम् च अनुकूला वैदेहि प्रीतिम् जनयथो मम ॥
"O, Seetha!; The virtuous Lakshmana is obeying my commands and you too are well-disposed, causing delight to me."
vaidehi = O; Seetha!; dharmaatmaa = the virtuous; lakSmaNashchaapi = Lakshmana; vyavasthitaH = is obeying; mannideshe = my commands; tvam cha = you too; anukuulaa = are well-disposed; janayathaH = causing; priitim = delight; mama = to me.
2.95.17
उपस्पृशमः त्रि षवणम् मधु मूल फल अशनः |
न अयोध्यायै न राज्याय स्पृहये अद्य त्वया सह ॥
"Bathing three times a day in the river and living on honey, roots and fruits in your company, I do not desire for the kingdom nor do I long for Ayodhya now."
upaspR^ishan = bathing; triSa vaNam = three times a day (in the river); madhumuula phalaashanaH = living on honey; roots and fruits; tvayaa saha = along with you; na = I do not desire; raajyaaya = the kingdom; na spR^ihaye = nor do I long; ayodhyaayai = for Ayodhya; adya = now.
2.95.18
इमाम् हि रम्याम् गज यूथ लोलिताम् |
निपीत तोयाम् गज सिम्ह वानरैः |
सुपुष्पितैः पुष्प धरैर् अलम्कृताम् |
न सो अस्ति यः स्यान् न गत क्रमः सुखी ॥
"There is none in the world, who would not be relieved of his fatigue and feel refreshed on the banks of this enchanting river, frequented by herds of elephants, who with lions and monkeys, come here to drink and which is adorned with innumerable flowers in full bloom."
naasti saH = there is non in the world; yaH na syaat = who would not be; gata klamaH = relieved of his fatigue; sukhii = and feel refreshed; imaam = on the banks of this river; ramyaam = enchanting; gaja yuutha lo Ditaam = frequented by herds of elephants; gaja simha vaanaraiH = who with lions and monkeys; nipiita toyaam = come here to drink; alamkR^itaam = and which is adorned; puSpabharaiH = with innumerable flowers; supuSpitaam = in full bloom.
2.95.19
इति इव रामो बहु सम्गतम् वचः |
प्रिया सहायः सरितम् प्रति ब्रुवन् |
चचार रम्यम् नयन अन्जन प्रभम् |
स चित्र कूटम् रघु वंश वर्धनः ॥
Describing the varied beauties of the Mandakini River, Rama the bestower of delight to Raghu dynasty with his beloved consort as a companion, strolled in the lovely mountain of Chitrakuta which was shining like a piece of collieries."
bruvan = speaking; bahu = many; samgatam = suitable; vachaH = words; itiiva = thus; saritamprati = about Mandakini River; saH raamaH = that Rama; raghuvamsha vardhanaH = who bestows delight to Raghu dynasty; chachara = strolled; ramyam = in the beautiful; chitrakuuTam = mountian of Chitrakuta; nayanaanjana prabham = with the radiance of a piece of collieries.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकांडे पंचनवतितमः सर्गः
Sarga 96
2.96.1
तां तथा दर्शयित्वा तु मैथिलीं गिरिनिम्नगाम् |
निषसाद गिरिप्रस्थे सीतां मांसेन चन्दयन् ॥
Having shown Mandakini River in that manner to Seetha, the daughter of Mithila, Rama set on the hill-side in order to gratify her appetite with a piece of flesh.
tathaa = thus; darshayitvaa = having shown; girinimnagaam = the mountaneous river Mandakini; taam siitaam = to that Seetha; maithiliim = the daughter of the king of Mithila; niSasaada = sat; giriprashthe = on the hill side; chhandayan = in order to gratify her appetite; maamsena = with flesh.
2.96.2
इदं मेध्यमिदं स्वादु निष्टप्तमिदमग्निना |
एवमास्ते स धर्मात्मा सीतया सह राघवः ॥
Rama, whose mind was devoted to righteousness stayed there with Seetha, saying; "This meat is fresh, this is savoury and roasted in the fire."
saH raaghavaH = that Rama; dharmaatmaa = of righteousness; aaste = stayed; siitayaa sha = with Seetha; evam = thus speaking; idam = this meat; madhyam = is fresh; idam = this; niSTaptam = was roasted; agninaa = in the fire.
2.96.3
तथा तत्र आसतः तस्य भरतस्य उपयायिनः |
सैन्य रेणुः च शब्दः च प्रादुर् आस्ताम् नभः स्पृशौ ॥
While Rama was thus sitting there the dust and clamour of Bharata's army, which was approaching, ascended into the sky.
tasya = (While) that Rama; aasataH = was sitting; tatra = there; tathaa = in that way; reNushcha = the dust; shabdashcha = and clamour; bharatasya sainyam = Bharata's army; upayaayinaH = which was approaching; praaduraastaam = ascended; nabhaspR^ishau = touching the sky.
2.96.4
एतस्मिन्न् अन्तरे त्रस्ताः शब्देन महता ततः |
अर्दिता यूथपा मत्ताः सयूथा दुद्रुवुर् दिशः ॥
Meanwhile, frightened by that gigantic clamour, the leaders of elephants and other animal - troops, in rut, were tormented and fled in different directions from there.
etasmin antare = meanwhile; trastaaH = frightened; mahataa shabdena = by the great clamour; yuuthapaaH = leaders of animal troops; mattaaH = in rut; arditaa = were tormented; dudruvuH = fled; dishaH = (in different) directions; tataH = from there.
2.96.5
स तम् सैन्य समुद्भूतम् शब्दम् शुश्रव राघवः |
तामः च विप्रद्रुतान् सर्वान् यूथपान् अन्ववैक्षत ॥
Rama heard that sound generated from the army and also saw all those leaders of the animal-flock, running away from there.
saH raaghavaH = Rama; shushruuva = heard; tam shabdam = that sound; sainya samuddhuutam = generated from the army; anvavaikSatea = and saw; sarvaan = all; taan = those; yuuthapaan cha = leaders of the animal flock; vipradrutaan = running away.
2.96.6
तामः च विद्रवतो दृष्ट्वा तम् च श्रुत्वा स निह्स्वनम् |
उवाच रामः सौमित्रिम् लक्ष्मणम् दीप्त तेजसम् ॥
Seeing those animals running away and hearing that clamour, Rama spoke to Lakshmana (son of Sumitra) of burning courage as follows:
dR^iSTvaa = seeing; taan = those animals; vidravataH = running away; shrutvaa = and hearing; tam = that; nisvanam cha = sound; raamaH = Rama; uvaacha = spoke; lakSmaNam = to Lakshman; saumitrim = the son of Sumitra; diipta tejasam = of burning courage.
2.96.7
हन्त लक्ष्मण पश्य इह सुमित्रा सुप्रजाः त्वया |
भीम स्तनित गम्भ्हिरः तुमुलः श्रूयते स्वनः ॥
"Alas! O, Lakshmana! Sumitra is blessed with a noble son in you. Here is heard a tumultuous sound as terrific as that of a roaring cloud. See what it is."
hanta = Alas!; lakSmaNa = O; Lakshmana; sumitraa = sumitra; suprajaaH = is blessed with a noble son; tvayaa = in you; iha = here; shruuyate = is heard; tumulaH = a tumultuous; svanaH = sound; bhiimastanitagambhiiraH = as terrific as that of a roaring cloud; pashya = see (what it is).
गजयूथानि वारण्ये महिषा वा महावने |
वित्रासिता मृगाह् सिंहैः सहसा प्रद्रुता दिशः २-९६-८
"The lordly elephants in the forest, the buffaloes in the great woods and the wild beasts frightened by lions are suddenly running away in various directions."
gajayuuthaani = The lordly elephants; araNye = in the forest; mahiSaaHvaa = the buffaloes; mahaavane = in the great woods; mR^igaaH = and the wild beasts; vitraasitaaH = frightened; simhaiH = by lions; sahasaa = are suddenly; pradrutaaH = running away; dishaH = in various directions.
2.96.9
राजा वा राज मात्रो वा मृगयाम् अटते वने |
अन्यद् वा श्वा पदम् किंचित् सौमित्रे ज्नातुम् अर्हसि ॥
"O, Lakshmana! You ought to find out whether it is a king or a prince roaming for a hunt or some other savage beast."
saumitre = O; Lakshmana!; arhasi = you ought to; j^Naatum = know; (whether); raajaa vaa = a king; raaja putrovaa = or a prince; mR^igayaam aTate = in roaming for a hunt; vaa = or; anyat = any other; kiNchit = somewhat; shvaapadam = savage beast.
2.96.10
सुदुश्चरो गिरिश्चायं पक्षिणामपि लक्ष्मण |
सर्वम् एतद् यथा तत्त्वम् अचिराज् ज्नातुम् अर्हसि ॥
"O, Lakshmana! This mountain is difficult of access even to birds. You ought to find out soon, all this in an accurate manner."
lakSmaNa = O; Lakshmana!; giriH = mountain; ayam = this; sudushcharaH = is difficult of access; pakSiNaamapi = even to birds; arhasi = you ought; J^Naatum = to find out; achiraat = soon; etat sarvam = all this; yathaa tattvam = accurately.
2.96.11
स लक्ष्मणः सम्त्वरितः सालम् आरुह्य पुष्पितम् |
प्रेक्षमाणो दिशः सर्वाः पूर्वाम् दिशम् अवैक्षत ॥
Lakshmana quickly ascended a Sala tree in flowering and looking towards all directions, saw towards eastern side.
saH lakSmaNaH = that Lakshmana; samtvaritaH = quickly; aaruhya = ascended; saalam = a Sala tree; puSpitam = in flowering; prekSamaaNaH = and looking; sarvaaH = in all; dishaH = directions; udaikSata = saw; puurvaam disham = towards eastern side.
2.96.12
उदन् मुखः प्रेक्षमाणो ददर्श महतीम् चमूम् |
रथ अश्व गज सम्बाधाम् यत्तैर् युक्ताम् पदातिभिः ॥
Looking in northern direction, Lakshmana saw a huge army, full of chariots, steeds and elephants accompanied by smart foot-soldiers.
prekSamaaNaH = looking; udaN^gumukhaH = towards norhern direction; dadarsha = (Lakshmana) saw; mahatiim = a huge; chamuum = army; rathaashva gaja sambaadhaam = full of chariots; steeds and elephants; yuktaam = accompanied by; yataiH = smart; padaatibhiH = foot-soldiers.
2.96.13
ताम् अश्व गज सम्पूर्णाम् रथ ध्वज विभूषिताम् |
शशंस सेनाम् रामाय वचनम् च इदम् अब्रवीत् ॥
Lakshmana informed Rama about that army which was full of horses, elephants and chariots decorated with flags and spoke the following words also.
shashamsa = (Lakshmana) informed; raamaaya = Rama; taam senaam = about that army; ashvagaja sampuurNaam = full of horses; elephants; ratha dhvaja vibhuuSitaam = and chariots decorated with flags; abraviit = and spoke; idam = these; vachanamcha = words also.
2.96.14
अग्निम् संशमयतु आर्यः सीता च भजताम् गुहाम् |
सज्यम् कुरुष्व चापम् च शरामः च कवचम् तथा ॥
"O, honourable brother! Extinguish the fire. Let Seetha occupy a hiding place. Make your bow ready with a bow-string and arrows. Wear an armour."
aaryaH = O; honourable brother!; samshamayatu = extinguish; agnim = the fire; siitaacha = let Seetha also; bhajataam = occupy; guhaam = a hiding place; kuruSva = Make; chaapam = your bow; sajyam = ready with a bow-string; tathaa = and; sharaamshcha = arrows; kavacham = (wear) an armour.
2.96.15
तम् रामः पुरुष व्याघ्रो लक्ष्मणम् प्रत्युवाच ह |
अन्ग अवेक्षस्व सौमित्रे कस्य एताम् मन्यसे चमूम् ॥
Rama the tiger among men replied to Lakshmana, saying: "O, Lakshmana! See, whose army do you think is this?"
raamaH = Rama; puruSavyaaghraH = the tiger among men; pratyuvaacha La = replied; tam lakSmaNam = to that Lakshmana; anga saumitre = O; Lakshmana!; avekSasya = see; kasya = whose; chamuum = army; manyase = your think; imaam = is this?.
2.96.16
एवम् उक्क्तः तु रामेण लक्ष्माणो वाक्यम् अब्रवीत् |
दिधक्षन्न् इव ताम् सेनाम् रुषितः पावको यथा ॥
Hearing Rama's words, Lakshmana was irritated like a fire and spoke the following words, as though he was wishing to scorch the army.
evam = thus; uktaH = spoken; raameNa = by Rama; lakSmaNaH = Lakshmana; ruSitaH = was irritated paavako yathaa = like a fire; abraviit = and spoke; vaakyam = the following words; didhakSanniva = as though wishing to scorch; taam senaam = that army.
2.96.17
सम्पन्नम् राज्यम् इग्च्छमः तु व्यक्तम् प्राप्य अभिषेचनम् |
आवाम् हन्तुम् समभ्येति कैकेय्या भरतः सुतः ॥
"Bharata, Kaikeyi's son, having obtained coronation and desirous of making the kingdom free of enemies, is coming here to kill both of us. It is clear."
bharataH = Bharata; kaikeyyaaH = Kaikeyi's; sutaH = son; praapya = having obtained; abhiSechanam = coronation; ichhan = and desirous; raajyam = (of making) the kingdom; sampannam = a perfect one; samabhyati = is coming; hantum = to kill; aavaam = both of us; vyaktam = It is clear.
2.96.18
एष वै सुमहान् श्रीमान् विटपी सम्प्रकाशते |
विराजत्य् उद्गत स्कन्धः कोविदार ध्वजो रथे ॥
"The gigantic and glorious tree with superb branches is shining over there prominently. The ensign bearing the device of a kovidara (pomegranate) tree is shining on that chariot."
eSaH = this; sumahaani = very big; shriimaan = and glorious; ujvala skandhaH = with superb branches; samprakaashate = is shining; kovidaara dhvajaH = the ensign bearing the device of a Kovidara (pomegranate) tree; viraajati = is shining; rathe = on that chariot.
2.96.19
भजन्त्य् एते यथा कामम् अश्वान् आरुह्य शीघ्रगान् |
एते भ्राजन्ति सम्हृष्टा जगान् आरुह्य सादिनः ॥
Among the cavalry, some are cavorting merrily on their swift horses, while others are beaming with delight, mounted on their elephants.
ete = they; bhajanti = are cavorting; aaruhya = mounted; yathaakaamam = comfortably; shiighragaan = on their swift; ashvaan = horses; ete = these; saadinaH = seated on elephants; bhraajanti = are bearing; samhR^iSTaaH = delightedly; aaruhya = mounted; gajaan = on their elephants.
गृहीत धनुषौ च आवाम् गिरिम् वीर श्रयावहे |
अथवेहैव तिष्ठावः सन्नद्धावुद्यतायुधौ २-९६-२०
"O, warrior! Let us take up our bows and ascend the mountain or let us stay here itself, fully prepared with our weapons in our hands."
viiraH = O; warrior!; aavaam = let us; gR^ihiita dhanuSau = take up our bows; shrayaavahai = and take refuge; girim = in the mountain; athavaa = or; tiSThaavaH = let us stay; ihaiva = here itself; sannaddhau = fully prepared; udyataayudhau = with our weapons in our hands.
2.96.21
अपि नौ वशम् आगग्च्छेत् कोविदार ध्वजो रणे |
अपि द्रक्ष्यामि भरतम् यत् कृते व्यसनम् महत् ॥त्वया राघव सम्प्राप्तम् सीतया च मया तथा |
"O, Rama! Will that flag with the insignia of a Kovidara tree come into our subjugation? Can we see Bharata, because of whom a great misfortune has occurred to you, to Seetha and to me?"
raaghavaH = O; Rama!; kovidaaradhvajaH = will this flag with the insignia of a Kovidara tree; apyaagachchhet = come into our; vasham = subjugation?; apidrakSyaami = Can we see; bharatam = Bharata; yatkR^ite = because of whom; mahat vyasanam = a great misfortune; sampraaptam = is obtained; tvayaa = by you; siitayaa = by Seetha; tathaa = and; mayaa cha = by me.
2.96.22
यन् निमित्तम् भवान् राज्याच् च्युतो राघव शाश्वतीम् |
सम्प्राप्तो अयम् अरिर् वीर भरतो वध्य एव मे ॥
"O, Rama the warrior! By the reason of whom you were deprived of an eternal kingdom, such Bharata as a foe who is coming here, deserves to be slain by me."
he viiraH = O; Warrior!; raaghava = O; Rama!; yannimittam = by the reason of whom; bhavaan = you; chyutaH = were deprived; shaashvataat = of an eternal; raajyaat = kingdom; ayam = such; ariH = an enemy; bharataH = Bharata; sampraapataH = who came here; vadhya eva = is to be slain; me = by me.
2.96.23
भरतस्य वधे दोषम् न अहम् पश्यामि राघव |
पूर्व अपकारिणम् हत्वा न ह्यधर्मेण युज्यते ॥
"O, Rama! I see no sin in slaying Bharata. None is charged with unlawfulness, if one strikes down an aggressor."
raaghava = O; Rama!; aham = I; napashyaami = do not see; doSam = a mistake; vadhe = in the slaying; bharatasya = of Bharata; hatvaa = by killing; puurvaapikaariNam = the one who has hurt another before; na yujyate = non is charged adharmaNa = with unlawfulness.
2.96.24
पूर्वापकारी भरतस्य्तक्तधर्मश्च राघव |
एतस्मिन्न् निहते कृत्स्नाम् अनुशाधि वसुंधराम् ॥
"Bharata is the assailant and his death is legitimate. He being dead, you will rule the entire earth."
raaghava = O; Rama!; bharataH = Bharate; puurvaapakaarii = has hurt you before; tyaktadharmashcha = and his death is legitimate; etasmin = (while) he; nihate = is slain; anushaadhi = rule; kR^itsnaam = the entire; vasundharaam = earth.
2.96.25
अद्य पुत्रम् हतम् सम्ख्ये कैकेयी राज्य कामुका |
मया पश्येत् सुदुह्ख आर्ता हस्ति भग्नम् इव द्रुमम् ॥
"Let Kaikeyi, who is craving for the kingdom see, with great sorrow, her son slain by me today in battle, as a tree is crushed down by an elephant."
kaikeyii = (Let) Kaikeyi; raajya kaakukaa = who is craving for the kingdom; pashet = see; suduHkhaartaa = with great sorrow; adya = today; putram = her son; hatam = slain; mayaa = by me; samkhye = in battle; drumam iva = as a tree; hasti bhagnam = is crushed down by an elephant.
2.96.26
कैकेयीम् च वधिष्यामि सानुबन्धाम् सबान्धवाम् |
कलुषेण अद्य महता मेदिनी परिमुच्यताम् ॥
"I shall kill Kaikeyi too along with her friend the hunch-back and other accomplices. Let the earth today be relieved of a great sinner."
vadjoSyaami = I shall kill; kaikeyiim cha = Kaikeyi too; sabaandhavaan = along with her friend the hunch-back; saanubandhaam = and other accomplices madinii = Le the earth; adya = today; parimuchyataam = be relieved; mahataa = of a great; kaluSeNa = sinner.
2.96.27
अद्य इमम् सम्यतम् क्रोधम् असत्कारम् च मानद |
मोक्ष्यामि शत्रु सैन्येषु कक्षेषु इव हुत अशनम् ॥
"O, warrior bestowing an honour! Today in the concentrated fury that injustice has kindled I shall scatter the enemy - battalions as a fire consumes the dry wood."
maanada = O; warrior bestowing an honour!; adya = today; samyatam = in the concentrated; krodham = fury; imam = this; asatkaaram cha = injustice; (has kindled); mokSyaami = I shall scatter; shatru sainyeSu = the enemy- battalions; hutaashanam iva = as a fire (consumes); kakSeSu = the dry wood.
2.96.28
अद्य एतच् चित्र कूटस्य काननम् निशितैः शरैः |
चिन्दन् शत्रु शरीराणि करिष्ये शोणित उक्षितम् ॥
"Today, with my sharpened arrows, I shall slay the bodies of my foes and make this forest of Chitrakuta overflow with blood."
adya = today; nishitaiH = with my sharpeed; sharaiH = arrows; chhindam = I shall slay; shatru shariiraaNi = the bodies of my foes; kariSye = and make; etat kaananam = this forest; chitra kuuTasya = of Chitrakuta; shoNitokSitam = overflow with blood.
2.96.29
शरैर् निर्भिन्न हृदयान् कुन्जरामः तुरगामः तथा |
श्वापदाः परिकर्षन्तु नराः च निहतान् मया ॥
"The elephants and horses whose breasts were laid open with my darts and the men too struck down by me, be dragged about by savage beasts."
kuNjaraan = the elephants; tathaa = and turagaan = the horses; nirbhinna hR^idayaan = whose breasts were laid open; sharaiH = with my darts; naraamshcha = and the men; nihataan = struck down; mayaa = by me; parikarSantu = be dragged about; shvaapadaaH = by savage beasts.
2.96.30
शराणाम् धनुषः च अहम् अनृणो अस्मि महा वने |
ससैन्यम् भरतम् हत्वा भविष्यामि न संशयः ॥
"By killing Bharata together with his army in this great forest, I shall discharge my debt to my bow and arrows."
hatvaa = by killing; bharatam = Bharata; sa sainyam = together with his army; asmin = in this; mahaavane = great forest; bhaviSyaami = I shall; anR^iNaH = discharge my debt; sharaaNaam = to my arows; dhanuSashcha = and my bow.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे षण्णवतितमः सर्गः
Sarga 97
2.97.1
सुसम्रब्धम् तु सौमित्रिम् लक्ष्मणम् क्रोध मूर्चितम् |
रामः तु परिसान्त्व्य अथ वचनम् च इदम् अब्रवीत् ॥
Rama on the other hand, pacifying Lakshmana (son of Sumitra), who was very much agitated and infatuated with anger, spoke the following words:
atha = then; raamstu = Rama on the other hand; parisaantvya = pacifying; lakSmaNam = Lakshmana; saumitrim = son of sumitra; susuamrabdham = who was very much agitated; krodhamuurchhitam = and infatuated with anger; abraviit = and spoke; idam = these; vachanam cha = words.
2.97.2
किम् अत्र धनुषा कार्यम् असिना वा सचर्मणा |
महा इष्वासे महा प्राज्ने भरते स्वयम् आगते ॥
"While Bharata, wieldin a bow and highly wise-man himself is coming here, what is the use of a bow or sword with a shield?"
mahesvaase = wielding a great bow; mahaapraaj^Ne = and highly wise man; svayam = himself; aagate = is coming; atra = here; kim kaaryam = what is the use; dhanuSara = or a sword; sacharmaNaa = with a shield?
2.97.3
पितुस्सत्यं प्रतिश्रुत्य हत्वा भरतमागतम् |
किम् करिष्यामि राज्येन सापवादेन लक्ष्मण ॥
"O, Lakshmana! Having promised to make our father's wish a reality. What shall I do with the kingdom by acquiring an ill-fame in killing Bharata who came here to see me?"
kim kariSyaami = what shall I do; raajyena = with the kingdom; saapavaadena = by acquiring ill-fame; hatvaa = killing; bharatum = Bharata; aagatam = who came (to see me); pratishrutya = having promised to make; pituH = our father's word; satyam = a reality; lakSmaNa = O; !;
यद्द्रव्यं बान्दवानां वा मित्राणां वाक्षये भवत् |
नाहं तप्त्प्रतिगृह्णीयां भक्षान्विषकृतानिव २-९७-४
"I should not enjoy the spoils obtained by slaying a relative or friend, like the partaking of a poisoned food."
yat dravyam = which wealth; bhavat = will come into existence; kSaye = in destroying; baandhavaanaam vaa = the relatives; mitraaNaam vaa = or companions; aham = I; na pratigR^ihNiiyaam = will not partake; tat = it; viSakR^itaan iva = like poisoned; bhakSaan = food.
2.97.5
धर्ममर्थं च कामं च पृथिवीं चापि लक्षण |
इच्छामि भवतामर्थे एतत् प्रतिशृणोमि ते ॥
"O, Lakshmana! It is for your sake I desire virtue, legitimately acquired wealth and pleasure or even the earth itself. I promise this to you."
lakSmaNa = O; Lakshmana!; bhavataam = arthe = It is for your sake; ichchhaami = I desire; dharmam = virue; artham cha = (legitimately acquired) wealth; kaamam cha = and pleasure; pR^ithiviimchaapi = or even earth itself; pratishR^iNomi = I promise; etat = this; te = to you.
2.97.6
भ्रातृइणां संग्रहार्थं च सुखार्थं चापि लक्ष्मण |
राज्यमप्यहमिच्छामि सत्येनायुधमालभे ॥
"O, Lakshmana! I desire the throne only for the protection and happiness of my brothers. I touch my weapon and swear this fact."
lakSmaNa = O; Lashmana; aham = I; ichchhami = desire; raajyamapi = the throne only; samgrahaartham = for the protection; sukhaartham chaapi = and happiness; bhraatR^iiNaam = of my brothers; aalabhe = I touch; satyma = in vow; aayudham = my weapon.
2.97.7
नेयं मम मही सौम्य दुर्लभा सागराम्बरा |
न हीच्छेयमधर्मेण शक्रत्वमपि लक्ष्मण ॥
"This earth, bounded by the sea is not hard to obtain for me, O the excellent man! I do not indeed wish even the position of Indra by unrighteousness."
iyam = this earth; saagaraambaraa = bounded by the sea; na = is not; mama = to me; durlabhaa = hard to obtain; lakSmaNa = O; Lakshmana; saumya = the excellent man!; na ichchheyam hi = I do not indeed desire; shakratvamapi = even the position of Indra; adharmeNa = by unrighteousness.
2.97.8
यद्विना भरतं त्वां च शत्रुघ्नं चापि मानद |
भवेन्मम सुखं किंचिद्भस्म तत्कुरुतां शिखी ॥
"If there be happiness that I could enjoy without Bharata or you or without Shatrughna, may it be without Shatrughna, may it be burnt to ashes by fire, O the honour-giver!"
yat tat = If there be; kimchit sukham = and happiness; mama bhavet = that I could obtain; vinaa bharatam = without Bharata; tvaam cha = or you; shatrughnam chaapi = or without Shatrughna; tat kurutaam = may it be made; bhasma = to ashes; shikhii = by fire; maanada = O; Lakshamana the honour-giver!
2.97.9
मन्येऽहमागतोऽयेध्यां भरतो भ्रातृवत्सलः |
मम प्राणात्र्पियतरः कुलधर्ममनुस्मरन् ॥श्रुत्वा प्रव्राजितं मां हि जटावल्कलधारिणम् |
जानक्यासहितं वीर त्वया च पुरुषर्षभ ॥स्नेहेनाक्रान्तहृदयः शिकेनाकुलितेन्द्रियः |
द्रष्टुमभ्यागतो ह्येष भरतो नान्यथऽऽगतः ॥
"I think Bharata was back to Ayodhya, with full of affection for his brothers. He is dearer to me than my life- he who is mindful of the duties of his race. Hearing of my exile and that I was wearing matted locks and the antelope skin, accompanied by Seetha and you, O most valiant of warriors, in his devotion towards me and due to the distress that troubles his mind, Bharata has come to see me. He has not come with any other motive."
9;10;11. aham = I;manye = think; bharataH = Bharata; aagataH = returned; ayodhyaam = to Ayodhya; bhratR^ivatsalaH = full of affection for his brothers; priyataraH = he is dearer; mama = to me; praaNaat = than my life; anusmaram = he who is mindful; kuladharmam = of the duties of his race; shrutvaa = hearing; pravraajitam = of my exile; jaTaavalkala dhaariNam = and that I was weraing matted locks and the antelope skin; sahitam = accompanied; jaanakyaa = by Janaki; tvayaacha = and you; viira = O; valiant; puruSarSabha = the most excellent among men!; snehena = in his companionship towards me; shokena = and by the distress; aakraanta hR^idayaH = that troubles his mind; akulitendriyaH = and with perplexed senses; eSaH = his; bharataH = Bharata; abhyaagataH = has come; draSTum = to see; (me); na aagataH = he has not come; anyathaa = for any other purpose.
2.97.12
अम्बाअं च कैकयीं रुष्य परुषं चाप्रियं वदन् |
प्रसाद्य पितरं स्रीमान् राज्यं मे दातुमागतः ॥
"Getting angry with Kaikeyi his mother and speaking unkind and harsh words to her, the glorious Bharata after getting permission from our further, came here to bestow kingdom to me."
shriimaan = the glorious Bharata; ruSya = enraged; ambaam = with his mother; kaikeyaam = Kaikeyi; vadan = speaking paruSam = harshly; apriyamcha = and unkindly; prasaadya = got cleared; pitaram = by our father; aagataH = and came; daatum = to bestow; raajyam = kingdom; me = to me.
2.97.13
प्राप्त कालम् यद् एषो अस्मान् भरतो द्रष्टुम् इग्च्छति |
अस्मासु मनसा अप्य् एष न अहितम् किंचिद् आचरेत् ॥
"This is the proper time for Bharata to come here and see us. He does not behave or even think unkindly towards us."
praapta kaalam = this is the proper time; eSaH bharataH = for this Bharata; yat draSTum = ichchhati = to wish to see; asmaan = us; naacharet = he does not behave; manasena api = or even think; kimchit = even a little; apriyam = unkindly; asmaasu = towards us.
2.97.14
विप्रियम् कृत पूर्वम् ते भरतेन कदा न किम् |
ईदृशम् वा भयम् ते अद्य भरतम् यो अत्र शन्कसे ॥
"Has Bharata at any time done any harm to you previously? What so the reason for you to be so apprehensive of Bharata now?"
kim = whether; vipriyam = (any) harm or; iidR^isham = such; bhayam vaa = a frightful thing; kR^ita puurvam- was done previously; bharatena = by Bharata; kadaa = at any time; te yaH = that you; shaNkase = are apprehending; bhaatam = about Bharata; adya = now; atra = here.
2.97.15
न हि ते निष्ठुरम् वाच्यो भरतो न अप्रियम् वचः |
अहम् ह्य् अप्रियम् उक्तः स्याम् भरतस्य अप्रिये कृते ॥
"Indeed, Bharata must not hear harsh or disagreeable word from your lips. If an affront is offered to him, it is offered to me!"
te = for you; bharataH = Bharata; na vaachya = is not to be spoken of; niSThuram = harshly; na = nor; apriyam = a disagreeble; vachaH = word; kR^ite apriyam = If an affront is offered; bharatasya = to bharata; aham = I (myself); syaam hi = will become; uktaH = spoken; apriyum = of unpleasantness.
2.97.16
कथम् नु पुत्राः पितरम् हन्युः कस्यांचिद् आपदि |
भ्राता वा भ्रातरम् हन्यात् सौमित्रे प्राणम् आत्मनः ॥
"O, Lakshmana! How should a son strike his father, even in a distress or a brother strike a brother who is as dear to him as his life?"
saumitra = O; Lakshma!; katham nu = How should; putraaH = sons; hamyuH = strike; pitaram = their father; kasyaam chit aapadi = (even) in anydistress; bhraataaraa = or a brother; hanyaat = strike; bhraataram = a brother; aatmanaH praaNam = who is as dear to him as his life?
2.97.17
यदि राज्यस्य हेतोः त्वम् इमाम् वाचम् प्रभाषसे |
वक्ष्यामि भरतम् दृष्ट्वा राज्यम् अस्मै प्रदीयताम् ॥
"If you are uttering these words for the sake of the kingdom, I shall tell Bharata to give the kingdom to you, when I see him."
tvam prabhaase yadi = If you are speaking; imaam vaacham = these words; raajyasya heto = for the sake of the kingdom; dR^iSTvaa = after seeing; bharatam = Bharata; vakSyaami = I shall tell; asai = him; pradiiyataam = to give; raajyam = the kingdom.
2.97.18
उच्यमानो हि भरतो मया लक्ष्मण तत्त्वतः |
राज्यम् अस्मै प्रयग्च्छ इति बाढम् इत्य् एव वक्ष्यति ॥
"O, Lakshmana! When Bharata receives this command from me, "Cede the empire to him", he will answer, So, be it."
lakSmaNa = O; Lakshmana!; uchyamaanaH = after being told; iti = that; prayachchha = to give; raajyam = the kingdom; asmai = to him; tattvataH = really; vakSyati = he will say; baaDham ityeva = "So be it".
2.97.19
तथा उक्तो धर्म शीलेन भ्रात्रा तस्य हिते रतः |
लक्ष्मणः प्रविवेश इव स्वानि गात्राणि लज्जया ॥
At these words spoken by his honourable brother, to whom he was devoted, abashed, shrank into himself.
tathaa = thus; uktaH = spoken; dharma shiilena = by his honourable; bhraatraa = brother; tsya = to whom; hite rataaH = he was devoted; lakSmaNa = ; lajjayaa = abashed; pravivesheva = as though sinking; svaam = into his; gaatraaNi = limbs.
2.97.20
तद्वाक्यं लक्ष्मणः श्रुत्वा व्रीशितः प्रत्युवाच ह |
त्व मन्ये द्रष्टुमायातः पिता दशरथः स्वयम् ॥
Listening to these words ashamed, answered: "I think that our father Dasaratha came here to see you himself."
shrutvaa = listening; tadvaakyam = to these words; lakSmaNaH = Lakshman; vriiLitaH = ashamed; pratyuvaacha ha = answered; manye = i think; pitaa = that our father; dasharathaH = Dasaratha; aayataH = came; draSTum = to see; tvaa = you; svayam = himself.
2.97.21
व्रीडितम् लक्ष्मणम् दृष्ट्वा राघवः प्रत्युवाच ह |
एष मन्ये महा बाहुर् इह अस्मान् द्रष्टुम् आगतः ॥
Observing the emberassed , Rama said, "I think the mighty armed Dasaratha came here to see us."
dR^iSTvaa = observing; vriiDitam = the emberassed; lakSmaNam = lakshman; raaghavaH = Rama; pratyuvaacha ha = replied; manye = I think; mahaabaahuH = the mighty armed; eSaH = Dasaratha; aagataH = came; iham = here; draSTum = to see; asmaan = us.
2.97.22
अथवा नौ ध्रुवं मन्ये मन्यमानः सुखोचितौ |
वन वासम् अनुध्याय गृहाय प्रतिनेष्यति ॥
"Or rather, to my mind, as he knows that we have been accustomed to comfort, reflecting that we are dwelling in the forest, he wishes to take us home."
athavaa = or rather; manye dhruam = i think surely; manyamaanaH = as he knows; nau = that we; sukhochitau = have been accustomed to comfort; anudhyaaya = reflecting; vanavaasam = that we are dwelling in the forest; pratineSyati = he wishes to bring us; gR^ihaaya = home.
2.97.23
इमाम् वा अप्य् एश वैदेहीम् अत्यन्त सुख सेविनीम् |
एतौ तौ सम्प्रकाशेते गोत्रवन्तौ मनो रमौ ॥
"The glorious Dasaratha, my father possibly will take back Seetha from the forest, she who has ever lived in the heart of prosperity."
shriimaan = the glorious; eSaH raaghavaH = Dasaratha; me pitaa = my father; yaasyati = will go; aadaaya = taking back; imaam = this; vaidehiim vaa = Seetha possibly; vanaat = from the forest; atyanta sukha seviniim = she who has ever lived in the heart of prosperity.
2.97.24
एतौ तौ संप्रकाशेते गोत्रवन्तौ मनोरमौ |
वायु वेग समौ वीर जवनौ तुरग उत्तमौ ॥
"O, warrior! See those two excellent horses of noble breed, shining attractively and vying with the wind in swiftness."
viira = O; warrior!; tau = those two; etau = this; turagothamau = excellent horses; gotravantau = of noble breed; manoramau = attractively; vaayuvega samsu = vying with the wind; jananau = in swiftness.
2.97.25
स एष सुमहा कायः कम्पते वाहिनी मुखे |
नागः शत्रुम्जयो नाम वृद्धः तातस्य धीमतः ॥
"Here is that colossal elephant who is moving at the head of the army called Shatrunjaya, the aged companion of our sagacious father."
eSaH = here is; saH = that; mahaakaayaH = colossal; naagaH = elephant; kampate = who is moving; vaahiniimukhe = at the head of the army; shatruNjayo naama = called Shatrumjaya; vR^iddhaH = the aged; (companion); dhiimataH = of our sagacious; taatasya = father.
न तु पश्यामि तच्छत्रं पाण्डरं लोकसत्कृअम् |
पितुर्दिव्यं महाबाहो संशयो भवतीह मे २-९७-२६
"O, the mighty armed! But I do not see that white heavenly canopy of our father, well known insignia in the world. An apprehension on this point is created in my mind."
mahaa baaho = O; the mighty armed !; na pashyaami = I do not see; tat chhatramtu = paaNDaram = that white canopy; divyam = the heavenly one; loka satkR^itam = well-known in the world; me = to me; samshayaH = an apprehension; iha = on this point; bhavati = is created.
2.97.27
वृक्षाग्रादवरोह त्वं कुरु लक्ष्म्मण मद्वचः |
इतीव रामो धर्मात्मा सौमित्रिं तमुवाच ह ॥
"O, Lakshmana! You get down from the top of the tree. Act on my word." Thus spoke the virtuous Rama to that Lakshmana.
lakSmaNa = O; Lakshmana !; tvam = you; avaroha = get down; vR^ikSaagraat = from the top of the tree; kuru = act; madvachaH = on my word; itiiva = thus; uvaacha ha = spoke; dharmaatmaa = the virtuous; raamaH = Rama; tam saumitraim = to that .
2.97.28
अवतीर्य तु साल अग्रात् तस्मात् स समितिम् जयः |
लक्ष्मणः प्रान्जलिर् भूत्वा तस्थौ रामस्य पार्श्वतः ॥
Descending from the top of that Sala tree, Lakshmana the victorious in battle, with joined palms, stood by the side of Rama.
avatiirya desending; tasmaat = fromt hat; saalaagraat = top of Sala tree; saH lakSmanaH = that ; samitinjayaH = the victorious in battle; bhuutvaa = becoming; praaNjaliH = one with joined palms; tasthau = stood; paarshvataH = by the side; raamasya = of Rama.
2.97.29
भरतेन अथ संदिष्टा सम्मर्दो न भवेद् इति |
समन्तात् तस्य शैलस्य सेना वासम् अकल्पयत् ॥
Commanded by Bharata that no trampling of army should be made in the hermitage of Rama, the army was encamped round the mountain.
samdiSTaa = commanded; bharatenaapi = by Bharata; iti = that; na sammardaH = no trampling; bhavet = should be made; (in the hermitage of Rama); senaa = by the army; akalpayat aavaasam = which encamped; samantaat = round; tasya shailasya = that mountain.
2.97.30
अध्यर्धम् इष्क्वाकु चमूर् योजनम् पर्वतस्य सा |
पार्श्वे न्यविशद् आवृत्य गज वाजि रथ आकुला ॥
That royal army of Ikshvaku race, crowded with elephants horses and chariots was encamped around the edge of the mountain occupying an area of one Yojana and a half.
saa = that; ikSvaakuchamuuH = royal army of Ikshvaku race; gaja vaaji rathaakulaa = crowded iwth elephants; horses and chariots; nyavishat = was encamped; aavR^itya = around; paarshve = the edge; parvatasya = of the mountain; adhyardham youjanam = occupying; an area of one Yojana and a half.
2.97.31
सा चित्र कूटे भरतेन सेना |
धर्मम् पुरः कृत्य विधूय दर्पम् |
प्रसादन अर्थम् रघु नन्दनस्य |
विरोचते नीतिमता प्रणीता ॥
Brought by the virtuous Bharata, who laid aside his arrogance, placing the righteousness in forefront in order to propitiate Rama, that army showed itself to be disciplined in the vicinity of Chitrakuta.
saa senaa = that army; praNiitaa = brought; bharatena = by Bharata; niitimatena = the virtuous; vidhuuya = having laid aside; darpam = his arrogance; puraskR^itya = placing in forefront; dharmam = the righteousness; prasanaartham = in order to propitiate; raghunandanasya = Rama; viraajite = showed itself to be disciplined; chitrakuuTe = in the vicinity of Chitrakuta.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायने आदिकावे अयोध्याकाण्डे सप्तनवतितमः सर्गः
Sarga 98
2.98.1
निवेश्य सेनाम् तु विभुः पद्भ्याम् पादवताम् वरः |
अभिगन्तुम् स काकुत्स्थम् इयेष गुरु वर्तकम् ॥
After encamping the army, the mighty Bharata the excellent among men, sought to approach on foot, Rama who was complying with the words of his father.
saH = that Bharata; vibhuH = the mighty; varaH = and the excellent; paadavataam = among men (those having feet); niveshya = (after) encamping; senaam = the army; iyeshha = sought; abhigantum = to approach; kaakutthsam = Rama; guruvartakam = who was abiding his; padbhyaam = by foot.
2.98.2
निविष्ट मात्रे सैन्ये तु यथा उद्देशम् विनीतवत् |
भरतो भ्रातरम् वाक्यम् शत्रुघ्नम् इदम् अब्रवीत् ॥
Soon after encamping the army in a well-behaved manner per the guidelines, Bharata spoke the following words to Shatrughna:
niviSTa maatre = Soon after encamping; sainye = the army; viniitavat = in a well-behaved manner; yathoddesham = according to the guidelines; bharataH = Bharata; abraviit = spoke; idam = these words; shatrughnam = to Shatrughna.
2.98.3
क्षिप्रम् वनम् इदम् सौम्य नर सम्घैः समन्ततः |
लुब्धैः च सहितैर् एभिः त्वम् अन्वेषितुम् अर्हसि ॥
"O, gentle brother! You, along with a troop of men and trackers, ought to search on all sides of this forest."
saumyaH = O; gentle brother!; tvam = you; narasaN^ghaiH = along with a troop of men; lubdhaishcha sahitaiH = and along with trackers; arhasi = ought; anveSitum = to search; samantataH = on all sides; idam anam = of this forest.
2.98.4
गुहो ज्ञातिसहस्रेण शरचापासिधारिणा |
समन्वेषतु काकुत्थ्समस्मिन् परिवृतः स्वयम् ॥
"Let Guha search for Rama and Lakshmana in this forest, himself accompanied by a multitude of his kinsmen, duly wielding their bows, arrows and swords."
guhaH = (Let) Guha; svayam = himself; samanveSutu = search; kaakutthsau = for Rama and Lakshmana; asmin = in this forest; parivR^itaH = accompanied; j^Naati sahasreNa = by his multitude of kinsmen; shara chaapaasi dhaariNaa = wielding arrows; bows and swords.
2.98.5
अमात्यैः सह पौरैश्च गुरुभिश्च द्विजातिभिः |
वनं सर्वं चरिष्यामि पद्भ्यां परिवृतः स्वयम् ॥
"I too, surrounded by the ministers, citizens, priests and Brahmanas; shall personally go round the entire forest on foot.
svayam = I; too; parivR^itaH = encircled; amaatyaiH saha = along with ministers; parveshcha = citizens; gurubhishcha = priests; dvijaatibhiH = and Brahmanas; chariSyaami = shall move; padbhyaam = by foot; sarvam = in the entire; vanam = forest.
2.98.6
यावन् न रामम् द्रक्ष्यामि लक्ष्मणम् वा महा बलम् |
वैदेहीम् वा महा भागाम् न मे शान्तिर् भविष्यति ॥
"Peace will not be with me until I do not see Rama or the very mighty Lakshmana or the illustrious Seetha."
shaantiH = peace; na bhaviSyati = will not come; me = to me; yaavat = until which time; na drakSyaami = I do not see; raamam = Rama; mahaabalam = the immensely strong; lakSmaNam vaa = Lakshmana or; mahaabhaagam = the illustrious; vaidehiim vaa = Seetha.
2.98.7
यावन् न चन्द्र सम्काशम् द्रक्ष्यामि शुभम् आननम् |
भ्रातुः पद्म पलाश अक्षम् न मे शान्तिर् भविष्यति ॥
"Peace will not be with me until I do not see the auspicious face of my elder brother, resembling the moon and having eyes bearing resemblance to lotus-leaves.
shaantiH = peace; na bhaviSyati = will not be; me = with me; yaavat = until which time; na drakSyaami = I do not see; shubham = the auspicious; aananam = face; bhraatuH = of my elder brother; chandra samkaasham = resembling the moon; padma palaashakSam = having eyes like lotus = leaves.
2.98.8
यावन् न चरणौ भ्रातुः पार्थिव व्यन्जन अन्वितौ |
शिरसा धारयिष्यामि न मे शान्तिर् भविष्यति ॥
"Peace will nt be with me until I do not hold firmly on my head, the soles of my elder brother, bearing royal insignia.
shaantiH = peace; na bhaviSyati = will not be; me = with me; yaavat = until which time; na dhaarayiSyaami = I do not hold; shirasaa = on my head; charaNau = the soles; bhraatuH = of my elder brother; paarthiva vyaN^janaanvitau = bearubg ritak ubsugbua;
2.98.9
यावन् राज्ये राज्य अर्हः पितृ पैतामहे स्थितः |
अभिषेक जल क्लिन्नो न मे शान्तिर् भविष्यति ॥
"Peace will not come to me until my elder brother, who is eligible for the crown, is not installed in the kingdom of Ayodhya, which was derived from our father and grand father and consecrated by sprinkling water on his head (as a symbol of crowing the kingdom)."
shaantiH = peace; na bhaviSyati = will not be; me = with me; yaavat = until which time; raajyaarhaH = my elder brother eligible for the crown; na sthitaH = is not installed; raajya = in the kingdom; pitR^ipaitaamahe = which was derived from father and grandfather; abhiSeka jalaklinnaH = and consecrated by sprinkling water (on his head).
2.98.10
सिद्धार्थः खलु सौमित्रिर्यश्चन्द्रविमलोवमम् |
मुखं पश्यति रामस्य राजीवाक्षं महाद्युति ॥
"Lakshmana, who is seeing regularly the face of Rama having a great luminance resembling the bright moon and having lotus eyes, is indeed an accomplished man."
saumitriH = Lakshmana; yaH = who; pashyati = is seeing; mukham = the face; raamasya = of Rama; mahaa dyuti = having a great luminance; chandra vimalopamam = resembling the bright moon; raajiivakSam = and having lotus = eyes; siddhaarthaH khalu = is indeed an accomplished man.
2.98.11
कृत कृत्या महा भागा वैदेही जनक आत्मजा |
भर्तारम् सागर अन्तायाः पृथिव्या या अनुगग्च्छति ॥
"Seetha, the illustrious daughter of Janaka, who is following the steps of Rama the Lord of the earth extending to the sea, has fulfilled her object."
mahaabhaagaa = the illustrious; vaidehii = Seetha; janakaatmajaa = the daughter of Janaka; yaa = who; anugachchhati = is following; (Rama); bhartaaram = the Lord; pR^ithivyaaH = of the earth; saagaraantayaaH = extending to the sea; kR^ita kR^ityaa = has fulfilled her object.
2.98.12
सुभगः चित्र कूटो असौ गिरि राज उपमो गिरिः |
यस्मिन् वसति काकुत्स्थः कुबेर इव नन्दने ॥
"That enchanting mountain of Chitrakuta resembles the King of Mountains on which Rama is residing, as Kubera the Lord of riches is living in the garden of Nandana."
asau = that; subhagaH = enchanting; chitrakuuTaH giriH = mountain of Chitrakuta; giriraajopamaH = resembles the King of mountains; yasmin = on which; kaakutthsaH = Rama; vasati = is residing; kuberaH iva = as Kubera the Lord of riches; nanadane = is living in the garden of nandana."
2.98.13
कृत कार्यम् इदम् दुर्गम् वनम् व्याल निषेवितम् |
यद् अध्यास्ते महा तेजा रामः शस्त्रभृताम् वरः ॥
"Blessed is this dense forest, inhabited by wild animals, where Rama, the great warrior and the excellent man among the wielders of weapons, dwells."
kR^itakaaryam = Blessed; idam = is this; durgam = dense; vanam = forest; vyaala niSevitam = inhabited by wild animals; yat = where; mahaatejaaH = the great warrior; varaH = the excellent; shastrabhR^itaam = among the wielders of raamaH = Rama; adhyaaste = dwells;
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्यकाण्डे अष्टनवतितमः सर्गः
Sarga 99
2.99.1
निविष्टायाम् तु सेनायाम् उत्सुको भरतः तदा |
जगाम भ्रातरम् द्रष्टुम् शत्रुघ्नम् अनुदर्शयन् ॥
Having stationed his forces, Bharata set out eagerly to see his brother, pointing out the sign of Rama's habitation to Shatrughna.
tadaa = then; niviSTaayaam = having stationed; senaayaam = his forces; bharataH = Bharata; jagaama = set out; utsukaH = eagerly; draSTum = to see; bhraataram = his brother; anudarshayan = pointing out (the sign of Rama's habitation); shatrughnam = to Shatrughna.
2.99.2
ऋषिम् वसिष्ठम् संदिश्य मातृऋर् मे शीघ्रम् आनय |
इति तरितम् अग्रे स जागम गुरु वत्सलः ॥
Bharata, who was affectionate towards the elders, asked the sage Vasishta to bring his mothers soon thereafter and went ahead quickly.
saH = Bharata; guruvatsalaH = who was affectionate towards the elders; samdishya = informed; R^iSim = the sage; vasiSTam = Vasishta; iti = thus; aanaya = bring; me = my; maatR^iiH = mothers; shiighram = soon; jagaama = (and) went; agre = ahead; tvaritam = quickly.
2.99.3
सुमन्त्रः तु अपि शतुघ्नम् अदूराद् अन्वपद्यत |
राम दार्शनजः तर्षो भरतस्य इव तस्य च ॥
Sumantra also, equally desirous of seeing Rama; followed Shatrughna at a little distance.
sumantrastvapi = Sumantra also; anvapadyata = followed; aduuraat = at a little distance; shatrughnam = after Shatrughna; tarSaH = an eager desire; raama darshanajaH = connected with seeing of Rama; bharatasyeva = like in Bharata; tasya cha = was there in him also.
2.99.4
गग्च्छन्न् एव अथ भरतः तापस आलय संस्थिताम् |
भ्रातुः पर्ण कुटीम् श्रीमान् उटजम् च ददर्श ह ॥
While the illustrious Bharata passed on, he observed in that wood of ascetics, a leafy hut of his brother together with a small hut made of leaves, nearby.
atha = threafter; shriimaan = (While) the illustrious; bharataH = Bharata; gachchhanneva = passed on; dadarsha ha = (he) observed; parNakuTiim = a leafy hut; bhraatuH = of his brother; uTajam cha = and a (small) hut made of leaves nearby; taapasaalaya samsthitaan = situated in that wood of ascestics.
2.99.5
शालायाः तु अग्रतः तस्या ददर्श भरतः तदा |
काष्टानि च अवभग्नानि पुष्पाण्य् अवचितानि च ॥
Bharata then beheld wood that had been broken up and heaps of flowers gathered in front of that hermitage.
tadaa = then; bharataH = Bharata; dadarsha = beheld; kaaSThaami = wood; avabhagnaami = that had been broken up; puSpaaNicha = and flowers; apachitaani = gathered; agrataH = in front; tasyaaH = shaalaayaaH = of that hermitage.
2.99.6
स लक्ष्मणस्य रामस्य ददर्शाश्रममीयुषः |
कृतं वृक्षेष्वभिज्ञानं कुशचीरैः क्वचित् क्वचित् ॥
While coming to the hermitage, Bharata saw some signs here and there serving as a proper direction to that hermitage, tufts of Kusha grass and strips of bark tied to the trees by Rama and Lakshmana.
abhi^Naanam = as signs serving as a proper direction to their hermitage; kR^itam = were tied; vR^ikSeSu = to the trees; kusha chiiraiH = tufts of Kusha grass and strips of bark; kvachit kvachit = here and there; raamasya = lakSmaNasya = by Rama and Lakshmana; saH = (which) Bharata; dadarsha = saw; iiyuSaH = while coming; aashramam = to the hermitage.
2.99.7
स ददर्श वने तस्मिन् महतः संचयान् कृतान् |
मृगाणाम् महिषाणाम् च करीषैः शीत कारणात् ॥
Bharata also saw in the vicinity great heaps of dried dung of deers and buffaloes, kept ready for protection against cold.
saH = He; dadarsha = (also) saw; mahataH = great; samchayaan = heaps; kariiSaiH = of deers; mahiSaaNaamcha = and buffaloes; tasmin vane = in that abode; kR^itaan = made ready; shiitakaaraNaat = for protection against cold.
2.99.8
गग्च्छन् एव महा बाहुर् द्युतिमान् भरतः तदा |
शत्रुघ्नम् च अब्रवीद्द् हृष्टः तान् अमात्यामः च सर्वशः ॥
Then, proceeding further, the valiant and the mighty armed Bharata spoke to Shatrughna in joy, as also those ministers who surrounded him.
tadaa = then; gachchhanneva = proceeding further; dyutimaan = the valiant; mahaabaahuH = and the mighty armed; bharataH = Bharata; abraviit; spoke; shatrughnam cha = to Shatrughna; hR^iSTaH = in joy; taan = and those; amaatyaamshcha = ministers; sarvashaH = (who surrounded him) on every side.
2.99.9
मन्ये प्राप्ताः स्म तम् देशम् भरद्वाजो यम् अब्रवीत् |
न अतिदूरे हि मन्ये अहम् नदीम् मन्दाकिनीम् इतः ॥
"I think we have reached the place about which Bharadwaja directed us. I believe Mandakini River is not far from here."
manye = I think; praaptaaH sma = we have reached; tam desham = that place; yam = about which; bharadvaajaH = Bharadwaja; abraviit = told (us); aham = I; manye = believe; mandaakiniim nadiim = Mandakini River; naati duure = is not so far; itaH = from here.
2.99.10
उच्चैर् बद्धानि चीराणि लक्ष्मणेन भवेद् अयम् |
अभिज्नान कृतः पन्था विकाले गन्तुम् इग्च्छता ॥
"These pieces of bark have been tied up from above. This may be the path provided as signs by Lakshmana in order to find his way back in odd hours of darkness."
chiiraaNi = these pieces of bark; baddhaami = have been tied up; uchchaiH = from above; ayam = this; bhavet = may be; panthaaH = the path; abhij^Naana kR^itaH = provided as signs; lakSmaNena = by Lakshmana; ichchhataa = desiring; gantum = to find his way back; akaale = in odd hours (of darkness).
2.99.11
इदम् च उदात्त दन्तानाम् कुन्जराणाम् तरस्विनाम् |
शैल पार्श्वे परिक्रान्तम् अन्योन्यम् अभिगर्जताम् ॥
"At the side of the mountain, this is a roaming place of elephants, having huge teeth, violent as they are and ferociously roaring at each other."
shailapaarshve = at the side of the mountain; idam = this; parikraantam = is a roaming place; kuN^jaraaNaam = of elephants; udaatta dantaanaam = having huge teeth; tarasvinaam = violent; abhigarjataam = ferociously roaring at; anyauyam = each other.
2.99.12
यम् एव आधातुम् इग्च्छन्ति तापसाः सततम् वने |
तस्य असौ दृश्यते धूमः सम्कुलः कृष्ट वर्त्मनः ॥
"See this intense smoke coming from that fire which the sages in the forest always desire to keep in their hermitages."
asau = this; samkulaH = is an intense; dhuumaH = smoke; dR^ishyate = being seen; tasya krishNa vartmanaH = from that fire; yameva = which; taapasaaH = the sages; vane = in the forest; satatam = always; ichchhanti = desire; aadhaatum = to keep.
2.99.13
अत्र अहम् पुरुष व्याघ्रम् गुरु सत्कार कारिणम् |
आर्यम् द्रक्ष्यामि सम्हृष्टो महर्षिम् इव राघवम् ॥
"Here, I can see joyfully Rama, the tiger among men, who gives respect to elders and is as venerable as a sage."
atra = here; aham = I; drakSyaami = can see; samhR^ishTaH = joyfully; raaghavam = Rama; puruSavyaaghram = the tiger among men; gurusatkaarakaariNam = who gives respect to elders; aaryam = as venerable a man; maharSimiva = as a sage.
2.99.14
अथ गत्वा मुहूर्तम् तु चित्र कूटम् स राघवः |
मन्दाकिनीम् अनुप्राप्तः तम् जनम् च इदम् अब्रवीत् ॥
Proceeding for a while on Chitrakuta mountain and reaching the River Mandakini, that Bharata said to his ministers and others as follows:
atha = thereafter; gatvaa = proceeding; muhuurtam = for a while ; chitrakuuTam = on Chitrakuta mountain; anupraaptaH = and reaching mandaakiniim = the River Mandakini; sah raaghavaH = that Bharata; abraviit = spoke; idam = these words; tam janam = to those people (his ministers and others).
2.99.15
जगत्याम् पुरुष व्याघ्र आस्ते वीर आसने रतः |
जन इन्द्रो निर्जनम् प्राप्य धिन् मे जन्म सजीवितम् ॥
"The foremost of men and the Lord of the people, having sought seclusion, sat on the floor, delighted as he was in the posture of a hero (with his left foot placed on his right knee). O Fie unto my birth and life!"
puruSa vyaaghraH = the foremost of men; janendraH = and the Lord of the people; praapya = having sought; nirjanam = seclusion; aaste = sat; jagatyaam = on the floor; rataH = delighted; viiraasane = in the posture of a hero (with his left foot placed on his right knee); dhik = O fie; me = unto my; janma = birth; sajiivitam = and life!.
2.99.16
मत् कृते व्यसनम् प्राप्तो लोक नाथो महा द्युतिः |
सर्वान् कामान् परित्यज्य वने वसति राघवः ॥
"Rama the Lord of Men with great luster, has been overtaken by this misfortune because of me and leaving all enjoyments, is living in the forest."
raaghavaH = Rama; lokanaathaH = the Lord of Men; mahaadyutiH = with great lustre; praaptaH = has been overtaken vyasanam = by this msfortune; matkR^ite = because of me; parityajya = and leaving; sarvaan = all; kaamaan = enjoyments; vasati = is residing; vane = in the forest.
2.99.17
इति लोक समाक्रुष्टः पादेषु अद्य प्रसादयन् |
रामस्य निपतिष्यामि सीतायाः च पुनः पुनः ॥
"Thus abhhored by the world, I will fall on the feet of Rama, Seetha and Lakshmana and seek to regain Rama's grace."
iti = thus; lokasamaakruSTaH = abhored by the world; (I will); adya = today; nipatiSyaami = fall; paadeSu = on the feet; raamasya = of Rama; siitaayaaH = Seetha; lakSmaNasya cha = and Lakshmana; prasaadayam = and seek to regain (Rama's) grace.
2.99.18
एवम् स विलपमः तस्मिन् वने दशरथ आत्मजः |
ददर्श महतीम् पुण्याम् पर्ण शालाम् मनो रमाम् ॥साल ताल अश्व कर्णानाम् पर्णैर् बहुभिर् आवृताम् |
विशालाम् मृदुभिः तीर्णाम् कुशैर् वेदिम् इव अध्वरे ॥शक्र आयुध निकाशैः च कार्मुकैर् भार साधनैः |
रुक्म पृष्ठैर् महा सारैः शोभिताम् शत्रु बाधकैः ॥अर्क रश्मि प्रतीकाशैर् घोरैः तूणी गतैः शरैः |
शोभिताम् दीप्त वदनैः सर्पैर् भोगवतीम् इव ॥महा रजत वासोभ्याम् असिभ्याम् च विराजिताम् |
रुक्म बिन्दु विचित्राभ्याम् चर्मभ्याम् च अपि शोभिताम् ॥गोधा अन्गुलित्रैर् आसाक्तैः चित्रैः कान्चन भूषितैः |
अरि सम्घैर् अनाधृष्याम् मृगैः सिम्ह गुहाम् इव ॥
As Bharata was lamenting thus, he beheld in that forest, a splendid and sacred leafy hut, which was covered with many soft leaves of Sala, Tala and Asvakarna trees, overspread with blades of Kusa grass in a sacrificial performance, appearing like an extensive altar and it was adorned with bows plated with gold, like unto the weapons of Indra the Lord of celestials, constructed for heroic exploits, having great power, the torments of their foes, graced with fearful arrows in their quivers, like unto the rays of the sun, bright as serpents with shining hoods, in the same way of Bhagavati (the realm of Nagas), decked with a couple of swords encased in sheaths of gold, adorned with two shields decorated with flowers of gold, finger-guards embroidered with gold and in different colours suspended on walls and which hut was unassailable by hordes of enemies as is a lion's cave to deer.
18;19;20;21;22;23. dasharathaatmajaH = (As) Bharata; samvilapam = was lamenting; evam = thus; dadarsha = (he) beheld; tasmin vane = in that forest; parNashaalaam = a leafy hut; mahatiim = splendid; puNyam = sacred; manoramaam = and charming; aavR^itam = which was covered; bahubhiH = with many; mR^idubhiH = soft; parNaiH = leaves; saala taalaashvakarNaanaam = of Sala; Tala and Ashvakarna trees; tiirNaam = and overspread; kushaiH = with blades of Kusa grass; adhvare = in a sacrificial performance; vishaalam vedimiva = appearing like an extensive altar; shobhitaam = and it was adorned; kaarmukaiH = with bows; rukmapR^iSThaiH = plated with gold; shakraayudhanikaashaiH = like unto the weapons of Indra the Lord of celestials; bhaara saadhanaiH = constructed for heroic exploits; mahaa saaraiH = having great power; shatru baadhakaiH = the torments of their foes; shobhitaam = graced; ghoraiH = with fearful; sharaiH = arrows; tuuNiigataiH = in their quivers; arkarashmi pratiikaashaiH = like unto the rays of the sun (bright); sarpaiH = as serpants; diipta vadanaiH = with shining hoods; bhogavatiim iva = in the same way of Bhogavati (the realm of Nagas); viraajitaam = decked; asibhyaam = with a couple of swords; mahaa rajatavaasobhyaam = encased in sheaths of gold; shobhitaam = and adorned; charmabhyaam = with two shields; rukmabindu vichitraabhyaam = decorated with flowers of gold; godhaaN^gulitraiH = finger-guards; kaaNchana bhuuSitaiH = embroidered with gold; chitraiH = in different colours; aasaktaiH = suspened on walls; anaadhR^iSTyaam = which hut was unassailable; arisamghaiH = by hordes of enemies; simhaagnhamiva = as is a lion's cave; mR^igaiH = to deer.
2.99.24
प्राग् उदक् स्रवणाम् वेदिम् विशालाम् दीप्त पावकाम् |
ददर्श भरतः तत्र पुण्याम् राम निवेशने ॥
Bharata saw a sacrificial altar in the north-east corner having a steep descent, extensive in area and having a sacred fire burned in the hermitage of Rama.
bharataH = Bharata; dadarsha = saw; tatra = there; vedim = a sacrificial altar; praagudakpravaNaam = in the north-east corner; having a steep descent; vishaalaam = extensive; diipta paavakaam = and having a burned fire; puNyaam = and sacred; raamaniveshane = in the hermitage of Rama.
2.99.25
निरीक्ष्य स मुहूर्तम् तु ददर्श भरतो गुरुम् |
उटजे रामम् आसीनाम् जटा मण्डल धारिणम् ॥
Looking around for a moment, Bharata beheld his elder brother, Rama himself seated in the hut, wearing matted locks.
niriikSya = looking around; muhuurtam = for a moment; saH bharataH = that Bharata; dadarsha = beheld; gurm = his elder brother; raamam = Rama; aasiinam = seated; uTaje = in the hut; jaTaamaN^Dala dhaariNam = wearing matted locks.
2.99.26
तम् तु कृष्ण अजिन धरम् चीर वल्कल वाससम् |
ददर्श रामम् आसीनम् अभितः पावक उपमम् ॥सिम्ह स्कन्धम् महा बाहुम् पुण्डरीक निभ ईक्षणम् |
पृथिव्याः सगर अन्ताया भर्तारम् धर्म चारिणम् ॥उपविष्टम् महा बाहुम् ब्रह्माणम् इव शाश्वतम् |
स्थण्डिले दर्भ सस्म्तीर्णे सीतया लक्ष्मणेन च ॥
Bharata saw that Rama clad in an antelope-skin and robes of bark, seated close by, resembling a fire (in brilliance), with the neck and shoulders of a lion, mighty arms and eyes resembling the lotus, the very virtuous Lord of the Earth extending upto the ocean, the Eternal Brahma, and seated on the ground spread with Darbha grass, with Seetha and Lakshmana.
26; 27; 28. dadarsha = (Bharata) saw; tam raamam = that Rama; kR^iSnaajinadharam = clad in an antelope-skin; chiira valkala vaasanam = and robes of bark; aasiinam = seated closely; paavakopamam = resembling a fire (in brilliance); simha skandham = with the neck and shoulders of a lion; mahaa baahum = mighty arms; puN^DariikanibhekSaNam = and eyes resembling the lotus; dharmachaariNam = the very virtuous; bhartaaram = lord; pR^ithivyaaH = of the Earth; saagaraantaayaaH = extending upto the ocean; shaashvatam = the eternal; brahmaaNamiva = Brahma; upaviSTam = and seated; sthaNNile = on the ground; darbhasamstiirNe = spread with Darbha grass; siitayaa lakSmaNena cha = with Seetha and Lakshman.
2.99.29
तम् दृष्ट्वा भरतः श्रीमान् दुह्ख मोह परिप्लुतः |
अभ्यधावत धर्म आत्मा भरतः कैकयी सुतः ॥
Beholding him, the illustrious and the high-souled Bharata the son of Kaikeyim distraught by the grief that possessed him, rushed towards Rama.
dR^iSTvaa = beholding; tam = him; shriimaan = the illustrious; dharmaatmaa = and the high-souled; bharataH = Bharata; kaikayiisutaH = the son of Kaikeyi; duHkha shoka pariplutaH = distraught by the grief that passessed him; abhyadhaavata = rushed towards Rama.
2.99.30
दृष्ट्वा च विललाप आर्तो बाष्प संदिग्धया गिरा |
अशक्नुवन् धारयितुम् धैर्याद् वचनम् अब्रवीत् ॥
On seeing his brother, Bharata broke into lamentations and in a voice strangled with sobs, unable to restrain his agony with firmeness, said:
dR^iSTvaiva = on seeing (his brother); (Bharata) vilalaapa arto = broke into lamentations; giraa = and in a voice; baaSpa samdigdhayaa = strangled with sobs; ashaknuan = unable; dhaarayitum- to restrain his agony; dhairyaat = with firmness; abraviit = spoke; vachanam = (those) words.
2.99.31
यः संसदि प्रकृतिभिर् भवेद् युक्त उपासितुम् |
वन्यैर् मृगैर् उपासीनः सो अयम् आस्ते मम अग्रजः ॥
"My elder brother who is fit to be honoured in an assembly by a body of ministers around him, is now being served by a body of wild beasts around him in this jungle."
31Mama agrajaH = my elder brother; yaH = who; bhavet = becomes; yuktaH = eligible; upaasitum = to be honoured; samsadi = in an assembly; prakR^itibhiH = by the body of ministers; ayam = this; saH = he as such; aaste = is; upaasinaH = being served; mR^igaiH = by wild beasts; vanyaiH = in the jungle.
2.99.32
वासोभिर् बहु साहस्रैर् यो महात्मा पुर उचितः |
मृग अजिने सो अयम् इह प्रवस्ते धर्मम् आचरन् ॥
"That magnanimous hero, who formerly used to possess countless articles of apparel is now wearing two antelope-skins, following ascetic righteousness.
saH = that; mahaatmaa = magnanimous hero; ayam = this one; yaH = who; puraa = formerly; aacharan = used; uchitaH = to have fit; bahusaharaiH = and countless; vaasobhiH = articles of apparel; aacharan = and following; dharmam = pravaste = is wearing (now); mR^igaajine = two antelope skins.
2.99.33
अधारयद् यो विविधाः चित्राः सुमनसः तदा |
सो अयम् जटा भारम् इमम् सहते राघवः कथम् ॥
"How this Rama, who used to wear various kinds of colourful flowers, is bearing this burden of matted locks now?"
katham = how; ayam raaghavaH = this Rama; yaH = who; tadaa = then; aadhaarayat = donned; vividhaaH = various kinds; chitraaH = of colourful; sumanasaH = flowers; saH = he; sahate = bears; imam jaTaabhaaram = this burden of matted locks?
2.99.34
यस्य यज्नैर् यथा आदिष्टैर् युक्तो धर्मस्य संचयः |
शरीर क्लेश सम्भूतम् स धर्मम् परिमार्गते ॥
"He who acquired merit through countless sacrifices performed according to the prescribed injunctions, now follows the path of righteousness through asceticism!"
yasya = for whom; yuktaH = is appropriate; samchayaH = an affluence; dharmasya = of righteousness; yaj^NaiH = obtained by sacrificial rites; yathaadiSTaiH = performed according to the prescribed injunctions; saH = that Rama; parimaargate = is striving after; dharmam = a righteousness; shariirakleshasambhuutam = obtained from bodily suffering.
2.99.35
चन्दनेन महा अर्हेण यस्य अन्गम् उपसेवितम् |
मलेन तस्य अन्गम् इदम् कथम् आर्यस्य सेव्यते ॥
"He whose body was formerly rendered fragrant by white sandal paste, has only dust with which to smear the limbs of this venerable elder brother!"
yasya tasya = He whose; aN^gam = body; (was formerly); upasevitam = rendered fragrant; chandanena = by sandal paste; mahaarham = the white one; katham = how; idam aNgam = this body; aaryasya = of the venerable elder brother; sevyate = is smeared; malena = with dust?
2.99.36
मन् निमित्तम् इदम् दुह्खम् प्राप्तो रामः सुख उचितः |
धिग् जीवितम् नृशंसस्य मम लोक विगर्हितम् ॥
"Rama who used to have happiness, has fallen into this misfortune, because of me cursed be my reprehensive existence that the whole world condemns!"
raamaH = Rama; sukhochitaH = who used to have comfort; praaptaH = has got; idam duHkham = this unpleasantness; mannimittam = because of me; dhik = cursed be; mama = my; nR^ishamsam = reprechensible; jiivitam = existence; lokavigarhitam = that the whole world condemns!
2.99.37
इत्य् एवम् विलपन् दीनः प्रस्विन्न मुख पन्कजः |
पादाउ अप्राप्य रामस्य पपात भरतो रुदन् ॥
Thus did that pitiable Bharata lament, perspiration be-dewing his lotus-like countenance and, without touching Rama's feet, fell down grooming.
ityevam = thus; (did); diinaH = the pitiable; bharataH = Bharata; vilapan = lament; prasvinnamukha paNkajaH = perspiration be-dewing his lotus-like countenance; apraapya = and without touching; raamasya = Rama's; paadau = feet; papaata = fell down; rudam = groaming.
2.99.38
दुह्ख अभितप्तो भरतो राज पुत्रो महा बलः |
उक्त्वा आर्य इति सकृद् दीनम् पुनर् न उवाच किंचन ॥
Overcome with grief, the highly valiant prince Bharata cried out "O, Noble One!" once and in his distress, was unable to speak anything further.
duHkhaabhitaptaH = overcome with grief; mahaabalaH = the highly valiant; raajaputraH = prince; bharataH = Bharata; uktvaa = cried out; aarya iti = O Noble one"; sakR^it = once; diinam = and in his distress; novaacha = was unable to speak; kimchana = a little; punaH = further.
2.99.39
बाष्प अपिहित कण्ठः च प्रेक्ष्य रामम् यशस्विनम् |
आर्य इत्य् एव अभिसम्क्रुश्य व्याहर्तुम् न अशकत् ततः ॥
Crying at the top of his voice, "O, Noble One" only, on seeing the illustrious Rama, he was unable to speak further, his throat choked with tears.
samkR^ishya = crying at the top of his voice; aaryetyeva = "O Noble One" only; prekSya = on seeing; yashasvinam = the illustrious; raamam = Rama; naashakat = he was unable; vyaahartum = to speak; tadaa = then; atha = further; baaSpaabhihata kaNThashcha = his throat choked with tears.
2.99.40
शत्रुघ्नः च अपि रामस्य ववन्दे चरणौ रुदन् |
ताउ उभौ स समालिन्ग्य रामो अप्य् अश्रूण्य् अवर्तयत् ॥
Shatrughna too, weeping, threw himself at Rama's feet and Rama too, embracing them both, allowed his tears to fall.
shatrughnashchaapi = Shatrughna too; rudan = weaping; vavande = throw himself; raamasya = at Rama's; charaNau = feet; saH raamashcha = and that Rama too; samaaliN^gya = embracing; tau ubhau = them both; avartayat = could not restrain; ashruuNi = his tears.
2.99.41
ततः सुमन्त्रेण गुहेन चैव |
समीयतू राज सुताउ अरण्ये |
दिवा करः चैव निशा करः च |
यथा अम्बरे शुक्र बृहस्पतिभ्याम् ॥
Then, in that forest, the princes Rama and Lakshmana were seen by Sumantra and Guha, as in the sky, the sun and the moon are seen in conjunction with Venus and Jupiter.
tataH = then; araNye = in that forest; raajasutau = the princes Rama and Lakshmana; samiiyataH = were seen; sumantreNa = by Sumantra; guhena chaiva = and Guha; yathaa = as; ambare = in the sky; divaakarashchaiva = the sun; nishaakarashcha = and the moon (are seen in conjunction); shukra bR^ihaspatibhyaam = with Venus and Jupiter.
2.99.42
तान् पार्थिवान् वारण यूथप आभान् |
समागतामः तत्र महत्य् अरण्ये |
वन ओकसः ते अपि समीक्ष्य सर्वे अप्य् |
अश्रूण्य् अमुन्चन् प्रविहाय हर्षम् ॥
All those dwellers in the woods, seeing those princes resembling leaders of elephant-herbs meeting together there in that great forest, losing their cheerfulness, began to shed tears.
sarve = all; te = those; vanaukasaH = dwellers in the woods; samiikSya = seeing; taan paarthivaan = those princes; vaaraNayuuthapaabhaan = resembling the leaders of elephant-herbs; samaagataan = meeting together; tatra = there; mahati = in that great; araNye = forest; pravihaaya = losing; harSam = their cheerfulness; aasmuNahan = shed; ashruuNi = tears.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे एकोनशततमः सर्गः
Sarga 100 (part 1 of 2)
2.100.1
जटिलं चीरवसनं प्राञ्जलिं पतितं भुवि |
ददर्श रामो दुर्दर्शं युगान्ते भास्करं यथा ॥
Rama saw Bharata, with matted locks, wearing bark-robes and, with joined palms, lying on the ground, incapable of being seen as the sun at the time of the dissolution of the world.
raamaH = Rama; dadarsha = saw; (Bharata); jaTilam = with matted locks; chiiravasanam = wearing bark-robes; praaN^jalim = and with joined palms; patitam = lying; bhuvi = on the ground; durdarsham = incapable of being seen; bhaaskaram yathaa = as the sun; yugaante = at the end of the world-period.
2.100.2
कथं चिदभिविज्ञाय विवर्णवदनं कृशम् |
भ्रातरं भरतं रामः परिजग्राह बाहुना ॥
Rama recognized with some difficulty his brother Bharata, whose face became pale and who was emaciated, and took him by the arm.
raamaH = Rama; katham chit = with some difficulty; abhiJ^Naaya = recognized; bharatam = Bharata; vivarNa vadanam = whose face became pale; kR^isham = who was emaciated; parijagraaha = and took; bhraataram = his brother; baahunaa = by the arm.
2.100.3
आघ्राय रामः तम् मूर्ध्नि परिष्वज्य च राघवः |
अन्के भरतम् आरोप्य पर्यपृग्च्छत् समाहितः ॥
Smelling the crown of his head, placing him on his lap, Rama who was born in Raghu dynasty embraced Bharata and with an absorbent mind, enquired of him as follows:
aaghraaya = smelling; muurdhni = the crown of his head; aaropya = placing him; an^ke = on his lap; raamaH = Rama; raaghavaH = born in Raghu dynasty; pariSvajya cha = embraced; tam bharatam = that Bharata; paryapR^ichchhat = and enquired (as follows); samaahitaH = with an absorbent mind.
2.100.4
क्व नु ते अभूत् पिता तात यद् अरण्यम् त्वम् आगतः |
न हि त्वम् जीवतः तस्य वनम् आगन्तुम् अर्हसि ॥
"My darling! Where is our father, that you have come to the forest? He, being alive, you ought not have to come to the forest."
taata = my darling!; kvam = where; abhuut = is; te pitaa = your father; yat tvam = (that) you; aagataH = have come; araNyam = to the forest?; tasya = He; jiivitaH = being alive; tvam = you; na arhasi hi = ought not have; aagatum = to come; vanam = to the forest.
2.100.5
चिरस्य बत पश्यामि दूराद् भरतम् आगतम् |
दुष्प्रतीकम् अरण्ये अस्मिन् किम् तात वनम् आगतः ॥
"I see you after a long time, coming from a far-off distance, wearing a mournful face into this forest Alas! Why have you come to the forest, my darling?"
pashyaami = I see; bharatam = Bharata; chirasya = after a long time; aagatam = who comes; duuraat = from a far-off distance; duSpratiikam = wearing a mournful face; asmin araNye = into this forest; bata = Alas!; taata = My darling!; kim = why; aagataH = have you come; vanam = to the forest?.
2.100.6
कच्चिद्धारयए तात राजा यत्त्वमिहागतः |
कच्चिन्न दीनः सहसा राजा लोकान्तरं गतः ॥
"My dear brother! Is the king alive, that you have come here? I hope the miserable king has not indeed departed to the other world, all of a sudden."
taata = my dear brother!; kachchiddhaarayate raajaa = Is the king alive? yat tvam = (that) you; aagataH = have come; iha = here?; diinaH raajaa = (I hope) the miserable king; na gataH kachchit = has not indeed departed; lokaantaram = to the other world; sahasaa = all of a sudden.
2.100.7
कच्चित्सौम्य नते राज्यं भ्रष्ठं बालस्य शाश्वतम् |
कच्चिछुश्रूषसे तात पितरं सत्यविक्रमम् ॥
"O, gentle brother! I hope the eternal kingdom has in a no way suffered from your youthful experience. My darling! Are you rendering service to our father, who is truly valiant?"
saumya = O; gentle brother!; (I hope); shaashvatam = the permanent; raajyam = kingdom; na bhraSTam kachchit = has in no way suffered; te = from your; baalasya = youthful inexperience; taata = My darling!; shushruuSate kachchit = Are you rendering service; pitaram = to our father; satyavikramam = who is truly valiant?
2.100.8
कच्चिद् दशरथो राजा कुशली सत्य सम्गरः |
राज सूय अश्व मेधानाम् आहर्ता धर्म निश्चयः ॥
"I hope that the King Dasaratha is well, he who is true to his promise, he who performs Rajasuya and Ashvamedha Sacrifices and he who has a righteous resolve."
kachchit = I hope that; raajaa dasharathaH = the king Dasaratha; kushalii = is well; satyasangaraH = he who is true to his promise; aahartaa raaja suuyaashva medhaanaam = he who performs Rajasuya and Ashvamedha sacrifices; dharma nishchayaH = and he who has a righteous resolve.
2.100.9
स कच्चिद् ब्राह्मणो विद्वान् धर्म नित्यो महा द्युतिः |
इक्ष्वाकूणाम् उपाध्यायो यथावत् तात पूज्यते ॥
"My darling! Are you treating respectfully as before that preceptor of the Ikshvakus, the one who knows the sacred scriptures, the one who knows the sacred scriptures, the learned who constantly keep up the virtues and he who has a great splendour?"
taata = My darling! puujyate kachchit = are you treating respectfully; yathaavat = as before; saH = that; upaadhyaayaH = preceptor; ikSvaakuuNaam = of the Ikshvakus; braahmaNaH = the one who knows the sacred scriptures; vidvaan = the learned; dhamanityaH = who constantly keeps up the virtues; mahaadyutiH = and who has a great splendour.
2.100.10
सा तात कच्चिच् च कौसल्या सुमित्रा च प्रजावती |
सुखिनी कच्चिद् आर्या च देवी नन्दति कैकयी ॥
"My darling! I hope that Kausalya and Sumitra having good offspring are happy. I hope the venerable queen Kaikeyi is rejoicing."
taata = My darling!; kachchit = I hope; saa kausalyaa = that Kausalya; sumitraacha = and Sumitra; prajaaratii = having good offspring; sukhinii = are happy; kachchit = I hope; aaryaa = the venerable; devii = queen; kaikeyii = Kaikeyi; nandati = is rejoicing.
2.100.11
कच्चिद् विनय सम्पन्नः कुल पुत्रो बहु श्रुतः |
अनसूयुर् अनुद्रष्टा सत्कृतः ते पुरोहितः ॥
"I hope that the preceptor (Suyajgna the son of Vasishta); who is rich in humility, a son of a noble family, who has a knowledge of many scriptures an unenvious person and who is full of insight, is duly honoured by you."
kachchit = I hope that; purohitaH = the preceptor; vinayasampannaH = who is rich in humility; kulaputraH = a son of a noble family; bahushrutaH = who has a knowledge of many scriptures; anasuuyuH = an unenvious person; anudraSTaa = and full of insight; satkR^itaH = is duly honoured; te = by you.
2.100.12
कच्चिद् अग्निषु ते युक्तो विधिज्नो मतिमान् ऋजुः |
हुतम् च होष्यमाणम् च काले वेदयते सदा ॥
"I hope that a brahmin who is versed in the traditions, who is intelligent and just, employed in your sacred fires, always informs you in time, about a sacrificial fire having been or going to be fed with oblations."
kachchit = I hope that; vidhijN^aH = a brahmin who is versed in the traditions; matimaan = who is intelligent; R^iyuH = and just; yuktaH = employed; te = in your; agniSu = sacred fires; sadaa = always; vedayate = informs you; kaale = in time; hutamcha = and about a sacred fire having been; hoSyamaaNamcha = or going to be fed with oblations.
2.100.13
कच्चिद्देवान् पित्ऱ्^ऊन् भृत्वान्गुरून् पितृसमानपि |
वृद्धांश्च तात वैद्यांश्च ब्राह्मणांश्चाभिमन्यसे ॥
"My darling! I hope that you are holding in high esteem the gods, your ancestors, dependents and teachers of your father's age the doctors and the brahmins."
taata = My darling!; kachchit = I hope that; abhimanyase = you are holding in high esteem; devaan = the gods; pitR^iin = your ancestors; bhR^ityaan = dependents; guruun = and teachers; vR^iddhamshcha = who are aged; pitR^isamaan api = as your father too; vaidyaamshcha = the doctors; braahmanaamshcha = and the brahmins.
2.100.14
इषु अस्त्र वर सम्पन्नम् अर्थ शास्त्र विशारदम् |
सुधन्वानम् उपाध्यायम् कच्चित् त्वम् तात मन्यसे ॥
"O, my darling! I hope that you treat with due respect; Sudhanva, your teacher in archery, who is furnished with the most excellent arrows and darts and well-versed in political economy."
taata = O; my darling!; kacchit = I hope that; tvam = you; manyase = treat with due respect; (in archery); upaadhyaayam = your teacher; sudhanvaanam = Sudhanva; ishhvastra vara sampannam = who is furnished with the most excellent arrows and darts; artha shaastra vishaaradam = well-versed in political economy.
2.100.15
कच्चिद् आत्म समाः शूराः श्रुतवन्तो जित इन्द्रियाः |
कुलीनाः च इन्गितज्नाः च कृताः ते तात मन्त्रिणः ॥
"I hope that ministers who are valiant like you, learned, masters of their senses of noble birth and skilled interpreting internal sentiments by external gesture, are assigned to you."
kachchit = I hope that; mantriNaH = ministers; shuuraaH = who are valiant; aatma samaaH = like you; shrutavantaH = learned; jitendriyaaH = masters of their senses; kuliinaashcha = of noble birth; iN^gitaj^Naashcha = and and skilled in interpreting internal sentiments by external gesture; kR^itaaH = are assigned; te = to you.
2.100.16
मन्त्रो विजय मूलम् हि राज्नाम् भवति राघव |
सुसम्वृतो मन्त्र धरैर् अमात्यैः शास्त्र कोविदैः ॥
"The source of victory for kings indeed comes from a concealed counsel by ministers, who are well-versed in political sciences and who can hide their thoughts within themselves."
vijaya muulan = the source of victory; raaj^Naam = for kings; bhavatihihi = in deed coures; samvR^itaH = from a concealed; mantraH = counsel; amaatyaiH = by ministers; shaastra kovidaiH = well-versed in political sciences; mantradharaiH = and who can conceal their thoughts within themselves; raaghava = O; Bharata!.
2.100.17
कच्चिन् निद्रा वशम् न एषि कच्चित् काले विबुध्यसे |
कच्चिन् च अपर रात्रिषु चिन्तयस्य् अर्थ नैपुणम् ॥
"I hope you do not fall a prey to excess of sleep and do wake up at appropriate time. I hope you contemplate during the later half of the night, about the adroitness of an action."
naiSii kashchit = I hope you do not; nidraa vasham = fall a prey to excess of sleep; prabhudhyase kachchit = and wake-up; kaale = at appropriate time; chintayati kachchit = i hope you contemplate; apara raatreSu = during the later half of the night; arthanaipuNam = adroitness of an action.
2.100.18
कच्चिन् मन्त्रयसे न एकः कच्चिन् न बहुभिः सह |
कच्चित् ते मन्त्रितो मन्त्रो राष्ट्रम् न परिधावति ॥
"I hope that you do not deliberate alone nor indeed with numerous men. I hope your decision arrived at by you through such deliberation does not flow to the public (even before it is carried out)".
kachchit = I hope that; na mantrayase = you do not deliberate; ekaH = alone; na kachchit = nor indeed; bahubhissaha = together with = numerous men; kachchit = I hope; te mantraH = your decision; mantritaH = arrived at by you through deliberation; na paridhaavati = does not flow; raaSTram = to the public.
2.100.19
कच्चिद् अर्थम् विनिश्चित्य लघु मूलम् महा उदयम् |
क्षिप्रम् आरभसे कर्तुम् न दीर्घयसि राघव ॥
"O, Bharata! I hope considering your interest fully, you lanuch an undertaking, which has maximum benefit with minimum coast and indeed do not delay it further."
raaghava = O; Bharata!; kachchit = I hope that; aarabhase = you launch; kartam = to excente; kSipram = soon; vinishchitya = considering your interest; artham = an undertaking; mahodayam = which has great benefit; laghumuulam = with least cost; na diirghayasi = and do not delay it.
2.100.20
कच्चित् तु सुकृतान्य् एव कृत रूपाणि वा पुनः |
विदुः ते सर्व कार्याणि न कर्तव्यानि पार्थिवाः ॥
"I hope the other kings know your entire undertakings only after they have been successfully completed as well as those which have taken a shape, but not your proposed undertakings."
kachhit = I hope that; paarthivaa = other kings; viduH = know; te = your; sarva kaaryaaNi = entire undertaking; sukR^itaanyeva = only after they have been successfully completed; punah = and; kR^ita ruupaani vaa = which have taken shape; na = and do not get to know; kartavyaani = your proposed undertakings.
2.100.21
कच्चिन् न तर्कैर् युक्त्वा वा ये च अप्य् अपरिकीर्तिताः |
त्वया वा तव वा अमात्यैर् बुध्यते तात मन्त्रितम् ॥
"My darling! I hope that others are not knowing, by their enquiries or strategies or by any other approaches not mentioned, the details of discussions you make with your ministers."
taataH = My darling!; kachchit = I hope that; na budhyate = it is not known (by others); antritam = the discussion; yuktyaavaa = by a strategem; tarkaiH = or by enquiry; ye chaapi = or by any other strategies; aparikiirtitaa = no mentioned; tvayaa raa = by you; tava amaatyairvaa = or by your ministers.
2.100.22
कच्चित् सहस्रान् मूर्खाणाम् एकम् इग्च्छसि पण्डितम् |
पण्डितो ह्य् अर्थ कृग्च्छ्रेषु कुर्यान् निह्श्रेयसम् महत् ॥
"I hope you solicit for one wise man rather than for a thousand stupids for, a wise man can be of a great help to you in difficult matters."
kachchit = I hope; ichhasi = you solicit for; ekam = one; paN^Ditam = wise man; sahasraat = rather than for a thousand; muurkhaanaam = stupids; (for); paN^DitaH = a wise man; kuryaat = can do; mahat = a great; nishreyasam = advantageous thing; artha kR^ichchhreSu = in difficult matters.
2.100.23
सहस्राण्य् अपि मूर्खाणाम् यद्य् उपास्ते मही पतिः |
अथ वा अप्य् अयुतान्य् एव न अस्ति तेषु सहायता ॥
"Even if a king employs thousands or tens of thousands of fools, they will not be helpful to him."
yadyapi = even if; mahiipatiH = a king; upaaste = employs; sahasraaNi = thousands; athavaa = or; aayutaanyeva = tens of thousands; muurkhaaNaam = of fools; na asti = there is no; sahaayataa = helpfulness; teSu = in them.
2.100.24
एको अप्य् अमात्यो मेधावी शूरो दक्षो विचक्षणः |
राजानम् राज मात्रम् वा प्रापयेन् महतीम् श्रियम् ॥
"Even one wise, valiant sagacious and efficient minister alone can cause to secure a great prosperity to the king or to one who enjoys royal authority."
ekaH amaatyo. api = even one minister; medhaavii = who is wise; shuuraH = valiant; dakSaH = efficient; vichakSaNaH = and sagacious; praapayet = causes to secure; mahatiim = a great; shriyam = prosperity; raajaanam = to the king; raajamaatram vaa = or to one who enjoys royal authority.
2.100.25
कच्चिन् मुख्या महत्सु एव मध्यमेषु च मध्यमाः |
जघन्याः च जघन्येषु भृत्याः कर्मसु योजिताः ॥
"I hope that superior servants are assigned superior works only, mediocre servants in mediocre works and inferior servants in inferior works."
kachchit = I hope that; mukhyaaH = superior; bhR^ityaaH = servants; yojitaaH = are assigned; mahatsu = superior; karmasu eva = works only; madhyamaaH = mediocre servants; madhyameSu cha = in mediocre works; jaghanyaaH tu = and inferior servants; jaghanyeSu = in inferior works.
2.100.26
अमात्यान् उपधा अतीतान् पितृ पैतामहान् शुचीन् |
श्रेष्ठान् श्रेष्ठेषु कच्चित् त्वम् नियोजयसि कर्मसु ॥
"I hope you are appointing those ministers, who are eminent incorruptible, born of the fathers and for bears of good family and who are full of integrity in matters of great importance."
achchit = i hope; tvam = you; niyojayasi = are appointing; amaatyaan = (those) ministers; upadhaatiitaan = who are incorruptible; pitR^ipaitaamahaan = born of the fathers and forbears of good family; shuchiin = who are full of integrity; shreSThaan = and eminent ones; karmasu = in matters; shreSThesu = of great importance.
2.100.27
कच्चिन्नोग्रेण दण्डेन भृशमुद्वेजितप्रजम् |
राज्यं तवानुजानन्ति मन्त्रिणः कैकयीसुत ॥
"O, Bharata! I hope your ministers do not watch as mere witnesses, while your subjects in the kingdom wielding tremble with great fear, under your inflexible wielding of the scepter."
kaikeyii suta = o; Bharata!; kachhit = I hope; tava = your; mantriNaH = ministers; naanujaananti = do not watch as mere witnesses; bR^isham udvejita prajam = (while) your subjects tremble with great fear; raajyam = (in your) kingdom; ugre Na daN^Dena = by your stern scepter.
2.100.28
कच्चित् त्वाम् न अवजानन्ति याजकाः पतितम् यथा |
उग्र प्रतिग्रहीतारम् कामयानम् इव स्त्रियः ॥
"I hope those who perform the sacrifice do not hold you in contempt, as one who accepts terrible gifts; as one who is fallen, as women hold in contempt of those highly lustful men."
kachchit = I hope; yaajakaah = those who perform the sacrifice; naavajaananti = do not hold you in contempt; ugra pratigrahiitaaram = as one who accepts terrible gifts; patitam yathaa = as one who is fallen; striiyaH iva = as women; (hold); kaamayaanam = of those lustful men.
2.100.29
उपाय कुशलम् वैद्यम् भृत्य संदूषणे रतम् |
शूरम् ऐश्वर्य कामम् च यो न हन्ति स वध्यते ॥
"He, who does not slay a physician skilled in ways and means of aggravating a disease, a servant intent on bringing disgrace and a valiant warrior seeking kingly power, is *himself) slain by them."
yaH = he who; na hanti = does not slay; vaidyam = a physician; upaaya kushalam = skilled in ways and means of aggravating a disease; bhR^ityu samduuSaNe ratam = a servant intent on bringing disgrace; shuuram = and a valiant warrior; aishvarya kaamam cha = seeking kingly power; saH = he (himself); hanyate = is slain.
2.100.30
कच्चिद्द् हृष्टः च शूरः च धृतिमान् मतिमान् शुचिः |
कुलीनः च अनुरक्तः च दक्षः सेना पतिः कृतः ॥
"I hope an army-chief, who is cheerful, wise, courageous, valiant, well-behaved, born in a good family, who is beloved by his subordinates and efficient, is selected by you."
kachchit = I hope; senaapatiH = an army-chief; hR^iSTashcha = who is happy man; shuurashcha = a valiant man; matimaan = a wise man; dhR^itimaan = a courageous man; shuchiH = of good conduct; kuliinashcha = one who is born in a good family; anuraktashcha = who is beloved by his subordinates; dakSaH = and one who is efficient; kR^itaH = is selected.
2.100.31
बलवन्तः च कच्चित् ते मुख्या युद्ध विशारदाः |
दृष्ट अपदाना विक्रान्ताः त्वया सत्कृत्य मानिताः ॥
"I hope those warriors, who are excellent strong, skilled in war-face, whose excellent actions were seen before and the most courageous ones are duly honoured and respected by you."
kachchit = I hope; te = those; mukhyaaH = important warriors; belaventaH = who are exceedingly strong; yuddhavishaaradaaH = skilled in war-fare; dR^iSTaapadaanaa = whose excellent actions were seen before; vikraantaaH = and the most courageous men honoured; maanitaaH = and respected; tvayaa = by you.
2.100.32
कचिद् बलस्य भक्तम् च वेतनम् च यथा उचितम् |
सम्प्राप्त कालम् दातव्यम् ददासि न विलम्बसे ॥
"I hope you are regularly giving your army, the daily provisions and the suitable salary to them, without any delay."
kachchit = I hope; sampraapta kaalam = at the proper time; dadaasi = you are giving; balasya = your army; bhaktam cha = the daily provisions; daatavyam = to be given; yathochitam = and suitable; vetanamcha = salary; na vilambase = without any delay.
2.100.33
काल अतिक्रमणे ह्य् एव भक्त वेतनयोर् भृताः |
भर्तुः कुप्यन्ति दुष्यन्ति सो अनर्थः सुमहान् स्मृतः ॥
"When there is delay in giving bread and wages, the servants become incensed against their master and become corrupt; and that is said to be a great unfortunate occurrence."
kaalaatikramaNaat = (when) there is delay; bhaktavetanayoH = in giving bread and wages; bhR^itaaH = the servants; kupyanti = become incensed; bhartuH = against their master; duSyanti = and become corrupt; saH = (and) that; smR^itaaH = is said to be; sumahaan = a great; anarthaH = unfortunate occurrence.
2.100.34
कच्चित् सर्वे अनुरक्ताः त्वाम् कुल पुत्राः प्रधानतः |
कच्चित् प्राणामः तव अर्थेषु सम्त्यजन्ति समाहिताः ॥
"I hope all the foremost descendents of your race (kshatriyas) are devoted to you and do they lay down their lives steadfastly for your sake?"
kachchit = I hope; sarve = all; pradhaanataH = the foremost; kulaputraaH = descendents of your race (kshatriyas); anuraktaaH = are devoted; tvaam = to you; kachchit santyajanti = (and) do they lay down; praaNaan = their lives; tava artheSu = for your sake; samaahitaaH = steadfastly?
2.100.35
कच्चिज् जानपदो विद्वान् दक्षिणः प्रतिभानवान् |
यथा उक्त वादी दूतः ते कृतो भरत पण्डितः ॥
"I hope that a knowledgeable man, living in your own country, a wise man a skilled person endowed with presence of mind and the one who knows how to speak to the point, is selected as an ambassador by you."
bharata = O; Bharata!; kachchit = I hope that; paN^DitaH = a knowledgeable man; jaanapadaH = living in the country; vidvaan = a wise man; dakSiNaH = a skilled person; pratibhaanavaan = endowed with presence of mind; yathoktavaadii = the one who knows how to speak to the point; kR^itaH = is selected; duutaH = ad an ambassador; te = by you.
2.100.36
कच्चिद् अष्टादशान्य् एषु स्व पक्षे दश पन्च च |
त्रिभिः त्रिभिर् अविज्नातैर् वेत्सि तीर्थानि चारकैः ॥
"Do you get to know throught three spies, each unacquainted with each other, about the eighteen* functionaries of the enemies and the fifteen functionaries of your own side?"
vetsi katsit = do you get to know; tribhiH tribhiH = through three; chaarakaiH = spies; avij^NaataiH = each unacquainted with each other; aSTaadasha = the eighteen*; tiirthaani = functionaries; anyeSu = of the enemies; dasha paN^cha cha = and the fifteen functionaries; svapakSe = of your own side?
*They are: 1)the chief minister; 2) the king's family priest; 3)the crown prince; 4)the leader of the army; 5) the chief warder; 6) the chamberlain (antaHpuraaH adhyaksha); 7)the superintendent of gails (kaaraagaara adhyaksha); 8) the chancellor of the exchequer; 9)the herald; 10)the government advocate; 11) the judge; 12)the assessor; 13) the officer disbursing salaries to army men; 14) the officer drawing money from the state exchequer to disburse the workmen's wages; 15) the superintended of public works; 16) the protector of the borders of a kingdom, who also performed the duties of a forester; 17) the magistrate; 18) the officer entrusted with conservation of waters; hills, forests and tracts difficult of access.: The fifteen functionaries of one's own side are the last fifteen of this very list, omitting the first three; viz; the chief ministers, the family priest and the crown prince.
2.100.37
कच्चिद् व्यपास्तान् अहितान् प्रतियातामः च सर्वदा |
दुर्बलान् अनवज्नाय वर्तसे रिपु सूदन ॥
"O, slayer of your Foes! I hope you do not forever think lightly of your foes, who are weak and having been expelled, return again."
ripusuudada = O; slayer of your Foes!; kachchit = I hope; vartase = you stay; sarvadaa = forever; anavajNaaya = not thinking lightly; ahitaan = of your foes; durbalaan = who are weak; vyapaastaan = and having been expelled; pratiyaataamshcha = return again to revenge.
2.100.38
कच्चिन् न लोकायतिकान् ब्राह्मणामः तात सेवसे |
अनर्थ कुशला ह्य् एते बालाः पण्डित मानिनः ॥
I hope are not honouring the materialistic brahmins, My dear brother! These men are skilled in perverting the mind, ignorant as they are and thinking themselves to be learned."
kachchit = I hope; no sevasa = you are not honouring; lokaayatikaan = the materialistic; braahmaNaan = brahmins; taata = my darling!; ete = these men; anarthakushalaaH hi = are skilled in perverting the mind; baalaaH = ignorant; paN^Dita maaninaH = and thinking themselves to be learned.
2.100.39
धर्म शास्त्रेषु मुख्येषु विद्यमानेषु दुर्बुधाः |
बुद्धिमान् वीक्षिकीम् प्राप्य निरर्थम् प्रवदन्ति ते ॥
"Reaching to their logical acumen, these men of perverted intellect preach meaninglessly, in the presence of eminent books on righteousness."
praapya = reaching to; anviikSakiim = their logical; buddhim = aeumen; durbudhaaH = these men of perverted intellect; pravadanti = speak; nirartham = bereft of meaning; vidyamaaneSu = in the presence of; mukhyeSu = eminent; dharma shaastreSu = books on righteousness.
2.100.40
वीरैर् अध्युषिताम् पूर्वम् अस्माकम् तात पूर्वकैः |
सत्य नामाम् दृढ द्वाराम् हस्त्य् अश्व रथ सम्कुलाम् ॥ब्राह्मणैः क्षत्रियैर् वैश्यैः स्व कर्म निरतैः सदा |
जित इन्द्रियैर् महा उत्साहैर् वृत अमात्यैः सहस्रशः ॥प्रासादैर् विविध आकारैर् वृताम् वैद्य जन आकुलाम् |
कच्चित् समुदिताम् स्फीताम् अयोध्याम् परिरक्षसि ॥
"I hope you preserve the City of Ayodhya, furnished with everything and flourishing, that was formerly inhabited by our heroic ancestors, O my dear brother, that is worthy of its name, with its fortified gates, its elephant horses and chariots that fill it, with its brahmins, warriors and merchants in thousands, ever engaged in their respective duties, with its noble citizens self-controlled and full of energy, with its palaces in various shapes and the learned who abound there."
40; 41; 42. kachchit = I hope; parirakSasi = you preserve; ayodhyaam = the City of Ayodhya; samuditaam = furnished with everything; sphiitaam = and flourishing; puurvam = that was formerly; adhyuSitaam = inhabited; asmaakam = by our; viiraiH = heroic; puurvakaiH = ancestors; taata = O; my dear brother; satyanaanaam = that is worthy of its name; dR^iDha dvaaraam = with its fortified gates; hastvashva ratha sankulaam = its elephats; horses and chariots that fill it; vR^itaam = endowed with; braahmaNaiH = its brahmins; kSastriyaiH = warriors; vaishyaiH = and merchants; sahasrashaH = in thousands; sadaa = ever; svakarma nirataiH = engaged in their repective duties; aaryaiH = with engaged in thier respective duties; aaryaiH = with its noble citizens; jitendriyaiH = self- controlled; mahotsaahaiH = full of energy; vR^itaam = endowed iwth; praasaadaiH = its palaces; vividhaakaaraiH = in various shapes; vaidyajanaakulaam = and the learned who abound there.
2.100.43
कच्चिच् चैत्य शतैर् जुष्टः सुनिविष्ट जन आकुलः |
देव स्थानैः प्रपाभिः च तडागैः च उपशोभितः ॥प्रहृष्ट नर नारीकः समाज उत्सव शोभितः |
सुकृष्ट सीमा पशुमान् हिंसाभिर् अभिवर्जितः ॥अदेव मातृको रम्यः श्वा पदैः परिवर्जितः |
परित्यक्तो भयैः सर्वैः खनिभिश्चोपशोभितः २-१००-४५
विवर्जितो नरैः पापैर्मम पूर्वैः सुरक्षितः |
कच्चिज् जन पदः स्फीतः सुखम् वसति राघव ॥
I hope that the kingdom, adorned with peaceful places rich in temples and sheds where water stored for distribution to passers-by in tanks, with happy men and women, graced by social festivities, with land well-tilled, abiding in cattle which are totally free from cruelties, the agricultural land not exclusively fed by rains, which is beautiful and is purged of beasts of prey, which is completely rid of fears, studded with mines, a destitute of sinful men, and well-protected by our fore-fathers, is prosperous and an abode of happiness.
43; 44; 45; 46; 47. kachchit = I hope that; janapadaH = the kingdom; juSTaH = adorned; chaitya shataiH = with hundreds of altars; suniviSTa janaakulaH = and abundantly filled with peaceful people; upashobhitaH = rich; devasthaanaiH = in temples; prapaabhishcha = with sheds where water is stocked for free distribution to passers-by and tanks; taTaakaishchaprahR^iSTa nara naariikaH = with happy men and women; samaajotsavashobhitaH = graced by social festivities; sukR^iSTa siimaa = with land well-tilled; pashumaan = abiding in cattle; parivarjitaH = which are totally free; himsaabhiH = from cruelties; adeva maatR^ikaH = (agricultural land) not exclusively fed by rain; ramyaH = which is beautiful; parivarjitaH = and is purged; shvaapadaiH = of beasts of prey; parityaktaH = which is rid; bhayaih = of fears; sarvaiH = completely; upashobhitaH = and is studded; khambhisheha = with mines; vivarjitaH = which is a destitute; paapaiH = of sinful; naraiH = men; surakSitaH = and well protected; purvaiH = by our forefathers; sphiitaH = is prosperous; vasati = and an abode; sukham = of happiness.
2.100.47
कच्चित् ते दयिताः सर्वे कृषि गो रक्ष जीविनः |
वार्तायाम् संश्रितः तात लोको हि सुखम् एधते ॥
"Are you cherishing all those who live by agriculture and cattle-rearing, O, dear borhter! The people living on agriculture and cattle-rearing indeed prosper well."
te dayitaaH kachchit = are you cherishing; sarve = all; kR^iSigorakSa jiivinaH = those who live by agriculture and cattle-rearing; taata = O; dear brother!; lokaH = the people; samshritaH = living; vaartaayaam = on agriculture and cattle-rearing; edhate hi = indeed prosper; sukham = well.
2.100.48
तेषाम् गुप्ति परीहारैः कच्चित् ते भरणम् कृतम् |
रक्ष्या हि राज्ना धर्मेण सर्वे विषय वासिनः ॥
"I hope their maintenance is being looked after by you, in providing what they need and eschewing what they fear. All the citizens are indeed to be protected by a king through his righteousness."
kachchit = I hope; teSaam = their; bharaNam = maintenance; kR^itam = is being looked after; te = by you; bhukti pariihaaraiH = by providing what they need and eschewing what they fear; sarve = All ; viSaya raasinaH = the citizens; rakSyaaH hi = are indeed to be protected; dharmeNa = through righteousness; raajNaa = by a king.
2.100.49
कच्चित् स्त्रियः सान्त्वयसि कच्चित् ताः च सुरक्षिताः |
कच्चिन् न श्रद्दधास्य आसाम् कच्चिद् गुह्यम् न भाषसे ॥
"I hope you are pacifying the women well. Are they protected by you? I hope you are not believing the words of these women and not telling them the secrets."
kachchit = I hope; saantvayasi = you are receiving well; striyaH = the women; te surakSitaaH kachchit = are they protected te = by you?; kachchit = I hope; na shraddhadhaasi = you are not believing; aasaam = the words of these women; na bhaaSase kachchit = and not telling; guhyam = secrets.
2.100.50
कच्चिन्नागवनं गुप्तं कच्चित्ते सन्ति धेनुकाः |
कचिन्न गणिकाश्वानां कुञ्जराणां च तृप्यसि ॥
"Are you supervising the woods inhabited by elephants? I hope female elephants are there to you in good number. I hope you are not simply satisfied with the existing population of female elephants, horses and male-elephants."
guptam kachchit = are you supervising; naaga vanam = the woods inhabited by elephatns? kachchit = I hope; dhenukaaH = female elephants; santi = are there; te = to you; kachchit = I hope; na tR^ipyasi = you are not simply satisfied; gaNikaashvaanam with (the existing number) of female elephants; horses; kuNjaraaNaam cha = and male-elephants.
2.100.51
कच्चिद् दर्शयसे नित्यम् मनुष्याणाम् विभूषितम् |
उत्थाय उत्थाय पूर्व अह्णे राज पुत्रो महा पथे ॥
"O, Prince! Do you, regally adorned, appear before the people on rising each morning, on the great high way?"
raajaputra = O; prince!; kachit = I hope you; vibhuuSitam = regally adorned; darshayate = appear; manuSaaNaam = before the people; utthaayotthaaya = on rising; nityam = everyday; puurvaahNe = in the forenoon; mahaapathe = on the great high way.
कच्चिन्न सर्वे कर्मान्ताः प्रत्यक्षास्तेऽविशङ्कया |
सर्वे वा पुनरुत्सृष्टा मध्यमे वात्र कारणम् २-१००-५२
"I hope that all your servants, in your presence, do not adopt a disrespectful attitude or on the other hand all of them do not hasten away on seeing you. Ofcourse, a middle course only in the principle to be followed in this matter."
kachchit = I hope; sarve = all; karmantaaH = your servants; te pratyakSaaH = in your presence; na avishaNkayaa = do not adopt a disrespectful attitude; vaa punaH = or on the other hand; sarve = do all of them; utsR^iSTaaH = hasten away (on seeing you)? (of course); madhyameva = a middle course only; kaaraNam = the principle ; atra = in this matter.
2.100.53
कच्चित् सर्वाणि दुर्गाणि धन धान्य आयुध उदकैः |
यन्त्रैः च परिपूर्णानि तथा शिल्पि धनुर् धरैः ॥
"I hope all your citadels are quite full of money, grain, weapons, water and mechanical contrivances as well as artisans and archers."
kachichit = I hope; sarvaaNi = the entire; durgaaNi = citadels; paripuurNaani = are quite full; dhana dhaanyaayudhodakaiH = of money; grain; weapon; water; yantraishcha = and mechanical countrivances; tathaa = as well as; shilpi dhanurdharaiH = artisans and archers.
2.100.54
आयः ते विपुलः कच्चित् कच्चिद् अल्पतरो व्ययः |
अपात्रेषु न ते कच्चित् कोशो गग्च्छति राघव ॥
"I hope your income is abundant and expenditure, minimum. I hope your treasure does not reach undeserving people, O, Bharata!"
raaghava = O; Bharata! kachchit = I hope; te = your; aayaH = income; vipulaH = is abundant; kachchit = I hope; vyayaH = expenditure; alpataraH = is minimum; kachchit = I hope; te = your; koshaH = treasure; nagachchhati = does not reach; apaatreSu = undeserving people; raaghava = O; Bharata!
2.100.55
देवता अर्थे च पित्र् अर्थे ब्राह्मण अभ्यागतेषु च |
योधेषु मित्र वर्गेषु कच्चिद् गग्च्छति ते व्ययः ॥
"I hope that your expenditure goes for the cause of divinity, manes, brahmins, unexpected visitors, soldiers and hosts of friends."
kachchit = I hope that; te = your; vyayaH = expenditure; gachchhati = goes; devataartha cha = for the cause of divinity; pitrarthe = for manes; brahmaNa abhyaagateSu cha = for brahmins and unexpected visitors; yodheSu = soldiers; mitra vargeSu = and hosts of friends.
2.100.56
कच्चिद् आर्यो विशुद्ध आत्मा क्षारितः चोर कर्मणा |
अपृष्टः शास्त्र कुशलैर् न लोभाद् बध्यते शुचिः ॥
"If one of noble work, despite his honesty and integrity, is falsely accused of some offence, I hope he is not killed impatiently, without enquiry by those well-versed in law-books."
vishuddhaatmaa = despite his honesty; shuchiH = and integrity; kSaaritaH = is falsely accused; apakarmaNaa = of some offence; achchit = I hope; na vadhyate = he is not is killed lobhaat = impatiently; apR^iSTah = without enquiry; shaastra kushalaiH = by those well-versed in law-books.
2.100.57
गृहीतः चैव पृष्टः च काले दृष्टः सकारणः |
कच्चिन् न मुच्यते चोरो धन लोभान् नर ऋषभ ॥
"O, foremost of men! If a thief is seen and even caught at the time of his act on sufficient ground and interrogated-I hope, he is not released from greed of wealth."
nararSabha = O; foremost of men!; choraH = (If) a thief; dR^iSTaH = is seen; gR^ihiitashchaiva = and even caught; kaale = at the time of his act; sakaaraNaH = on sufficient ground; pR^iSTashcha = and interrogated; na muchyate kachchit = I hope he is not released; dhana lobhaat = from greed o wealth.
2.100.58
व्यसने कच्चिद् आढ्यस्य दुगतस्य च राघव |
अर्थम् विरागाः पश्यन्ति तव अमात्या बहु श्रुताः ॥
"O, Bharata! I hope that your well-educated ministers examine a case dispassionately when a contention occurs between a rich man and a poor man, after studying the situation carefully."
raaghava = O; Bharata!; kachichit = I hope that; tava = you; bahushrutaaH = well-educated; amaatyaaH = ministers; pashyanti = examine; artham = a case; viraagaaH = dispassionately; vyasane = in a contention; (occurs); aaDhyasya = between a rich man; durgatasya cha = and a poor man;
2.100.59
यानि मिथ्या अभिशस्तानाम् पतन्त्य् अस्राणि राघव |
तानि पुत्र पशून् घ्नन्ति प्रीत्य् अर्थम् अनुशासतः ॥
"The tears fallen from those who are the victims of false accusations, O Bharata, destroy their sons and herds of those who are indifferent to justice, merely for the sake of pleasure."
ashruuNi = the tears; patanti = fallen; yaani = from those who; mithyaabhishastaanaam = are the victims of false accusations; raagha = O; Bharata; taani = they; ghnanti = destroy; putra pashuun = their sons and herds; anushaasataH = of those who are indifferent to justice; priityartham = merely for the sake of pleasure.
2.100.60
कच्चिद् वृधामः च बालामः च वैद्य मुख्यामः च राघव |
दानेन मनसा वाचा त्रिभिर् एतैर् बुभूषसे ॥
"I hope that you seek to conciliate by the following three means, viz. gifts, a loving mind and polite words- the aged, the children and the foremost physicians."
kachchit = I hope that; bubhuuSate = you seek to conciliate; eteH = by the following; tribhiH = three means; daanena = by gifts; manasaa = a (loving) mind; vaachaa = and (polite) words; vR^iddhaamshcha = teh aged; baalamshcha = the children; vaidya mukhyaamshcha = and the foremost physicians.
Sarga 100 (part 2 of 2)
2.100.61
कच्चिद् गुरूमः च वृद्धामः च तापसान् देवता अतिथीन् |
चैत्यामः च सर्वान् सिद्ध अर्थान् ब्राह्मणामः च नमस्यसि ॥
"I hope you greet your teachers, the elderly, the ascetics, the deities; the unexpected visitors, the trees standing at cross roads and all the brahmins of auspicious life and conduct."
kachchit = I hope; mamasyasi = you greet; guruushcha = your teachers; vR^iddhaamshcha = the elderly; taapasaan = the ascetics; devataatithiin = the deities and unexpected visitors; chaityaamshcha = as well as the trees standing at cross roads; sarvaan = and all; braahmaNaamshcha = the brahmins; siddhaarthaan = of auspicious life and conduct.
2.100.62
कच्चिद् अर्थेन वा धर्मम् धर्मम् धर्मेण वा पुनः |
उभौ वा प्रीति लोभेन कामेन न विबाधसे ॥
"I hope you do not abrogate virtue by your excessive devotion to wealth or your excessive devotion to wealth or your earthly interests by your over-emphasis on religion or both your religious and secular interests by your self-indulgence in pleasure, greed and gratification of the senses."
kachchit = i hope; na baadhase = you do not abrogate; dharmam vaa = virtue; arthe = (by your excessive devotion) to wealth; arthamvaa punaH = or your earthly interests; dharmeNa = by (your over emphasis on) religion; ubhau = or both your religious and secular interests; priiti lobhena = by your self-indulgence in pleasure greed; kaamena = and gratification of the senses.
2.100.63
कच्चिद् अर्थम् च धर्मम् च कामम् च जयताम् वर |
विभज्य काले कालज्न सर्वान् भरत सेवसे ॥
"I hope your pursue wealth, religion and the delights of the sense dividing them all according to time, O Jewel among the victorious, the one who is conversant with the proper time and O, the bestower of boons!"
kachchit = I hope; sevasa = you pursue; artham cha = wealth; dharmam cha = religion; kaamamcha = and the delights of the sense; sarve = all; vibhajya = dividing them; kaale = according to time; vara = O; Jewel; jayataam = among the victorious!; kaalajNa = O; the one who is conversant with the proper time; varada = and O; the bestower of boons!.
2.100.64
कच्चित् ते ब्राह्मणाः शर्म सर्व शास्त्र अर्थ कोविदः |
आशंसन्ते महा प्राज्न पौर जानपदैः सह ॥
"O, the one who is endowed with great wisdom! I hope that brahmins versed in the knowledge of the scriptures, the inhabitants of town and the country pray for your happiness."
mahaa praajNa = O; the one who is endowed with great wisdom! braahmaNaaH kachchit = I hope that brahmins; sarva shaastraartha kovidaaH = versed in the tradition of all the scriptures; paura jaana padaissaha = and the inhabitants of town and country; aashansante = pray; te = for your; sharma = happiness.
2.100.65
नास्तिक्यम् अनृतम् क्रोधम् प्रमादम् दीर्घ सूत्रताम् |
अदर्शनम् ज्नानवताम् आलस्यम् पन्च वृत्तिताम् ॥एक चिन्तनम् अर्थानाम् अनर्थज्नैः च मन्त्रणम् |
निश्चितानाम् अनारम्भम् मन्त्रस्य अपरिलक्षणम् ॥मन्गलस्य अप्रयोगम् च प्रत्युत्थानम् च सर्वशः |
कच्चित् त्वम् वर्जयस्य् एतान् राज दोषामः चतुर् दश ॥
Do you eschew the following fourteen for of kings -viz. atheism, falsehood, anger carelessness, procrastination, disregard of the wise, sloth, bondage to the five senses, himself alone devoting thought to the affairs of the state (without consulting the ministers); taking counsel with those of perverted insight; failure to undertake the projects already decided, failure to keep secrets, failure to utter auspicious words (at the beginning of an undertaking); and rising from one's seat (indiscriminately) to receive all.
65; 66; 67. tvam varjayasi kachchit = do you eschew; etaan = the following; chaturdasha = fourteen; raaja doSaan = failings of kings; naastikyam = viz. atheism; anR^itam = falsehood; krodham = anger; pramaadam = carelessness; diirgha suutratam = procrastination; adarshanam = disregarrd; JNaanavataam = of the wise; aalashya = sloth; paNcha vR^ittitaam = bondage to the five senses; eka chintanam = devoting thought alone; arthaanaam = to the affairs of the state (without consulting the ministers); mantraNam = taking counsel; anarthajNaiH = with those of perverted insight; anaarambham = failure to launch; nischitaanaam = the projects already decided; aparirakSaNam = failure to keep; mantrasya = secrets; aprayogamcha = failure to utter; maNgaalasya = auspicious words; pratyutthaanamcha = an rising from one's seat (in discriminately); sarvataH = (to receive) all
2.100.69
दशपंचचतुर्वर्गान् सप्तवर्गं च तत्त्वतः |
अष्टवर्गम् त्रिवर्गं च विद्यास्तिस्रश्च राघव २-१००-६८
इन्द्न्द्रियाणां जयं बुद्ध्यं षाड्गुण्यं दैवमानुषम् |
कृत्यं विंशतिवर्गं च तथा प्रकृतिमण्डलं ॥यात्रादण्डविधानं च द्वियोनी संधिविग्रहौ |
कच्छिदेतान् महाप्राज्ञ यथावदनुमन्यसे २-१००-७०
"O, the very wise Bharata! I hope you understand the following and deal them properly the ten evils(1); the five kinds of fortifications(2); the four expedients(3); the seven limbs of state(4); the eight evils (born of anger) the three objects of human pursuit(5); the three branches of learning(6) subjugation of the senses, the six strategic expedients(7); adversity brought about by divine agencies(8); and by human agencies(9); the twenty types of monarches(10); and the entire population of the kingdom, setting about an an expedition, drawing up an army in a battle-array and the two bases viz, peace and war.
68; 69; 70. mahaapraajNaH = O; the very wise; raaghavaH = Bharata!; buddhvaa kachchit = Have you understood; etaan = the following; anumanyasi = and do you deal them; yathaavat = properly; dasha = the ten evils; pancha = the five kinds of fortifications; four expedients; sapta vargamcha = the seven limbs of state; aSTavargam = the eight evils; trivargamcha = the three objects of human pursuit; trisraH = the three vidyaaH cha = branches of learning; jayam = subjugation; indriiyaaNaam = of the senses; SaaDguNyam = the six strategic expedients; kR^ityam = adversity brought about; daiva = by divine agencies; maanuSam = and by human agencies; vimshati vargamchaa = the twenty types of monarchs; tathaa = and; prakR^iti maNDalam = the entire population of kingdom; yaatraadaNDavidhaanamcha = setting forth on an expedition; drawing up an army in battle array; dviyonii = the two bases; sandhivigrahau = peace and war.
(1). Ten evils attendant on royalty to be eschew. Hunting, gambling, sleeping during the day, lustfulness, inebriation, pride, calumny, lounging about idly or aimlessly, diversions such as singing and dancing. (2). Five kinds of fortifications: By moat, high bank, trees thickly planted, a space destitute of grain or provisions, the turning of waters. (3) Four expedients:- Making peace, liberality, sowing dissension, chastisement. (4) Seven limbs of state king, ministers, friends, treasure, territory, forts and an army. (5) Three objects of human pursuit: Religious merit, material wealth and sensuous enjoyment or the three kinds of power (viz. energy, power of dominion, power of counsel) (6) Three branches of learning: the three Vedas, the knowledge relating to agriculture, commerce and other vocational pursuits and political science. (7) Six strategic expedients: Coming to terms with the enemy, waging war against him, marching against him, biding one's time to seek a favourable opportunity, causing dissension in the enemy's ranks, seeking protection of a powerful ally. (8) Adversity brought about by divine agencies: Fire, water in the shape of excessive rains or floods, epidemic or endemic diseases, famine and pestulence, earthquakes and Tsunamis. (9) Adversity brought about by human agencies: officials, thieves, enemies, king's favourites and king himself, when acutated by greed. (10)Twenty types of monarchs (who are not worth-negotiating with):1. a king who is yet a child. 2. Aged. 3. Who has been ailing for a long time. 4. who has been ostracised by his own kith and kin. 5. ho is characterized by a cowardly attitude. 6. who is surrounded by cowards. 7. who is greedy. 8. has greedy associated. 9. who has estranged his ministers and others. 10. who confers with fickle-minded persons 11. who speaks ill of divine begins and brahmins; 12. who is extremely indulged in sensuous pleasures and luxuries; 13. who is ill-fated; 14. a fatalist (who believes that all things are pre-determined or subject to fate); 15. who is afflicted by famine and; 16. by military reverses; 17. who (mostly) remains away from home; 18. who has numerous enemies; 19. who is in the clutches of adverse times and; 20. who is not devoted to truth and piety.
2.100.71
मन्त्रिभिस्त्वं यथोद्दिष्टैश्चतुर्भिस्त्रिभिरेव वा |
कच्चित्समस्तैर्व्यस्तैश्च मन्त्रं मन्त्रयसे मिथः ॥
"I hope that you consult with three or four ministers as mentioned in scriptures any proposal collectively and singly with each of them in secret."
kachchit = I hope that; tvam = you; mantrayate = consult with; chaturbhiH = four; tribhireva vaa = or three; mantribhiH = ministers; mantram = a proposal yathoddiSTaiH = as mentioned in scriptures; samastaiH = collectively; vyastaishcha = and singly; mithaH = in secret
2.100.72
कच्चित्ते सफला वेदाः कच्चित्ते सफलाः क्रियाः |
कच्चित्ते सफला दाराः कच्चित्ते सफलं श्रुतम् ॥
"Do you find advantages in your study of Vedas? Are your acts, production of fair results? Do you benefit from the company of your consorts? Has your learning been fruitful?"
saphalaaH kachchit = do you find advantages; te = in you; vedaaH = study of Vedas?; kachchit te kriyaaH = are your acts; saphalaaH = productive of fair results?; saphalaaH kachchit = do you benefit; te daaraaH = from the company of your consorts?' te shrutam kachchit = Has your learning; saphalam = been fruitful?
2.100.73
कच्चिदेषैव ते बुद्धिर्यथोक्ता मम राघा |
आयुष्या च यशस्या च धर्मकामार्थसंहिता ॥
"O, Bharata! I hope that your conviction, is the same as mentioned by me in the foregoing verses, which is conducive to long life, fame, religious merit, enjoyment and wealth."
raaghava = O; Bharata!; kachchit = I hope that; te buddhiH = your conviction; eSaiva = is the same; yathaa uktaa = as mentioned (in the foregoing verses) mama = by me; samhitaa = which is conducive; aayuSyaa = to long life; yashasyaacha = fame; dharma kaamaartha = religious merit; enjoyment and wealth.
यां वृत्तिं वर्तते रातो यां चनः प्रपितामहाः |
तां वृत्तिं वर्तसे कच्चिद्याच सत्पथगा शुभा २-१००-७४
"Do you follow the common practice, which our fore fathers observed and which is in accord with the path of the virtuous and which is distinguished in itself."
vartase kachchit = Do you follow; taam = that; vR^ittam = common practice; yaam = which; taataH = our fore father; vartate = follows; yaam = and which; naH = our; prapitaamahaaH = forefathers observed; yaacha = and which; satpathagaa = is in accord with the path of the virtuous; shubhaa = and which is distinguished (in itself).
कच्चित् स्वादु कृतं भोज्यमेको नाश्नासि राघव |
कच्चिदाशंसमानेभ्यो मित्रेभ्यः सम्प्रयच्छसि २-१००-७५
"I hope you do not eat by yourself nicely made eatable and do you share it with your friends, who seek it?"
raaghava = O Bharata!; kachchit = I hope that; ekaH naashnaapi kaschit = you alone do not eat; svaadukR^itam = nicely made; bhojyam = eatable; samprayachchasi = and do you give (it); mitrebhyaH = to your friends; aasham samaanebhyaH = who wish to receive the same.
2.100.76
अवाप्य कृत्स्नां वसुधां यथाव |
दितश्छ्युतः स्वर्गमुपैति विद्वान् ॥
"A wise and learned king, having obtained and ruled the entire earth, properly by righteousness and by administering justice to the people, indeed ascends to heaven when detached from the mortal body."
raajaatu = A king; mahaa matiH = who is very wise; vidvaan = and learned; avaapya = having obtained; kR^itsnaam = the entire; vasudhaam = earth; daN^DadharaH = a administering justice; prajaanaam = to the people; paalayitvaa = and having ruled; dharmeNa = by righteousness; yathaavat = properly; chyutaH = when detached; itaH = from this mortal body; upaitihi = and indeed obtains; svargam = heaven.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे शततमः सर्गः
Sarga 101
2.101.1
तम् तु रामः समाश्वास्य भ्रातरम् गुरु वत्सलम् |
लक्ष्मणेन सह भ्रात्रा प्रष्टुम् समुपचक्रमे ॥
Rama along with Lakshmana, his younger brother, began to question Bharata, his brother who was devoted to elders (as follows):
raamaH = rama; lakSmaNe saha = along with Lakshman; bhraatraa = his younger brother; samupachakrame = began; praSTum = to question; tam = that Bharata; bhraataram = his brother; guruvatsalam = who was devoted to his elders.
2.101.2
किम् एतद् इग्च्छेयम् अहम् श्रोतुम् प्रव्याहृतम् त्वया |
यस्मात् त्वम् आगतो देशम् इमम् चीर जटा अजिनी ॥
"I desire to hear from you, why you have come tot his place in robes of bark and an antelope-skin."
aham = I; ichchhayam = desire; shrotum = to hear; pravyaahR^itam = as said; tvayaa = by you; yasmaat = why; kim = and what; etat = in this manner; tvam = you; aagataH = have come; imam desham = to this place; chiira jaTaa jinaH = in robes of bark and an antelope-skin.
2.101.3
किम् निमित्तम् इमम् देशम् कृष्ण अजिन जटा धरः |
हित्वा राज्यम् प्रविष्टः त्वम् तत् सर्वम् वक्तुम् अर्हसि ॥
"You ought to tell me all about the purpose for which you entered this place, clad in deer-skin and matted hair, relinquishing the kingdom."
arhasi = you ought; vaktum = to tell; sarvam = all; tat = that; kimnimittam = for what purpose; tvam = you; praviSTaH = entered; imam desham = this place; kR^iSNaajinajaTaadharaH = clad in deer-skin and matted hair; hitvaa = leaving; raajyam = the kingdom.
2.101.4
इत्य् उक्तः केकयी पुत्रः काकुत्स्थेन महात्मना |
प्रगृह्य बलवद् भूयः प्रान्जलिर् वाक्यम् अब्रवीत् ॥
Thus questioned by the high souled Rama, by closely embracing him again, Bharata with joined palms answered as follows:
iti = this; uktaH = spoken; kaakutthsena = by Rama; mahaatmanaa = the high souled; bhuuyaH = again; balavat = closely; pragR^ihya = embracing him; kaikeyiiputraH = Bharata; praaNjaliH = with joined palms; abraviit = spoke; vaakyam = (the following) words:
2.101.5
आर्यम् तातः परित्यज्य कृत्वा कर्म सुदुष्करम् |
गतः स्वर्गम् महा बाहुः पुत्र शोक अभिपीडितः ॥
"O, noble brother! Our father the mighty armed, after performing a deed must difficult to perform, and having abandoned us has gone the divine region; he died of grief on account of separation from his son."
aaryam = my noble brother!; taataH = our father; mahaabaahuH = the mighty armed; kR^itvaa = after performing; karma = a deed; suduSkaram = most difficult to perform; parityajya = and having abandoned (us); gataH = has gone; svaragam = to divine region; putra shokaabhipiiDitaH = with grief caused by separation from him son.
2.101.6
स्त्रिया नियुक्तः कैकेय्या मम मात्रा परम् तप |
चकार सुमहत् पापम् इदम् आत्म यशो हरम् ॥
"O, tormented of foes! As urged by his wife and my mother Kaikeyi;, our father committed this great sin that has taken away his own reputation."
paramtapa = O; tormented of foes!; niyuktaH = as urged; striyaa = by his wife; mania = and my; maatvaa = mother; kaikeyyaa = Kaikeyi; chakaara = he made; idam = this; sumahat = great; paapam = sin; aatma yashokaram = that has taken away his own reputation.
2.101.7
सा राज्य फलम् अप्राप्य विधवा शोक कर्शिता |
पतिष्यति महा घोरे निरये जननी मम ॥
"Without having plucked the fruit of kingdom, widowed and emaciated with grief my mother will fall into the most terrific hell."
apraapya = having not got; raajyaphalam = the fruit of the kingdom; vidhavaa = (but only) having become a widow; shika kashitaa = and emaciated by grief; mama = my; jananii = mother; saa = that kaikeyi; patiSyati = will fall; mahaaghore = in a highly terrible; neraye = hell.
2.101.8
तस्य मे दास भूतस्य प्रसादम् कर्तुम् अर्हसि |
अभिषिन्चस्व च अद्य एव राज्येन मघवान् इव ॥
"Grant me, who am your true servant, a favour! This very day, as Indra the Lord of celestials himself, receive the royal anointing!"
arhasi = you ought; kartum = to show; prasaadam = kindness; me = to me; daasa bhuutasya = a true servant; tasya = as such; abhiSiN^chasva = and get anointed; raajyena = in the kingdom; adyaiva = this very day; maghanaaniva = like Devendra the Lord of celestials.
2.101.9
इमाः प्रकृतयः सर्वा विधवा मातुरः च याः |
त्वत् सकाशम् अनुप्राप्ताः प्रसादम् कर्तुम् अर्हसि ॥
"Grant all these people and these widowed Queens, who have come here to see you, this felicity!"
sarvaaH = all; imaaH = these; prakR^itayaH = people; vidhavaaH = the widowed; maatarashcha = mothers; anupraaptaaH = have reached; tvat sakaasham = your proximity; arhasi = you ought; kartum = to show; prasaadam = your kindness.
2.101.10
तदा आनुपूर्व्या युक्तम् च युक्तम् च आत्मनि मानद |
राज्यम् प्राप्नुहि धर्मेण सकामान् सुहृदः कुरु ॥
"O, Prince! For that reason, accept the throne that is befitting; endowed to you as per succession and that is yours by right fulfill, as your should, the desires of your friends."
maanada = O; proud Prince!; tat = for that reason; praapriuhi = accept indeed; raajyam = the kingdom; yuktam = that is befitting; aatmani = you; yuktam = and endowed to you; anupuurvyaa = as per succession; dharmeNa = and as per your right; kuru = and fulfill; sakaamaan = the desires; suhR^idaH = of your friends.
2.101.11
भवतु अविधवा भूमिः समग्रा पतिना त्वया |
शशिना विमलेन इव शारदी रजनी यथा ॥
"Bring the widowhood of the entire world to an end by becoming her Lord, as does the immaculate moon to the autumn-night."
samagraa = (Let) the entire; bhuumiH = world; bhavau = become; avidhavaa = bereft of widowhood; tvayaa = by you; patinaa = the Lord; vimalena iva = as the immaculate; shashinaa = moon; shaaradii = to the autumn; rajanii yathaa = night.
2.101.12
एभिः च सचिवैः सार्धम् शिरसा याचितो मया |
भ्रातुः शिष्यस्य दासस्य प्रसादम् कर्तुम् अर्हसि ॥
"Grant this grace to your brother, who prostrates at your feet along with your ministers is both your discipline and your slave."
arhasi = you ought; kartum = to grant; prasaadam = this grace; bhraatuH = to your brother; yaachitaH shivasaa = who prostratas at your feet; ebhiH sachivaiH saartham = with your ministers; mayaa = by me; shiSyasya = who is a discipline; daasasya = and a slave.
2.101.13
तद् इदम् शाश्वतम् पित्र्यम् सर्वम् सचिव मण्डलम् |
पूजितम् पुरुष व्याघ्र न अतिक्रमितुम् उत्सहे ॥
"O, Tiger among men! You cannot disregard this unbroken kingdom, which is eternal, ancestral and honoured."
puruSa vyaaghraH = O; Tiger among men!; naarhasi = you cannot; atikramitum = disregard; idam = this; prakR^itimaN^Dalam = unbroken kingdom; shaashvatam = which is eternal; pitryam = ancestral; puujitam = and honoured.
2.101.14
एवम् उक्त्वा महा बाहुः सबाष्पः केकयी सुतः |
रामस्य शिरसा पादौ जग्राह भरतः पुनः ॥
Thus speaking, the mighty armed Bharata, with tears, once again seized Rama's feet in great honour, as per precept.
evam = Thus; uktvaa = speaking; mahaa baahuH = the mighty armed; kaikeyiisutaH = Bharata; sa baaSpaH = with tears; punaH = again; jagraha = seized raamasya = Rama's paadau = feet; shirasaa = in great honour; vidhivat = as per precept.
2.101.15
तम् मत्तम् इव मातन्गम् निह्श्वसन्तम् पुनः पुनः |
भ्रातरम् भरतम् रामः परिष्वज्य इदम् अब्रवीत् ॥
Rama embraced his brother Bharata, who sighed again and again like an elephant in rut, and spoke as follows:-
raamaH = Rama; pariSvjya = embraced; bhraataram = his brother; tam = bharata; that Bharata; niH shvasantam = who sighed; punaH punaH = again and again; maataN^gam iva = like an elephant; mattam = in rut; abraviit = and spoke; idam = these words.
2.101.16
कुलीनः सत्त्व सम्पन्नः तेजस्वी चरित व्रतः |
राज्य हेतोः कथम् पापम् आचरेत् त्वद् विधो जनः ॥
"How should a man of noble birth, rich in Sattva (goodness), dignified and who has observed sacred vows like myself, commit sin for the sake of a mere kingdom?"
katham = how; janaH = should a man; madvidhaH = like myself; kuliinaH = of noble birth; sattva sampannaH = rich in Sattva (goodness); tejasvii = dignified; charita vrataH = and who has observed sacred vows; aacharet = commit; paapam = sin; raajya hetoH = for the sake of a mere kingdom?
2.101.17
न दोषम् त्वयि पश्यामि सूक्ष्मम् अप्य् अरि सूदन |
न च अपि जननीम् बाल्यात् त्वम् विगर्हितुम् अर्हसि ॥
"O, Bharata the annihilator of enemies! I do not see the slightest fault in you and you should not reproach your mother for a childish action."
arisuudanaH = O; Bharata the annihilator of enemies!; na pashyaami = I do not see; suukSmamapi = even a little; doSam = of fault; tvayi = in you; naarhasi chaapi = you ought not even; vigarhitum = to abuse; jananiim = your mother; baalyaat = for a childish action.
2.101.18
कामकरो महाप्राअज्ञ गुरूणां सर्वदानघ |
उपपन्नेषु दारेषु पुत्रेषु च विधीयते ॥
"O, Bharata the highly intelligent and the faultless man! It is incumbent always on the part of the elders to act freely with reference to their wives and progeny."
mahaapraaj^Na = O; Bharata the highly intelligent!; anagha = and the faultless man!; vidhiiyate = It is incumbent; sarvadaa = always; guruuNaam = on the part of the elders; kaamakaaraH = to act freely; upapanneSu = with reference to their esteemed; daareSu = wife; putreSu aha = and progeny.
2.101.19
वयमस्य यथा लोके संख्याताः सुअम्य साधुभिः |
भार्याः पुत्राश्च शिष्याश्छ त्वमनुज्ञातुमर्हसि ॥
"O, gentle brother! Since it was said thus by virtuous men in this world, we should all, women children and disciples, obey our Lord; this must be known to you."
saumya = O; gentle brother!; yathaa = In what manner; samkhyaataaH = it was said; saadhubhiH = by virtuous men; loke = in this world; (in the same manner); tvam = you; arhasi = ought; anj^Naatum = to know; (that); vayam = we; bhaaryaaH = the women; putraashcha = children; shiSyaashcha = and disciples; (obey); asya = our Lord.
2.101.20
वने वा चीरवसनं सौम्यकृष्णाजिनाम्बरम् |
राज्ये वापि महाराजो मां वासयितुमीश्वरः ॥
"The great king is the master, who has a discretion either to make me reside in the forest, wearing bark robes and a black antelope skin or to sit on the throne, O gentle brother!"
mahaaraajaH = The great king; iishvaraH = is the master; vaasaye tum maam = who may either make me reside; vane vaa = in the forest; chiiravasanam = wearing bark robes; kR^iSNaajinaambaram = and a black antelope skin; raajye vaapi = or to sit on the throne; saumya = O gentle brother!.
2.101.21
यावत् पितरि धर्मज्न गौरवम् लोक सत्कृते |
तावद् धर्मभृताम् श्रेष्ठ जनन्याम् अपि गौरवम् ॥
"O, excellent among the supporters of law and the virtuous! The same degree of respect is to be paid to our mother, as is due to our father, who is honoured by all."
shreSTha = O; excellent; dharma bhR^itaam = among the supporters of law!; djar;ak^Ne = and the virtuous!; taavat = the same degree; gouravam = of respect; jananyaamapi = is due to our mother; yaavat = as is due; pitari = to our fathrs; lokasatkR^itam = who was honoured by the world.
2.101.22
एताभ्याम् धर्म शीलाभ्याम् वनम् गग्च्छ इति राघव |
माता पितृभ्याम् उक्तो अहम् कथम् अन्यत् समाचरे ॥
"How can I do otherwise, while both my parents of virtuous nature ask me to go to the forest?"
katham = how; aham samaachare = can I do; anyat = otherwise; uktaH = while i was spoken; etaabhyaam maataa pitR^ibhyaam = by both my mother and father; dharmashiilaabhyaam = of virtuous nature; vanam gachchha iti = to go to the forest.
2.101.23
त्वया राज्यम् अयोध्यायाम् प्राप्तव्यम् लोक सत्कृतम् |
वस्तव्यम् दण्डक अरण्ये मया वल्कल वाससा ॥
"It is for you to occupy the throne in Ayodhya that the world reveres and it is for me to occupy this Dandaka forest, wearing bark robes."
raajyam = The throne; ayodhyaam = in Ayodhya; loka satkR^itam = that the world reveres; praaptavyam = is to be occupied; tvayaa = by you; daN^DakaaraNye = and in the Dandaka forest; vastavyam = is to be occupied; mayaa = by me; valkalavaasasaa = wearing bark robes.
2.101.24
एवम् कृत्वा महा राजो विभागम् लोक सम्निधौ |
व्यादिश्य च महा तेजा दिवम् दशरथो गतः ॥
"Having commanded thus, the emperor Dasaratha with a great splendour, made the division of duties in this manner (for us two) in the presence of the people and then ascended to heaven."
vyaadishyacha = having commanded thus; mahaaraajaH = the great king; mahaatejaaH = with a great splendour; dasharathaH = Dasaratha; kR^itvaa = made; vibhaagam = the division of duties; evam = in this manner; loka sannidhau = in the presence of the people; gataH = and scended; divam = to heaven.
2.101.25
स च प्रमाणम् धर्म आत्मा राजा लोक गुरुः तव |
पित्रा दत्तम् यथा भागम् उपभोक्तुम् त्वम् अर्हसि ॥
"That pious souled king, the preceptor of the world is the standard authority for you and you have to enjoy the share given by our father accordingly."
saH raajaa = that king; dharmaatmaa = the pious souled; lokaguruH = and the preceptor of the world; pramaaNam = is the standard authority; tava = for you; tvam = you; arhasi = ought; upabhoktum = to enjoy; yathaablaagam = according to the share; dattam = given; pitraa = by our father.
2.101.26
चतुर्दश समाः सौम्य दण्डक अरण्यम् आश्रितः |
उपभोक्ष्ये तु अहम् दत्तम् भागम् पित्रा महात्मना ॥
"I, for my part, shall enjoy the share given to me by our high-souled father for fourteen years, taking my abode in Dandaka forest, O gentle brother!"
aham tu = I; for my part; upabhokSye = souled; pitraa = father; chaturdasha = for fourteen; samaaH = years; aashritaH = taking my abode; daN^Dakaaranyam = in Dandaka forest; saumya = O; gentle brother.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे एकोत्तरशततमः सर्गः
Sarga 102
2.102.1
रामस्य वचनम् श्रुत्वा भरतः प्रत्युवाच ह |
किम् मे धर्माद्विहीनस्य राजधर्मः करिष्यति ॥
Hearing Rama's words, Bharata replied as follows: "What will the discharge of royal duties amount to me, who is outside of that code?"
shrutvaa = Hearing; raamasya = Rama's; vachanam = words; bharataH = Bharata; pratyuvaacha ha = replied (as follows); kim kariSyati raajadharma = "What will the discharge of royal duties amount; me = to me; vihiinasya = who is bereft; dharmaat = of that code.
2.102.2
शाश्वतोऽयं सदा ध्रमः स्थितोऽस्मासु नरर्षभ |
जेष्ठपुत्रे स्थ्ते राजन् न कनीयान् नृपो भवेत् ॥
"O, the foremost of men! O, Majesty! It has been ever the established tradition in us that while the elder son is there, the younger one cannot become a king."
nararSabha = O; the foremost of men!; ayam = this one; sthitaH = is established; sadaa = forever; asmaasu = in us; shaashvataH = as an eternal; dharmaH = law; jyeSTha putre sthite = when the elder son is there; kaniiyaan = the younger son; na bhavet = cannot become; nR^ipaH = a king; raajan = O; Majesty!
2.102.3
स समृद्धां मया सार्धमयोध्यां गच्छ राघव |
अभिषेचय चात्मानं कुलस्यास्य भवाय नः ॥
"O, Rama! Therefore, come to the prosperous Ayodhya along with me and get anointed in kingdom for the welfare of our race."
raaghavaH = O; Rama!; saH = you; as such; gachchha = come; ayodhyaam = to Ayodhya; samR^iddhaam = of great prosperity; saardham = along with me; abhiSechaya = and get anointed in kingdom; aatmaanam = yourself; bhavaaya = for the welfare; asya kulasya = of this race; naH = of ours.
2.102.4
राजानं मानुषं प्राहुर्देवत्वे सम्मतो मम |
यस्य धर्मार्थसहितं वृत्तमाहुरमानुषम् ॥
"The king, whom people speak of as a human being and whose conduct is in conformity with righteousness and worldly prosperity, they declare as super- human, is conceded by me as a god-head."
raajaanam = the king; yasya = whom; praahuH = people speak of ; maanvSam = as a human being; vR^ittam = and whose conduct; dharmaarthasahitam = is in conformity with righteaousness and worldly prosperity; aahuH = they declare; amaanuSam = as super-human; sammataH = is conceded; mama = by me; devatve = as a godhead.
2.102.5
केकयस्थे च मयि तु त्वयि चारण्यमाश्रिते |
दिवमार्यो गतो राजा यायजूकः सतां मतः ॥
"While I was there in Kekaya kingdom and you had proceeded tot he forest, the king Dasaratha, the revered one who was given to the performance of sacrifices and was honoured by the virtuous, has gone to heaven."
mayi kekayasthe = while I was there in Kekaya kingdom; tvayi cha = and you; araNyam = to the forest; raajaa = the king Dasaratha; aaryaH = the revered one; yaayajuukaH = who was given to the performance of sacrifices; mataH = and was honoured; sataam = by the virtuous; gataH = has gone; divam = to heaven.
2.102.6
निष्क्रान्तमात्रे भवति सहसीते सलक्ष्मणे |
दुःखशोकाभिभूतस्तु राजा त्रिदिवमभ्यगात् ॥
"Hardly were you gone with Seetha and Lakshmana, than the king succumbed to misfortune and grief and ascended to the most sacred heaven."
bhavati niSkraanta maatre = hardly were you gone; saha siite = with Seetha; sa lakSmana = along with Lakshmana; raajaa = than the king; duHkha shokaabhibhuutaH = succumbed to misfortune and grief; abhyagaat = and ascended; tridivam = to the most sacred heaven."
2.102.7
उत्तिष्ठ पुरुषव्याघ्र क्रियतामुदकं पितुः |
अहं चायं च शत्रुघ्नः पूर्वमेव कृतोदकौ ॥
"Arise, O the Tiger among men! Let the traditional libations of water be offered to our father. Shatrughna and I have previously done it."
uttiSTha = arise; puruSa vyaaghraH = O; the tigr among men!; udakam kriyataam = let the traditonal libations of water be offered; pituH = to our father; aham = I and; ayam = this; shatrughnashcha = Shatrughna; puurvam eva = have previously; kR^itodakau = offered the tradiotnal libations of water.
2.102.8
प्रियेण खलु दत्तं हि पितृलोकेषु राघव |
अक्षय्यं भवतीत्याहुर्भवांश्चैव पितुः प्रियः ॥
"O, Rama! It is said that the one given by an affectionate son becomes measureless and you undoubtedly are beloved to our father."
raaghavaH = O; Rama!; aahuH khalu = people indeed tell; iti = that; dattam = the one given; priyeNa = by an affectionate son; bhavati = becomes; akSayyam = measureless; bhavaamshchaiva = you alone; priyaH = are beloved; pituH = to our father.
2.102.9
त्वामेव शोचंस्तव दर्शनेप्सुः |
त्वयेव सक्तामनिवर्त्य बुद्धिम् |
त्वया विहीनस्तव शोकमग्न |
स्त्वाम् संस्मरन्नस्तमितः पिता ते ॥
"Entirely abandoned by you, lamenting about you, desirous of beholding you, being not able to turn away his mind absorbed in you alone, immersed in grief of you and recollecting you, your father died."
vihiinaH = Entirely abandoned; tvayaa = by you; shchan = lamenting; tvaameva = about you; tava darshanepsu = desirous of beholding you; anivartya = not capable of turning away; buddhim = his mind; saktaam = appended; trayyeva = in you alone; shokamagnaH = and immersed in grief; tava = of you; te = your; pitaa = father; astamitaH = died; samsmaran = recollecting; tvaam = you.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे दुव्य्त्तरशततमः सर्गः
Sarga 103
2.103.1
ताम् श्रुत्वा करुणां वाचं पितुर्मरणसंहिताम् |
राघवो भरतेनोक्तां बभूव गतचेतनः ॥
Hearing those mournful words relating to the death of his father, spoken by Bharata, Rama fainted away.
shrutvaa = hearing; taam vaacham = those words; karuNaam = which were mournful; maraNa samhitaam = and relating to death; pituH = of his father; uktaam = spoken; bharatam = by Bharata; raaghavaH = Rama; babhuuva = became; gata chetanaH = deprived of consciousness.
2.103.2
तं तु वज्रमिवोत्सृष्टमाहवे दानवारिणा |
वाग्वज्रं भरतेनोक्तममनोज्ञं परम्तपः ॥प्रगृह्य रामो बाहूवै पुषिताग्रो यथा द्रुमः |
वने परशुना कृत्तस्तथा भुवि पपात ह ॥
Hearing that unpleasant thunder bolt of words spoken by Bharata, like a thunderbolt released by Indra the Lord of celestials in a battle, Rama the tormentator of his enemies, stretched forth his hands and fell on the ground, in the same manner as a tree covered at extremities with blossoms was cut off by an axe in the forest.
2; 3. amanojNam = unpleasant; vaagvajram = thunder bolt of word; uktam = spoken; bharatena = by Bharata; vjramiva = like a thunderbolt; utkR^iSTam = released; daana vaariNaa = by Indra the Lord of celestials; aahave = in a battle; raamaH = Rama; paramtapaH = the tormentator of his enemies; pragR^ihya = stretched forth; baahuu = his hands; papaata ha = and fell; bhuvi = on the ground; yatha tathaa = in the same manner as; drumuH = a tree; puSpitaagraH = covered at extremities with blossoms; kR^ittaH = cut off; parashunaa = by an axe; vane = in the forest.
2.103.4
तथा निपतितं रामं जगत्यां जगतीपतिम् |
कूलघातपरिश्रान्तं पसुप्तमिव कुञ्जरम् ॥भ्रातरस्ते महेष्वासं सर्वतः शोककर्शितम् |
रुदन्तः सह वैदेह्या सिषिभुः सलिलेन वै ॥
Seeing Rama lying on the earth, has the lord of the earth, like an elephant crushed by a land slide on a bank where he was sleeping, those brother along with Seetha approached him from all sides and weepingly sprinkled water on him.
4; 5. te = those; bhraataraH = brother; vaidehyaa saha = along with Seetha; sarvataH = reached from all sides; rudantaH = and weepingly; niSichuH vai = sprinkled; salilena = with water; raamam = on Rama; nipatitam = who fell; jagatyaam = on the ground; tathaa = thus; jayatiipatim = and who was the Lord of the world; kuNjaram iva = like an elephant; kuulaghaata parishraantam = crushed by a landslide on a bank; prasuptam = where he was sleeping; maheshvaasam = that great archer; shoka karshitam = who was stricken by grief.
2.103.6
स तु संज्ञां पुनर्लब्ध्वा नेत्राभ्यामस्रमुत्सृजन् |
उपाक्रामत काकुत्थ्सः कृपणं बहु भाषितुम् ॥
Coming to his senses again and tears falling from his eyes, Rama began to speak much plaintively.
labdhvaa = gaining; samjNaam = consciousness; punaH = again; saH kaakutthsaH = that Rama; utsR^ijan = having poured out; asram = tears; upaakraamata = began; bhaaSitum = to speak; bahu = much; kR^ipaNam = plaintively.
2.103.7
स रामः स्वर्गतं श्रुत्वा पितरम् पृथिवीपतिम् |
उवाच भरतं वाक्यं धर्मात्मा धर्मसंहितम् ॥
Hearing that the King and his father had ascended to heaven, the virtuous. Rama spoke the following words, consistent with righteousness to Bharata.
shrutvaa = hearing; pR^ithiviipatim = that the king; pitaram = and his father; svargatam = had ascended to heaven; saH ramaH = that Rama; dharmaatmaa = the virtuous man; uvaacha = spoke; dharma sahitam = consistent with righteousness; bharata = to Bharata.
2.103.8
किं करिष्याम्ययोध्यायां ताते दिष्टां गतिम् गते |
कस्ताम् राजवराद्धीनामयोध्याम् पालयिष्यति ॥
"What should I do with Ayodhya, now that my father reached the end of his life? Who will rule that Ayodhya, which is bereft of that excellent king?
kim kariSyaami = what should I do; ayodhyaayaam = with Ayodhya; taate = that my father; gate = reached; diSTaam = gatim = the end of his life?; kaH = who; paalayiSyati = will rule; taam ayodhyaam = that Ayodhya; hiinaam = bereft; raajavaraat = of that excellent king?
2.103.9
किम् नु तस्य मया कार्यं दुर्जातेन महात्मनः |
यो मृतो मम शोकेन मया चापि न संस्कृतः ॥
"In my misfortune, what can I do for that high-souled one? He died of grief on my account and I did not perform the last rites for him!"
durjaatena = In my misfortune; mayaa kimnukaaryam = what can I do; tasya = for that; mahaatmanaH = high souled one; yaH = who; mR^itaH = died; mama shokena = of grief on my account; na samskR^itashchaapi = and not even last rites were performed; mayaa = by me.
2.103.10
अहोः भरत! सिद्धार्थो येन राजा त्वयानुघ!|
शत्रुघ्नेन च सर्वेषु प्रेतकृत्येषु सत्कृतः ॥
"O, Bharata the faultless one! Alas! Happy are you, by whom as well as by Shatrughna the king was honoured by all obsequial rites!"
bharata = O; Bharata; anagha = the faultless one!; aho = Alas!; siddhaarthaH = happy; tvayaa = are you; yena = by whom; shatrughnecha = as well as by Shatrughna; raajaa = the king; satkR^itaH = was honoured; sarveSu = by all; pretya kR^ityeSu = obsequies rites!
2.103.11
निष्प्रधाना मनेकाग्रां नरेन्द्रेण विना कृताम् |
निवृत्तवनवासोऽपि नायोध्यां गन्तुमुत्सहे ॥
'Even after the end of my exile, I do not want to return to Ayodhya which is i a disarranged state, deprived of a chief and made bereft of a king."
nivR^tta vanavaso.api = even after the end of my exile; na utsahe = I do not wish; gantum = to go; ayodhyaam = to Ayodhya; anekaagraani = which is in a disarranged state; niSpradhaanaam = deprived of a chief; vinaakR^itaam = and bereft; narendreNa = of a king.
2.103.12
समाप्तवनवासं मामयोध्यायाम् परम्तप |
कोऽनु शासिष्यति पुनस्तते लोकान्तरं गते ॥
"O, Bharata the tormentator of foes While our father has gone to the other world, who will counsel me when my exile in the forest is over?"
paramtapa = O; Bharata the tormentator of enemies!; taate = (while) our father; gate = has gone; lokaantaram = to the other world; kaH = who; punaH anuShaasiSyati = will again advise; maam = me; samaapta vanavaasam = when my exile in the forest is over?
2.103.13
पुरा प्रेक्ष्य सुवृत्तं माम् पिता यान्याह सान्त्वयन् |
वाक्यानि तानि श्रोष्यामि कुतः श्रोतसुखान्यहम् ॥
"Formerly, seeing my good conduct, our father used to address me in words of praise; from whom now shall I hear those words delightful to the ears?"
prekSya = seeing; suvR^ittam = my good conduct; puraa = formerly; pitaa = our father; aaha = used to speak; yaani vaakyaani = which words; saantvayan = of appeasement; kutaH = from whom; shroSyaami = can I hear; taani = those words; shrotra sukhaani = which are delightful to the ears?
2.103.14
एवमुक्त्वा स भरतं भार्यामभ्येत्य राघवः |
उवाच शोकसम्तप्तः पूर्णचन्द्रनिभाननाम् ॥
Having spoken thus to Bharata, Rama went to seek out his consort, whose face resembled the full moon, and overwhelmed with grief, spoke to her as follows:-
uktvaa = having spoken; evam = thus; bharatam = to Bharata; saH raamaH = that Rama; abhyetya = approached; bhaaryaam = his wife; puurNa chndra nibhaananaam = whose face was like a full moon; soka samtaptaH = and stricken with grief; uvaacha = spoke (as follows)
2.103.15
सीते मृतस्ते श्वशुरः पित्रा हीनोऽसि लक्ष्मण |
भरतो कुःखमाचष्टे स्वर्गतं पृथिवीपतिम् ॥
"O, Seetha! your father-in-law is dead. O, Lakshmana! You have become bereft of your father. Bharata is informing a sorrowful news of the emperor being dead.
siite = O; Seetha!; te shashuraH = Your father-in-law; mR^itaH = is dead; lakSmaNa = O; Lakshman!; asi = you have become; hiinaH = bereft; pitraa = of your father; bharataH = Bharata; aachaSTe = is telling; duHkham = a sorrowful news; pR^ithiviipatim = of the emperor; svargatam = being dead.
2.103.16
ततो बहुगुणम् तेषां बाष्पो नेत्रेष्वजायत |
तथा ब्रुवति काकुत्थ्स कुमाराणां यशस्विनाम् ॥
While Rama was uttering those words, copious tears caused to flow then from the eyes of those sons of Dasaratha.
kaakutthse = (while) Rama; bruvati = was speaking; tathaa = thus; bahuguNam = copious; baaSpaH = tears; ajaayata = caused to flow; tataH = then; teSaam kumaaraaNaam yashashivnaam netreSu = from the eyes of those illustrious sons of Dasaratha.
2.103.17
ततस्ते भ्रातरस्सर्वे भृशमाश्वास्य राघवम् |
अब्रुवन् जगतीभर्तुः क्रियतामुदकं पितुः ॥
Then, all those brothers consoled Rama very much and said to him, "Let us offer libations of water for our father, the Lord of the earth."
tataH = then; te sarve = all those; bhraataraH = brothers; aashvaasya = consoled; raaghavam = Rama; bhR^isham = very much; abruvan = and said to him; kriyataam = let us offer libations; udakam = of water; pituH = for our father; jagatiibhartuH = the Lord of the earth.
2.103.18
सा सीता श्वशुरं श्रुत्वा स्वर्गलोकगतम् नृपम् |
नेत्राभ्यामश्रुपूर्णाभ्यामशकन्नेक्षितुं पतिम् ॥
Hearing that her father-in-law, that great monarch had ascended to heaven, Seetha was unable to see her husband through eyes filled with tears.
shrutvaa = Hearing; nR^ipam = the king; shvashuram = her father-in-law; svargagatam = to have; ascended to heaven; saa siitaa = that Seetha; naashakata = was not able; iikSitum = to see; patim = her husband; netraabhyaam = with eyes; ashrupuurNaabhyaam = filled with tears.
2.103.19
सान्त्वयित्वा तु तां रामो रुदतीं जनकात्मजाम् |
उवाच लक्ष्मणम् तत्र दुःखितो दुःखितम् वचः ॥
Rama consoled that Seetha who was weeping and himself stricken with grief, spoke to the lamenting Lakshmana as follows:
raamaH = Rama; saantvayitvaa = consoled; taam janakaatumajaam = that Seetha; rudatiim = who was weeping; duHkhitaH = and himself in grief; uvaacha = spoke; vachaH = those words; lakSmaNam = to Lakshmana; tatra = there; duHkhitam = who was lamenting.
2.103.20
आनयेङ्गुदिपिण्याकं चीरमाहर चोत्तरम् |
जलक्रियार्थं तातस्य गमिष्यामि महात्मनः ॥
"Bring the crushed pulp of Ingudi Tree and bring a piece of bark for being wrapped about my loins and another for being used as my loins and another for being used as an upper garment, so that we may proceed to offer libations of water for our magnanimous father."
aanaya = bring; iNgmdi piNyaakam = the crushed pulp of Ingudi Tree; aahara = and bring; chiiramcha = a piece of bark for being wrapped about my loins; uttaram = and another for being used as an upper garment; gamiSyaami = I shall go; jalakriyaartham = to offer libatiouns of water; taatasya = for our father; mahaatmanaH = the great souled.
2.103.21
सीता पुरस्ताद्र्वजतु त्वमेनामभितो व्रज |
अहं पश्चाद्गमिष्यामि गति र्ह्येषा सुदारुणा ॥
"Let Seetha walk in the front and you follow after her nearby. I shall follow in the rear. This indeed is the most terrible procession.
siitaa = (Let) Seetha; vrajatu = walk; purastaat = in the front; tvam = you; vraja = walk; enaam abhitaH = after her nearby; aham = I; gamiSyaami = shall go; pashchaat = behind (you); eSaa = this; sudaaruNaahi = is indeed the most terrible; gatiH = procession.
2.103.22
ततो नित्यानुगस्तेषां विदितात्मा महामतिः |
मृदुर्दान्तस्च शान्तश्च रामे च दृढभक्तिमान् ॥सुमन्त्रस्तैर्नृपसुतैः सार्धमाश्वास्य रागवम् |
आवातारयदालम्ब्य नदीम् मन्दाकिनीम् शिवाम् ॥
Then, their faithful companion Sumantra versed in the spiritual science, endowed with great intelligence, kind, self-controlled and glorious, and deeply devoted to Rama, consoling him and his brothers, took Rama by the hand and helped him descend to the auspicious River Mandakini.
22; 23. tataH = then; teSaam = their; nityaanugaH = faithful companion; sumantraH = Sumantra; viditaatmaa = versed in the spiritual science; mahaamatiH = endowed with great intelligence; mR^iduH = king; daantashcha = self-controlled; kaantashcha = glorious; dR^iDha bhaktimaan = and deeply devoted; raamecha = to Rama; aashvaasya = consoling; raaghavam = Rama; taiH nR^ipasutaiH saartham = and those princes; aalambya = took Rama by the hand; avaataarayat = helped him descend; shivam = to the auspicious; mandaakiniim naadiim = Mandakini River.
2.103.24
ते सुतीर्थाम् ततः कृच्छ्रादुपागम्य यशस्विनः |
नदीम् मन्दाकिनीम् रम्याम् सदा पुष्पितकाननाम् ॥शीघ्रश्रोतसमासाद्य तीर्थम् शिममकर्दमम् |
सिषिचुस्तुदकं राज्ञे तातैतत्ते भवत्विति ॥
The illustrious Rama and others painfully reached the River Mandakini, that stream of sacred fords, the enchanting one always covered with flowers, coming to a blessed ford, free from mud and offered the lustrual water to the king, saying "Father! May this prove agreeable to you."
24; 25. tataH = then; te = they; yashasvinaH = the illustrious; upaagamya = reached; kR^ichchhaat = painfully; mandaakinii = nadii = the River Mandakini; sutiirthaam = that stream of sacred fords; ramyaam = the enchanting one; sadaa puSpitaakaananaam = always covered with flowers; aasaadya = coming; shivam tiirtham = a blessed; tiirthan = to ford; akardamam = free from mud; niSichuH = offered; udakam = (the lustral) water; raaj^Ne = to the king; iti = (seeing) thus; taata = father; etat = May this; bhavatu = prove agreeable; te = to you.
2.103.26
प्रगृह्य च महीपालो जलपूरितमञ्जलिम् |
दिशम् याम्यामभिमुखो रुदन्वचनम्ब्रवीत् ॥
Holding together in the form of a hollow his palms full of water and turning his face turned towards the southern quarter and weeping the great prince pronounced the traditional words saying:
pragR^iya = holding together; aN^jalim = in the form of a hollow his palms; jalapuuritam = full of water; abhimukhaH = and turning his face turned towards; yaamyaam = disham = the southern quarter; rudam = weeping; mahiipataH = the great prince; abraviit = pronounced; vachanam = the traditional words; saying:
2.103.27
एतत्ते राजशार्दूल विमलं तोयमक्षयम् |
पितृलोकगतस्याद्य मद्दत्तमुपतिष्ठतु ॥
O, Tiger among men! May this water without taint and incorruptible at the moment that I offer it to you, reach you in the region of your ancestors where you are."
raaja shaarduula = O; Tiger among men!; etat toyam = (May) this water; vimalam = without taint; akSayam = and incorruptible; adya = at the moment; maddattam = that I offer it; te = to you; upatiSThatu = reach you; pitR^ilokagatasya = in the region of your ancestors where you are.
2.103.28
ततो मन्दाकिनीतीरात्र्पत्युत्तीर्य स राघवः |
पितुश्चकार तेजस्वी निवापं ब्रातृभिः सह ॥
Thereafter, the glorious Rama, resending the bank of Mandakini River along with his brothers, offered balls of food to his father.
tataH = thereafter; tejasvii = the glorious; raaghavaH = Rama; pratyuttiirya = resending; mandaakinii tiiraat = the bank of Mandakini River; bhraatR^ibhiH saha = along with his brothers; chakaara = offered; nivaapam = balls of food; pituH = to his father.
2.103.29
ऐङ्गुदम् बदरीमिश्रम् पिण्याकम् दर्भसंस्तरे |
न्यस्य रामस्स दुःखार्तो रुदन्वचनमब्रवीत् ॥
Rama placed the pulp of the Ingudi tree mixed with the pulp of plums on a mat of Kusa grass and overcome with sadness, weeping, spoke the following words:
saH raamaH = that Rama; nyasya = placed; piN^yaakam aingudam = the pulp of the Ingudi tree; badarii mishram = mixed with (the pulp of) plums; darbha samstare = on a mat of kusa grass; duHkhaartaH = and overcome with sadness; rudan = weeping; abraviit = spoke; vachanam = these words.
2.103.30
इदम्भुङ्क्ष्व महाराज प्रीतो यदशना वयम् |
यदन्नः पुरुषो भवति तदन्ना स्तस्य देवताः ॥
"O, Great King! Be pleased to partake of this, which we eat for, that which man eats, is also consumed by his gods."
mahaaraaja = O; Great King!; priitaH = be pleased; bhuN^jva = to partake; idam = of this; vayam yadashchanaaH = which we eat; yadannaH puruSaH = for; that which man eats; tadannaah = is also consumed; tasya = by his; devataaH = gods.
2.103.31
ततस्तेनैव मार्गेण प्रत्युत्तीर्य नदीतटात् |
आरुरोह नरव्याघ्रो रम्यसानुं महिधरम् ॥
Rama the tiger among men then re-ascending by the same path on the banks of the river reached the charming summit of Chitrakuta mountain.
tataH = then; naravyaaghraH = Rama the tiger among men; pratyuttiirya = re-ascending; tena maargeNaiva = by the same path; nadii taTaat = on the banks of the river; aaruroha = rose up; ramyasaanum = the charming summit; mahiidharam = of (Chirakuta) mountain.
2.103.32
ततः पर्णकुटीद्वारमासाद्य जगतीपतिः |
परिजग्राह बाहुभ्यामुभौ भरतलक्ष्मणौ ॥
Gaining the door of his leafy hut, Rama the Lord of the earth then embraced Bharata and Lakshmana with his arms.
jagatiipatiH = Rama the Lord of the earth; tataH = then; aasaadya = gaining; parNakuTiira dvaaram = the door of his leafy hut; parijagraaha = embraced; ubhau = both; bharata lakSmanau = Bharata and Lakshmana; baahubhyaam = with his arms.
2.103.33
तेषां तु रुदतां शब्दात्प्रतिश्रुत्कोऽभवद्गिरौ |
भ्रात्ऱ्^ऊ सह वैदेह्या सिंहानामिव नर्धताम् ॥
From the sound of the cry of those brothers with Seetha, which resembled like the roaring of lions rose an echo in the mountain.
shabdaat = from the sound; rudataam = of the cry; teSaam bhraatR^iiNaam = of those brothers; vaidehyaa saha = with Seetha; shabdaat = which sounded; nardataam simhaanaamiva = like the roaring of lions; abhavat = created; pratishrutkaH = and echo; giron = in the mountain.
2.103.34
महाबलानाम् रुदताअं कुर्वतामुदकं पितुः |
विज्ञाय तुमुलं शब्दम् त्रस्ता भरतसैनिकाः ॥
Hearing the tumultuous clamour by those mighty heroes as, weeping they completed the libations of water to their father, Bharata's army got alarmed.
viJ^Naaya = hearing; tumulam = the tumultuous; shabdam = clamour; mahaabalaanaam = by those mighty heroes; rudataam = as; weeping; kurvataam = they completed; udakam = the libations of water; putuH = for their father; bharata sainikaaH = Bharata's army; trastaaH = got alarmed.
2.103.35
आब्रुवंश्चापि रामेण भरतस्संगतो ध्रुवम् |
तेषामेव महाशब्दः शोचतां पितरं मृतम् ॥
Those troops of Bharata also said, "Assuredly, Bharata has joined Rama and this is a great sound only of their wailing, as they mourn for their dead father."
abruvancha api = (hose troops of Bharata) also said; dhruvam = Assuredly; bharataH = Bharata; samgataH = has joined; raameNa = with Rama; mahaan = (this is) a great; shabdaH = sound; teSaameva = only of their; shochataam = wailing; mR^itam = for their dead; pitaram = father.
2.103.36
अथ वासान्परित्यज्य तं सर्वेऽभिमुखाः स्वनम् |
अ प्येकमनसो जग्मुर्यथास्थानम् प्रधाविताः ॥
Leaving their tents all of them having but one thought, went running in the direction of that sound instantly.
atha = then; parityajya = leaving; vaasaan = their tents; sarve = all of them; eka manasaH api = having but one thought; jagmuH = went; pradhaavitaaH = running ; abhimukhaah = in the direction of; tam svanam = that sound; yathaasthaanam = instantly.
2.103.37
हयैरन्ये गजैरन्ये रथैरन्ये स्वलम्कृतैः |
सुकुमारास्तथैवान्ये पद्भिरेव नरा ययः ॥
Some went on their horses, some others on their elephants, some in their chariots covered with ornaments while the youthful people went on foot.
anye = some; hayaiH = on their horses; anye = some others; gajaiH = on their elephants; anye = some; rathaiH = in their chariots; svalankR^itaiH = covered with ornaments; sukumaaraaH = (while) the youthful; naraaH = people; yayuH = went; padbhideva = on foot.
2.103.38
अचिरप्रोषितम् रामम् चिरविप्रोषितं यथा |
द्रष्टुकामो जनस्सर्वो जगाम सहसाश्रमम् ॥
In their longing to see Rama, whose absence though recent, seemed so long a period for them, the whole people ran towards the hermitage.
draSTukaamaH = In their longing to see; raamaam = Rama; achira proSitam = whose absence though recent; chira proSitam = seemed so long for them; sarvaH = the whole; janaH = people; sahasaa jagaama = ran; aashramam = towards the hermitage.
2.103.39
भ्रात्ऱूणां त्वरितास्तत्र द्रष्टुकामास्समागमम् |
युयुर्बहुविधैर्यानैः खरनेविस्वनाकुलैः ॥
Eager to see those brothers re-united there, they went hastily by various means of transport, either by hoofed animals or by wheeled vehicles.
draSTukaamaaH = eager to see; bhraatR^iiNaam = those brothers; samaagamam = re united; tatra = there; yayuH = they went; tvaritaaH = hastily; bhuvidhaiH = by various means; yaanaiH = of transport; khura namisvanaakulaiH = like hoofed animals and wheeled vehicles.
2.103.40
सा भूमिर्बहुभिर्यानै खरनेमिसम्रहता |
मुमोच तुमुलं शब्दं द्यौरिवाभ्रसमागमे ॥
Trodden by many vehicles, beasts and chariots, that land emitted a tumultuous noise, as a sky during the conjunction of clouds.
samaahataa = trodden; bahubhiH = by many; yaanaiH = vehicles; khuranemi = beasts and chariots; saa bhuumiH = that land; mumocha = emitted; tumulam = a tumultuous; shabdam = noise; dyouriva = as sky; abhra samaagame = during the conjunction of clouds.
2.103.41
तेन वित्रासिता नागाः करेणुपरिवारिताः |
आवासयन्तो गन्धेन जग्मुरन्यद्वनम् ततः ॥
Frightened by that noise, the wild elephants, surrounded by female elephants, perfuming the quarters with teh scent of their ichor, went to another wood from there.
vitraasitaaH = frightened; ena = by that noise; naagaaH = the wild elephants; kareNu parivaaritaaH = surrounded by female elephants; aavaasayantaH = perfuming the quarters; gandhena = with the scent of their ichor; jagmuH = went; anyat vanam- to another wood; tataH = from there.
2.103.42
वराहवृकसम्घाश्च सिंहाश्च महिषाः सर्पवानराः |
व्याघ्रगोकर्णगवयाः वित्रेसुः पृषतैस्सह ॥
Boars, wolves and lions, buffaloes, snakes, monkeys, tigers, Gokarnas and Gavayas (two distinctive species of deer) along with spotted deer felt frightened.
varaaha vR^ika simhaashcha = Boars; wolves and lions; mahiSaaH = buffaloes; sarpa vaanaraaH = snakes; monkeys; vyaaghra gokarNa gavayaaH = tigers; Gokarnas and Gavayas (two distinctive species of deer); vR^iSataiH saha = along with spotted deer; vitresuH = felt frightened.
2.103.43
रथाङ्गसाह्वा नत्यूह हंसाः कारण्डवाः प्लवाः |
तथा पुंस्कोकोलाः क्रौञ्च विसम्ज्ञा भेजिरे दिशः ॥
The ruddy gooses, water-fowls, swans, Karandavas ( a sort of ducks), herons, male cuckoos and cranes, utterly confused made it to various directions.
rathaaN^gasaahvaaH = the ruddy gooses; natyuuhaaH = water-fowls; hamsaaH = swans; kaarN^DavaaH = karandavas (a sort of ducks); plavaaH = herons; tathaa = and; pumskokilaah = male cuckoos; krouN^chaah = and cranes; bhejire = made it; dishaH = to various; directions; visaN^JNaaH = utterly confused.
2.103.44
तेन शब्देन वित्रस्तैराकासं पक्षिभिर्वऋतम् |
मनुष्यैरावृता भूमिरुभयम् प्रबभौ त दा ॥
The sky filled with birds that had been frightened by that noise and the earth covered with men, both looked beautiful at that moment.
aakaasham = the sky; vR^itam = filled; pakSibhiH = with birds; vitrastaiH = that had been frightened; tena shabdena = by that noise; bhuumiH = and the earth; aavR^itaaH = covered; manuSaiH = with men; ubhayam = both; tadaa = then; prababhau = looked beautiful.
2.103.45
तत्तस्तं पुरुषव्याघ्रम् यशस्विन मकीलम्षम् |
आसीनं स्थण्डिले रामम् ददर्श सहसा जनः ॥
Suddenly then, the people beheld the illustrious and the sinless Rama, sitting on the bare earth.
sahasaa = suddenly; janaH = the people; tataH = then; dadarsha = beheld; yashasvinam = the illustrious; raamam = akalamSam = and the sinless; raamam = Rama; aasiinam = sitting; sthaN^Dile = on the bare earth.
2.103.46
विगर्हमाणः कैकेयीं मन्थरासहितामपि |
अभिगम्य जनो रामम् बाष्पपूर्णमुखोऽभवत् ॥
Abusing Kaikeyi and Manthara, those people turned up with their faces bathed in tears. while approaching Rama.
vigarhamaaNaH = Abusing; kaikeyiim = Kaikeyi; mantharaa sahitam api = along with even Manthara; janaH = those people; abhavet = turned up; baaSpa puurNa mukhaH = with their faces bathed in tears; abhigamya = (while) approaching; raamam = Rama.
2.103.47
तान्नरान् बाष्पपूर्णाक्षान् समीक्ष्यथ सुदुःखितान् |
पर्यष्वजत धर्मज्ञः पितृवन्मातृवच्च नः ॥
Seeing those people thus deeply afflicted their eyes suffused with tears, Rama knowing what was right, embraced them like their father and mother.
saH = that Rama; dharmajN^aH = knowing what was right; atha = then; samiikSya = seeing; taan maraan = those people; suduHkhitaan = thus deeply afflicted; baaSpa puurnaakSaan = their eyes suffused with tears; pariSvajata = embraced them; pitR^ivat = like their father; maatR^ivachcha = and mother.
2.103.48
स तत्र कांश्चित् परिषन्वजे नरान् |
नराश्च केचित्तु तमभ्यवादयन् |
चकार सर्वान् सवयस्यबान्धवान् |
यथार्ह मासाद्य तदा नृपात्मजः ॥
Rama embraced some men there, while some others offered salutations to him. Approaching them on that occasion, the king's son received them all including his friends and companions.
saH = that Rama; pariSvaje = embraced; kaamshchit = some; maraan = men; tatra = there; kechit ta = while some other; naraashcha = men; abhyavaadan = offered salutations; tam = to him; yathaarham = and as each merited it; sah = that nR^ipaatmajaH = king's son; tadaa = then; chakaara = received; sarvaan = all of them; vayasya baandhavaan = including his friends and companions; aasaadya = duly approaching them.
2.103.49
स तत्र तेषाम् रुदतां महात्मनां |
भुवम् ब खम् चाशुनिनादयन् स्वनः |
गुह गिरीणाम् च दिश्श्च सन्ततं |
मृदङ्गघोषप्रतिमः प्रशुश्रुवे ॥
The tumult of those magnanimous persons lamenting, resounded over the earth and in the sky, reverberating through the mountain caves and in all quarters like the continuous beating of drums.
saH = that; svanaH = tumult; teSaam mahaatmanaam = of those magnanimous persons; rudataam = lamenting; tatra = there; anuninaadayan = resounded; bhuvamcha = over the earth; kamcha = and in the sky; giriiNaam guhaashcha = (reverberating) through the mountain caves; dishashcha = and in all quarters; prashrushruve = heard; santatam pratimaH = like the continuous; mR^idaN^ga ghoSa = beating of drums.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे त्र्युत्तरशततमः सर्गः
Sarga 104
2.104.1
वसिष्ठः पुरतः कृत्वा दारान् दशरथस्य च |
अभिचक्राम तं देशं रामदर्शनतर्षितः ॥
Eager to see Rama again, Vasishta approached that place, preceded by Dasaratha's wives.
raamadarshana tarSitaH = eagerly desirous of seeing Rama; vasiSThaH = Vasishta; abhichakraama = walked over; tam desham = to that place; kR^itvaa = protecting; dasharathasya = Dasaratha's; daarvaan = wives; purataH = in front.
2.104.2
राजपत्न्यश्च गच्छन्त्यो मन्दं मन्दाकिनीम् प्रति |
ददृशुस्तत्र तत्तीर्थं रामलक्ष्मणसेवितम् ॥
The king's wives, while moving slowly towards River Mandakini, saw the ford there, being frequented by Rama and Lakshmana.
raaja patnyashcha = the king's wives; gachchharityaH = while moving; mandam = slowly; mandaakiniim prati = towards River mandakini; dadR^ishuH = saw; tat tiirtham = that ford; tatra = there; raama lakSmaNa sevitam = being frequented by Rama and Lakshmana.
2.104.3
कौसल्या बाष्पपूर्णेन मुखेन परिशुष्यता |
सुमित्रामब्रवीद्दीना याश्चान्या राजयोषितः ॥
With a gloomy and emaciated face, filled with tears, Kausalya spoke to Sumitra and other royal women (as follows):
mukhena = with a face; parishuSyataa = emaciated; diinaa = sad; baaSpa puurNena = and filled with tears; kausalyaa = Kausalya; abraviit = spoke; sumitraam = to Sumitra; yaaH = and whoever; anyaaH = other; raajayoSitaH = royal women (were there).
2.104.4
इदम् तेषामनाथानाम् क्लिष्टमक्लिष्टकर्मणाम् |
वने प्राक्कलनम्तीर्थम् ये ते निर्विषयीकृताः ॥
"This is the ford, located in the eastern region of the forest, frequented by Seetha, Rama and Lakshmana, banished from the kingdom; those unfortunate persons of illustrious exploits who have no country."
idam = this; tiirtham = is the ford; praakkaalanam = located in the eastern quarter; vane = in the forest; ye te = (frequented) by them; nirviSayii kR^itaaH = banished from the kingdom; teSaam = those; kliSTam = unfortunate persons; akliSTa karmaNaam = of illustrious exploits; anaathaanaam = who have no country.
2.104.5
इतस्सुमित्रे पुत्रस्ते सदा जलमतन्द्रितः |
स्वयं हरति सौमित्रिर्मम पुत्रस्य कारणात् ॥
"O, Sumitra! Lakshmana, your son always draws water himself from here unwearyingly for the sake of my son."
sumitre = O; Sumitra!; saumitriH = Lakshman; te putraH = your son; harati = draws; jalam = water; svayam = himself; sadaa = forever; atandritaH = unwearyingly; itaH = from here; kaaraNaat = for the sake; mama putrasya = of my son.
2.104.6
जघन्यमपि ते पुत्रः कृतवान्न तु गर्हितः |
भ्रातुर्यदर्थसहितं सर्वं तद्विहितम् गुणैः ॥
"Through engaged in an inferior act (of carrying water), your son is not to be censured because all that service rendered to his brother is enjoined with virtues."
kR^itavaan api = though a doer; jaghanyam = of an inferior act; te putraH = your son; na = is not; garhitaH tu = to be censured; yat = that which; arhthasahitam = is useful; bhraatuH = to his brother; tat sarvam = all that; vishitam = is enjoined; guNaih = with virtues.
2.104.7
अद्यायमपि ते पुत्रः क्लेशानामतथोचितः |
नीचानर्थसमाचारं सज्जं कर्म प्रमुञ्चतु ॥
"Your son too, who is not accustomed to such pains, will indeed be relived now of this mean, wretched and laborious task."
ayam = this; te putraH api = your son too; atathochitaH = who is not deserved of such; kleshaanaam = pains; adya = now; pramuNchatu = will indeed be relieved; sajjam = of this laborious; karma = act; niichaanarthasamaachaaram = which is mean and wretched.
2.104.8
दक्षिणाग्रेषु दर्भेषु सा ददर्श महीतले |
पितुरिङ्गुदिपिण्याकम् व्यस्तमायतलोचना ॥
The large-eyed Kausalya observed a ball made of Ingudi pulp, which was placed by Rama in honour of his father on the ground, on aheap of Darbha grass, the raised spikes of which pointed towards the south.
aayata lochanaaH = the large-eyed; saa kausalya; dadarsha = observed; iNgudi piNyaakam = a ball make of Indugi pulp; nyastam = which was placed (by Rama); pituH = (in honour of his) father; mahiitale = on the ground; darbheSu = on a heap of Darbha grass; dakSiNaagreSu = the raised spiked of which pointed towards the south.
2.104.9
तं भूमौ पितुरार्तेन न्यस्तं रामेण वीक्ष्यसा |
उवाच देवीइ कौसल्या सर्वा दशरथस्त्रियः ॥
Seeing that ball of food placed on the ground by the unfortunate Rama for his father, the Queen Kausalya spoke to all those wives of Dasaratha (as follows):
viikSya = seeing; tam = that ball; nyastam = placed; bhuumau = on the gorund; aartena raameNa = by the unfortunate Rama; pituH = for his father; saa kausalyaa = that Kausalya; devii = the Queen; uvaacha = spoke; sarvaaH = to all; dasharatha striyaH = the wives of Dasaratha (as follows):
2.104.10
इदमिक्ष्वाकुनाथस्य राघवस्य महाअत्मनः |
राघवेण पितुर्दत्तम् पश्यतै तद्यथाविधि ॥
"See this ball of food offered traditionally by Rama in honour of his father, the high-souled Dasaratha the Lord of Ikshvaku race."
pashyata = see; idam = this ball of food; dattam = offered; yathaavidhi = as per tradition; raaghaveNa = by Rama; raaghavasya = for Dasaratha; ikSvaaku naathesya = the Lord of Ikshvaku race; mahaatmanaH = high-souled; pituH = father.
2.104.11
तस्य देवसमानस्य पार्थिवस्य महात्मनः |
नैतदौपयिकम् मन्ये भुक्तभोगस्य भोजनम् ॥
"I do not consider this offering as befitting for that great-souled king, who was like unto a God and who lived amidst every pleasure."
na manye = I do not consider; etat = this; bhojanam = food; oupayikam = as befitting; tasya paarthivasya = for that king; deva samaan asya = like unto a God; bhukta bhogasya = who lived amidst every pleasure; mahaatmanaH = and a great souled.
2.104.12
चतुर्न्ताम् महीम् भुक्त्वा महेन्द्रसदृशो विभुः |
कथमिङ्गुदिपिण्याकम् स भुङ्त्के वसुधादिपः ॥
"How can that Lord of the earth, Dasartha, equal to the Lord of celestials and a mighty man, having enjoyed the earth with its four quarters, the boundaries of which are the oceans, eat a cake of Ingudi pulp?"
katham = how; saH vasudhaadhipaH = can that Lord of the earth; mahendra sadR^ishaH = resembling the Lord of celestials; vibhuH = and the mighty man; bhuktvaa = having enjoyed; mahiim = the earth; chaturantaam = with four ends; bhuN^kte = eat; iN^gudipiNyaakaM = a cake of Ingudi pulp?
2.104.13
अतो दुःखतरम् लोके न किंञ्चित्प्रतिभाति मा |
यत्र रामः पितुर्दद्यादिङ्गुदिक्षोदमृद्धिमान् ॥
"I do not consider any thing painful to me on earth than when Rama the man of fortune offering a cake of Ingudi pulp to his father."
maa na pratipaati = I do not consider; kiJNchit = anything; duHkhataram = more painful; loke = on eart; ataH = then; yatra = when; raamaH = Rama; R^iddhimaan = the man of fortuen; dadyaat = offered; putuH = to his father; iN^gudi kSodam = a cake of Ingudi pulp.
2.104.14
रामेणेङ्गुदिपिण्याकं पित्तुर्दत्तं समीक्ष्य मे |
कथं दुःखेन हृदयम् न स्पोटति सहस्रधा ॥
"Seeing this offering, a cake of Ingudi pulp, of Rama to his father, why does my heart not break into a thousand pieces with anguish?"
samiikSya = seeing; dattam = this offering; iN^gudipiNyaakam = a cake of Ingudi pulp; raameNa = by Rama; pituH = to his father; katham = why; me hR^idayam na sphoTati = does my heart not break; sahasradhaa = into a thousand pieces; duhkhena = with anguish?
2.104.15
श्रुतिस्तु खल्वियं सत्य लौकिकी प्रतिभाति मा |
यदन्नः पुरुषो भवति तदन्नास्तस्य देवताः ॥
"It indeed occurs to me that the saying among men that the food eaten by man is also consumed by his Gods is true."
pratibhaati khalu = It indeed occurs; maa = to me; iyam = (that) this; shrutistu = saying; laukikii = among men; yadannaH = that the food; (eaten by); puruSaH = man; bhavati = becomes; tadannaaH = the same food; (eaten by); tasya = his; devataaH = Gods; satyaa = is true.
2.104.16
एवमार्तां सपत्न्यस्ता जग्मुराश्वास्य तां तदा |
ददृशुश्चश्रमे रामं स्वर्गच्युतमिवामरम् ॥
Consoling Kausalya thus afflicted by grief, Kausalya's companions then proceeded further and saw Rama in his hermitage, who resembled an Immortal driven out of Paradise.
aashvaasya = consoling; taam = Kausalya; evam = thus; aartaam = afflicted with grief; taaH sapatnyaH = Kausalya's companions; tadaa = then; jagmuH = proceeded; dadR^ishushcha = and saw; raamam = Rama; aashrame = in the hermitage; amaramiva = who resembled an Immortal; svargachyutam = driven out of Paradise.
2.104.17
सर्वभोगैः परित्यक्तं रामं सम्प्रेक्ष्य मातरः |
आर्त मुमुचुरश्रुणि सस्वरं शोककर्शताः ॥
Beholding Rama bereft of all enjoyments, his mothers agonized as they were with grief, emitted cries and allowed tears to flow.
samprekSya = Beholding; raamam = Rama; parityaktam = bereft; sarva bhogaiH = of all enjoyments; maataraH = his mothers; shokakarshitaaH = agnised with grief; aartaaH = and in deep distress; mumuchuH = emitted; ashruuNi = tears; sasvaram = with cries.
2.104.18
तासां रामः समुत्थाय जग्रह चरणान् शुभान् |
मातृइणां मनुजव्याघ्रः सर्वासां सत्यसंगरः ॥
Rama, the tiger among men, true to his promise raised up and took hold of the auspicious feet of all his mothers.
raamaH = Rama; manujavyaaghraH = the tiger among men; satya sangaraH = true to his promise; samutthaaya = raised up; jagraaha = and took hold; shubhaan charaNaan = of the auspicious feet; sarvaa saam = of all; taasaam maatR^iiNaam = those mothers.
2.104.19
ताह् पाणिभिः सुखस्सर्शैद्वङ्गुलितलैश्शुभैः |
प्रममार्जू रजः पृष्ठाद्रामस्यायतलोचनाः ॥
Those large-eyed Queens, by means of their pleasantly touching soft fingers and palms as well as charming hands, wiped the dust from Rama's back.
taaH = those; aayata lochanaaH = large-eyed Queens; sukha sparashaiH = by means of their pleasant = touching; mR^idvaN^gulitalaiH = and soft fingers and palms; shubhaiH = and charming; paaNibhiH = hands; pramamaarjuH = wiped; rajaH = the dust; raamasya = from Rama's pR^iSThaat = back.
2.104.20
सौमित्रिरपि ताः सर्वा मातृईः सम्प्रेक्ष्य दुःखितः |
आभ्यावादयदासक्तं शनैरामादनन्तरम् ॥
Seeing all those mothers, the wailing Lakshmana too slowly paid obeisance devotedly to them all by bowing to each in turn, immediately after Rama.
samprekSya = seeing; sarvaaH = all; taah maatR^iiH = those mothers; saumitrirapi = lakSmana too; duHkhitaH = being sorrowful; shanaiH = slowly; abhyavaadayat = paid obeisance; aasaktam = devotedly; raamaat anantaram = immediately offer Rama.
2.104.21
यथा रामे तथा तस्मिन् सर्वा ववृतिरे स्त्रियः |
वृत्तिम् दशरथाज्जाते लक्ष्मणे शुभलक्षणे ॥
All Dasaratha's wives manifested the same affection towards Lakshmana, who was born of Dasaratha and exceedingly handsome, as they did to Rama.
sarvaaH = all; striyaH = Dasaratha's wives; tasmin lakSmaNe = in the case of Lakshmana; jaate = born; dasharathaat = of Dasaratha; shubha lakSaNe = and exceedingly handsome; vavR^itire = showed; vR^ittim = affection; tathaa = in the same way; raame yathaa = as towards Rama.
2.104.22
सीतापि चरणांस्तसामुपसम्गृह्य दुः खिता |
श्वश्रूणामश्रुपूर्णाक्षि सा बभूवाग्रतः स्थिता ॥
Then, the grief-stricken Seetha, her eyes filed with tears, also touched the feet of her mothers-in-laws and stood before them.
saa siitaapi = even that Seetha; duHkhitaa = with distress; upasamgR^ihya = took hold charaNaan = of the feet; shvashruuNaam = of her mothers-in-law; babhuuva = and became; sthitaa = standing; agrataH = in their front; ashrupuurNaakSii = with her eyes filled with tears.
2.104.23
तां परिष्वज्य दुःखार्तां माता दुहितरम् यथा |
वनवासकृशां दीनां कौसल्या वाक्यमब्रवीत् ॥
Kausalya embraced the miserable Seetha as a mother her daughter, she who was emaciated because of her stay in the forest and afflicted with grief, and spoke the following words:
maataayathaa = as a mother; duhitaram = as her daughter; pariSvajya = embracing; taam = that Seetha; duHkhaartaam = who was afflicted with grief; vana vaasakR^ishaam = emaciated because of her stay in the forest; diinaam = and miserable; kausalyaa = Kausalya; abraviit = spoke; vaakyam = (the following) words:
2.104.24
विदेहराजस्य सुता स्नुषा दशरथस्य च |
रामपत्नी कथं दुःखं सम्प्राप्ता निर्जने वने ॥
"How has the daughter of King Janaka, the daughter-in-law of King Dasaratha and Rama's wife, fallen into such a wretched plight that she is living in a desolate forest?"
katham = how; raamapatnii = Seetha; Rama's wife; sutaa = the daughter; videharaajasya = of king Janaka; snuSaa = and the duaghter-in law; dasharathasya = of Dasaratha; sampraapto = has met with; duHkham = this plight; nirjane vane = in the desolate forest?
2.104.25
पद्ममातपसन्तप्तं परिक्लिष्टमिवोत्पलम् |
काञ्चनं रजसा ध्वस्तम् क्स्लिष्टं चन्द्रमिवाम्बुदैः ॥मुखम् ते प्रेक्ष्य माम् शोको दहत्यग्निरिवाश्रयम् |
भृशम् मनसि वैदेहि व्यसनारणिसम्भवः ॥
"O, Seetha! Seeing your face, like a lotus withered with heart or a faded lily or gold defiled with dust or a moon hidden by the clouds, the fire of grief produced by the firewood of adversity and existing in my mind burns me severely."
25; 26. vaidehi = O; Seetha!; prekSya = seeing; te mukham = your face; padmam iva = like lotus; aatapasantaptam = withered with heat parikliSTam = or a faded; utalamiva = water-lily; kaaNchanam = or like gold; dhvastam = defiled; rajasaa = with dust; chandram iva = or a moon; kliSTam = hidden; ambudaiH = by the clouds; agniH = the fire; shokaH = of grief; vyasanaaraNisambhavaH iva = produced like by the fire wood of adversity; aashrayam maam manasi = and existing in my mind; ddahati = burns (me); bhR^isham = severely.
2.104.27
ब्रुवन्त्यमेवमार्तायां जनन्यां भरताग्रजः |
पादावासाद्य जग्राह वसिष्टस्य च राघवः ॥
While the sorrowful mother was speaking thus, Rama the elder brother of Bharata approached Vasishta and took hold of his feet in salutation.
aartaayaam = (While) the afflicted; jananyaam = mother; bruvantyaam = was speaking; evam = thus; raaghavaH = Rama; bharataagrajaH = the elder brother of Bharata; aasaadya = approached; jagraaha = and took hold; paadau = of his feet; vasiSThasya = of Vasishta.
2.104.28
पुरोहितस्यग्नि समस्य वै तदा |
बृहस्पतेरिन्द्रमिवामराधिपः |
प्रगृह्य पादौ सुसमृद्धतेजसः |
सहैव तेनोपनिवेश राघवः ॥
Then, Rama holding the feet of that priest, who was equal of Agni the fire and endowed with very great splendour, even as Indra the Lord of celestials would clasp the feet of Brihaspati, sat down by his side.
tadaa = then; raaghavaH = Rama; pragR^ihya = holding; paadau = the feet; purohitasya = of that priest; agnisamasya vai = who was truly resembling a fire; susamR^iddha tejasaH = and possessed of very great splendour; indraH iva = even as Indra; amaraadhipaH = the Lord of celestials; (would clasp the feet); bR^ihaspate = of Brihaspati; upavivesha = sat down; tena sahaiva = by his side.
2.104.29
ततो जघन्यं सहितैः समन्त्रिभिः |
पुरप्रधानैश्च सहैव सैनिकैः |
जनेन धर्मज्ञतमेन धर्मवा |
नुपोपविष्टो भरतस्तदाग्रजम् ॥
Then, after Rama and Vasishta sat, Bharata the pious man along with his counsellors, the leading citizens, warriors and virtuous people seated himself at a lowel level at a proximity to Rama.
tadaa = then; tataH jaghanyam = after they sat; saH bharataH = that Bharata; dharmavaan = the pious man; sahitaiH = along with; mantribhiH = his counsellors; pura pradhanai shcha = the leading citizens; sainikaissahaiva = with warriors; dharmajJNa ta mana = and virtuous janena = people; upopaviSTaH = approached and sat near; agrajam = his elder brother.
2.104.30
उपोपविष्टस्तु तदा स वीर्यवां |
स्तपस्विवेषेण समीक्ष्य राघवम् |
श्रिया ज्वलन्तं भरतः कृताञ्जलि |
र्यथा महेन्द्रः प्रयतः प्रजापतिम् ॥
Seeing Rama in the garb of an ascetic, radiant in majesty, the extremely powerful Bharata, paying obeisance to him with joined palms, then took his place in his presence, as the devoted Indra the Lord of celestials sits before Brahma the Lord of creation.
samiikSya = seeing; raaghavam = Rama; tapasviveSeNa = in the garb of an ascetic; jvalantam = radiant; shriyaa = in majesty; viiryavaan = the extremely powerful; saH bharataH = Bharata; kR^itaaNjaliH = paying obeisance to him with joined palms; tadaa = then; upopaviSTaH tu = took his place in his presence; prayataH mahendraH yathaa = as the devoted Indra the Lord of celestials; prajaapatim = before Brahma the Lord of creation.
2.104.31
किमेष वाक्यम् भरतो.द्य राघवं |
प्रणम्य स्त्कृत्य च साधु वक्ष्यति |
इतीव तस्यार्यजनस्य तत्त्वतो |
बभूव कौतूहलमुत्तमम् तदा ॥
A highest curiosity arose in the minds of those worthy men (assembled there) as to what persuasive words Bharata at that moment would utter, while addressing Rama, having offered salutation and homage to him.
uttamam = a highest; kantuhalam = curiasity; babhuva = arose; tadaa = then; tattvataH = in the minds; tasya = of those; aaryajanasya = worthy men; itiiva kim saadhu vaakyan = as to what good words; eSaH = this; bharataH = Bharata; adya = at this moment; vakSyati = would utter; (while addressing); raaghavam = Rama; praNamya = having offered salutation; satkR^itya cha = and paid homage (to him).
2.104.32
स राघवः सत्यधृतिश्च लक्ष्मणो |
महानुभावो भरतश्च धार्मिकः |
वृताः सुहृद्भिश्च विरेजुरध्वरे |
यथा सद्स्यः सहितास्त्रयोऽग्नयः ॥
That Rama endowed with truth and forbearance with Lakshmana who was bestowed with magnanimity and the pious Bharata, surrounded by his companions, were as resplendent as the three sacrificial Fires (known by the names of Garhapatya, Ahavamiya and Dakshina), accompanied by the superintending priests.
saH raaghavashcha = that Rama; satya dhR^itiH = possessed of truth and forbearance; lakSmaNaH = with Lakshmana; mahaanubhaavaH = who was endowed with magnanimity; dhaarmikaH = and the pious; bharatashcha = Bharata; vR^itaaH = surrounded; suhR^idbhiH = by his companions; virejuH = were as resplendent; trayaH = agnayaH yathaa = as the three sacrificial fires; (known by the names of Garhapatya; Ahavaniya and Dakshina); sahitaaH = accompanied by; adhvare sadasyaiH = the superintending priests.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे चतुरुत्तरशततमः सर्गः
Sarga 105
2.105.1
ततः पुरुष सिम्हानाम् वृतानाम् तैः सुहृद् गणैः |
शोचताम् एव रजनी दुह्खेन व्यत्यवर्तत ॥
While those lions among men amidst a host of friends were lamenting, that night elapsed with a much difficulty.
tataH = then; taiH = (while) those; puruSa simhaanaam = lions among men; vR^itaanaam = surrounded; suhR^idgaNaiH = by a host of friends; shochataameva = were still lamenting; rajanii = (that) night; vyatyavartata = elapsed; duHkhena = with a much difficulty.
2.105.2
रजन्याम् सुप्रभातायाम् भ्रातरः ते सुहृद् वृताः |
मन्दाकिन्याम् हुतम् जप्यम् कृत्वा रामम् उपागमन् ॥
When the beautiful dawn broke, Rama's brothers along with their companions, having made their offerings and recited their prayers on the banks of River Madakini, approached Rama.
suprabhaataayaam = at the beautiful day-break; rajanyaam = of the night; te bhraataraH = those brothers; suhR^idvR^itaaH = along with their friends; kR^itvaa = having made; hutam = offering; japyam = and muttered prayer; mandaakinyaam = in the River Mandakini; upaagamam = and approached; raamam = Rama.
2.105.3
तूष्णीम् ते समुपासीना न कश्चित् किंचिद् अब्रवीत् |
भरतः तु सुहृन् मध्ये राम वचनम् अब्रवीत् ॥
Sitting in silence, no one uttered a word. Bharata, on his part, amidst his companions, addressed Rama as follows:
te = they; samupaasinaaH = sat; tuSniim = silently; na kashchit = no one; kimchit = whatsover; bharatastu = Bharata; however; abraviit = spoke; vachanam = (the following) words; raamam = to Rama; suhR^inmadhye = amidst those companions.
2.105.4
सान्त्विता मामिका माता दत्तम् राज्यम् इदम् मम |
तद् ददामि तव एव अहम् भुन्क्ष्व राज्यम् अकण्टकम् ॥
"My mother has been consoled (by you) by giving this kingdom to me. I am giving back that kingdom to you. Enjoy it without hindrance!"
maamikaa = my; maataa = mother; saantvitaa = has been restored; harmony; idam = this; raajyam = kingdom; dattam = was given; mama = to me; aham = I; dadaami = am giving; tat = that kingdom; tavaiva = to you indeed; bhuuNkSva = enjoy; raajyam = the kingdom; akaNTakam = without hindrance.
2.105.5
महता इव अम्बु वेगेन भिन्नः सेतुर् जल आगमे |
दुरावारम् त्वद् अन्येन राज्य खण्डम् इदम् महत् ॥
"As a dam breached by a great on-rush of water during a rainy season cannot be repaired so easily, this great continent cannot be defended by any one other than you."
idam = this; mahat = great; raajyakhaN^Dam = continent of kingdom; setuH iva = as a dam; bhinnaH = breached; mahataa = by a great; ambuvegena = on rush of water; jalaagame = during a rainy season; (cannot be repaired); duraavaaram = cannot be defended; tvadanyena = by any one other than you.
2.105.6
गतिम् खर इव अश्वस्य तार्क्ष्यस्य इव पतत्रिणः |
अनुगन्तुम् न शक्तिर् मे गतिम् तव मही पते ॥
"As a donkey cannot emulate the tempo of a horse, or an ordinary bird the movement of Garuda (a kind of falcon), neither can I follow in your footsteps, O, Lord of the world!"
na = there is no; shaktiH = capability; me = for me; anugantam = to follow; tava gatim = your path; khara iva = as a donkey; gatim = the tempo; ashvasya = of a horse; patattrNaH iva = or an ordinary bird; taarkSyasya = the movement of Garuda; a kind of falcon; mahiipate = O; lord of the world!.
2.105.7
सुजीवम् नित्यशः तस्य यः परैर् उपजीव्यते |
राम तेन तु दुर्जीवम् यः परान् उपजीवति ॥
"O, Rama! Know his life to be blessed forever, on whom others depend Life is, however, difficult for him who depends on others for this life."
raama = O; Rama!; tasya = his; sujiivam = is a good life; yaH = who; nityashaH = upajiivyate = is relied upon; paraiH = by others; yaH = whoever; upajiivati = is dependent on; paraan = others; tenatu = however; durjiivam = (leads) a difficult life.
2.105.8
यथा तु रोपितो वृक्षः पुरुषेण विवर्धितः |
ह्रस्वकेन दुरारोहो रूढ स्कन्धो महा द्रुमः ॥स यदा पुष्पितो भूत्वा फलानि न विदर्शयेत् |
स ताम् न अनुभवेत् प्रीतिम् यस्य हेतोः प्रभावितः ॥एषा उपमा महा बाहो त्वम् अर्थम् वेत्तुम् अर्हसि |
यदि त्वम् अस्मान् ऋषभो भर्ता भृत्यान् न शाधि हि ॥
"As a tree planted by a man may grow and with its great branches and immense trunk, become inaccessible to a dwarf, yet though it may come to flowering, does not bear fruit, it yeilds no pleasure for him. O, mighty armed! You ought to understand the import of theis simile and being the distinguished Lord of all, may you guide us, your sevants!"
8; 9; 10. yathaa = as; vR^ikSaH = a tree; ropitaH = planted; puruSeNa = by a man; vivardhitaH = and grown; mahaa drumaH = as a great tree; ruuDha shandhaH = with an immense trunk; duraarohaH = became inaccessible; hrasvakena = to a dwarf; yadaa = when; vR^ikSaH = the tree; bhuutvaa = came to; puSpitaH = be flowered; yathaa = for instance; na vidarshayet = does not bear; phalaani = fruits; saH = he; naanubhavet = doest not experience; taam priitim = that pleasure; yasyaaH hetoH = for which purpose; praropitaH = it was planted; mahaabaaho = O; mighty armed!; arhasi = you ought; vettum = to understand; tam artham = that import; eSaa = of this; upamaa = simile; vR^iSabhaH = (and being) the distinguished; bhartaa = Lord (of all); na- should not; tvam = you; shaadhihi = guide; asmaan = us; bhR^ityaan = your servants.
2.105.11
श्रेणयः त्वाम् महा राज पश्यन्तु अग्र्याः च सर्वशः |
प्रतपन्तम् इव आदित्यम् राज्ये स्थितम् अरिम् दमम् ॥
"O, emperor, the conqueror of foes! May all behold you, shining resplendent on all sides like the sun, seated on the throne!"
mahaaraaja = O; emperor; arindamam = the conqueror of foes!; agrya = (May) the foremost; shreNayaH = series (of people); pashyantu = behold; tvaam = you; pratapantam = shining resplendent; sarvashaH = on all sides; aadityam iva = like the sun; sthitam = seated; raajye = on the throne!.
2.105.12
तव अनुयाने काकुत्ष्थ मत्ता नर्दन्तु कुञ्जराः |
अन्तः पुर गता नार्यो नन्दन्तु सुसमाहिताः ॥
"O, Rama! May the elephants, intoxicated with ichor be heard trumpeting on the highway, when you do return and the women of the inner apartments rejoice, all happily joined together."
kaakutthsa = O; Rama!; kuJNjaraaH = (May) the elephants; mattaaH = intoxicated with ichor; nardantu = be heard trumpeting; anuyaane = (on the highway) when you do return; naaryaH = and the women; antaHpuragataaH = of the inner apartments; nandantu = rejoice; susamaahitaaH = all happily joined together.
2.105.13
तस्य साधु इत्य् अमन्यन्त नागरा विविधा जनाः |
भरतस्य वचः श्रुत्वा रामम् प्रत्यनुयाचतः ॥
Hearing the words of Bharata, who was thus appealing to Rama, the various people of the city in approbation, said "Excellent! Well said!"
shrutvaa = hearing; vachaH = the words; tasya bharatasya = of that Bharata; anuyaachataH = who was (thus) appealing; raamam prati = to Rama; vividhaaH janaaH = the various people; naagaraaH = of the city; amanyanta = in approbation; said saadhu = iti; "Excellent! Well said!"
2.105.14
तम् एवम् दुह्खितम् प्रेक्ष्य विलपन्तम् यशस्विनम् |
रामः कृत आत्मा भरतम् समाश्वासयद् आत्मवान् ॥
On seeing the illustrious and sorrowful Bharata thus lamenting, the prudent and self-conposed Rama began to console him as follows:
raamaH = Rama; aatmavaan = the prudent man; kR^itaatmaa = whose spirit was disciplined; prekSya = on seeing; tam yashasvinam = that illustrious; duHkhitam = and sorrowful; bharatam = Bharata; vilapantam = lamenting; evam = thsu; samaashvaasayat = consoled (him as follows)
2.105.15
न आत्मनः काम कारो अस्ति पुरुषो अयम् अनीश्वरः |
इतः च इतरतः च एनम् कृत अन्तः परिकर्षति ॥
"Man is not able to do what he wills. He is not the Master A fixed form or name drives him hither and thither."
ayam = this; puruSaH = man; naasti = is not able; aatmanaH kaamakaaraH = to do what he wills; aniishvaraH = (he is) not the Master; kR^itaantaH = a fixed form or name; parikarSati = drives; enam = him; itashcha itaratashcha = hither and thither.
2.105.16
सर्वे क्षय अन्ता निचयाः पतन अन्ताः समुग्च्छ्रयाः |
सम्योगा विप्रयोग अन्ता मरण अन्तम् च जीवितम् ॥
"All that is piled up, is finally disbursed. What rises, ends in a fall. Unio ends in separation. Life ends in death."
sarve = all; nichayaaH = that is piled up; kSayaantaaH = is finally disbursed; samuchchhrayaaH = what rises; patanaantaaH = ends in a fall; samyogaaH = union; viprayogaantaaH = ends in separation; jiivitam = life; maraNaantam = ends in death.
2.105.17
यथा फलानम् पक्वानाम् न अन्यत्र पतनाद् भयम् |
एवम् नरस्य जातस्य न अन्यत्र मरणाद् भयम् ॥
"How a ripe fruit does not fear for anything other than its falling, so also a man once born, does not fear for anything other than his death."
pakvaanaam = ripe; yathaa = how; phalaanaam = fruit; na = does not fear; anyatra = for anything other; patanaat = than falling; evam = so also; narasya = a man; jaatasya = once born; na = does not; bhayam = fear; anyatra = for anything other; maraNaat = than his death.
2.105.18
यथा अगारम् दृढ स्थूणम् जीर्णम् भूत्वा अवसीदति |
तथा अवसीदन्ति नरा जरा मृत्यु वशम् गताः ॥
"As a house that is solidly contructed ultimately falls into decay, human being too is subject to age and death."
yathaa = how; dR^iDhasthuuNam = (even) a stron-pillared; agaaram = house; jiirNam bhuutvaa = gets worn out; avasiidati = and decays; tathaiva = so also; naraaH = human beings; siidanti = perish; jaraa mR^ityu vashamgataaH = having been subjected to the old age and death.
2.105.19
अत्येति रजनी या तु सा न प्रतिनिवर्तते |
यात्येव यमुना पूर्णा समुद्रमुदकाकुलम् ॥
"The night that has passed, does not return and the buntiful River Yamuna just marches on towards the all-sufficient abounding in water."
rajanii = the night; yaa = which; atyeti = has passed; saa = that; na pratinivartate = does not return; puurNaa = and the bountiful; yamunaa = River Yamuna; yaatyeva = just marches on; samudram = towards the ocean; udakaakulam = which is (again) full of water.
2.105.20
अहो रात्राणि गग्च्छन्ति सर्वेषाम् प्राणिनाम् इह |
आयूम्षि क्षपयन्त्य् आशु ग्रीष्मे जलम् इव अंशवः ॥
"The pasing days and nights in this world quickly decrease the life-span of all living being as in the summer, the rays of the sun dry up the water (in a pool)."
gachchhanti = the passing; ahoraatraaNi = days and nights; iha = in this world; aashu = quickly; kSapayanti = decrease; aayuumSi = the life-span; sarveSaam praaNinaam = of all living beings; griiSme iva = as in the summer; aamshavaH = the rays of the sun; (dry up); jalam = the water ( in a pool).
2.105.21
आत्मानम् अनुशोच त्वम् किम् अन्यम् अनुशोचसि |
आयुः ते हीयते यस्य स्थितस्य च गतस्य च ॥
"You grieve for yourself. Why do you grieve for another? Even while you stay at home, or departed to another place, your life-span gets shortened."
sthitasycha = even while you stay (at home); gatasya cha = or departed (to another place); yasya = which; te = your; aayuH = life-span; hiiyate = gets shortened; tvam = you; anushocha = grieve; aatmaanam = for yourself; kim = why; anushochasi = do you grieve for; anyam = another?;
2.105.22
सह एव मृत्युर् व्रजति सह मृत्युर् निषीदति |
गत्वा सुदीर्घम् अध्वानम् सह मृत्युर् निवर्तते ॥
"Death walks just with us (as we walk) and sits with us (as we sit). Having travelled a very long distance (with us), death returns along with us (as we return)."
mR^ityuH = Death; vrajati = walks; sahaiva = just with us; niSiidati = (we) sit; saha mR^ityuH = along with death; gatvaa = and having travelled; sudiirgham = a very long; adhvaanam = distance; nivartate = (we) return; saha mR^ityuH = along with death.
2.105.23
गात्रेषु वलयः प्राप्ताः श्वेताः चैव शिरो रुहाः |
जरया पुरुषो जीर्णः किम् हि कृत्वा प्रभावयेत् ॥
"When folds have appeared on limbs and hair have turned grey; on what expedient can a man having got decayed with age, come back to the original splendour?"
valayaH = (When) folds; praaptaaH = have appeared; gaatreSu = on limbs; shiroruhaashchaiva = and even hari; shvetaaH = have turned grey; kim hi = on what expedient; puruSaH = can a man; kR^itvaa = having got; jiirNaH = decayed; jarayaa = with age; prabhaavayet = come to the original splendour?
2.105.24
नन्दन्त्य् उदित आदित्ये नन्दन्त्य् अस्तम् इते रवौ |
आत्मनो न अवबुध्यन्ते मनुष्या जीवित क्षयम् ॥
"People are deligted when the sun has risen and also when the day ends. But they are not able to perceive the waning in their life-span."
manuSyaaH = people; nandanti = are delighted; aaditye = when the sun; udite = has risen; nandati = and delighted; ravon = when the sun; astamite = has set; naavabudhyante = and are not able to know; aatmanaH = their; jiivitakSayam = loss in life-span.
2.105.25
हृष्यन्त्य् ऋतु मुखम् दृष्ट्वा नवम् नवम् इह आगतम् |
ऋतूनाम् परिवर्तेन प्राणिनाम् प्राण सम्क्षयः ॥
"Seeing the onset of season, people rejoice, as though it has come something newly. But the succession of the seasons devours the life of being."
dR^iSTvaa = seeing; R^itumukham = the onset of the season; hR^iSyanti = people rejoice; aagatam = as though it has come; navam navam = fresh and new; parivartena = but the succession; R^ituunaam = of the seasolns; praaNa samkSayaH = devours the life; praaNinaam = of living beings.
2.105.26
यथा काष्ठम् च काष्ठम् च समेयाताम् महा अर्णवे |
समेत्य च व्यपेयाताम् कालम् आसाद्य कंचन ॥एवम् भार्याः च पुत्राः च ज्नातयः च वसूनि च |
समेत्य व्यवधावन्ति ध्रुवो ह्य् एषाम् विना भवः ॥
"As pieces of drift-wood floating on the ocean coe toghether for a span, so wives, children, kinsmen wealth and property come together for a while and part with us. Their parting in deed inevitable."
26; 27. yathaa = how; mahaarNave = in a great ocean; kaaSThamcha = a drift-wood; kaaSThamcha = and another drift-wood; sameyaataam = meet; sametya = together; aasaadya = getting; kamchana = a certain; kaalam = time; vyapeyaataamcha = and separate; evam- in the same manner; bhaaryaashcha = wives; putraashcha = children; jJNaatayashcha = relatives; dhanaanicha = and riches; sametya = come toghether; vyapadhaavanti = and separate; eSaam = their; vinaabhavaH = parting; dhruvohi = is indeed inevitable.
2.105.28
न अत्र कश्चिद् यथा भावम् प्राणी समभिवर्तते |
तेन तस्मिन् न सामर्थ्यम् प्रेतस्य अस्त्य् अनुशोचतः ॥
"Here, no being can escape its destiny ( in the form of birth and death). For that reason, the power to avert his own death does not ingrain in a man mourning for a dead person."
atra = here; na kachchit praaNii = no being; samabhivartate = can escape; yathaabhaavam = its destiny (in the form of birth and death); tena = for that reason; saamarthyam = the power; tasmin = to avert his own death; naasti = does not ingrain; anushochataH = in a man mourning; pretasya = for a dead person.
2.105.29
यथा हि सार्थम् गग्च्छन्तम् ब्रूयात् कश्चित् पथि स्थितः |
अहम् अप्य् आगमिष्यामि पृष्ठतो भवताम् इति ॥एवम् पूर्वैर् गतो मार्गः पितृ पैतामहो ध्रुवः |
तम् आपन्नः कथम् शोचेद् यस्य न अस्ति व्यतिक्रमः ॥
"As a caravan is passing on a road, one stationed at the way-side says, I too will come behind you. In the same manner, we should inevitably follow the path taken by fathers and fire fathers. Why a man who obtained that path, for which there is no return, distress himself.
29; 30. yathaa saartham = as a caravan; gachchhantam = is passing; pathi = on a raod; sthitaH = one stationed at the way-side; iti bruuyaat = thus says; ahamapi = I too; aagamiSyaami = will come; pR^iSThataH = behind; bhavataam = you; evam = in the same manner; behind; bhavataam = you; evam = in the same manner; dhruvaH = (we should) inevitably (follow); maargaH = the path; gataH = taken; pitR^ipaitaamahaH = by fathers; grand fathers; puurvaiH = and ancestors; katham = why;shochet = distress; aapannaH = by the man who obtained; tam = that path; yasya = for which; naasti = then is no; vyatikramaH = return?
2.105.31
वयसः पतमानस्य स्रोतसो वा अनिवर्तिनः |
आत्मा सुखे नियोक्तव्यः सुख भाजः प्रजाः स्मृताः ॥
"While the age reshes on, without any return like a flowing river, one's self should be emplyoed in a pursuit leading to blessedness. It is said that beings are meant to be happy?"
vayasaH = (while) the age; patamaanasya = reshes on; anivartinaH = without return; srotasovaa = like a stream; aatmaa = one's self; niyoktavyaH = should be emplyoed; sukhe = in a pursuit leading to blessedness; smR^itaaH = It is said; prajaaH = that beings; sukhabhaajaH = are meant to be happy.
2.105.32
धर्म आत्मा स शुभैः कृत्स्नैः क्रतुभिः च आप्त दक्षिणैः |
धूत पापो गतः स्वर्गम् पिता नः पृथिवी पतिः ॥
"The king Dasaratha, our pious minded father performed almost all auspicious sacrifices and paid plentiful sacrificial fees (to the officitaing preists and Brahmins) and went to heaven."
saH = that; pR^ithiviipatiH = king; dasharathaH = Dasaratha; naH = our; dharmaatmaa = pious minded; pitaa = father; kR^itsnaiH = (performed) almost all; shubhaiH = auspicious; kratubhiH = sacrifices; aapta dakSiNaiH = and paid plentiful sacrificial fees (to the officiating priests and Brahmins); gataH = and went; svargam = to heaven.
2.105.33
भृत्यानाम् भरणात् सम्यक् प्रजानाम् परिपालनात् |
अर्थ आदानाच् च धार्मेण पिता नः त्रिदिवम् गतः ॥
"Our father reached heaven because he maintained his servants properly, protected his subjects and realised the taxes in the manner prescribed by scriptures from them."
naH = our; pitaa = father; bharaNaat = for maintaining; bhR^ityaanaam = the servants; samyak = well ; paripaalanaat = for protecting; prajaanaam = the subjects; aadaanaat = and for realising; arthaanaam = the taxes; dhramena = in the manner prescribed by scriptures (from them); gataH = reached; tridivam = heaven.
2.105.34
कर्मभिस्तु शुभैरिष्टैः क्रतुभिश्चाव्तदक्षिणः |
स्वर्गं दशरथः प्राप्तः पिता नः पृथिवीपतिः ॥
"Our father, the king Dasaratha obtained heaven because of his auspicious acts and perfoming sacrifices involving heavy sacrificial fees."
naH = our; pitaa = father; pR^ithiviipatiH = the king; dasharathaH = Dasaratha; praaptaH = obtained; svargam = heaven; shubhaiH karmabhiH = because of his auspicious acts; iSTaiH kratubhishcha = and performing sacrifices; aapta dakSiNaiH = involving heavy sacrificial fees.
2.105.35
इष्ट्वा बहुविधैर् यज्नैर् भोगामः च अवाप्य पुष्कलान् |
उत्तमम् च आयुर् आसाद्य स्वर् गतः पृथिवी पतिः ॥
"Having perfomed many types of sacrifices, enjoying worldly pleasure abundantly and having obtained a long and virtuous life, king Dasaratha reached heaven."
pR^ithiviipatiH = the king Dasaratha; iSTvaa = having performed; bahuvidhaiH = many types; yajJNaH = of sacrifices; avaapya = enjoying bhogaan = wordly pleasures; puSkalaan = abundantly; aasaadya = and having obtained; uttamam = a virtuous; aayushcha = long life; svargataH = reached heaven.
2.105.36
आयुरुत्तममासाद्य भोगानपि च राघवः |
स न शोच्यः पिता तात स्वर्गतः सत्कृतः सताम् ॥
"O, dear brother! King Dasaratha, our father who was treated with respect by all virtuous men and who secured excellent life-span and enjoyments, is not to be pitied."
taata = O; dear brother!; pitaa = our father; sa raaghavaH = that King Dasartha; na shochya = is not to be pitied; satkR^itaH = who was treated with respect; sataam = by virtuous men; aasaadya = and got; uttamam = excellent; aayuH = life span; bhogaanapi = and enjoyments.
2.105.37
स जीर्णम् मानुषम् देहम् परित्यज्य पिता हि नः |
दैवीम् ऋद्धिम् अनुप्राप्तो ब्रह्म लोक विहारिणीम् ॥
"King Dasaratha, our father, having abandoned his worn-out human body, indeed has attained the celstial state, by which he can stroll in the realm of Brahma (the highest heaven).
naH = Our; pitaa = father; saH = that King Dasaratha; parityajya = having abandoned; jiirNam = his worn out; maanuSam deham = human body; anupraaptaH hi = indeed has attained daiviim = the celestial; R^iddhim = prosperous state; bhramaloka vihaariNiim = by which he can stroll in thre realm of Brahma ( the highest heaven).
2.105.38
तम् तु न एवम् विधः कश्चित् प्राज्नः शोचितुम् अर्हति |
त्वद् विधो यद् विधः च अपि श्रुतवान् बुद्धिमत्तरः ॥
"No wise, learned and exceptionally clever man, would weep in such a manner, such as I and you, about the emperor.
na praajJNaH = now wise; shrutavaan = learned; buddhimattaraH = and exceptionally clever man; kashchit = whosoever; aarhati = ought; shochitum = to weep; evam vidhaH = in such a manner; madvidhashchaapi = such as I and; tvadvidhaH = you; tam = about the emperor.
2.105.39
एते बहु विधाः शोका विलाप रुदिते तथा |
वर्जनीया हि धीरेण सर्व अवस्थासु धीमता ॥
"The wise, who are steadfast, should indeed relinquish these sorrows, lamentatious, weepings and such other states of misery."
dhimataa = the wise; dhiireNa = who are steadfast; varjaniiyaaH hi = should indeed relinquish; ete = these; shokaaH = sorrows; tathaa = and; vilaapa rudite = lamentations; weepings; sarvaavasthaasu = and such states of miksery.
2.105.40
स स्वस्थो भव मा शोचो यात्वा च आवस ताम् पुरीम् |
तथा पित्रा नियुक्तो असि वशिना वदतामु वर ॥
"Be composed, O Most eloquent of orators! Control your grief, return to the City of Ayodhya in order to obey the command of our father, the subduer of his senses."
bhava = be; svasthaH = composed; saH = such of you; vara = the most; vadataam = eloquent of orators!; maa = do not; shokaH = lament; yaatvaa = go and; aavasa = take possession; taam puriim = of that city; asi = you were; niyuktaH = commanded; tathaa = thus; pitraa = by our father; vashinaa = the subduer of senses.
2.105.41
यत्र अहम् अपि तेन एव नियुक्तः पुण्य कर्मणा |
तत्र एव अहम् करिष्यामि पितुर् आर्यस्य शासनम् ॥
"I also will fulfil the command of our father, the venrable man in that very place, whre I have been ordered to stay by that king Dasaratha of virtuous deeds."
ahamapi = I also; kariSyaami = will fulfil; shaasanam = the command; pituH = of our father; aaryasya = the venerable man; tatraiva = in that very place; yatra = where; nuyuktaH = I have been ordered; (to stay); tenaiva = by the king Dasaratha; PuNya karmaNaa = of virtuous deeds.
2.105.42
न मया शासनम् तस्य त्यक्तुम् न्याय्यम् अरिम् दम |
तत् त्वया अपि सदा मान्यम् स वै बन्धुः स नः पिता ॥
"O Bharata the Vanquisher of Foes! It is not justifiable for me to violate the command of our father. You also must honour it to the end, for it comes from our father, out own blood."
arindama = O; Bharata the Vanquisher of Foes! na nyaayyam = It is not justifiable; mayaa = for me; tyaktum = to give up; shaasanam = the command; tasya = of our father; tat = It; maanyam = is to be honoured; sadaa = forever; tvayaapi = by you too; saH = he; bandhuHvai = is the kin; naH = for us; saH = he; pitaa = is our father.
2.105.43
तद्वचः पितुरेवाहं सम्मतम् धर्मचारिणः |
कर्मणा पालयिष्यामि वनवासेन राघव ॥
"O, Bharata! Hence, I shall conform to the honourable word of our father, the practiser of virtue, by my act of dwelling in the forest."
raaghava = O; Bharata!; tat = that is why; aham = I; paalayiSyaami = shall conform; sammatam vachaH eva = just to the honourable word; pituH = of our fahter; dharmachaariNaH = the practiser of virtue; karmaNaa = by the act; ranavaasena = of dwelling in the forest.
धार्मिकेणानृशंसेन नरेण गुरुवर्तिना |
भवितव्यं नरव्याघ्रम् परलोकं जिगीषता २-१०५-४४
O, Tigher among men! Thus should a pious man act, who seeks to harm none, who is obedient to his elders and who aspires to conquer the higher world."
naravyaaghra = O; Tiger among men!; dhaarmikeNa = who is pious; anR^ishamsena = who seeks to harm non; nareNa = by a man; jigiiSataa = who aspires to conquer; paralokam = the higher world; bhavitavyam = must act.
आत्मानमनुतिष्ठ त्वं स्वभावेन नरर्षभ |
निशाम्य तु शुभं वृत्तं पितुर्दशरथस्य नः २-१०५-४५
"O, excellent among men! perceiving the virutous conduct of our father, the King Dasaratha, act in conformity to your own nature."
nararSabha = O; excellent among men!; nishaamya = seeing; shubham = the virtuous; vR^ittam = conduct; pituH = of our father; dasharathasya = Dasaratha; anutiSTha = act in conformity to; aatmaanam = your own; svabhaavena = nature.
2.105.46
इत्येवमुक्त्वा वचनम् महात्मा|
पितुर्निदेशप्रतिपालनार्थम् |
युवीयसम् भ्रातरमर्थवच्च |
प्रभुर्मुहूर्ताद्विरराम रामः ॥
Having uttered in about an hour, these meaningful words in this manner to his younger brother on the need of abedience to his father's will, the magnamous and the mighty Rama became silent.
uktvaa = having uttered; muhuurtaat = in about an hour; arthavat = these meaningful; vachanam = words; ityevam = in this manner; yaviiyasam = to his younger; bhraataram = brother; pituH nideshaparipaalanaartham = ont he need of obedience to his father's will; mahaatmaa = the magnanimous; prabhuH = and mighty; raamaH = Rama; viraaraama = became silent.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे पञ्चोत्तरशततमः सर्गः
Sarga 106
2.106.1
एवम् उक्त्वा तु विरते रामे वचनम् अर्थवत् |
ततो मन्दाकिनीतीरे रामम् प्रकृतिवत्सलम् ॥उवाच भरतः चित्रम् धार्मिको धार्मिकम् वचः |
When Rama thus kept silent after uttering those meaningful words as aforesaid, the pious Bharata for his part addressed to virtuous Rama who was fond of people conformable to justice at the banks of that River Mandakini.
raame = Rama; virate = having kept silent; evam = thus; uktvaa = (after) uttering; arthavat = (those) meaningful; vachanam = words; bharataH = Bharata; dhaarmikaH = the pious man; tataH = then; uvaacha = spoke; vachaH = (the following) words; dhaarmikam = conformable to justice; chitram = and wonderful; raamam = to Rama; prakR^itivatsalam = who was affectionate by nature; dhaarmikam = and virtuous; mandaakiniitiire = at the banks of that River Mandakini.
2.106.2
को हि स्याद् ईदृशो लोके यादृशः त्वम् अरिम् दम ॥न त्वाम् प्रव्यथयेद् दुह्खम् प्रीतिर् वा न प्रहर्षयेत् |
सम्मतः च असि वृद्धानाम् तामः च पृग्च्छसि संशयान् ॥
"Who, in this world, is endowed with such qualities like you, O annihilator of enemies! Neither does sorrow disturb you nor does joy enrapture you. You are highly honoured by elders and you clarify your doubts from them.
2; 3. arindama = O; annihilator of enemies!; duHkham = sorrow; na pravyathayet = does not disturb; tvaam = you; na vaa priitiH = nor pleasure; praharSayet = enraptures (you); kohi = who; syaat = is there; yaadR^ishaH = anybody whatsoever; loke = in this world; iidR^ishaH = endowed with such qualities like; tvam = you? sammataH asi = you are highly honoured by; vR^iddhaanaam = elders; pR^ichchhasi = you ask; taamshcha = them; samshayaan = you doubts;
2.106.4
यथा मृतः तथा जीवन् यथा असति तथा सति |
यस्य एष बुध्दि लाभः स्यात् परितप्येत केन सः ॥
"By what should he be moved, who looks on life and death, misfortune or prosperity with an equal eye?"
kena = by what; saH paritapyeta = should he be moved; yasya = for whom; eSaH = this; buddhilaabhaH = benefit of intellect; syaat = is there; (who looks); mR^itah = the dead; jiivan = and the living; yathaa tathaa = in the same way; asati = the misfortune; sati = and the prosperity; yathaa tathaa = in the same way.
2.106.5
परावरज्ञो यश्च स्यात् यथा त्वं मनुजाधिप |
स एवम् व्यसनम् प्राप्य न विषीदितुम् अर्हति ॥
"O, King! He who knows the totality of time as you do, ought not to feel despondent even on meeting with adversity."
manujaadhipa = O; king!; yaH = he who; paraavarajJNo = knows the totality of time; tvam yathaa = as you do; saH = such a man; na arhati = ought not; viSiiditum = to feel despndent; praapya = (even) on meeting; enam = this vyasanam = adversity.
2.106.6
अमर उपम सत्त्वः त्वम् महात्मा सत्य सम्गरः |
सर्वज्नः सर्व दर्शी च बुद्धिमामः च असि राघव ॥
"O, the magnanimous Rama! you are equally strong as celestials. You are true to your promise, all-knowing, all-viewing and endowed with understanding."
mahaatmaa = O; the magnaimous; raaghava = Rama!; tvam = you; asi = are amaropama settvaH = equally strong as celestials; satyasangaraH = true to your promise; sarvajJNaH = all knowing; sarvadarshiicha = all-viewing; buddhimaamshcha = and endowed with understanding.
2.106.7
न त्वाम् एवम् गुणैर् युक्तम् प्रभव अभव कोविदम् |
अविषह्यतमम् दुह्खम् आसादयितुम् अर्हति ॥
"Even the most fearful calamity ought not to attack you, endowed as you are, with such attributes; and recognising the birth and end of all beings."
aviSahyatamam = the most fearful; duHkham = calamity; naarhati = ought not; aasaadayitum = to overcome; tvaam = you; yuktam = with evam guNaiH = such; attributes; prabhavaabhava kovidam = and recognizing the birth and end of all things.
2.106.8
प्रोषिते मयि यत् पापम् मात्रा मत् कारणात् कृतम् |
क्षुद्रया तद् अनिष्टम् मे प्रसीदतु भवान् मम ॥
"The sinful deed, committed by my mean mother for my sake during my absence, was not to my liking. (Hence) be gracious to me."
yat = paapam = which sinful deed; kR^itam = was committed; kSudrayaa maataa = by my mean mother; matkaaraNaat = for my sake; mayi proSite = during my absence; tat = that; aniSTam = was not to the liking; me = of me; bhavaan prasiidatu = be gracious; mama = to me.
2.106.9
धर्म बन्धेन बद्धो अस्मि तेन इमाम् न इह मातरम् |
हन्मि तीव्रेण दण्डेन दण्ड अर्हाम् पाप कारिणीम् ॥
"I am bound by the chanins of morality. For that reason, I do not kill iwth a severe punishment, my mother who was of perverse conduct and worthy of retribution."
baddhaH asmi = I am bound; dharmabandhena = by the chains of morality; tena = for that reason; na hanmi = I do not kill; tiivreNa = with a severe; daNDena = punishment; imaam maataram = this mother; daN^Daarham = worthy of retribution; iha = now; paapakaariNiim = and who was perverse conduct.
2.106.10
कथम् दशरथाज् जातः शुद्ध अभिजन कर्मणः |
जानन् धर्मम् अधर्मिष्ठम् कुर्याम् कर्म जुगुप्सितम् ॥
"How can I, born of Dasaratha of noble birth and deeds and conversant of right and wrong, do the most wicked and horrible act?"
dasharathaajjaataH = born of Dasaratha; shuddhaabhijanakarmaNaH = of noble birth and deeds; jaanan = and conversant; dharmam = of right; adharmiSTham = and wrong; (can I); kuryaam = do; jugupsitam = a horrible; karma = deed; aadharmiSTham = the most wicked one?
2.106.11
गुरुः क्रियावान् वृद्धः च राजा प्रेतः पिता इति च |
तातम् न परिगर्हेयम् दैवतम् च इति संसदि ॥
"The King Dasaratha was my preceptor, had several sacrificial performances to his credit was aged, was my father, equal to a deity and is now dead. Hence, I cannot reproach him in an open assembly."
raajaa = the king Dasaratha; guruH = was my preceptor; kriyaavaan = had (several) sacrificial performances to his credit; vR^iddhashcha = aged man; pitaa = my father; daivatamcheti = and equal to a celestial; pretaH = and is dead (now); iti cha = for this reason; na parigarheyam = I do not abuse; taatam = my father; samsadi = in an assembly.
2.106.12
को हि धर्म अर्थयोर् हीनम् ईदृशम् कर्म किल्बिषम् |
स्त्रियाः प्रिय चिकीर्षुः सन् कुर्याद् धर्मज्न धर्मवित् ॥
"O Rama the knower of piety! What man who knows the principles of righteousness, would commit such an improper act, bereft of one's interest and duty, in order just to please a woman?"
dharmajJNa = O; Rama the knower of piety!; kohi = who; dharmavit = a knower of righteousness; kuryaat = would commit; iidR^isham = such; karma = and act; hiinam = bereft; dharmaarthayoH = of duty and one's interest; kulbiSam = and improper; priyam chikiirSaH san = in order to please; striyaaH = a woman?
2.106.13
अन्त काले हि भूतानि मुह्यन्ति इति पुरा श्रुतिः |
राज्ना एवम् कुर्वता लोके प्रत्यक्षा सा श्रुतिः कृता ॥
"There is an ancient saying that at the time of death, beings lose their judgment. The king, acting as he did, has made this saying indeed true in the eyes of the world."
puraashrutiH = there is an ancient saying; iti = that; antakaale = at the time of death; bhuutaani = beings; muhyanti = lose their judgment; kurvataa = by acting; evam = in this manner; raajNaa = by the king; saa shrutiH = that saying; kR^itaa = is made; pratyakSaa = real; loke = (in the eyes) of the world.
2.106.14
साधु अर्थम् अभिसंधाय क्रोधान् मोहाच् च साहसात् |
तातस्य यद् अतिक्रान्तम् प्रत्याहरतु तद् भवान् ॥
"This transgression of righteousness was done by our father for fear of anger (of kaikeyi) or through infatuation and over-haste. You do keep in view a noble purpose and reverse that transgression."
atikraantam = this transgression (of righteousness); yat = which was done; taatasya = by our father; krodhaat = because of anger; mohaat = or infatuation; saahasaat = or over-haste; bhavaan = you; abhisandhaaya = keep in view; saadhu = the noble; artham = purpose; pratyaaharatu = and reverse; tat = that transgression.
2.106.15
पितुर् हि समतिक्रान्तम् पुत्रो यः साधु मन्यते |
तद् अपत्यम् मतम् लोके विपरीतम् अतो अन्यथा ॥
"A son who honours only a good deviation (from righteousness) of a father is accepted as a real son in this world. He who acts otherwise than this would be facing a quite reverse situation."
yaH putraH = which son; manyate = honours; saadhu = a good; samtikraantam = deviation; pituH = of a father; tat = that son alone; matam = is accepted; apatyam = as a son; loke = in this world; anyathaa = (He who acts) otherwise; ataH = than this; vipariitam = is quite reverse.
2.106.16
तद् अपत्यम् भवान् अस्तु मा भवान् दुष्कृतम् पितुः |
अभिपत् तत् कृतम् कर्म लोके धीर विगर्हितम् ॥
"You be that real son. Do not lend yourself to the infamous act, committed by our father, which in this world, confident men freely condemn."
bhavaan = you; astu = be; tat = that; apatyam = son; bhavaan = you; maastu = do not; abhipattaa = lend yourself; duSkR^itam = to the infamous; karma = act; kR^itam = committed; pituH = by our father; loke = (which) in this world; dhiiravigarhita = confident men freely condemn.
2.106.17
कैकेयीम् माम् च तातम् च सुहृदो बान्धवामः च नः |
पौर जानपदान् सर्वामः त्रातु सर्वम् इदम् भवान् ॥
"Save Kaikeyi and me, our father, our friends, our relatives, all the urbanites and the villagers as well as the entire kingdom."
bhavaan = you; traatu = save; kaikeyiim = Kaikeyi; maamcha = and me; taatamcha = our father; naH = our; suhR^idaH = friends; baandhavaamshcha = our relatives; sarvaan = all; paurajaanapadaan = the urbanites and the villagers; sarvam = and the entire; idam = this kingdom.
2.106.18
क्व च अरण्यम् क्व च क्षात्रम् क्व जटाः क्व च पालनम् |
ईदृशम् व्याहतम् कर्म न भवान् कर्तुम् अर्हति ॥
"Where is the forest and where is the princely dignity? Where is the matted hair and where is the protection of a kingdom? You ought not to do such a contradictory act."
kva = where is; araNyamcha = the forest and; kva = where is; kSaatram cha = the princely dignity?; kva = where is jaTaaH = the matted hair; kva = where is paalanamcha = the protection of a kingdom? bhavaan = you; na arhati = ought not; kartum = to do; iidR^isham = such; vyaahatam = a contradictory; karma = act.
एष हि प्रथमो धर्मः क्षत्रियस्याभिषेचनम् |
येन शक्यम् महाप्राज्ञ् प्रजानां परिपालनम् २-१०६-१९
"O, the highly enlightened hero! The first duty of a warrior is indeed to get crowned, so that he may then protect his subjects."
mahaapraaajJNu = O; the highly enlightened hero!; eSaH hi = this indeed is; prathamaH = the first; dharmaH = duty; kSatriyasya = of a warrior; abhiSechanam = is to be crowned; yeSaH = by which; eSaH paripaalanam = this protection; prajaanaam = of the subjects; shakyam = is possible.
कश्च प्रत्यक्षमुत्सृज्य संशयस्थमलक्षणम् |
आयतिस्थं चरेद्धर्मम् क्षत्रबन्धुरनिश्चितम् २-१०६-२०
"Which man of warrior-caste would set aside his manifest duty and prctise a virtue that gives doubtful result, which does not promise happiness, which has a mental restraint and which is uncertain?"
kaH = which; kSatra bandhuH = man of warrior-caste; utsR^ijya = setting aside; pratyakSam = his manifest duty; samshayastham = that is doubtful; alakSaNam = which does not promise happiness; aayatistham = which has a mental restraint; anishchitam = and which is uncertain?
2.106.21
अथ क्लेशजम् एव त्वम् धर्मम् चरितुम् इग्च्छसि |
धर्मेण चतुरो वर्णान् पालयन् क्लेशम् आप्नुहि ॥
"If you desire to pursue a virtue alone; although born of pain, then take pains while protecting the four castes as per tradition, by recourse to righteousness."
atha = or; tvam ichchhasi yadi = if you desire; charitum = to fulfil; dharmameva = the duty alone; kleshajam = (even though) born of pain; aapnuhi = take; klesham = pain; paalayan = in protecting; chaturaH = the four; varNaan = castes; dhameNa = as per tradition.
2.106.22
चतुर्णाम् आश्रमाणाम् हि गार्हस्थ्यम् श्रेष्ठम् आश्रमम् |
पाहुर् धर्मज्न धर्मज्नाः तम् कथम् त्यक्तुम् अर्हसि ॥
"O, Rama the knower of righteousness! The knower of what is right indeed tell that the life of a house-holder is the noblest of all the four* stages of life. How can you abandon it?"
dharmajJNa = O; Rama the knower of righteousness!; dharmajJNaaH = the knower of what is right; praahuH hi = tell indeed (that); gaarhasthyam = the life of a house- holder; shreSTham = is the noblest; chaturNaam = of the four; aashramaaNaam = stages of life; katham = how; arhasi = can you; tyaktum = leave; tam = it?
*Four Stages of life Brahmacherya (student-life); Garhasthya (life of a house-holder); Vanaprastha (life of a hermit); Sannyaasa (Life of an ascetic).
2.106.23
श्रुतेन बालः स्थानेन जन्मना भवतो ह्य् अहम् |
स कथम् पालयिष्यामि भूमिम् भवति तिष्ठति ॥
"I am indeed junior to you in the point of learning, situation and by birth. How should I rule the earth, while still you are living?"
aham = I; baalaH hi = am indeed younger; bhavataH = than you; shrutena = in learning; sthaanena = Situation; janmanaa = and by birth; katham = how; saH paalayiSyaami = should I that very person rule; bhuumim = the earth; bhavati = (while) you; tiSThati = are still living.
2.106.24
हीन बुद्धि गुणो बालो हीनः स्थानेन च अप्य् अहम् |
भवता च विना भूतो न वर्तयितुम् उत्सहे ॥
"I, a mere child, who am devoted of intelligence and virtues besides placed in an inferior position, cannot even live without you."
aham = I; baalaH = a mere child; hiina buddhiguNaH = who am devoid of intelligence and virtuers hiinaH api = and even in an inferior; sthaanena cha = position; na utsahe = would not be able; vartayitum = to exist; vinaabhuutaH = without; bhavataa = you.
2.106.25
इदम् निखिलम् अव्यग्रम् पित्र्यम् राज्यम् अकण्टकम् |
अनुशाधि स्वधर्मेण धर्मज्न सह बान्धवैः ॥
"O, Rama the knower of righteousness! Rule this entire kingdom belonging to your father, without distraction, without hindrance and as per the conduct prescribed for you along with your relatives."
dharmaJNa = O; Rama the knower of righteousness!; anushaadhi = rule; idam- this; nikhilam = entire; raajyam = kingdom; pitrayam = belonging to your father; avagryam = without any distraction; akaN^Takam = without hindrance; svadharmeNa = according to the code of conduct prescribed for you; baandhavaiH saha = along with your relatives.
2.106.26
इह एव त्वा अभिषिन्चन्तु धर्मज्न सह बान्धवैः |
ऋत्विजः सवसिष्ठाः च मन्त्रवन् मन्त्र कोविदाः ॥
"Let all the king's ministers along with Vasishta and other priests well-versed in sacred formulas, crown you, the knower of sacred texts, here itself."
sarvaaH = (Let) all; prakR^itayaH = the Kings's ministers; savasiSThaaH = along with Vasishta; saha = with; R^itvijashcha = the priests; mantrakovidaaH = well-versed in sacred formulas; ihaiva = here itself; abhiSiN^chastu = crown; tvaa = you; mantravat = the knower of sacred texts.
2.106.27
अभिषिक्तः त्वम् अस्माभिर् अयोध्याम् पालने व्रज |
विजित्य तरसा लोकान् मरुद्भिर् इव वासवः ॥
"You, having been crowned thus, may proceed to Ayodhya along with us to rule it, like Indra the Lord of celestials, having conquered all the worlds with his might, proceeds to his kingdom along with celestials."
tvam = you; abhiSiktaH = having been crowned; vraja = proceed; ayodhyaam = to Ayodhya; asmaabhiH = along with us; paalane = to rule it; vaasavaH iva = like Indra the Lord of celestials; vijitya = having conquered; lokaan = the worlds; tarasaa = by his night; marudbhirava = along with celestials.
2.106.28
ऋणानि त्रीण्य् अपाकुर्वन् दुर्हृदः साधु निर्दहन् |
सुहृदः तर्पयन् कामैः त्वम् एव अत्र अनुशाधि माम् ॥
"You shall discharge the three obligations subdue all the enemies, gratify the wishes of all your friends and you alone rule me in Ayodhya."
apaakurvan = you shall discharge; triiNi = the three; R^iNaani = obligations; nirdahan = subdue; saadhu = well; durhR^idaH = the enemies; tarpayan = gratify; kaamaiH = the wishes; suhR^idaH = of your friends; tvameva = and you alone; anushaadhi = rule; maam = me; atra = in Ayodhya.
Three obligations to the Gods, the Ancestors and Brahmins.
2.106.29
अद्य आर्य मुदिताः सन्तु सुहृदः ते अभिषेचने |
अद्य भीताः पालयन्ताम् दुर्हृदः ते दिशो दश ॥
"O, noble brother! May your friends rejoice today at your enthronement. May your enemies, full of terror, flee today to the ten quarters."
aarya = O noble brother!; te = (May) your; suhR^idaH = friends; santu = be; muditaaH = rejoiced; adya = today; abhiSechane = at your enthronement; te durhR^idaH = (May) your enemies; bhiitaaH = full of terror; palaayantaam = flee; dasha dishaH = to ten quarters; adya = today.
2.106.30
आक्रोशम् मम मातुः च प्रमृज्य पुरुष ऋषभ |
अद्य तत्र भवन्तम् च पितरम् रक्ष किल्बिषात् ॥
"O, excellent among men! Wipe off my mother's curse today and protect our venerable father from his sin."
puruSarSabha = O; excellent among men!; pramR^ijya = wipe off; mama = my; maatuH = mother's; aakrosham = curse; adya = today; rakSa = and protect; tatrabhavantam = our venerable; pitaramcha = father; klbiSaat = from his sin.
2.106.31
शिरसा त्वा अभियाचे अहम् कुरुष्व करुणाम् मयि |
बान्धवेषु च सर्वेषु भूतेषु इव महा ईश्वरः ॥
"I request you by bowing my head before you. Show compassion on me and on all our relatives as Lord Shiva ( the Supreme Deity) on all beings."
aham = I; abhiyaache = request; tvaa = you; shirasaa = (by bowing) my head; kuruSva = show; karuNaam = compassion; mayi = me; sarveSu = all; baandhaveSu = our relatives; maheshvaraH iva = as Lord shiva ( the supreme Deity); bhuuteSu = on all beings.
2.106.32
अथ वा पृष्ठतः कृत्वा वनम् एव भवान् इतः |
गमिष्यति गमिष्यामि भवता सार्धम् अप्य् अहम् ॥
"Else if you disregard my entire request and move again into the forest form here, I too will go along with you."
atha = else if; bhavaan = you; pR^iSThataH kR^itvaa = disregard; etat = my entire request; gamiSyati = and move; vanameva = to the forest only; itaH = from here; ahamapi = I also; gamiSyaami = shall go; bhavataa saardham = along with you.
2.106.33
तथापि रामो भरतेन ताम्यत |
प्रसाद्यमानः शिरसा मही पतिः |
न चैव चक्रे गमनाय सत्त्ववान् |
मतिम् पितुः तद् वचने प्रतिष्ठितः ॥
Even while being propitiated by Bharata as above, by bowing his head duly sinking in his spirit, the illustrious Rama, the Lord of the earth was still abiding in the words of his father and did not feel inclined to return to Ayodhya.
prasaadyamaanaH = (Even while) being propitiated; bharatena = by Bharata; tahtaa = as above; shirasaa = by bowing his head; taamyataa = sinking in his spirit; raamaH = Rama; sattvavaan = the illustrious; mahiipatiH = Lord of the earth; pratiSThitaH = was abiding; tadvachane = in those words; pituH = of his father; na chakre = and did not fee; matim = inclined; gamanaaya = to return (to Ayodhya).
2.106.34
तद् अद्भुतम् स्थैर्यम् अवेक्ष्य राघवे |
समम् जनो हर्षम् अवाप दुह्खितः |
न यात्य् अयोध्याम् इति दुह्खितो अभवत् |
स्थिर प्रतिज्नत्वम् अवेक्ष्य हर्षितः ॥
Seeing that wonderful staunchness in Rama, the people of Ayodhya felt sorrowful and at the same time, experienced joy. They became distressed that he was not going to Ayodhya and felt rejoiced to see his firmness of resolve.
avekSye = seeing; adbhutam = the wonderful; tat sthairyam = that firmness; raaghave = in Rama; janaH = the people (of Ayodhya); duHkhitaH = felt sorrowful; samam = and at the same time; avaapa = experienced; harSam = joy; abhavat = (they) became; duHkhitah = distress; iti = that; nayaati = he was not going; ayodhyaam = to Ayodhya; harSitaH = and felt rejoiced; avekSya = to see; sthira pratijJNatvam = his firmness of resolve.
2.106.35
तम् ऋत्विजो नैगम यूथ वल्लभाः |
तथा विसम्ज्ना अश्रु कलाः च मातरः |तथा ब्रुवाणम् भरतम् प्रतुष्टुवुः |
प्रणम्य रामम् च ययाचिरे सह ॥
The priests, citizens and elders of that multitude as well as Queens, distracted and weeping bitterly, acclaimed Bharat who was then speaking thus, duly prostrating himself before Rama and added theri supplications to Rama.
R^itvijaH = the priests; naigama yuuthavallabhaaH = Citizens and elders of that multitude; maataraH = as well as the mothers; visamjNaashrukalaaH = distracted and weeping bitterly; pratuSTuvuH = acclaimed; tam bharatam = that Bharata; bruvaaNum = who was speaking; tadaa = then; tathaa = thus; praNamya = and prostrating himself; raamam = before Rama; saha = and added; yayaa chire cha = their supllikcations to his.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे षडुत्तरशततमः सर्गः
Sarga 107
2.107.1
पुनर् एवम् ब्रुवाणम् तु भरतम् लक्ष्मण अग्रजः |
प्रत्युवच ततः श्रीमान् ज्नाति मध्ये अतिसत्कृतः ॥
Thereafter, the illustrious Rama, highly respected among his fraternity, (as follows) to Bharata who was speaking as aforesaid among his relatives.
tataH = thereafter; shriimaan = the illustrious; abhisatkR^itaH = pratyuvaacha = replied (as follows); bharatam = to Bharata; evam = who was thus; bruvaaNam = speaking; jJNaatimadhye = among their relatives.
2.107.2
उपपन्नम् इदम् वाक्यम् यत् त्वम् एवम् अभाषथाः |
जातः पुत्रो दशरथात् कैकेय्याम् राज सत्तमात् ॥
"These words, which you have spoken are worthy of you, the son of Dasaratha the excellent king, born through Kaikeyi."
idam = these; vaakyam = words; yat = which; abhyabhaaSathaaH = were spoken; evam = thus; tvam = by you; jaataH = born; putraH = as a son; kaikeyyaam = in Kaikeyi; dasharathaat = through Dasartha; raajasattamaat = the excellent king; upapannam = are suited for the occasion.
2.107.3
पुरा भ्रातः पिता नः स मातरम् ते समुद्वहन् |
मातामहे समाश्रौषीद् राज्य शुल्कम् अनुत्तमम् ॥
"O, My brother! Long ago, when our father married your mother, he promised your maternal grandfather that he would confer his kingdom as an exceptional marriage-dowry"
bhraataH = O; My brother!; puraa = long ago; samudvahan = while marrying; te maataram = your mother; saH = that; naH pitaa = our father; samaashrouSiit = promised; anuttamam = an exceptional; raajyashulkam = marriage dowry in the form of our kingdom; maataamahe = to you maternal grandfather.
2.107.4
देव असुरे च सम्ग्रामे जनन्यै तव पार्थिवः |
सम्प्रहृष्टो ददौ राजा वरम् आराधितः प्रभुः ॥
"Thereafter, in a conflict between Gods and demons, your mother received the promise of two boons from the efficient lord of the earth, King Dasartha, as a token of his joy and gratitude."
prabhuH = the efficient; paarthivaH = lord of the earth; raajaa = King Dasaratha; dadau = bestowed; varamcha = a boon; tava jananyai = to your mother; samprahR^iSTaH = he having been overjoyed; aaraadhitaH = by your mother's service; samgraame = in a conflict; daivaasure = between Gods and demons.
2.107.5
ततः सा सम्प्रतिश्राव्य तव माता यशस्विनी |
अयाचत नर श्रेष्ठम् द्वौ वरौ वर वर्णिनी ॥तव राज्यम् नर व्याघ्र मम प्रव्राजनम् तथा |
तच् च राजा तथा तस्यै नियुक्तः प्रददौ वरौ ॥
"O, Tiger among men! Your illustrious mother of beautiful complexion consequently demanded these two boons from that cheif of men, for you the throne and for me the exile to the forest."
5; 6. naravyaaghraH = O; Tiger among men!; tataH = then; tava maataa = your mother; yashasvinii = the illustrious woman; vara varNinii = with a beautiful complexion; sampratishraavya = having been made a promise; narashreSTam = by Dasaratha the chief of men; ayaachata = asked; dvau = two; varau = boons; raajyam = (one for giving) kingdom; tava = to you; tathaa = and; pravraajanam = (the other) the exile; mama = for me; tadaa = then; niyuktaH = the enjoined; raajaacha = king also; pradadau = gave; tau varau = those boons.
2.107.7
तेन पित्रा अहम् अप्य् अत्र नियुक्तः पुरुष ऋषभ |
चतुर्दश वने वासम् वर्षाणि वरदानिकम् ॥
"O, excellent among men! I too, have been enjoined by our aforesaid father to live here in the forest for fourteen years, in accord iwth granting of boon."
puruSarSabha = O; excellent among men!; ahamapi = I too; niyuktaH = have been enjoined; tena pitraa = by our aforesaid father; vaasam = to live; atra = in this; vane = forest; chaturdasha vaSaaNi = for fourteen years; varadaanikam = in accord with the granting of boon.
2.107.8
सो अहम् वनम् इदम् प्राप्तो निर्जनम् लक्ष्मण अन्वितः |
शीतया च अप्रतिद्वन्द्वः सत्य वादे स्थितः पितुः ॥
"I as such, without any rival, have come to this lonely forest accompanied by Lakshmana and Seetha in order to carry out the promise given by our father."
saH aham = I as such; apratidvandvaH = without any rival; idam = nirjanam = to this lonely; vanam = forest; lakSmaNaanvitaH = accompanied by Lakshmana; siitayaa cha = and Seeta; sthitaH = standing firm; satya vaade = with the promise gien; pituH = by our father.
2.107.9
भवान् अपि तथा इत्य् एव पितरम् सत्य वादिनम् |
कर्तुम् अर्हति राज इन्द्रम् क्षिप्रम् एव अभिषेचनात् ॥
"You too ought, likewise, to make our father, as a person having given a true promise, O Indra (the Lord of Celestials) among kings, by getting yourself anointed to the crown without any delay.
bhavaanapi = you too; arhati = ought; tathetyeva = likewise; kartum = to make; pitaram = our father; satyavaadinam = as a person having given a true promise; raajendra = O; Indra the Lord of celestials among Kings!; abhiSechanaat = by getting anointed to the crown; kSiprameva = without delay.
2.107.10
ऋणान् मोचय राजानम् मत् कृते भरत प्रभुम् |
पितरम् त्राहि धर्मज्न मातरम् च अभिनन्दय ॥
"O, Bharata! For my sake relieve the mighty king from his vow and make both our mother and fahter happy."
bharata = O; Bharata; matkR^ite = for my sake; mochaya = relive; prabhum = the mighty; raajaanam = king; R^iNaat = from the debt; abhinandaya pitaram chappi maataram cha = make our father and happy mother.
2.107.11
श्रूयते हि पुरा तात श्रुतिर् गीता यशस्विनी |
गयेन यजमानेन गयेषु एव पितृऋन् प्रति ॥
"My dear brother! Formerly, an illustrious king named Gaya, while perfoming a sacrifice in a place called Gaya in honour of his ancestors, chanted the following verse:
taata = my dear brother!; puraa = formerly; yashasvinaa = by an illustrious king; gayena = named Gaya; yajamaanena = while performing a sacrifice; gayeSvena = in a place called Gaya; pitR^iin prati = in honour of his ancestors; shrutiH = a verse; giitaa = was changed; shruuyate hi = and indeed heard (as follows)
2.107.12
पुम् नाम्ना नरकाद् यस्मात् पितरम् त्रायते सुतः |
तस्मात् पुत्र इति प्रोक्तः पितृऋन् यत् पाति वा सुतः ॥
"Since a son delivers his father from a place of torment (hell) called 'Put', he is named as 'Putra'- 'he who delivers his ancestors from all dangers'"
yasmaat = since; sutaH = a son; traayate = delivers; pitaram = his father; narakaat = from a place of torment; punnaamaH = called 'Put'; tasmaat = for that reason; protaH = (he) is named; pitra iti = as "Putra"; yaH = he who; paati = delivers; pitR^iin = his ancestors; sarvataH = from all (dangers).
2.107.13
एष्टव्या बहवः पुत्रा गुणवन्तो बहु श्रुताः |
तेषाम् वै समवेतानाम् अपि कश्चिद् गयाम् व्रजेत् ॥
"To have many virtuous and learned sons is to be desired, since one, atleast among them, who is intimately connected will ocme to Gaya to perform a sacrifice."
bahavaH = many; yuNavantaH = viruous; bahushrutaaH = and very learned; putraH = sons; eSTavyaaH = are to be desired; teSaam = In them; kashchidapi = at lease one; samavetaanaam = who is intimately related; vrajet = may go; gayaam = to Gaya (to perform a sacrifice)
2.107.14
एवम् राज ऋषयः सर्वे प्रतीता राज नन्दन |
तस्मात् त्राहि नर श्रेष्ठ पितरम् नरकात् प्रभो ॥
"O, prince! This is the conviction of all the royal sages. O, the efficient and the excellent of men! Therefore, save our father from hell.
raaja nandan = O; Prince!; sarve = all; raajarSayaH = the royal sages; pratiitaaH = the royal sages; pratiitaaH = are convinced; evam = in this narashreSTa = and the excellent among men!; tasmaat = for that reason; traahi = save; pitaram = our father; narakaat = from hell.
2.107.15
अयोध्याम् गग्च्छ भरत प्रकृतीर् अनुरन्जय |
शत्रुघ्न सहितो वीर सह सर्वैर् द्विजातिभिः ॥
"O, the valiant Bharata! Go to Ayodhya along with Shatrughna and all the Brahmanas and give joy to the people there."
viiraH = O; the valiant; bharataH = Bharata!; gachchha = go; ayodhyaam = to Ayodhya; shatrughna sahitaH = along with Shatrughna; sarvaiH = and all; dvijaatibhiH saha = the brahmanas; anuraNjaya = and give joy; prakR^itiiH = the people.
2.107.16
प्रवेक्ष्ये दण्डक अरण्यम् अहम् अप्य् अविलम्बयन् |
आभ्याम् तु सहितो राजन् वैदेह्या लक्ष्मणेन च ॥
"O, King! I too, without delay, will proceed to Dandaka forest along with Seetha and Lakshaman."
raajan = O; King!; ahamapi = I too; avilambayan = without delay; pravekSe = shall enter; daNDakaaraNyam = the forest of Dandaka; sahitaH = along with; abhyaam = this; vaidehyaa = Seetha; lakSmaNena = and Lakshmana.
2.107.17
त्वम् राजा भव भरत स्वयम् नराणाम् |
वन्यानाम् अहम् अपि राज राण् मृगाणाम् |
गग्च्छ त्वम् पुर वरम् अद्य सम्प्रहृष्टः |
सम्हृष्टः तु अहम् अपि दण्डकान् प्रवेक्ष्ये ॥
"O, Bharata! You become the Lord of men. I will become the emperor of the wild beasts of the forest! Return now to the excellent city of Ayodhya full of joy and I also full of joy will enter Dankada Forest!"
bharata = O; Bharata!; tvam = you; svayam = yourself; bhava = become; raajaa = the Lord; naraaNaam = of men; ahamapi = I too; raajaraaT = (will become) the great Lord; mR^igaaNaam = of the wild beasts; vanyaanaam = in this forest; tvam = you; gachchha = proceed; puravaram = to the excellent city of Ayodhya; adya = now; samprahR^iSTaH = with joy; ahampai = I also; pravekSye = shall enter; daN^Dakaan; Dandaka forest; sampraR^iSTaH = with joy.
2.107.18
चायाम् ते दिन कर भाः प्रबाधमानम् |
वर्षत्रम् भरत करोतु मूर्ध्नि शीताम् |
एतेषाम् अहम् अपि कानन द्रुमाणाम् |
चायाम् ताम् अतिशयिनीम् सुखम् श्रयिष्ये ॥
"O, Bharata! Let the (royal) white umbrella provide a cool shadow for your head, repulsing the rays of sunlight. I will take shelter comoftably under the abundant shadow of these forest-trees."
bharata = O; Bharata!; varSatram = (Let) the umbrella; karotu = make; shiitaam = a coo; chhaayaam = shadow; te muurdhni = for your head; prabaadhamaanam = which is affected; dinakarabhaaH = by sunlight; ahamapi = I too; sukhii = comfortably; shrayiSye = shall take; shelter; taam = under that; atishayaniim = abundant; chhaayaam = shadow; kaanana drumaaNaam = of forest-trees.
2.107.19
शत्रुघ्नः कुशल मतिः तु ते सहायः |
सौमित्रिर् मम विदितः प्रधान मित्रम् |
चत्वारः तनय वरा वयम् नर इन्द्रम् |
सत्यस्थम् भरत चराम मा विषादम् ॥
"O, Bharata! The wise Shatrughna is helpful to you. Lakshmana is known to be an outstanding friend for me. We, the four excellent sons, will ultimately make the king true to his promise. Do not get disappointed."
bharata = O; Bharata!; kushalamatiH = the intelligent; shatrughnaH = Shatrughna; sahaayaH = is helpful; te = to you; saumitriH = Lakshmana; viditaH = is known; pradhaana mitram = to be a cheif companion; mama = for me; vayam = we ; chatvaaraH = the four; tanayavaraaH = excellent sons; charaama = will make; narendram = the king; satyastham = true to his promise; maa viSiida = do not grieve.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे सप्तोत्तरशततमः सर्गः
Sarga 108
2.108.1
आश्वासयन्तम् भरतम् जाबालिर् ब्राह्मण उत्तमः |
उवाच रामम् धर्मज्नम् धर्म अपेतम् इदम् वचः ॥
A brahmana called Jabali spoke the following unrighteous words to Rama, who knew righteousness and who was assuaging Bharata as aforesaid
brahmaNottamaH = A Brahmana; jaabaaliH = named Jabali; uvaacha = spoke; idam = the following; dharmaapetam = unrighteous; vachaH = words; raamam = to Rama; dharmajJNam = who knew righteousness; aashvaasayantam = and who was assuaging; bharatam = Bharata.
2.108.2
साधु राघव मा भूत् ते बुद्धिर् एवम् निरर्थका |
प्राकृतस्य नरस्य इव आर्य बुद्धेः तपस्विनः ॥
"Enough, O Rama! Let not your wisdom be rendered void like a common man, you who are distinguished for your intelligence and virtue."
raaghava = O; Rama!; saadhu = well!; maabhuut = Let not; buddhiH = your wisdom; nivarthikaa = be rendered void; narasyeva = like a common man; te = you; aarya buddheH = who are distinguished for your intelligence; manasvinaH = and virtue.
2.108.3
कः कस्य पुरुषो बन्धुः किम् आप्यम् कस्य केनचित् |
यद् एको जायते जन्तुर् एक एव विनश्यति ॥
"Who is related to whom? What is there to be obtained by anything and by whom? Every creature is born alone and dies alone."
kaH puruSaH = which person; bandhuH = is a relative; kasya = to whom?; kim = what; aapyam = can be obtained; kena chit = from whom; kasya = by whom? yat = because; jantuH = a living; being; jaayate = is born; ekaH = alone; vinashyati = and dies; eka eva = alone.
2.108.4
तस्मान् माता पिता च इति राम सज्जेत यो नरः |
उन्मत्त इव स ज्नेयो न अस्ति काचिद्द् हि कस्यचित् ॥
"O, Rama! He who clings to another, saying, 'This is my father, this is my mother, he should be known as one who has lost his wits. There is none who belongs to another."
raama = O; Rama!; Tasmaat = hence; yaH naraH = which person; sajjeta = clings to another (saying); pitaa cheti = 'this is my father; maataa = this is my mother; saH = he; vijJNeya = should be known; unmatta iva = as one who has lost his wits; naasti hi = there is none; kashchit = whosoever; (who belongs); kasya chit = to another.
2.108.5
यथा ग्राम अन्तरम् गग्च्छन् नरः कश्चिद् क्वचिद् वसेत् |
उत्सृज्य च तम् आवासम् प्रतिष्ठेत अपरे अहनि ॥एवम् एव मनुष्याणाम् पिता माता गृहम् वसु |
आवास मात्रम् काकुत्स्थ सज्जन्ते न अत्र सज्जनाः ॥
"O, Rama! As one who passes the a strange village spends the night the and the next day leaves that place and continues his journey, so are mother, father, home and possessions to a man; they are but a resting place. The wise do not become attached to them".
5; 6. kaakutthsa = O; Rama!; yathaa = as; kashchit = a certain; naraH = person; gachchhan = who passes; graamantaram = through a strange village; vaset = spends the night; kvachit = at that certain place; apare ahami = and the next day; utsR^ijya = leaves; tam aavaasam = that place; pratiSTheta = and continues is journey; evameva = so are; pitaa = father; maataa = mother; gR^iham = home; vasu = and possessions; manuSyaaNaam = to men; aavaasamaatram = they are but a resting place; sajjanaaH = the wise; na sajjante = do not become attached; atra = in this.
2.108.7
पित्र्यम् राज्यम् समुत्सृज्य स न अर्हति नर उत्तम |
आस्थातुम् कापथम् दुह्खम् विषमम् बहु कण्टकम् ॥
"O, chief of men! You as such should not abandon your father's kingdom in order to dwell in a lonely forest, that is excruciating hard to traverse and full of thorny thickets."
narottama = O; chief of men!; saH = you as such; naarhasi = ought not; parityajya = abandon; pitrayam = your father's; raajyam = kingdom; aasthaatum = in order to dwell; kaapatham = in a lonely forest; duHkham = that is painful; viSamam = hard to traverse; bahukaN^Takam = and full of thorny thickets.
2.108.8
समृद्धायाम् अयोध्यायाम् आत्मानम् अभिषेचय |
एक वेणी धरा हि त्वाम् नगरी सम्प्रतीक्षते ॥
"Get yourself crowned in the prosperous kingdom of Ayodhya. That city is waiting for you, with your locks duly unfound."
aatmaanaam abhiSechaya = get yourself crowned; samR^iddhaayaam = in the prosperous; ayodhyaayaam = kingdom of Ayodhya; nagarii = that city; sampratiikSate = is waiting; tvaam = fro you; eka veNiidharaa = with your locks unfound.
2.108.9
राज भोगान् अनुभवन् महा अर्हान् पार्थिव आत्मज |
विहर त्वम् अयोध्यायाम् यथा शक्रः त्रिविष्टपे ॥
"O, prince! Enjoy the royal luxuries worthy of you. Move around in Ayodhya as Indra the Lord of celestials does in heaven!"
paarthivaatmaja = O; prince! tvam = you; anubhavan = enjoy; raaja bhogaan = the royal luxuries; mahaarhaan = worthy of you; vihara move; ayodhyaayaam = in Ayodhya; shakraH yathaa = as Indra the Lord of Celestials; triviSTape (moves in) heaven!
2.108.10
न ते कश्चिद् दशरतहः त्वम् च तस्य न कश्चन |
अन्यो राजा त्वम् अन्यः च तस्मात् कुरु यद् उच्यते ॥
"Dasaratha is none to you nor you in anyway to him. That king is another and your are another. Hence, do what is told by me?"
dasharathaH = Dasaratha; na kashchit = is none; te = to you; na = nor; tvam cha = you; kashcana = in anyway; tasya = to him; saH raaja = that king; anyaH = is another; tvam = and you; anyaH = are another; tasmaat = hence; kuru = do; yat = what is uchyate = told (by me).
2.108.11
बीजमात्रम् पिता जन्तोः शुक्लं रुधिरमेव च |
संयुक्तमृतुमन्मात्रा पुरुषस्येह जन्म तत् ॥
"The father is only the seed of a being. The sperm and the ovum blend at the right time in the mother's womb, so that a human being is born in this world."
pitaa = the father; biija maatram = is only the seed; jantoH = of a being; shuklam = the sperm; rudhirameva cha\ and the ovum; samyuktam = blend; R^itumat = at the right time; maatraa = in the mother's womb; tat = so that; puruSasya = man; janma = is born; iha = in this world.
2.108.12
गतः स नृपतिः तत्र गन्तव्यम् यत्र तेन वै |
प्रवृत्तिर् एषा मर्त्यानाम् त्वम् तु मिथ्या विहन्यसे ॥
"The king has gone, where he had to go. This is the fate of all being unnecessarily, you are still frustrated over the matter."
saH nR^ipatiH = that king; gataH = has gone; yatra = where; tena = he; gantavyam = had to go; eSaa = this; pravR^ittiH = is the fate; martyaanaam = of (all) beings; mithyaa = unnecessarily; tvam tu = you are still; vihanyase = frustrated.
2.108.13
अर्थ धर्म परा ये ये तामः तान् शोचामि न इतरान् |
ते हि दुह्खम् इह प्राप्य विनाशम् प्रेत्य भेजिरे ॥
"I pity all those whosoever, devoted to wealth and religious merit, not other (who are devoted to sense-enjoyment), for, they, having undergone suffering in this life, have met with extermination after death."
shochaami = I pity; taamstaan = all those; ye ye = whosoever; artha dharmaparaaH = devoted to wealth and religious merit; na = not; itaraan = others (who are devoted to sense-enjoyment); te = for; they; praapya = having undergone; duHkham = suffering; iham = in this life; bhejire = they have met with; vinaasham = extermination; pretya = after death.
2.108.14
अष्टका पितृ दैवत्यम् इत्य् अयम् प्रसृतो जनः |
अन्नस्य उपद्रवम् पश्य मृतो हि किम् अशिष्यति ॥
"These people say, 'The eighth day should be given up to sacrifices for the spirits of our ancestors.' See the waste of food. What will a dead man eat?"
ayam = these; janaH = people; prasR^itaH = say; iti = that; aSTakaa = the eight day; pitR^idaivatyam = should be given up to sacrifices for the spirits of our ancestors; pashya = see; upadravam = the waste annasya = of food; kim = what; mR^itaH = (will) a dead man; ashiSyati = eat?
2.108.15
यदि भुक्तम् इह अन्येन देहम् अन्यस्य गग्च्छति |
दद्यात् प्रवसतः श्राद्धम् न तत् पथ्य् अशनम् भवेत् ॥
"If food eaten by one here, reaches another's body, then let a sacrifice be offered for those who are setting out on a distant journey. Will it not become a food on their path?"
yadi bhuktam = If food eaten; anyena = by one; iha = here; gachchhati = reaches; anyasya = another's; deham = body; shraaddham = (then let) a sacrifice; dadyaat = be offered; pravasataH = for those who are setting out on a distant journey; tat na bhavet = will it not become; ashanam = a food; pathi = on their path?
2.108.16
दान सम्वनना ह्य् एते ग्रन्था मेधाविभिः कृताः |
यजस्व देहि दीक्षस्व तपः तप्यस्व सम्त्यज ॥
"Perform sacrifices, distribute gifts, consecrate yourselves, practise ansterity and renunciation' - These writings are composed by learned men for the sake of inducing others to give."
yajasva = perform sacrifices dehi = distribute gifts; diikSasva = consecrate yourselves; tapyasva = practise; tapaH = austerity; samtyaja = and renunciation; ete = there granthaaH = writings; kR^itaaH = are composed; medhaavibhiH = by learned men; daana samvananaaH = for the sake of inducing others to give.
2.108.17
स न अस्ति परम् इत्य् एव कुरु बुद्धिम् महा मते |
प्रत्यक्षम् यत् तद् आतिष्ठ परोक्षम् पृष्ठतः कुरु ॥
"O, the highly wise! Arrive at a conclusion, therefore, that there is nothing beyond this Universe. Give precedence to that which meets the eye and turn your back on what is beyond our knowledge."
mahaamate = O; the highly wise!; saH = you as such; kuru = arrive at; buddhim = a conclusion; naasti ityeva = that there is nothing; param = beyond this universe; aatiSTha = give precedence; tat = to that; yat = which; pratyakSam = meets the eye; pR^iSThataH kuru = and turn your back; parokSam = on what is beyond our knowledge.
2.108.18
सताम् बुद्धिम् पुरः कृत्य सर्व लोक निदर्शिनीम् |
राज्यम् त्वम् प्रतिगृह्णीष्व भरतेन प्रसादितः ॥
"Honour the judgment of the wise and regarding that which is approved by all, accept the kingdom as propitiated by Bharata."
puraskR^itya = honour; taam buddhim = that judgment of the wise; sarva loker nidarshiniim = and regarding that which is approved by all; pratigR^ihNiiSva = accept; raajyam = the kingdom; prasaaditaH = a propitiated; bharatena = by Bharata.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे अष्टोत्तरशततमः सर्गः
Sarga 109
2.109.1
जाबालेः तु वचः श्रुत्वा रामः सत्य आत्मनाम् वरः |
उवाच परया युक्त्या स्व बुद्ध्या च अविपन्नया ॥
After hearing Jabali's words, Rama the best among virtuous and upright men spoke with a great devotion and with an undisturbed mind of his own (as follows);
shrutvaa = hearing; jaabaaleH = Jabali's; vachaH = words; raamaH = Rama; varaH = the best; satyaatmanaam = of virtuous and upright men; uvaacha = spoke; varayaa = with great; bhaktyaa = devotion; avipannayaa = and with an undisturbed; svabuddhyaa = mind of his own.
2.109.2
भवान् मे प्रिय काम अर्थम् वचनम् यद् इह उक्तवान् |
अकार्यम् कार्य सम्काशम् अपथ्यम् पथ्य सम्मितम् ॥
"That which, in your desire to please me, you have counselled, is impossible though it appears to be possible. It is like a forbidden food, appearing to be an agreeable one."
vachanam = the words; yat = which; bhavaan = you; uktavaan = spoke; iha = now; priyakaamaartham = wishing to please me; akaaryam = are impossible; kaarya saN^kaasham = which appears to be possible; apathyam = It is like a forbidden food; pathya sammatam = appearing to be an agreeable one.
2.109.3
निर्मर्यादः तु पुरुषः पाप आचार समन्वितः |
मानम् न लभते सत्सु भिन्न चारित्र दर्शनः ॥
"He who is unruly, fully invested with ill-conduct, having a bad reputation and seeing differences in everything, does not gain respect from honest men."
puruSastu = A man; nirmaryaadaH = who is unruly; paapachaara samnvitaH = fully endowed with ill-conduct; bhinna chaaritra darshinaH = having a bad reputation and seeing differentiation in everything; na labhate = does not gain; maanam = respect; satsu = from honest men.
2.109.4
कुलीनम् अकुलीनम् वा वीरम् पुरुष मानिनम् |
चारित्रम् एव व्याख्याति शुचिम् वा यदि वा अशुचिम् ॥
"One's conduct itself explains whether one belongs to a good family or a bad family, valiant or arrogant and chaste or unchaste."
chaaritrameva = One's conduct itself; vyaakhyaati = explains; kuliinam = whether one belongs to a good family; akuliinam vaa = or a bad family; viiram = a valiant man; viiram = a valiant man; puruSamaaninam = or an arrogant man; shuchim vaa = a chaste man; ashuchim = or an unchasti man.
2.109.5
अनारयः तु आर्य सम्काशः शौचाद्द् हीनः तथा शुचिः |
लक्षण्यवद् अलक्षण्यो दुह्शीलः शीलवान् इव ॥अधर्मम् धर्म वेषेण यदि इमम् लोक सम्करम् |
अभिपत्स्ये शुभम् हित्वा क्रिया विधि विवर्जितम् ॥कः चेतयानः पुरुषः कार्य अकार्य विचक्षणः |
बहु मंस्यति माम् लोके दुर्वृत्तम् लोक दूषणम् ॥
"What sensible man, able to discern what is just and what is unjust, in this world, would respect me, if I am ignoble resembling as noble, bereft of honesty, impure, having no good qualities but appearing like the one having good qualities, ill-behaved but appearing as well-behaved abandoning righteousness and getting hold of unrighteousness in the guise of piety, creating confusion in the world and disregarding rules of conduct."
5; 6; 7. kaH = chetayaanaH puruSaH = what sensible man; kaaryaakaarya vichakSaNaH = able to discern what is just and what is unjust; loke = in this world; bahumamsyati = would respect; maam = me; anaaryaH = who am ignoble; aaryasaNKaashaH = resembling as noble; hiinaH = bereft; shauchaat = of honesty; tathaa = and ashuchiH = also impure; alakSaNyaH = having no good qualities; lakSaNyavat = though appearing like one having good qualities; dushshiilah = ill-behaved; shiilavaaniva = though appearing as well-behaved; hitvaa = abndoning; shubham = righteousness; abhipatsye yadi = and getting hold of ;adharmam = unrighteousness; dharmaveSeNa = in the guise of piety; loka saN^karam = creating confusion in the world; kriyaa vidhivajitam = and disregarding rules of conduct.
2.109.8
कस्य यास्याम्य् अहम् वृत्तम् केन वा स्वर्गम् आप्नुयाम् |
अनया वर्तमानो अहम् वृत्त्या हीन प्रतिज्नया ॥
"If I behave in this manner faithlessly, to whom can I advise a prescribed conduct? How would I attain heaven?"
aham = (If) I; vartamaanaH = behave; anayaa = in this; vR^ittyaa = manner; hiina pratijJNayaa = faithlessly; kasya = to whom; daasyaami = can I give; vR^ittam = good conduct? kena = by which; aapruyaam = can I attain; svargam = heaven?
2.109.9
काम वृत्तः तु अयम् लोकः कृत्स्नः समुपवर्तते |
यद् वृत्ताः सन्ति राजानः तद् वृत्ताः सन्ति हि प्रजाः ॥
"This entire world would follow its own whims, for, whatever the conduct of the kings may be, such will be the coduct of their subjects."
ayam = this; kR^itsnaH = entire; lokaH = world; samupartate = would follow; kaama vR^ittaH = its own whims; yadvR^ittaaH = for whatever the conduct; raajaanaH = of the kings; santi hi = may be santi tadvR^ittaaH = such will be the conduct; prajaaH = of their subjects.
2.109.10
सत्यम् एव आनृशंस्यम् च राज वृत्तम् सनातनम् |
तस्मात् सत्य आत्मकम् राज्यम् सत्ये लोकः प्रतिष्ठितः ॥
"The eternal royal governance is indeed an assemble of truth and not cruel. Hence, the kingship has the Truth as its essence. The world is established in Truth."
sanaatanam = the eternal; raaja vR^ittam = royal governance; satyameva = is indeed an assemble of truth; anR^ishamsamcha = and not cruel; tasmaat = hence; raajyam- the kingship; satyaatmakam = has the truth as its essence; lokaH = the world; pratiSThitaH = is established; satye = in truth.
2.109.11
ऋषयः चैव देवाः च सत्यम् एव हि मेनिरे |
सत्य वादी हि लोके अस्मिन् परमम् गग्च्छति क्षयम् ॥
"Even sages and divine being have respected truthfulness alone. The one who speaks truth obtains the highest position in this world."
R^iSayashchaiva = even sages; devaashcha = and divine beings; satyamev = truthfulness alone; satyavaadii = the one who speaks truth; gachchhati = obtains; paramam = the highest; kSayam = position; asmin loke = in this world.
2.109.12
उद्विजन्ते यथा सर्पान् नराद् अनृत वादिनः |
धर्मः सत्यम् परो लोके मूलम् स्वर्गस्य च उच्यते ॥
"People fear of a person, who speaks untruth, as one fears a snake. Truth is the highest virtue and is stated to be the origin of heaven."
udvijante = (People) fear; naraat = of a person; anR^ita vaadinaH = who speaks untruth; sarpaat yathaa = as one fears a snake; satyam = truth; paraH = is the highest; dharmaH = virtue; uchyate = and stated; muulamcha = to be the origin; svargasya = of heaven.
2.109.13
सत्यम् एव ईश्वरो लोके सत्यम् पद्मा समाश्रिता |
सत्य मूलानि सर्वाणि सत्यान् न अस्ति परम् पदम् ॥
"Truth is god and all virtues follow truth. All are rooted in truth there is nothing higher than truth."
satyameva = truth alone; iishvaraH = i god loke = in this world; padmaa = the goddess of fortune; sadaa = always; aashritaa = attaches herself to; truth; sarvaani = All; satyamuulani = are rooted in truth; naasti = there is no; padam = position; param = higher; satyaat = then truth.
2.109.14
दत्तम् इष्टम् हुतम् चैव तप्तानि च तपांसि च |
वेदाः सत्य प्रतिष्ठानाः तस्मात् सत्य परो भवेत् ॥
"Gift sacrifice, oblation, austerities performed and the scriptural texts have the foundation in Truth. Hence, one should thoroughly surrender to truth.
dattam = gift; iSTamcha = sacrifice; hutam chaia = oblation; tapaamsiaha = austerities; taptaani = performed; vedaaH = and the scriptural texts; satya pratiSThaanaaH = have the foundation in Truth; tasmaat = hence; bhavet = one should; satya paraH = thoroughly surrender to truth.
2.109.15
एकः पालयते लोकम् एकः पालयते कुलम् |
मज्जत्य् एको हि निरयः एकः स्वर्गे महीयते ॥
"One rules over the world. One develops a race. One sinks into hell . One rises high to heaven (according to one's degree of truthfulness practiced)."
ekaH = one; paalayite = rules; lokam = over the world; ekaH = one paalayate = rules; kuma = a race; ekaH = one; majjati = sinks into; niraye = hell; ekaH = one; mahiiyate = rises high; svarge = to heaven; (according to the degree of truthfulness practiced).
2.109.16
सो अहम् पितुर् निदेशम् तु किम् अर्थम् न अनुपालये |
सत्य प्रतिश्रवः सत्यम् सत्येन समयी कृतः ॥
"I am true to my promise. Why should I not fulfilll the command of my father, who was a devotee of truth?"
saH aham = I as such; satya pratishravaH = am true to my promise; kimartham = why; naanupalaye = should I not fulfill; satyam = the true; niyogam = command; pituH = of my father; samayiikR^itam = which was a devotee satyam = of truth.
2.109.17
न एव लोभान् न मोहाद् वा न च अज्नानात् तमो अन्वितः |
सेतुम् सत्यस्य भेत्स्यामि गुरोः सत्य प्रतिश्रवः ॥
"Neither covetousness nor forgetfulness nor pride would cause me to destroy the bond of morality. I shall honour the vow made to my father."
satya pratishravaH = I; who conform to truth; naiva bhetsyaami = cannot demolish; setum = the bond; satyasya = truth; guroH = of my father; lobhaat = by covetousness; na = nor; mohaadvaa = by stupefaction; na = nor; ajJNaanaat = b ignorance; tamo.anvitaH = attended with darkness.
2.109.18
असत्य संधस्य सतः चलस्य अस्थिर चेतसः |
न एव देवा न पितरः प्रतीग्च्छन्ति इति नः श्रुतम् ॥
"Neither gods nor the manes will accept the offerings of those who are wanting in truth, unsteady and unstable in their minds. This is what is taught to us."
naiva = neither; devaaH = gods; na = now; pitaraH = the manes; pratichchhanti = will accept the offerings; asatya sandhasya sataH = of those who are wanting in truth; chalasya = unsteady; asthira chestasaH = and unstable in mind; iti = this; shrutam = is what is taught; naH = to us.
2.109.19
प्रत्यग् आत्मम् इमम् धर्मम् सत्यम् पश्याम्य् अहम् स्वयम् |
भारः सत् पुरुष आचीर्णः तद् अर्थम् अभिनन्द्यते ॥
"I perceive this virtue i the form of truthfulness as a universal permeation of spirit. That is why, this burden, observed as a vow, has been honoured by good men."
aham = I; svayam = myself; pashyaami = perceive; imam = this; satyam dharmam = virtue in the form of truthfulness; pratyagaatmam = as a universal permeation of spirit; tadartham = for that; bhaaraH = the burden; chiirNaaH = observed as a vow; abhimanyate = has been honoured; satpuruSaiH = by good men.
2.109.20
क्षात्रम् धर्मम् अहम् त्यक्ष्ये ह्य् अधर्मम् धर्म सम्हितम् |
क्षुद्रौर् नृशंसैर् लुब्धैः च सेवितम् पाप कर्मभिः ॥
"I renounce the so-called duty of a warrior, it is injustice under the name of justice, it is practised by petty cruel and covetous men of evil deeds."
aham = I; tyakSye = renounce; kSaatram dharmam = the so-called duty of a warrior; adharmam = it is injustice; dharma samhitam = under the name of justice; sevitam = it is practised; kSudraiH = by petty; nR^ishamsaiH = cruel; lubdhaiH = covetous; paapakar mabhiH = men of evid deeds.
2.109.21
कायेन कुरुते पापम् मनसा सम्प्रधार्य च |
अनृतम् जिह्वया च आह त्रिविधम् कर्म पातकम् ॥
"Sin is committed by the body after it has been conceived by the mind and falsehood is spoken with the tongue. Thus, the degrading act is of three types (with body, mind and tongue)"
paapam = sin; kurute = is committed; kaayena = by the body; sampradhaarya = after it has been conceived; manasaa = by the mind; anR^itamcha = and falsehood; aha = is spoken; jihvayaa = with tongue; paatakam karma = (thus) the degrading act; trividham = is of three types.
2.109.22
भूमिः कीर्तिर् यशो लक्ष्मीः पुरुषम् प्रार्थयन्ति हि |
स्वर्गस्थम् च अनुबध्नन्ति सत्यम् एव भजेत तत् ॥
"The earth, fame, prosperity and fortune indeed woo a man of truth. They constantly oblige the truth: truth should therefore be strictly observed!"
bhuumiH = the earth; kiirti = fame; yashaH = prosperity; lakSmiiH = and fortune; praarthayanti hi = indeed woo; puruSam = a man of truth; samanuvartante = and (they) constantly oblige; satyam = the truth; satyameva = truth alone; tat = should therefore; bhajeta = be strictly observed!.
2.109.23
श्रेष्ठम् ह्य् अनार्यम् एव स्याद् यद् भवान् अवधार्य माम् |
आह युक्ति करैर् वाक्यैर् इदम् भद्रम् कुरुष्व ह ॥
"The logical words, you have made it out to be good, saying 'Do this good thing' as uttered to me, are really unworthy."
bhavaan = you; avadhaarya = have made it out; shreSTham = to be good; 'kuruSva = do; idam = this; bhadvam = good thing; yat = as; aha = uttered; maan = to me; syaat = must be; anaaryameva = are really unworthy
2.109.24
कथम् ह्य् अहम् प्रतिज्नाय वन वासम् इमम् गुरोः |
भरतस्य करिष्यामि वचो हित्वा गुरोर् वचः ॥
"Having promised before my father about my exile to the forest, how can I fulfil Bharata's words now, abandoning the father's words?"
pratijJNaaya = having promised; gurau = to my father; imam vanavaasam = about my exile to the forest; hitvaa = and (now) abandoning; guroH = the father's; vachaH = the words; bharatasye = of Bharata?
2.109.25
स्थिरा मया प्रतिज्नाता प्रतिज्ना गुरु सम्निधौ |
प्रहृष्ट मानसा देवी कैकेयी च अभवत् तदा ॥
"A firm promise has been made by me in the presence of my father, when Queen Kaikeyi too became rejoiced."
sthiraa = a firm; pratijJNaa = promise; pratijJNaata = has been pledged; mayaa = by me; gurusannidhau = in the presence of my father; tadaa = then; saa = that; devii kaikeyii cha = queen Kaikeyi also; abhavata = became; prahR^iSyamaaNaaH = rejoiced.
2.109.26
वन वासम् वसन्न् एवम् शुचिर् नियत भोजनः |
मूलैः पुष्पैः फलैः पुण्यैः पितृऋन् देवामः च तर्पयन् ॥सम्तुष्ट पन्च वर्गो अहम् लोक यात्राम् प्रवर्तये |
अकुहः श्रद्दधानः सन् कार्य अकार्य विचक्षणः ॥
"I will proceed with life-journey in this manner, by accepting this dwelling in the forest, by remaining pure in body and mind, having controlled my diet, by feasting the Gods and Ancestors with pure roots, flowers and fruits, with all my five senses fully sated, without any deceit, fully devout and discriminative of what ought to be done and what ought not to be done."
26; 27. aham = I; pravartaye = will proceed; loka yaatraam = with the life-journey; vasan = by accepting; vanavaasam = the dwelling in the forest; evam = in this manner; shuchiH = by remaining pure of body and mind; niyata bhojanaH = having controlled my diet; tarpayan = by feasting; devaamshcha = the Gods; pitR^iin = and Ancestors; puN^yaiH = with pure; muulaiH = roots; puSpaiH = flowers; phalaiH = and fruits; samtuSTa paN^cha vargaH = with all my five senses fully sated; akuhaH = without any deceit; shraddha dhaanasan = fully devout; kaaryaakaarya vichakSaNaH = discriminative of what ought to be done and what ought not to be done.
2.109.28
कर्म भूमिम् इमाम् प्राप्य कर्तव्यम् कर्म यत् शुभम् |
अग्निर् वायुः च सोमः च कर्मणाम् फल भागिनः ॥
"Having reached this terrestrial globe (the realm of action), only a virtuous act is to be undertaken. The god of fire, the wind-god and the moon-god reap the fruits of their acts."
praapya = having reached; imaam = this; karma bhuumim = terrestrial globe (the realm of action); karma = an action; yat = which; shubham = is virtuous; kartavyam = is to be done; agniH = the god of fire; vaayushcha = the wind- god; somashcha = and the moon-god; phalabhaaginaH = partake the fruits; karmaNaam = of their acts.
2.109.29
शतम् क्रतूनाम् आहृत्य देव राट् त्रिदिवम् गतः |
तपांस्य् उग्राणि च आस्थाय दिवम् याता महर्षयः ॥
"Having performed ahundred sacrifices, Indra the Lord of celestials went to heaven. Having practised severe austerities, the great sages went to heaven."
aahR^itya = having performed; shatam = a hundred; kratuunaam = sacrifices; devaraat = Indra the Lord of celestials; gataH = went; tridivam = to heaven; aasthaaya = having practiced; ugraaNi = severe; tapaamsi = austerities; maharSayaH = the great sages; yaataaH = went; divam = to heaven.
2.109.30
अमृष्यमाणः पुनरुग्रतेजा |
निशम्य तं नास्तिकवाक्यहेतुम् |
अथाब्रवीत्तं नृपतेस्तनूजो |
विगर्हमाणो वचानानि तस्य ॥
Hearing that argument of atheism inuntiated by Jabali, Rama the prince with a terrible energy, without tolerating his words, spoke in reproach to him (as follows):
atha = thereafter; nishamya = having heard; tam = that; naastika vaakya hetum = argument of atheism; (inuntiated by Jabali); nR^ipateH tanunjaH = that prince; ugra tejaaH = with a terrible energy; amR^iSyamaaNaH = without tolerating; tasya = his; vachanaani = words; punaH = again; abraviit = spoke; vigarhamaaNaH = with a reproach; tam = to him.
2.109.31
सत्यं च धर्मं च पराक्रमं च |
भूतानुकम्पां प्रियवादिताम् च |
द्विजातिदेवातिथिपूजनं च |
पन्थानमाहुस्त्रिदिवस्य सन्तः ॥
"The virtuous say that truth, piety, valour, compassion for all beings, polite speech and worship of Brahmanas, gods and unexpected guests are the paths to heaven."
santaH = the virtuous; aahuH = say; (that); satyamcha = truth; dharmamcha = piety; paraakramam = valour; bhuutaanukampaam = compassion for all beings; priya vaaditaamcha = polite speech; dvijaati devaatithi puujanamcha = and worship of Brahmanas; gods and unexpected guests; panthaanam = are the paths; tridivasya = to heaven.
2.109.32
तेनैवमाज्ञाय यथावदर्थ |
मेकोदयं सम्प्रतिपद्य विप्राः |
धर्मं चरन्तः सकलं यथाव |
त्काज़्^ख़्षन्ति लोकागममप्रमत्ताः ॥
"Therefore the learned, well-instructed in what is to be their greatest advantage; follow their purpose resolutely and fulfill their duty in its entirety properly and attentively, seeking to attain the highest realms."
tena = therefore; vipraaH = the learned; aajJNaaya = well-instructed; yathaavat = in what is to be; artham = their greatest advantage; sampratipadya = follow; ekodayam = their purpose rsolutely; charantaH = and fulfil; dharmam- their duty; sakalam = in its entirety; yathaavat = properly; apramattaaH = and attentively; kaaNKSanti = seeking; lokaagamam = to attain the higher realms.
2.109.33
निन्दाम्यहं कर्म पितुः कृतं त |
द्यस्त्वामगृह्णाद्विषमस्थबुद्धिम् |
बुद्ध्यानयैवंविधया चरन्तं |
सुनास्तिकं धर्मपथादपेतम् ॥
"I accuse the act done by my father in taking you into his service, you with your misleading intelligence, a firm atheist fallen from the true path."
aham = I; nindaami = accuse; tat = that; karma = act; kR^itam = done; pituH = by my father; tvam aagR^ihNaat = in taking you into his service; yaH = you; viSamastha buddhim = with your misleading intelligence; charantam = moving; evam vidhayaa = with this type; buddhyaa = of intelligence; sunaastikam = a firm atheist; apetam = fallen; dharma pathaat = from the true path.
यथा हि चोरः स तथा हि बुद्ध |
स्तथागतं नास्तिकमत्र विध्हि |
तस्माद्धि यः शङ्क्यतमः प्रजानाम् |
न नास्ति केनाभिमुखो बुधः स्यात् २-१०९-३४
"It is an exact state of the case that a mere *intellection deserves to be punished as it were a thief and know an atheist to be on par with a mere intellectual. Therefore he is the most suspectable and should be punished in the interest of the poeple. In no case should a wise man consort with an atheist."
yathaahi tathaa hi = It is an exact state of the case; saH = that; buddhaH = a mere intellection; choraH = (is deserves to be punished) as a thief; viddhi = and know; naastikam = an atheist; atra = here; tathaagatam = to be on par with a mere intellectual; tasaat = therefore; yaH = he who; shaN^kya tamaH = is the most suspectable; prajaanaam = (should be punished in the interest of) the people; na syaat = In no case; buddhaH = should a wise man; abhimukhaH = consort; naastikaa = with an atheist.
- It is the word that is responding to the chanllenge, which we call intellection. Truth/God is very subtle. A mind that is caught in the net of words/arguments cannot understand truth/God.
त्वत्तो जनाः पूर्वतरे वराश्च |
शुभानि कर्माणि बहूनि चक्रुः |
चित्वा सदेमं च परम् च लौकं |
तस्माद्द्विजाः स्वस्ति हुतं कृतं च २-१०९-३५
"Men that lived before you have performed many auspicious acts, abandoning all hopes of reward in this world as well as the next. Therefore, Brahmanas offer oblations in the sacred fire and practise noble deeds."
janaaH = men; puurvatare = that lived before;tvattaH = than you; chakruH = have performed; babuumi = many; shubhaani = auspicious; karmaaNi = acts; chhitvaa = abandoning; (all hopes of reward); imamcha = in this world; param = as well as the next; tasmaat = therefore; dvijaaH = Brahmanas; hutamcha = offer oblations in the sacred five; kR^itam = and practise; svasti = noble; kR^itam = deeds.
2.109.36
धर्मे रताः सत् पुरुषैः समेताः |
तेजस्विनो दान गुण प्रधानाः |
अहिंसका वीत मलाः च लोके |
भवन्ति पूज्या मुनयः प्रधानाः ॥
"The sages who are devoted to righteousness, associating with men of virtue, endowed with spiritual splendour, practising abundant charity, harm-less and washed free of all taint, are honoured into the world."
munayaH = the sages; rataaH = who are devoted; dharme = to righteousness; sametaaH = associating; satpuruSaiH = with men of virtue; tejasvinaH = endowed with spiritual splendour; daanaguNa pradhaanaaH = practising abundant charity; ahimsakaaH = harmless; viitamalaaH = washed free from all taint; bhavanti = become; puujyaaH = honoured; loke = in the world.
2.109.37
इति ब्रुवन्तं वचनं सरोषं |
रामं महात्मानमदीनसत्त्वम् |
उवाच पथ्यं पुनरास्तिकं च |
सत्यं वचः सानुनयं च विप्रः ॥
"To the high-souled Rama, who never had self-pity and speaking indignantly as aforesaid, Jabali (that brahmana) replied in a fitting manner in words that were beneficial and truthful, which showed his belief in authority of Vedas, the other world and so on."
mahaatmaanam = to the high-souled Rama; adiina sattvam = who never had self-souled Rama; adiina sattvam = who never had self-pity; bruvantam = and speaking; saroSam = indignantly; iti = as aforesaid; vipraH = Jabali brahmana; punaH uvaacha = replied; saanunayam = in a fitting manner; vachaH = in words; pathyam = that were beneficial; satya = and truthful; aastikam = which showed his belief in authority of Vedas; the other world and so on.
2.109.38
न नास्तिकानां वचनम् ब्रवीम्यहं |
न नास्तिकोऽहं न च नास्ति किंचन |
समीक्ष्य कालं पुनरास्तिकोऽभवं |
भवेय काले पुनरेव नास्तिकः ॥
"I am not speaking the words of non- believers. I am not an atheist, nor is it a fact that nothing exists whatsoever. Perceiving the time, I have become a believer. When the time comes, I will become again just a non-believer."
aham = I; na braviimi = and not speaking; vachanam = the words; naastikaanaam = of non-believers; aham = I; na = am not; naastikaH = an atheist; nacha naasti = now is it a fact that nothing exists; kimchana = whatsoever; samiikSya = perceiving; kaalam = the time; abhavam = I have become; punareva = just again; naastikaH = a non-believer.
2.109.39
स चापि कालोऽय मुपागतः शनैः |
यथा मया नास्तिकवागुदीरिता |
निवर्तनार्थं तव राम कारणात् |
प्रसादनार्थं च मयैतदीरितम् || ॥
"O, Rama! That and this time too came gradually. The words of a non-believer were spoken by me for your sake, to pacify you and to persuade you to return to Ayodhya."
raama = O; Rama! SaH = that; ayam kaalaH api = and this time too; upaagataH = came; shanaiH = slowly; yathaa = how; naastika vaak = the words of non = believer; udiiritaa = came from my mouth; etat = this; iiritam = was spoken; tava kaaraNaat = for your sake; prasaadanaartham cha = to pacify you; nivartanaartham = and to persuade you to return (to Ayodhya).
इत्यार्षे श्रीमाद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे नवोत्तरशततमः सर्गः
Sarga 110
क्रुद्धम् आज्ञाय राम तु वसिष्ठः प्रत्युवाच ह।
जाबालिः अपि जानीते लोकस्य अस्य गत आगतिम्॥ २-११०-१
Recognising that Rama has become angry, Vashishta spoke as follows: "Even Jabali is aware of the going and coming of this world."
aajJNaaya = recognising; raamam = Rama's; kruddham = anger; vasiSThaH = Vasishta; pratyuvaacha ha = spoke as follows: jabaalirapi = even Jabali; jaaniite = is aware; gataagatam = of the going and coming; asya lokasya = of this world.
2.110.2
निवर्तयितु कामः तु त्वाम् एतद् वाक्यम् अब्रवीत् |
इमाम् लोक समुत्पत्तिम् लोक नाथ निबोध मे ॥
"He apoke in this manner, on account of his desire that you should return. O, Lord of the poeple! Learn from me of the creation of the world!"
uktavaan = (He) spoke; etat = these; vaakyam = words; tvaam nivartayitu kaamastu = on account of his desire that you should return; lokanaatha = O; Lord of the poeple! nibodha = learn; me = from me; lokasamutpattim = of the creation of the world!.
2.110.3
सर्वम् सलिलम् एव आसीत् पृथिवी यत्र निर्मिता |
ततः समभवद् ब्रह्मा स्वयम्भूर् दैवतैः सह ॥
"All was water only in the beginning" from which element the earth was formed. After that, the self-existent Brahma with all the gods came into existence."
sarvam = all; aasiit = was; salilam eva = water only (in the beginning); yatra = from which element; pR^ittivii = the earth; nirmitaa = was formed; tataH = and after that; svayambhuuH = the self-existent; brahmaa = Brahma; daivataiH saha = with all the gods; sambhavat = came into existence.
2.110.4
स वराहः ततो भूत्वा प्रोज्जहार वसुंधराम् |
असृजच् च जगत् सर्वम् सह पुत्रैः कृत आत्मभिः ॥
"Thereafter, that Brahma, assuming the form of boar, caused the earth to rise from water and with his sons of pure soul, created the entire world."
tataH = thereafter; saH = that Brahma; bhuutvaa = assuming; varaahaH = the form of a boar; projjahaara vasundharaam = caused the earth to rise (from water); putraiH saha = and with his sons; kR^itaatmabhiH = of pure soul; aasR^ijachcha = created; sarvam = the entire; jagat = world.
2.110.5
आकाश प्रभवो ब्रह्मा शाश्वतो नित्य अव्ययः |
तस्मान् मरीचिः सम्जज्ने मरीचेः कश्यपः सुतः ॥
"The eternal, changeless and imperishable Brahma was begotten from ether and from his was born Marichi. Marichi's son was kashyapa."
shaashvataH = the eternal; ityaH = changeless; avyayaH = and imperishable; brahmaa = Brahma; aakaasha prabhavaH = was begotten from ether; tasmaat = and from him; mariichiH = Marichi; samjajNe = was born; kashyapaH = Kashyapa; maricheH = was Marichi's; sutaH = son.
2.110.6
विवस्वान् कश्यपाज् जज्ने मनुर् वैवस्तवः स्मृतः |
स तु प्रजापतिः पूर्वम् इक्ष्वाकुः तु मनोः सुतः ॥
"From Kashyapa, Vivasvan(sun-god) was born. manu was the son of Vivasvan. Manu for his part, was formerly the lord of creation. Ikshvaku was Manu' s son."
kashyapaat = from Kashyapa; vivasvaan = Vivasvan; jajJNe = was born; manuH = Manu; vaivasvataH sutaH = was the son of Vivasvan; satu = Manu for his part; puurvam = formerly; prajaapatiH = was the lord of creation; ikSvaakuH = Ikshvaku; manoH = was Manu's sutaH = son.
2.110.7
यस्य इयम् प्रथमम् दत्ता समृद्धा मनुना मही |
तम् इक्ष्वाकुम् अयोध्यायाम् राजानम् विद्धि पूर्वकम् ॥
"The entire fertile earth was given by Manu to Ikshvaku and know that Ikshvaku was thus the first king of Ayodhya!"
yasya = to whom; samR^iddhaa = the fertile; mahii = earth; prathamam = initially; dattaa = was given; manunaa = by Manu; viddhi = know; tam ikSvaakum = the Iksvaku; puurvakam = as the first; raajaanam = king; ayodhyaayaam = of Ayodhya.
2.110.8
इक्ष्वाकोः तु सुतः श्रीमान् कुक्षिर् एव इति विश्रुतः |
कुक्षेर् अथ आत्मजो वीरो विकुक्षिर् उदपद्यत ॥
"Ikshvaku's son was known as Kukshi, the illustrious king. Then, Kukshi's son was the valiant Vikukshi."
ikSvaakoH = Ikshvaku's; sutaH = son; vishrutaH = was known as; shriimaan = the illustrious; kukSireveti = Kukshi; atha = thereafter; kukSeH = kukshi's; aatmajaH = son; viiraH = was the valiant; vikukSiH = Vikukshi; udapadyata = born.
2.110.9
विकुक्षेः तु महा तेजा बाणः पुत्रः प्रतापवान् |
बाणस्य तु महा बाहुर् अनरण्यो महा यशाः ॥
"To Vikukshi was born the most splendid and powerful son, Bana. To Bana was born Anaranya the mighty armed and the most illustrious son."
vikukSeH = to Vikukshi (was born); baaNaH = Bana; mahaatejaaH = the most splendid; prataapavaan = and powerful; putraH = son; baaNasya = to Bana; (was born); anaraNyaH = Anaranya; mahaabaahuH = the mighty armed; mayaayashaaH = and the most illustrious one.
2.110.10
नाना वृष्टिर् बभूव अस्मिन् न दुर्भिक्षम् सताम् वरे |
अनरण्ये महा राजे तस्करो वा अपि कश्चन ॥
"While this King Anaranya, the most excellent among beings was reigning, there was neither dearth of rain nor a drought. No one was a thief."
asmin anaraNye = (While) this Anaranya = vare = the excellent; sataam = among beings; mahaaraaje = was the emperor; na babhuuva = there was no; anavR^iSThiH = dearth of rain; na = nor; durbhikSam = drought; na kashchana = no one; takraH = was a thief.
2.110.11
अनरण्यान् महा बाहुः पृथू राजा बभूव ह |
तस्मात् पृथोर् महा राजः त्रिशन्कुर् उदपद्यत ॥स सत्य वचनाद् वीरः सशरीरो दिवम् गतः |
"From Anaranya was born the mighty armed king Prithu. From Prithu was born the Emperor Trishanku. That valiant man ascneded to heaven along with his mortal body, because of his true eloquence."
anaraNyaat = from Anaranya; babhuuvaha = was born; mahaabahuH = the mighty armed; raajaa = king; pR^ithuH = Prithu; tasmaat pR^ithoH = from that Prithu; udapadyata = was born; mahaaraajaH = the Emperor; trishaNkuH = Trishanku; saH viiraH = that valiant man; gataH = ascended to; divam = heaven; sa shariiraH = along with his mortal body; satya vachanaat = for his true eloquence.
2.110.12
त्रिशन्कोर् अभवत् सूनुर् धुन्धुमारो महा यशाः ॥धुन्धुमारान् महा तेजा युवन अश्वो व्यजायत |
"To Trishanku was born a son, the highly illustrious Dundhumara. From Dundhumara was born the hero, Yuvanasva."
trishaN^koH = to Trishanku; abhavat = was born; suumuH = a son; mahaayashaaH = the highly illustrious; dundhumaaraH = Dundhumara; dundhumaarut = from Dundhumara; vyajaayata = was born; mahaatejaaH = the hero; yuvanaashvaH = Yuvanasva.
2.110.13
युवन अश्व सुतः श्रीमान् मान्धाता समपद्यत ॥मान्धातुः तु महा तेजाः सुसंधिर् उदपद्यत |
सुसंधेर् अपि पुत्रौ द्वौ ध्रुव संधिः प्रसेनजित् ॥यशस्वी ध्रुव संधेः तु भरतो रिपु सूदनः |
"The illustrious Mandhata was born as a son to Yuvanasva. To Mandhata was born the hero, Susandhi. There were two sons Dhruvasandhi and prasenajit to Susandhi. From Dhruvasandhi was born the illustrious Bharata, the annihilator of enemies."
13; 14. shriimaan = the illustirous; maandhaataa = Mandhata; sampadyata = was born; yuvanaaashva sutaH = as a son to Yuvanasva; mandhaatuH = to Mandhata; udapadyata = was born; mahaatejaaH = the hero; susandhiH = Susandhi; dvau = (therewere) too; putrau = sons; dhruvasandhiH = Dhruvasandhi; prasenajit = and Prasenajit; susandherapi = to Susandhi; dhruvasandheH = from Dhruvasandhi (was born); yashasvii = the illustrious; bharataH = Bharata; ripusuudanaH = the annihilata of enemies.
2.110.15
भरतात् तु महा बाहोर् असितो नाम जायत ॥यस्य एते प्रतिराजान उदपद्यन्त शत्रवः |
हैहयाः ताल जन्घाः च शूराः च शश बिन्दवः ॥
"From the mighty armed Bharata was born a son named Asita, for whom his royal adversaries, Haihayas, Talajanghas and the valiant Shashibindavas became the enemies."
15; 16. mahaabaahoH bharataat = from the mighty armed Bharata; jaayata = was born; asitonaama = a son named Asita; yasya = for whom; haihayaaH = Haihayas; taalaN^ghaashcha = Talajanghas; shuuraaH = and the valiant; shashibindavashcha = shashibindavas; upapadyanta = became; pratiraajaanaH = royal adversaries; shatravoH = and enemies.
2.110.17
तामः तु सर्वान् प्रतिव्यूह्य युद्धे राजा प्रवासितः |
स च शैल वरे रम्ये बभूव अभिरतो मुनिः ॥
"Having drawn out his battle-array against all those kings in a combat, the king Asita was driven away. Asita then became a devoted sage taking asylum in an excellent and charming mountain."
prati vyuuhya = having drawn out his battle-array against; taan sarvaan = all those kings; yuddhe = in a combat; raajaa = the king Asita; pravaasitaH = was driven away; saH = he; babhuuva = became; abhirataH = a devoted; muniH = sage; ramye = on a beautiful; shailavare = and excellent mountain.
2.110.18
द्वे च अस्य भार्ये गर्भिण्यौ बभूवतुर् इति श्रुतिः |
एका गर्भविनाशाय सपत्न्यै गरळं ददौ ॥
"Asita's two wives became pregnant. It is a hearsay that one of his wives gave poison to the other co-wife in order to destroy her foetus."
asya = Asita's; dve bhaarye = two wives; babhuuvatuH = became; garbhiNyau = pregnant; iti = this is; shrutiH = a hear-say; ekaa = one wife; dadau = gave; garalam = poison; sapatnai = to the other co-wife; gabhavinaashaaya = for the destruction of foetus.
2.110.19
भार्गवः च्यवनो नाम हिमवन्तम् उपाश्रितः |
तम् ऋषिम् समुपागम्य कालिन्दी तु अभ्यवादयत् ॥स ताम् अभ्यवदद् विप्रो वर ईप्सुम् पुत्र जन्मनि |
"A sage called Chyavana, belonging to Bhrign race was staying in a Himalayan mountain. Kalindi (Asita's wife) approached that sage and offered her salutation. That brahmna spoke the following words to her, who wanted to obtain a boon for the birth of a son."
chayaveno naama = A sage called Chyavana; bhaargavaH = belonging to Bhrign race; upaashritaH = was taking a shelter; himavantam = in a Himalayan mountain; kaalindii = Kalindi; samupaagamya = approached; tam R^iSim = that sage; abhyavaadayat = and offered her salutaion; saH vipraH = that brahmana; abhyavadat = spoke; taam = to her; varepsum = who wanted to get a boon; putrajanmani = for the birth of a son.
2.110.20
पुत्रस्ते भविता देवि महात्मा लोकविश्रुतः ॥धार्मिकश्च सुशीलश्च वंशकर्तारिसूदनः |
"O, Queen! A high-souled son, who will be world-famous, rightous, of a good conduct, a perpetuator of the race and an annihilator of enemies will be born to you."
devi = O; Queen!; putraH = A son; mahaatmaa = with a great soul; lokavishrutaH = world-famous; dhaarmikashcha = a rightous man; sushiilashcha = of a good conduct; vamsha kartaa = a perpetuator of the race; arisuudanaH = and an annihilator of enemies; bhavitaa = will be born; te = to you.
2.110.21
कृत्वाप्रदक्षिणं हृष्टा मुनिं तमनुमान्य च ॥पद्मपत्रसमानाक्षं पद्मगर्भसमप्रभम् |
ततः सा गृहम् आगम्य देवी पुत्रम् व्यजायत ॥
"The delighted Queen Kalindi circumambulated that sage, took permission from him to leave and thereafter on reaching home, had delivered a son, having eyes resembling lotus-leaves and having a radiance like that of Brahama the Lord of creation."
21; 22. saH devii = that Queen Kalindi; hR^iSTaa = delighted as she was; pradakSiNam kR^iSTaa = delighted as she was; pradakSiNam kR^itvaa = circumambulated; tam munim = that sage; anumaanyacha = took permission to leave; tataH = and thereafter; aagamya = on reaching; gR^itam = home; vyajaayat = had delivered; putram- a son; padmapatra samaanaakSam = having eyes resembling lotus-leaves; padmagarbha samaprabham = and having a radiance like that of Brahma the Lord of creation.
2.110.23
सपत्न्या तु गरः तस्यै दत्तो गर्भ जिघांसया |
गरेण सह तेन एव जातः स सगरो अभवत् ॥
"Poison was given earlier by her co-wife with an intention to kill her foetus. Born with that poison itself, he became Sagara (a man with poison)."
garaH = poison; dattaH = was given; tasyaiH = to her; sapatnyaa = by her co-wife; garbha jighaamsayaa = with an intention to kill her foetus; jaataH = born; tena gareNa sahaiva = with that poison itself; saH = he; abhavat = became; sagaraH = Sagara ( a man with poison).
2.110.24
स राजा सगरो नाम यः समुद्रम् अखानयत् |
इष्ट्वा पर्वणि वेगेन त्रासयन्तम् इमाः प्रजाः ॥
"It was king SAgara who excavated the ocen and who, by his sacrifice, on the day of the full moon, by his energy, frightened the people here by the speed of his digging."
saH = He; yaH = which; sagaro naama raajaa = king was named as Sagara; iSTvaa = performed sacrifices; parvaNi = on the day of the full moon; akhaanayat = got excavated; samndram = the ocean; traasa yantam = frightening; imaam prajaaH = these people; vegena = by his seed of digging.
2.110.25
असमन्जः तु पुत्रो अभूत् सगरस्य इति नः श्रुतम् |
जीवन्न् एव स पित्रा तु निरस्तः पाप कर्म कृत् ॥
"Asamanja was Sagara's son. There was a hearsay that on account of his wicked deeds, Asamanja was banished by his father even during his life time."
asamaNJNaH = Asmanja; abhuut = was; sagarasya = Sagara's; putraH = son; shrutam = there was a hearsay; naH = to us; iti = that; saH = Asamanja; paapakarama kR^it = on account of his wicked deeds; nirastah = was banished; pitraa = by his fatehr; jiivanneva = even while living.
2.110.26
अंशुमान् इति पुत्रो अभूद् असमन्जस्य वीर्यवान् |
दिलीपो अंशुमतः पुत्रो दिलीपस्य भगीरथः ॥
"A valiant son called amshuman was born to Asamanja. Dilipa was Amshuman's son. Bhagiratha was Dilipa's son.
AsamaNJasya = to asamanja; abhuut = was born; viiryavaan = a valiant; putraH = son; amshumaaniti = called Amshuman; diliipaH = dilipa; amshumataH = was Amshuman's; putraH = son; bhagiirathaH = Bhagiratha; diliipasya = was Dilipa's son.
2.110.27
भगीरथात् ककुत्स्थः तु काकुत्स्था येन तु स्मृताः |
ककुत्स्थस्य तु पुत्रो अभूद् रघुर् येन तु राघवः ॥
"Of Bhagiratha was born kakutstha, from whom the Kakutsthas take their name. To Kakutsthas was born a son called Raghu, from whence spring Raghavas."
bhagiirathaat = of Bhagiratha; kakutthsaH = was born; kaakutthaaH = the Kakutsthas; vishrutaaH = take their name; kakutthsasya cha = to Kakutstha; abhuut = was born; putra = a son; raghuH = called Raghu; yena = from whence (spring); raaghavaaH = Ragahavas.
2.110.28
रघोः तु पुत्रः तेजस्वी प्रवृद्धः पुरुष अदकः |
कल्माष पादः सौदास इत्य् एवम् प्रथितो भुवि ॥
"From Raghu was born a renowned son named Pravriddha, known in the world under the names Purushadaka, Kalmashapada and Soudasa."
raghoH = from Raghu (was born); tejasvii = a renowned; putraH = son; pravR^iddhaH = called Pravriddha; prathitaH = known; bhuvi = in the world; ityevam = under the names; puruSaadakaH = Purushadaka; kalmaaSapaadaH = Kalmashapada; sondaasaH = and Soudasa.
2.110.29
कल्माष पाद पुत्रो अभूत् शन्खणः तु इति विश्रुतः |
यः तु तद् वीर्यम् आसाद्य सह सेनो व्यनीनशत् ॥
"Kalmashapada's son was renowned as Shankhana, who, even on attaining his father's valour, perished (in a battle) along with his army."
kalmaSapaada putraH = Kalmashapada's son; abhuut = was; vishrutaH = renowned; iti = as; shaNkhaNaH = Shankhana; tadviiryam = kalmashapada's valour; vyaniishat = perished; saha sainyaH = along with his army.
2.110.30
शन्खणस्य तु पुत्रो अभूत् शूरः श्रीमान् सुदर्शनः |
सुदर्शनस्य अग्नि वर्ण अग्नि वर्षस्य शीघ्रगः ॥शीघ्रगस्य मरुः पुत्रो मरोः पुत्रः प्रशुश्रुकः |
प्रशुश्रुकस्य पुत्रो अभूद् अम्बरीषो महा द्युतिः ॥अम्बरीषस्य पुत्रो अभून् नहुषः सत्य विक्रमः |
नहुषस्य च नाभागः पुत्रः परम धार्मिकः ॥अजः च सुव्रतः चैव नाभागस्य सुताउ उभौ |
अजस्य चैव धर्म आत्मा राजा दशरथः सुतः ॥
The fortunate Sudarshana was the son of Shankhana. Sudarshana's son was Agnivarna; and of Agnivarna was born Shighraga. Shighraga begot Maru and Maru's son was Prashushruva from Prashushruva was born Ambarisha of that great radiance. To Ambarisha was born a son named Nahusha who was full of valour. Nahusha's son was Nabhaga of outstanding virtue. Aja and Suvrata were the two sons of Nabhaga and it was Aja who begot the virtuous King Dasartha."
30; 31; 32; 33. shriiman = the fortunate; sadarshanaH = Sudarshana; putraH = was the son; shaNkhaNasya = of Shankhana; sudarshanasya = Sudarshana's (son); (was); agnivarNaH = Agnivarna; agnivarNasya = and of Agnivarna (was born); shiighragaH = Shigraga; shiighragasya = Shighraga's' putraH = son was; maruH = Maru; maroH = Maru's; putraH = son; prashushruvaH = was Prashushruva; prashushruvasya = of Prashushruva; abhuut = was born; putraH = a son; ambariiSaH = Ambarisha; ambariiSasya = of Ambarisha; abhuut = was born; putraH = a son; nahuSaH = Nahusha; satyavikramaH = who was full ofvalour; nahuSasya = Nahusha's; putraH = son; naabhaagaH = Nabhaga; parama dhaarmikaH = of outstanding virtue; ajashcha = Aja; su vratashchaiva = Suvrata; ubhau = were the two; sutau = sons; naabhagasya = of Nabhaga; ajasyaiva = sutau = sons; naabhaagasya = of Nabhaga; ajasyaiva = Aja's; sutaH = son; dharmaatmaa = was the virtuous; raaja dasharathaH = king Dasaratha.
तस्य ज्येष्ठो असि दायादो राम इत्य् अभिविश्रुतः |
तद् गृहाण स्वकम् राज्यम् अवेक्षस्व जगन् नृप || ३४
"You are the eldest son of that Dasaratha, very well-known as Rama, the heir who can claim over the inheritance. O, King! Hence, take over your kingdom and look after your people there."
asi = you are; jyeSThaH = the eldest son; tasya = of that Dasaratha; abhivishrutaH = very well known; raama iti = as Rama; daayaadaH = the heir who can claim over the inheritance; nR^ipaiH = O; king!; tat = for that reason; gR^ihaaNa = take over; svakam = your; raajyam = kingdom; avekSasva = look after; janam = your people.
2.110.35
इक्ष्वाकूणाम् हि सर्वेषाम् राजा भवति पूर्वजः |
पूर्वजेन अवरः पुत्रो ज्येष्ठो राज्ये अभिषिच्यते ॥
"The eldest son only becomes the king in the entire Ikshvaku race. When the eldest son exists, the younger son will not become a king. The eldest son only is anointed to the crown.
puurvajaH = the eldest son only; bhavati = becomes; raajaa = the king; sarveSaam = in the entire; ikSvaakuuNaam = people born in Ikshvaku race; puuraje = (when) the eldest exists; avaraH = the younger; na = will not (become the king); jyeSThaH putraH = the eldest son only; abhiSichyate = is anointed; raajye = to the cronw.
2.110.36
स राघवाणाम् कुल धर्मम् आत्मनः |
सनातनम् न अद्य विहातुम् अर्हसि |
प्रभूत रत्नाम् अनुशाधि मेदिनीम् |
प्रभूत राष्ट्राम् पितृवन् महा यशाः ॥
"O, the celebrated one! This is the eternal tradition of your race, those born in Raghu dynasty and ought not to be violated by you. Rule over the earth, this vast kingdom abudant with precious metals, as did your father."
mahaayashaH = O; the celebrated one!; sanaatanam = this is the eternal; kuladharmam = tradition of your race; raghuvaaNaam = those born in Raghu dynasty; aatmanaH = yours; saH = as such; naarhasi = and ought not; vihantum = to be violated by you; adya = now; anushaadhi = rule over; mediniim = the earth; prabhuuta ratnaam = abundant with precious metals; prabhuuta raaSTraam = and a vast kingdom; pitR^ivat = as did your father.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे दशोत्तरशततमः सर्गः यशाः
||(ए)(ग़ेम्)
Sarga 111
2.111.1
वसिष्ठः तु तदा रामम् उक्त्वा राज पुरोहितः |
अब्रवीद् धर्म सम्युक्तम् पुनर् एव अपरम् वचः ॥
Having spoken thus to Rama, Vasishta the royal priest added the following righteous words:
uktvaa = having spoken (thus); raamam = to Rama; vasiSThastu = Vasistha; raaja purohitaH = the royal priest; tadaa = then; punareva = again; abraviit = spoke; aparam vachaH = (the following) further words; dharmasamyuktam = which were righteous.
2.111.2
पुरुषस्य इह जातस्य भवन्ति गुरवः त्रयः |
आचार्यः चैव काकुत्स्थ पिता माता च राघव ॥
"O, Kakutstha, O offspring the Raghu dynasty! From birth, the three spiritual instructors of a man are his teacher, his father and his mother."
kaakutthsa = O; Rama!; raaghava = O; Raghava!; jaatasya = from birth; trayaH = three; guravaH = spiritual instructors; puruSasya = of a man; bhavanti = are; achaaryashchaiva = his teacher; pitaa = his father; maataacha = and his mother.
2.111.3
पिता ह्य् एनम् जनयति पुरुषम् पुरुष ऋषभ |
प्रज्नाम् ददाति च आचार्यः तस्मात् स गुरुर् उच्यते ॥
"O, excellent among men! The father of man his life. The teacher instructs him in wisdom and therefore instructs the teacher is said to be the superior!"
puruSarSabha = O; the excellent among men!; pitaa = the father; janayatihi enam puruSam = gives man his life; aachaaryaH = the teacher; dadaati = instructs (him); prajJNaam = in wisdom; tasmaat = and therefore; saH = the teacher; uchyate = is said to be; guruH = the superior.
2.111.4
से ते अहम् पितुर् आचार्यः तव चैव परम् तप |
मम त्वम् वचनम् कुर्वन् न अतिवर्तेः सताम् गतिम् ॥
"O, Rama the tormentator of the enemies! I am the spiritual Preceptor to your father and to you too. In obeying my words, you will not transgress the path of the virtuous."
paramtapa = O; Rama; the tormentator of enemies!; saH aham = that I; aachaaryaH = am the spiritual preceptor; te pituH = to your father; tavachaiva = and to you too; kurvam = In obeying; mama = my vachanam = words; tvam = you; naativartate = will not transgress; niitim = the path; sataam = of the virtuous.
2.111.5
इमा हि ते परिषदः श्रेणयः च समागताः |
एषु तात चरन् धर्मम् न अतिवर्तेः सताम् गतिम् ॥
"O, dear prince! These subjects, the traders, the other categories of people and Brahmana are your people only. In fulfilling your duty to them, you will not be transgressing your righteous path."
taata = O; dear prince!; imaaH = these; pariSadaH = subjects; shreNayashcha = the traders and other categories of people; tathaa = and; dvijaaH = Brahmanas; te hi = are your people only; eSu = in their case; charan = while practising; dharmam = righteousness; naativartate = you will not transgress; gatim = the path; sataam = of the righteous.
2.111.6
वृद्धाया धर्म शीलाया मातुर् न अर्हस्य् अवर्तितुम् |
अस्याः तु वचनम् कुर्वन् न अतिवर्तेः सताम् गतिम् ॥
"You ought not to be lacking in reverence to your mother who is aged and possessing a noble conduct. By carrying out her words, you will not deviate from the path of the virtuous."
naarhasi = you ought not; avartitum = to be lacking in reverence; maatuH = to your mother; vR^iddhayaa = who is aged; dharma shiilayaaH = and of noble conduct; kurvan = by carrying out; asyaaH = her; vachanam = words; naati vartate = you will not deviate; gatim = from the path; sataam = of the virtuous.
2.111.7
भरतस्य वचः कुर्वन् याचमानस्य राघव |
आत्मानम् न अतिवर्तेः त्वम् सत्य धर्म पराक्रम ॥
"O, Rama excelling in truth and virtue. By fulfilling the words of the beseeching Bharata, you will not be false to yourself."
raaghava = O; Rama; satyadharmaparaakramaH = excelling in truth and virtue!; kurvan = by fulfilling; vachaH = the words; bharatasya = of Bharata; yaachamaanasya = who is beseeching (you); tvam = you; naativartate = will not be false; aatmaanam = to yourself.
2.111.8
एवम् मधुरम् उक्तः तु गुरुणा राघवः स्वयम् |
प्रत्युवाच समासीनम् वसिष्ठम् पुरुष ऋषभः ॥
Having heard the sweet words spoken by his spiritual preceptro himself, Rama the excellent among men replied (as follows) to Vasishta who was seated there.
uktassam = having been spoken; madhuram = sweet words; guruNaa = by his spiritual preceptor; svayam = himself; evam = thus; raaghavaH = Rama; puruSarSabhaH = the excellent among men; pratyuvaacha = replied; vasiSTham = to Vasishta; samaasiinam = who was seated there
2.111.9
यन् मातापितरौ वृत्तम् तनये कुरुतः सदा |
न सुप्रतिकरम् तत् तु मात्रा पित्रा च यत् कृतम् ॥यथा शक्ति प्रदानेन स्नापनाच् चादनेन च |
नित्यम् च प्रिय वादेन तथा सम्वर्धनेन च ॥
"The good, which a father and mother do, by giving whatever they can, to their son constantly, by putting him to sleep, rubbing his body with oil etc, nay, by speaking kindly to him every moment, and even by nourishing him, can never be wholly requited."
9; 10. vR^ittam = the good; yat = which; maataapitrau = a father and mother; kurutaH = do; yathaashakti pradaanena = by giving him whatever they can; sadaa = forever; tanaye = to their son; svaapanochchhaadanena cha = by putting him to sleep; rubbing his body with oil etc; priya vaaden = by speaking kindly to him; nityamcha = every moment; tathaa = and; samvardhanena = even by nourishing him; yat = and whatever; kR^itam = is done; maatraa = by a mother; pitraacha = and father; tat tu = that however; na suprati karam = cannot be requited.
2.111.11
स हि राजा जनयिता पिता दशरथो मम |
आज्नातम् यन् मया तस्य न तन् मिथ्या भविष्यति ॥
"The command laid upon me by king Dasaratha, my father, who begot me, cannot therefore be disregarded."
mam = my; pitaa = father; saH = that; raajaa dasharathaH = king Dasaratha; janayitaa hi = indeed begot me; yat = that whihc; ajJNaatam = was promised; mayaa = by me; tasya = to him; tat = that; na bhaviSyati = will not become; mithyaa = false.
2.111.12
एवम् उक्तः तु रामेण भरतः प्रत्यनन्तरम् |
उवाच परम उदारः सूतम् परम दुर्मनाः ॥
Hearing Rama's words, the most generous Bharata felt very mcuh anguished and addressed the following words to Sumantra the charioteer who was standing nearby:
evam = thus; uktaH = spoken; raameNa = by Rama; bharataH = Bharata; paramodaaraH = the highly generous man; parama durmanaaH = was very much anguished; uvaacha = and spoke; suutam = to Sumantra the charioteer; pratyanantaram = who was standing nearby.
2.111.13
इह मे स्थण्डिले शीघ्रम् कुशान् आस्तर सारथे |
आर्यम् प्रत्युपवेक्ष्यामि यावन् मे न प्रसीदति ॥
"O, charioteer! Spread speedily the Kusha grass on the ground here for me. I shall remain facing my illustrious brother till he gets propitiated (and grant my request)."
saarathe = O; charioteer!; aastara = spread; kushaan = the Kusha grass; shiigram = soon; sthaN^Dile = on the ground; iha = here; me = for me; pratyupavekSyaami = I shall remain facing; aaryam = my illustrious brother; yaavat = till; na prasiidati me = he does not get me propitiated.
2.111.14
अनाहारो निरालोको धन हीनो यथा द्विजः |
शेष्ये पुरस्तात् शालाया यावन् न प्रतियास्यति ॥
"I shall remain lying down in front of Rama's hut without food or drink and depriving myself of light until he returns to Ayodhya, like a brahman who is a destitute (lies down at the door of his crditor)."
sheSye = I shall remain lying down; purastaat = in front; shaalaayaaH = of Rama's hut; anaahaaraH = withou food or drink; niraalokaH = and depriving myself of light; yaavat = until; na pratiyaasyati = he does not return to Ayodhya; dvijaH yathaa = like a brahmana; dhana hiinaH = who is destitute (likes down at the door of his creditor).
2.111.15
स तु रामम् अवेक्षन्तम् सुमन्त्रम् प्रेक्ष्य दुर्मनाः |
कुश उत्तरम् उपस्थाप्य भूमाउ एव आस्तरत् स्वयम् ॥
Seeing Sumantra who was gazing at Rama waiting for his command, the low-spirited Bharata, on his own, brought a heap of Kusha grass and spread it on the floor.
prekSya = seeing; sumantram = Sumantra; avekSantam = who was gazing at; raamam = RAma; (for his command); sa tu = that Bharata; durmanaaH = with low spirits; svayameva = on his own; upasthaapya = brought; kushottaram = a heap of Kusha grass; aastarat = and spread it; bhuumau = on the floor.
2.111.16
तम् उवाच महा तेजा रामो राज ऋषि सत्तमाः |
किम् माम् भरत कुर्वाणम् तात प्रत्युपवेक्ष्यसि ॥
Rama of great splendour and the best among royal sages spoke to Bharata as follows: "O Bharata my dear brother! What wrong have I done that you lie down before me?"
raamaH = Rama; mahaatejaaH = of great splendour; raajarSi sattamaH = and the excellent among royal sages; uvaacha = spoke; tam = to him (as follows); bharata = O; Bharata; taataH = my dear brother!; kim kurvaaNam taataH = what wrong have I done; pratyupavakSyasi = that you lie = down; maam = before me?
2.111.17
ब्राह्मणो ह्य् एक पार्श्वेन नरान् रोद्धुम् इह अर्हति |
न तु मूर्धा अवसिक्तानाम् विधिः प्रत्युपवेशने ॥
"A brahmana may lie down on one side in order to obstruct a willful debtor in this world. But, it is not befitting for a warrior-class.
braahmaNaH = A brahman; arhati hi = can indeed; ekapaarshvena = lie down on one; roddhum = in order to obstruct; naraan = men; iha = in this world; na = there is no; vidhiH = rule; muurdhaabhiSiktaanaam tu = for a warrior-class; pratyupaveshane = to lie down; obstructing men.
2.111.18
उत्तिष्ठ नर शार्दूल हित्वा एतद् दारुणम् व्रतम् |
पुर वर्याम् इतः क्षिप्रम् अयोध्याम् याहि राघव ॥
"O Bharata, Tiger among men! Giving up this formidable resolve, rise up proceed speedily to Ayodhya the best of cities, from here."
raaghava = O; Bharata; narashaarduulaH = Tiger among men!; hitvaa = giving up; etat = this; daaruNam = formidable; vratam = resolve; uttiSTha = rise up; yaahi = proceed; kSipram = speedily; ayodhyaam = to Ayodhya; puravaryaam = the excellent of cities; itaH = from here.
2.111.19
आसीनः तु एव भरतः पौर जानपदम् जनम् |
उवाच सर्वतः प्रेक्ष्य किम् आर्यम् न अनुशासथ ॥
Still sitting in the same posture, Bharata looked at the citizens and rural folk around on all sides and asked them why they were not entreating his venerable brother to return.
aasiinastveva = still sitting like that; bharataH = Bharata; prekSya = looking at; janam = the people; paura jaanapadam = the citizens and the rural folk; sarvataH = on all sides; uvaacha = and asked; kim = why; naanushaasatha = they are not entreating; aaryam = his venerable brother (to return)
2.111.20
ते तम् ऊचुर् महात्मानम् पौर जानपदा जनाः |
काकुत्स्थम् अभिजानीमः सम्यग् वदति राघवः ॥
Those people, the inhabitants of town and country replied to the magnanimous Bharata as follows: "We know Rama very well. He is speaking rightly."
te jaanaaaH = tose people; paurajaanapadaaH = the inhabitants of town and country; uuchuH = replied; mahaatmaanam = to high souled; tam = Bharata (as follows); abhijaaniiya = we know well; kaakutthasam = Rama; raaghavaH = Rama; vadati = is speaking; samyak = rightly.
2.111.21
एषो अपि हि महा भागः पितुर् वचसि तिष्ठति |
अत एव न शक्ताः स्मो व्यावर्तयितुम् अन्जसा ॥
"This Rama of exalted merit is indeed standing on his father's words. Hence, we are not able to convince him to return to Ayodhya."
eSaH = this; mahaabhaagaH = Rama of exalted merit; tiSThati hi = is indeed standing; pituH = on his father's; vachasi = words; ata eva = for that reason; na smaH = we are not; shaktaaH = able; vyaavartayitum = to make him return; aJNjasaa = indeed.
2.111.22
तेषाम् आज्नाय वचनम् रामो वचनम् अब्रवीत् |
एवम् निबोध वचनम् सुहृदाम् धर्म चक्षुषाम् ॥
Hearing their words, Rama said to Bharata: "Reflect on the words of your companions, who see rightly."
aajJNaaya = understanding; teSaam = their; vachanam = words; raamaH = Rama; abraviit = spoke; (as follows); nibodha = reflect on; vachanam = the words; suhR^idaam = of your friends; dharma chakSuSaam = who see rightly; evam = thus.
2.111.23
एतच् च एव उभयम् श्रुत्वा सम्यक् सम्पश्य राघव |
उत्तिष्ठ त्वम् महा बाहो माम् च स्पृश तथा उदकम् ॥
"O the mighty armed Bharata! Having listened to their testimony and mine, reflect on the matter carefull. Rise and touch me and drink water."
mahaabaaho = O; the mighty armed; raaghava = Bharata!; shrutvaa = hearing; etat = these; ubhayam chaiva = two (my words and their words); sampashya = and reflecting on them; samyak = well; tvam = you; uttiSTha = rise up; spR^iha = and touch; maamcha = me; tathaa = and udakam = (drink) water.
2.111.24
अथ उत्थाय जलम् स्पृष्ट्वा भरतो वाक्यम् अब्रवीत् |
शृण्वन्तु मे परिषदो मन्त्रिणः श्रेणयः तथा ॥
Thereafter, Bharata rose, touched water and spoke as follows: "Let the audience, including ministers and the guild of traders hear me also."
atha = thereafter; bharataH = Bharata; utthaaya = rose; spR^iSTvaa = touched; jalam = water; abraviit = and spoke; vaakyam = (the following) words; pariSadaH = (Let) the audience; mantriNaH = ministers; tathaa = and; shrNayaH = the guild of traders; shruNvantu = hear; me = me.
2.111.25
न याचे पितरम् राज्यम् न अनुशासामि मातरम् |
आर्यम् परम धर्मज्नम् अभिजानामि राघवम् ॥
"I never asked my father for the kingdom, nor did I counsel my mother to enthrone me. I never gave my approval for the exile of Rama, the venerable hero, who knows his duty very well."
na yaache = I never asked; pitaram = my father; raajyam = for the kingdom; naanushaasaami = nor did I counsel; maataram = my mother (to enthrone me); naanujaanaami = I never gave my approval; (for the exile of ); raaghavam of Rama; aaryam = the venerable man; paramadharmajJNam = who knows his duty very well.
2.111.26
यदि तु अवश्यम् वस्तव्यम् कर्तव्यम् च पितुर् वचः |
अहम् एव निवत्स्यामि चतुर्दश वने समाः ॥
"If it is absolutely essential that one of us should remain here and the command of our father be executed, then it is I who will reside in the forest for fourteen years."
avashyam yadi = If it is absolutely essential; vastavyam = (that one of us_ should remain here; vachaH = and the command (of our father); kartavyamcha = be executed; ahameva = (then) it is I; nivatsyaami = who will live; vane = in the forest; chaturdasha samaaH = for fourteen years.
2.111.27
धर्म आत्मा तस्य तथ्येन भ्रातुर् वाक्येन विस्मितः |
उवाच रामः सम्प्रेक्ष्य पौर जानपदम् जनम् ॥
The high-souled Rama was surprised by the sincere words of his brother and by looking at the inhabitants of town and country, spoke (as follows):
dharmaatmaa = The high souled; raamaH = Rama; vismitaH = was surprised; tathyena vaakyena = by sincere words; tasya = of that; bhraatuH = brother; samprekSya = and by looking at; paurajaanapadam = the inhabitants of town and country; vuaacha = spoke (as follows)
2.111.28
विक्रीतम् आहितम् क्रीतम् यत् पित्रा जीवता मम |
न तल् लोपयितुम् शक्यम् मया वा भरतेन वा ॥
"The disposal, the pledge and the come-by which he was alive, cannot be broken either by me or by Bharata."
vikriitam = the disposal; aahitam = the pledge; kriitam = and the come by; yat = which; (were given); pitraa = by my father; jiivataa = while he was alive; tat = that; na shakyam = cannot be; lopayitum = broken; mayaa vaa = either by me; bharatena vaa = or by Bharata.
2.111.29
उपधिर् न मया कार्यो वन वासे जुगुप्सितः |
युक्तम् उक्तम् च कैकेय्या पित्रा मे सुकृतम् कृतम् ॥
"I cannot accede to the substitute in respect of the sojourn in the forest and it is distasteful thing. What was advised by Kaikeyi was proper and what was done by my father was a righteous deed."
upadhiH = my consent to the substitute; vanavase = in respect of the sojourn in the forest; na kaaryaH = cannot be done; mayaa = by me; jugupsitaH = which is a distasteful thing; uktam = what was advised; kaikeyyaa = by Kaikeyi; yuktam = was property; kR^itam = and what was done; me pitraa = by me father; sukrutam = was a righteous deed.
2.111.30
जानामि भरतम् क्षान्तम् गुरु सत्कार कारिणम् |
सर्वम् एव अत्र कल्याणम् सत्य संधे महात्मनि ॥
"I am aware that Bharata has necessary patience and due devotion for the elders. All will be propitious in the case of this magnanimous Bharata, who is true to his promise."
jaanaami = I am aware; (that) bharatam = Bharata; kSaantam = has patience; gurusatkaara kaaraNam = and devotion for the elders; sarvameva = all will be kalyaaNam = propitious; atra = in the case of this Bharata; satya sandhe = who is true to his promise; mahaatmani = and magnanimous.
2.111.31
अनेन धर्म शीलेन वनात् प्रत्यागतः पुनः |
भ्रात्रा सह भविष्यामि पृथिव्याः पतिर् उत्तमः ॥
"After returning from the forest, I shall rule the earth, assisted by my virtuous brother."
pratyaagataH = after returning; punaH = again; vaanaat = from the forest; bhaviSyaami = I shall become; uttamaH = an excellent; patiH = king; pR^ithivyaah = of the earth; anena bhraatrena saha = along with my brother; dharmashiilena = who is of virtuous nature.
2.111.32
वृतो राजा हि कैकेय्या मया तद् वचनम् कृतम् |
अनृतान् मोचय अनेन पितरम् तम् मही पतिम् ॥
"The king Dasaratha was indeed solicited for a boon by Kaikeyi. That word of the king has been fulfilled by me. Hence, relieve our father, the emperor from the blame."
raajaa = the king Dasaratha; vR^ito hi = was indeed prevailed upon; kaikeyyaa = by Kaikeyi; tadvachanam = that promise; kR^itam = was fulfilled; mayaa = by me; anena = for this reason; mochaya = relieve; mahiipatim = the emperor; tam pitaram = and that father; anR^itaat = from blame.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे एकादशोत्तरशततमः सर्गः
Sarga 112
2.112.1
तम् अप्रतिम तेजोभ्याम् भ्रातृभ्याम् रोम हर्षणम् |
विस्मिताः सम्गमम् प्रेक्ष्य समवेता महर्षयः ॥
Witnessing that thrilling converse between those two brothers with incomparable dignity, the great sages gathered there were astonished.
prekSya = seeing; tam = that; romaharSaNam = thrilling; samgamam = converse; bhraatR^ibhyaam = between those two brothers; apratima tejobhyaam = with incomparable dignity; maharSayaH = the great sages; samvetaaH = gathered there; vismitaaH = were astonished.
2.112.2
अन्तर् हिताः तु ऋषि गणाः सिद्धाः च परम ऋषयः |
तौ भ्रातरौ महात्मानौ काकुत्स्थौ प्रशशंसिरे ॥
The assemblies of ascetics, great saints present there and the distinguished sages who stood invisible in space, applauded both Rama and Bharata, the magnanimous brothers, saying (as follows):
munigaNaaH = the assemblies of ascetics; siddhaashcha = great saints; paramarSayaH = and distinguished sages; antarhitaaH = who stood invisible in space; prashashamsire = applauded; tau kaakutthsau = both Rama and Bharata; mahaatmaanau = the high-souled; bhraatarau = brothers (as follows)
2.112.3
स धन्यो यस्य पुत्रौ द्वौ धर्मज्नौ धर्म विक्रमौ |
श्रुत्वा वयम् हि सम्भाषाम् उभयोः स्पृहयामहे ॥
"That Dasaratha, who begot these two sons, who know righteousness and whose strength is justice, was fortunate. By hearing the debate between these two princes, we are indeed delighted."
saH = that Dasaratha; yasya = who begot; dvau putrau = two sons; dharmajJNau = who know righteousness; dharma vikramau = and whose strength is justice; dhanyaH = was fortunate; shrutvaa = by hearing; sambhaaSaam = the conversation; ubhayoH = between theses two princes; vayam = we; delighted. spR^ihayaamaahe hi = are indeed delighted.
2.112.4
ततः तु ऋषि गणाः क्षिप्रम् दशग्रीव वध एषिणः |
भरतम् राज शार्दूलम् इत्य् ऊचुः सम्गता वचः ॥
Thereafter, that assembly of sages, who wished to see a quick destruction of Ravana, came together and spoke the following words to Bharata, the excellent king.
tataH = then; R^iSigaNaaH = the assembly of sages; dashagriiva vadhaiSiNaH = who wished to see destruction of Ravana; kSipram = quickly; samgataaH = came together; uuchuH- and spoke; iti = these; vachaH = words; bharatam = to Bharata; raaja shaarduulam = the excellent king.
2.112.5
कुले जात महा प्राज्न महा वृत्त महा यशः |
ग्राह्यम् रामस्य वाक्यम् ते पितरम् यद्य् अवेक्षसे ॥
"O Bharata born in a noble race, highly intelligent, having a superior conduct and a great repute! If you have regard for your father, Rama's words are to be accepted.
kule jaata = O Bharata born in a noble race; mahaapraajJNa = highly intelligent; mahaa vR^itta = having a superior conduct; mahaa yashaH = and a great repute! avekSase yadi = If you respect; te = your; pitaram = father; raamasya = Rama's; vaakyam = words; graahyam = are to be accepted.
2.112.6
सदा अनृणम् इमम् रामम् वयम् इग्च्छामहे पितुः |
अनृणत्वाच् च कैकेय्याः स्वर्गम् दशरथो गतः ॥
"We wish to see Rama absolved of all obligations forever to his father. Dasaratha, having honoured his pledge to Kaikeyi, indeed went to heaven."
vayam = we; ichchhaamahe = wish; imam raamam = this Rama; anR^iNam = to be free of debt; sadaa = forever; pituH = in the case of his father; dasharathaH = Dasaratha; anR^iNatvaachcha = becoming free of debt; kaikeyyaaH = in the case of Kaikeyi; gataH = went; svargam = to heaven.
2.112.7
एतावद् उक्त्वा वचनम् गन्धर्वाः समहर्षयः |
राज ऋषयः चैव तथा सर्वे स्वाम् स्वाम् गतिम् गताः ॥
Having uttered that much, all the celestial musicians and the great sages then went to their respective abodes.
uktvaa = having spoken; vachanam = the words; etaavat = that much; sarve = all; gandharvaaH = the celestial musicians; samaharSyaH = together with the great sages; tadaa = then; gataaH = went; svaam svaam = their respective; gatim = abodes.
2.112.8
ह्लादितः तेन वाक्येन शुभेन शुभ दर्शनः |
रामः सम्हृष्ट वदनः तान् ऋषीन् अभ्यपूजयत् ॥
Hearing those auspicious words, the good-looking Rama looked radiant and worshipped those sages with a joyful countenance.
tena vaakyena = by those words; shubhena = which were auspicious; shubhadarshanaH = the good-looking; raamaH = Rama; LaaditaH = looked radiant; abhyapuujayat = and worshipped; taan R^iSiin = those sages; samhR^iSTa vadanaH = with a joyful countenance.
2.112.9
स्रस्त गात्रः तु भरतः स वाचा सज्जमानया |
कृत अन्जलिर् इदम् वाक्यम् राघवम् पुनर् अब्रवीत् ॥
Bharata, on his part, with trembled limbs, joined his palms in salutation and again spoke the following words to Rama in a strangled voice:
bharatastu = Bharata; on his part; trastagaatraH = with trembled limbs; kR^itaaJNjaliH = joined his palms in salutation; punaH abraviit = again spoke; idam vaakyam = these words; raaghavam = to Rama; sajjamaaneyaa = in a strangled; vaachaa = voice.
2.112.10
राज धर्मम् अनुप्रेक्ष्य कुल धर्म अनुसम्ततिम् |
कर्तुम् अर्हसि काकुत्स्थ मम मातुः च याचनाम् ॥
"O, Rama! Keep in view the continuance of our royal statue and the statute of the race. You ought to yield to the entreaties of mine and those of your mother."
kaakutthsa = O; Rama!; anuprekSya = keeping in view; (that); raajadharmam = the royal statute; kuladharma = and the statue of the race; anusantatim = continue; arhasi = you ought to; kartum = yield to; yachanaam = the entreaties; mama = of mine; maatushcha = and of your mother.
2.112.11
रक्षितुम् सुमहद् राज्यम् अहम् एकः तु न उत्सहे |
पौर जानपदामः च अपि रक्तान् रन्जयितुम् तथा ॥
"I am not able to rule this vast empire alone to the satisfaction of the beloved inhabitants of town and country!"
aham = I; ekastu = alone; notsahe = am not able; rakSitum = to protect; sumahat = the very large; raajyam = kingdom; tathaa = and; raJNjayitum = to the satisfaction; raktaan = of the beloved; paurajaanapadaan = inhabitants of town and country.
2.112.12
ज्नातयः च हि योधाः च मित्राणि सुहृदः च नः |
त्वाम् एव प्रतिकान्क्षन्ते पर्जन्यम् इव कर्षकाः ॥
"Our kith and king, soldiers, companions and allies are waiting for you indeed, as farmers wait for the rainy clouds."
naH = our; jJNaatayashcha = kith and kin; yodhaashcha = soldiers; mitraaNi = companions; suhR^idashcha = and allies; prativiikSante = are waiting; tvameva = for you indeed; karSakaaH iva = as farmers (wait); parjanyamiva = for the rainy clouds.
2.112.13
इदम् राज्यम् महा प्राज्न स्थापय प्रतिपद्य हि |
शक्तिमान् असि काकुत्स्थ लोकस्य परिपालने ॥
"O, the sagacious Rama! Return to the kingdom and keep it in order. You have the competence to save the world!"
mahaa praajJNa = O Rama the sagacious! pratipadya = return; idam raajyam = to this kingdom; sthaapaya = and keep it in order; asi = you are; shaktimaan = competent; panipaalane = of administration; lokasya = of the world.
2.112.14
इत्य् उक्त्वा न्यपतद् भ्रातुः पादयोर् भरतः तदा |
भृशम् सम्प्रार्थयाम् आस रामम् एवम् प्रियम् वदः ॥
That Bharata, who was kind-spoken, thus made a fervent appeal to Rama and fell at his feet.
bharataH = Bharata; tadaa = then; uktvaa = speaking; iti = thus; nyapatat = fell; paadayoH = at the feet; bhraatuH = of his brother; priyamvadaH = Bharata the kind-spoken; sampraartha yaamaasa = earnestly requested; raamam eva = Rama; bhR^isham = a great deal.
2.112.15
तम् अन्के भ्रातरम् कृत्वा रामो वचनम् अब्रवीत् |
श्यामम् नलिन पत्र अक्षम् मत्त हंस स्वरः स्वयम् ॥
Placing on his lap, that Bharata of dark hue, with eyes resembling lotus-petals and having a voice like that of a swan in rut, Rama spoke the following words to him:
svayam aNkekRTitvaa = placing on his lap; tam bharatam = that Bharata; shyaamam = of dark hue; nalina patraakSam = wtih eyes resembling lotus-petals; matta hamsa svaram = having a voice of a swan in rut; raamaH = Rama; abraviit = spoke; vachanam = (the following) words.
2.112.16
आगता त्वाम् इयम् बुद्धिः स्वजा वैनयिकी च या |
भृशम् उत्सहसे तात रक्षितुम् पृथिवीम् अपि ॥
"O, my dear brother! You are very much competent to rule the earth, by the intellect you obtained both inherently and by training."
taataH = O dear brother!; yaa buddhiH = which intellect; iyam = this; tvaam = you; aagataa = obtained; svajaa = self-born; vainayikiicha = and by training; (by that); utsahase = you are competent; bhR^isham = very much; rakSitum api = even to rule; pR^ithiviim = the earth.
2.112.17
अमात्यैः च सुहृद्भिः च बुद्धिमद्भिः च मन्त्रिभिः |
सर्व कार्याणि सम्मन्त्र्य सुमहान्त्य् अपि कारय ॥
"Take counsel with your ministers, companions and intelligent counsellors and get all activities done, even if they are gigantic."
sammantrya = take counsel with; amaatyaishcha = ministers; suhR^idbhishcha = companions; buddhi madbhiH = and intelligent; mantribhishcha = counsellors; kaaraya = and get done; sarva kaaryaaNi = all activities; sumhaantyapi = even if they are gigantic.
2.112.18
लक्ष्मीः चन्द्राद् अपेयाद् वा हिमवान् वा हिमम् त्यजेत् |
अतीयात् सागरो वेलाम् न प्रतिज्नाम् अहम् पितुः ॥
"Light may go off from the moon; Himalayan mountain may shake off its snows; the sea may transgress its shores, but I will never be false to my father's vow!"
lakSmiiH = light; apeyaadvaa = may go off; chandraat = from the moon; himam = snow; tyajedvaa = may decam; himavaan = from a Himalayan mountain; sagaraH = ocean; atiiyaat = may transgress; velaam- the shore; aham = (But) I; na = will not transgress; pituH = my father's; pratijNaam = promise.
2.112.19
कामाद् वा तात लोभाद् वा मात्रा तुभ्यम् इदम् कृतम् |
न तन् मनसि कर्तव्यम् वर्तितव्यम् च मातृवत् ॥
"My dear brother! Your mother acted thus, for your sake, out of her affection or ambition. It should not be carried out in your mind. You ought to obey her as your mother."
taata = my dear brother!; idam = this; kR^itam = was done; maatraa = by your mother; tubhyam- for your sake; kaamaadvaa = from her affection; lobhaadvaa = or covetousness; tat = that; nakartavyam = should not be carried out; manasi = in your mind; vartitavyam = you ought to obey; maatR^ivat = towards your mother.
2.112.20
एवम् ब्रुवाणम् भरतः कौसल्या सुतम् अब्रवीत् |
तेजसा आदित्य सम्काशम् प्रतिपच् चन्द्र दर्शनम् ॥
Bharata replied (as follows) to Rama, who was speaking as aforesaid and who was equal to sun by his splendour or to the moon in its first quarter.
bharataH = Bharata; abraviit = replied; (as follows) kausalyaasutam = to Rama; bruvaaNam = who was speaking; evam = thus; aaditya saNkaasham = who was equal to sun; tejasaa = by his splendour; pratipachchandradarshanam = or to the moon in its first quarter.
2.112.21
अधिरोह आर्य पादाभ्याम् पादुके हेम भूषिते |
एते हि सर्व लोकस्य योग क्षेमम् विधास्यतः ॥
"O, noble brother! Pray mount with your feet on the wooden sandals adorned with gold! Surely, these will bestow, gain and security to all the people!"
aarya = O; noble brother!; paadabhyaam = by your feet; adhiroha = mount on; paaduke = (these) wooden sandals; hemabhuuSite = whjich are adorned with gold; ete = these sandals; vidhaasyataH hi = indeed will bestow; yogakSemam = gain and security; sarva lokasya = to the entire people.
2.112.22
सो अधिरुह्य नर व्याघ्रः पादुके ह्य् अवरुह्य च |
प्रायग्च्छत् सुमहा तेजा भरताय महात्मने ॥
Rama, the tiger among men, possessing exceptional glory, placing his feet on the sandals and leaving them, gave them to the magnanimous Bharata.
saH = that Rama; naravyaaghraH = the tiger among men; sumahaatejaaH = possessing exceptional glory; adhiruhya = placing his feet; paaduke = on the sandals; avaruhyacha = and leaving them; praayachchhat = gave them; mahaatmane = to the magnanimous; bharataaya = Bharata.
2.112.23
स पादुके सम्प्रणम्य रामं वचनम्ब्रवीत् |
चतुर्दश हि वर्षाणि जटाचीरधरो ह्यहम् ॥फलमूलाशनो वीर भवेयम् रघुनंदन |
Bowing before the sandals, Bharata spoke the following words to Rama: "O, Rama the hero and the tormentator of enemies! For fourteen years, I shall wear matted locks and robes of bark, live on fruits and roots O Rama, and live outside the city, offering the ruling of the kingdom to your sandals."
23; 24. sampraNamya = bowing before; paaduke = the sandals; saH = that Bharata; abraviit = spoke; vachanam = (these) words; raamam = to Rama; paramtapa = O; Rama the tormentator of enemies; viiraH = and the Hero!; chaturdasha = for fourteen; varSaaNi = your; aham = I; jaTaachiiradharaH = shall wear matted locks and and robes of bark; phala muulaashanaH = live on fruits and roots; raghunandana = O; Rama; vasan = and live; bhaveyam = staying bahiH = outside; nagaraat = the city; nyasta raajya tantraH = offering the ruling of the kingdom; tava = to your; paadukayoH = sandals
2.112.24
तवागमनमाकाङ्क्षन् वसन्वै नगराद्बहिः ॥तव पादुकयोर्न्यस्तराज्यतन्त्रः परंतप |
चतुर्दशे तु सम्पूर्णे वर्षेऽहानि रघूत्तम ॥न द्रक्ष्यामि यदि त्वां तु प्रवेक्ष्यामि हुताशनम् |
"O, Rama! If I do not see you the following day when the fourteenth year has fully ended, I shall enter the fire once for all."
rahuuttama = O; Rama!; nadrakSyaami yadi = If I do not see; tvaam = you; ahani = on the day; sampuurNe = after completion of; chaturdashe varSe = fourteen the year; pravekSyaami = I shall enter; hutaashanam = the fire once for all.
2.112.26
तथेति च प्रतिज्ञाय तं परिष्वज्य सादरम् ॥शत्रुघ्नम् च परिष्वज्य भरतं चेदमब्रवीत् |
"So be it" promised Rama, embraced that Bharata with affection, took Shatrughna also in his arms and spoke to Bharata as follows:
tatheti = "so be it"; pratiJNaaya = promised Rama; pariSvajya shatrughnam = took Shatrughna also in his arms; abraviit = and spoke; idam = these words; bharatamcha = to Bharata.
2.112.27
मातरम् रक्ष कैकेयीम् मा रोषम् कुरु तां प्रति ॥मया च सीतया चैव शप्तो.सि रघुसत्तम |
इत्युक्त्वाश्रुपरीताक्षो भ्रातरं विससर्ज ह ॥
"O Bharata! Protect your mother, Kaikeyi. Do not get angry with her. You are taken vow thus by me and by Seetha." speaking thus, Rama with his eyes filled iwth tears, bade farewell to his brother.
27; 28. raghusattama = O; Bharata!; rakSa = protect; maataram = your mother; kaikeyiim = Kaikeyi; maa kuru = do not get; roSam = angry; taam prati = with her; asi = you are; shaptaH = taken vow; mayaacha = by me; siitayaachaiva = and by Seetha; uktvaa = speaking; iti = thus; 9Rama); ashrupariitakSaH = having his eyes filled iwth tears; visarjaha = bade farewell; bhraataram = to his brother.
2.112.29
स पादुके ते भरतः प्रतापवान् |
स्वलम्कृते सम्परिगृह्य धर्मवित् |
प्रदक्षिणम् चैव चकार राघवम् |
चकार चैव उत्तम नाग मूर्धनि ॥
The valiant Bharata, who knew righteousness worshipped those sandals which were well-decorated made a circumambulation to Rama and kept the sandals on the head of an excellent elephant.
saH bharataH = that Bharata; prataapavaan = the valiant man; dharmavit = who knew righteousness; samparipuujya = worshipped; te paaduke = those sandals; svalaNK^Rite = decorated well; chakaara = made; pradakSiNam = circumambulation; raaghavam = to Rama; chakaara = and kept; te = those sandals; uttama naaga muurdhani = on the head of an excellent elephant.
2.112.30
अथ आनुपूर्व्यात् प्रतिपूज्य तम् जनम् |
गुरूमः च मन्त्रि प्रकृतीः तथा अनुजौ |
व्यसर्जयद् राघव वंश वर्धनः |
स्थितः स्व धर्मे हिमवान् इव अचलः ॥
Rama, the augmentator of Raghu dynasty, being firm as a Himalayan rock in abiding in his own righteousness, greeted those men, in accord with their rank, the host of his preceptors, ministers, subjects and his brothers and bade farewell to all of them.
atha = then; raaghava vamshavardhanaH = rama; the augmentator of Raghu dynasty; sthiraH = firm; himavaan achalaH iva = as a Himalayan rock; svadharme = (abiding in) his own duty; pratinandya = greeted; tam = those men; aanupuurvyaa = in accord with their rank; guruumshcha = the host of his preceptors; mantriprakR^itiiH = ministers his subjects; tatha = and; anujau = and his brothers; vyasarjayat = and bade farewell.
2.112.31
तम् मातरो बाष्प गृहीत कण्ठो |
दुह्खेन न आमन्त्रयितुम् हि शेकुः |
स तु एव मातृऋर् अभिवाद्य सर्वा |
रुदन् कुटीम् स्वाम् प्रविवेश रामः ॥
His mothers, their voices choked with tears due to sorrow, were unable to bid farewell verbally to Rama. However, Rama himself offered his salutations to all his mothers and entered his hermitage, weeping.
maataraH = his mothers; baSpagR^ihiita kaNThyaH = their voices choked with tears; duHkhena = by sorrow; na shekurhi = were unable; aamantrayitam = to bid farewell verbally; tam = to Rama; saH = that; raama eva = Rama himself; abhivaadya = offered his salutations; sarvaaH = to all; maatR^iiH = his mothers; pravivesha = and entered; svaam = his; kuTiim = hermitage; rudan = weeping.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे द्वादशोत्तरशततमः सर्गः
Sarga 113
2.113.1
ततः शिरसि कृत्वा तु पादुके भरतः तदा |
आरुरोह रथम् हृष्टः शत्रुघ्नेन समन्वितः ॥
Thereafter, keeping the sandals on his head, Bharata delightfully ascended his chariot along with Shatrughna.
tataH = thereafter; bharataH = Bharata; shatrughnena samnvitaH = along with Shatrughna; tadaa = then; kR^ivaa = keeping; paaduke = the sandals; shirasi = on his head; hR^iSTaH = and having been pleased; aaruroha = ascended; ratham = his chariot.
2.113.2
वसिष्ठो वामदेवः च जाबालिः च दृढ व्रतः |
अग्रतः प्रययुः सर्वे मन्त्रिणो मन्त्र पूजिताः ॥
Before him, Vasishta, Vasudeva of firm vows, Jabali and all the ministers distinguished for their counsels, went ahead.
agrataH = before him; vasiSThaH = Vasishta; vaasudevashcha = Vasudeva; dR^iDhavrataH = sarve = and all; mantriNaH = the ministers; mantra puujitaaH = distinguished for their advices; prayayuH = went ahead.
2.113.3
मन्दाकिनीम् नदीम् रम्याम् प्रान् मुखाः ते ययुः तदा |
प्रदक्षिणम् च कुर्वाणाः चित्र कूटम् महा गिरिम् ॥
Them, they advanced eastwards, by the charming Mandakini River, after making a round of Chitrakuta Mountain.
tadaa = then; te = they; yayuH = advanced; kurvaaNaaH = making; pradakSiNam = a round of; chitrakuuTam mahaagirim = Chitrakuta mountain; praaNmukhaaH = facing east towards; ramyaam = by the charming; nadiim = River; mandaakiniim = Mandakini.
2.113.4
पश्यन् धातु सहस्राणि रम्याणि विविधानि च |
प्रययौ तस्य पार्श्वेन ससैन्यो भरतः तदा ॥
Observing various types of thousands of enchanting rocks, Bharata advanced along with his troops along the side of the mountain.
pashyam = observing; vividhaani = various kinds; dhaatu sahasraaNi = of thousands of rocks; ramyaaNi = which were enchanting; bharataH = Bharata; tadaa = then; prayayou = travelled; paarshve = along the side; tasya = of that mountain; sasainyaH = along with his troops.
2.113.5
अदूराच् चित्र कूटस्य ददर्श भरतः तदा |
आश्रमम् यत्र स मुनिर् भरद्वाजः कृत आलयः ॥
In the vicinity of Chitrakuta Mountain, Bharata saw a hermitage where the sage Bharadwaja resided.
tadaa = then; bharataH = Bharata; dadarsha = saw; aashramam = a hermitage; yatra = where; muniH = the sage; saH bharadvaajaH = that Bharadwaja; kR^itaalayaH = made it as a residence; aduuraat = in the vicinity; chitrakuuTasya = of Chitrakuta Mountain.
2.113.6
स तम् आश्रमम् आगम्य भरद्वाजस्य बुद्धिमान् |
अवतीर्य रथात् पादौ ववन्दे कुल नन्दनः ॥
Then, that Bharata endowed with understanding reached that hermitage of Bharadwaja, descended from his chariot and bowed down to the feet of Bharadwaja in saluation.
tadaa = then; saH bharataH = that Bharata; buddhimaan = endowed with understanding; aagamya = reached; tam aashramam = that hermitage; bharadvaajasya = of Bharatadvaja; avatiirya = descended; rathaat = from his chariot; vavande = and bowed down in salutation; paadau = to the feet of Bharatadwaja.
2.113.7
ततो हृष्टो भरद्वाजो भरतम् वाक्यम् अब्रवीत् |
अपि कृत्यम् कृतम् तात रामेण च समागतम् ॥
The, Bharadvaja full of joy, enquired of Bharata saying, "O, dear prince! Has your purpose been accomplished? Have you met Rama?"
tataH = then; uktaH = spoken; evam = thus; bharadvaajena = by Bharadvaja; dhiimataa = the learned sage; bharataH = Bharata; bhraatR^ivatsalaH = affectionate towards his brothers; pratyuvaacha = replied; bharadvaajam = to Bharadvaja (as follows)
2.113.8
एवम् उक्तः तु भरतो भरद्वाजेन धीमता |
प्रत्युवाच भरद्वाजम् भरतो धर्म वत्सलः ॥
Hearing the words of the learned sage, Bharadvaja, Bharata who was affectionate towards his brothers, replied to Bharadvaja (as follows)
tataH then; uktaH = spoken; evam = thus; bharadvaajena = by Bharadvaja; dhiimataa = the learned sage; bharataH = Bharat; bhraatR^ivatsalaH = affectionate towards his brothers; prayuvaacha = replied; bharadvaajam = to Bharadvaja (as follows):
2.113.9
स याच्यमानो गुरुणा मया च दृढ विक्रमः |
राघवः परम प्रीतो वसिष्ठम् वाक्यम् अब्रवीत् ॥
Despite the entreaties of his preceptor and of mine, Rama is unshakeable in his resolve and most cheerfully spoke the following words to Vasishta.
yaachyamaanaH = despite the entreaties; guruNaa = of his preceptor; mayaa = and of mine; raaghavaH = Rama; dR^iDhavikramaH = is unshakeable in his resolve; parama priitaH = and most cheerfully; abraviit = spoke; vaakyam = ( the following) words; vasiSTham = to Vasishta.
2.113.10
पितुः प्रतिज्नाम् ताम् एव पालयिष्यामि तत्त्वतः |
चतुर्दश हि वर्षाणि य प्रतिज्ना पितुर् मम ॥
"I shall honour the promise of my father scrupulously and reside in the forest for fourteen years as I promised him."
paalayiSyaami = I shall honour; taam pratijJNaam eva = that promise alone; pituH = of my father; tattvataH = scruprulously; yaa = which; pratiJJNaaH = I promised; mama pituH = to my father; chaturdasha varSaaNi = for fourteen years.
2.113.11
एवम् उक्तो महा प्राज्नो वसिष्ठः प्रत्युवाच ह |
वाक्यज्नो वाक्य कुशलम् राघवम् वचनम् महत् ॥
Hearing the words of Rama, the highly wise Vasishta, the knower of proper mode of expression, replied to Rama who is the most skilful of orators, in the following great words:
uktaH = spoken; evam = in this manner (by Rama); vasiSThaH = Vasishta; mahaapraajJNaH = the highly wise; vaakyajJNaH = and the knower of the mode of expression; pratyuvaachaha = replied; mahat = in great; vachanam = words; raaghavam = to Rama; vaakyakushalam = who is the most skilful of orators.
2.113.12
एते प्रयग्च्छ सम्हृष्टः पादुके हेम भूषिते |
अयोध्यायाम् महा प्राज्न योग क्षेम करे तव ॥
"O, the extremely segacious prince! Bestow joyfully thse gold-encrusted sandals of yours on us and ensure peace and harmony in Ayodhya."
mahaa praajJNa = O; the extremely segacious prince!; samhR^iSTaH = joyfully; prayachchha = bestow; ete = those; hemabhuuSite = gold-encrusted; tava paaduke = sandals of yours; (on us); yogakSama kare = which ensure peace and harmony; ayodhyaayaam = in Ayodhya.
2.113.13
एवम् उक्तो वसिष्ठेन राघवः प्रान् मुखः स्थितः |
पादुके हेम विकृते मम राज्याय ते ददौ ॥
"Hearing the words of Vasishta, Rama stood up and turning to the East, placed his feet in those sandals and gave them to me as a sign of regency."
evam = thus; uktaH = spoken; vasiSTena = by Vasishta; raaghavaH = Rama; sthitaH = stood up; praaNmukhaH = facing the EAst; adhiruhya = placed his feet; ete = in those; paaduke = sandals; dadau = and gave; mama = to me; raajyaaya = as a sign of regency.
2.113.14
निवृत्तो अहम् अनुज्नातो रामेण सुमहात्मना |
अयोध्याम् एव गग्च्छामि गृहीत्वा पादुके शुभे ॥
"Having taken leave of the very high-souled Rama, I turned back after receiving the auspicious sandals. Now, I am proceeding to Ayodhya."
anujnaataH = having taken leave; raameNa = of Rama; sumahaatmanaa = the vry high-souled gR^ihiitvaa = after receiving; shubhe = the auspicious; paaduke = sandals; gachchhaami = and proceeding; ayodhyaameva = to Ayodhya.
2.113.15
एतत् श्रुत्वा शुभम् वाक्यम् भरतस्य महात्मनः |
भरद्वाजः शुभतरम् मुनिर् वाक्यम् उदाहरत् ॥
Hearing those auspicious words of the high-souled Bharata, the sage Bharadvaja spoke to him the following words.
shrutvaa = hearing; etat vaakyam = those words; shubham = which were auspicious; bharatasya = Bharata; mahaatmanaH = the high-souled; bharadvaajaH muniH = the sage Bharadvaja; uvaacha = spoke; tam = to him; shubhataram = the more auspicious; vaakyam = words.
2.113.16
न एतच् चित्रम् नर व्याघ्र शील वृत्तवताम् वर |
यद् आर्यम् त्वयि तिष्ठेत् तु निम्ने वृष्टिम् इव उदकम् ॥
"O Bharata the Tiger among men and excellent among those having virtue and good conduct! There is no surprise that a noble trait prevails in you, as naturally as the water allowed to go, always settles downwards."
naravyaaghra = O; Tiger among men!; vara = and excellent; shiilavR^ittavataam = among those having virtue and good conduct; na = there is no; chitram = surprise; etat = that; aaryam = a noble trait; yat tiSThet = prevails; tvayi = in you; udakam iva = as water; sR^iSTam = allowed to go; nimne = prevails downwards.
2.113.17
अमृतः स महा बाहुः पिता दशरथः तव |
यस्य त्वम् ईदृशः पुत्रो धर्म आत्मा धर्म वत्सलः ॥
"Your valiant father, Dasaratha, is immortal in having such a son as you are, the knower of righteousness and loving peity."
tava pitaa = your father; dasharathaH = Dasaratha; saH = that; mahaabaahuH = mighty armed; yasya = to whom; tvam = you; putraH = are the son; iidR^ishaH = wndowed with such qualities; dharmajJNaH = as knower of righteousness; dharma vastalaH = and loving piety; amR^itaH = is immortal.
2.113.18
तम् ऋषिम् तु महात्मानम् उक्त वाक्यम् कृत अन्जलिः |
आमन्त्रयितुम् आरेभे चरणाउ उपगृह्य च ॥
Hearing the words of that sage, Bharata with his joined palms, touched his feet in salutation and began taking leave from him.
ukta vaakyam = thus spoken; tam R^iSim = by the sage; (Bharata); kR^itaaNjaliH = with his joined palms; upagR^ihya = touched; aarebhe = and began; aamantryitum = taking leave.
2.113.19
ततः प्रदक्षिणम् कृत्वा भरद्वाजम् पुनः पुनः |
भरतः तु ययौ श्रीमान् अयोध्याम् सह मन्त्रिभिः ॥
Then, the glorious Bharata made circumambulation again and again to Bharadwaja and proceeded to Ayodhya along with hims ministers.
tataH = then; shriimaan = the glorious; bharataH = Bharata; kR^itvaa = made; pradkSiNam = circumambulation; punaH punaH = again and again; bharadvaajam = to Bharadwaja; yayau = and proceeded; ayodhyaam = to Ayodhya; mantribhiH saha = along with his ministers.
2.113.20
यानैः च शकटैः चैव हयैः नागैः च सा चमूः |
पुनर् निवृत्ता विस्तीर्णा भरतस्य अनुयायिनी ॥
Thata extensive army of Bharata, following him with vehicles, carts and elephants, turned back again towards Ayodhya.
saa = that; vistiirNaa = extensive; chamuuH = army; bharatasya = of Bharata; anuyaayinii = following him; yaanaishcha = with vehicles; shakTaishcha = carts; hayaiH = horses; naagaishoha = and elephants; nivR^ittaa = turned back; punaH = again (towards Ayodhya).
2.113.21
ततः ते यमुनाम् दिव्याम् नदीम् तीर्त्वा ऊर्मि मालिनीम् |
ददृशुः ताम् पुनः सर्वे गन्गाम् शिव जलाम् नदीम् ॥
Thereafter, all of them crossed the charming River Yamuna wreathed with waves and moreover saw the River Ganga with its pure water.
tataH = thereafter; te sarve = all of them; tiirtvaa = crossed; divyaam = the charming; yamunaa nadiim = river Yamuna; uurmi maaliniim = wreathed wtih waves; punaH = and moreover; dadR^ishuH = saw; taam gaN^gaam nadiim = that River GAnga; shubhajalaam = with its pure water.
2.113.22
ताम् रम्य जल सम्पूर्णाम् सम्तीर्य सह बान्धवः |
शृन्ग वेर पुरम् रम्यम् प्रविवेश ससैनिकः ॥शृन्ग वेर पुराद् भूय अयोध्याम् संददर्श ह |
Bharata accompanied by his relative and his army crossed that River Ganga, full of charming waters and entered the beautiful town of Shringibhera. From Shringibhera, he saw Ayodhya again.
saha baandhavaH = (Bharata) together with his relatives; sa sainikaH = and his army; samtiirya = crossed; taam = that River Ganga; ramya jalasmapuurNaam- full of charming waters; pravivesha = and entered; ramyam = the beautiful; shR^iNgibherapuram = town of Shringibhera; shR^iNgibherapuraat = from that Shringibhera; samdadarha = he saw; ayodhyaam = Ayodhya; bhuuyaH = again.
2.113.23
अयोध्याम् च ततो दृष्ट्वा पित्रा भ्रात्रा विवर्जिताम् |
भरतो दुह्ख सम्तप्तः सारथिम् च इदम् अब्रवीत् ॥
Beholding the City of Ayodhya, which was bereft of his father and brother, Bharata tormented with grief, spoke the following words to the charioteer:
tataH = then; dR^iSTvaa = beholding; ayodhyaam = Ayodhya; vivarjitaam = bereft of; pitraa = his father; bhraatraa = and brother; bharataH = Bharata; duHkhasantaptaH = tormented with grief; abraviit = spoke; idam = these words; sarathiim = to the charioteer.
2.113.24
सारथे पश्य विध्वस्ता अयोध्या न प्रकाशते |
निराकारा निरानन्दा दीना प्रतिहत स्वना ॥
"O, Charioteer! See that Ayodhya city, ruined, with a vacant look, joyless, miserable, and with an impeded voice."
saarathe = O; charioteer!; pashya = see; saa ayodhyaa = that Ayodhya; vidhvastaa = ruined; niraakaaraa = with a vacant look; niraanandaa = joyless; diinaa = miserable; pratihatasvaraa = and with choked voice.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे त्रयोदशोत्तरशततमः सर्गः
Sarga 114
2.114.1
स्निग्ध गम्भीर घोषेण स्यन्दनेन उपयान् प्रभुः |
अयोध्याम् भरतः क्षिप्रम् प्रविवेश महा यशाः ॥
The highly illustrious Lord, Bharata riding on a chariot emanating a gentle and deep sound entered soon the city of Ayodhya.
bharataH = Bharata; mahaayashaaH = the highly illustrious; prabhuH = Lord; upayaan = riding; syndanena = on a chariot; snigdhagambhiiraghoSeNa = producing a gentle and deep sound; pravivesha = entered; kSipram = soon; ayodhyaam = the city of Ayodhya.
2.114.2
बिडाल उलूक चरिताम् आलीन नर वारणाम् |
तिमिर अभ्याहताम् कालीम् अप्रकाशाम् निशाम् इव ॥
He entered the city, frequented by cats and owls, abiding with crouched men and elephants and looking like a night enveloped by gloom, indistinctness and darkness.
biDaa loluuka charitaam = (He entered the city) frequented by cats and owls; aaliina nara vaaraNaam = abiding with crouched men and elephants; nishaamiva = looking like a night; timiraabhyaahataam = enveloped by gloom; aprakaashaam = indistinctness; kaLiim = and darkness.
2.114.3
राहु शत्रोः प्रियाम् पत्नीम् श्रिया प्रज्वलित प्रभाम् |
ग्रहेण अभ्युत्थितेन एकाम् रोहिणीम् इव पीडिताम् ॥
Ayodhya looked like the planet Rohini, the beloved consort of the moon-god (treated as the enemy by the demon Rahu), tormented by planet Rahu* in the ascendant though ordinarily invested with an exceedingly bright splendour by virtue of her glory.
rohiNiimiva = like the planet Rohini; ekaam = the lonely one; priyaam = the beloved; patniim = consort; raahushatroH = of the moon-god (treated as the enemy by the demon Rahu); piiDitaam = tormented; grahena = by the planet Rahu*; abhyutthitena = in the ascendant; prajvalita prabhaam = though invested with an exceedingly bright splendour; shriyaa = by virtue of her glory.
*The demon presiding over a planet of the same name figuring in Indian astronomy and identified by modern astronoy with the shadow of the earth cast on the orb of the moon during what is known as a lunar eclipse.
2.114.4
अल्प उष्ण क्षुब्ध सलिलाम् घर्म उत्तप्त विहम्गमाम् |
लीन मीन झष ग्राहाम् कृशाम् गिरि नदीम् इव ॥
Ayodhya further looked emaciated like a mountain stream, whose scanty waters had become hot and agitated, birds living in which were scorched by the sun, and whose fish, small and big and alligators had perished.
girinadiimiva = (Ayodhya further looked); kR^ishaam = emaciated; like a mountain stream; alopoSNa kSubdha salilaam = whose scanty waters had become hot and agitated; gharmoptapta vihangamaam = birds living in which were scorched by the sun; liina miinajhaSagraahaam = and whose fish; small and big and alligators had perished.
2.114.5
विधूमाम् इव हेम आभाम् अध्वर अग्नि समुत्थिताम् |
हविर् अभ्युक्षिताम् पश्चात् शिखाम् विप्रलयम् गताम् ॥
Ayodhya looked like a flame of sacrificial fire which when oblation is poured into it, rises like a golden cone without smoke and thereafter sinks into extinction (ash).
(Ayodhya looked); shikhaamiva = like a flame; adhvaraagne = of sacrificial fire; (which when) havirbhyukSitaam = oblation is poured into it; samutthitaam = rises; hemabhaam = like a golden cone; vidhuumam = without smoke; pashchaat = and thereafter; gataam = sinks into vipralayam = extinction (ash).
2.114.6
विध्वस्त कवचाम् रुग्ण गज वाजि रथ ध्वजाम् |
हत प्रवीराम् आपन्नाम् चमूम् इव महा आहवे ॥
Ayodhya looked like an afflicted army, shattered of its armour in a major conflict, whose ensigns borne on horses, elephants and chariots had been torn, and its heroic warriors slain.
(Ayodhya looked terrific); aapannaam chamuumiva = like an afflicted army; vidhvasta kavachaam = shattered of its armour; mahaahave = in a great battle; ragNa gaja vaaji rathadhvajaam = whose ensigns borne on horses; elephants; chariots had been torn; hata praviinaam = its heroic warriors slain.
2.114.7
सफेनाम् सस्वनाम् भूत्वा सागरस्य समुत्थिताम् |
प्रशान्त मारुत उद्धूताम् जल ऊर्मिम् इव निह्स्वनाम् ॥
Ayodhya appeared like the waves of the sea though tosses very high with foam and a roar, is rendered noiseless, being shaken up by a silent wind.
(Ayodhya appeared); jalormimiva = like the waves of the sea; samutthitaam = though tossed very high; sa phanaam = with foam; sasvanaam = and a roar; bhuutvaa = is rendered; missvanaam = noiseless; prashaanta maarutoddhuutaam = being shaken up by a silent wind.
2.114.8
त्यक्ताम् यज्न आयुधैः सर्वैर् अभिरूपैः च याजकैः |
सुत्या काले विनिर्वृत्ते वेदिम् गत रवाम् इव ॥
Ayodhya appeared like a sacred altar, which, when the period of offering oblations into fire has completely expired, has been cleared of all sacrificial implements and deserted of recitations by the learned priests.
(Ayodhya appeared); vedimiiva = like a sacred altar; suttyaakaale = which; when the period of offering oblations into the sacred ifre; vinivR^ite = has completely expired; tyaktaam = has been cleared; sarvaiH = of all; yajJNaayndhaiH = sacrificial implements; gataravaam = and deserted of recitations; abhiruupaiH = by the learned; yaajakaiH = priests.
2.114.9
गोष्ठ मध्ये स्थिताम् आर्ताम् अचरन्तीम् नवम् तृणम् |
गो वृषेण परित्यक्ताम् गवाम् पत्नीम् इव उत्सुकाम् ॥
Ayodhya appeared like restless kine, deprived of the bull, who cease to graze in new pastures and stand in the cow-pen, dispirited.
(Ayodhya appeared) utsuka patniimiva = like restless kine; parityaktaam = deprived of; govR^iSeNa = the bull; acharantiim = who cease to graze; navam tR^iNam = in the new pasture; sthitaam- and stand; goSTamadhye = in the cow-pen; aartaam = dispirited.
2.114.10
प्रभा करालैः सुस्निग्धैः प्रज्वलद्भिर् इव उत्तमैः |
वियुक्ताम् मणिभिर् जात्यैर् नवाम् मुक्ता आवलीम् इव ॥
Ayodhya was resembling a new pearl-necklace, bereft of well- polished dazzling and excellent gems, rubies and the like, of genuine quality.
(Ayodhya appeared); navaam muktavaliimiva = like a new pearl-necklace; viyuktaam = bereft of; maNibhiH = gems; prabhaakaraadyaiH = rubies and the like; susnigdhaiH = well- polished; prajvaldbhiriva = dazzling; uttamaiH = excellent ; jaatyaiH = and of genuine quality.
2.114.11
सहसा चलिताम् स्थानान् महीम् पुण्य क्षयाद् गताम् |
सम्हृत द्युति विस्ताराम् ताराम् इव दिवः च्युताम् ॥
Ayodhya appeared like a meteor, which moved from its position with its virtue exhausted, soon dropped from the sky and fallen to earth, deprived of its splendour.
(Ayodhya appeared); taaraamiva = like a meteor; chalitaam = which moved; sthaanaat = from its position; puNyakSayaat = due to exhaustion of virtue; samvR^ita dyuti vistaaraam = with reduced dissemination of light; sahasaa = quickly; chyutaam = dropped; divaH = from the sky; gataam = and fallen to; mahiim = earth.
2.114.12
पुष्प नद्धाम् वसन्त अन्ते मत्त भ्रमर शालिनीम् |
द्रुत दाव अग्नि विप्लुष्टाम् क्लान्ताम् वन लताम् इव ॥
Ayodhya appeared like a flowering creeper laden with blossom in the spring-tide, frequented by a swarm of intoxicated bees, that is suddenly consumed by a forest fire and withering.
(Ayodhya appeared); vanalataamiva = like a flowering creeper; puSpa naddhaam = laden with blossom; vasantaante = in the spring-tide; matt bhramara naaditaam = reverberant with intoxicated bees; drutadaavaagni vipluSTaam = that is suddenly consumed by a forest fire; klaantaam = and withering.
2.114.13
सम्मूढ निगमाम् सर्वाम् सम्क्षिप्त विपण आपणाम् |
प्रग्च्छन्न शशि नक्षत्राम् द्याम् इव अम्बु धरैर् वृताम् ॥
With its senseless traffic paralyzed and with its fairs and markets closed, Ayodhya resembled like a firmament, covered with clouds, with the moon and stars obscured.
(Ayodhya resembled); dyaamiva = like a firmament; vR^itaam = covered; ambudharaiH = with clouds; prachchhanna shashi nakSatraam = with the moon and the stars obscured; sammuuDharigamaam = with its senseless traffic; stabdhaam = paralyzed; samkSipta vipaNaa paNaam = the fairs and markets closed.
2.114.14
क्षीण पान उत्तमैर् भिन्नैः शरावैर् अभिसम्वृताम् |
हत शौण्डाम् इव आकाशे पान भूमिम् असंस्कृताम् ॥
Ayodhya appeared splendourless, like a deserted and uncleaned tavern, with its vendor of spirituous liquors killed, the excellent wine expended, its drinking pots and glasses broken and the pieces stewn in disorder.
(Ayodhya appeared splendour less); paana bhuumim iva = like a tavern; aakaashe = in an open space; hatashauN^Daam = with its vendor of spirituous liquors killed; kSiiNa paanottamaiH = the excellent wine expended; sharaavaiH = the drinking pots and glasses; bhagraiH = broken; abhisamvR^itaam = laid aside; dhvastaam = and scattered in disorder; asamskR^itaam = and uncleaned.
2.114.15
वृक्ण भूमि तलाम् निम्नाम् वृक्ण पात्रैः समावृताम् |
उपयुक्त उदकाम् भग्नाम् प्रपाम् निपतिताम् इव ॥
Ayodhya resembled a cistern erected for storage and distribution of water, but now broken and collapsed with its platform riven and sunk, and covered with broken jars and earthen vessels, its water having been used up.
(Ayodhya resembled); prapaamiva = like a cistern supplying water; vR^ikNa bhuumi talaam = its platform rivers; upayuktodakaam = its water spent; vR^ikNa paatraiH = its jars and earthen vessels broken; samaavR^itaam = and perished; mimnaam = collapsed; bhagnaam = shattered; nipatitaam = and fell down.
2.114.16
विपुलाम् वितताम् चैव युक्त पाशाम् तरस्विनाम् |
भूमौ बाणैर् विनिष्कृत्ताम् पतिताम् ज्याम् इव आयुधात् ॥
Ayodhya resembled a bow-string, which was large and bent, with suitable noose at both ends, but severed from the bow by the arrows of heroes and fallen to the ground.
(Ayodhya resembled); jyaamvia = a bow-string; vipulaam = which was large; vitataam = and bent; yukta paashaam = with suitable noose at both ends; viniSkR^ittaam = severed; aayudhaat = from the bow; baaNaiH = by the arrows; tarasvinaam = of heroes; patitaam = and fallen; bhuumam = to the ground.
2.114.17
सहसा युद्ध शौण्डेन हय आरोहेण वाहिताम् |
निहताम् प्रतिसैन्येन वडवामिव पातिताम् ॥
Ayodhya appeared like a mare, urged on suddenly by a horse-man, skilled in war-fare and fallen down when killed by the opposite army.
(Ayodhya appeared); vaDavaamiva = like a mare = suddenly; hayaaroheNa = by a horse-man; yuddha shauNDena = skilled in war-fare; paatitaam = and fallen down; nihataam = when killed; pratisainyena = by the opposite army.
2.114.18
भरतस्तु रथस्थः सन् श्रीमान् दशरथात्मजः |
वाहयन्तं रथश्रेष्ठं सारथिम् वाक्यमब्रवीत् ॥
Sitting in the chariot, the glorious Bharata, the son of Dasaratha, spoke the following words to the charioteer who was riding his excellent chariot:
rathasthassan = sitting in the chariot; shriimaan = the glorious; bharatastu = Bharata; dasharathaatmajaH = the vaakyam = the following words; saarathiim = to the charioteer; vaahayantam = who was riding; ratha shreSTham = the excellent chariot.
2.114.19
किम् नु खल्वद्य गम्बीरो मूर्चितो न निशम्यते |
यथापुरमयोध्यायाम् गीतवादित्रनिस्वनः ॥
"How is it that the deep and intensified sound of vocal and instrumental music is not heard as before in Ayodhya today?"
kim nu khalu = how is it; gambhiiraH = that the deep; muurchhitaH = and intensified; giitavaaditranisvanaH = sound of vocal and instrumental music; na nishamyate = is not heard; yathaa puraa = as before; ayodhyaam = in Ayodhya; adya = today?
2.114.20
वारुणीमदगन्धश्च माल्यगन्धश्च मूर्चितः |
धूपितागरुगन्धश्च न प्रवाति समन्ततः ॥
"The intoxicating odour of spirituous liquor or the fragrance of floral garlands or the aroma of sandal and aloe-wood fumes, which used to be spread once on all sides, are not being wafted."
vaaruNii madagandhashcha = the intoxicating odour of spirituous liquor; maalya gandhashcha = or the fragrance of floral garlands; dhuupitaa garu gandhashcha = or the aroma of aloe-wood fumes; muurchitaH = which used to be spread; samantataH = on all sides; na pravaati = are not being wafted.
2.114.21
यानप्र वरघोषश्च स्निग्धश्च हयनिस्वनः |
प्रमत्तगजनादश्च महांश्च रथनिस्वनः ॥नेदानीम् श्रूयते पुर्यामस्याम् रामे विवासिते ॥
"O, Sumantra! I do not hear, as before, the sound of the horses, the sound of the intoxicating elephants and the clattering of the great chariots in this city now."
21; 22. vivaasite = Due to exile; raame = of Rama; yaana pravara ghoSashcha = the sound of the excellent carriages; snigdhaH = the charming; hayanishvanashcha = sound of the horses; pramatta gajanaadashcha = the sound of the intoxicating elephants; mahaan ratha nisranaH cha = and the clattering of the great chariots; na shruuyate = are not heard; asyaam puraam = in this city; idaaniim = now.
2.114.23
चन्दनागारुगन्धांश्च महार्हश्च नवस्रजः ॥गते हि रामे तरुणाः संतप्ता नोपभुञ्जते |
"Rama, having left Ayodhya, the distressful youth are not making use of the perfumes like sandal-wood, aloe wood as also the most admirable and fresh floral garlands."
raame = Rama; gate = having left Ayodhya; taruNaaH = the youth; samtaptaaH = in distress; nopabhujJNate = are not making use of; chandanaagarugandhaamshcha = the perfumes of sandal-wood and aloe-wood; mahaarhaaH = and the excellent; navasrajashcha = fresh floral garlands.
2.114.24
बहिर्यात्रां न गच्छन्ति चित्रमाअल्यधरा नराः ॥नोत्सवाः सम्प्रवर्तन्ते रामशोकार्दिते पुरे |
"In the city afflicted by Rama's desertion, people are not going out for pleasure-trips, wearing colourful garlands nor festivals are observed by them."
pure = in the city; raamashokaardite = afflicted by the grief of Rama's desertion; naraaH = people; na gachchhanti = are not going; bahiH = out; yaatraam = for pleasure-trips; chitramaalyadharaaH = wearing colourful garlands; na = nor; utsavaaH = festivals sampravartante = are observed.
2.114.25
सह नूनम् मम भ्रात्रा पुरस्यास्य द्युतिर्गता ॥न हि राजत्ययोध्येयं सासारेवार्जुनी क्षपा |
"The lustre of Ayodhya has departed along with my brother. It is certain. This Ayodhya is not shining indeed, like a rainy night at the time of the waning moon."
dyutiH = the luster; asya purasya = of this city; gata = has departed; mama bhraatraa saha = along with my brother; nuunam = it is a certain; iyam = this; ayodhyaa = Ayodhya; na raajati hi = is not shining indeed; saasaaraa kSapaa iva = like a rainy night; arjunii = at the time of the waning moon.
2.114.26
कदा नु खलु मे भ्राता महोत्सव इवागतः ॥जनयिष्यत्ययोध्यायां हर्षम् ग्रीष्म इवाम्बुदः |
"When will my brother return, like a carnival, diffusing joy in Ayodhya, as do the autumnal rains?"
kadaa = when; me bhraataa = will my brother; aagataH = return; mahotsava iva = like a carnival; janayiSayi nu khalu = diffusing; harSam = joy; ayodhyaam = in Ayodhya; griiSme aambudaH iva = as do the autumnal rains?
2.114.27
तरुणैः चारु वेषैः च नरैर् उन्नत गामिभिः |
सम्पतद्भिर् अयोध्यायाम् न विभान्ति महा पथाः ॥
"The highways in Ayodhya are not glittering with youthful people, richly attired, bearing themselves bravely and roaming about in groups."
mahaapathaaH = the high ways; ayodhyaam = in Ayodhya; naabhibhaanti = are not glittering; taruNaiH = with youthful; naraiH = people; chaaru veSaiH = richly attired; unnatagaamibhiH = bearing themselves bravely; sampatadbhiH = and roaming about in groups.
2.114.28
एवम् बहु विधम् जल्पन् विवेश वसतिम् पितुः |
तेन हीनाम् नर इन्द्रेण सिम्ह हीनाम् गुहाम् इव ॥
Thus speaking in many ways, Bharata entered his father's house, bereft of that emperor and which resembled a cave bereft of a lion.
evam = thus; jalpan = speaking; bahuvidham = in many ways; (Bharata); vivesha = entered; pituH = his father's; vasatim = house; hiinaam = bereft of; tena = that; narendreNa = king; guhaamiva = and which resembled a cave; simhahiinaam = bereft of a lion.
2.114.29
तदा तदन्तःपुरमुज्घितप्रभम् |
सुरैरिवोत्सृष्टमभास्करम् दिनम् |
निरीक्ष्य सर्वम् तु विविक्तमात्मवान् |
मुमोच बाष्पं भरतः सुदुःखितः ॥
Bharata, though a composed man himself, shed tears by seeing that entire empty gynaecium, looking like a day without the sun with its relinquished radiance.
bharataH = Bharata; aatmavaan = a composed man; tadaa = then; mumocha = shed; baaSpam = tears; niriikSya = by seeing; tat sarvam antaHpuram = that entire gynaecium; divamivva = looking like a day; abhaaskaram = without the sun; ujjhitaprabham = with relinquished radiance; viviktam = and empty.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमाद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे चतुर्दशोत्तरशततमः सर्गः
Sarga 115
2.115.1
ततो निक्षिप्य मातृऋः स अयोध्यायाम् दृढ व्रतः |
भरतः शोक सम्तप्तो गुरून् इदम् अथ अब्रवीत् ॥
Having brought his mothers back to Ayodhya; Bharata, fixed in his resolve but sore stricken with grief, spoke to Vasishta and the elders (as follows)
saH bharataH = that Bharata; dR^iDha vrataH = fixed in his resolve; tataH = then; nikSipya = having brought; maatR^iiH = his mother; ayodhyaam = (back) to Ayodhya; shoka santaptaH = sore stricken with grief; abraviit = spoke; atha = thereafter; guruun = to Vaishta and the elders (as follows):
2.115.2
नन्दि ग्रामम् गमिष्यामि सर्वान् आमन्त्रये अद्य वः |
तत्र दुह्खम् इदम् सर्वम् सहिष्ये राघवम् विना ॥
"I am going to Nandigrama village. I take leave of all of you. There, I shall be able to endure all this woe, occasioned by Rama's absence."
adya = now; gamiSyaami = I am going; nandigraamam = to Nandigrama village; aamantraye = I take leave; sarvaan = of all; vaH = of you; tatra = there; sahiSye = I shall endure; sarvam = all; idam = this; duHkham = woe; raaghavam vinaa = occasioned by Rama's absence."
2.115.3
गतः च हि दिवम् राजा वनस्थः च गुरुर् मम |
रामम् प्रतीक्षे राज्याय स हि राजा महा यशाः ॥
"The king Dasaratha went to heaven. My elder brother is in the forest. I shall await for Rama to return to the kingdom; since verily he alone is the celebrated Lord of Ayodhya."
raajaa = the king Dasaratha; gataH = went; divam = to heaven; mama guruH = my elder brother; vanasthaH = is in the forest; pratiikSye = I shall await; raamam = for Rama (to return); raajyaaya = tot he kindom; saH hi = since verily he alone; raajaa = is the lord; mahaayashaaH = the celebrated.
2.115.4
एतत् श्रुत्वा शुभम् वाक्यम् भरतस्य महात्मनः |
अब्रुवन् मन्त्रिणः सर्वे वसिष्ठः च पुरोहितः ॥
Hearing those auspicious words of the magnanimous Bharata, Vasishta the preceptor and all the ministers spoke as follows:
shrutvaa = hearing; etat = these; shubham = auspicious; vaakyam = words; bharatasya = of Bharata; mahaatmanaH = the magnanimous one; vasiSTashcha = Vasishta; purohitaH = the preceptor; sarve = and all; mantriNaH = the ministers; abruvan = spoke (as follows):
2.115.5
सदृशम् श्लाघनीयम् च यद् उक्तम् भरत त्वया |
वचनम् भ्रातृ वात्सल्याद् अनुरूपम् तव एव तत् ॥
"O, Bharata! The words which your have spoken by you in devotion to your brother are very much appreciable. It is worthy of you alone."
bharata = O; Bharata!; vachanam = the words; yat = which; uktam = have been spoken; tvayaa = by you; bhraatR^ivaatsalyaat = in devotion to your brother; subhR^isham = are very much; shlaaghaniiyam = appreciable; tat = that; anuruupam = is worthy; tavaiva = of you along."
2.115.6
नित्यम् ते बन्धु लुब्धस्य तिष्ठतो भ्रातृ सौहृदे |
आर्य मार्गम् प्रपन्नस्य न अनुमन्येत कः पुमान् ॥
"What man would not approve of the proposal of your highness, who are deeply fascinated of your relative, always affectionate to your brother and devoted to the path of elders?"
kaH pumaam = what man; naanumanyate = would not approve; te = of the proposal of you; bandhulubdhasya = who are deeply fascinated of your relatives; nityam = always; tiSThataH = firmly; bhraatR^i sauhR^ide = affectionate to your brother; prapannasya = and devoted; aarya maargam = to the path of elders.
2.115.7
मन्त्रिणाम् वचनम् श्रुत्वा यथा अभिलषितम् प्रियम् |
अब्रवीत् सारथिम् वाक्यम् रथो मे युज्यताम् इति ॥
Hearing the affectionate words of his counsellors, who spoke according to his wish, Bharata said to his charioteer, "Let my chariot be made ready!"
shrutvaa = hearing; priyam = the affectionate; vachanam = words; mantriNaam = of his counsellors; yathaabhilaSitam = according to his wish; (Bharata); abraviit = spoke; iti = these; vaakyam = words; saarathim = to the charioteer; me rathaH = (Let) my chariot; yujyataam = be made ready."
2.115.8
प्रहृष्ट वदनः सर्वा मातृऋः समभिवाद्य सः |
आरुरोह रथम् श्रीमान् शत्रुघ्नेन समन्वितः ॥
The illustrious Bharata, looking pleased and having offered salutation to all his mothers, entered his chariot along with Shatrughna.
shriimaan = the illustrious; saH = Bharata; prahR^iSTavadanaH = looking pleased; samabhivaadya = having offered salutation; sarvaa = to all; maatR^iiH = his mothers; aaruroha = ascended; ratham = his chariot; samanvitaH = along with; shatrughne = Shatrughna.
2.115.9
आरुह्य तु रथम् शीघ्रम् शत्रुघ्न भरताउ उभौ |
ययतुः परम प्रीतौ वृतौ मन्त्रि पुरोहितैः ॥
Both Shatrughna and Bharata, having quickly mounted the chariot and exceedingly rejoiced, set out, accompanied by ministers and family-priests.
ubhau = both; shatrughna bharatau = Shatrughana and Bharata; aaruhya cha = having mounted; ratham = the chariot; shiigram = quickly; param priitau = and exceedingly rejoiced; yayatuH = set out; vR^itau = accompanied by; mantri purohitaiH = ministers and family-priests.
2.115.10
अग्रतो पुरवः तत्र वसिष्ठ प्रमुखा द्विजाः |
प्रययुः प्रान् मुखाः सर्वे नन्दि ग्रामो यतो अभवत् ॥
All the preceptors there, headed by Vasishta and other brahmanas being in the forefront, proceeded eastward, in which direction Nandigrama village was situated.
gurvaH = the preceptors; sarve = all; tatra = there; vasiSTha pramukhaah = headed by Vasishta; dvijaaH = and (other) Brahmanas; agrataH = being in the forefront; prayayuH = went; praaNmukhaaH = eastward; yataH = in which direction; nandigraamaH = Nandigrama; abhavat = was there.
2.115.11
बलम् च तद् अनाहूतम् गज अश्व रथ सम्कुलम् |
प्रययौ भरते याते सर्वे च पुर वासिनः ॥
When Bharata had left, the army too, abounding in elephants, horses and chariots marched unbidden. The residents of the city also followed suit.
bharate = (Wile) Bharata; yaate = had left; balamcha = the army too; prayayau = followed him; tadanaahutam = unbidden; gajaashvaratha samkulam = abounding in elephants; horses and chariots; sarve = all; puravaasinaH cha = the residents of the city also (followed suit).
2.115.12
रथस्थः स तु धर्म आत्मा भरतो भ्रातृ वत्सलः |
नन्दि ग्रामम् ययौ तूर्णम् शिरस्य् आधाय पादुके ॥
The magnanimous Bharata, affectionate of his brother, bearing the sandals belong to Rama on his head, set out for Nandigrama.
saH bharataH = that Bharata; bhraatR^ivatsalaH = affectionate of is brother; dharmaatmaa = and magnanimous; aadaaya = kept; paaduke = the sandals; shirasi = on his head; rathasthaH = while remaining in the chariot; tuurNam = and quickly; yayau = set out; nandigraamam = for Nandigrama.
2.115.13
ततः तु भरतः क्षिप्रम् नन्दि ग्रामम् प्रविश्य सः |
अवतीर्य रथात् तूर्णम् गुरून् इदम् उवाच ह ॥
Thereafter, having entered Nandigrama briskly Bharata descended his chariot quickly and spoke to his preceptors as follows:
tataH = thereafter; pravishya = having entered; nandigraamam = Nandigram; kSipram = briskly; saH bharataH = that Bharat; avatiirya = descended; rathaat = from his chariot; tuurNam = quickly; uvaacha ha = and spoke; idam = these words; guruun = to his preceptors.
2.115.14
एतद् राज्यम् मम भ्रात्रा दत्तम् सम्न्यासवत् स्वयम् |
योग क्षेम वहे च इमे पादुके हेम भूषिते ॥
"My brother, Rama has given to me this kingdom as a trust. These sandals, embellished with gold diffuse gain and security to the people."
etat raajyam = this kingdom; dattam = has been given; mama = to me; sannyaasavat = as a trust; bhraataa = by my brother; Rama; svayam = himself; ime paaduke cha = these sandals; hema bhuuSite = embellished with gold; yogakSamavahe = diffuse gain and security (to the people)
2.115.15
भरतः शिरसा कृत्वा सन्न्यासम् पादुके ततः |
अब्रवीद्दुःखसम्तप्तः सर्वं प्रकृतिमण्डलम् ॥
Having dedicated the sacred trust to the wooden sandals, Bharata sore-stricken with anguish, spoke to the entire body of his ministers as follows:
kR^itvaa = having dedicated; sannyaasam = the sacred trust; paaduke = to the wooden sandals; bharataH = Bharata; tataH = then; abraviit = spoke; sarvam = to the entire; prakR^itimaNDalam = body of his ministers; duHkha samtapataH = sore stricken with anguish; as he was.
2.115.16
चत्रम् धारयत क्षिप्रमार्यपादाविमौ मतौ |
अभ्याम् राज्ये स्थितो धर्मः पादुकाभ्याम् गुरोर्मम ॥
"Hold the state canopy speedily over these wooden sandals, which have been accepted as symbols of the feet of Rama, my noble brother. By the presence of these wooden sandals of my brother here, a piety has been established in the kingdom."
dhaarayata = hold; chhatram = the state canopy; kSipram = speedily; imau = these; matau = have been accepted; aarya paadau = as symbols of the feet of my noble brother; aabhyaam paadukaabhyaam = by these wooden sandals; mama guroH = of my brother; dharmaH = piety; sthitaH = has been established; raajye = in the kingdom.
भ्रात्रा हि मयि सम्न्यासो निक्षिप्तः सौहृदादयम् |
तमिमम् पालयिष्यामि राघवागमनम् प्रति २-११५-१७
"As a mark of compassion, this trust has been placed at my disposal, by my brother. There trust as such will be preserved till his return."
sauhR^idaat = by compassion; ayam = this; samnyaasaH = trust; mayi nikSiptaH = has been placed at my disposal; bhraatraa = by my brother; imam = the trust; tat = as such; paalayiSyaami = will be protected; raaghava agamanam prati = till the arrival of Rama.
2.115.18
क्षिप्रम् सम्योजयित्वा तु राघवस्य पुनः स्वयम् |
चरणौ तौ तु रामस्य द्रक्ष्यामि सहपादुकौ ॥
"Having restored these wooden sandals personally to Rama's feet immediately after his return, I shall behold those feet of Rama along with these sandals."
samyojayitvaa = having restored; (these wooden sandals); svayam = personally; raaghavasya = to Rama's feet; kSipram = immediately; punaH = again; drakSyaami = I shall behold; tau = those; charaNau = feet; raamasya = of Rama; sahapaadukau = along with these sandals.
ततो निक्षिप्तभारोऽहम् राघवेण समागतः |
निवेद्य गुरवे राज्यम् भजिष्ये गुरुवृत्तिताम् २-११५-१९
"Restoring the kingdom to my elder brother, when re-united with him and thereby laying down the burden, I shall then assume the role of a servant of my elder brother."
tataH = thereafter; aham = I; nikSipta bhaaraH = on whom thus burden has been imposed; samaagataH = having been united; raaghaveNa = with Rama; nivedya = and having restored; raajyam = the kingdom; gurave = to my elder brother; bhajiSye = I shall assume; guruvR^ittitaam = the role of a servant of my elder brother.
ताघवाय च सम्न्यासम् दत्त्वेमे वरपादुके |
राज्यम् चेदमयोध्याम् च धूतपापोभवामि च २-११५-२०
"By giving away these excellent wooden sandals, the symbols of trust, this kingdom, as well as the City of Ayodhya to Rama, I shall be washed of all my sins."
dattvaa = giving away; ime vara paaduke = these excellent wooden sandals; samnyaasam = the symbols of trust; idam raajyam cha = this kingdom; ayodhyaamcha = as well as the city of Ayodhya; raaghavaaya = to Rama; bhavaamicha = I shall become; dhuuta paataH = washed of all my sins.
2.115.21
अभिषिक्ते तु काकुत्थ्से प्रहृष्टमुदिते जने |
प्रीतिर्मम यशश्चैव भवेद्राज्याच्चतुर्गुणम् ॥
"Rama will be installed and his subjects made happy. It will be a four-fold more fame and happiness for me than that having obtained from the kingdom."
kaakutthse = Rama; abhiSikte = will be installed; jane = and his subjects; prahR^iSTamudite = made happy; bhavet = It will be; chaturguNam = a four-fold; yashaschaiva = more fame; priitiH = and happiness; mama = for me; raajyaat = than (that having obtained) from the kingdom.
2.115.22
एवम् तु विलपन्धीनो भरतः स महायशाः |
नन्दिग्रामेऽकरोद्राज्यम् दुःखितो मन्त्रिभिस्सह ॥
The highly illustrious Bharata though a distressed man, thus lamenting and pained, looked after the state administration along with his ministers from Nandigrama.
saH bharataH = that Bharata; mahaayashaaH = the highly illustrious man; diinaH = (but) a distressed man; vilapan = lamenting; evam = thus; duHkhitaH = and pained; akarot = looked after; raajyam = the state administration; mantribhiH saha = along with his ministers; nandrigraame = at Nandigrama.
स वल्कलजटाधारी मुनिवेषधरः प्रभुः |
नन्दिग्रामेऽवसद्वीरः ससैन्यो भरतस्तदा २-११५-२३
Assuming bark robes and matted locks in the guise of an ascetic, the lord and the hero Bharata dwelt in Nandigrama, protected by the army.
valkalajaTaadhaarii = Assuming bark robes and matted locks; muniveSadhaarii = in the guise of an ascetic; prabhuH = the lord; viiraH = and the hero; saH bharataH = that Bharata; tadaa = then; avasat = dwelt; nandigraame = in Nandigrama; sa sainyaH = protected by the army.
2.115.24
रामागमनमाकाङ्क्षन् भरतो भ्रातृवत्सलः |
भ्रातुर्वचनकारी च प्रतिज्ञापारगस्तदा ॥पादुके त्वभिषिच्याथ नन्दिग्रामेऽवसत्तथा |
Bharata, obedient to his elder brother, affectionate of his brothers and faithful to his vow, thus resided in Nandigrama, coronating the wooden sandals on the throne and wishing always for the return of Rama.
tadaa = then; bharataH = Bharata; bhraatR^iH vachanakaariicha = obedient to his elder brother; bhraatR^ivatsalaH = affectionate of his brothers; pratijJNa paaragaH = and faithful to his vow; tathaa = thus; avasat = resided; nandirgraame = in Nandigrama; abhiSichya = coronating; paaduke = the wooden sandals ( on the throne); aakaaNkSan = and wishing; raamaagamanam = the return of Rama.
2.115.25
स वालव्यजनम् चत्रम् धारयामास स स्वयम् ॥भरतः शासनम् सर्वम् पादुकाभ्याम् निवेदयन् |
Reporting all the royal orders to the wooden sandals, Bharata was holding the royal canopy together with the chowrie to those sandals.
bharataH = Bharata; nivedayan = reporting; sarvam = all; shaasanam = the royal orders; paadukaabhyaam = to the wooden sandals; dharayaamaasa = was holding; svayam = personally; chhatram = the royal canopy; savaalavyajanam = together with the chowrie (to the sandals)
2.115.26
ततस्तु भरतः श्रीमानभिषिच्यार्यपादुके ॥तदधीनस्तदा राज्यम् कारयामास सर्वदा |
Coronating the wooden sandals of his elder brother, the illustrious Bharata thereafter carried out the state administration, always maintaining his subservience to them.
abhiSichya = coronating; aarya paaduke = the wooden sandals of his elder brother; shriimaan = the illustrious; bharataH = Bharata; tataH = thereafter; kaaryaamaasa = carried out; raajyam = the state administration; tadadhiinaH = being subservient to them; sarvadaa = always.
2.115.27
तदा हि यत्कार्यमुपैति किंचि |
दुपायनम् चोपहृतम् महार्हम् |
स पादुकाभ्याम् प्रथमम् निवेद्य |
चकार पश्चाद्भरतो यथावत् ॥
Whatever a small affair of the state came up or whenever a high-valued gift was offered, Bharata used to report that matter to the wooden sandals and then only dealt with it in the proper way afterwards.
yatkimchit = whatever small; kaaryam = affair; upaiti = came up; mahaarham = or a high-valued; upaayanam = gift; upahR^itam = was offered; saH bharataH = that Bharata; tadaa = then; prathamam = first; nivedya = has reported (it); paadukaabhyaam = to the wooden sandals; pashchaat = and thereafter; chakaara = acted yathaavat = accordingly.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे पंचदशोत्तरशततमः सर्गः
Sarga 116
2.116.1
प्रतिप्रयाते भरते वसन् रामः तपो वने |
लक्षयाम् आस स उद्वेगम् अथ औत्सुक्यम् तपस्विनाम् ॥
Bharata having returned (to Ayodhya), Rama who was dwelling in the woods, observed anxiety accompanied by perturbation among the sages.
bharate = Bharata; pratiprayaate = having returned; raamaH = Rama; tapovane = who was dwelling in the woods; atha = then; lakSayaamaasa = observed; sodvegam = the anxiety; tapasvinaam = of the sages; outsukyam = and their perturbation.
2.116.2
ये तत्र चित्र कूटस्य पुरस्तात् तापस आश्रमे |
रामम् आश्रित्य निरताः तान् अलक्षयद् उत्सुकान् ॥
He saw there those ascetics-who were formerly quite pleased in that hermitage at Chitrakuta depending as they did on Rama- anxious.
alakSayat = (He) saw; tatara = there; taam = those ascetics; purastaat = who were formerly; nirataah = quite pleased; taapasaashrame = at Chitrakuta; aashritya = depending as they did; raamam = on Rama; utsukaan = anxious.
2.116.3
नयनैर् भृकुटीभिः च रामम् निर्दिश्य शन्किताः |
अन्योन्यम् उपजल्पन्तः शनैः चक्रुर् मिथः कथाः ॥
Pointing out to Rama through the movements of their eyes and eye-brows manifesting their anxiety, they whispered among themselves, narrating some legends in secret.
nirdishya = pointing out; raamam = to Rama; nayanaiH = (through the movements) of their eyes; bhR^ikuTiibhishcha = and eye-brows; shankitaah = minifesting their anxiety; upajalpantaH = whispering; shanaiH = slowly; anyonyam = among one another; chakruH = and framing; kathaaH = legends; mithaH = in secret.
2.116.4
तेषाम् औत्सुक्यम् आलक्ष्य रामः तु आत्मनि शन्कितः |
कृत अन्जलिर् उवाच इदम् ऋषिम् कुल पतिम् ततः ॥
Perceiving their distress, Rama was filled with apprehension about himself and with joined palms spoke the following words to a sage, the leader of that community of ascetics:
alakSya = perceiving; teSaam = their; outsukyam = distress; raamastu = Rama; tataH = then; shaNkitaH = was filled with apprechension; svaatmani = about himself; kR^itaajJNaliH = and with joined palms; uvaacha = spoke; idam = these words; R^iSim = to a sage; kulapatim = the leader of that community of ascetics (as follows):
2.116.5
न कच्चिद् भगवन् किंचित् पूर्व वृत्तम् इदम् मयि |
दृश्यते विकृतम् येन विक्रियन्ते तपस्विनः ॥
"O venerable sage! I fear that the conduct of my forefathers is not seen in me or there is some change for the worse in me, due to which the ascetics feel agitated."
bhagavat = O venerable sage!; (I fear) puurva vR^ittam; the conduct of my forefathers; mayi = is in me; kimchit = or any; idam = this; kashchit = some; vikR^itam = change; nadR^ishyate = is not seen; yena = due to which; tapasvinaH = the ascetics; vikriyante = feel agitated.
2.116.6
प्रमादाच् चरितम् कच्चित् किंचिन् न अवरजस्य मे |
लक्ष्मणस्य ऋषिभिर् दृष्टम् न अनुरूपम् इव आत्मनः ॥
"Has my younger brother, the high-souled Lakshmana, through inadvertence, behaved unworthy of him while the sages were seeing?"
ye avarajasya = has my younger brother; lakSmaNasya = Lakshmana; aatmanaH = the high-souled; pramaadaat = through inadvertence; charitam = behaved; naanuruupam = unworthy of him; na dR^iSTam kashchit = I hope it is not seen; R^iSibhiH = by the sages.
2.116.7
कच्चित् शुश्रूषमाणा वः शुश्रूषण परा मयि |
प्रमदा अभ्युचिताम् वृत्तिम् सीता युक्तम् न वर्तते ॥
"I hope that Seetha, who is serving you and who is keen in serving me, does not, I am afraid, behaved properly, according to the conduct suitable for women."
kachhit = I hope that; siitaa = Seetha; shushruuSamaaNaa = who is serving; vaH = you; shushruuSaNaparaa = and who is keen in serving; mayi = me; na vartate = has not behaved; yuktam = properly; vR^ittim = according to the conduct; pramadaabhyamchitaam = suitable for women.
2.116.8
अथ ऋषिर् जरया वृद्धः तपसा च जराम् गतः |
वेपमान इव उवाच रामम् भूत दया परम् ॥
Then, that grown-up sage, who was elderly both by age and penance, appeared trembling and spoke to Rama, who was ever compassionate to all beings, as follows:
atha = then; R^iSiH = the sage; vR^iddhaH = a grown-up man; gataH = and who got; jaraam = old age; tapasaacha = also by penance; vepamaana iva = appeared trembling; uvaacha = and spoke; raamam = to Rama; bhuutadayaaparam = who was ever compassionate to all beings.
2.116.9
कुतः कल्याण सत्त्वायाः कल्याण अभिरतेः तथा |
चलनम् तात वैदेह्याः तपस्विषु विशेषतः ॥
"O, dear Rama! What is there for us the ascetics to fear above all from Seetha, who is natural in her disposition and is the follower of virtue?"
taata = O; dear Rama; kutaH = what is there; tapasviSu = for us the ascetics; chalanam = to fear; visheSataH = above all; vaidehyaaH = from Seetha; kalyaaNa sattvaayaaH = who is natural in her disposition; tathaa = and ; kalyaaNaabhirateH = follower of virtue.
2.116.10
त्वन् निमित्तम् इदम् तावत् तापसान् प्रति वर्तते |
रक्षोभ्यः तेन सम्विग्नाः कथयन्ति मिथः कथाः ॥
"It is on account of demons, who, through enmity to you, have begun to oppress the sages. Alarmed by it, they discuss with each other how they can best defend themselves."
rakSobhyaH = It is on account of demons; (who); tvannimittam = through enmity to you; prativartate taavate = have begun to oppress; taapasaan prati = the sages; tena = and by which samvigraaH = fear has arisen; kathayanti = they discuss; mithaH = with each other; kathaaH = how (they may best defend themselves)
2.116.11
रावण अवरजः कश्चित् खरो नाम इह राक्षसः |
उत्पाट्य तापसान् सर्वान् जन स्थान निकेतनान् ॥धृष्टः च जित काशी च नृशंसः पुरुष अदकः |
अवलिप्तः च पापः च त्वाम् च तात न मृष्यते ॥
"O, darling! Here, a demon called Khara, Ravana's younger brother- who is a boaster, victorious in battle, cruel and eater of human flesh, haughty and sinful-having uprooted all the ascetics who dwell in Janasthana, is unable to endure you also."
11; 12. taataH = O; darling!; iha = here; raakSasaH = a demon; kharonaama = called Khara; raavaNaavarajaH = Ravana's younger brother; utpaaTya = having uprooted; sarvaan = all; taapasaan = the ascetics; janasthaananiketa = who dwell in Janasthana; dhR^iSTashcha = and who is a boaster; jitakaashiicha = victorious in battle; nR^ishamsaH = cruel; puruSaadakaH = an eater of human flesh; avaliptashcha = haughty; paapashcha = and sinful; na mR^iSyate = is unable to endure; tvaam cha = you also.
2.116.13
त्वम् यदा प्रभृति ह्य् अस्मिन्न् आश्रमे तात वर्तसे |
तदा प्रभृति रक्षांसि विप्रकुर्वन्ति तापसान् ॥
"My darling! From which time you came to dwell in this hermitage, from that time inwards, the demons continue to ill-treat the ascetics."
taata = My darling! yadaa = prabhR^iti = from which time; tvam = you; vartase = came to dwell; asmin aashrame = in this hermitage; tadaa prabhR^iti = from that time onwards; rakSaamsi = the demons; viprakurvanti = continue to ill-treat; taapasaan = the ascetics.
2.116.14
दर्शयन्ति हि बीभत्सैः क्रूरैर् भीषणकैर् अपि |
नाना रूपैर् विरूपैः च रूपैर् असुख दर्शनैः ॥
"They appear in grotesque and harmful forms, filling them with terror, in diverse forms and possessing ugly and unnatural demeanor."
darshayanti = (They) appear; bhiibhatsaiH = in grotesque; kruuraiH = and harmful; ruupaiH = forms; bhiiSaNakairapi = fillign them with terror; naanaaruupaiH = in diverse forms; viruupaishcha = (having) ugly; vikR^ita darshanaiH = and unnatural demeanor.
2.116.15
अप्रशस्तैर् अशुचिभिः सम्प्रयोज्य च तापसान् |
प्रतिघ्नन्त्य् अपरान् क्षिप्रम् अनार्याः पुरतः स्थितः ॥
"Flinging filthy and inauspicious objects on some of the ascetics, the wicked demons stand in front of them and kill some ascetics too."
samprajyojya = flinging; aprashastaiH = filthy; ashuchibhiH = and inauspicious objects; taapasaan = on some of the ascetics; anaaryaaH = these wicked demons; sthitaaH = stand; purataH = in front of them; pratighnanti = and kill; aparaan = some ascetics.
2.116.16
तेषु तेषु आश्रमस्थानेषु अबुद्धम् अवलीय च |
रमन्ते तापसामः तत्र नाशयन्तो अल्प चेतसः ॥
"Having themselves in those hermitages unnoticed, those evil-minded demons delight themselves in destroying the ascetics there."
avaliiyacha = hiding themselves; teSu teSu = in those; aashramasthaaneSu = hermitages; abuddham = unnoticed; alpachetanaH = those evil-minded demons; ramante = delight; naashayantaH = in destroying; taapasaan = the ascetics; tatra = there.
2.116.17
अपक्षिपन्ति स्रुग् भाण्डान् अग्नीन् सिन्चन्ति वारिणा |
कलशामः च प्रमृद्नन्ति हवने समुपस्थिते ॥
"At the time of pouring oblations into the sacred fire, they scatter the sacrificial vessels, sprinkle the fires with water and break the water-pots."
havane = (While) a sacrifice; samupasthite = is undertaken; avakSipanti = (they) scatter; srugbaaNDaan = sacrificial vessels; siNchanti = sprinkle; agniin = the fires; vaariNaa = with water; pramattnanti = and break; kalashaamshcha = the water-pots.
2.116.18
तैर् दुरात्मभिर् आविष्टान् आश्रमान् प्रजिहासवः |
गमनाय अन्य देशस्य चोदयन्त्य् ऋषयो अद्य माम् ॥
"Resolved to leave these retreats that have been invaded by evil spirits, the ascetics today are urging me to go to another area."
prajihaasavaH = resolved to leave; aashramaan = these retreats; aamR^iSTaan = that have been invaded; taiH = by them; duraatmabhiH = the evil spirits; R^iSayaH = the ascetics; adya = today; chodayanti = are urging; maam = me; gamanaaya = to go; anyadeshaya = to another area.
2.116.19
तत् पुरा राम शारीराम् उपहिंसाम् तपस्विषु |
दर्शयति हि दुष्टाः ते त्यक्ष्याम इमम् आश्रमम् ॥
"O, Rama! Before those wicked beings indeed show bodily injury to the ascetics, we are abandoning this hermitage."
raama = O; Rama!; puraa = before; te duSTaaH = those wicked being; darshayanti hi = indeed show; shaariiraam = bodily; upahimsaam = injury; tapasvishuu = to the ascetics; tyakSyaamaH = we are abandoning; imam aashramam = this hermitage; tat = for that reason.
2.116.20
बहु मूल फलम् चित्रम् अविदूराद् इतो वनम् |
पुराण आश्रमम् एव अहम् श्रयिष्ये सगणः पुनः ॥
"Not far from here, there is a colourful grove yielding many roots and fruits. I will take shelter again in that previous hermitage itself, along with an assembly of sages."
aviduuraat = not far; itaH = from here; chitram vanam = there is a colourful grove; bahumuulaphalam = having many roots and fruits; aham = I; shrayiSye = will take shelter; punaH = again; puraaNaashramameva = in that previous hermitage itself; sagaNaH = along with an assembly of sages.
2.116.21
खरः त्वय्य् अपि च अयुक्तम् पुरा तात प्रवर्तते |
सह अस्माभिर् इतो गग्च्छ यदि बुद्धिः प्रवर्तते ॥
"O, darling! Khara, the demon will behave unjustly with you in the same way. If your mind feels so inclined, come along with us from here."
taata = O; darling!; kharaH = Khara; (the demon); puraa pravantate = will behave; tvayyapicha = in your case also; ayuktam = unjustly; buddhiH yadi = If your intellect; pravartate = is agreeable; gachchha = come; asmaabhiH saha = along with us; itaH = form here.
2.116.22
सकलत्रस्य संदेहो नित्यम् यत् तस्य राघव |
समर्थस्य अपि हि सतो वासो दुह्ख इह अद्य ते ॥
"O, Rama! To you, who live with your wife, though you are competent and ever watchful, there is a danger. Your stay here is conduced with misery now."
raaghava = O; Rama!; te = to you; sakalatrasya = who are with your wife; samarthasyaapi hi sataH = though competent; nityam = and ever; yattasya = watchful; sandehaH = there is a danger; vaasaH = your stag; iha = here; adya = is now; duHkham = difficult.
2.116.23
इत्य् उक्तवन्तम् रामः तम् राज पुत्रः तपस्विनम् |
न शशाक उत्तरैर् वाक्यैर् अवरोद्धुम् समुत्सुकम् ॥
Rama the prince could not with his responsive words desist the said sage when he had spoken as aforesaid, eager as he was to leave the place.
raamaH = Rama; raajaputram = the prince; na shashaaka = could not; avabandhum = desist; tam tapasvinam = that sage; samutsukam = and eager; uttaraiH = by responsive; vaakyaiH = words.
2.116.24
अभिनन्द्य समापृग्च्छ्य समाधाय च राघवम् |
स जगाम आश्रमम् त्यक्त्वा कुलैः कुल पतिः सह ॥
Having greeted, bidding farewell and justifying his statement to Rama, that leader of the community departed, leaving the hermitage, along with a host of sages.
saH kulapati = that leader of the community; abhinandya = having greeted; samaapR^ichchhya = bade farewell; samaadhaaya = and justified his statement; raaghavam = to Rama; jagaama = went; tyaktvaa = leaving; aashramam = the hermitage; kulaissaha = along with a company of sages.
2.116.25
रामः संसाध्य तु ऋषि गणम् अनुगमना |
देशात् तस्माच्चित् कुल पतिम् अभिवाद्य ऋषिम् |
सम्यक् प्रीतैः तैर् अनुमत उपदिष्ट अर्थः |
पुण्यम् वासाय स्व निलयम् उपसम्पेदे ॥
Accompanying them for a distance from that place, bidding farewell to that group of sages, offering his salutation to that ascetic, the leader of the community and taking leave of them, who were well-pleased and having received their counsel, Rama returned to his dwelling, which was sacred to reside.
anugamanaat = accompanying them for a distance; tasmaat deshaat = from that place; samsaadhya = bidding farewell; R^iSigaNam = to that group of sages; abhivaadya = offering salutation; R^iSim = to that ascetic; kulapatim = the leader of the community; anumataH = and taking leave; taiH = of them; samyak = who were well; priitaiH = pleased; upadiSTaarthaH = and having received their counsel; raamaH = Rama; upasampade = reached; svam nilayam = his own home; puNyam = which was sacred; vaasaaya = to reside.
2.116.26
आश्रमम् तु ऋषि विरहितम् प्रभुः |
क्षणम् अपि न जहौ स राघवः |
राघवम् हि सततम् अनुगताः |
स्तापसाः च ऋषि चरित धृत गुणाः ॥
That Rama, the lord, did not leave even for a moment that hermitage that had been deserted by the sages. But some ascetics among them who had fixed their mind on Rama (who followed the conduct of the sages) constantly followed Rama.
saH raaghavaH = that Rama; prabhuH = the lord; na jahau = did not leave; kSaNampai = even for a moment; aashramam = that hermitage (that had been deserted by the sages); taapasaashcha = but some ascetics among them; dhR^itaguNaaH = who had fixed their mind; raaghavam = on Rama; aarSacharite = who followed the conduct of the sages; satatam = constantly; anugataaH hi = followed Rama.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे षोडशोत्तरशततमः सर्गः
Sarga 117
2.117.1
राघवः तु अपयातेषु तपस्विषु विचिन्तयन् |
न तत्र अरोचयद् वासम् कारणैर् बहुभिः तदा ॥
Thereafter, when the sages departed, Rama, reflecting again and again, found no pleasure to remain in that place for many reasons.
atha = thereafter; tapasviSu = (When) the sages; yaateSu = departed; raaghavastu = Rama; tadaa = then; vichintayan = reflecting again and again; naarochayat = found no pleasure; vaasam = to remain; tatra = in that place; bahubhiH = for many; kaaraNariH = reasons.
2.117.2
इह मे भरतो दृष्टो मातरः च सनागराः |
सा च मे स्मृतिर् अन्वेति तान् नित्यम् अनुशोचतः ॥
"It is here that Bharata, my mother along with the inhabitants of the city visited me. That memory haunts me, who lament for them daily."
iha = It is here; bharataH = (that) Bharata; maatarashcha = my mother; sanaagaraaH = along with the inhabitants of the city; dR^iSTaH = visited; me = me; saa smR^itiH cha = that memory; anveti = haunts; me = me; anushochataH = who lament; taan = for them; nityam = daily.
2.117.3
स्कन्ध आवार निवेशेन तेन तस्य महात्मनः |
हय हस्ति करीषैः च उपमर्दः कृतो भृशम् ॥
"The dry dung of horses and elephants of that high souled Bharata's encamped army caused much spoliation (around here)."
haya hastikariiSaishcha = the dry dung of horses and elephants; tasya mahaatmanaH = of that high-souled Bharata's; skandaavaaraniveshena = encamped army; kR^itaH = caused; bhR^isham = much; upamardaH = spoliation.
2.117.4
तस्माद् अन्यत्र गग्च्छाम इति संचिन्त्य राघवः |
प्रातिष्ठत स वैदेह्या लक्ष्मणेन च सम्गतः ॥
"We shall, therefore, move elsewhere", pondering thus, Rama along with Seetha and Lakshmana left that place.
gachchhaamaH = "We shall move"; tasmaat = therefore; anyatra = else where"; iti = thus; samchintya = pondering; saH raaghavaH = that Rama; sangataH = along with; vaidihyaaH = Seetha; lakSmaNena = and Lakshmana; pratiSThata = left (that place)
2.117.5
सो अत्रेर् आश्रमम् आसाद्य तम् ववन्दे महा यशाः |
तम् च अपि भगवान् अत्रिः पुत्रवत् प्रत्यपद्यत ॥
On the way, after reaching the hermitage of a sage called Atri, the highly celebrated Rama offered salutation to that sage. The venerable sage, Atri too received him as his own son.
aasaadya = reaching; aashramam = the hermitage; atreH = of Atri; a sage; saH raamaH = that Rama; mahaayashaaH = the highly celebrated; vavande = offered bhagavaan = the venerable; atriH api = Atri also; pratyapadyata = received; tam = his; putravat = as his own son.
2.117.6
स्वयम् आतिथ्यम् आदिश्य सर्वम् अस्य सुसत्कृतम् |
सौमित्रिम् च महा भागाम् सीताम् च समसान्त्वयत् ॥
Offering personally, abundant hospitality with full honours to Rama, the sage Atri rendered equal honour to Lakshmana and the highly blessed Seetha too.
aadishya = offering; svayam = personally; sarvam = abundant; aatithyam = hospitality; susatkR^itam = with full honours; asya = to Rama; samasaantvayat = (he) rendered equal honour; saumitramcha = to Lakshmana; mahaabhaagaam = and the highly blessed; siitaamcha = Seetha too.
2.117.7
पत्नीम् च तम् अनुप्राप्ताम् वृद्धाम् आमन्त्र्य सत्कृताम् |
सान्त्वयाम् आस धर्मज्नः सर्व भूत हिते रतः ॥
Atri, who knew righteousness and who was interested in the welfare of all beings, called his aged wife Anasuya who had just come there, she who was revered by all and addressed gently to her.
dharmajJNaH = (Atri) who knew righteousness; ratiH = and who was interested; sarva bhuuta hite = in the welfare of all beings; aamantrya = called vR^iddhaam = patriimcha = his aged wife; (Anasuya) samanupraaptaam = who had just come there; satkR^itaam = she; who was revered by all; saantvayaamaasca = and addressed gently to her.
2.117.8
अनसूयाम् महा भागाम् तापसीम् धर्म चारिणीम् |
प्रतिगृह्णीष्व वैदेहीम् अब्रवीद् ऋषि सत्तमः ॥रामाय च आचचक्षे ताम् तापसीम् धर्म चारिणीम् |
Atri excellent sage spoke to the illustrious Anasuya, rich in asceticism and who lived a pious life, saying "You welcome Videha's daughter!" and thereafter introduced that virtuous female ascetic to Rama (as follows):
R^iSisattamaH = Atri; the excellent sage; abraviit = spoke; anasuuyaam = to Anasuya; mahaabhaayaam = the fortunate one; taapasiim = rich in asceticism; dharma chaariNiim = and who lived a pious life; (saying); pratigR^ihNiiSva = you welcome; vaidehiim = Videha's daughter! aachachakSecha = and related the story; dharmachaariNiim = of that virtuous; taam taapasiim = female ascetic; raamaaya = to Rama (as follows)
2.117.9
दश वर्षाण्य् अनावृष्ट्या दग्धे लोके निरन्तरम् ॥यया मूल फले सृष्टे जाह्नवी च प्रवर्तिता |
उग्रेण तपसा युक्ता नियमैः च अप्य् अलम्कृता ॥दश वर्ष सहस्राणि यया तप्तम् महत् तपः |
अनसूया व्रतैः तात प्रत्यूहाः च निबर्हिताः ॥देव कार्य निमित्तम् च यया सम्त्वरमाणया |
दश रात्रम् कृत्वा रात्रिः सा इयम् माता इव ते अनघ ॥
"O, Irreproachable Rama! When the earth was burnt up by drought without break for ten years, this virtuous woman produced fruit and roots, caused the River Jahnavi to flow here, undergoing a rigid mortification enriched by pious observances, by whom the most severe asceticism was practised for ten thousand years and obstacles were done away with and by whom for the reason of a divine command, in a great hurry ten nights were reduced to one night.* This Anasuya, who has bathed after completion of the voes, is like a mother to you."
9; 10; 11; 12. anagha = O; Irreproachable!; loke = (when) the earth; dagdhe = was burnt up; anaavR^iSTyaa = by drought; niramtaram = without break; dashavarSaaNi = over a period of ten years; yayera = this virtuous woman; sR^iSTe = produced; muula phale = fruit and roots; jaahnaviicha = caused the River Jahnavi; pravartitaa = to flow here; yuktaa = undergoing; ugreNa = a right; tapasaa = mortification; alaNkR^itaa = enriched; niya maishchaapi = by pious observances; yayaa = by whom; mahat = the most severe; tapaH = asceticism; taptam = was practised; dashavarSa sahasraaNi = for ten thousand years; pratyuuhaaH = and obstacles; nivartitaaH = were done away with; yayaa = and by whom; deva kaaryanimittam = for the reason of a divine command; santvaramaaNayaa = in a great hurry; desharaatram = ten nightes; kR^itaa = were reduced; raatriH = to one night;* saa = she; iyam anasuuyaa = this Anasuya; vrataiH snaataa = the one who has bathed after completion of the voes; maateva = is like a mother; te = to you.
*We read in Puranas how sage Mandavya once pronounced a curse against a hermitess, Sandili by name, who was a friend of Anasuya that she would be widowed one morning within the next ten days. The hermitess in her turn pronounced a counter-curse saying that there would be no dawn any more. Alarmed at this, gods approached Anasuya, who by virtue of her asceticism converted the period of ten nights into one and in this way averted the death of the hermittess, husband and accomplished the purpose of gods.
2.117.13
ताम् इमाम् सर्व भूतानाम् नमः कार्याम् यशस्विनीम् |
अभिगग्च्छतु वैदेही वृद्धाम् अक्रोधनाम् सदा ॥
"Let Seetha find refuge with that ascetic, who is revered by all the beings, famous as she is and though old is ever free from anger."
vaidehii = (Let) Seetha; abhigachchhatu = find refuge; taam = with such; imaam = this ascetic; namaskaaryaam = who is revered; sarva bhuutaanaam = by all the beings; yashasviniim = famous as she is vR^iddhaam = (and though) old; sadaa = is ever; akrodhanaam = free from anger.
2.117.14
एवम् ब्रुवाणम् तम् ऋषिम् तथा इत्य् उक्त्वा स राघवः |
सीताम् उवाच धर्मज्नाम् इदम् वचनम् उत्तमम् ॥
Saying "Be it so" to the aforesaid sage, who was speaking thus, Rama spoke to the virtuous Seetha, the following excellent words:
saH raaghavaH = that Rama; uktvaa = saying; tatheti = "Be it so"; tam R^iSim = to that sage; evam = thus; bruvaaNam = spoken; uvaacha = and spoke; dharmajJNaam = to the virtuous; siitaam = Seetha; idam = these; uttamam = excellent; vachanam = words.
2.117.15
राज पुत्रि श्रुतम् तु एतन् मुनेर् अस्य समीरितम् |
श्रेयो अर्थम् आत्मनः शीघ्रम् अभिगग्च्छ तपस्विनीम् ॥
"O, princess! You have heard what the sage has said. For your own good, approach the saintly Anasuya without delay."
raaja putri = O; princess!; shrutam = you have heard; idam samiiritam = these words; asya muneH = of this sage; aatmanaH = for your own; shreyaH artham = good; shiighram = quickly; abhigachchha = approach; tapasviniim = the saintly Anasuya.
2.117.16
सीता तु एतद् वचः श्रुत्वा राघवस्य हित एषिणी |
ताम् अत्रि पत्नीम् धर्मज्नाम् अभिचक्राम मैथिली ॥
Hearing these words of Rama, who is desirous of her welfare, Seetha the daughter of Mithila circumambulated around Anasuya, Atri's wife, who knows piety.
shrutvaa = hearing; etadvachaH = these words; raaghavasya = of Rama; hitaiSiNaH = who is desirous of her welfare; siitaatu = Seetha; maithilii = the daughter of Mithila; abhichakraama = circumambulated; taam = that; atripatniim = Anasuya; Atri's wife; dharmajJNaam = who knows piety.
2.117.17
शिथिलाम् वलिताम् वृद्धाम् जरा पाण्डुर मूर्धजाम् |
सततम् वेपमान अन्गीम् प्रवाते कदली यथा ॥ताम् तु सीता महा भागाम् अनसूयाम् पति व्रताम् |
अभ्यवादयद् अव्यग्रा स्वम् नाम समुदाहरत् ॥
Seetha coolly and reverently paid homage to that fortunate Anasuya, a devoted and virtuous wife, who was feeble, wrinkled, aged, with her hair turned grey due to old age, and whose frame constantly shook like a banana tree in a storm. Seetha introduced herself, by announcing her name to Anasuya.
17; 18. siita = Seetha; avyagraa = coolly; abhyavaadayat = reverently paid homage; taam mahaabhaagaam = to that fortunate; anasuuyaam = Anasuya; pativrataa = a devoted and virtuous wife; shithilaam = who was feeble; palitaam = wrinkled; vR^iddhaam = aged; jaraapaaNDuramuurdhajaam = with her hair turned grey due to old age; vepamaanaaNgiim = and whose frame shook; satatam = constantly; kadaliim yathaa = like a banana tree; pravaate = in a strom; samudaaharat = (Seetha) told; (to Anasuya).
2.117.19
अभिवाद्य च वैदेही तापसीम् ताम् अनिन्दिताम् |
बद्ध अन्जलि पुटा हृष्टा पर्यपृग्च्छद् अनामयम् ॥
Saluting the irreproachable ascetic the rejoiced Seetha with joined palms enquired about he well-being.
abhivaadya = Saluting; aninditaam = the irreproachable; taam taapasiim = (that) ascetic; vaidehii = Seetha; baddhaajJNalipuTaa = with joined palms; hR^iSTaa = and rejoiced; paryapR^ichchhat = enquired; anaamayam = about her well-being.
2.117.20
ततः सीताम् महा भागाम् दृष्ट्वा ताम् धर्म चारिणीम् |
सान्त्वयन्त्य् अब्रवीद्द् हृष्टा दिष्ट्या धर्मम् अवेक्षसे ॥
Then, comforting that celebrated Seetha, engaged in righteous acts, Anasuya rejoicingly spoke as follows: "Luckily enough, you are attending to righteousness."
tataH = then; saantvayantii = comforting; taam mahaabhaagaam = that celebrated; siitaam = Seetha; dharmachariNiim = engaged in righteous acts; (Anasuya); hR^iSTaa = rejoicingly; abraviit = spoke (as follows); avekSase = you are attending; dharmam = to righteousness; diSTyaa = luckily enough.
2.117.21
त्यक्त्वा ज्नाति जनम् सीते मानम् ऋद्धिम् च मानिनि |
अवरुद्धम् वने रामम् दिष्ट्या त्वम् अनुगग्च्छसि ॥
"O, Seetha the beautiful lady! Thank heaven! Leaving your relatives, honour and prosperity, you are accompanying Rama, who is expelled into a forest."
siite = O; Seetha; bhaamini = the beautiful lady!; diSTyaa = thank heaven!; tyaktvaa = Leaving; jJNaatijanam = your relatives; maanam = the honour; R^iddhimcha = and prosperity; anugachchhasi = you are accompanying; raamam = Rama; avaruddham = who is expelled vane = into a forest.
2.117.22
नगरस्थो वनस्थो वा पापो वा यदि वा अशुभः |
यासाम् स्त्रीणाम् प्रियो भर्ता तासाम् लोका महा उदयाः ॥
"Highly fortunate worlds await those women, await those women, to whom their husband is dear no matter whether he lives in a city or in a forest; whether he is sinful or virtuous."
yaasaam = to which; striiNaam = women; bhartaa = their husband; nagarasthaH = whether lives in a city; vanasthovaa = or in a forest; paapovaa = whether he is sinful; yadi vaa = or; shubhaH = virtuous; priyaH = (he is) dear (to her); taasaam = to them; (are obtained) mahodayaaH = greatly fortunate; lokaaH = words.
2.117.23
दुह्शीलः काम वृत्तो वा धनैर् वा परिवर्जितः |
स्त्रीणाम् आर्य स्वभावानाम् परमम् दैवतम् पतिः ॥
"To women of noble nature, the husband is the highest deity no mater whether he is ill-behaved or licentious or devoid of riches."
striiNaam = to women; aaryasvabhaavaanaam = of noble nature; patiH = husband; paramam = is the hightest daivatam = deity; duSiilaH = whether he is ill-behaved; kaama vR^ittovaa = or licentious; parivarjitovaa = or devoid of; dhanaiH = riches.
2.117.24
न अतो विशिष्टम् पश्यामि बान्धवम् विमृशन्त्य् अहम् |
सर्वत्र योग्यम् वैदेहि तपः कृतम् इव अव्ययम् ॥
"O, Seetha! On a reflection, I perceive none who is a better friend than a husband, who protects his wife in all circumstances, like the imperishable fruit of one's austerities."
vaidehi = O; Seetha!; vimR^ishantii = On a reflection; na pashyaami = I perceive; na = none; vishiSTam = who is a better; baandhavam = friend; ataH = than a husband; yogyam = who protects his wife; sarvatra = in all circumstances; avyayam iva = like the imperishable fruit; kR^itam = accomplished; tapaH = of one's austerities.
2.117.25
न तु एवम् अवगग्च्छन्ति गुण दोषम् असत् स्त्रियः |
काम वक्तव्य हृदया भर्तृ नाथाः चरन्ति याः ॥
"Those evil women, whose hearts follow their passions and conduct themselves dominating their husband, having no understanding of virtue and vice, do not follow him in the aforesaid manner."
yaaH = those women; kaama vaktavya hR^idayaaH = whose hearts follow their passions; charanti = and; conduct themselves; bhartR^inaathaaH = dominating their husbands; aststriyaH = such evil women; na avagachchhanti = having no understanding; guNa doSam = of virtue and vice; evam = (do not follow him) in the aforesaid manner.
2.117.26
प्राप्नुवन्त्य् अयशः चैव धर्म भ्रंशम् च मैथिलि |
अकार्य वशम् आपन्नाः स्त्रियो याः खलु तद् विधाः ॥
"O, Seetha! Surely, those evil women, who get into an improper act of authority over their husbands reap infamy and decline in righteousness."
maithili = O; Seetha!; khalu = Indeed; yaaH striyaH = those women; aapannaH = who get into akaarya vasham = an improper act of authority; tadvidhaaH = in the aforesaid manner; praapnuvanti = reap; ayashashcha = infamy; dharma bhramsham = and decline of righteousness.
2.117.27
त्वद् विधाः तु गुणैर् युक्ता दृष्ट लोक पर अवराः |
स्त्रियः स्वर्गे चरिष्यन्ति यथा पुण्य कृतः तथा ॥
"Women, like you, on the other hand who are endowed with virtues, who look with detachment on prosperity and adversity in this world, therefore dwell in heaven as those who performed meritorious deeds."
striyastu = women; tvadvidhaaH = like you; yuktaaH = who are endowed; guNaiH = with virtues; dR^iSTa loka paraaparaaH = who look with detachment on prosperity and adversity in this world; yathaa tathaa = therefore; chariSyanti = dwell; svarge = in heaven; yathaa = as; dharmakR^itaH = those who performed meritorious deeds.
2.117.28
तदेवमेनम् त्वमनुच्रता सती |
पतिव्रतानाम् समयानुवर्तिनी |
भव स्वभर्तुः सहधर्मचारिणी |
यश्श्च धर्मम् च ततः समाप्स्यसि ॥
"Thus devoted to your lord, loyal to your husband, following established rules, you become an honest wife to your husband and obtain merit and renown."
tat = thus; anuvrataa satii = devoted; enam = to your lord; pativrataanaam = loyal to your hasband; samayaanuvartinii = following established rules; tvam = you; bhava = become; saha dharmachaariNii = an honest wife; svabhartuH = to your husbandtataH = and thereby; samaapsyasi = obtain; yashashcha = renown; dharmam = and merit.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे सप्तदशोत्तरशततमः सर्गः
Sarga 118
2.118.1
सा तु एवम् उक्ता वैदेही अनसूयान् असूयया |
प्रतिपूज्य वचो मन्दम् प्रवक्तुम् उपचक्रमे ॥
Anasuya having spoken thus, Seetha without any jealousy, full of reverence for her, addressed her gently as follows:
saa vaidehii = that Seetha; anasuuyaa = without any jealousy; evam = thus; uktaa = spoken; anasuuyayaa = by Anasuya; pratipuujya = with full reverence to; vachaH = her word; upachakrame = and began; pravaktum = to speak; mandam = gently (as follows):
2.118.2
न एतद् आश्चर्यम् आर्याया यन् माम् त्वम् अनुभाषसे |
विदितम् तु मम अप्य् एतद् यथा नार्याः पतिर् गुरुः ॥
"It is not a surprise that a venerable woman like a you, talk to me like this, for, I know well that a husband is a respectable person for a woman."
na = It is not; aashcharyan = a surprise; yat tvam = that you; aaryaayaaH = a venerable woman like you; abhibhaaSate = talk; maam = to me; etat = like this; viditam tu = It is known; mamaapi = to me too; etat = this acclamation; yathaa = how; patiH = a husband; guruH = is a respectable person; naaryaaH = for a woman.
2.118.3
यद्य् अप्य् एष भवेद् भर्ता मम आर्ये वृत्त वर्जितः |
अद्वैधम् उपवर्तव्यः तथा अप्य् एष मया भवेत् ॥
"O, venerable woman! Even if my husband be without fortune, he should unhesitatingly be obeyed by me."
aarye = O; venerable woman!; yadyapi = even if; eSaH = this; mama bhartaa = my husband; bhavet = be; vR^itta arjitaH = without fortune; eSaH = he; tathaapi = even the; advaidham = should unhesitatingly; upachartavyaH = be obeyed; mayaa = by me.
2.118.4
किम् पुनर् यो गुण श्लाघ्यः सानुक्रोशो जित इन्द्रियः |
स्थिर अनुरागो धर्म आत्मा मातृ वर्ती पितृ प्रियः ॥
"How much more, if he be renowned for his virtues, compassionate, master of my heart, who is ever affectionate, a religious person, manifests the tenderness of a mother and a father to me."
kim punaH = how much more; yaH = if he be; gunaH shlaaghyaH = renowned for his virtues; saamkroshaH = compassionate; jitendriyaH = master of my heart; sthiraanuraagaH = who is ever affectionate; dharmaatmaa = a religious person; priyaH = and manifests the tenderness; maatR^ivat = of a mother; pitR^ivat = and a father (to me).
2.118.5
याम् वृत्तिम् वर्तते रामः कौसल्यायाम् महा बलः |
ताम् एव नृप नारीणाम् अन्यासाम् अपि वर्तते ॥
The exceedingly strong Rama bears himself to all other Queens, as he exercises his behaviour towards his mother, Kausalya."
mahaabalaH = the exceedingly strong; raamaH = Rama; vartate = bears; taameva = himself; a nyaasaam = to all other; nR^ipanaariiNaamapi = Queens; yaam vartate = as he exercises; vR^ittim = his behaviour; kausalyaayaam = towards Kausalya.
2.118.6
सकृद् दृष्टासु अपि स्त्रीषु नृपेण नृप वत्सलः |
मातृवद् वर्तते वीरो मानम् उत्सृज्य धर्मवित् ॥
"The valiant and pious Rama who is devoted to Dasartha and free from all sense of importance treats all those women as his mothers on whom Dasaratha has even once bestowed a single glance."
viiraH = the valiant Rama; nR^ipavatsalaH = who has affection towards Dasaratha; dharmavit = and who knows righteousness; vartate = behaves; maatR^ivat = like with a mother; striiSvapi = towards even the women; dR^iSTaasu = who were seen; nR^ipaNa = by Dasaratha; sakR^it = even once; utsR^ijya = free from; maanam = all sense of importance.
2.118.7
आगग्च्छन्त्याः च विजनम् वनम् एवम् भय आवहम् |
समाहितम् हि मे श्वश्र्वा हृदये यत् स्थितम् महत् ॥
"While departing for the lonely and fearful forest, my mother-in-law imparted a great message to me, which I have inscribed in my heart."
aagachchhantyaaH = while departing; evam = thus; bhayaavaham = for a fearful; vijanam = and lonely; vanam = forest; dhR^itam = I am hR^idaye = in my heart; tat = that; mahat = great message; samaahitam = imparted; me = to me; shvashraa = by my mother-in-law.
2.118.8
प्राणि प्रदान काले च यत् पुरा तु अग्नि सम्निधौ |
अनुशिष्टा जनन्या अस्मि वाक्यम् तद् अपि मे धृतम् ॥
"What my mother taught me when witnessed by the fire, earlier at the time of my marriage with Rama, I shall always remember them."
puraa = earlier; paaNipraadaana kaale = at the time of my marriage; agnisannidhau = in the vicinity of a fire; yat = which; vaakyam = words; asmi = I was; anushiSTaa = taught; jananyaa = by my mother; tadapi = those words dhR^itam = are detained; me = by me.
2.118.9
नवी कृतम् तु तत् सर्वम् वाक्यैः ते धर्म चारिणि |
पति शुश्रूषणान् नार्याः तपो न अन्यद् विधीयते ॥
"O, virtuous woman! By your words, all that is being renewed. No austerity, other than obedience to one's husband is decreed for a woman."
dharma chaariNi = O; virtuous woman!; te vaakyaiH = by your words; tat sarvam = all that; naviikR^itam = is being renewed; anyat = other than; patishushruuSaNaat = obedience to one's husband; na tapaH = no austerity; vidhiiyate = is decreed; maaryaaH = for a woman.
2.118.10
सावित्री पति शुश्रूषाम् कृत्वा स्वर्गे महीयते ||
तथा वृत्तिः च याता त्वम् पति शुश्रूषया दिवम् ॥
Savitri* is now highly honoured in heaven, for having served her lord faithfully heaven, You too, having followed this, will proceed to heaven, in showing obedience to your husband."
saavitrii = Savitri*; mahiiyate = is highly honoured; svarge = in heaven; kR^itvaa = for having done; patishushruuSaam = service to her lord; tvam cha = you too; tathaa vR^ithiH = having such a conduct; yaataa = will proceed; divam = to heaven; pati shushruuSayaa = by obedience to your husband.
SAvitri was the celebrated wife of Prince Satyavan.
2.118.11
वरिष्ठा सर्व नारीणाम् एषा च दिवि देवता |
रोहिणी च विना चन्द्रम् मुहूर्तम् अपि दृश्यते ॥
"This goddess Rohini, the excellent among all women, is not seen without the moon even for a single moment in the sky."
eSaa rohiNii = This goddess Rohini; variSThaa = the excellent; sarva nariiNaam = among all the women; na dR^ishyate = is not seen; chandram vinaa = without the moon; muhuurtamapi = even for a moment; divi = in the sky.
2.118.12
एवम् विधाः च प्रवराः स्त्रियो भर्तृ दृढ व्रताः |
देव लोके महीयन्ते पुण्येन स्वेन कर्मणा ॥
"Such excellent women, devoted to their husbands, and by their meritorious deeds, are highly honoured in heaven."
evam vidhaaH = such; pravaraaH = excellent; striyaH = women; bhartR^idriDha vrataaH = devoted to their husbands; svena = by their own; puNyena = meritorious; karmaNaa = deed; mahiiyante = are highly honoured; devaloke = in heaven.
2.118.13
ततो अनसूया सम्हृष्टा श्रुत्वा उक्तम् सीतया वचः |
शिरस्य् आघ्राय च उवाच मैथिलीम् हर्षयन्त्य् उत ॥
Hearing the words of Seetha, Anasuya was very much pleased, kissed on Seetha's forehead and spoke delightfully (as follows)
tataH = then; shrutvaa = hearing; vachaH = the words; uktam = spoken; siitayaa = by Seetha; anasuuyaa = Anasuya; samhR^iSTaa = was very much pleased; aaghraaya = kissed on; shirasi = the head; maithiliim = of Seetha; uvaacha = and spoke; harSayantii = delightfully (as follows)
2.118.14
नियमैर् विविधैर् आप्तम् तपो हि महद् अस्ति मे |
तत् संश्रित्य बलम् सीते चन्दये त्वाम् शुचि व्रते ॥
"O, Seetha with a bright smile! There is a great merit acquired by me in virtue of my various pious observances. Through that power, I wish to confer a boon on you."
siite = O; Seetha; shuchi smite = with a bright smile!; asti hi = there is indeed; mahat = a great; tapaH = merit; aaptam = acquired; me = by me; vividhaiH = in virtue of my various; niyamaiH = pious observances; samshritya = taking shelter; tat balam = of that power; chhandaye = I wish to confer a boon; tvaam = on you.
2.118.15
उपपन्नम् च युक्तम् च वचनम् तव मैथिलि |
प्रीता च अस्म्य् उचितम् किम् ते करवाणि ब्रवीह्यहम् ॥
"O, Seetha! Your words are suitable for the occasion and are charming too. I am satisfied. Tell me what good I may do for you."
maithili = O; Seetha!; tava rachanam = your words; upapannam = are suited for the occasion; manojJNamcha = and are charming too; asmi = I am; priitaa = satisfied; braviihi = tell; me = me; kim = what; uchitam good; aham karavaaNi = I may do; te = for you.
2.118.16
तस्यास्तद्वचनम् श्रुत्वा विस्मिता मन्दविस्मया |
कृतम् इत्य् अब्रवीत् सीता तपो बल समन्विताम् ॥
Hearing those words of Anasuya, Seetha was surprised and with a gentle smile spoke to her, who was richly endowed with the power of askesis, saying; "Everything stands fulfilled (by your grace).
shrutvaa = hearing; tadvachanam = those words; tasyaaH = of Anasuya; siitaa = Seetha; vismitaa = was surprised; mandavismayaa = and with gentle smile; abraviit = spoke; tapobala samanvitam = to Anasuya who was richly endowed with the power of askesis; (as follows): kR^itamiti = "Everything stands fulfilled (by your grace)."
2.118.17
सा तु एवम् उक्ता धर्मज्ना तया प्रीततरा अभवत् |
सफलम् च प्रहर्षम् ते हन्त सीते करोम्यहम् ॥
Thus spoken by Seetha, the pious-minded Anasuya became more delighted and said: "O, Seetha! Alas! I will create a great joy for you, which will be to your advantage."
evam = thus; uktaa = spoken; tayaa = by that Seetha; saa = that Anasuya; dharmajNaa = the pious minded; abhavat = became; priita taraa = more delighted; siite = O; Seetha!; hanta = Alas!; aham = I; karomi = will create; praharSam = a great joy; te = for you; saphalam = which will be to your advantage.
2.118.18
इदम् दिव्यम् वरम् माल्यम् वस्त्रम् आभरणानि च |
अन्ग रागम् च वैदेहि महा अर्हम् अनुलेपनम् ॥मया दत्तम् इदम् सीते तव गात्राणि शोभयेत् |
अनुरूपम् असम्क्लिष्टम् नित्यम् एव भविष्यति ॥
"O, Seetha, the daughter of Videha kingdom! Here are divine gifts: a garland, an apparel, jewels, a scented cosmetic and rare body-cream. These are all given by me to adorn your limbs. They will be ever worthy of your and will remain in tact (even after constant use)."
18; 19. siite = O; Seetha; vaidehi = the daughter of Videha kingdom!; idam = here are; divyam = divine; varam = gifts; maalyam = a garland; vastram = apparel; aabharaNaanicha = jewels; aN^ga raagamcha = scented cosmetic; mahaarham = and a rare; anulepanamcha = cream; idam = these are all; dattam = given; mayaa = by me; shobhayet = to adorn; tava = your; gaatraaNi = limbs; nityameva = It wll be ever; anuruupam = worthy of you; bhaviSyati = and will remain; asamkliSTam = intact (even after constant use).
2.118.20
अन्ग रागेण दिव्येन लिप्त अन्गी जनक आत्मजे |
शोभयिष्यामि भर्तारम् यथा श्रीर् विष्णुम् अव्ययम् ॥
"O, Seetha! Your body, anointed with these heavenly cosmetics, will cause your husband to look beautiful, as Lakshmi (the goddess of fortune and beauty) does the imperishable Vishnu (the Lord of Preservation)."
janakaatmaje = O; Seetha! liptaaN^gii = your body; anointed; divyena = with this celestial; aN^garaageNa = cosmetic; shobhayiSyasi bhartaaram = will cause yourhusabdn to look beautiful; yathaa = as; shriiH = Lakshmi (the goddess of fortune and beauty); (does); avyayam = the imperishable; viSNum = Vishnu (the lord of preservation).
2.118.21
सा वस्त्रम् अन्ग रागम् च भूषणानि स्रजः तथा |
मैथिली प्रतिजग्राह प्रीति दानम् अनुत्तमम् ॥
Seetha accepted the apparel, the scented cosmetic, the jewels and the garlands as unsurpassed gifts of love.
saa maithilii = that Seetha; pratijagraaha = accepted; vastram = the apparel; aNgaraagam cha = the scented cosmetic; bhuuSaNaani = the jewels; tathaa = and; srajaH = the garlands; anuttamam = as unsurpassed priitidaanam = gifts of love.
2.118.22
प्रतिगृह्य च तत् सीता प्रीति दानम् यशस्विनी |
श्लिष्ट अन्जलि पुटा धीरा समुपास्त तपो धनाम् ॥
Having accepted those gifts of love, the illustrious Seetha with joined palms, sat near that female ascetic.
yashasvinii = the illustrious; siitaa = Seetha; pratigR^ihya = having accepted; tat = those; priitidaanam = gifts of love; shliSTaajJNalipuTaa = with joined palms; samupaasta = sat near; tapodhanaam = that female ascetic.
2.118.23
तथा सीताम् उपासीनाम् अनसूया दृढ व्रता |
वचनम् प्रष्टुम् आरेभे कांचिद् त्प्रियाम् कथामनु ॥
To inquire about a lovely tale of once upon a time, Anasuya who was firm in austerity, started asking the following words to Seetha who was sitting near her in that manner.
praSTum = to inquire about; priyakathaamanu = a lovely tale; kaamchit = of once upon a time; anasuuyaa = Anasuya; dR^iDhavrataa = who was firm in austerity; aarebhe = started (asking); vachanam = (the following) words; siitaam = to Seetha; upaasiinaam = who was sitting near her;tathaa = in that manner.
2.118.24
स्वयम् वरे किल प्राप्ता त्वम् अनेन यशस्विना |
राघवेण इति मे सीते कथा श्रुतिम् उपागता ॥
"O, Seetha! It is so said that you were won by the illustrious Rama through a process of your self-choosing (svayamvara)*. This report has reached my ear."
siite = O; Seetha! kila = It is so said that; tvam = you; praaptaa = were received as a wife; raaghaveNa = by Rama; yashasvinaa = the illustrious man; svayamvare = through a process of your self-choosing; iti = this; kathaa = report; upaagataa = has reached; me = my; shrutim = ear.
*Svayamvara= the ceremony of self-choice, when a princess chooses her own consort from the royal suitors assembled, by placing a garland around his neck.
2.118.25
ताम् कथाम् श्रोतुम् इग्च्छामि विस्तरेण च मैथिलि |
यथा अनुभूतम् कार्त्स्न्येन तन् मे त्वम् वक्तुम् अर्हसि ॥
"O, Seetha! I wish to hear that narrative in detail. Hence, tell me that tale in full as you experienced it."
maithili = O; Seetha!; ichchhaami = I wish; shrotum = to hear; taam = that narrative; vistareNa = in detail; tat = hence; tvam = you; arhasi = ought; vaktum = to tell; kaarsnnyena = in full; yathaanubhuutam = as you experience it.
2.118.26
एवम् उक्ता तु सा सीता ताम् ततो धर्म चारिणीम् |
श्रूयताम् इति च उक्त्वा वै कथयाम् आस ताम् कथाम् ॥
Then, Seetha obediently answered, saying "Hear me" and began to truly narrate that tale of Svayamvara to the virtuous woman, Anasuya."
saa siitaa = that Seetha; uktaa = having been spoken; evam = thus; tataH = then; uktvaa = said; iti shruuyataam = "Let this be heard"; kathayaamaasa = and narrated; taam kathaam = that tale; vai = truly; taam = to that; dharmachaariNiim = Anasuya = the virtuous woman.
2.118.27
मिथिला अधिपतिर् वीरो जनको नाम धर्मवित् |
क्षत्र धर्मण्य् अभिरतो न्यायतः शास्ति मेदिनीम् ॥
"A king of Mithila kingdom, named Janaka who was valiant and a knower of righteousness, was devoted to the duty of his warrior class and was ruling the earth in a fitting manner."
mithilaadhipatiH = A king of Mithila kingdom; janakonaama = named Janaka; viiraH = who was valiant; dharmavit = and knower of righteousness; abhirataH = was devoted to; kSatra dharme = the duty of a Warrior class; shaasti = and was ruling; mediniim = the earth; nyaataH = in a fitting manner.
2.118.28
तस्य लान्गल हस्तस्य कर्षतः क्षेत्र मण्डलम् |
अहम् किल उत्थिता भित्त्वा जगतीम् नृपतेः सुता ॥
"While he was furrowing a territory of land, holding a plough in his hand, it is so said that I came forth, splitting up the land, as a daughter of that king."
tasya = (While) he; karSataH = was furrowing kSetra maNDalam = a territory of land; laaNgala hastasya = holding a plough in his hand; kila = it is so said that; aham = I; utthitaa = came forth; bhitvaa = splitting; jagatiim = the land; sutaa = as a daughter; nR^ipateH = of that king.
2.118.29
स माम् दृष्ट्वा नर पतिर् मुष्टि विक्षेप तत् परः |
पांशु गुण्ठित सर्व अन्गीम् विस्मितो जनको अभवत् ॥
"The king Janaka, who was absorbed in scattering handfuls of seeds was surprised to see me, with all my limbs covered with dust."
saH janakaH = that Janaka; narapatiH = the king; muSTi vikSepa tatparaH = who was absorbed in scattering handfuls of seeds; abhavat = became; vismitaH = surprised; dR^iSTvaa = to see; maam = me; paa su guNThita sarvaaNgii = with all my limbs covered with dust.
2.118.30
अनपत्येन च स्नेहाद् अन्कम् आरोप्य च स्वयम् |
मम इयम् तनया इत्य् उक्त्वा स्नेहो मयि निपातितः ॥
"Placing me personally in his lap with affection, that childless king Janaka called one as his daughter, and was very fond of me since then."
aaropya = placing me; svayam = himself; aNkam = in his lap; snchaat = with affection; anapatyena = that childless king; Janaka; uktvaa = spoke; iti = thus; iyam = She; mama tanayaa = is my daughter; snehaH = and his fondness; nipaatitaH = got a place.
2.118.31
अन्तरिक्षे च वाग् उक्ता अप्रतिमा मानुषी किल |
एवम् एतन् नर पते धर्मेण तनया तव ॥
"It is said that voice resembling that of a human being in the air above me rang out, saying": "O, King! Let it be so. This divine child without a match is a daughter to you, rightly."
kila = It is so said; vaak = A voice resembling that of a human being; antarikSe = in the air above me; uktaa = rang out; (saying); narapate = O; King!; evam etat = let it be so; amaanuSii = this divine being; apratimaa = without a match; tanayaa = is a daughter; tava = to you; dharmayaa = rightly.
2.118.32
ततः प्रहृष्टो धर्म आत्मा पिता मे मिथिला अधिपः |
अवाप्तो विपुलाम् ऋद्धिम् माम् अवाप्य नर अधिपः ॥
"Thereafter, my father the pious mind the lord of men and the king of Mithila kingdom was rejoiced in my possession and acquired extensive property."
tataH = thereafter; me pitaa = my father; dharmaatmaa = the pious minded; maraadhipaH = the lord of men; mithilaadhipaH = and the king of Mithila kingdom; prahR^iSTaH = was rejoiced; maam avaapya = in my possession; avaaptaH = and acquired; vipulaam = extensive; R^iddhim = property.
2.118.33
दत्त्वा च अस्मि इष्टवद् देव्यै ज्येष्ठायै पुण्य कर्मणा |
तया सम्भाविता च अस्मि स्निग्धया मातृ सौहृदात् ॥
"That king performing auspicious acts gave me into the care of the chief Queen. She nourished me fondly and with maternal affection."
puNyakarmaNaa = by that king performing auspicious acts; asmi = I was; datta = given; iSTavat = into the care of; jyeSThaayai devajai = the chief Queen; asmi = I was; sambhaavitaa = nourished; maatR^i sauhR^idaat = with maternal affection; snighdayaa = and tenderness; tayaa = by her.
2.118.34
पति सम्योग सुलभम् वयो दृष्ट्वा तु मे पिता |
चिन्ताम् अभ्यगमद् दीनो वित्त नाशाद् इव अधनः ॥
"Seeing my age to be such, when union with a husband can be easily had, my father fell a prey to anxiety like an indigent man, feeling miserable by the loss of all his possessions."
dR^iSTvaa = seeing; rayaH = my age; pati samyoga sulabham = to be such when union with a husabnd can be easily had; me pitaa = my father; abhyagamat = fell a prey; chintaam = to anxiety; adhanaH iva = like an indegent man; diinaH = miserable; vittanaashaat = from the loss of all his possessions.
2.118.35
सदृशाच् च अपकृष्टाच् च लोके कन्या पिता जनात् |
प्रधर्षणाम् अवाप्नोति शक्रेण अपि समो भुवि ॥
"Eventhough the father of an unmarried girl be like Indra himself on earth, suffers indignity in the world from the suitor's men, no matter whether they are equal or inferior to him."
kanyaapita samo.api = even though the father of an unmarried girl be like; shakreNa = Indra himself; bhuvi = on earth; avaapnoti = gets; pradharSaNaam = ill-treatment; loke = in the world; janaat = from the suitor's men; sadR^ishaashcha = ( no matter whether) they are equal; apakR^iSTaashcha = or inferior to him.
2.118.36
ताम् धर्षणाम् अदूरस्थाम् संदृश्य आत्मनि पार्थिवः |
चिन्न्ता अर्णव गतः पारम् न आससाद अप्लवो यथ ॥
"Perceiving that ill-treatment threatening him at no distant date, the king Janaka was plunged into an ocean of anxiety and did not reach its end any more than a man without a bark would reach the end of a sea."
dR^iSTvaa = perceiving; taam dharSaNaam = that ill-treatment; aduurasthaam = to be not far-off; aatmani = for him; paarthivaH = the king Janaka; chintaarNava gataH = was plunged into an ocean of anxiety; naasasaada = and did not reach; paaram = its end; aplavoyathaa = any more than a man without a bark (would reach the end of a sea)
2.118.37
अयोनिजाम् हि माम् ज्नात्वा न अध्यगग्च्छत् स चिन्तयन् |
सदृशम् च अनुरूपम् च मही पालः पतिम् मम ॥
"Knowing me to be the one not emerged from a mother's womb, the king after a deep reflection, was unable to find a suitable and worthy husband for me."
jJNaatvaa = knowing; maam = me; ayonijaam = to be the one not emerged from a mother's womb; mahiipaalaH = the king; vichintayan = after a deep reflection; naadhyagachchhat = was unable to find; anuruupam cha = a suitable; sadR^isham = and worthy; patim = husband; mama = for me.
2.118.38
तस्य बुद्धिर् इयम् जाता चिन्तयानस्य सम्ततम् |
स्वयम् वरम् तनूजायाः करिष्यामि इति धीमतः ॥
"After reflecting thus deeply, the thought came to him, 'I shall inaugurate a Svayamvara, a process of self-choosing marriage, for my daughter."
tasya = to him; dhiimataH = the wiseman; chintayaamasya = after reflecting (thus); santatam = constantly; jaataa = it has come; iyam buddiH = to his mind; iti = thus; kariSyaami = "I shall arrange; svayamvaram = for a process of self-choosing marriage; tanuujayaaH = for my daughter."
2.118.39
महा यज्ने तदा तस्य वरुणेन महात्मना |
दत्तम् धनुर् वरम् प्रीत्या तूणी च अक्षय्य सायकौ ॥
"In ancient days, Janaka received with affection from Varuna the rain-god, an excellent bow with two quivers that should never lack arrows."
tadaa = In ancient days; mahaayajJNe = on the occasion of a great sacrifice; mahaatmanaa = by the high-souled; varuNena = Varuna; the rain-god; tasya = to him; dattam = was given; dhanurvaram = an excellent bow; tuuNiicha = with two quivers; akSaya saayakau = that should never lack arrows; priityaa = with affection.
2.118.40
असंचाल्यम् मनुष्यैः च यत्नेन अपि च गौरवात् |
तन् न शक्ता नमयितुम् स्वप्नेषु अपि नर अधिपाः ॥
"That bow was so heavy in weight that no man could lift it up nor any of the kings were bale to bend it even in their dreams."
gauravaat = because of heavy weight; tat = that bow; asamchaalyam = which could not be lifted; manuSyaiH = by men; yatnenaapi = even with effort; naraadhiparaH = and the kings; na shaktaaH = were unable; namayitum = to bend (it); svapneSvapi = even in their dreams.
2.118.41
तद् धनुः प्राप्य मे पित्रा व्याहृतम् सत्य वादिना |
समवाये नर इन्द्राणाम् पूर्वम् आमन्त्र्य पार्थिवान् ॥
"My truthful father called all the princes first and informed them in a meeting about the bow to be lifted."
me pitraa = by my father; satyavaadinaa = who speaks truth; aamantrya = having called paarthivaan = the princes; puurvam = first; vyaahR^itam = informed; samavaaye = in their meeting; tat dhanuH = about that bow; praapya = to be lifted.
2.118.42
इदम् च धनुर् उद्यम्य सज्यम् यः कुरुते नरः |
तस्य मे दुहिता भार्या भविष्यति न संशयः ॥
"Whoever is able to lift up and string this bow, I will bestow my daughter in marriage on him. There is no doubt about it."
yaH narah = whichever man; udyamya = lifts; idam dhanuH = this bow; kurute sajyamcha = and strings it; tasya = to him; me duhitaa = my daughter; bhaviSyati = will become; bhaaryaa = a consort (to him); na = there is no; samshayaH = doubt.
2.118.43
तच् च दृष्ट्वा धनुः श्रेष्ठम् गौरवाद् गिरि सम्निभम् |
अभिवाद्य नृपा जग्मुर् अशक्ताः तस्य तोलने ॥
"Seeing that excellent bow, resembling a mountain in weight, and being unable to lift it up, the princes offered salutation to it and went away."
dR^iSTvaa = seeing; tat dhanuH shreSTham- that excellent bow; girisannibham = resembling a mountain; gauravaato = from the point of view of its heavy weight; asaktaaH = and bieng unable; tolane = to life; tasya = it; nR^ipaaH = the princes; abhivaadhya = offered salutation to it; jagmuH = and went away.
2.118.44
सुदीर्घस्य तु कालस्य राघवो अयम् महा द्युतिः |
विश्वामित्रेण सहितो यज्नम् द्रष्टुम् समागतः ॥लक्ष्मणेन सह भ्रात्रा रामः सत्य पराक्रमः |
"After a very long time, this Rama born in Raghu dynasty with a great splendour possessing a true valour, along with his brother Lakshmana together with a sage Visvamitra, came to witness a sacrifice."
sudiirghasya kaalasya = after a very long time; ayam raamaH = this Rama; raaghavaH = born in Raghu dynasty; mahaa dyutiH = with a great splendour; satya paraakramaH = possessing a true valour; lakSmaNena saha = along with Lakshmana; bhraatraa = his brother; vishvaamitreNa sahitaH = together with Visvamitra the sage; samaagataH- came; draSTum = to behold; yajNam = a sacrifice.
2.118.45
विश्वामित्रः तु धर्म आत्मा मम पित्रा सुपूजितः ॥प्रोवाच पितरम् तत्र राघवो राम लक्ष्मणौ |
"The pious-souled Visvamitra, having been received well by my father said to my father, (as follows):
dharmaatmaa = the pious souled; vishvaamitrastu = Visvamitra; supuujitaH = having been worshipped well; mama pitraa = by my father;bhraatarau = about the two brothers; raama lakSmaNau = Rama and Lakshmana; tatra = there.
2.118.46
सुतौ दशरथस्य इमौ धनुर् दर्शन कान्क्षिणौ ॥धनुर्दर्शय रामाय राजपुत्राय दैविकम् |
"These two boys, the sons of Dasaratha wish to see that bow. Show that bow, coming from gods, to Rama the prince."
imau = these two boys; sutau = the sons; dasharathasya = of Dasaratha; dhanurdarshana kaaN^kSiNau = wish to see that bow; darshaya = show; dhanuH = the bow; daivikam = coming from gods; raamaaya = to Rama; raajaputraaya = the prince.
2.118.47
इत्य् उक्तः तेन विप्रेण तद् धनुः समुपानयत् ॥निमेष अन्तर मात्रेण तद् आनम्य स वीर्यवान् |
ज्याम् समारोप्य झटिति पूरयाम् आस वीर्यवान् ॥
"Hearing the words of Vivamitra, Janaka caused the bow to be brought there. The mighty and the valiant Rama bent that bow merely within an instant and immediately stringed the bow with the bow-cord and drew the bow to the full."
47; 48. iti = thus; uktaH = spoken; tena viprena = by that Brahmana; tatodhanuH upaanayat = (Janaka) caused that bow to be brought there; mahaabalaH = the mighty; viiryavaan = and the valiant Rama; aanamya = bent; tat = that bow; nimeSaantara meatreNa = merely within an instant; jhaTiti = and soon; samaaropya = stringed the bow; jyaam = with the bows-cord; puurayaamaasa = ad drew the bow to the full.
2.118.49
तेन पूरयता वेगान् मध्ये भग्नम् द्विधा धनुः |
तस्य शब्दो अभवद् भीमः पतितस्य अशनेर् इव ॥
"While Rama was drawing the bow to the full, the bow was broken into two in the middle due to the resultant jerk. The terrific sound then created was like that of a falling thunderbolt."
tena = by that Rama; puurayataa = who was drawing the bow to the full; dhanuH = the bow; bhagnam = was broken; dvidhaaH = into two; madhye = in the middle vegaat = due to that jerk; tasya = its; bhiimaH = terrific; shabdaH = sound; abhavat = was; patitasya ashaneriva = like that of a falling thunder-bolt.
2.118.50
ततो अहम् तत्र रामाय पित्रा सत्य अभिसंधिना |
उद्यता दातुम् उद्यम्य जल भाजनम् उत्तमम् ॥
"Then and there, my father true to his promise decided to bestow me on Rama, offering him a jar of pure water."
tataH = then; tatra = and there; pitraa = by my father; satyaabhisandhinaa = who was true to his promise; nishchitaa = it was decided; daatum = to give; aham = me; raamaaya = to Rama; udyamya = offering him; jalabhaajanam = of jar of pure water.
2.118.51
दीयमानाम् न तु तदा प्रतिजग्राह राघवः |
अविज्नाय पितुः चन्दम् अयोध्या अधिपतेः प्रभोः ॥
"But Rama did not consent to accept my hand till the will of his father, the Lord and the king of Ayodhya had been made known to him."
tadaa = then; raaghavaH = Rama; na tu pratijagraaha = did not consent to accept; diiyamaanaam = me who was being offered to him; avijJNaaya = withut knowing; chhandam = the opinion; pituH = of his father; prabhoH = the Lord; ayodhyaadhipateH = and the king of Ayodhya.
2.118.52
ततः श्वशुरम् आमन्त्र्य वृद्धम् दशरथम् नृपम् |
मम पित्रा अहम् दत्ता रामाय विदित आत्मने ॥
Thereupon, my father-in-law and the aged Dasaratha was invited to Mithila by my father and with his approval, I was bestowed on Rama, the knower of the self."
tataH = thereupon; mama pitraa = by my father; shvashuram = my father -in-law; vR^iddham = and the aged; dasharatham nR^ipam = king Dasaratha; aamantrya = was invited; aham = I; dattaa = was given; raamaaya = to Rama; viditaatmane = the knower of the self.
2.118.53
मम चैव अनुजा साध्वी ऊर्मिला प्रिय दर्शना |
भार्य अर्थे लक्ष्मणस्य अपि दत्ता पित्रा मम स्वयम् ॥
"My younger sister Urmila, the virtuous lady of lovely looks was given as a consort to Lakshmana by my father himself."
dattaa = was given; mama pitraa = by my father; svayam = personally; mama = my; anujaa = younger sister; uurmilaa = Urmila; saadhvii = the virtuous lady; priyadarshanaa = of lovely looks; bhaaryaarthe = as a consort; lakSmaNasyaapi = to Lakshmana.
2.118.54
एवम् दत्ता अस्मि रामाय तदा तस्मिन् स्वयम् वरे |
अनुरक्ता च धर्मेण पतिम् वीर्यवताम् वरम् ॥
"I was given thus to Rama in that Svayamvara, a process of self-choosing marriage. I became devoted, by my good works, to my husband who is excellent among men of strength."
tadaa = then; asmi = I was; dattaa = given; evam = thus; raamaaya = to Rama; tasmin svayamvare = in that; svayamvara; a process of self-choosing marriage; asmi = I became; anuraktaa = devoted; dhameNa = by my good works; patim = to my husband; param = who is excellent; viiryavataam = among men of strength.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये अयोध्याकाण्डे अष्टादशोत्तरशततमः सर्गः
Sarga 119
2.119.1
अनसूया तु धर्मज्ना श्रुत्वा ताम् महतीम् कथाम् |
पर्यष्वजत बाहुभ्याम् शिरस्य् आघ्राय मैथिलीम् ॥
Hearing that great story, Anasuya the knower of piety kissed Seetha's forehead and hugged her in her arms.
shrutvaa = hearing; taam = that; mahatiim kathaam = great story; anasuuyaatu = Anasuya; dharmajJNaa = the knower of piety; aaghraaya = kissed; shirasi = on the forehead; maithiliim = of Seetha; pariSvajata = and hugged her; baahubhyaan = in her arms.
2.119.2
व्यक्त अक्षर पदम् चित्रम् भाषितम् मधुरम् त्वया |
यथा स्वयम् वरम् वृत्तम् तत् सर्वम् हि श्रुतम् मया ॥रमे अहम् कथया ते तु दृष्ढम् मधुर भाषिणि |
"It was narrated sweetly and amazingly by you, in clear words and syllables. It has been indeed heard by me how all that Svayamvara, the process of self-choosing marriage took place. O, the sweet speaking Seetha! I am overjoyed by hearing your story."
bhaaSitam = It was narrated; tvayaa = by you; vyaktaakSarapadam = in clear words and syllables; chitram = amazingly; madhuram = and sweetly; shrutam hi = It has been indeed heard; mayaa = by me; yathaa = how; tatsarvam = all that; svayamvaram = Svayamvara; the process of self-choosing marriage; vR^ittam = took place; madhurabhaaSini = O; the sweetly speaking Seetha!; aham = I; dR^iDham rame = am overjoyed; te kathayaa = (by hearing) your story.
2.119.3
रविर् अस्तम् गतः श्रीमान् उपोह्य रजनीम् शिवाम् ॥दिवसम् प्रति कीर्णानाम् आहार अर्थम् पतत्रिणाम् |
संध्या काले निलीनानाम् निद्रा अर्थम् श्रूयते ध्वनिः ॥
"O, Fortunate One! While the auspicious night drawing near, the sun has sunk below horizon. The twittering of the birds can be heard, who, through the day, have sought their nourishment far and wide and are seeking their shelter for sleep at the time of evening-twilight."
3; 4. shriimaan = O; Fortunate one!; shivaam = (while) the auspicious; rajaniim = night; upohya = is drawing near; raviH = the sun; astagataH = has sunk below horizon; dhvaniH = the twittering; patattriNaam = of the birds; shruuyate = can be heard; divasam = who; through the day; aahaaraartham = have sought their nourishment; pratikiirNaanaam = far and wide; niliinaanaam = and are seeking their shelter; nidraartham = for sleep; sandhyaakaale = at the time of evening-twilight.
2.119.5
एते च अप्य् अभिषेक आर्द्रा मुनयः फल शोधनाः |
सहिता उपवर्तन्ते सलिल आप्लुत वल्कलाः ॥
"These ascetics too are returning together, their bark-robes drenched from bathing, and with uplifted vessels, wet with sprinkled water on them."
ete munayaH cha = these ascetics too; upavartante = are returning; sahitaaH = together; salilaa plavavalkalaaH = their bark = robes drenched from bathing; kalashodyataaH = with uplifted vessels; abhiSekaardraaH = wet with sprinkled water.
2.119.6
ऋषीणाम् अग्नि होत्रेषु हुतेषु विधि पुर्वकम् |
कपोत अन्ग अरुणो धूमो दृश्यते पवन उद्धतः ॥
"From the sacred fire kindled by the sages, according to the scriptural ordinance, a column of smoke with the hue of a Pigeon's neck, raised by the wind, is seen there."
agnihotreSu = from the sacred fire; huteSu = kindled; R^iSiiNaam = by the sages; vidhipuurvakam = according to the scriptural ordinance; dhuumam = a column of smoke; kapotaaNgaaruNaH = with the hue of a pigeon's neck; pavanoddhataH = raised by the wind; dR^ishyate = is seen (there).
2.119.7
अल्प पर्णा हि तरवो घनी भूताः समन्ततः |
विप्रकृष्टे अपि ये देशे न प्रकाशन्ति वै दिशः ॥
"Thought their foliage is sparse, the trees look dense all around. The quarters of the world, by whom the senses are drawn apart, do not shine brilliantly at this place."
alpaparNaaH = though their foliage is sparse; taravaH = the trees; ghaniibhuutaaH = look dense; samantataH = all around; dishaH = the quarters; na prakaashantivai = do not shine brilliantly; asmin deshe = at this place; viprakR^iSTendriye = by whom the senses are drawn apart.
2.119.8
रजनी रस सत्त्वानि प्रचरन्ति समन्ततः |
तपो वन मृगा ह्य् एते वेदि तीर्थेषु शेरते ॥
"The animals who wander about at night are ranging everywhere. The deer of the hermitage are sleeping round the sacred altars."
rajamichara sattvaani = the animals who wander about at night; pracharanti = are ranging; samantataH = every where; ete = these; tapovana mR^igaaH = deer of the hermitage; sherate = are sleeping; vedi tiirtheSu = round the sacred altars.
2.119.9
सम्प्रवृत्ता निशा सीते नक्षत्र समलम्कृता |
ज्योत्स्ना प्रावरणः चन्द्रो दृश्यते अभ्युदितो अम्बरे ॥
"O, Seetha! The night richly adorned with stars has set well in motion. The moon encircled with light is seen rising in the sky."
siite = O; Seetha!; nishaa = the night; nakSatra samalaNkR^itaa = richly adorned with stars; sampravR^ittaa = has set well in motion; chandraH = the moon; jyotsnaa praavaraNaH = encircled with light; dR^ishyati = is seen; abhyuditaH = rising; ambare = in the sky.
2.119.10
गम्यताम् अनुजानामि रामस्य अनुचरी भव |
कथयन्त्या हि मधुरम् त्वया अहम् परितोषिता ॥
"Go now. I give you leave. Be a female companion to Rama. Your sweet conversation has charmed me."
gamyataam = go now; anujaanaami = I give you leave; bhava = be; anucharii = a female companion; raamasya = to Rama; aham = I; paritoSitaa = have been charmed; tvayaa = by you; kathayantyaa = speaking; madhuram = sweetly.
2.119.11
अलम्कुरु च तावत् त्वम् प्रत्यक्षम् मम मैथिलि |
प्रीतिम् जनय मे वत्स दिव्य अलम्काल शोभिनी ॥
"O, Seetha! O, Dear child! Adorn (with ornaments and apparel gifted by me_ before my eyes and cause delight to me in embellishing yourself with heavenly jewels."
maithili = O; Seetha!; vatse = Dear child!; alaNkuru = adorn (with ornaments and apparel gifted by me); mama pratyakSam taavat = before my eyes; janaya = cause; priitm = delight; me = to me; divyaalaNkaara shobhitaa = in embellishing yourself with heavenly ornaments.
2.119.12
सा तदा समलम्कृत्य सीता सुर सुत उपमा |
प्रणम्य शिरसा तस्यै रामम् तु अभिमुखी ययौ ॥
Then Seetha, adorning herself, resembled the daughter of a god, and making obeisance to the feet of Anasuya, she went forward to meet Rama.
saa siitaa = that Seetha; sura sutopamaa = similar to the daughter of a god; samalaNkR^itya = adorning herself; tathaa = in that manner; praNamya = making obeisance by bending down; shirasaa = her head; yayau = ad proceeded; abhimukhaa = towards; raamam = Rama.
2.119.13
तथा तु भूषिताम् सीताम् ददर्श वदताम् वरः |
राघवः प्रीति दानेन तपस्विन्या जहर्ष च ॥
Rama, the most eloquent one, saw Seetha adorned as aforesaid and felt delighted over the charming gifts of the ascetic.
raaghavaH = Rama; varaH = the most; vadataam = eloquent one; dadarsha = saw; siitaam = Seetha; bhuuSitaam = adorned; tathaa = as aforesaid; jaharSa cha = felt delighted; priitidaanena = over the charming gifts; tapsvinyaaH = of the ascetic.
2.119.14
न्यवेदयत् ततः सर्वम् सीता रामाय मैथिली |
प्रीति दानम् तपस्विन्या वसन आभरण स्रजाम् ॥
Seetha, the daughter of Mithila kingdom then showed to Rama all the apparel, jewels and garlands the affectionate gifts of Anasuya the hermitess.
siitaa = Seetha; maithilii = the daughter of Mithila kingdom; tataH = then; nyavedayat = showed; raamaaya = to Rama; sarvam = all; vasanaabharaNa svajam = the apparel; jewels and garlands; priiti daanam = the affectionate gifts; tapasvinyaaH = of Anasuya; the hermitess.
2.119.15
प्रहृष्टः तु अभवद् रामो लक्ष्मणः च महा रथः |
मैथिल्याः सत्क्रियाम् दृष्ट्वा मानुषेषु सुदुर्लभाम् ॥
Seeing the respectful treatment, received by Seetha, which was very rare among human beings, Rama and Lakshmana the great car-warrior felt highly rejoiced.
dR^iSTvaa = seeing; satkriyaam = the respectful treatment; maithilyaaH = received by Seetha; sudurlabhaam = which was very rare; maanuSeSu = among human beings; raamaH = Rama; lakSmaNashcha = and Lakshmana; mahaarathaH = the great car-warrior; abhavat = felt; prahR^iSTaH = hight rejoiced.
2.119.16
ततः ताम् सर्वरीम् प्रीतः पुण्याम् शशि निभ आननः |
अर्चितः तापसैः सिद्धैर् उवास रघु नन्दनः ॥
Thereupon, Rama with his face resembling the moon, having been honoured by the holy ascetics, was delighted and spent that auspicious night there.
tataH = thereupon; raaghnandanaH = Rama; shashinibhaananaH = with his face resembling the moon; architaH = having been honoured; siddhaiH = by the holy; taapasaiH = ascetics; priitaH = was delighted; uvaasa = and stayed (there); taam = that; puNyam = auspicious; sharvariim = night.
2.119.17
तस्याम् रात्र्याम् व्यतीतायाम् अभिषिच्य हुत अग्निकान् |
आपृग्च्छेताम् नर व्याघ्रौ तापसान् वन गोचरान् ॥
While that night passed away, Rama and Lakshmana the tigers among men finished their ablutions and took leave of the ascetics dwelling the forest, who had just poured oblations into the sacred fire.
tasyaam = (While) that; raatryaam = night; vyatiitaayaam = passed away; naravyaaghrau = Rama and Lakshamna the tigers among men; abhiSichya = finished their ablutions; apR^ichchhetaam = and took leave; vanagocharaan = of the ascetics dwelling in the forest; hutaagnikaan = who had just poured oblations into the sacred fire.
2.119.18
ताउ ऊचुः ते वन चराः तापसा धर्म चारिणः |
वनस्य तस्य संचारम् राक्षसैः समभिप्लुतम् ॥
Those ascetics dwelling in the forest and practising virtue told Rama and Lakshmana about the region of that forest, which was infested with demons (as follows):
te taapasaaH = those ascetics; vana charaaH = dwelling in the forest; dharmachaariNaH = and practising virtue; uuchuH = told; tau = Rama and Lakshmana; samchaaram = about the region; tasya vanasya = of that forest; sambhi plutam = infested; raakSasaiH = with demons (as follows)
2.119.19
रक्षांसि पुरुषादानि नानारूपाणि राघव! |
वसन्त्यस्मिन् महारण्ये व्याळाश्चश्च रुधिराशनाः ॥
"O, Rama! Various forms of man-eating demons and beasts drinking the blood are living in this great forest."
raaghava = O; Rama!; naanaa ruupaaNi = various forms; puruSaadaani = of man-eating; rakSaamsi = demons; vyaalaashcha = and beasts; rudhiraashanaaH = drinking the blood; vasanti = are living; asmin mahaaraNye = in this great forest.
2.119.20
उच्चिष्टम् वा प्रमत्तम् वा तापसम् धर्मचारिणम् |
अदन्त्यस्मिन् महारण्ये तान्निवारय राघवः ॥
"O, Rama! They devour an ascetic or a celibate, who has not rinsed his mouth after finishing his meal or who is inattentive in this great forest. (Pray ward them off!"
raaghava = O; Rama!; adanti = (They) devour; taapasam = an ascetic; dharmachaariNam = or a celibate; uchchhiSTamvaa = who has not rinsed his mouth after finishing his meal; pramattam vaa = or inattentive; asmin mahaaaNye = in this great forest; taan nivaaraya = (Pray) ward them off.
2.119.21
एष पन्था महर्षीणाम् फलान्य् आहरताम् वने |
अनेन तु वनम् दुर्गम् गन्तुम् राघव ते क्षमम् ॥
"O, Rama! Here is the path of the great sages, through which they fetch the fruits in this forest. It is appropriate for you to go by this path in this dangerous forest."
raaghava = O; Rama!; eSaH = this; panthaaH = is the path; maharSiiNaam = of the great sages; aaharataam = who fetch; phalaani = fruits; vane = in the forest; kSama = It is appropriate; te = for you; gantum = to go; anena = by this path; durgam vanam = in his dangerous forest.
2.119.22
इति इव तैः प्रान्जलिभिः तपस्विभिर्
र्द्विजैः कृत स्वस्त्ययनः परम् तपः |
वनम् सभार्यः प्रविवेश राघवः |
सलक्ष्मणः सूर्य इव अभ्र मण्डलम् ॥
Thus addressed by those Brahmanas having great asceticism, who, with joined palms paid obedience to him and blessed his journey, Rama the harasser of his foes entered the forest with his consort along with Lakshmana, as sun enters a mass of clouds.
itiiva = thus addressed; taiH = by those; dvijaiH = brahmanas; tapasvibhiH = having great asceticism; prajJNaliH = who; with joined palms; kR^itasvastyayanaH = paid obedience to him and blessed his journey; raaghavaH = Rama; paramtapaH = the harasser of his foes; pravivesha = entered; vanam = the forest; sabhaaryaH = with his consort; salakSmaNaH = along with Lakshmana; suuryaH iva = as sun (enters); abhra maNDala = a mass of clouds.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये श्रीमद्वाल्मीकीये चतुर्विंशत्सहस्रिकायाम्
संहितायां श्रीमदयोध्याकाण्डे एकोनविंशत्युत्तरशततमः सर्गः